CONTENTS

No.1. Published April 24, 1944.

Littoral Copepoda from South Australia (11) Calanoida,

Cyclopoida, Notodelphyoida, Monstrilloida and

Caligoida (A. G. Nicholls) - - - -

Australian Cumacea No. 7. The Genus Cyclaspis

(Herbert M. Hale) - = e e “

The Egg Capsule of the Southern Australian Baler Shell

Melo miltonis Gray (Bernard C. Cotton) - -

No. 2. Published June 30, 1945.

Australian Cumacea, No. 9. The Family Nannastacidae

(Herbert M. Hale) - - . E a 3

Australian Acarina. The Genera Brachychthonius Berl.

and Cosmochthonius Berl. CEE eS rape

batoidea) (H. Womersley) : 2 =

An Interesting and Primitive New Genus of Laelaptidae

(Acarina) from Australia and New Guinea (H.

Womersley) - - - - = - -

A Catalogue of the Cone Shells (Conidae) in the South

Australian Museum (Bernard C. Cotton) - -

Bifaced Stone Implements from South Eastern South

Australia (P.de S. Stapleton) = - = = 3

Aboriginal Relics near Broken Hill (A. B. Black and

Charles Fenner) = - - ~ 2 a =

A Revision of the Microtrombidiinae (Acarina, Trom-

bidiidae) of Australia and New Guinea (H.

Womersley) - - - - - - -

PAGE

143

145

Z19

225

229

281

289

Z75

No. 3. Published June 30, 1946.

Australian Cumacea, No. 12. The Family Diastylidae

(Part 2) Gynodiastylis and Related Genera idee

bert M. Hale) - 2 A 3 e

Aborigines of the Lower South-East of South Australia

(T. D. Campbell, J. B. Cleland and P. S. Hossfeld)

A Key to the Classification of Cowries So rarities )

(W. R. Steadman and Bernard C. Cotton) -

No. 4. Published December 10, 1947.

The Pigmy Sperm Whale (Kogia breviceps Blainville)

on South Australian Coasts (Herbert M. Hale) -

Some Avian and Fish Nematodes chiefly from Tailem

Bend, South Australia (T. Harvey Johnston and

Patricia M. Mawson) - - - - -

Australian Acanthocephala No. 6 (T. ay debit

and S. J. Edmonds) - - -

Larval Trematodes from Australian Freshwater Mol-

luscs. Part XI (T. a OR and Anne C,

Beckwith ) - » 3

Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from New Guinea in

the South Australian Museum (Dr. Charles P.

Alexander) - - - - - - -

The Heavy Wooden Shield of ane cee Gk K.

Bartlett) - - - -

A New Race of Tisiphone abeona Donovan (Lepidoptera,

Rhopalocera) from South Australia (Norman B.

Tindale) - - - - - - -

Subdivision of Pleistocene Time in South Australia

(Norman B. Tindale) : e . e ?

Some Tertiary Fossil Molluscs from the Adelaidean Stage

(Pliocene) of South Australia (Bernard C. Cotton)

The Validity of Galaxias bis Repey and peleslhy oe

Stokell) -

PAGE

357

445

503

531

547

S55

563

585

607

613

619

653

671

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

PAGE

Alexander, Dr. Charles P.

Undescribed Species of Crane-Flies from New Guinea in the

South Australian Museum - - - - - 585

Bartlett, H. K.

The Heavy Wooden Shield of Misima, Papua - - - 607

Black, A. B., and Fenner, Charles

Aboriginal Relics near Broken Hill - - - - = 289

Campbell, T. D., Cleland, J. B., and Hossfeld, P. S.

Aborigines of the Lower South-East of South Australia - - 445

Cotton, Bernard C.

The Egg Capsule of the Southern Australian Baler Shell Melo

miltonis Gray - - - - - - - - 143

A Catalogue of the Cone —_ ea in the South Aus-

tralian Museum - - 229

Some Tertiary Fossil Molluscs from the alates Stage

(Pliocene) of South Australia - - - - - 653

Hale, Herbert M.

Australian Cumacea No. 7. The Genus Cyclaspis - - - 63

Australian Cumacea No. 9. The Family Nannastacidae - - 145

Australian Cumacea No. 12. The Family ae sas Ce a

Gynodiastylis and Related Genera - 357

The Pigmy Sperm Whale (Kogia br eee eae) on

South Australian Coasts - - 531

Johnston, T. Harvey, and Beckwith, Anne C.

Laval Trematodes from Australian Freshwater Molluscs.

Part XI = = . = - - ~ - 563

Johnston, T, Harvey, and Edmonds, S. J.

Australian Acanthocephala No.6 —- = = < =

Johnston, T. Harvey, and Mawson, Patricia M.

Some Avian and Fish Nematodes chiefly from Tailem Bend,

South Australia - - : . _ = i:

Nicholls, A. G.

Littoral Copepoda from South Australia (II) Calanoida,

Cyclopoida, Notodelphyoida, Monstrilloida and Caligoida

Stapleton, P. de S.

Bifaced Stone Implements from South Eastern South Australia

Steadman, W. R., and Cotton, Bernard C.

A Key to the Classification of Cowries (Cypraeidae) - -

Stokell, G.

The Validity of Galaxias kayi Ramsay and Ogilby- ~ -

Tindale, Norman B.

A New Race of Tisiphone abeona Donovan (Lepidoptera,

Rhopalocera) from South Australia - - - -

Subdivision of Pleistocene Time in South Australia = 2

Womersley, H.

Australian Acarina. The Genera Brachychthonius Berl. and

Cosinochthonius Berl. (Hypochthonidae—Oribatoidea) -

An Interesting and Primitive New Genus of Laelaptidae

(Acarina) from Australia and New Guinea - - -

A Revision of the Microtrombidiinae (Acarina, Trombidiidae)

of Australia and New Guinea - = — 2 =

PAGE

555

547

281

503

671

613

619

219

225

293

LITTORAL COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(II) CALANOIDA, CYCLOPOIDA, NOTODELPHYOIDA,

MONSTRILLOIDA AND CALIGOIDA

By A. G. NICHOLLS, PH.D., UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Summary

The first part of this paper appeared in Vol VI, part 4, of this Journal and dealt

exclusively with the Harpacticoida. The present contribution deals with the remaining

groups, all of which are represented. The text of this paper was completed in

December, 1941, but could not be published at the time. Since then no publications on

these groups have come to my notice calling for any modification of the present

paper.

In the introduction to the first part the distribution of the different samples comprising

the collection was set out with relevant data, and a number applied to each sample.

These numbers are used here when indicating the occurrence of each species. In

addition, a list of the samples and the species found in each is given at the end of this

paper.

LITTORAL COPEPODA From SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(II) CALANOIDA, CYCLOPOIDA, NOTODELPHYOIDA,

MONSTRILLOIDA anp CALIGOIDA

By A. G. NICHOLLS, Pu.D., Universiry or WesTeERN AUSTRALIA.

THE first part of this paper appeared in Vol. VI, part 4, of this Journal and dealt

exclusively with the Harpacticoida. The present contribution deals with the re-

maining groups, all of which are represented. The text of this paper was com-

pleted in December, 1941, but could not be published at that time. Since then

no publications on these groups have come to my notice calling for any modifica-

tion of the present. paper.

In the introduction to the first part the distribution of the different samples

comprising the collection was set out with relevant data, and a number applied

to each sample. These numbers are used here when indicating the occurrence of

each species. In addition, a list of the samples and the species found in each is

given at the end of this paper.

The same methods of staining and mounting have again been used and, as

was the case when dealing with the Harpacticoids, the drawings have all been

made with the aid of a camera lucida, and the preparations deposited in the South

Australian Museum.

The following abbreviations have been used in the figures:

a1, first antenna. md.p., mandible palp.

a.2, second antenna. ma., maxilla.

ant., anterior. mal., maxillule,

a.s., anal segment. mxp., maxilliped.

cl., claw. 0.¢c., oral cone.

e.r., caudal rami, par., paragnath.

dors., dorsal. p.1—5, legs 1-5.

end., endopod. post., posterior.

exp., exopod. R., rostrum.

lab., labrum, rt., right.

lat., lateral. Si., siphon.

lt., left. Ur., urosome.

md., mandible. vent., ventral.

CALANOIDA.

Famity PARACALANIDAE Sars 1902.

Genus AcrocaLANus Giesbrecht 1888.

Giesbrecht & Schmeil, 1898, p. 25.

ACROCALANUS GRACILIS Giesbrecht.

Scott, A., 1909, p. 29; Sewell, 1929, p. 79; Farran, 1936, p. 81; Dakin and Colefax,

1940, p. 93.

Occurrence. III, 5 males (0:78 — 0-85 mm.), many females (0-74 mm.).

This widely distributed member of the plankton was taken in Spencer Gulf.

2 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famiry PHAENNIDAE Sars 1902.

A single specimen of what appears to be a male of the genus Pseudophaenna

occurred in one of the collections (III). Without the corresponding female it is

difficult to ascertain its systematic position with certainty and the description will

therefore be withheld until further material has been obtained.

Famity CENTROPAGIDAE Sars 1902.

Genus GuapIorerENs Henry 1919.

Henry, 1919, p. 31; 1922, p. 559.

The genus contains five species: pectinatus (Brady, 1899), from coastal

waters of New Zealand; brevicornis and spinosus Henry (1919) described from

freshwater in New South Wales, the former being subsequently recorded and fully

illustrated by Dakin and Colefax (1940) from the coastal plankton of that re-

gion; gracilis Kiefer (1931) from freshwater in New Zealand; and subsalaria de-

seribed by Percival (1937) from New Zealand lakes. The new species deseribed

below was taken at Blanche Harbour at the north end of Spencer Gulf.

Brady (1899) described (p. 36) and figured (pl. ix, fig. 24-7) a species, Centro-

pages pectinatus, which almost certainly should belong to this genus. Unfortu-

nately the specimens were damaged and so his description is very incomplete, but

from the strueture of the fourth leg (fig. 24) which bears a large curved spine

on the coxal segment, and the fifth leg which has the inner claw on the middle seg-

ment of the exopod strongly curved and, in general, shows the reduced armature

found in Gladioferens, I have little hesitation in assigning Brady’s species to this

genus. Its occurrence is not inconsistent with this conclusion since it was found in

the coastal waters of New Zealand and the genus has been recorded both from

that region (two species) and from coastal waters (Dakin and Colefax, 1940, and

the present. collection).

With regard to the fourth leg of the female in this genus Henry (1919, p. 31)

states that each leg bears ‘‘a long curved sword-like spine on the inner edge’’ of

the basal segment and this statement is repeated in the descriptions of the two

species (pp. 33, 34, 37), and is not corrected in her later paper (1922). Dakin and

Colefax (1940, p. 91), describing a species identified as @. brevicornis, point out

that this spine occurs only on the left side, which is in conformity with the condi-

tion in the species described subsequently. (It may be noted in passing that speci-

mens collected in 1939 from the Swan River, Western Australia, were indistin-

guishable from spinosus except that the enlarged spine was found on only one of

the fourth legs; only females were taken so that it is uncertain whether this was

correctly identified as spinosus). It is possible that Henry was in error in

describing this spine as symmetrical, the alternative being that it is variable, but

there is no evidence to support this.

It is doubtful if subsaiaria is really distinct from brevicornis, as identified

and figured by Dakin and Colefax; there is a remarkable agreement in detail in

the shape and armature of the male second, third and fifth legs and terminal seg-

ments of the right first. antenna ; the female genital serment of subsalaria as shown

by Percival might well be that of brevicornis. The right endopod of the fifth leg

of the male of brevicornis is deseribed by Henry as one-segmented, but the figure

suggests three segments, which further supports the possibility of their being

synonymous. The alternative, that Dakin and Colefax are really dealing with

subsalaria and that this is distinct from brevicornis, is improbable but can only

be decided by reference to the original material in each ease.

NicHoL__s—CoPEPoDA FROM SoutTH AUSTRALIA 3

It is possible also that pectinatus (Brady) is synonymous with brevicornis

or subsalaria (if these are distinct) but Brady described the female only. His

figures, however, suggest brevworms (as figured hy Dakin and Colefax) a note.

worthy feature of similarity being the swollen bases of some of the caudal setae

common to both species. Tf these species are synonymous Brady’s name will, of

egurse, have to replace brevicornis,

The preparation of a key to the females of this genus is at present, not prac-

tieable partly beeause there are no outstanding differences between the species,

but chiefly heeanse the form and armature of the body, and in particular the uro-

some, whith would probably be the best characters for differentiating the females,

have not been described in every ease. Tho key to the males presents little dim-

enlty, and the fifth legs of these have already heen used for that purpose by Henry

yoo

(1922) Key v0 THE Mauks-

1, Both rami af loft fifth leg a-segmented , - 3 spinosus Henry 1919,

Both rami of Taft fifth leg 2-aezmented . , a e iu - B

Exopod 2-segmented, endopod T-segmoanted -- ‘ ow rv 2.

Find segmant of Inft second endopod armed with a spur at right aigles to axis of aeement,

und seven setae , ts bh ie ws gracilis Kiefer 1931.

Kind segment of loft second endopod armed with spur directed towards base of lege, two

spines and five astue ' . we +i inermis sp, Dov,

3. Tight fifth ondopod 3-segmented = -- xubsalari«n Purcival 1937,

Right fifth endopod 2-20~mented -- brenfcarmis Henry 1919 (Dakin & Colefax 19405.

GLADIOFBRENS LNERMTS 8p, nov.

Ocenrrence, ITT, 4 females (3 ovigerous), 1 male,

Female, Gength 1:09 mm. The urosome is eloneate and slender as in gracthis

hul the third segment is more elongate and the caudal rami more slender than in

that species. The otvter marginal seta on the caydal ramus is inserted at three

fours of the distance along the marein in gracilis, whereas in this species it is

nearer the end. The coxal spine on the fourth leg is more slender and of a dis-

tinctive shape.

Male. Length 0-98 mm. Body of similar shape to that of the female: the

urosome is S-reemented and the caudal rami are not greatly elongated. The

right. first antenna ig modified for grasping, 18-sermented, and having a small

terminal claw. ‘The second legs are asymmetrical, the left endopod having the

proximal inner seta of the end seament modified into a stont spur, The basal seg.

ment. of this endopod has its inner proximal corner extended mts 4 spurlike pro-

cess directed towards the base of the lee. The third and fourth lees are alike,

symmetrical and like those of the female, except thal the coxal seta is transformed

into a-spine on each leg, including the second, and is the same on hoth legs of each

pair. Th inereases in size progressively from the second to the fourth legs, The

fifth levs are asymmetrical; the left exopod is 2-seemented and armed with spines,

the endopod is 2-segmented, having the large basal segment imperfectly divided,

and the terminal segment is armed with four short spines. The right exopod ts

i-seeymented; the basal segment has an inner distal rounded provegs, the middle

sepinont is large and prolonged distal to the insertion of the outer apime> it bears

an. inier basal process. armed with a few spinules and has its immer margin con-

cave: the terminal segment is short, armed with a large terminal and a amall

outer spine. "The endopod is 2-segmented, more slender than that of the left leg

and expanded basally.

The first segment of the urogome bears a small lateral process on the left side :

the lateral seta on the eandal ramus is inserted at about two-thirds along its length.

In the stenetnre of the fifth lees the male of this species most closely resembles

4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

that of gracilis, both differing conspicuously from the other species in this feature.

The middle segment of the right exopod has an almost straight inner margin in

Kiefer’s species, quite different from the condition in mermis and the accessory

spine on the end segment of this exopod is minute in gracilis, whereas here it is

strongly developed. The armature of the end segment of the left endopod also

differs in these two species. In the fourth leg the terminal spine on the exopod

is relatively more slender and less strongly armed than in gracilis and in the

Fig. 1. Gladioferens inermis sp. nov., male and female. The male first antenna is drawn

from the under surface. All figures X 171.

second legs the spur on the end segment of the left endopod is here more robust

than it is in gracilis, which differs further in having the two adjacent inner

setae unmodified. In subsalaria only the first of these setae is transformed into

a spine. In the male urosome the asymmetry of the first segment, shown by

Kiefer for gracilis, is also found here; in both sexes the last thoracic segment and

urosome lack the spiny armature found in gracilis.

Genus BrunetuA Smith 1909.

G. W. Smith, 1909, p. 87; Sars, 1912, p. 4.

According to Sars, who has given a full description of this genus, Smith has

made a number of errors in his description of the type species, B. tasmanica. Thus

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 5.

Sars asserts that there should be only three segments in the urosome in the female,

in conformity with ‘‘all other fresh-water Calanoida’’; the first antenna of the

female should have only 25 segments; the exopod of the first lee should have

three segments; and, finally, in Smith’s description the right and left fifth legs

of the male have been confused. The species found here and deseribed below sup-

ports Sars’ statements in every respect.

Seven species have been described in this genus(1), keys to both sexes of which

are given below. Making allowance for the errors in Smith’s description renders

it difficult to separate tasmanica from longicornis Searle, which Sars described in

full. He admits the similarity between the two species, and states that longicornis

‘is of smaller size and still more slender form of the body, differing moreover in

the greater length of the anterior antennae.’’ The females of these two species

and of steele are all very similar, the species being most easily distinguished by

their respective males.

The occurrence of the present species from a salt lake appears to be the first

occasion on which the genus has been recorded from any but fresh water.

Kery To THE FEMALES.

1. Last thoracic segment with rounded postero-lateral corners MH 2.

Last thoracic segment with pointed lateral projections, sometimes expanded into wings 5.

2. Fifth endopod 2-segmented .. se a a tle he, Be

Fifth endopod l-segmented .. ve . +s ampulla Searle 1911,

3. Caudal rami not more than four times as long as wide aug steelt Henry 1924.

Caudal rami at least five times as long as wide . + oe 4

4, First antenna extending beyond caudal rami by its last three segments

longicornis Searle 1912.

First antenna scarcely reaching end of caudal rami .. a tasmanica Smith 1909.

5. Fifth endopod 2-segmented .. - as os ae as ©.

Fifth endopod 1l-segmented .. ble fit $a -. salina sp. nov.

6. Second segment of fifth exopod with small outer process or pie opposite the large inner

This segment with outer distal corner rounded, unarmed et australis Searle “iol.

7. End segment of fifth endopod with 1 inner and 4 sub-terminal setae viridis Searle 1911.

End segment of fifth endopod with 2 inner, 2 terminal and 2 outer setae expansa Sars 1912.

It has not been deemed advisable to employ the three-segmented first exopod

described for steeli in the construction of this key, as in the new species described

here this exopod is three-segmented, but the segmentation is not very distinct. It

is possible that this ramus is subject to variation particularly as the outer spines,

which normally indicate the point of segmentation, are absent from this leg.

It is of interest to note that the outer spine is missing also from the proximal

segment in all the legs. That the swimming legs are somewhat variable is shown

by the variation in armature described for salina (infra).

As far as can be ascertained all the species so far described have been taken

from fresh water. This is the first record of a species occurring in a salt lake.

Key To THE MALES.

This key is based entirely on the structure of the fifth legs.

1. Right endopod 3-segmented .. os .- A 4. oe 8

Right endopod 2-segmented .. “13 oa te fe os 5

Right endopod 1-segmented .. o +4 34 ampulla Searle 1911.

(4) Since this account was written two more species have been described from Western Aus-

tralia, by W. 8. Fairbridge (Journ. Roy. Soc., West. Aust., xxix, in press).

6 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

2. Left exopod 3-segmented oe sid de fen steeli Henry 1924,

Left exopod 2-segmented of ‘ ne «+ Bs

3, End segment of left exopod as wide as long ote 1 3 ww 4A!

End segment of left exopod twice as long as wide .. of .. salina sp. nov.

4. Basal segment of left exopod twice as long as wide .. = tasmanica Smith 1909.

Basal segment of left exopod once and one-half as long as wide .. longicornis Searle 1912,

5. Left endopod 2-segmented oh = z+” Gi

Left endopod l-segmented .. 7 2s expansa Sars 1912.

6. Right endopod slender, end segment three times as long as wide, with 4 setae

australis Searle 1911.

Right endopod stout, end segment as wide as long, with 8 setae .. viridis Searle 1911,

Searle (1911) has followed Smith (1909) who has apparently confused the

right and left fifth legs in the male. The long, curved, terminal claw is on the

right leg, as shown by Henry (1924).

BRUNELLA SALINA sp. nov.

Occurrence. VI. Many specimens of both sexes. Of the 100 specimens exa-

mined, representing about one-quarter of the total in the collection, 58 were fe-

males and 42 males. Some of the females had spermatophores attached but none

was found carrying eggs; it is very probable that, as with most of the other mem-

bers of this family, the eggs are liberated directly into the water. In this respect

Gladioferens would appear to be an exception.

Female. Length 0:82-0:95 mm. The last thoracic segment is expanded into

pointed, wing-like processes which are equally developed on both sides. That on

the left, however, is somewhat more downturned than that on the right, giving an

appearance of asymmetry. The urosome is 3-segmented, the genital segment hav-

ing a prominent ventral protuberance; the caudal rami are a little more than

twice as long as wide and about as long as the two preceding segments together.

The first antenna is 25-segmented and reaches to the posterior end of the thorax.

The remaining head appendages agree well with Sars’ description of longicornis

except for the mandible palp of which the exopod is relatively longer than in

Searle’s species, reaching slightly beyond the end of the elongate basis, and is ap-

parently 4-segmented bearing 6 setae. The armature of the swimming legs appears

to be subject to variation; the formula given below indicates what appears to be

the normal condition, alike in both sexes :

endopod. exopod.

p-l. 320, 1.1.321.

p-2. 2.421. 1,1.421.

p.3. 2.421. 1.1.421.

p.4. 2,321, 1.1.421.

The following variations were found: the endopod of one of the first legs in

a male had only two inner setae; the exopods of both first legs in a female had

only two inner setae on the end segment; the endopod of one of the second legs

in a female had only one inner seta on the basal segment; and the exopods of both

third legs in a male had only three inner setae on the end segment.

In the armature of the swimming legs considerable differences are shown from

the deseription of longicornis given by Sars. In view of the variation found in

salina however, this may be unimportant.

The fifth legs have a 3-segmented exopod and 1-segmented endopod. The

exopod is unarmed except for the inner spur or claw on the second segment, and

two unequal spines on the end segment. The endopod shows small constrictions

at the point of fusion of the segments, and is unarmed except for two small sub-

equal terminal spines.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 7

Male. Length 0-91 mm. The body differs from that of the female in several

important characters. There is a pair of strongly refractive corneal lenses at

the front of the head, which are absent from the female, and the last thoracic seg-

ment lacks the wing-like processes of the female. This segment has slightly pro-

Fig. 2. Brunella salina sp. nov., male and female. The male first antenna is drawn from

the under surface. Separate appendages X 200; other figures < 67.

8 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

jecting posterior corners, which are rounded and unarmed. The right first an-

tenna is considerably longer than the left (which resembles that of the female)

extending nearly to the end of the caudal rami, though having only 22 segments.

The complicated fifth lez approaches in its strueture most closely to those

of tasmanica and longicornis, but has a much more slender left exopod. The

structure of this leg is illustrated from both anterior and posterior surfaces, and

its appearance from the right side is also shown. The right exopod is very long,

and when extended reaches beyond the caudal rami.

In the female this species is very like expansa in its general shape, though

the posterior thoracic processes are directed outwards more strongly than in that

species and the body is not so slender. The fifth legs in both sexes are quite dis-

tinct from Sars’ species.

Famity PSEUDODIAPTOMIDAE Sars 1902.

Sars, 1902, p. 73.

The family was created by Sars, without definition, for two genera, Pseudo-

diaptomus and Poppella, which ‘‘together form a natural group somewhat inter-

mediate between the Diaptomidae and the Temoridae.’’ This arrangement was

followed by A. Scott (1909) and by Friichtl (1924) but both Sewell (1924, 1932)

and Wilson (1932) include Pseudodiaptomus in the Diaptomidae.

Genus Pssupop1aptromus Herrick 1884.

Scott, A., 1909, p. 116; Wilson, 1932, p. 101.

The systematics of this genus, which includes numerous species ranging from

purely fresh water to marine conditions, have been discussed by Sewell (1924, p.

784; 1932, p. 233) and by Brehm (1924, p. 84). The latter gives a key which in-

cludes most of the species. Sewell (1924) suggested a division of the species into

two groups, dependent upon. the relative length of the terminal spines on the fifth

leg of the female. In one group these spines are sub-equal and comparatively short,

while in the second group at least. one of these spines is ‘‘nearly equal in length to

the whole limb’’.

The species found here comes into the first group and is very close to salinus

Giesbrecht (1896), which has been recorded from the Mediterranean to the Indian

Ocean, but differs in several respects, particularly in the male. The tendency for

the species of this genus to have a very localized distribution, particularly where

the conditions are less saline, justifies this species in being regarded as distinct

from the marine form with its wide distribution.

The salinity at Blanche Harbour, where this form was taken, is presumably

lower than that of ordinary sea water, judging by the presence of Gladioferens in

the same collection.

PSEUDODIAPTOMUS CORNUTUS Sp. Nov.

Occurrence. III, 16 females (2 ovigerous), 11 males, 5 young.

Female. Length 1-20—1-24 mm. Body symmetrical, head fused with first

segment, the latter bearing a pair of rounded knobs dorso-laterally on the posterior

margin. The fourth and fifth segments are fused, and the posterior corners pro-

duced into spine-like processes extending beyond the middle of the genital seg-

ment. The urosome is 4-segmented, the genital segment being the longest and

having a ventral swelling. There is a group of spinules laterally on the left

side of this segment. The caudal rami are three times as long as wide. The first

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 9

antennae extend to the posterior margin of the genital segment. The fifth legs

are very like those of salinus, as illustrated by Thompson & Scott (1908, pl. ii, fig.

21) but the basal segment of the 2-segmented exopod (there is no endopod) is more

elongate and has the inner distal corner extended into a triangular projection. The

outer of the two large terminal spines has the small middle spine fused with it at

the base.

Fig. 3. Pseudodiaptomus cornutus sp, nov. Male and female X 57; appendages X 171.

Male. Length 0-93 — 1:04 mm. Body as in the female but the dorsolateral

knobs on the first segment are less pronounced when seen in lateral view than in

the female. The urosome is 5-segmented and the caudal rami are similar to those

of the female. The right first antenna is composed of 18 segments and reaches

to the posterior margin of the second segment of the urosome. The fifth legs in

the extended position reach to the middle of the fourth segment of the urosome.

These legs show certain differences in proportions and armature from those of

salinus, as shown by Thompson & Scott (op. cit. pl. ii, fig. 22). The coxa of the

right leg bears two bifid spines set on small prominences at its inner distal corner,

not shown for salinus, and the right endopod has the outer lamelliform plate wider

than in Giesbrecht’s species. The terminal segment of this exopod is here modi-

fied into a long curved claw reaching beyond the end of the left leg. The distal

segment of the left exopod is more slender than in salinus and has a rounded

10 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Musrum

proximal extension directed towards the base of the leg. The outer spine is in-

serted at approximately the middle of the margin and the segment is rounded

terminally, bearing a short spine.

The male of salinus, first deseribed by Thompson and Neott (loc. cit) is of

the same size as the female. In the species found here the male is distinetly

smaller, Both sexes are further distingwished from salinus by the knob-like pro-

jections on the cephalic segment,

Famity PPEUDOCYCLOPIDAE Giesbrecht 1893.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p. 125; Sars, 1902, p, 129.

Genus PseipocyrLors Brady 1872.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p, 125; Sars, 1902, p, 130,

Bix species have already been described as belonging to this genus, though

males are known for only four. The female of a seventh is deseribed and keys tor

the identification of the species are given below. It is not practicable to include

Esterly’s (1911) species magnus in the key as the description is very brief and the

figures very few; unfortunately also, {he male is unknown.

Despite the difference in size there is a strong probability that magnus (1+1

mm.) and latens (0-63 mm.) are identical, The fifth legs of the female are figured

in both eases and show a strong resemblance, differing chiefly in the absence in

magnus of the spinules surrounding the bases of two of the terminal spines of the

exopod shown for latens,

This leg in these species is quite different from those of other species, being

characterized by the partial or apparent fusion between the first and second seg-

ments of the endopod, both of which are unarmed, and the second segment being

widened and extended into spurs on both sides distally so that the small terminal

segment appears to be sunk into a recess. The end serment is produced into a

spur at the outer distal corner and bears a small adjacent terminal seta, the inner

corner being produced into a very small point. From the two descriptions and

figures there is no reason for separating them as species and their oeeurrence

lends further support since it has been shown that the Bermudan fauna is closely

related to that of the Suez Canal zone (Willey, 1930, pp. 82,113), Tn the event:

of this synonymy being established Gurney’s name will, of course, have to give

way to Esterly’s.

Key To THR Fematas or Pseupooyciors.

1, Two or more segments of the fifth endopod fused ., “t rm r- 2

Segmentation of this endopod distinct .. mt ve 3

2. Second and third segments of fifth andopod fused, end segment of exopod with 2 inner

sotia; first antenna 15-segmented 7 v's wnbratious Heabrecht 1893,

All three segments of fifth endopod fused, ond segment of exopod with 1 seta and $ short

spinules; first antenna 17-sermented . i . crassiremis Brady 1872.

4 Caudal rami moch wider than long, overlapping In mid-line . lateng Gurney 1927,

Caudal rami at leaat as long as wide, separated . ote wn

4. Fifth endopod with first ond second aegmonts produced inte sharp proceases at the outer

distal corners , ‘i on Zi me o's . 6

Only the second segment so produced . . -- obtusatus Brady and Robertson 1873,

5, Endopod of second antenna 2-segmonted; caudal ratni longer than wide, parallel; tirat antenna

17-sepmented 1 . + -1 stoupTe« Bowell 1932,

Endopod of second antenna 3-xegmenteds eandyl rami no longer than wide, divergent; frst

antenns 18-segmented se . 4 be australia sp. nov,

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 11

Kry To Tan MAues,

1. Endopod of right fifth leg a rounded or rectangular plate {a as o 2

This endopod short, tapering to a sharp point i crassivemis Brady 1872.

This endopod elongate, slender, distally curved inwards Pe simplex Sewell 1932.

2. This endopod rounded, unarmed, articulating with the basipod — wmbraticus Giesbrecht 1893.

This endopod sub-rectangular, truncate, bearing 4 short triangular spine on its posterior sur-

face, and completely fused with the basipod .. obtusatus Brady and Robertson 1873.

The details for the species obiusatus and crassiremis used in these keys were ob-

tained from Sars 1902 and 1921 respectively.

Wig. 4, Pseudocyclops australis sp. nov., female. Urosome X 160; appendages x 265.

12 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PsEUDOCYCLOPS AUSTRALIS sp. nov.

Occurrence. XIII, 1 female, 1 juvenile.

Female. Length 0:78 mm. The body is of similar proportions to obtusatus;

the urosome is 4-segmented, the anal segment being very short and partly tele-

scoped into the pre-anal; the caudal rami are as long as wide, and somewhat di-

vergent. The first antenna has eighteen segments and the second antenna has

the end portion distinctly cut off as a separate segment. The mouth parts are

much as in obtusatus. The middle segment of the endopod of the first leg has an

elongate bulbous process distal to the outer spine. In the fifth leg both the first

and second segments of the endopod have their outer distal corners produced into

processes, that on the first segment being very pronounced and bearing a small

seta; the end segment, has several distal processes, two of which are large, and

bears four setae. The seta formula is as follows:

endopod. exopod.

pl 1.2.321. 1.1.412.

p.2 1.2,.422. 1.1.512.

p.3 1.2,422, 1.1.513.

p-4 12,322, 1.1.513,

p.5 1.1.220. 1.1.413.

The species is not unlike simplex but differs in the armature of the swimming

legs and in the caudal rami.

Famity PONTELLIDAE Giesbrecht 1892.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p. 131; Sars, 1902, p. 187.

Genus CauANnopiA Dana 1852.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p. 131; A. Scott, 1909, p. 175.

CALANOPIA THOMPSONI A, Scott

A. Scott, 1909, p. 178; Sewell, 1932, p. 342.

Occurrence. I, 3 females, 1 male; IT, 7 females, 5 males, 2 juveniles; III, 1

female ; IV, 8 females, 4 males; V, 2 juveniles ?; Vil, 1 female; IX, 1 female; XIV,

2 females, 1 male.

Distribution. Malay Archipelago, Southern Burma, Ceylon Pearl Banks, ‘‘In-

vestigator’’ Stations 587, 614.

With the exception of the ‘‘Investigator’’ collections all of the places where

this species has been taken are coastal, usually quite close to the shore, often hav-

ing been taken while the vessel was at anchor. In the case of the exceptions men-

tioned I have been unable to trace the localities of these stations, but from the re-

marks made by Sewell (1929, p. 2) it would appear at least probable that these

stations fall into line with the above. The species must, therefore, be regarded as

a coastal form and it is interesting to find it in the present collections, which are

all taken from the western shores of South Australia. Furthermore, although the

genus is represented in the waters of New South Wales (Dakin and Colefax, 1940,

p. 105) this species has not been recorded from that region.

Genus Lapipocera Lubbock 1853.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p, 132; Sars, 1902, p. 141.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 13

LApmocera CeRVI Kramer 1895.

Kramer, 1895, p. 218 ; Brady, 1899, p. 87; Farran, 1929, p. 275; Dakin and Colefax,

1940, p. 101.

Occurrence, TI, 1 female (2:60 mm.); TV, 1 male (2°95 mm.) ; V, 1 male

(2:42 mm.).

Distribution. Coastal waters of northern New Zealand, and of southern and

eastern Australia.

In the female found here the abdomen was distinctly three-segmented as

pointed out by Dakin and Colefax; the male and female fifth legs agree well with

those figures by these authors (fig. 148 d, f).

LABIDOCERA CAUDATA 8p, Nov.

Occurrence. V, 2 females.

Female. Length 2-24 mm. The head is rounded and without crest or side

hooks; the urosome appears to be 2-sezmented but is so completely enveloped by

the spermatophore that its segmentation is somewhat obseured. The asymmetry

Fig, 5. Labidocera caudata sp. nov., female. Urosome X 69; fifth leg X 206. Tortanus

barbatus (Brady), male fifth legs * 206.

shown by the eaudal rami is unnsual in that the left ramus is larger than the right ;

there is no lateral outgrowth on the genital segment, which is slightly swollen

ventrally. The fifth thoracic segment ends in lateral points which are also sym-

metrical. The fifth legs have a comparatively large endopod, reaching as far as the

first outer spine of the exopod. The spines on the exopod are none of them very

large except the terminal spine which is long and sharply pointed.

This species clearly cannot be identified with that described as sp. (nov.?) by

Dakin and Colefax, but approaches most closely to gangetica Sewell (1934). I

have been unable to compare it with rotunda Mori (1929) and japonica Mori

(1935) as the publication in which the descriptions have appeared is not avail-

able in Australia.

14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity TORTANIDAE Sars 1902.

Sars, 1902, p. 73.

This family was one of those created by Sars without definition to include

the two genera Tortanus and Mormonilla, but A. Scott (1909) places the latter

in a separate family.

Genus Torranus Giesbrecht 1898.

Giesbrecht and Schmeil, 1898, p. 157; Steuer, 1926; Sewell, 1923, p. 398.

The latest revision of this genus, by Sewell, divides it into two subgenera,

Tortanus and Atortus.

TorTANUS (ToRTANUS) BARBATUS (Brady).

Brady, 1883, p. 71 (Corynura) : Sewell, 1932, p. 399.

Occurrence. IT, 1 female, 1 male; IIT, 2 females, 1 juvenile; V, 1 female.

Distribution. Indo-pacifie and Malayan regions.

This species has been recorded from the coastal waters of New South Wales

by Dakin and Colefax (1940) who state (p. 106) that they were unable to dis-

cover any description of the male in the available literature. From Steuer’s

(1926) revision of the genus, to which these authors did not have access, it appears

that Friichtl (1924) has described the male. Steuer himself described it from

fresh material and, although his figure of the fifth legs is not very clear, the

structure of the caudal rami and the smaller size make it almost certain that the

male found here is that of Brady’s species. At the same time, the fifth lees of the

male figured by Dakin and Colefax (loc. cit., p. 104, fir. 161 ¢) agree closely with

those found in this specimen. The caudal rami are also similar and the proba-

bility is, therefore, that despite the difference in size of their specimen it should

be identified as the male of barbatus. Unfortunately in the single male at my

disposal the right antenna was broken off close to the base. Friichtl’s illustration

(fig. 42) of the male fifth legs agrees in structure with that given here (fie. 5) but

he does not show the full armature on the left leg.

CYCLOPOIDA.

In attempting the description of the Cyclopoids in this collection I have fol-

lowed Sars’ system of classification. This was completed in 1918, and does not

appear to have been modified to any serious extent since that time. Sars divides

the group into three Sections according to the structure of the mouth parts. The

characteristic features may conveniently be summarized in the form of a key:

1. Second antenna with an exopod (usually) ; mouth parts suctorial; maxillae and maxillipeds

sub-chelate R - +3 es ® SrpHonostoma (IT).

Second antenna without an exopod; mouth parts non-suctorial; maxillae never sub-chelate

(maxillipeds sometimes in male) a 5 oe T: « 2

2. Second antenna non-prehensile; mouth parts masticatory; first antennae hinged in male

GwatHostoma (T).

Second antenna usually prehensile; mouth parts non-masticatory; first antenna in male not

hinged ~ oe ‘s bes Porcinostoma (TIT).

Apart from two species of Oithona, normal constituents of the plankton, no

members of Section I were found. It is somewhat surprising that no Cyclopinidae

were found, since these ate littoral forms, but further search will probably reveal

representatives of this family.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 15

GNATHOSTOMA.

Famity OITHONIDAE Sars. 1913.

Genus OrrHona Baird 1843.

Sars, 1913, p. 4; Rosendorn, 1917.

OrrHona NANA Giesbrecht 1892.

Sars (19138, p. 5) suggests that this species should constitute the type of a

new genus, Oithonina. This was not accepted by Rosendorn (1917) but Wilson

(1932) uses Sars’ generic name for this species. I have followed Rosendorn, who

regards nana. as the type of a group of species within the genus Orthona.

Oceurrence. III, several females (0:52 - 0-72 mm.).

Distribution. Widely distributed in the warmer regions, also found in the

North Sea. The species has not, apparently, previously been recorded from Aus-

tralian waters.

OITHONA ATTENUATA Farran 1913.

Occurrence. ITI, several females (0°50 mm.).

Distribution. Chiefly Indo-pacific; recorded also from the Atlantic (Rosen-

dorn). This species has previously been recorded from Australian coastal waters

by Farran (1986).

SIPHONOSTOMA.

The bulk of this collection comprises chiefly those copepods peculiarly adapted

for a semi-parasitic existence, for which they are provided with suctorial mouth

parts. This interesting group has been divided by Sars into a number of families,

all but one of which are represented here. Their more important distinguishing

characters ean again best be summarized in the form of a key:

Key To THE FAMILIES.

1. Second antenna non-prehensile se ie aca 7 3

Second antenna strongly prehensile at io .. CANCERILLIDAE Sars 1915.

2. Fourth legs present - = or +4 3.

Fourth legs absent “e || ARTorRoGIDAR Sars 1915.

3. Body expanded, with well developed epimera; genital segment widened anteriorly; fifth legs

reduced to a knob-like process; fourth endopod usually reduced or absent (in a few cases

normal) .. DYSPONTIIDAE Sars 1915,

Body more or less slender, usually without epimera; "genital segment only slightly widened

anteriorly ; fifth legs 2-segmented, though penximal segment not wea: clearly defined;

fourth endopod always well developed

4. Sensory filament of first antenna on terminal seicintit mandible ated vats

MyzopontTiipak Sars 1915.

Sensory filament of first antenna sub-terminal; mandible palp present Fem

5. Second antenna as long as first, its exopod as long as the third segment; siphon reaching at

least to genital segment, usually to caudal rami... ACONTIOPHORIDAE Sars 1915.

Second antenna much shorter than first, its exopod shorter than the third segment; siphon

much shorter, sometimes absent Abe ASTEROCHERIDAE Giesbrecht 1899, sens. str.

As will be seen, the Dyspontiidae are somewhat difficult to define as a family,

and to separate from the others. Hansen (1923, p. 2) retains Giesbrecht’s Aste-

rocheridae in its widest sense and disavrees with Sars’ division of that. family into

smaller families, With the possible exception of the Dyspontiidae it appears that

16 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Sars’ families are well defined. In this family, while the typical forms show a

first antenna with reduced segmentation and the fourth endopod reduced or absent,

in some forms this leg is normal and the first antenna has a greater number of

segments and does not show the fusion of segments between the second and eighth

so characteristic of the majority of the genera.

These few exceptional genera nevertheless show the expanded body with well-

developed epimera and have the female genital segment greatly expanded in its

anterior half. These two features are, therefore, regarded as characteristic of the

family, and those genera which do not show the reduction in the first antenna and

fourth leg, but are otherwise typical, are regarded as intermediate between the

Asterocheridae and Dyspontiidae.

Famity ASTEROCHERIDAE Giesbrecht sens. str.

syn. Ascomyzontidae Sars, 1915, p. 83.

Sars (op. cit., p. 85) discards Boeck’s name Asterocheres in favor of Thorell’s

Ascomyzon, although he admits it has priority, because ‘‘the species of this genus

are by no means exclusively parasites of Asterids’’. Boeck’s name must, however,

stand on rules of priority and has been accepted by recent authors.

Thorell (1859) used the name Ascomyzontidae to designate a family which

is apparently equivalent to the Asterocheridae of Giesbrecht (1899) since the lat-

ter author had previously (1895, 1897) used Thorell’s name, and in 1899 (p. 67)

place this name as a synonym of his new name.

Giesbrecht divided his family into sub-families, which Sars (1915) raised to

family status, and further subdivided, but reverted to the name Ascomyzontidae,

used in a restricted sense, equivalent to Giesbrecht’s sub-family Asterocherinae

from which he removed the genus Acontiophorus as the type of a new family.

As stated above, I have followed Sars’ classification, but since the genus

Ascomyzon no longer exists it cannot be used for the family name. I have, there-

fore, substituted Giesbrecht’s Asterocheridae, used in the restricted sense equiva-

lent to Sars’ Ascomyzontidae.

One genus of this family was found here and a new genus, which approaches

Dermatomyzon, is described.

AUSTRALOMYZON gen. nov.

The genus is defined by the following combination of characters: Body com-

paratively slender, with little or no development of epimeral plates; urosome 4-

segmented in the female, 5-segmented in the male; first antenna with the segmen-

tation of the proximal region distinct; second antenna 4-segmented, with a re-

duced exopod attached to the second segment; oral cone produced into a siphon,

reaching to the first legs; rami of the first four pairs of legs 3-sezmented.

The genus is intermediate between Dermatomyzon and Rhynchomyzon, re-

sembling the latter in general appearance, having posterior projections on the

metasome segments, and the former in having similar projections on the urosome

segments. It resembles both of these genera in the segmentation of the urosome

and differs from both in the presence of a well developed siphon.

AUSTRALOMYZON TYPICUS sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 1 male; XI, 2 females.

Female. Length 1:20 mm. Anterior body ovoid, rounded in front, with a

small rostrum directed postero-ventrally. The first segment is fused with the

head, the second and third have postero-lateral projections, and the fourth seg-

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 17

ment is very small; the fifth segment is expanded laterally and bears the one-seg-

mented fifth legs. The genital segment is nearly as long as the three posterior

segments and not greatly expanded anteriorly. This and the following segment

a.2.

Fig. 6. Australomyzon typicus gen. et sp. nov., male and female. Female X 29; urosome,

both sexes, X 110; appendages x 183.

18 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

have postero-lateral projections, similar to those of the thoracic segments. The

caudal rami are about. twice as long as wide, and half as long again as the anal

segment.

The first antenna is 21-segmented, having the sensory filament on the eight-

eenth; the second antenna is 4-sezmented, with a 2-sezmented exopod attached to

the outer distal margin of the second segment. The oral cone is wide basally,

tapering gradually, stoutly constructed and reaches only to the base of the first

legs. The mandible palp is thin and as lone as the siphon. The maxillule has

a small outer lobe, bearing three short setae, and a long inner lobe also with three

setae, which are long. The maxilla and maxilliped are of comparatively slender

structure. The swimming legs are strongly built, and all of the same general

structure. Seta formula:

endopod. exopod,

p.1. 1.2.321. 1,1.323.

p.2. 12.321, 1,1.423.

p.3. 1,2.321. 1.1.423,

p.-4. 1,2.221, 1,1.423.

Of these, in addition to the outer spines of the exopods, the outer terminal

appendage of the exopod in all legs, and the inner terminal appendage of the

third and fourth endopods is a spine. There are no spines on the first and second

endopods. The fifth legs are one-segmented appendages bearing two terminal

setae; the basal segment is fused with the fifth segment and bears one seta. The

caudal rami each bear one distal lateral seta. one dorsal and three terminal setae.

Male. Length 1:02 mm. This differs from the female in a few characters.

The urosome is 5-segmented ; the genital segment is rectangular in shape and this

and the three following segments have postero-lateral projections. The anal seg-

ment is relatively slightly shorter than that of the female. The first antenna is

17-segmented, the last three segments being fused. In addition to the large sub-

terminal sensory filament there are a few more slender filaments attached one to

each of segments 1, 2, 8, 9,10, 11 and 12. The maxilla and maxilliped are more

slender than in the female, The armature of the swimming legs is identical with

that of the female; the fifth legs are similar but smaller, and sixth legs are pre-

sent as small knobs on the posterior margins of the genital segment.

Genus ScorrocHerres Giesbrecht.

Giesbrecht, 1897, p. 18; Sars, 1915, p. 106.

The genus was established by Giesbrecht. for a species wrongly assigned to

Acontiophorus by T. & A. Scott (1894: A. elongatus) ; at the same time he de-

scribed a second species, 8. longifurca. In 1902 he described 8S. stylifer; a fourth

species, S. gracilis, being subsequently described by Hansen (1923).

ScoTTocHERES LATUS sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 1 female.

Female. Length 0-91 mm. The body is very rounded anteriorly, its width

being nearly equal to the length of the head and first free segment together. The

urosome is 3-segmented, the genital segment forming half of the total length of

the urosome and is slightly expanded anteriorly, without lateral teeth, but has a

bunch of setae on each side distal to the centre; the second and third segments

are sub-equal. The caudal rami are subrectangular and about half of the anal

segment.

The first antenna is 19-segmented, distinctly divided into two regions, the

proximal 9-segmented portion having short, wide segments, the distal portion

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 19

having the segments elongate; the sensory filament is borne on the 17th segment.

The second antenna has a short basal segment, a long second segment bearing the

one-segmented exopod, a longer and more slender third segment, and a short end

Fig. 7. Scottocheres latus sp. nov. Female X38; urosome X 80; appendages X 240.

segment bearing a single large terminal spine and a short lateral seta. The siphon

is long and slender, reaching to the posterior end of the metasome. The maxillule

has a short outer lobe bearing one short and two long setae, and a long inner lobe

similarly armed, though the setae are longer; it is like that of elongatus (as

20 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

shown by Sars, 1915). The maxilla and maxilliped are of stouter construction

than in that species and the division of the terminal portion into segments is in-

distinct. The swimming legs are as in elongatus, with the following seta formula:

endopod. exopod.

pl. 12.321. 1,1.223,.

p.2. 1.2.321. 1.1.323.

p.3. 1,2,321. 1,1.323.

p.4. 1.2.221. 1.1.323.

This differs from elongatus in that the first endopod has two inner setae on the

middle segment and both rami of the third and fourth legs have each a terminal

seta and spine, asin the third endopod of elongatus. The fifth legs are elongate, with

a single distal seta. The caudal rami have four terminal setae.

T have not been able to see a description of S. stylifer, but the present species

differs from the others in having the anterior body considerably dilated, the geni-

tal segment as wide as long, rounded and without lateral teeth, the second and

third segments of the urosome sub-equal, the terminal segment of the first an-

tenna divided, the maxilla and maxilliped comparatively more robust, and the fifth

leg extending to beyond the middle of the genital segment. It resembles S. longi-

furca in having the third and fourth segments of the first antenna separate and,

as in elongatus, the caudal rami are sub-rectangular and about half as long as the

anal segment.

Famity ACONTIOPHORIDAE Sars.

Sars, 1915, p. 109.

This monogeneric family was established by Sars (1915) for a genus which

departed in several respects from the typical Asterocheridae.

Genus AconTiopHoRus Brady.

Brady. 1880, pp. 28, 69; Giesbrecht, 1897, p. 18; Sars, 1915, p. 110.

The name was first used by Brady (loc. cit.) in place of Solenostoma Brady

and Robertson (1873), which was preoccupied. There are three species: scutatus

(Brady and Robertson) 1873, syn. angulatus I. C. Thompson 1888 ; ornatus (Brady

and Robertson) 1875, syn. armatus Brady, 1880; and antennatus Hansen, 1923.

A. elongatus T. and A. Scott (1894) was made the type of Giesbrecht’s new genus

Scottocheres (supra). A fourth species is described here.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ACONTIOPHORUS.

1. End segments of second antenna sub-equal oy a + rt, BS

Distal segment twice as long as penultimate 2p .. antennatus Hansen 1923.

2. Exopod of second antenna no longer than penultimate segment

ornatus (Brady and Robertson) 1875.

Exopod of second antenna longer than this segment .. oe rsc8 Oe

3. Exopod of second antenna not reaching the middle of the terminal segment; caudal rami

three times as long as wide .. scutatus (Brady and Robertson) 1873.

Exopod of second antenna reaching beyond the middle of the terminal segment; caudal rami

twice as long as wide ro s rv ae zealandicus sp. Nov.

ACONTIOPHORUS ZEALANDICUS sp. nov.

syn. A. scutatus (Brady and Robertson) G. M. Thomson, 1883.

Occurrence, IX, 1 female; XI, 3 females, 1 male; XII, 1 female.

Distribution. Otago Harbour, New Zealand.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 21

Female. Length 0-95 - 1:04 mm. The body has the usual rounded shape

of the genus, but the genital and pre-anal segments have posterior projections

at their hinder ends. There is a well developed, pointed rostrum. The first an-

tenna is 11-segmented, with a sensory filament. on the eighth segment; the second

antenna has a long exopod, extending to beyond the middle of the end segment.

Fig. 8. Acontiophorus zealandicus sp. nov., male and female. Female x 32 3 urosome, both

sexes, and siphon X 67; appendages 200. The mandible palp is shown also at the same mag-

nification as the siphon for comparison.

The siphon is very long, extending well beyond the caudal rami, almost reaching

to the end of the caudal setae. The mandible palp is a long delicate seta, densely

plumose for the greater part of its length. The maxillule has a short outer lobe

with three setae, one of which is plumose, and a longer inner lobe with four setae,

two of which are stouter than the others and plumose. The maxilla and maxilliped

do not show any specific differences. The swimming legs are armed in a manner

similar to those of scutatus (cf. Sars, 1915). The seta formula is as follows:

22 RecokbDs oF THE S.A, MusEUM

eudopod, exopod.

pl. 12.321, 11,323.

pe. 12,321, 11,418.

p.3- 1.2.311. 11,818.

pe. 12,211, 1.1.813.

The fitth legs are each represented by a well-developed, sub-rectangular segment

bearing three terminal and two inner marginal setae; there is a simegle seta repre-

senting the basal segment which is fused with the corresponding body segment.

The caudal rami are twice as long as wide and a little longer than the anal sey-

ment and armed with three terminal getae, the innermost of which is short and.

much more slender than the other two.

Male, Length 0-87 mm. ‘lhe body is similar to that of the female; (he uro-

some is 4-segmented with the three posterior segments sub-equal; the caudal rami

are scareely twice as long as wide. The first antenna is 10-segmented, having the

third, fourth and fifth segments together scarcely more than half as long as the

sixth, and the terminal segment distinetly hinged upon the preceding segment.

Tn the second antenna the exopod extends to beyond the middle of the terminal

segment, as in the female. There is little else to distinguish this from the female

and it differs from the male of seutalus by the same features which separated the

respective females, in addition to which the first antenna has only ten distinct seg-

ments compared with eleven in scutatus.

Thomson (1883, p. 115) states that the species tound by him in Otago Bay

“conforms exactly’’ with Brady’s description of sculalas, which he quotes in

full. Hansen (1923, p. 11) remarks in this connexion that Thomson is ‘' most

probably wrong.’’ Hansen would appear to be vorrect here since the species found

here, while closely resembling scxtatus, differs from it in several respects in each

of which, where comparison can be made, Thoinson’s figures show a similar dif-

ference. These differences are: i the first antenna in scvtatus the third, fourth

and fifth serments together equal the sixth ; in zealandieus the sixth segment is eon-

siderably greater than these three together; in the second antenna of scutatus the

exopod does not reach the middle of the terminal segment, whereas in zealandious

it extends beyond the middle; the eaudal rami are more slender in seutetus

(leneth/width : 3/1), in zealandieus this ratio is only 2/1. Thomson's figure shows

the rosome somewhat upturned so that here no comparison can be made.

In view of these differences it seems probable that Thomson’s specimen is

identical with the new species deseribed here.

Famity MYZOPONTIIDAE Sars,

Sars, 1915, p. 112.

This family wae constituted by Sars for two genera which Qiesbrecht had

placed in his Dyspontiinae bit Sars revarded as iitermediale between this group

and the Asterocheridae. The two genera are distinguished by the condition of

the oral tube, which is short and not extended into aw siphon in Neopontius, while

Myzopontius has a well developed siphon,

Genus Myzovon ius Giesbrecht..

Giesbrecht, 1895 ; 1897; 1899; Sars, 1915, p, 118,

This isa monotypie genus based on Gicsbrecht’s M. pungens. The form found

here differs in the first antennae and caudal rami and is regarded as a new species,

MyYZOPONTIUS AUSTRALIS Sp, DOV.

Occurrence, X11 female.

Female. Length (+87 mm. ‘The body has the same weneral shape and pro-

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 23

portions as in pungens. The first antenna has nine distinct segments, with com-

paratively few setae; the remaining head appendages are much as in the type

species but the maxilla has only three inner spinules on the claw and the maxilliped

is somewhat bent instead of having straight sides. The legs are like those of

pungens with the following seta formula:

endopod. exopod.

p-l. 1,2.321. 11,323.

p.2. 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

p.3. 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

p.4. 1.2.221. 1.1.423.

The fifth legs are about twice as long as wide with two terminal and one inner

setae. The caudal rami are stoutly built and less than twice as long as wide. The

male is unknown.

Fig. 9. Myzopontius australis sp. nov. Female X 67; urosome and appendages X 200.

Famity DYSPONTIIDAE Sars.

Sars, 1915, p. 117.

A key to the genera of this family is given below in which certain genera not

referred to by Sars (loc. cit.) but identifiable as belonging to the family have been

included. It should perhaps be noted here that Pteropontius has found its way

into the wrong group in Wilson’s (1923) key to the Cyclopoida. This genus is

characterized by having both rami of the first legs only 2-segmented. Two of the

new genera described by Thompson and Scott (1903) are recognizable as belong-

ing to this family. Metapontius Hansen (1923) also belongs here and Urogonia

Brady (1910) probably does, though as with so many of the descriptions in this

paper it is too meagre for certain identification. An interesting form occurred

in this collection from South Australia, for which a new genus has been required,

and will be described below.

24 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The features distinguishing Cryptopontius from Dyspontius given by Gies-

brecht (1899, p. 114) would appear to be better than those used by Wilson (1932,

p. 594) since the length of the siphon varies in both genera. The most reliable

character is the armature of the first exopod: Dyspontius has only two outer

spines on the end segment whereas Cryptopontius | has three.

Sheeran en oat led tay ala. deiraton piers Btw amedate

Key To THE GENERA,

1, Rami of first four pairs of legs 3-segmented aa tA

Rami of first three pairs of legs 3-segmented, fourth pair different 5.

Rami of first pair 2-segmented, fourth legs without endopods Pteropontius Giesbrecht 1895.

2. Second antenna biramous.. ay an 3s os5 Be

Second antenna uniramous, 4- -segmented . =f + Urogonia Brady 1910.

3. Fourth endopods reduced in size, with gaint setae; maxillae and maxillipeds of slender

structure Bradypontius Giesbrecht 1895,

Fourth endopods not reduced, setae normal; maxillae and maxillipeds strongly built .. 4.

4, Posterior corners of head conspicuously notched; epimeral plates pointed dlagimbthy: out-

wards; genital segment about as wide as long Cribropontius Giesbrecht 1899.

Posterior corners of head entire; epimeral plates curved backwards parallel with body axis;

genital segment twice as wide as long .. Sestropontius Giesbrecht 1899.

5. Fourth endopod 2-segmented . is Rr . 6.

Fourth endopod replaced by a ‘process, seta, spine, or ‘lacking av : . 8

6. Body longer than wide, thoracic segments free; urosome 4-segmented in female, forming

one-fourth of total length .. 7.

Body as wide as long, sub-cireular, third and fourth thoracic segments fused; urosome 3- -seg-

mented in female, less than one-sixth of total length . ws Discopontius gen, nov.

7. Body with well developed epimera; siphon short and siandnts with suctorial tube

Arctopontius Sars 1915.

Body without epimera, segments rounded; siphon short and stout, without suctorial tube

Metapontius Hansen 1923.

8. Second antenna 5-segmented, second segment with 2-segmented exopod; first antenna 18-seg-

mented; urosome 3-segmented, last two segments very short

Cletopontius Thompson and Scott as

Second antenna 4-segmented, second segment with one-segmented exopod

9. Urosome 3-segmented, ier covered by last metasome segment, fifth legs 15 times as

long as wide Lepeopsyllus RPE HS and Scott 1903.

Urosome entirely free dorsally ; ; . fifth legs as wide as long ii »e- Ae

10. Head wider than long; distal segment of first exopod with two spines

Dyspontius Thorell 1889,

Head longer than wide; distal segment of first exopod with three spines

Cryptopontius Giesbrecht 1899.

Genus Crypropontius Giesbrecht.

Giesbrecht, 1899, pp. 30, 89, 108; Sars, 1915, p. 120.

The genus contains six species: thorelli, tenuis, capitalis and brevifurcatus

(Giesbrecht) 1895; innominatus Brady 1910, and gracilis Wilson, 1932a. Four

new species are described below and a key is given for the identification of the

various species.

Key T0 THE FEMALES.

1. Caudal rami wider than long . és te . i eee xe

Caudal rami at least as long as wide —- aia - aap ae

2, Urosome forming little more than one-fifth of the total length brevifurcatus (Giesbrecht).

Urosome forming at least one-fourth of the total length she longipes sp. nov.

3. First antenna with second segment shorter than first and third .. $e vee A

First antenna with second segment longer than either first or third innominatus Brady.

First antenna with first two segments sub-equal a's nal proximus sp. Nov.

4. Siphon reaches beyond the base of the first legs ar as ray -. 5.

Siphon does not reach the base of the first legs es mn ° 3 + 8

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SouTH AUSTRALIA 25

5. First untenna 10- or 11-segmented , Se at + » &

Firat antenna §-segmented .. “4 -- . £

6, Exopod of second antenna with lwo setae; end eogmunt of first exepod with two inner setae

thorelli. (Giesbrecht)

Kxopod ot second antenna without setae; ond aegment of first exopod with three inner setae

similig ap. nov.

7, Width of eephalosome about four-tifths of its gin “- tenwis (Giesbrecht )-

Width of cephalosome equal to its length : ve gracilis Wilaon,

& First antenna 10-segmented; exopod of sceond chtadin with two setae; immer Jobe of

maxillule with loug plumose seta fe capitalis (Giesbrecht).

Hirst anteios 9-sepmented; vered of second antenna without setae; inner lobe of maxillule

with short seta... an " ee .. Jatus ap. mov.

It. is uneertain whether innominatus should have been included. Brady’s

gpecimen was apparently damaged, but the urosome which he figures shows

the genital segment of the same width throughout. whereas it is characteristic of

the genus that it should be very much widened anteriorly.

ORYPTOPONTIUS SIMILIS Sp, 2OV,

Occurrence. X, 1 female, 1 male.

Female. Length 1:30 mm, The body is of similar shape and proportions to

thorelli, though less acutely pointed anteriorly. The first antenna is 10-segmented,

with the third to seventh and ninth to eleventh segments fused. The second an-

tena has a gmall unarmed exopod; the end segment is without lateral setae but

has a row of fine hairs, The siphon reaches to the base of the first legs but not,

beyond, The maxillule has both lobes slender, the outer two-thirds as long as

the inner and armed with a short seta and small spine, the inner lobe armed with

two slender spines. ‘The maxilla and maxilliped are very like those of thorelli.

The swimming legs are normal, with the following seta formula:

endopod., exopod,

pa. 1.3.921. 1,1.833.

pz. 12,521. 1,1.423-

pa, 1.8.321. 1,1.423.

ped. — 1.1,423,

The fitth leg is twice as long as wide, with one spine and a seta. The candal rami

are longer than wide (about 4:3).

Male. Length 1-02 mm. The body is more slender than that of the female,

as is usual in this genus, and the urosome is fivesegmented, The first. antenna. has

eleven distinet segments, the large sensory filament being placed sub-terminally

on the end segment, There is a series of long thin sensory filaments distributed

as follows; one on Lhe secoud and eighth segments, two on the sixth and ninth

and four on the third segment, The ninth sxeoment also has two short spines near

the bases of the filaments. The mouth parts and lees areas in the female and the

caudal rami have a sindlar proportion and armature.

This species is very close to thorelli, particularly in the shape and proportions

of the body, its size, the first antennae, maxillae and maxillipeds, 1 differs in

the proportions aid armature of the maxillale and in the armature of the second

antenna and first lee. In this leg in therelli the seta formula is 1+1+ 321; 1-1-2238,

Ni is untortuuate that Gieshreeht (1899) has vot iWhustrated the fourth logs of the

species of this genus described therein as.there is some variation m the second seg-

ment of the basipod of this lee in the species found here. In this species there

isa smuall prominence on this sezmenut, which may represent the missing endopod.

In longipes, deseribed below, this promineuee ig well developed, whereas the two

other species deseribed here are without any such prominence.

26 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 10. Cryptopontius similis sp. nov. Male and female < 30; urosome, both sexes, X 110;

appendages X 185.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 27

CRYPTOPONTIUS LATUS Sp. Nov.

Occurrence. XII, 1 female.

Female. Length 1-30 mm. The body is of similar proportions and size to

capitalis, having the head segment distinctly wider than long. The first antenna

is 9-segmented, the third to seventh and eighth to tenth segments being fused.

Fig. 11. Cryptopontius latus sp.nov. Female X 32; urosome X 120; appendages X 200.

The second antenna has a very small, unarmed exopod, the end segment has a

lateral seta and two terminal spines and a small seta. The siphon is very short,

not reaching the base of the first legs. The maxillule has two strong spines on

the outer lobe and a single short seta on the inner. The maxilla has the terminal

portion of the claw fused with the proximal portion and strongly curved. The

swimming legs have the following seta formula:

28 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

endopod. exopod.

p.l 1.2.320. 1,1.223,

p.2 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

p.3 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

p.4 — 1.1.423.

The fifth legs are composed of small rounded knobs, each bearing a single seta.

The caudal rami are as long as wide.

Fig. 12. Cryptopontius proximus sp.nov. Female X 32; urosome X 67 } appendages X 200;

terminal portions of siphon and mandible x 333.

This species approaches captitalis very closely and should perhaps be identi-

fied with that species, but there are several minor points of difference. In capt-

talis the eighth segment of the first antenna is free, whereas here it is fused with

the ninth and tenth; the inner lobe of the maxillule has a single relatively short

unarmed seta in place of the longer plumose seta and small spur of Giesbrecht’s

species; the exopod of the second antenna is unarmed.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 29

It is regrettable that the species of this genus found here (with one excep-

tion) occurred as isolated specimens, since the examination of a series might show

sufficient variation to permit of this species and similis being included in capitalis

and thorelli respectively.

CRYPTOPONTIUS PROXIMUS sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 1 female.

Female. Length 1-02 mm. The body is much as in similis, having the head

segment about as wide as long, but the first free thoracic segment has the lateral

projections more rounded. ‘The first antenna is 9-segmented, the first two seg-

ments sub-equal, the second to seventh and ninth and tenth being fused. In the

second antenna the exopod bears a single long terminal seta, and the end segment

one spine and two setae. The siphon scarcely reaches the base of the first legs.

The maxillule has slender lobes, the outer armed with a stout spine and a shorter

seta, the inner with a very short seta and small spine. The maxilla has the ter-

minal portion undivided and ends in a blunt curved claw. The swimming legs

have their seta formula as follows:

endopod. exopod.

p.l. 1.1.321. 1.1.323.

p.2. 1,2.321. 1,1.423.

p.3. 1,2.321. 1.1.423.

p.4. —_— 1,1.423.

The fifth legs are almost square, with two terminal and one lateral setae and the

caudal rami are a little longer than wide.

This species resembles similis in the shape of the body, but in other features

it, approaches more closely to latus... It differs in several particulars: in the first

and second antenna, the armature of the first legs and in the fifth legs. The

siphon also is relatively longer and the species is considerably smaller than similis.

CRYPTOPONTIUS LONGIPES sp. Nov.

-Occurrence. IX, 3 females; X, 2 males; XII, 1 male; XIII, 1 male.

Female. Length 1-13 mm. The body is comparatively slender, its width less

than half the total length; the width of the head segment is five-sixths of its length.

In the urosome the genital segment has a comparatively short undilated posterior

portion, which is wider than the following segments. Of these the first two are

short and sub-equal and together no longer than the anal segment. The caudal

rami are wider than long.

The first antenna is 9-seemented, the first two segments are sub-equal, the

second to seventh and ninth and tenth being fused.’ The second antenna has

a very short basal segment; the exopod is minute and unarmed; the end segment

has no lateral seta but a fringe of hairs, and two unequal terminal setae. The

siphon is comparatively long, reaching beyond the base of the first legs. The

maxillule has two stout spines on the outer lobe and two long delicate setae on the

inner lobe. The maxilla has the terminal part of the claw separated from the

proximal portion and the maxilliped has the two distal segments fused. The seta

formula for the swimming legs is:

endopod. exopod,

pl 1.9.320. 1.1.223.

p.2 1.2,321. 1.1.423.

p.3 1,2.321. 1.1.42,

p.4 — 1.1.423,

The armature of the first legs is somewhat uncertain, as these were so strongly

eurved inwards and forwards that on mounting they broke up and the setae were

30 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

dislodged, or the rami overlapped to such an extent as to make it difficult to be

certain of the setae. The fourth legs are distinguished from those of other species

found here by the presence of a well-developed prominence on the basipod, ad-

jacent to the exopod. The distal segment of the leg on one side had only three

Fig.13. Cryptopontius longipes sp.nov. Male and female < 32; urosome, both sexes, X 67;

appendages X 200.

inner setae, instead of four, which is the more usual number. The fifth legs also

distinguish this species from any other in that they are more than twice as long

as wide; in one specimen they were nearly four times as long as wide.

Male. Length 1-04 -1-15 mm. The body is more slender than that of the

female. The first antenna is 9-segmented, with the first two segments sub-equal

and showing a fusion of segments similar to that of the female. The sixth free

segment is elongate and bears a barbed spine; the terminal portion, consisting of

~ NicHoLtts—CoPrePopA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 31

Iwo seginents, is weakly geniculate apon the preceding seoment. The fifth legs

ave somewhat. shorter than in the female but twice as long as wide, and similarly

armed. Apart from the 5-seemented urosome, the male resembles the female in

all other respects.

This species is distinguished from all the other species by the genital seement

and Wrogome of the female and by the elongate fifth leg, Ti resembles brewifurcatus

in having the eaudal rami wider than long, but ditfers from it in 80 many respects

that it must be rewarded as distinct,

DiscoPonrms gen, nov,

Body sub-cireular in outline, with a small projecting urosome, and the whole

considerably flattened so as to be dise-shaped, The segments are without epimeral

plates and the first segment is fused with the head; the third and fourth segments

are fused and completely cover the fifth sezment dorsally. The urosome is very

short, 3-sermeonted; (he genital serment 1s greatly enlarged and longer than the

rest of the nrosome, ineliding the eaudal rami, and a little more than three times

as wide as the other orosome segments. The month parts in weneral show the

characters of the family. The first three pairs of legs have 3-seemented rami, the

exopod of the fourth pair is 3-segmented and the endopod 2-sermented with re-

duced setae, The fitth legs are well developed, 1-sezmented, and project poster-

iorly from beneath the metasome,

In the condition of the swimming legs this genus approaches Arctopontius :

the first three paivs have wormal rami while in the fourth pair the endopod is re-

duced to two segments, Sara’ genus moreover has a somewhat expanded metia-

some and the cephalic appendages are not unlike those of his genus, The first an-

tenna is of similar structure, though the sensory filament is sub-terminal; the

secon antenna has the second and third segments considerably larger than either

first or fourth, whereas in Arctopontius they are sub-equal, The siphon is less

produced than in Sars’ genus, but the maxilla and maxilliped are very similar. Th

Diseopontins Me body is sub-eireular ti milline and the female wrosome is 3-aeg-

mented (in Arctapontius 4-sezmented) ; the third and fourth metasome segments

are fused, an wousual feature, and dorsally cover the free fifth sezment. These

seaments are all without ¢pimeral plates, whereas in Sars’ genus the segments are

distinet and have well-developed epimera. The genital segment is enlarged in

both. In conformity with the flattened body the bases of the swimming lees are

very wide; the fifth legs are well-developed, whereas in Arctopontius they are

represented only by setae, Tn shape this genus resembles Doropontius Thompson

and Seott (1903), but their genus is clearly on Asterocherid in structure, Cleto-

pontius of the same authors is also of a similar appearance, and helongs to the

Dyspontidae, but differs in many respects, particularly the second antenna, max-

illa, and fourth lees in which there is no endopod, The arosome is also 3-seg-

mented in Cletopentius, but the anal segment ts no larger than. the presanal,

whereas flere it is twice as large.

DiscOPON TINS MTSOOMRS sp. nov.

Ocuurrence. IX, 1 female.

Female, Length 0°74 mm.; width 0-67 mm. The body has been described

nder the characters of the genus. The first antenna has thirteen distinct see-

ments, wilh a sensory flament. distally on the eleventh; tho second to eighth see-

ments are fused. The second antenna is 4-se@mented, with a small exopod at-

tached to the second seement at a little past the middle; the fourth segment is very

short and bears terminally one spine and two setae, The oral cone is short and

stout, slightly produced into a siphon. The maxillule has a short slender outer

32 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

lobe, with a single seta and a longer stouter inner lobe bearing four setae. The

maxilla and maxilliped are of very strong construction, resembling those of Arcto-

pontius, but the distal portion of the maxillary claw is not divided from the proxi-

Fig. 14. Discopontius discoides gen. et sp. nov. Female X 80; urosome and appendages

x 240.

mal portion. The swimming legs have 3-segmented rami, except the fourth endo-

pod, which is 2-segmented and with reduced setae. The seta formula is:

endopod. exopod.

p.l. 1.2.321. 1.1.223.

p.2. 1.2.321. 1.1.323.

p.3. 1.2.321, 1.1.323.

p.4. —_ 11.322.

‘wo

NIcHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 3

The fourth endopod was of slightly different stricture on opposite sides; that on

the left leg had a longer distal segment with one inner seta and a terminal spine;

on the right leg the distal sezment had a small terminal seta as well as the spine.

The fifth leg is one-segmented, the basal segment being fused with the body; the

distal sezment, is four times as lone as wide, curved, and reaches to the middle of

the pre-anal segment, The candal rami are slightly longer than wide, though

shorter than the arial seament, and armed with fone terminal sctae, the two middle

ones of whieh were broken so that their length ig unknown, The genital segment

is armed along its posterior margin with a fringe of short spines. No egg-sacs

were present. The male is unknown,

Genus Brapyrontius Giesbrecht.

Giesbrecht, 1895, 1899, pp. 88, 107; Sars, 1915, p. 124.

One of the most characteristic features of this genus is the cndopod of the

fourth lee, whieh is always more slender than the exopod and has the setae reduced

in imimnber and size while retaining the full number of segments.

There are twolve species in the genus: magniceps (Brady), 1880; pamillatus

(T’, Scott), 1888; ehelifer and siphonatus Giesbrecht, 1895; iynotus and serru-

latus Brady, 1910; major and caudatus Sars, 1915; groenlandicus, dentatus,

nnidens and tenutpes Hansen, 1928,

It should be noted that Sars (loc. cit., p. 127), regards chelifer as a synonym

of papillatus ; it would appear, however, that the differences are sufficiently marked

for it. to be regarded as distinct, Three new species have been found in this eol-

lection and a key is given for their identification from which only dentatus has

heen excluded because the specimen deseribed by Hansen was so damaged as to

render impossible the description of the legs.

Key 70 THe SPECIES (BOTH STEXTS).

1, Fifth leg reduced to small round knobs, not more than twice us long as wide - &

Fifth log elongate, about five times as long as wide .. 1. Otenwipes Tansen 1923.

g. Fourth endopod with inner seta on the basal segment and usually two setie on the middle

segment ais « on wt ve to Be

Fourth endopod without innor seta on the basal segment and never more thay one on the

middle segment ., . ye La ty .s 10,

4, Fourth endopod with five setac on the terminal segment a\s =: 4.

Fourth endopod with four setae on the terminal sogment J. Ag Agha

4, Wirat antenna L2- or 13-aermented be le - ae Be

First antenna B-aegmented ., vi i © magnicepy (Brady) 1880,

fh. Middle xegmunt of fourth endopod nearly twice as long ax the basal segment

49 caudatus Sars 1915(2),

Middle segment of fourth endopod little longer Hhan the basal sogment be ,

6, Claw of maxilla with lateral spine and spur ot . 2 major Sara 1910.

Claw of maxilla with lntoral spine and denti¢les, no spur ee SF uwnidens Hanson 1923,

7. Wirst antenna 11-aegmonted in female, 18-seymented in male i 9 “roenlandions Hansen 1923.

Firat antenna, 8- or 9-segmented in female, 11-segmented in male be ». Be

8. Wourth endopud without setae on middle segment ~~ ot ® gerrvlatis Bray 1910.

Fourth endopod with two setae on middle segment “ 7 ye OE

9, Fourth andopod as long a4 exopod tet “i Us 9 ignetua Brady 1910,

Fourth endopod much shorter than exopa ae J? papillaius (T-Seott) 1888.

10. Cavdal rami at Jewet aa long as wide he 24 Ls ye . 1,

Caudal tami wider than long v4 1 we : .. 1.

(2) Sars (1915, p, 129) in a footnote states that the male identified as that of major ia more

probably that of eaudatus

34 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

11. First antenna 8-segmented in female, 11- or 12-sogmented in male; distal segment of fourth

endopod the longest 24 is a as wt aia 04

First antenna 9-segmented in female; proximal segment of fourth endopod the longest

9 serratipes sp. nov.

12. Caudal rami longer than wide 23 as 3 Q chelifer Giesbrecht 1895.

Caudal rami as wide as long .. +4 d ovatus sp. nov.

18. First antenna 10-segmented in female, 12-segmented in male ¢ 9 siphonatus Giesbrecht 1895.

First antenna 9-segmented in female, 11-segmented in male... 3 inermis sp. nov.

BRADYPONTIUS INERMIS Sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 2 females; X, 4 females (1 ovigerous), 1 male, 3 juveniles;

XI, 17 females; XII, 1 juvenile ?; XIII, 4 females (2 ovigerous).

Female, Length 1:11-1:50 mm. The body is wide anteriorly, its greatest

width being about three-fifths of the total length; the head segment is as wide as

long. The first antenna is composed of nine distinct segments, the second to

seventh and ninth and tenth being fused; the second segment is partially sepa-

rated in some specimens and entirely free in others ; when it is free, then the eighth

segment is fused with the preceding segment so that the total number is always

nine. The second antenna has a small exopod bearing two small setae. The

siphon extends beyond the posterior margin of the head segment. The maxillule

has the outer lobe armed with one spine and a thin seta, and the inner lobe has

a single long delicate seta; the maxilla and maxilliped are without specific charac-

teristics. The swimming legs have the following seta formula:

endopod, exopod.

pl 1.2.320. 1,1.323.

p.2 1,2.321. 11.423.

p.3 1.2.321. 1,1.423.

p.4 0.0.010. 1.1.423.

As is usual in this genus in preserved specimens the swimming legs are found

with the rami bent forwards and inwards so that they tend to overlap when

mounted. The second leg, which has been figured, has been drawn with the rami

artificially separated. The fifth leg is composed of a rounded knob, bearing two

setae. The caudal rami are wider than long and about half the length of the

anal seement.

Male. Length 1:07 mm. The body is more slender than that of the female,

the width of the head being only three-fourths of its length. The first antenna

has eleven distinct segments, the third to sixth being fused; the ninth segment is

elongate and bears a distal hook, while the terminal segment is bent upon the

tenth segment and bears a long stout sensory filament. Segments two to nine

bear a large number of very thin sensory filaments, little thicker than an ordinary

seta. These are very long and only a few have been shown in the figure; the

impression gained from an examination of the whole animal is that the antennae

are clothed with a brush of dense setae.

Giesbrecht (1899, p. 29) states that the males in both chelifer and siphonatus

have a large number of long thin sensory filaments one on each free and fused

segment from two to twelve (eighth segment excepted in chelifer) and two on

each from thirteen to sixteen. In this species the distribution is from segments

two to nine (distinet segments) but the proximal ones overlie the points of at-

tachment of the more distal ones so as partially to hide the points of insertion.

There are between sixty and seventy altogether.

The second antenna bears a lateral seta on the end segment, not found in

the female (possibly broken off) and the maxilliped shows the modification of

the basal portion found in the male of siphonatus.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 35

nixp. é

Fig. 15. Bradypontins incrmis sp. nov. Male and female X 27; urosome of female % 57;

maxilla, maxilliped, and fifth legs of female, and wrosome of male X 103; other appendages

* 171.

The species resembles siphonatus in a number of features, but differs in

the shape of the body in the male, the first antenna in both sexes, the proportions

of the segments in both second antenna and maxillule, the rather more robust

maxilliped in the female, and the armature of the fourth endopod. These two

species are the only ones deseribed as having the caudal rami wider than long.

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BRADYPONTIUS SERRATIPES sp. nov,

Occurrence. XII, 1 female.

Female. Length 1:52 mm. The body is comparatively slender, its greatest

width being about half the total length; the head segment is longer than wide

and the urosome forms about one-third of the total length. The first antenna

has nine distinct segments, the third to eighth and ninth and tenth being fused.

S, ae

Fig. 16. Bradypontius scrratipes sp. nov. Female X 27; urosome X 57; appendages

171.

The exopod of the second antenna has two long setae, the end segment has a lateral

seta as well as the terminal seta and spine. The siphon is short, not reaching

the base of the first legs. The maxillule has a short terminal seta on the inner

lobe; the maxilla and maxilliped are stoutly constructed. The outer margins of

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 37

the exopods of legs two to four are strongly serrate, that of the first leg less so.

Seta formula:

endopod. exopod,

p-l. 0.2.320. 1.1.323.

p.2. 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

p.. 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

pe. 0.0.020. 1,1,423,

The fifth leg is short, sub-rectangular, not twice as long as wide and with pro-

bably three setae, only one of which was seen. The caudal rami are less than

twice as long as wide and about as long as the anal seement.

The species resembles chelifer in some respects, but is more slender, has the

second segment of the first antenna free, and lacks the inner setae on the second

and third segments of the fourth exopod present in that species. The serrations

on the exopods are also probably more strongly developed.

BRADYPONTIUS OVATUS sp. nov.

Occurrence. XI, 2 males.

Female unknown. Male. Length 0-89 - 0:95 mm. The body is oval in

outline, with the thoracie epimera not pronouneed and directed backwards. The

first antenna. has twelve distinet segments, the ninth having a stout spur (which

is not hooked) on the anterior margin; the penultimate segment bears the usual

large sensory filament and there is a series of thin delicate filaments inserted on

each of the segments from the second to the ninth. The mouth parts show no

specific characters except for the maxilla, the claw of which has a small seta

Fig. 17, Bradypontius ovatus sp. nov. Male X 64; appendages < 192.

38 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

near the end. The siphon extends to beyond the base of the second legs. The

armature of the legs differs from that of serratepes only in having an inner seta

on the basal segment of the first endopod. The fourth endopod is comparatively

unarmed, like the other Mediterranean and Australian species, but differs from

these in the proportions of the segments; the distal segment is as long as the first

two together, and armed with two small terminal setae, these being the only setae

on the ramus. The fifth legs are longer than wide, with two terminal and one

outer marginal setae. The caudal rami are as long as wide and slightly shorter

than the anal segment.

The species comes closest to chelifer, but differs in several respects, particu-

larly in the armature of the fourth endopod.

It is of interest to note that all those species with reduced armature on the

fourth endopod are either from the Mediterranean or from Australian waters,

whereas all the others are from the colder regions of the northern or southern

oceans and have fully armed fourth endopods.

Genus Prerorontrus Giesbrecht.

Giesbrecht, 1895; 1899, pp. 91, 110.

According to Giesbrecht this genus is characterized by the postero-lateral

projections from the thoracic and anterior urosome segments; the first thoracic

segment is fused with the head, with a dorsal crest along its whole length; the

second antenna is only three-seemented; the fourth leg is without an endopod;

both rami of the first leg are two-segmented, with reduced setae; the distal seg-

ments of the third and fourth exopods have only two outer spines; and the fifth

leg is knob-like. He described a single species, cristatus (1899, p. 36-8, pl. vii,

fig. 24-39; x, fig. 15-17) and Brady (1910, p. 583, fig. Ixvi) described a second,

scaber ; the species found here is distinct from both of these.

In the South Australian species the dorsal crest described for the head seg-

ment is continued along the second and third thoracic segments; the second an-

tenna is only indistinctly three-segmented ; the basipod of the fourth leg is com-

posed of a single segment (as in cristatus. Giesbrecht, op. cit., p. 37); and the

exopods have three outer spines. It would appear that the segmentation of the

fourth basipod may be a generic character while the armature of the third and

fourth exopods is not of generic value. The very short, strongly built siphon

appears also to be common to all three species of the genus,

As mentioned above, the genus is wrongly placed in Wilson’s key (1932)

but it is not surprising that minor errors have crept in when constructing keys

of such magnitude as those prepared by Dr. Wilson.

Brady’s description and figures for scaber are sufficient for the identifica-

tion of his species as a member of the genus, which is well characterized by the

lateral expansions of the thoracic and anterior urosome segments. His species

differs notably in the shape of the body.

Kry To THE FEMALES.

1. Head segment wider than long ‘2 i Fyn és oe 2

Head segment longer than wide 2 My scaber Brady 1910.

2. End segments of third and fourth exopods with two outer spines —_cristatus Giesbrecht 1895.

End segments of third and fourth exopods with three outer spines barbatus sp. nov.

PTEROPONTIUS BARBATUS sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 1 female.

Female, Length 1:02 mm. The head segment is wider than long, with

the rostral region slightly pronounced and having a small triangular rostrum

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 39

Fig. 18. Pteropontius barbatus sp. noy.

appendages X 240,

Female X 38; rostrum and urosome X 144;

ventrally; a well-developed dorsal crest runs along this and the two following

segments which, together with the genital and second urosome segments, have well-

developed epimeral plates with somewhat serrated edges. The genital segment

40 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

bears two such plates on each side. The first antenna is composed of eight dis-

tinct segments, the long second segment probably being composed of segments

two to eight as in cristatus, but the fusion is so complete that it is difficult to

make out the individual segments. The second antenna appears to be composed

of only two segments but the basal segment is indistinctly and incompletely di-

vided near the base, in a position comparable to that of cristatus. As in that

species the end segment bears one small lateral and two longer unequal terminal

setae, all plumose. The siphon is typical in being short and strongly built, with

the distal portion little, if any, longer than the large base; it is distinct in hav-

ing a pair of barb-like projections near the base of the tubular portion, hence

the specific name. The maxillule is almost exactly as in cristatus, except that

the shorter of the two spines on the outer lobe is sickle-shaped. The maxilla and

maxilliped are of very strong construction, particularly the former, in which

the basal segment is very powerful and the claw a long, strong, one-segmented

structure distally curved and bluntly rounded terminally. The maxilliped is

like that of cristatus, though more powerful.

The first pair of legs shows the typical two-segmented rami, with reduced

setae; the second, third, and fourth exopods all have three outer spines on the

end segment. The fourth endopod is absent but, as in cristatus, there is a large

projection from the basal segment which is composed of the normal two segments

(coxa and basis) completely fused. The seta formula for the legs is:

endopod. exopod.

p-l 1.220. 0.122.

p2 1,2.321, 11.423,

p.3 1.2.311. 1.1.423.

p.4 — 1.1.323.

The end segment of the third endopod lacks the terminal spine and both second

and third legs have the triangular prominence shown on the fourth basipod; this

appears to correspond to the inner corner of the basipod of the first lee, some-

what displaced owing to the shape of the basipods in these legs. The fifth legs

are reduced to minute rounded knobs bearing each a single seta.

The anal segment is dilated posteriorly and the caudal rami are about as

wide as long and a little more than half of the anal segment. This species is of

similar size to cristatus but much smaller than scaber (3-5 mm.). The male was

not seen.

Famity ARTOTROGIDAE Sars.

Sars, 1915, p. 132.

The family was created by Sars for two genera, Artotrogus and Dystrogus,

in which the body tends to be sub-circular and the fourth legs are absent. In the

latter feature they approach the Cancerillidae, but those are distinguished from

other Siphonostoma in having the second antenna modified into strong prehensile

organs.

Artotrogus has hitherto been known only from the female (a male was

found here), while Dystrogus is known only from the male. (*)

According to Giesbrecht (1899, pp. 110-111) they are distinguished by the

siphon, which tapers to a more or lesss narrow tube in Artotrogus, while in

Dystrogus it is of the same width throughout. The other characters quoted by

(3) Brady (1910, p. 583) described a species as Dystrogus uncinatus from a female. But this

cloarly has four pairs of legs, according to his statement, and cannot therefore belong to this

family.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 4]

him are probably sexual, as in the difference in the genital segment, or only of

specific value, as in the armature of the swimming legs and shape of the fifth

leg. Probably of generic value is the shape of the body; in Artotrogus it is

always sub-cireular, with the urosome scarcely, if at all, projecting beyond the

epimeral plates of the thorax; in Dystrogus the body is ovoid and the posterior

segments of the urosome project well beyond the thoracic epimera.

Sars (op. cit., p. 184) suggests that the shape of the female of Dystrogus

when known may prove to resemble that of Artotrogus, implying that the differ-

ence in shape is sexual. This is not borne out by the male of Artotrogus found

here, which is sub-circular like the female, whereas if Sars’ implication were cor-

rect it might be expected more to resemble Dystrogus in shape.

Genus Artotrogus Boeck.

Boeek, 1859; Giesbrecht, 1899, pp. 92, 111; Sars, 1915, p. 182.

It would appear that G. M. Thomson followed Brady (1880, p. 59), who

quite unjustifiably regarded Asterocheres, Ascomyzon and Artotrogus as synoy-

mous. Brady’s chief reason for choosing the latter name for the genus was that

it was ‘‘less objectionable’ than Asterocheres and has priority over Ascomyzon.

Whereas the two former are synonymous, Artotrogus is distinct. Giesbrecht

(1899, p. 118) includes a list of synonyms and disposes of those species wrongly

assigned to this genus up to the time when he wrote. The following species have

since been added: brevicaudatus Brady, 1899; gigas and sphaericus Brady, 1910;

proximus T. Scott, 1912; and australis Wilson, 1923.

Of the first of these Brady (loc. cit. p. 49) states that ‘‘The mouth organs

and swimming feet present no distinctive characters’’ from which we can only

assume that in these features the species agrees with Brady’s diagnosis for the

genus given in 1880 (p. 59). Here it is evident that he has overlooked the absence

of the fourth leg in Boeck’s species orbicularis, which is a true Artotrogus. We

must, therefore, assume that brevicaudatus has a normal fourth leg, with three-

segmented rami. From the figure of the whole animal (pl. xiii, fig. 22), showing

well developed epimera, and that of the urosome (fig. 26) showing the genital

segment widened anteriorly, it is clearly a member of the Dyspontiidae. Be-

yond this one cannot go with any degree of certainty, for while it would ap-

pear to be either Cribropontius or Sestropontius, the shape of the body is much

more like that of Cryptopontius. The structure and size of the siphon also indi-

cate this genus as does the claw of the maxilla, but inclusion in this genus re-

quires that the fourth endopod should be absent. It is clear, however, that it

does not belong to the Artotrogidae.

It is difficult to determine whether Brady’s species gigas and sphaericus

belong to Artotrogus or not. In spite of the pronounced sub-cireular outline of

the body, I am inclined to doubt that they should be included. It is clear that

sphaericus is a female, and gigas must be presumed to be so, since the genital seg-

ment does not show the distinctive male characters. The latter species is inade-

quately described and figured, but in both this and sphaericus the urosome is too

long, has too many segments, and the genital segment lacks the distinctive pos-

tero-lateral extensions found in orbicularis and australis. Further, in sphaericus

the maxilla has the distal portion of the end claw distinct, and the whole claw

is only slightly curved distally, whereas in orbicularis it is strongly eurved and

undivided. In both orbicularis and australis the siphon reaches the base of the

maxillipeds, whereas in Brady’s species it does not, but this may be of only minor

importance. Brady’s species Dystrogus uncinatus might have been accepted as

an Artotrogus, but for his statement concerning the fourth legs, which excludes

it from both this genus and from Dystrogus.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 19, Artotrogus latifurcatus sp. nov. Male X35; urosome X 73; first and second

antennae X 218; other figures X 131. The first antenna is shown also on a smaller seale (X 73)

to illustrate the relative length of the sensory filaments, only 40 out of the total of 150 of which

are shown. The bases of two of the filaments which have become detached are also shown (X 218),

per. is portion of the anterior edge of the body seen from below (X 73).

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 43

Scott’s species proximus must. also be excluded from this genus on account

of the well-developed fourth legs. It is difficult to place this species, which has

certain affinities with Bradypontius, yet. departs from that genus in several

particulars. It is clearly a Dyspontiid.

Thus only two species are left: orbicularis, the type, and australis Wilson

(1923). The latter was not fully illustrated since only a single specimen was

obtained. According to Wilson it is distinguished from the type by ‘‘ differences

in the structural details of the two pairs of antennae, the first maxillae and

the siphon’’ in addition to which it is twice the size of Boeck’s species.

The species found here, a single male, is considerably smaller than Boeck’s

species, and is distinct from both his and Wilson’s.

ARTOTROGUS LATIFURCATUS Sp. NOV.

Occurrence. XII, 1 male.

Male. Length, 1-37 mm.; width 1-24 mm. The body is sub-circular in out-

line with the caudal rami projecting beyond the posterior body margin. The

urosome is composed of only three segments, the middle one of which is very

short and narrower than either first or third. The third and fourth thoracic seg-

ments are fused, while the fifth is distinct but very short and without epimeral

expansions; it bears a seta on each side representing the fifth legs. The genital

seoment is wider than long with two setae on each side of the hinder margin.

The anal segment widens posteriorly to a greater extent even than in australis.

he caudal rami are wider than long and bear only terminal setae.

The first antenna is composed of eleven segments, the fourth and fifth seg-

ments are very short, the sixth to eighth somewhat longer but shorter than any

of the remaining segments. A large sensory filament is borne on the terminal

segment and a great number of thin but much longer filaments are clustered to-

gether on the second and third segments. The position of these is indicated in

the figure, but it was difficult to be certain of the total number. It was esti-

mated that there were about one hundred on the second segment and fifty on

the third. These filaments easily become detached, when it is found that they

are swollen basally as shown in the figure. The second antenna is three-seg-

mented, with the first two segments sub-equal and the third somewhat longer.

A small exopod is borne distally on the basal segment and is armed with a single

seta. The siphon is short but reaches to the base of the maxillipeds as in the

other species. It is bluntly rounded as in orbicularis. The maxillule, maxilla

and maxilliped are much as in the type species. The swimming legs have the

following seta formula :

endopod. exopod.

pl. 1.2.321. 1.1.323.

p.2. 1.2.321. 1.1.423.

3 § tight 1.2.321. 1.1.323.

P--) left 1.1.321. 1.1.423.

The outer margin of the head segment (fig. 19, per.) shows a design similar to

that shown for Entomolepis by Brady (1899) and for Lepeopsyllus by Thomp-

son and Scott (1903).

Apart from its much smaller size than either of the two described species

this differs from orbicularis in the elongate second antenna and in the arma-

ture of the distal segment of the third endopod. It differs from australis in that

the siphon does not extend beyond the base of the maxillipds. Other points of

difference are probably only sexual. :

44 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PoECILOSTOMA.

One of the chief distinguishing features of this group of Cyelopoids, aceord-

ing to Sars (1917, p. 142), is the absence of any structures representing the man-

dibles of other copepods. He discusses this point at some length and states that

the most anterior oral appendage is the maxilla (maxillule) bearing a palp which

has been erroneously taken for an independent limb by other authors who have

described them as mandible and maxillule. He points further to the resemblance

between what he terms the maxilla in the families Clausidiidae and Cyclopidae;

in the latter the mandible is always present but often without a palp, whereas

the maxillule (his maxilla) always has a palp and is of similar structure to that

found in the Clausidiidae. He admits, however, that ‘‘in a few cases this exopo-

dite may assume a somewhat maxilla-like appearance.’’

In this connection | find myself in complete disagreement with Sars, at

least as far as the Clausidiidae is concerned. The few specimens of H emicyclops

found in this collection have been dissected with particular attention as to whe-

ther these two anterior pairs of mouth parts came away together or were at-

tached separately. In each case I found no attachment between them and dur-

ing dissection observed that they were independently mounted side by side on

the supporting skeleton. I am, therefore, convinced that there are two separate

appendages: the mandible, which has the typical shape of such an appendage

though lacking a palp and having a somewhat specialized armature and the maxil-

lule, which is here distinetly cleft, the smaller lobe armed with strong spines

representing the gnathobase, the larger lobe with setae only being the palp. Sars,

in support of his view that there is only one appendage, the maxillule, states

that ‘‘the said limbs are not placed, like the mandibles, at the side of that aper-

ture (the mouth), but decidedly behind it, turning their extremities more or

less forwards, precisely as do the maxillae in other Copepoda.’’? While this may

be true for the other Poecilostomous copepods, it obviously does not apply to the

Clausidiidae, as can be seen at once by an examination of Sars’ figures for the

oral area in both Hemicyclops purpureus and Hippomolgus furcifer (pl. lxxxi,

Ixxxii). My own figure for the oral area of Hemicyclops australis (fig. 21),

described below, agrees closely in the arrangement of the parts with those given

by Sars, as does also the figure of Goidelia given by Embleton (1901, pl. 22, fie.

10). Sars’ figures differ from those of Embleton and myself only in having the

maxillule attached to the base of the mandible.

As mentioned above, Sars admits the ‘‘maxilla-like appearance’’ of what

he regards as the ‘‘palp or exopodite’’ of ‘‘the foremost pair of limbs’’ and

points out its resemblance to that appendage in some of the Cyclopidae. The best

answer to this is supplied by Sars himself in his figure for Hippomolgus furcifer

(pl. Ixxxii, m). Here, according to his interpretation, we see a maxillule with

a palp attached basally. In the Cyclopidae (cf. Sars, pl. xii-xvi, xliii, xlviii, and

1) the palp is always attached to the distal portion of this appendage.

Gurney (1927, p. 464) has discussed this question and concludes that ‘‘neither

the structure nor the position of these appendages is inconsistent with their inter-

pretation as mandibles.’’ While I share the hesitation expressed by Dr. Gurney

in differing from ‘‘an authority of such eminence and accuracy as Prof.Sars,’’ it

would certainly appear that Sars has drawn the mandible and maxillule together

as a single appendage. Even if these two appendages were really parts of the

same appendage it would seem more reasonable to interpret that appendage as the

mandible, with a proximally inserted palp, as has been done by Wilson (1932a)

and Light and Hartman (1937), As Embleton (loc. cit.) has shown in Goidelia it

is the maxillule which has undergone the greatest reduction.

NIcHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 45

Wilson (1932a, pl. C) figures a mandible, with palp, for Homieyclops amert-

rows, though be does uot mention such an appendage in the text (p, 45); here he

deserihes the ‘'fivst maxilla’ from which it is apparent that he is refercing to the

strveture labelled “mandible”? in the plate. For H. thysanotus, Wilson (1985)

deseribes a mandible (py, 764) and fizures its palp (fig. 44), without reference to

the maxillule, Por FH, callianassac, deseribed in the same paper, no refercnce is

made to these mouth parts, This to be assumed, however, that Wilson interprets

as mandible and palp what Sars regarded as maxillule and palp.

Light and Hartman (1937) have figured the ‘‘mandible”’ of H. pugageltensis

with the ‘'palp removed’! (p. 177, fiz, 17) and in the text (p. 181) they deseribe

the *palp” but make no mention of a maxillule; this is in conformity with (heir

statemont (p, 180) that ““Uhe genus Hemicyclops is characterized by the presence

of a well-develuped mandibular palp,”’ and yet, in their description (p. 176) of

Clansidiuvm wenconverense (addon, 1912) both mandible and maxillule are re-

goenized and deseribed, Ptom their deseriptions it is clear that these appendages

have a structure similar to those cf! other members of the family and are carveetly

interpreted as mandible and maxillule.

LeiehSharpe (1989) in bis re-deseription of ITersiliades pelsenceri Cann re-

gards the mandible and maxiliule as separate appendaves and deserihes the maxil-

lule as biramous, which is in conformity with the view already expressed by Gur-

ney and upheld here.

Thus it may be asserted that the Clansidndae depart from Sars’ definition of

the Poecilostoma in that a distinct mandible is present, But Gurney (Toe, nit.)

goes further, and states that in other Poeeilostomous cyelopoids, even in the

Lichomolgidac, the mandible and its “palp'’ are separable and can be recognized

as distinet appendages. Tis figure of Thersifina gusterasted (Gurney, 1913, pl,

xi, fig, () shows an arrangement of mouth parts similar to that given below for

Hem cyclone.

This view 1s supported by the figure of the oral region of Paranthessins pro-

pinquus sp. nov, given below (fi ig. 24), in which although the mandible and

masillile could net elearhy be traced back to their pomts of attachment, there did

uokappear to be any obvious insertion of the maxillule on the mandible as a ‘ ‘palp’’.

Famiry CLAUSIDILDAE Embleton-

Embleton, 1901,

Originally named the Hersiliidae Canu (1888) it was first shown by Himbleton

(1901) that dfersitia (Phil. 1839) had been twiee preocenpied. Kossmann (1874)

lad deseribed a spomes of Wersilia under the name Clansidiyum and Embleton

(therefore substituted Kossmann’s namie for Philyppi’s and estabhshed the family

under Kossmann’s name.

There would not appear to be any justification for the mtroduetion of a new

name for Hersiia by Strand (1914), who proposed to replace it hy Pseudohersilia,

which name therefore becomes a synonyin of Claustdivm, Sars (1917, p. 145) has

shown that Platycheiron T. and A. Scott (1892) is a synonym of Hemicyelaps. As

will be shawn helow the genus Saphiretla T. Seott (1894) representing, as already

pointed out by several authors, the immature stave of a Clansidiid, is & synonym

of Henneyelops, Goidelia Erbleton (1901) was placed in this family, but it is

with ennsiderable doubt that I have ineluded it, differing as it dues in several im-

portant features, partienlarly the prehensile second antenna.

In view of the difference of opinion rerarding the interpretation of the month

parts, and with the inelusion of Goddelia, it will be necessary here to give a new

diagnosis of the family,

46 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First thoracic segment fused with the cephalon; urosome 4- or 5-segmented

in the female; 5-sezgmented in the male. First antenna 5- to 7-segmented. Second

antenna usually armed only with setae. Labrum short and broad, fringed with

fine spinules. Mandible reduced, without a palp and armed always with one ter-

minal claw with or without accessory pieces which are never more than three in

number. Maxillule bilobed, the smaller inner lobe armed with spines, the outer

lobe with setae only or reduced to a single lobe armed only with setae. Maxilla

short and stout, 2-sezmented, the proximal segment armed with simple spines, the

distal segment with two strong claw-like spines. Maxillipeds reduced and scarcely

prehensile in the female but well-developed and strongly prehensile in the male.

Swimming legs usually of normal structure, though showing a peculiar modifica-

tion of the first pair in Clausidium. Fifth legs lamellar, one- to three-segmented.

The following genera are included :

Hemicycuops Boeck.

Hemicyclops Boeck, 1873. Saphirella Wolfenden, 1905.

nee Hemicyclops Claus, 1893. Hemicyclops Sars, 1917.

Platycheiron T. and A. Scott, 1892. Saphirella Sewell, 1924.

Saphirella T. Seott, 1894. Hemicyclops Light and Hartman, 1937.

CLAUSIDIUM Kossmann,

Binoculus Say, 1818. Clausidium Embleton, 1901.

Hersilia Philippi, 1839. Clausidium Light and Hartman, 1937.

Clausidium Kossmann, 1874.

HeERSILIODES Canu.

Hersiliodes Canu, 1888. Hersiliodes Thompson and Scott, 1903 (pro

Hersiliodes Bourne, 1890. parte).

H. dubia Thompson and Scott (1903) is clearly a Hippomolgus, the only male so far described

for this genus.

GIARDELLA Canu.

Giardella Canu, 1888. Giardella A. Scott, 1906.

GorpELIA Embleton.

Goidelia Embleton, 1901.

Hippomo.eus Sars.

Hersiliodes Thompson and Scott, 1903 Hippomolgus Sars, 1917.

(pro parte).

KEY To THE GENERA.

1. First legs modified into sucking organs .. on Clausidium Kossmann 1874.

First legs normally developed . ; ne o 2,

2. Second antenna prehensile, armed with eben fifth ibe three- eaten hah

Goidelia Embleton 1901.

Second antenna non-prehensile, armed only with setae; fifth legs one- or two-segmented .. 3.

3. Fifth leg one-segmented oe < $0 whe iol veh,

Fifth leg two-segmented b? os ap a oe Peas

4. First antenna short and compact fe 8 .. Hippomolgus Sars 1917.

First antenna long and slender e. is Pa Hersiliodes Canu 1888.

5. Mandible armed with one claw and two hooks , Giardella Canu 1888.

Mandible armed with one claw, one toothed plate, and two setae Hemicyclops Boeck 1873.

Genus Hemicycuors Boeck.

Sars, 1917, p. 145; Light and Hartman, 1937.

A key to the species of this genus has been given by Light and Hartman, who

have discussed the genus and give reasons for excluding the two species Hersiliodes

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 47

puffin’ Thompson 1887, and H. thampsoni Canu 1888, which Sars (1917, p. 145)

considered should be transferred to Hemicyclops. H. elongatus Wilson (19387)

was described in the same year as Light and Hartman’s review and so was not

included in their key.

Fig. 20. Hemicyclops australis sp. nov, Male and female X 38; rostrum, and urosome,

both sexes, % 80; appendages X 240

48 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

HEMICYCLOPS AUSTRALIS Sp. nov.

Occurrence. [X, 1 female, 1 male; XI, 2 females, 1 male.

Female. Length 1-38 - 1-40 mm. The body has the usual shape and pro-

portions found in the genus; the genital segment is swollen and rounded anteriorly

with lateral projections behind the swollen portion, and is longer than the rest

par.

lt.

Fig. 21. Hemicyclops australis sp. nov., oral area seen from below X 450. In the process

of dissection the left maxilla and maxilliped were removed, and the maxillule slightly displacea

posteriorly from its natural position. On this side the base of this appendage and its position

of attachment are clearly seen. On the right side the appendages occupy their normal positions.

It is of interest to note that paragnaths (par.) are present and that the mandible and maxillule

are distinct appendages.

re,

of the urosome; the anal segment is the shortest; the caudal rami are sub-rect-

angular, almost as wide as long and longer than the anal segment. The first an-

tenna is 7-segmented ; the second antenna has the two proximal segments long and

sub-equal, the third segment is short and has a lateral swelling, and the terminal

segment is short and sub-rectangular, wider than long. The upper lip is of a dis-

tinctive shape and armed with marginal spines; the mandible is armed with a

large terminal toothed ‘‘elaw,’’ a wide lamellar toothed plate and two setae, one

of which is strongly built, the other much more slender; the maxillule is clearly

bilobed, the inner lobe bearing a strong spine and three setae, the outer armed only

with setae; the maxilla is two-segmented, the basal segment bears a long double

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 49

spine distally and the end segment has a large terminal claw and accessory seta,

and a small inner branch armed with spines. The maxilliped is three-segmented,

the basal seement armed with two long setae, the second with an inner projection

or bulge bearing two spinous setae, and the terminal segment bears two unequal

claws and some setae. The swimming legs are of the usual structure with the

following seta formula :

endopod. exopod.

pl 1.1.51. 0.1.62.

p.2 1,2,33. 0.1.54.

pa 1.2.24. 0.1.54.

p-4 1.2.14. 0.1.58,

The setae and spines are arranged in a more or less continuous series around the

margins of the distal segments of these legs so that it is difficult to decide how

many are terminal and where the inner and outer begin or end. No attempt

has been made to express the distribution of the setae on the end segments in the

formula, the figures refer to the number of setae and spines respectively. On the

end segment of the third exopod the figures given are 54, but on the other leg of

that pair there were five setae, but only three spines. The fifth leg is two-seg-

mented, the basal segment armed with a short seta and the distal segment with

one spine and one seta terminally and two outer lateral spines.

Male. Length 1:17-1:20 mm. The body is like that of the female, but the

urosome is five-segmented. At the postero-distal corners of the genital segment

there is a spine representing the sixth legs. The only appendage showing any

difference from the female is the maxilliped which, as usual in this group, is much

more strongly prehensile than that of the female. The terminal claw is much

longer and more strongly developed and the whole of the inner edge of the middle

segment is armed with a series of short stout spines; this segment is roughly tri-

angular in shape due to the greater development of the inner prominence found

also in the female. The seta formula for the swimming legs is like that of the

female.

This species resembles callianassae Wilson (1935) and purpureus Boeck

(Sars, 1917) in having the genital sezment undivided, though in the former this

segment is no longer than the preceding segments. It further resembles purpureus

in the comparatively short caudal rami. It is distinguished from this species,

however, by the structure of the second antennae in which it resembles pugettensis

Light and Hartman (1937) and thysanotus Wilson (1935) in having the third

segment swollen and laterally produced, though without the distal extension

found in these species and so noticeable in thysanotus.

Further, in the proportional lengths of the third and fourth segments of the

second antenna, when compared with the second segment, it resembles aberdonen-

sis T. and A. Seott (1892), and with this species is distinguished from others in

the genus by this feature. It differs from elongatus in the genital segment and

caudal rami, which are four times as long as wide in the latter. (The second an-

tennae have not been described for elongatus Wilson (1937) ).

“SaPHIRELLA”’ and ‘‘ PAUROCOPE’’

It appears to be a characteristic feature of the members of the Clausidiidae that

some of the mouth parts show very little, if any, alteration during the post-larval

development. Canu (fide Embleton, op. cit., p. 219) found that the mouth parts

are not altered by the various moults, and Embleton states for Goidelia japonica

that ‘‘The form of the mandible... is constant for the adult and immature

stages of both sexes’? and that the maxillules are ‘‘alike in all stages and both

sexes.’’ In Goidelia, unlike the other members of the family, both the maxilla

50 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

and maxilliped are strongly developed and show sexual differences. The maxilla

in the female and maxilliped in the male are specialized for prehension and alter

during development, and conversely, the maxilla in the male and maxilliped in

the female are less developed and show little or no change in development.

In attempting to place the genera Saphirella and Paurocope, therefore, one

would expect to find the clue to their adult forms in the mandibles and maxillules.

Fig. 22. ‘‘Saphirella’’ tropica Wolfenden = Hemicyclops sp., juvenile. Dorsal view X 48 ;

urosome X 100; appendages X 300.

In studying the plankton collected by the C. S. and I. R. Fishery Research vessel

‘““Warreen’’ I have encountered a single specimen of a copepod apparently re-

ferable to Saphirella and most closely resembling Wolfenden’s species tropica. I

am indebted to Dr. H. Thompson, Chief of the Division of Fisheries, for permission

to include a description of this specimen here. As can be seen from a comparison

of the respective figures for ‘‘Saphirella tropica’’? and Hemicyclops australis,

described above, the mandible and maxillule show the same structure. The ter-

minal claw of the mandible is more nodular in the adult and the toothed plate

more robust. In the maxillule both parts and all the armature found in the adult

are represented in the immature form. Unfortunately, this appendage was

mounted so that the two lobes overlap one another in the immature form, but the

corresponding parts can clearly be made out. The maxilla and maxilliped are not

so fully developed as in the adult, but from the structure of the latter appendage

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 51

in the immature form it would appear that the specimen was a female. One of

the more striking features of this immature specimen is the structure of the second

antenna, whieh elearly shows the lateral expansion of the third segment so vharac-

teristic of several species of Hemicyclops. The first antenna. shows only five sez-

ments instead of the full number of seven,

Before definitely identifying Saphirella with Hemicyclops it should be noted

that two other genera have a mandible similarly armed. Embleton (op. cit., p.

214, 215) quoting Cann, shows that in Hersiliodes there are three accessory parts

to the mandible in addition to the terminal claw, and Sars (1917, pl. Ixxxii) shows

a similar strueture for the mandible of Hippomolgus. Tn the former, in addition

to the elaw and blade, there are ‘‘two long bearded Mexible hooks’? or ‘‘setae,’’

whereas in Hemicyeclops and Hippomolgus these two setae are short, no longer

than the elaw and blade, In the latter genus the maxilliped and its armature are

greatly reduced in the female though strongly prebensile in the male (et. H,

dubia (Thompson and Seott) 1903, pl. ni, fig. 24) in conformity with the charac-

ters of the family, It is clear, therefore, that in Saphirella we have the young

form of Hemicyclops,

Concerning Pauracope Brady (1899), Sewell (1924, p. 800) attempts to

show that it may be synonymous with Saphirella, but I eannot entirely agree

wilh his interpretation of Brady’s figures.

We Inow that in one genus (Goideha) the mandible may he armed with a

single terminal claw, Brady’s fig. 5 (pl. xiii) may truly represent the mandible

as claimed by him. Wie fie. 6, which he calls the maxilla (maxilhile) is eertamly

not that appendage but might be either the terminal portion of the maxilla or,

more likely, the end of the mandible showing the terminal elaw with three acces-

sory pieces (iu this case two toothed blades and one seta) typical of three out of

the six known genera. His fie, 7 is unrelatable to any other recognizable mouth

part, though the terminal portion might represent the maxillnle as suggested by

Sewell (lec. cit,) The proximal portion bears no relationship to. any of the mouth

parts known for this family. Ttscems probable to me, therefore, that Paurecope

floes represent a dislinet genus, and sinee I cannot, relate it to any of the known

fenora I regard it as representing the immature stace of a seventh member pf

the Clausiciidae, the adult of which is so far unknown. This view gains game

support! from 9 comparison of (he published figures of the whole animal in dorsal

view. Compare T', Scott, 2894, pl. xiii, fig. 67s Wolfenden, 1905, pl, xeix, fig. 12

T. Scott, 1921, pl. iv, fig. 2; Sewell, 1924, pl. lx, fig 1; and the figure given hive.

In every case the first free thoracic sexment shows strong lateral posterior pro-

jeetions, reaching at least half-way to the hinder margin of the following segment

in yndiea and right to the posterior margin of that segment in every other case.

Compare these with Pouracone and it will be seen that Brady shows very little, if

any, posterior extension to this segment.

““SAPHIEELLA’? TROPICA = HEMICYCLOPS sp.

Wolfenden, 1905, p- 1,050.

Oveorrence. CLS.1R. Station 24/39, 24/7/39, 50-0 Vertical net, 32° 48’ 8

152° 24° B.

Distribution, Indian Ocean,

Ninnature specimen, Length 1-06 mm. This copepod has already been dis-

cussed above; a detailed desertption of the mouth parts would merely be repetitive

of what has already heen said for Hemieyclaps australis, Only two pairs of legs

were present, each with one-segmented rami, a third pair was represented by

spines only, The figure is ineluded here (fis, 22) so that comparison can be made

with previous descriptions and with the species of Hemicyclops.

52 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Famity LICHOMOLGIDAE Claus.

Claus, 1889, p. 328; Sars, 1917, p. 149; Gurney, 1927, p. 463.

Claus associated a number of similar genera under this heading; Sars defined

the family and added further genera and later authors hav since contributed ad-

ditional genera. Gurney has suggested that the group should be divided into two

sub-families according to the segmentation of the fourth endopod.

Sus-raMiLy SABELLIPHILINAE Gurney.

Gurney, 1927, p. 463.

Lichomolgidae in which the fourth endopod is three-segmented. One genus

is represented in this collection.

Fig. 23. Paranthessius propinquus sp. nov. Female X 38; urosome X 80; appendages

x 240.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 53

Genus PARANTHESsIUs Claus.

Claus, 1889; Monod and Dollfus, 1932, p. 148.

Monod and Dollfus (loc. cit.) state that Herrmannella Canu (1891) is synony-

mous with this genus. While I am not entirely in agreement with them, I am

not sufficiently familiar with the group to question their conclusion, and have

contented myself with comparing the species found here with all those species

which have been identified as belonging to either of these genera (with the excep-

tion of H. rostrata Canu 1891, H. cynthiae Brian 1924, and Heteranthessius du-

bius (T. Scott) 1903, and Pestalichomolgus pectinis (Pesta) 1908, the two latter

also being included in Paranthessius by these authors, since the literature in each

case has not been available to me).

rl.

Fig. 24. Paranthessius propinquus sp. nov. Mouth parts in situ seen from below. (X 565).

The species found here would appear, with these reservations, to be distinct,

and I have therefore described it as a new species.

PARANTHESSIUS PROPINQUUS Sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 2 females.

Female. Length 1:02 - 1-06 mm. The body is of the usual shape in this

genus, with a well-developed rostrum ventrally. The urosome is composed of four

segments, the genital segment comprising half the urosome, including the caudal

rami. These are about two and one-half times as long as wide, and as long as

the anal and pre-anal segments together. The first antenna is 7-segmented and

of the usual form; the second antenna consists of four segments, the first two

large and sub-equal, each with a single lateral seta, the third seement is short and

bears a distal curved spine and two setae, and the end segment bears six terminal

54 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

setac. The mouth parts are normal; the mandible and maxillule were lost in the

first dissection but are shown in the figure of the oral region. In the seta formula

for the legs the distribution around the terminal segments is not shown, but the

figures indicate the total number of setae and spines respectively on these seg-

monts :

endopod. bxopod.

pel, 1.1.61, 0.1.44.

p.2. 1.2.33, 01,54,

pa, 1.1.24, 0.1.54.

pd. 1.1.14. 01,53,

The fifth leg consists of a single segment, half as long again as wide, with its inner

distal corner produced into a pointed process and armed terminally with one long,

bladed spine and a shorter seta,

Sun-ramiLy LICHOMOLGINAE Gurney.

This group contains those genera in which the fourth endopod is reduced to

two or fewer segments, sometimes being absent.

Genus PsrupantTHessius Clans.

Claus, 1889, p. 344; Sars, 1917, p. 166.

The synonymy of this genus has been diseussed by Gurney (1927, p. 463) and

by Monod and Dollfns (1932, p. 139). It need only be added that P. fucicolus T.

Scott (1912) should be transferred to Gurney’s genus Kelleria, which he estab-

lished (1927, p. 470) for ‘‘certain species in which the endopod of leg 4 is one-

jointed, but with an inner seta and a noteh in the posilion of the joint m Licho-

molgus, and with a freely movable 5th leg’’ (op. cit., p. 463). The following species

remain in this genus: liber and thorelle (Brady and Robertson) 1875; gracilis

Claus 1889; swwvagei Canu 1891; concinnus Thompson and Scott 1903; obscwrus

and weberi A. Scott 1909; assimils Sars 1917; dubius Sars 1918; mucronatus

Gurney 1927; nemertophilus Gallien 1985.

The species found here ean be identified with none of these and so must con-

stitute a new species.

Kwy vo THA Species,

1, Outer margin of the fourth endopod entire 2.

Outer margin of the fonrth endopod broken by a ewelling or indentation which may become

A conspicuous knob or noteh . . - re a. A

2. Caudal rami twice as long as wide, little longer than the anal septoctis

liber (Brady and Robertson) 1875.

Caudal rami three times as long as wide, one-third as long again as the anal segment,

assimilis Sars 1917.

3. Caudal rumi twice as long as wide : sauvage: Canu 1891,

Uaudal rami more than twiee but not more e than four: times as long as wide ., oe 4

Caudal rami more than four times but not more than six times as long as wide ie OG

Oauda! rami at least ten times as long as wide .~ ob AF

4, Fourth endopod with marked notch at proximal third; aaginaditl of fitst antenna short and

compact; genital segment not greatly dilated “ oe obscurns A. Scott 1908,

Fourth endopod with uotch or constriction at cuntra; enmnsate of first antenna normal;

genital segment considerably dilated =. aie ' tej

5. Boecond thoracic segment with posterior projections; fourth andgpad no ‘ines than basal

segment of exopod, with proximal bulge but no note oo mucronatus Gurney L927

Second thoracic segment without posterior projections; fourth prdopae longey than basal

segment of exopod and with a distinet notch \ ' tenuis Bp, Moy,

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 55

6. Fourth endopod with marked notch at about centre; caudal rami six times as long as wide

gracilis Claus 1889.

Fourth endopod with slight notch at centre and proximal bulge; caudal rami five times as

long as wide 48 weberi A. Scott 1909,

Fourth endopod without noteh, but with slight proximal bulge; caudal rami four to four-

and-one-half times as long as wide ae nemertophilus Gallien 1935,

7. Last two segments of urosome subequal .. oi 2% . 8

Anal segment at least twice as long as pre-anal .. thorelli (Brady and Robertson) 1875.

8. Caudal rami about as long as last two segments of urosome together dubius Sars 1918.

Caudal rami about as long as last three segments of urosome together

concinnus Thompson and Scott 1903.

PSEUDANTHESSIUS TENUIS sp. nov.

Occurrence. IX, 1 female.

Female. Length 0-66 mm. Body of usual shape in the genus, with the genital

segment distinctly dilated anteriorly, bearing a pair of pointed postero-lateral

Fig. 25. Pseudanthessius tenuis sp.nov. Female X 80; urosome and appendages x 240.

projections dorsally at about the centre and a pair of rounded projections vent-

rally, just behind the dorsal projections. The anal segment is longer than the

pre-anal, but not as long as the caudal rami, which are distinctly more than twice

as long as wide. The first antenna is 7-segmented and of normal appearance; the

56 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

second antenna has an elongate second segment, a very short third segment and

a moderately long end segment bearing four long spines and two setae. The man-

dible and maxillule were not seen; the maxilla and maxilliped resemble those of

gracilis Claus as shown by Sars (1917, pl. xciii). The swimming legs have the fol-

lowing seta formula:

endopod. exopod.

pl. 1,1,321. 0,1,323.

p.2. 1.2.321. 0.1.423.

p.3, 1,2.221. 0.1423.

p.4. 020. 01,422,

The one-segmented fourth endopod has two unequal terminal spines; the fifth legs

are immobile rounded knobs, tipped with two setae, typical for the genus,

Male unknown.

This species approaches most closely to Gurney’s species mucronatus, from

which it differs in a number of points: the body is more slender, the thorax is

without hooks, and the fourth somite is distinct and not overlapped by the third;

the genital sezment is longer than wide, the caudal rami are not more than two-

and-one-half times as long as wide and the terminal setae are distinetly longer than

the urosome; the first antenna is nearly as long as the cephalosome; the third and

fourth segments of the second antenna are quite unequal and the end segment

bears four setiform claws; the endopod of the fourth leg is distinctly notched and

the fifth leg bears only two setae.

MONSTRILLOIDA.

Famity MONSTRILLIDAE.

Genus MonstrrinuA Dana 1848

Sars, 1921a, p. 10.

There are some twenty-one species of Monstrilla which have been described ;

of these I have been unable to compare this species with the descriptions of cana-

densis MeMurrich 1917, conjunctiva Giesbrecht 1902, intermedia Aurivillius 1898,

longispinosa Bourne 1890, ostrowmowi Karaviev 1895, and wandelti Stephensen

1913. It appears in the structure of the fifth leg to approach most closely to

mista T. Scott 1914, but differs in having only two setae instead of three here, and

further, in the much shorter length of the setiform appendage on the genital seg-

ment and in the first antenna; the shape of the cephalic segment is also different.

Scott compares his form with Giesbrecht’s conjunctiva, described from a male,

but this is one of those species with which I have been unable to make any com-

parison. The probability is that it is an undescribed species, but with so many

descriptions unavailable I hesitate to name this as a new species.

Monstriuua sp.

Occurrence. III, 2 females (1 damaged) ; length 3-38 mm.

NOTODELPHYOIDA.

Sars divides this sub-order into seven families, the last of which is the mono-

typic Anomopsyllidae. This family is included in the sub-order only provisionally

by Sars, owing to the extraordinary reduction of the appendages. Its chief affi-

nities with the Notodelphyoida lie in the manner in which the eggs are carried in

a dorsal brood pouch. The single member of this sub-order found in this collec-

tion would appear to belong to this family, but it is quite distinct from the only

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 47

ant. dors.

Fig. 26. Monstrilla sp., female. Side view and head X 35; urosome and appendages X 73.

58 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

genus so far described, Anomopsyllus. The reduction in the appendages found

in this genus is carried almost to an extreme in the specimen found here, which is

a mature female with eggs.

Famity ANOMOPSYLLIDAE Sars.

Sars, 1921a, p. 81.

No separate family diagnosis was given by Sars, since only the one species,

Anomopsyllus pranizoides, was known and the family could only have the charac-

Fig. 27. Dysgenopsyllus reevesbyensis gen. et sp. nov. Female X 48; other figures X 100.

ters of the genus. An attempt is made here to define the family, based on charac-

ters common to both genera. The males are unknown.

Body divided into three regions, more or less sharply defined ; the trunk com-

poses most of the body and is unsegmented, the head is a small anterior region and

the urosome a narrow two- or three-segmented posterior portion. The head ap-

pendages are greatly reduced, though some of the anterior ones may be segmented ;

the legs are reduced to small unsegmented triangular processes, quite unarmed.

Caudal rami are present, but their armature may be reduced.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 59

DyYSGENOPSYLLUS REEVESBYENSIS gen. et sp. nov.

Occurrence. XV, 1 female.

Female. Length 2-35 mm. The body has the characters of the family. The

first antenna is reduced to an unsegmented process fringed with fine hairs. The

second antenna is two-segmented and armed with a single, terminal, slightly

clawed spine; this is the most fully developed appendage on the body. There ap-

pears to be a large plate-like upper lip, with a pair of mandibles lying just behind

it; maxillules could not be identified. The maxilla and maxilliped appear as seg-

mented processes armed only with fine hairs. One pair of legs is present as small

triangular processes like those of Anomopsyllus. The urosome is three-segmented,

with the middle segment very short; the caudal rami are lobular unarmed processes.

Fig. 28. Caligus sp., male. Dorsal and ventral views X 38; appendages X 80. /f., furea;

1., lateral hook.

60 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

This very inadequate description summarizes all that could be made out from

the single specimen available. Apart from the removal of the first antennae the

specimen has not been dissected.

The generic name, for the suggestion of which I am indebted to Professor G.

Wood, of the Department of Classics and Ancient History at this University, is

intended to indicate the degenerate condition of this animal.

CALIGOIDA.

Famity CALIGIDAE.

CALIGUS sp.

Occurrence. XVI, 1 male, 2-83 mm.

So much of the literature required for the identification of this species is not

available to me that I have made no attempt to identify it beyond comparing it

with the species included in Wilson’s (1905) key to the genus. From this it would

appear to approach most closely to teres Wilson (1905), but it is certainly not

identical with that species. I have given full illustrations of the specimen found

here in the hope that others more familiar with the group will be able to identify it.

REFERENCES,

Those marked (*) have not been consulted.

*Baird, W. (1843): Zoologist, i.

*Boeck, A. (1859): Vid, Selsk. Forh. Christiania.

*Boeck, A. (1872): Ibid.

*Bourne, G. C. (1890): Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., i, pp. 306-323.

Brady, G. 8, (1872): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), x, pp. 1-16.

Brady, G. 8. (1878) : A Monograph of British Copepoda. i (Ray Soc., London).

Brady, G. S. (1880) : Ibid., iii.

Brady, G. 8, (1883): Challenger Reports, Zool., viii, pt. xxiii, Copepoda.

Brady, G. S. (1899): Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xv, pp. 31-54.

Brady, G. 8. (1910) : Deutsche Stidpolar-Eaped., xi, Zool., iii, pp. 497-593.

Brady, G. S. (1915): Ann. Durban Mus., i, pp. 134-146.

Brady, G. 8. and Robertson, D. (1873): Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xii, pp. 126-142.

*Brady, G. 8S. and Robertson, D. (1875): Brit, Assoc. Rep., pp. 185-199.

Brehm, V. (1984): Zool. Anz, evi, pp. 84-93.

*Brian, A. (1924): Bull. Com. Etudes Hist. Sci. Afr. Occ., pp. 4-66.

*Canu, HE. (1888): Bull. Sci. Nord France et Belg., xix.

*Canu, E. (1891) : [bid., xxiii, pp. 467-487.

Claus, C. (1889): Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, viii, pp. 327-370,

*Claus, C. (1893): Ibid., x, pp. 283-356.

Dakin, W. J. and Colefax, A. N. (1940): Publ, Univ. Sydney, Depts Zool., Mon. i.

Dana, J. D. (1852): U. 8. Exploring Expedition, xiii (2).

Embleton, A. L. (1901) : Journ. Linn, Soc., London, xxviii, pp. 211-229,

Esterly, C. O. (1911): Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., xlvii, pp. 217-226.

Farran, G. P. (1913): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 181-192.

Farran, G. P. (1929): Brit. Antarctic (‘‘ Terra Nova’’) Exped., Zool. viii (3), pp. 203-306.

Farran, G, P. (1936): Great Barrier Reef Exped., v, (3), pp. 73-142.

Friichtl, F. (1924): Arb. Zool. Inst. Univ. Innsbruck, ii, pp. 23-136.

Gallien, L, (1935): Bull. Soc. Zool. France, |x, pp. 451-459.

*Giesbrecht, W. (1888): Atti Accad. Lincei Roma, iv, pp. 330-338,

Giesbrecht, W. (1892): Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, xix.

Giesbrecht, W. (1893): Mitt. Stat, Neapel, xi, pp. 56-106.

Giesbrecht, W. (1895): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xvi, pp. 173-186.

Giesbrecht, W. (1896): Zool. Jahrb., Syst., ix, pp. 315-328.

Giesbrecht, W. (1897): Zool. Anz., xx, pp. 9-14, 17-24.

Giesbrecht, W. (1899): Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel, xxv.

*Giesbrecht, W. (1902): Rapp. Sci. Zool., Anvers.

Giesbrecht, W. and Schmeil, O, (1898): Das Tierreich, vi, pp. 1-169.

Gurney, R. (1927): Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xxii, pp. 451-577.

NICHOLLS—COPEPODA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 61

Haddon, K. (1912): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), x, pp. 84-86.

Hansen, H. J. (1928): Danish Ingolf-Exped., iii (7), pp. 1-92.

Henry, M. (1919): Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, liii, pp. 29-48,

Henry, M. (1922): Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, xlvii, pp. 551-570.

Henry, M. (1924): Ibid., xlix, pp. 318-318.

*Herrick, C, L. (1884): Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Minnesota, Ann. Rep., xii.

Kiefer, F. (1931): Zool, Angz., xevi, pp. 273-282.

*Kossmann, R. (1874): Vehr. phys-med. Gesell., Wiirzburg, vii.

Kramer, A. (1895): Trans. Proc, New Zealand Inst., xxvii, pp. 214-223.

Leigh-Sharpe, W. H. (1939): Parasitology, xxxi, pp. 464-468.

Light, 8S. and Hartman, O. (1937): Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., xli, pp. 173-188.

Lubbock, J. (1853): Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (2), xi, pp. 25-29.

Monod, T. and Dollfus, R, P. (1932): Ann. Parasitol., Paris, x, pp. 129-204,

*Mori, T. (1929): Dobutugaku Zassi, xli, No. 486.

*Mori, T. (1935) : Ibid., xlvii, pp. 103-107.

Percival, E, (1937): Ree. Canterbury Mus., iv, pp. 169-175,

*Pesta, O. (1908): Anz. Ak. wiss. Wien, pp. 327-329.

*Philippi, A. (1839): Areh. f. Naturg., v, pp. 1138-134.

Rosendorn, I. (1917): Wiss. Ergeb. Deutschen Tiefsee-Eaped, ‘‘ Valdivia’’, xxiii.

Sars, G, O. (1902-03) : An Aecount of the Crustacea of Norway, iv, Copepoda, Calanoida. Bergen.

Sars, G. O. (1912): Arch. Math. Naturv., xxxii (13).

Sars, G. O. (1913-18): An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, vi, Copepoda, Cyclopoida.

Bergen.

Sars, G, O. (1921): Ibid., vii, Copepoda, Supplement. Bergen.

Sars, G. O. (1921a): Ibid., viii, Copepoda, Monstrilloida and Notodelphyoida. Bergen.

*Say, T. (1818): Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, i, pp. 423-441.

Scott, A. (1906); Trans, L’pool, Biol. Soc., xx, pp. 191-201.

Seott, A. (1909); Siboga-Haped., Mon. xxixa, pp. 1-323, Leyden,

*Scott, T. (1888): 6th Ann. Rep. Fish. Board Scot., iii.

Scott, T. (1894): Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 2nd ser., vi, pp. 1-161.

*Scott, T. (1903): 21st Ann. Rep, Fish, Board Scot., iii, pp. 109-135.

Scott, T. (1912): Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., xlviii, pp. 521-599.

*Scott, T. and Scott, A. (1892): Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist., April.

Scott, T. and Scott, A. (1894): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xiii, pp. 137-149.

Searle, J. (1911): Victorian Nat., xxvii, pp. 174-178.

Searle, J. (1912): Ibid., xxviii, pp. 196-198.

Sewell, R. B. 8, (1924): Mem. Indian Mus., v, pp. 771-851,

Sewell, R. B. 8. (1929-382) : I[bid., x, pp. 1-407.

Sewell, R. B. 8. (1934): Ree. Indian Mus., xxxvi, pp. 45-121.

Smith, G. W. (1909): Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 2nd ser., xi, pp. 61-92.

Steuer, A. (1926): Boll. Soc. Adriatica Sci. Nat., Trieste, xxix, pp. 46-69.

*Strand, —. (1914): Arch. Naturges., xxx, p. 163.

Thompson, I. C. (1887): Proce. L’Pool Biol. Soc., ii, pp. 63-71.

Thompson, I. C. (1888): Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond., xx, pp. 145-156.

Thompson, I. C. and Seott, A. (1903): Report on the Copepoda. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries,

Supp. Rep., Pt. 1, No. 7, London.

Thomson, G. M. (1883): Trans. New Zealand Inst., xv, pp. 938-116.

*Thorell, T. (1859): Om Krustaceer af Slaegtet Ascidia.

Wilson, C, B. (1905): Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxviii, pp. 479-672.

Wilson, C. B. (1923): Ark. Zool., Stockholm, xv (3), pp. 1-15.

Wilson, C. B. (1932): Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 158.

Wilson, C. B. (1932a) : Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxx, Art. 15, pp. 1-84.

Wilson, 0. B. (1985): Amer, Mid. Nat., xvi, pp. 776-797.

Wilson, C. B. (1937): Parasitology, xxix, pp. 206-211.

Wolfenden, R. N. (1905): Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes,

ii, Suppl. 1, pp. 989-1040,

List or SAMPLES AND CoNTENTS.

I. Smith Bay, Kangaroo Island; 15/3/38.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott.

II. Western Shoal, Spencer Gulf; 20/2/38.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott. Labidocera cervi Kramer.

Tortanus barbatus (Brady). Longipedia australica Nicholls,

Peltidiwm speciosum Thompson and Scott,

62 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ITI. Blanche Harbour, Spencer Gulf; 8/3/38.

Acrocalanus gracilis Giesbrecht.

Pseudophaenna sp.?

Gladioferens inermis sp. nov.

Pseudodiaptomus cornutus sp. nov.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott.

Tortanus barbatus (Brady).

Longipedia coronata Claus.

Tegastes sp.

Oithona nana Giesbrecht.

O. attenuata Farran,

Monstrilla sp.

IV. Wallaroo Harbour, Spencer Gulf; 26/2/38.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott.

Labidocera cervi Kramer.

Parapeltidium dubiwm Nicholls.

V. Eastern Shoal, Spencer Gulf; 4/3/38.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Seott.

Labidocera cervi Kramer.

VI. Salt Lake, Beachport.

L. caudata sp. nov.

Tortanus barbatus (Brady).

Brunella salina sp. nov.

VII. Moonta Bay, Spencer Gulf; February, 1939.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott.

Peltidium proximum Nicholls.

P. speciosum Thomp. and Seott.

VIII. Port Willunga; 17/1/37.

Parapeltidium cristatum Nicholls.

Amphiascopsis longipes Nicholls.

Laophonte cornuta Philippi.

Parapeltidium cristatum Nicholls.

IX-XIII. Sellick Reef; 31/1/37-April, 1939.

Pseudocyclops australis sp. nov.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Seott.

Longipedia coronata Claus.

L. australica Nicholls.

Alteutha spinicauda Nicholls.

A. signata Brady.

Peltidium simplex Nicholls.

P. proximum Nicholls.

P. speciosum Thomp. and Scott.

Parapeltidium cristatum Nicholls.

Porcellidiwm fimbriatum Claus.

P. fulvum Thomson.

P. acuticaudatwm Thomp. and Scott.

P. australe Brady.

Machairopus intermedius Nicholls.

Hudactylopus australis Nicholls,

Phyllothalestris mysis (Claus).

Amphiascopsis longipes Nicholls.

A. australis Nicholls.

Amphiascoides intermixtus (Willey).

Parialysus robustus (Nicholls).

Mesochra pygmaea (Claus).

Orthopsyllus rugosus Nicholls.

Laophonte cornuta Philippi.

L. longiseta Nicholls.

Ceyloniella armata (Claus).

Metis jousseaumei (Richard).

Australomyzon typicus gen. et sp. nov.

Scottocheres latus sp. nov.

Acontiophorus zealandicus sp. nov.

Myzopontius australis sp. nov.

Cryptopontius similis sp. nov.

C. latus sp. nov.

C. proximum sp. nov.

C. longipes sp. nov.

Discopontius discoides gen. et sp. nov.

Bradypontius inermis sp. nov.

B. serratipes sp. nov.

B. ovatus sp. nov.

Pteropontius barbatus sp. nov.

Artotrogus latifurcatus sp. nov.

Hemicyclops australis sp. nov.

Paranthessius propinquus sp. nov.

Pseudanthessius tenuis sp. nov.

XIV. Spencer Gulf, dredgings; March, 1938.

Calanopia thompsoni A. Scott.

Longipedia australica Nicholls.

Peltidium proximum Nicholls.

P. speciosum Thomp. and Scott.

XV. Reevesby Island, Spencer Gulf; 7/12/36.

Eudactylopus australis Nicholls.

Parialysus robustus (Nicholls).

Laophonte cornuta Philippi.

Caligus sp.

Dysgenopsyllus reevesbyensis gen. et sp. nov.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. NO. 7!

THE GENUS CYCLASPIS

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

Until recently, little intensive collecting of Cumacea was carried out in the Pacific. A

rather prolonged investigation of some areas off southern and eastern Australia makes

it possible to state now that these crustaceans, while not so abundant as the

Amphipoda, here constitute an important part of the bottom fauna. They are found in

the stomachs of some of the Australian fishes but, excepting the more strongly

calcified forms, are usually in such fragmentary condition that specific identification

is not possible. In jars of sea water, Amphipoda collected at the same time as

Cumacea have been observed feeding upon the latter, biting off the anterior part of the

thorax and discarding the rest of the body with the spiny legs and uropods attached.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA, No, 7'

THE GENUS CYCLASPIS

By HERBERT M. HALE, Director, Sourn Ausrracian Museum.

Fig. 1-60.

INTRODUCTION.

Unt recently, little intensive collecting of Cumacea was carried out in the Paci-

fic. A rather prolonged investigation of some areas off southern and eastern Aus-

tralia makes it possible to state now that these crustaceans, while not so abundant

as the Amphipoda, here constitute an important. part of the bottom fauna, They

ave found in the stomachs of some of the Australian fishes but, excepting the more

strongly calcified forms, are usually in such fragmentary condition that specific

identifleation is not possible, In jars of sea water, Amphipoda collected at the

same time as Cumacea have been observed feeding upon the latter, biting off the

anterior part of the thorax and discarding the rest of the body with the spiny legs

and uropods attached.

I am particularly indebted to my colleague, Mr, Keith Sheard, for his very

able help in securing the unusually large collection now available for study. Much

of the material to be dealt with was taken by the Federal Research Vessel ‘‘ War-

reen’’ in waters off South Australia, Victoria, southern Queensland and, particu-

larly, New South Wales, Dr, H, Thomson, Chief of the Fisheries Division of

the Commonwealth Conneil for Scientifie and Industrial Research, has co-operated

whole-heartedly in encouraging and making possible this search for members of

an order which, generally, is not accorded much attention.

Collecting methods which have proved 1ost productive of results are (1) the

ase of formalin (Hale, 1936, p. 404); (2) the employment of a submerged light

of low candlepower at night (Sheard, 1941, p, 12, and Hale, 1943, pp. 387, 338) ; (3)

a ‘‘one man’? modified Agassiz drift trawl evolved by Sheard, who will shortly

describe it.

The depths at which the submarine light was used ranged down to 100 metres

or more, but the bottle containing the lamp tended to leak at greater depths.

Tn night collecting with a submarine light, as many as a dozen species have

been found in the net after a short immersion (twenty minutes). Generally, a

superabandance of males, and in some cases males only, was attracted. On the

other hand, Miss Patricia Mawson, to whom I am indebted for collections made

from a jetty, secured only females and juveniles of Cyclaspis usitata on two oeca-

sions; this is discussed under the species,

Through the courtesy of the authorities of the Australian Museum, I have

been able to examine the small collection of Cumacea in that institution ; included

is material taken by the I.M.C.S. ‘‘Thetis’’ in 1898 (for stations see Mem, Aust,

Mus. iv, 1898, pp. 20-22).

My thanks are due to Miss Gwen Walsh for the drawings reproduced im fig, 1,

6 A to C, and 39,

(1) See also Hale, 1928, 1932, 1936, 1937, 1937a and 1943,

64 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fawity BODOTRIUDAR,

Suepammy BODOTRILNAF nov,

Family Bodotriidae as formerly defined.

Genus OYCLASPIS.

This somewhat difficult and certainly now unwieldy genus embraces species

exhibiting considerable differences in the shape and gseulpture of the carapace.

The three-seore of species (including those described in this paper as new) can

be regimented with a vertain degree of finality, but in too wany of them only one

of the sexes is known, and a splitting at the present stage may lead to the prema-

ture proposal of Tiumerous penera with one species or little more; C. longicaudata

Sars, curinata Zimmer, coprella Hale and eingulata Calman, for instance, have

outstanding distinctive features, On the other hand, the members of the levis

evoup, with smooth exoskeleton, and large and prominent oewur lobe and lenses,

seem gseareely conzenerie wilh the easculpla group; even 80, there are diffienl-

ties in exact diagnosis and delimitation of the last-named. whieh, as at present

known, is restricted to the Australian region,

DISTRIBUTION,

In fig. 1 the areas where Cyclaispis has beeu eollected are enclosed in cireles ;

the numerals refer to the number of species taken therein, <A glance at this map

. ‘

shows that much more comprehensive collecting is necessary in the Southern

WET PTF TTT rs

ICCC PEL

Jaen EE eee ee we | lJ | ml

Fig. 1. Distribution of the Genus Cyclaspis.

rm rs

Hemisphere before detailed conclusions as fo distribution can be reached. Foxon

(1923, p. 387), based his siggestions regarding the affinities of the Cumacea of

north-eastern Queensland on material too limited to be of significance.

Lt seems certain that (as noted by Calman, 1907, p, 6) Cyelaspis is predomi-

nantly represented in the Indo-Pacifiv. Fig, 1 indieates, incidentally, the result

wf special efforts to obtain Crmaces of the coast of Australia; although colleet-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 65

ing has been carried out in only relatively small areas, more than half the described

species have been taken there. Going a little further, and including the whole of

the Australian region, we find in this rezion forty-four of the sixty-one known

species.

The oceurrences of the species are as follows;

ARCTIC OCEAN. sheardi sp. nov.

longicaudata Sars.

NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN.

longicaudata Sars.

varians Calman.

unicornis Calman,

longipes Calman,

SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN,

spectabilis Zimmer.

INDO-PACIFIC OCEAN.

ErHioriaAn REGION.

carinata Zimmer.

ORIENTAL REGION.

costata Calman.

picta Calman.

formosae Zimmer.

herdmani Calman.

hornelli Calman.

cingulata Calman.

uniplicata Calman.

AUSTRALIAN Recion (Australian Sub:

region).

North-western Australia.

mijobergt Zimmer.

supersculpta Zimmer.

candida Zimmer,

South Australia.

caprella Hale.

sheurdi sp. noy.

mijobergi Zimmer,

cretata sp. nov.

granulosa sp. nov.

pura Hale,

coltont Hale.

tribulis Hale.

bovis Hale.

maivsonae sp. nov,

usitata Hale.

sintula sp. nov.

spilotes Hale.

Victoria and Tasmania.

sheardi sp. nov.

clarki sp. nov.

tribulis Hale.

australis Sars.

munda sp. nov.

New South Wales,

gibba sp. nov.

lucida sp, noy.

mollis sp. nov.

fulgida sp. nov.

cretata sp. Nov.

concinna sp, Nov.

globosa sp. nov.

clarki sp. noy.

pinguis sp. noy.

nitida sp. nov.

tribulis Hale,

bovis Hale.

usitata Hale.

aspera sp. nov,

australis Sars.

cana sp. DOV,

munda sp. nov.

sabulosa sp. nov.

Sonthern Queensland.

strigilis sp. nov.

pruinosa sp. noy.

Northern Queensland.

levis Thomson,

similis Calman.

AusTRALIAN Region. Austro-Malayan

Sub-region.

bicornis Zimmer,

pusilla Sars.

perscilpta Calman,

exsculpta Sars.

sibogae Calman,

AUSTRALIAN Rrcion. New Zealand

Sub-region.

North Island.

levis Thomson.

coelebs Calman,

argus Zimmer,

thomson? Calman.

South Island.

levis Thomson.

calmant sp. nov.

elegans Calman,

similis Calman,

triplicata Calman,

AUSTRALIAN REGION. Polynesian

Sub-region.

No species recorded.

NORTH-EASTERN PACIFIC OCEAN,

nibila Zimmer.

SOUTHERN OCBAN.

quadrituberentata Zimmer.

ANTARCTIC OCRAN.

glacialis Tlansen,

gigas Zimmer.

66 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EEY TO SPECIES.

Keys are neeessarily arbitrary. In that dealing with the species of Cyclaspis,

and presented herein, an attempt has been made to eroup as far as possible forms

with broad structural features in common. Its use will necessitate a more than

cursory examination of material in hand, but that is really necessary whatever

form of summary is adopted.

Following the inevitable addition of forms as yet unknown and with fuller

knowledge of some of those already recorded, there is no doubt that modification of

the key will be necessary.

STRUCTURE.

Carapace. The primary surface pattern consists of the universal fine net-

work (fig. 9, C; 32, D, ete.), offen linked with faint pitting but always present

even in the most polished forms. This minute reticulation may follow the forma-

tion of ridges in that the edves are placed end to end along the line of a carina, as

in the only one occurring in pingwis, that of the dorsum, which runs the whole

length of the animal (fig. 30, F). The relative size of the reticulation shows some

specific variation.

postero-laicral tubercle transverse ridge 2

median dorsal t bercle

transverse ridge b.

antero-lateral “ee

tubercle 1 rl

an, c

<3 ~~

a i

antero-lateral

tubercle 2

———"

Pig. 2. Ridges and tubercles of carapaew of Cyclaspis tribulis juvenile.

Superimposed, as it were, on the fine network, there may be a much larger

secondary reticulation formed by a denser calcification of ihe edges of rather

deep pits. This produces the honeyeomb-like effect referred to by Zimmer in

deseribing: bicornis (1921a, p. 127, fie, 22); it is well-marked in some members of

the exseulpta group and is illustr ated herein for mawsonae (fig. 40). The edees

of the secondary reticulation may be placed end to end so as to play a part in

emphasizing true carinae (mawsonae) or pseudo-earinae (hicornis).

The ridge most commonly present is that running alone the mid-dorsal line;

it is very rarely absent, but may be faint, particularly on the posterior half. Along.

side the anterior half of it there is often a more or less distinet shallow depression

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 67

on each side. When these depressions are fairly pronounced, their hinder end is

marked by a slight emargination of the dorsal outline and their lateral limits form

a fold running from the middle of the length of the carapace to the posterior ends

of the pseudorostral sutures, then approximately along the curve of the latter.

The smooth appearance of the species in Section 1 of the key is scarcely, if at all,

affected by these slight folds, and they are not to be confused with the true lateral

ridges found in many forms of Section 2.

Again, in some species of Section 1, the edge of the short shallow gutter often

present back of the antennal notch may be slightly emphasized to form the so-called

antennal ‘‘ridge’’; this is faint, but can be discerned by rotating the stage so as

to vary the lighting.

The development of antero-lateral tubercles, one below the other, is a common

but not universal feature in Section 2; there may also be one or (rarely) two

postero-lateral elevations on each side. Both antero-lateral and postero-lateral

tubercles may be crossed by carinae (into which they merge) or only one such

ridge may be present; these transverse carinae may continue across the back

(exsculpta, persculpta, tribults, australis, ete.).

Recognition of the basie arrangement of the ridges and tubercles in the

exsculpta group may present difficulties in some cases, unless juveniles as well as

adults of both sexes are studied, a consummation devoutly to be desired but rarely

possible. In the young of tribulis, for instance, all the ridges enclosing the de-

pressed quadrilateral area on the side of the carapace are distinct, although the

tubercles are small. The juvenile is used in fig. 2 to illustrate the plan of sculp-

ture and the terminology.

The pair of small depressions, sometimes deep pits, at the base of the frontal

lobe, have been referred to by Zimmer.

Elevation of the mid-line of the dorsum to form teeth is rare; it occurs in

unicorms Calman, bicornis Zimmer, and unplicata Calman,

Pedigerous somites. The exposure or concealment of the first somite seems

to be of no special taxonomic import, nor do the marginal plumose hairs which

Zimmer comments upon. The shape of the somites and their carinae are best de-

seribed by illustrations, as is also the often distinctive contour of the dorsum of

the second somite.

Pleon. The abdomen is fairly uniform in structure. It may be unusually

lone (stbogae, cana) or short (gtbba) ; robust (male of some species, see for in-

stance sheardi) or slender and flexible (pinguis), Articular pegs are usually, if

not always, present but may be so inconspicuous that they are detected with some

difficulty.

Peracopods. Although the thoracic appendages exhibit no gross variation, the

proportions of the joints are constant in adult or almost adult specimens of a species

and there are other features worthy of note.

The terminology used in the present descriptions should be mentioned here.

While recognizing its reasonableness, I have not adopted Hansen’s nomenclature,

but in order to avoid confusion and to facilitate comparison with earlier diagnoses

have adhered as previously to the widely used coxa, basis, ischium, merus, carpus,

propodus and dactylus for the joints 1 to 7 of Stebbing, ete. In Hansen’s in-

terpretation of the limb joints as found in most Peracarida, ischium, as here

used, = pretschium; merus = ischium; carpus = merus; and propodus = carpo-

propodus. It might perhaps be simpler to follow Stebbing’s practice, but there

again, his second joint equals Hansen’s third, and so on.

The inner apical ‘‘angle’’ of the basis of the first peraeopod is in some species

produced to form a subtriangular tooth-like process which may be comparatively

pronounced (see strigilis, cretata, granulosa, formosae, herdmani, hornelli, ete.

Almost always a long plumose seta is present at the external apical angle of this

68 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

joint and sometimes there is a shorter second apical seta, well separated from the

first.

The second peraeopods are remarkably uniform in structure; the proportions

of the joints vary little, but the relative lengths of the spines, particularly those

of the distal end of the dactylus, are useful.

The third to fifth peraeopods, judging from the available specimens, and

from reference to published figures, are similar in many of the species. Never-

theless, in the proportions of the joints and the number and length of the setae, they

sometimes prove an aid in separating closely allied forms but do not conform in

the groupings governed by the structure of the carapace. For instance, tribulis,

a highly sculptured member of the exsculpta section, has posterior peraeopods

similar to those of mjobergi (fig. 3, K), a ‘‘smooth’’ species. On the other hand,

globosa and pinguis fall naturally together, but their posterior thoracic appen-

dages are considerably different (cf. fig. 3, E and J).

Zimmer (1933, p. 334, fig. 2) described in detail the fifth peraeopod of Dias-

tylis rathket, drawing attention to the fact that the spines (or setae) of the carpus,

propodus and dactylus of the posterior legs constitute a sort of digging scoop or

rake (see also Foxon, 1936, p. 382, and Hale, 1943, pp. 341 and 342.

The following notes concerning the posterior peraeopods in Cyclaspis are

based on the examinaton of twenty-nine Australian species which are available

for study. Setae are usually present on the six distal segments of these limbs. In

globosa, for instance (fig. 3, A), the inner face of the basis is provided with plumose

bristles; the ischium bears two strong subapical setae, the merus has one; there

is a fan of distal setae, approximating in number and length to those of the

ischium, at the outer angle of the carpus and in this case an isolated seta on the

outer margin ; a single seta is articulated at the outer angle of the propodus, along-

side the base of the dactylus, which has a small inner seta.

Other insignificant setae may be present; for instance, there is often a tiny

bristle at the inner side of the longest carpal seta, and there may be one on the

outside of the dactylus. The terminal joints of the posterior legs of thirteen Aus-

tralian species are shown in fig. 3.

The propodal seta is always single, curved in the same direction as the daety-

lus and, except in simula (fig. 8, B), it is stout and reaches at least almost to

the tip of the limb, sometimes far beyond it. The pronged fork formed by this

seta and the dactylus is supplemented (again excepting simula) by a long seta at

the outer distal angle of the carpus; this is as stout as the propodal seta and ex-

tends to about the level of the tip of the last-named ; close to this are seated one to

four thinner setae (successively decreasing in length and diameter if more than

one is present) ; a few more widely separated setae may be present on. the outer

and sometimes inner margin also of the carpus (fig. 3, J, K, N).

These ‘‘fossorial’’ setae, and apparently always those of the ischium and

merus also, are flexible, particularly in the distal half or third, where they are

sometimes curled in preserved material (fig. 38, N). In the terminal half or third,

the seta exhibits a slight narrowing and thence to the tip its chitin shows a dis-

tinet spiral structure (fig. 3, D' and E1).

C. simula (fig. 3, B) constitutes a type apart in that the sole armature of the

limb is an unusually feeble propodal spine and a short plumose seta on the basis;

the species is known from a single subadult male.

Of the other available Australian species, prwinosa, spilotes, pinguis, cretata,

cana, caprella, gibba, sheardi, cotton, strigilis, concinna, clarki, and granu-

losa have only two carpal setae. In most of these the longest carpal seta and the

propodal seta reach only to about the level of the tip of the dactylus, while the

second carpal seta is rather feeble (fig. 8, C and D), or is not much more than

half as long as the stouter one (fig. 3, Eand F). On the other hand, the propodal

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 69

Fig. 3. Fourth peraeopods of Cyclaspis spp.; A, the whole limb; B to N, carpus, propodus

and dactylus. A, globosa; B, simula; B1, apex of propodal seta. ©, pruinosa; D, spilotes;

D1, dactylus and propodal seta. E, pingwis; E1, seta at junction of flexible and proximal por-

tions. I, cretata. G, cana. H, caprella. I, aspera. J, globosa. K, mjobergi; K1, tip of

dactylus; K2, tip of seta. L, tribulis, 2-7 mm. juvenile. M, lucida. N, bovis; N1, apical portion

of seta (A, X 52; B, E, F, H, J, L, Mand N, < 145; C, x 110; D,G, I and K, X 95; Bl, X 725;

H1 X 1,150; K1, K2 and N1, x 400).

70 REcoRDS OF THE S.A. Museum

seta and longest earpal seta reach well beyond the tip of the dactylus in cana (fig,

3, G); capretla (fig. 3, FL), and colloné (lig. 35, F), while the second carpal seta

is much more than half as long us ihe main one.

C. munda, fulgida, australis, mawsonae, aspera, glabosa, nitida and usitata

have three carpal setae; the longest reach to the tip of the dactylus in the first five

Species (as in fie, 3, [), but the propodal and tio of the carpal setae ave rela-

tively much longer in globosa (fig 8, A and J), nilida (fig. 84, C) and usitala

(fig. 41, D).

i miobergi, Wibulis and sabilosa have long setae; the propodal and three

of the four carpal setae here present reach to well beyond the apex of the dactylus

(fig 3, KC),

The greatest development of the fossorial sctae is found in walks and lweida

(fig. 3, M), in which they are very long, with five on the varpus, Tn bovis also the

setae are long, but are differently arranged (fig, #, N); there are two setae at the

distul outer angle of the carpus, precerled by three on the outer margin; there

ave algo three on the inner face of this joint.

C. pura is a variable species in size and in the character of some of its appen-

dages. The posterior peraeopords have lwo to three sefae at the outer distal angle

of the earpits and often one on the outer margin; the longest setae reach to the

tip of the dactylus or a little beyond, sometimes well beyond.

A limited mumber of very juvenile specimens has been examined; it would

seem that the setac areas lone, or abottas long, as in the adalt but may be fewer

in number, In teibutis for instance, the adult posterior legs are mneh as in fig.

3, K, but the 2°7 mm, juvenile has only one long carpal spine (fig. 3, L). On the

other hand, in usitata, the setae at 2 mm, are as in the 7 mm, adult,

Uvopode, These appendages are recognized ag useful aids to diagnosis by all

authors, and with good reason, lh mature or almost mature examples they vary

very little in the same sex, but caulion is necessary in dealing with young specimens,

Where strongly indurated forms are concerned, (vo much reliance cannot le

placed upon the number of pluniose setae present; they are brittle in such, and

tend to be lost wholly or in part either dimimg the wear and tear of life av after

preservation, They are found in full number after ecdysis (fig. 48, EH). Serra-

tions and spines of the inner margins persist and their arrangement as well as

number is of specific import,

The apices of both rami may be simple and aeute, or the tip of the exopod and

wore rarely of the endopod also, may he narrowly truncate, with one or more

articulated spines, Whatever their character, it is constant within a species,

Attention is here directed to minute artievlated processes found always in

some species of the lews group on the apex of the exopod, They appear tu be

modified or rudimentary spines and the term muerones is bere applied to them

(see fig, 6, Wy 31, 0 and 1334, D, ete,). Mael mnero is generally leat-like and as

many as three mucrones of unequal size may be prosent or the ranius. be pre-

sence of these muacrones affords real assistance in preliminary sorting of material

as, allhough insignificant in sive, when evee recognized, they ave easily discernmitile

with the binocular at a low magiitieation. in the highly indurated exseulpla

group, it seems that mucromes my be present in the young but absent in the adult,

for instanee, bovis and beibuliy; in the last-named. the apex of both endopod and

exopod bears a mne¢vo in the shape of a very minute spine, but in the adult the

tips of the ran are dilated (exopod) or subacute (et. fe. 86, Hand EB). On the

other hand, the adult of aspera has always two inconspicnous mucrones on the

narrowly trnoneate apex of the exopod (lig, 46 I), and in sabulosa there is a

flattened muero on the exopoud of the adult. (fig. 58, G, and 60, 07),

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 71

KEY TO SPECIES OF CYCLASPIS.

SECTION 1.

Sides of carapace without ridges or tubercles in either sex.

Viewed from above the lateral contour of the carapace is always evenly curved

or slightly sinuate from posterior margin to front of pseudorostral lobes and it is

never abruptly wider across the region of the last-named.

Usually polished and perfectly smooth except for the universal reticulate

patterning, but sometimes slightly roughened owing to the presence of granules

(granulosa, sheardt, ete.), or raised edges of reticulations (clarki) or many fine

striae (costata and strigilis).

10.

11.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Front margin of carapace with an acute, forwardly directed spine on each side, below antennal

angle = ae oa .. caprella Hale.

No spines at front of carapace os as ot -s nee Pipe

A prominent tooth on mid-line of dorsum of carapace as cl 8

No prominent tooth on mid-line of dorsum of carapace ++ oe A

A small median dorsal tooth at base of ocular lobe; rami of uropod slender, with simple

apices bicornis Zimmer.

No tooth at base of ocular lobe; rami of uropod wide, with articulated apical spines

unicornis Calman.

Pseudorostral lobes meeting for an appreciable distance in front of ocular lobe ..

Pseudorostral lobes barely or not meeting in front of ocular lobe (levis group) tk.

Eye entirely absent ish ala wai Be

Hye developed, prominently pigmented (picta group) es 2% + tees

Carapace subglobose; pseudorostrum short. Peduncle of uropod shorter than rami

longicaudata Sars.

Carapace PORIpHERPEM paprmoronrres ic Pedunele of neAEeS more than twice as long

as Tami ‘ carinata Zimmer.

Carapace with a tore, median, dorsal projection at Nisbet end . .. gibba ‘P- nov.

Carapace without median, dorsal projection at posterior end 8.

Carapace with many longitudinal rows of minute granules. Pedunele of aver not idee

than telsonic somite costata Calman.

Carapace smooth. Peduncle of uropoda much longer than telsonic somite .. . 9

Both rami of uropod with at least one articulated terminal spine ‘s -. 10.

Both rami of uropod without terminal spine aus va ws .. di.

First peraeopod short, with carpus not reaching level of antennal tooth. Rami of uropod

barely half as long as pedunele .. picta Calman,

First peraeopod long, with carpus reaching level of ‘antennal tooth. Rami of uropod about

two-thirds as long as peduncle fo en varians Calman,

Peduncle of uropod one and two-third times as ng é as re which bears a mucro. Carpus

of first peraeopod one-third as long again as propodus .. lucida sp. nov.

Peduncle of exopod not or little longer than exopod, which is without mucro, Carpus of first

peraeopod not longer than propodus + fies a .p 1h

Setae of third to fifth peraeopods long; five on carpus, the abies sogehiiee for nearly half

their length beyond tip of daetylus -. mollis sp.nov.

Setae of third to fifth ak ds short; three on “carpus, none reaching beyond tip of

dactylus fulgida sp. nov.

Endopoda. of enous with apex acute dni without articulated forint spines .. 14,

Endopoda of uropoda with at least one articulated terminal spine eid ely

Exopoda of uropoda with apex acute and lacking terminal spines or mucrones .. 15.

Exopoda of uropoda with one or more articulated terminal spines or mucrones 23 WS

Carapace with numerous fine longitudinal striae a at strigilis sp. nov.

Carapace without longitudinal striae ¥ a ey m4 wir 6:

Carapace with a low median dorsal projection at posterior end .. 7 .. 17.

Carapace without median dorsal projection at posterior end .. ws 218}

18.

19.

30,

31,

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Carapace with dorsal carina distinct for whole length and with a conspicuous pit on each side

alongside posterior median projection. Peduncle of uropod longer than rami sheardi sp. nov.

Carapace with dorsal carina obsolete for posterior two-thirds of length; no conspicuous pits

at posterior end. Pedunele of uropod shorter than rami a mjobergi Zimmer.

Carapace not globose, compressed in the male and young female. i eens, the

peduncle longer than telsonic somite . 19.

Carapace globose in both sexes. es ond stout, the peduncle shorter than, or wisi as s long

as, telsonic somite *

Propodus of first peraeopods almost as at as merus and carpus bein ne -» 20.

Propodus of first peraeopods subequal in length to carpus Pa Rn: Anat 2

Inner margin of endopod of uropod with a row of ante, ana weeny seven to eight slender

spines (adult male) .. levis Thomson.

Inner margin of endopod of uropod with three to six ’ proximal spines followed by a row of

fifteen to twenty-three shorter spines (both sexes) .. * . crelata sp. nov.

Carapace roughened with fine granules .. }. ave granulosa sp. nov.

Carapace not granulate a4 r% a? aha ++ 22,

Basis of first peraeopods with a large apical tooth-like projection, reaching to distal margin

of ischium, Pedunele of uropod not longer than rami .2 23,

Basis of first peraeopods without large apical tooth, Pedunele of uropod longer than rami

concinna sp. nov.

Rami of uropod longer than peduncle (subadult female) kis formosae Zimmer.

Rami of uropod equal in length to peduncle (ovigerous female) .. herdmani Calman

Size small, onigetone female 3-5 mm. Ocular lobe dilated anteriorly, with prominent circular

dark lenses .» pusilla Sars.

Size large, ovigerous female 7 mm, or more. Ocular lobe not dilated eae but somewhat

triangular, with lenses pale and elongate . . as .. 25.

Carapace overhanging second pedigerous somite ghia Third to fifth peracopods with

long setae (fig. 3, A and J) .. globosa sp. nov.

Carapace not overhanging second pedigerous somite. Third to fifth Peapantiods with short

setae (fig. 3, E) . me Par) .. 26,

Carapace coarsely pitted, slightly rugose. Pleon robust. Dactylus of secant ‘dendnetla with

longest terminal spine shorter than propodus and dactylus together and with the two remain-

ing apical spines subequal... .. clarki sp. nov.

Carapace smooth. Pleon slender. Dactylus of second peracopods with longest terminal spine

as long as propodus and dactylus together, and with the two remaining apical spines unequal

pingis sp. nov.

Exopoda of uropods with one or more mucrones’.. we os .. 28.

Exopoda of uropods with one or more spines . pe 4 .. 29,

Pedunele of uropod at most half as long again as rami “(adult male) +3 pura Hale.

Pedunele of uropod two-thirds as long again as rami (adult male) .. nitida sp. nov.

Basis of first peraeopods only three-fourths as long as rest of limb and with an apical tooth,

reaching distal margin of ischium hornelli Calman,

Basis of first perncopoge sobedpet in length to rest of limb, with agioal tooth short or

absent, .. 30.

First peraeopods with afopodnd longer than carpus whieh i is subequal in length to dactylus;

no tooth at apex of basis (= levis Calman, nec Thomson) calmani sp. nov.

First peraeopods with propodus subequal in length to carpus which is much longer than

dactylus; a short tooth at apex of basis, reaching middle of length of ischium —cottoni Hale.

First peraeopods unusually long and slender, the basis not much more than half as long as

rest of limb longipes Calman.

First peraeopod short, the basis distinctly longer than rest of limb nubila Zimmer.

SECTION 2,

Sides of carapace never smooth, but with ridges or tubercles, or both.

Viewed from above the lateral contour of the carapace, owing to the sculpture,

is rarely evenly curved, particularly in the female; when antero-lateral tubercles

are developed it is often abruptly widest across the hinder part of the pseudorostral

lobes in the male.

ray

10.

12.

19,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 73

Carapace encircled by a collar-like ridge .. 4 he cingulata Calman.

Carapace not encircled by a collar-like ridge ae 3% pe <Be

Sides of carapace never almost smooth, with at least one tumidity (antero-lateral tubercle )

or obtuse tooth-like projection below pseudorostral suture : a

Sides of carapace almost smooth, with no fpeeidiiag or other projection below pseudorostral

suture o. 24,

A depressed quadritatarel area on each ids of carapace in at least female, ‘the edges defined

by ridges or the corners marked by prominent projections Lean group) . 4

No depressed quadrilateral area on side of carapace see +3 .. 15,

Carapace with two transverse ridges on back in female; the first connects the upper antero-

lateral tubercles of each side and the posterior one may be absent in the male 2 8

Uarapace with one transverse ridge (crossing back in posterior half), or none .. 12,

With a post-ocular tuberele on mid-line of carapace, immediately in front of first transverse

carina Pa <li .. tribulis Hale.

No post-ocular tuber cle on mid- line of carapace 6

Carapace with antero-lateral tubercle large, elevated and tooth- -like; posterior transverse

carina produced on each side of back, forming a pair of conspicuous teeth .. eK

Carapace with antero-lateral tuberele and posterior transverse carina not elevated to form

large teeth ba -. 8

Peduncle of uropod vabeqaal'? in a ieing th to rami (subadult female) persculpta Calman.

Peduncle of uropod much longer than rami, more than twice as long in subadult female

bovis Hale.

Carapace with ridges swollen; dorso-lateral carinae as well as median carina on posterior part

projecting slightly beyond hinder mar gin as three tubercles oe:

Carapace with ridges not swollen; no dorso-lateral carinae on pone pat, 80 that only

one tubercle (median) occurs at hind margin ie we 10,

Hstimated length, subadult comets, under 5 mm,; a short sige" running forward from lower

antero-lateral tubercle .. exsculpta Sars.

Length, subadult cae 10 mm.; 10 ridge running forward from lower antero-lateral

tubercle : ’ ac supersculpta Zimmer,

With a longitudinal ridge from below antennal tooth chaiat to end of carapace (male)

mMawsonde sp. Nov.

With no such ridge a os 4 rhe a -. IL

Mid-dorsal projection at hinder end of the slender carapace feeble; ridges feeble, the second

transverse carina widely interrupted on back. Dorsal margin of second pedigerous somite

oblique candida Zimmer,

Mid-dorsal projection at hinder end of rotund carapace large; ridges well defined, the second

transverse carina not widely interrupted on back. Dorsal margin of second pedigerous somite

elevated + ds . : .. usitata Hale,

Cephalothorax and pleon covered with small spines; no ridges on ‘pack or sides of carapace

aspera sp. Nov.

Cephalothorax and pleon not covered with small mpinen; ; well-defined ridges on sides of

carapace oe abe : : ie 3 -. 13.

A transverse carina across posterior part of back... <3 .. australis Sars.

No transverse carinae on back ‘0 oe Jp * -+ 14,

Quadrangular area on side of carapace with four prominent tubercles elegans Calman.

Quadrangular area on side of carapace with one or two prominent tubercles similis Calman,

Sides of carapace with tubereles or ridges posterior to the one or two antero-lateral

tubercles j

Sides of carapace ‘without elevation posterior to the antero- lateral tubercles .» 23,

Side of carapace with three obliquely transverse carinae ar os se LT

Side of carapace with one transverse curved carina or none a y 18,

Carapace unusually small, less than half as long as pleon in female, and without mid- dorsal

projection at hinder margin .. stbogae Calman.

Carapace more than half as long as pleon and with a mid- dorsal projection at hinder margin

triplicata Calman,

With a longitudinal ridge from antennal tooth to about middle of length of ‘Sarapage .. 19.

With no long ridge running back from antennal tooth +4 -+ 20,

Dorsum of re a as seen from side, rising Sbrapily to an aeagey mnguiae peak at middle

of length a ‘ .- simula sp. nov.

Dorsum of carapace smoothly ‘rounded .. ‘a ats coelebs Calman,

74 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

20. Side of carapace with a curved, swollen ridge on posterior portion as 2. 81,

Side of carapace with a tubercle, but no ridge, on posterior portion ve 82,

21. Hye lenses absent 1s x FIC = glavialis Wanaen,

liye lenses present (1 = glacialis) ‘ a +" +« giges Zimmer,

22. Carapace subcylindri¢al, loys than balf as long as plaon and with two anterolateral tubereles

and a tubercle at tormination of pseudorostral suture (male) .. +) Cond sp. NOV,

Carapace subglobose, half ag long as pleon with one antero-lateral tubercle and no tubercle

at end of pseudorostral suture (male), os -. quadritubercilate Zimmer,

23. Eye lobe as wide as long. First peracopod slender, with basis considerably longer than rest:

of limb, and dactylus about as long as carpus ev tq oy Dhunda sy. MoV,

Hye lobe narrow, much longer than wide. First poraeopod not slender, with busis equal iy

length to rest of limb and dactylus loss than half as long as carpus PrUinOse BP, MOY.

24, Eye lenses absent and carapace globose with one short ridge on cach aide, Pedunele of

Wropod stout, not half as long as telsonie somite . . le speclabils Zimmer,

Hye lenses prominent and ¢arapace compressed with one or two fine or faint ridgas on each

side. Pedunele of uropod elongate, ag long or longer than télsonie somite . , .. 35.

25, Carapace with a prominent mid-dorsal tooth over base of aye-lobe uniplicata Calman.

Carapace with no dorsal tooth be a nm hp re 2G,

26. A slight but obvious incision in dorsal margin of carapace at middly of length. Mxopod

of uropod with no apical spine, but with mucro ‘ te sabulosa sp. nov.

No incision in dorsa] margin of carapace at middle of length. Hxopod of vropod with slender

apical spine vs be “s “t

27. With one ridge on each side of carapace. Propodus of firat perasopods much longer than

daetylos a Ry Hs pi we = ., 38,

With two ridges on each side of carapace. Propodus of first poracopoda sihi-equal to

daectylus ate ‘ re -y at os argue Zimmer,

#8. Side ridge of carapace faint, short and tranaverse, confined to posterior half of earapaca

. thomson Calman,

Bide ridge of carapace fine but distinet, curving obliquely forwards from middle of Tangth

of doreal carina almost to inferior margin An 7 ,. sptlotes Hale.

SECTION 1.

Carapace with an anterior, lateral horn on each side.

Cyclaspis caprella Hale,

Cyclaspis caprella Hale, 1936, p. 395, fiz. 1-2.

Unique becanse of the forwardly directed acute horis at the front of the

carapace, a feature not found in any other member of the genus Cyclaspis. The

pair of dorso-lateral elevations on each of the last two pedigerous somites and first.

pleon somite are also (distinctive,

Males and subaduli females, taken by townet and submarine lieht, are in hand

from several localities in Spencer Gulf, where the type male was secured.

In the adult male, as viewed from the side, the dorsal portion of the anterior

margin of the second pedigerous somite forms an open V with the upper part of the

hinder edge of the carapace; the dorso-lateral ‘‘tubercles’’ of the fourth and fifth

pedigerous somites are acutely triangular and tooth-like; the pair on the first pleon

somite are obtuse (misprint ‘‘obseure’’ in original description) and subtriangnlar,

Subadult males and females have only a very small V-shaped dorsal incision

between the carapace and the second pedigerous somite; the dorso-lateral elevations

of the last two pedigerous somites are less acute and those of the first pleon somite

are quite different, having the form of slender, acute, procurved and divergent

thorns,

The exopod of the uropod bears two slender apical mucrones of almost equal

length,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 75

picta group.

Carapace moderately compressed with back rather rounded and median carina faint, par-

ticularly on posterior half; pseudorostral lobes meeting for an appreciable distance in front of

the large ocular lobe and rather narrowly truncate anteriorly.

Apices of both rami of uropods simple, or both with spines, or exopods with mucrones.

The carapace is inclined towards the subglobose in the female of costata, picta and the four

Australian species.

CYCLASPIS GIBBA sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument smooth, finely reticulate and having the

appearance of very shallow pitting; thin and not calcified.

Carapace relatively large, more than one-third of total length of animal,

vreatest width, which is in posterior half, is equal to the depth and two-thirds of

Fig. 4. Cyclaspis gibba, type female; A, lateral view and B, cephalothorax from above.

C, Lateral view of paratype subadult female (xX 32).

length; dorsum with a sharp, longitudinal median carina, emarginate at about

five-sixths of length and slightly more markedly elevated posterior to the incision ;

there is a faint depression on each side of the anterior half of the dorsal carina.

Antennal notch large and wide, and antennal tooth subacute. Pseudorostral

lobes meeting in front for a short distance (about one-fourth of length of ocular

lobe). The ocular lobe (as wide as long) is elevated, barely constricted basally,

and is strongly pigmented, but with the lenses (apparently nine or so) not dis-

tinet ; when the animal is viewed from the side the eye is very prominent.

The whole cephalothorax is ovoid when seen from above (fig. 4, B).

Pedigerous somites together half as long as carapace; first wholly concealed ;

second to fourth with distinet dorsal carina and fifth with feeble dorso-lateral ca-

rinae also; second somite overhanging the third in the mid-line and with the

dorsal ridge almost crest-like, arched and sloping down from the dorsal outline

of carapace.

76 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pleon (as noted) relatively small; with a distinct median carina, and with

feeble dorso-lateral carinae on first to fifth somites; articular pegs small.

First antennae stout and, for Cyclaspis, conspicuous; second and third seg-

ments of pedunele subequal in length, together longer than the basal joint, and

each about as long as the two-jointed flagellum ; the jointed terminal appendages

are as long as last peduncular and flagellar segments together.

First peraeopod short and stout, the propodus reaching level of antennal

tooth; the robust basis is equal in length to the rest of the limb, with the inner

apical angle produced and tooth-like, and with an unusually long plumose seta

at external apical angle, reaching to distal end of earpus; propodus shorter than

carpus (five-sixths as long) and one-fourth as long again as dactylus.

Fig. 5. Cyclaspis gibba, type female; A, first antenna; B, C and D, first, second and fourth

peraeopods; EH, uropod (A and Cl, x 200; B to E, x 100).

Second peraeopods with basis shorter than rest of limb; ischium with a

plumose seta; merus shorter than carpus and propodus together, with a strong

apical spine, and at opposite angle a plumose seta; carpus with three spines on

distal margin; propodus (unarmed as usual) more than half as long as dactylus,

which has at apex a spine longer than itself and two equal spines barely one-

half its length.

Fossorial legs with setae sparse and short (fig. 5, D), none reaching beyond

tip of dactylus.

Uropods stout; peduncle much longer than the rather short telsonic somite

and as long as the rami, which are equal in length, wide, and tapering to simple,

acute apices; exopod with eight plumose setae, on the proximal two-thirds of

inner margin of second segment; endopod with most of inner margin serrate; the

serrations are closed (confluent) on proximal half, but these are followed by five

widely open incisions in each of which is seated a serrated, slightly sinuate spine.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 77

Colour: semi-transparent with dark stellate spots.

Length 3 mm.

Subadult female. The differences are best shown by a comparison of fig.

4,A and C. The carapace is a little deeper and wider, the antennal notch is more

open, and the fifth pleon somite is shorter than in the adult, while the second

thoracic somite is scarcely backwardly produced dorsally.

Length 2:6 mm.

Loc. New South Wales, off Jibbon, 30 fath. (K. Sheard, submarine light,

May 1943). Type ovigerous female in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C. 2415.

This species has a characteristic general facies owing to the emargination,

near the hinder margin, of the dorsal edge of the large and robust carapace, the

large antennal notch, the prominent ocular lobe, ete.

C. sheardt has a somewhat similar elevation at the hinder end of the carapace

but otherwise is so entirely different that it cannot be confused with gibba.

CYCLASPIS LUCIDA sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Like the following species (mollis) in structure of cara-

pace, pedigerous somites and pleon, and with the last. four pairs of peraeopods

similar; the first peraeopods and the uropods, however, distinguish it, while the

following comparative details may be noted.

Antennal notch moderately open and tooth subacute (fig. 6, A). First an-

tenna with basal segment of peduncle longer than second and third together, and

with third longer than second.

Fig. 6. Cyclaspis lucida, type female; A, first antenna and antennal notch; B, C and D, first,

second and fourth peraeopods; E, uropod; E1, mucro of exopod of uropod (A to E, X 67;

Cl, x 134; El, x 335).

78 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Basis of first peraeopods a little longer than rest of limb, the apex with the

usual external seta, and with a prominent tooth at inner angle; carpus, propo-

dus and dactylus stout; carpus one-third as long again as propodus and half as

jong again as dactylus.

Second peraeopods with basis as long as rest of limb; ischium with a plumose

seta; merus slightly longer than carpus but shorter than propodus and dactylus

together, with a long but feeble inner subapical spine, and an outer apical plum-

ose seta; carpus with two distal spines; propodus and dactylus subequal in length.

Third to fifth peraeopods with long setae (fig. 3, M. and 6, D), those of

carpus and propodus reaching well beyond tip of dactylus; carpus of third and

fourth with five fossorial setae, those of fifth with four.

Uropods with peduncle one and two-thirds times as long as the exopod, which

is one-sixth as long again as the endopod; exopod, with a row of seventeen plum-

ose setae, leaving distal third unfurnished, and with a mucro at apex; endopod

without spinules, but with four prominent serrations, preceded by closed in-

cisions, in proximal half of inner edge, posterior to which the branch tapers nar-

rowly to its acute apex.

Colour white, with sparse, sooty chromatophores.

Length, 5 mm.

Loc, New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet (K. Sheard, submarine light, Sept.

1942). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. ©. 2400.

CYCLASPIS MOLLIS sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument smooth and polished, without pitting or

granulation, but with a regular, minute reticulate or squamose patterning; thin

and not calcified, so that it bends but does not fracture under pressure.

Carapace with upper margin in lateral view, and sides as seen from above,

smoothly and quite markedly curved, without any sign of projections; in dorsal

view it is ovoid; length almost two-sevenths of total length of animal; widest at

second third of length, where it is two-thirds its length; dorsum with a low

carina, which is most distinct on anterior half, where it is flanked by a shallow

depression on each side; thence, as it continues back, it is wider but more feeble,

terminating before it reaches the hinder margin, which is evenly rounded and in

side view slopes obliquely downward and forward. Antennal notch wide,

rounded, and antennal angle acutely rounded. Pseudorostral lobes meeting in

front for a distance equal to almost half the length of eye-lobe, which is sub-

triangular in shape not constricted at base, broad (as wide as long) with pro-

minent brown pigment and with large but obseurely defined lenses.

Exposed pedigerous somites together much more than half as long as eara-

pace. First somite only partly concealed, the exposed portion short; second

somite longer than third, fourth or fifth somites, with anterior margin parallel

to posterior edges of carapace, the dorsum smoothly rounded in side view and

continuing the dorsal outline of carapace; second to fifth somites with a feeble

median dorsal carina.

Pleon with feeble articular pegs and with a faint median dorsal ridge on

each somite; first to fourth somites subequal in length, each only two-thirds as

long as fifth; telsonic somite distinctly shorter, not much more than half length

of fifth.

First antennae relatively long; first joint of peduncle not quite as long as

second and third segments together; third as long as second and less than

twice as long as the flagellum, which is two-jointed, the first joint nearly

twice as long as second; two short, four-jointed sensory apical appendages

(? damaged, fig. 8, A).

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 79

Third maxillipeds stout; basis geniculate, less than twice as long as remain-

ing segments together, and expanded externally at apex, the lobe not reaching

much beyond level of apex of ischium and with stout plumose setae; merus ex-

panded externally, the apex of lobe attaining level of outer anterior angle of

carpus, which is widest and subtruneate apically; carpus longer than dactylus,

widest anteriorly, more than half as long as merus or carpus, which are subequal

in length.

Fig. 7. Cyclaspis mollis, type female; A, lateral view; B, carapace and anterior pedigerous

somites from above; C, anterior portion of carapace; D, chromatophores (A and B, X 19;

C, X 45; D, X 120).

First peraeopods long, merus reaching level of antennal tooth; basis longer

than rest of limb, with a plumose seta at outer apical angle and a tiny tooth at

inner angle; carpus, propodus and dactylus subequal in length, merus a little

shorter; dactylus stout, with several long terminal setae.

Second peraeopods slender, with basis about as long as remaining joints

together; merus and carpus of almost equal length, each about as long as pro-

podus and dactylus together; propodus four-fifths as long as dactylus, which

has the three apical spines unusually weak, the longest almost as long as dactylus

and with tip slightly curved (fig. 8, D); basis, ischium and merus with long,

plumose setae but no spines; carpus with a subapical slender spine.

Third to fifth peraeopods richly furnished with long, stout setae (fig. 8, E

and F’), those of carpus and propodus reaching well beyond apex of dactylus;

basis stout, in third and fourth legs as long as rest of limb, in fifth shorter ; merus

in all three not very markedly shorter than carpus and longer than propodus.

Uropods long, the peduncle longer than fifth pleon somite and about twice

80 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

as long as telsonic somite; rami slender, subequal in length, four-fifths as long

as peduncle and with apices subacute, rounded ; exopod with half a dozen plum-

ose setae on first half of inner margin; endopod with eight serrations, each set

with a spinule, at about middle third of inner edge.

Fig. 8. Cyclaspis mollis, type female; A, first antenna and A1, its sensory terminal appen-

dages; B, third masilliped; C to F, first, second, third and fifth peracopods; D1, terminal joints

of second peracopod; G, uropod (A, X 67; Al, X 175; B to G, X 40; DI, % 120).

Colour white, with large and small brown stellate spots as shown in figures.

Leneth 6-6 mm,

Loc, New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet (K. Sheard, submarine light, Sept.

1942). Type in South Anstralian Museum, Reg. No, C, 2899.

CYCLASPIS FULGIDA sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument smooth and polished, with minute, fairly

recular reticulate patterning (fig. 9, C), thin and seareely calcified, but slightly

stronger than in mollis.

Carapace ovate in dorsal view, with upper edge as seen from the side, and

lateral contours from above, evenly and smoothly curved; there is, however, an

almost imperceptible emargination in the dorsal outline at about the middle of

the length and marking the hinder limit of a shallow lateral depression lying

on each side of a low median carina, whieh continues towards the posterior end

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 81

of the carapace as a wider flattened area, giving the appearance of a faint double

ridge. The length of the carapace is more than two-sevenths that of the whole

animal; twice as long as deep, and widest at middle of length where it is dis-

tinetly wider than deep. Antennal notch wide; antennal tooth subacute, with

a short, obsolete ridge leading back from it for a short distance. Pseudorostral

lobes meeting in front for a distance equal to only about one-fourth of length

of ocular lobe. Ocular lobe prominent, elevated, very slightly longer than wide,

and not constricted at base; it is darkly pigmented and ten black lenses are de-

veloped.

Fig. 9. Cyclaspis fulgida, type female; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax from above; C,

reticulate pattern and chromatophores of integument (A and B, X 20; C, x 175).

Five pedigerous somites are exposed; together they are much more than

half as long as the carapace; second somite as long as third and fourth together,

smoothly tapering, and in side view continuing the even curve of the dorsal mar-

gin of the carapace.

Pleon with a faint median carina and with feeble articular pegs; first to

fifth somites successively increasing in length, the fifth only one-fourth as long

again as the fourth; telsonic somite as long as third, with shallow dorsal notch.

First antennae relatively long; the first segment of the peduncle is as long

as the remainder of the appendage; second joint stouter and longer than third,

which is as lone as the two-jointed flagellum; apical appendages twice as long as

flagellum.

First peraeopods with carpus reaching level of antennal tooth; basis equal

in length to remaining joints together, with a long plumose seta (reaching be-

yond apex of merus) at external apical angle, and two projections at inner angle,

one being prominent. and tooth-like (fig. 10, B1); carpus, a little shorter than

propodus, which is almost one-third as long again as the slender dactylus.

Second peraeopods stout, with basis longer than remaining joints together ;

ischium with a plumose seta; merus as long as carpus and propodus together,

with a spine at inner apical angle and a plumose seta at outer; carpus with two

subapical spines, the inner stouter than the outer, and with inner apical angle

acutely produced ; propodus barely more than half as long as the stout dactylus,

which is equal in length to the longest of its strong apical spines.

82 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fossorial legs with setae short, none reaching beyond end of dactylus; basis

longer or as long as rest of limb in third and fourth pairs.

Uropods long, the pedunele half as long again as telsonic somite and equal

in length to the subequal rami, which are slender and tapering, with apices simple

and acute ; proximal half of inner margin of exopod with a row of plumose setae,

that of endopod with a series of thirteen small spines, successively increasing in

length, and with the last two more widely spaced than the others.

Fig. 10. Cyclaspis fulgida, type female; A, first antenna; B, C and D, first, second and third

peraeopods; B1, distal end of basis of first peraeopod; H, telsonic somite and uropod (A, B1 and

Cl, X 110; B to E, x 47).

Colour white, with a pattern marked out by sooty black chromatophores, as

illustrated.

Length 5:75 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet (K. Sheard, submarine light, Sept.

1942). Type in South Australian Museum, Ree. No. C. 2424.

This species is rather close to mollis, but is readily distinguished by the fol-

lowing characters. The ocular lobe is relatively larger and more prominent and

the eye-lenses are distinct (at least when cleared in Euparal) ; the antennal tooth

appears more acute owing to the development. of a faint ridge leading back from

it. In the shorter basis of the first lee the apical inner tooth is well-developed.

The second peraeopod is markedly stouter, with an inner apical spine on the

merus, and the segments are of different proportions. The fossorial limbs have

much shorter setae. The uropods also are distinctive.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 83

levis group (a).

Carapace moderately compressed, the back angularly rounded; pseudorostral lobes barely

meeting in front of the large or moderate ocular lobe.

Apices of both rami of uropods simple.

The three ‘‘ miscellaneous’? species assigned here each possess a feature of the carapace not

found in any other member of the levis group: strigilis has fine striae, sheardi a conspicuous

pit on each side alongside a median, posterior dorsal projection, while in mjobergi the dorsal

carina is absent for the greater part of its length, although the back is angular.

CYCLASPIS STRIGILIS Sp. Nov.

Adult male. Integument thin and fragile, shining, with a minute squamose

pattern.

Carapace with dorsal edge slightly sinuate, scarcely arched; more than one-

fourth of total length of animal and almost twice as long as deep; in dorsal view

Rig. 11, Cyclaspis strigilis, type male; A, lateral yiew; B, carapace from above; C, anterior

portion of earapaee (A and B, x 25; C, xX 60).

it is barrel-shaped, widest in anterior half, where its breadth is equal to two-

thirds its length and is much greater than the depth; dorsum with a fine median

carina for whole length, and sides marked with numerous oblique striae. Pseu-

dorostral lobes not meeting in front of eye-lobe. Antennal notch rather wide

and tooth distinet. Ocular lobe almost as wide as long, somewhat triangular in

shape, and with ten small but distinct lenses.

84 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Exposed pedigerous somites two, four and five with fine median dorsal ca-

rina; dorsal portion of third somite very short, sides expanded; second deep, its

dorsal margin sloping steeply back from level of upper edge of carapace.

Fig. 12. Cyelaspis strigilis, type male; A, first antenna; B, C and D, first, seeond and third

peraeopods; EH, telsonic somite and uropod. (A, X 130; B to EB, & 67; Cl, X 200).

Pleon robust, the first to fourth and telsonie somites equal in length; each

somite with a fine median dorsal earina that of telsonic somite terminating at

anterior end of fused telson; articular pegs small but distinet.

First antennae with accessory flagellum distinet; basal segment about as

long as rest of appendage; second and third joints subequal in length, each a

little shorter than the two-segmented flagellum,

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to level of antennal angle; basis barely

longer than rest of limb, with inner apical angle produced and external angle

with a long plumose seta, which reaches well beyond apex of merus; propodus

about one-half as long again as either merus, carpus or dactylus, the last three

seements not differing much in length; ischium with a short external spine, and

longest terminal seta of dactylus as long as the last-named,

Second peraeopod with basis a little longer than rest of limb; ischium with

a plumose seta; merus as long as carpus and propodus together, with a plumose

seta and a subapical spine; carpus with two subapical spines; propodus less than

half as long as dactylus, which is shorter than its longest terminal spine,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 85

Fig. 13. Cyclaspis strigilis, paratype female; A, lateral view; B, carapace and anterior

pedigerous somites from above (X 25).

HH,

Fig. 14. Cyclaspis strigilis, paratype female; A, first antenna; B to F, first to fifth peraeo-

pods; G, telsonic somite and uropod (A, X 200; B to G, X 67; Cl X 335).

Basis of fossorial limbs shorter than remaining joints together, and carpus

longer than merus; setae as in fig. 3, F.

Pedunele of uropoda half as long again as telsonic somite, its inner margin

with a double row of plumose setae, those of one series twice as long as the others;

36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

rami narrow, apically acute; endopod a little shorter than exopod, longer than

peduncle, and with twenty finely serrate spines on inner edge; exopod longitu-

dinally excavate interiorly, where the proximal third bears plumose setae, which

are a little stouter than those of the peduncle.

Colourless, transparent.

Length, 4-4 mm.

Non-ovigerous female. Carapace almost one-third of total length, with

striae, ete. as in male, but with dorsal edge more arched, and with length much

less than twice the depth. In dorsal view it is barrel-shaped, widest at middle

of length and relatively narrower than in male, the breadth being less than two-

thirds the length, and equal to the depth. Thoracic appendages much as in male

(fig. 14, D-F).

Pedunele of uropoda less than one-third as long again as telsonic somite,

without setae; the narrow, apically acute rami are longer than the peduncle; the

endopod has twelve spines on inner edge; exopod with six tiny incisions in inner

margin.

Colourless except for a few brown chromatophores on carapace and fourth

peraeon somite.

Length 3-6 mm.

Loc. Queensland, off Fraser Island; lat. 24° 20’ §.; long. 153° 02’ KE.

(‘*Warreen,’’ Mar. 1938). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C, 2412-2413.

The two available specimens have the integument not at all calcified, but

this may be due to a recent ecdysis; species taken with them are indurated.

CYCLASPIS SHEARDI sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument calcified, but delicate and brittle; surface finely

pitted (reticulate) and with larger granules which, though about four times as

wide as the reticulations, are still small and inconspicuous.

Carapace with dorsal edge very slightly arched, elevated in a distinct hump

near posterior end, its depth equal to greatest width and more than half its

length, which is two-sevenths of total length of animal. Pseudorostral lobes

barely meeting in front of ocular lobe and with anterior margins truncate and

slightly sinuate; dorsum with a median longitudinal carina, on each side of

which, near the posterior end, there is a large pit; the upper edge of each pit

is raised and smooth. Ocular lobe large, as wide as long and with nine promi-

nent, darkly pigmented lenses. Antennal notch widely open; antennal tooth

subacute; a faint ridge leads back for a short distance from the tooth.

The four exposed pedigerous somites together are more than half as long as

carapace and each has a distinct. dorsal carina; the second fits intimately against

the carapace and its dorsal contour continues the hump of the back, then curves

sharply down; third to fifth somites with postero-lateral angles backwardly pro-

duced in the form of rounded lobes.

Pleon relatively massive; the first three somites much deeper than the last

pedigerous somite ; articular processes small but distinet ; first to fourth and tel-

sonic somites subequal in length, fifth half as long again as fourth; the groove

indicating the fused telson is unusually distinct; there is a distinct dorsal carina

for whole length of pleon, terminating at this groove,

First antenna with basal joint of peduncle fully as long as remainder of ap-

pendage; second joint stouter than third and subequal to it, and to the two-jointed

flagellum, in length; sensory terminal filaments moderately long.

Basis of second maxillipeds half as long again as remaining joints together.

Third maxillipeds with basis nearly twice as long as palp and with outer distal

merus reaching to level of articulation of carpus and propodus.

FHALE-—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 37

First peraeopod Jess than one-fourth as long again as carapace, the carpus

reaching slightly beyond level of antennal augle; basis one-fourth longer than

remaining: joints together, with » long, plumose seta at outer apical angle; only

a feeble suggestion of an apical tooth; meris with a amall peg-like artienlar pro-

cess at distal end; carpus half as long again as merus and barely longer than

propodus ; daetylus three-fifths length of propodus with two slender terminal

setae, and a few insignificant hairs.

Fig. 15, Oyclaspis sheardi, type mole; A, lateral view and B, carapace from above (& 28).

Basis of second peraeopods not quite as long as remaining joints together;

merus wnarmed, not as long as carpus and propodus together; carpus barely

longer than dactylus, with two unequal spines (one about twice as long as the

other) at outer distal angle, aud one, shorter, near the inner angle, which is some-

what produced ; propodas two-thirds as long as dactylus, which is a little shorter

than its longest terminal spine; other two apieal daetylar spines short, unequal

in length.

Posterior peracopods with two setae at oaler distal angle of carpns, the loner

not reaching beyond apex of dactylns.

Pedunele of uropods half as long again as telsoni¢ somite, almost as long as

fifth pleon somite and about one-fifth as long again as rami; tts immer edge bears a

row of long plumose setae, the distal few shorter than the others; exopod barely

longer and a litle narrower than endopod, with a row of plimose setae on inner

margin, leaving apieal third witiurnished; proximal half of inner margin of en-

dopod oeeupied by a row of nine serrate spines fullowed by a series of seven stowter

spines set in servations, which oceupy most of the distal half; apices of both rami

simple and subacute.

Colour in aleohol, eream with dark brown shading and stellate markings as

shown in figure. Pleon with a series of oval transparent areas.

Tn life the body was ‘vivid green with sapphire eyes and with promitient pale

spots on pleon (tow-net in daylight),’*

Length 5+2 mm.

Loo, South Australias Spencer Gulf, off Wardang Island (IK. Sheard, tow-net,

Mar, 1958) ; Spencer Gulf, off Wallaroo, 5 fath. (IX. Sheard, Feb, 1988) ; Spencer

Gulf, Page Island, 9 fath., and sCanieeroo Tsland, Antechamber Bay (K. Sheard,

1989) ; Spencer Gal, Corny Point (K, Sheard, 1941), Vasmania: off Cape Bar.

ren Island (D. L. Serventy, tow-net, Nov. 1939). New South Wales, off Jibbon

40 weires (Cronulla Station 6, July 1943).

88 RECORDS OF THE §$.A. MUSEUM

At all but two tow-net localities many specimens were attracted by submarine

lights; all are males.

Examples taken at night were often, but by no means always, pale or light

brown. The dark colour markings are variable.

Fig. 16. Cyclaspis sheardi, paratype male; A, first antenna and antennal notch; B, third

maxilliped; ©, D and &, first, second and third peraeopods; F, telsonie somite and uropod

(A, E and F, X 64; B, % 36; C, x 40; D, X 110).

The salient features of sheardi are the pits near the posterior end of the cara-

pace, the large and prominent eyes, the relatively massive carapace and pleon, and

the well marked groove indicating fusion of telson and preceding somite.

It is with much pleasure that I name this pretty species after Mr. Keith

Sheard, who has proved an able aud enthusiastie collector of Australian Cumacea.

CyYcLasPIs MJOBERGI Zimmer.

Cyclaspis mjobergi Zimmer, 1921, p. 11, fig. 14-16.

A large number of males from South Australia seem, with little doubt, to be

referable to this species which, as noted by Zimmer, is separated from related

members of the genus, having no pseudorostrum and no ridging of the carapace,

by the absence of a complete median dorsal carina on the carapace. The specimens

now in hand have the surface pitting, the carinae and obsolete carinae, as deseribed

for the types but the size is considerably smaller, the anterior margin of the cara-

pace below the antennal notch is more oblique and the uropods are of different

proportions. In these appendages the peduncle is about three-fifths as long as

the telsonic somite, and the rami are certainly not a little shorter than the pedunele,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 89

but are more than one-third as long again; further, the inner margin of the exo-

pod bears long plumose setae.

The following details may be noted also:

Ocular lobe almost twice as long as wide, broadest anteriorly, where the five

lenses are large and pigmented. First antenna with basal joint of peduncle one-

third as long again as second, which is equal in length to third; flagellum two-

segmented with two terminal appendages.

Fig. 17. Cyclaspis mjobergi, adult male; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax and first pleon

somite from above; ©, first antenna (A and B, * 18; CG, X 54).

Third maxillipeds stout; basis widened and produced forwards at apex, the

lobe reaching a little beyond middle of length of merus and with plumose setae

on anterior edge ; merus almost as long as carpus and propodus together, expanded

externally to form a wide rounded lobe; dactylus as long as propodus, carpus

wider and shghtly longer.

First peraeopods with basis long, fully half as long again as remaining seg-

ments together, and bearing a plumose seta at outer apical angle; carpus longer

than dactylus and five-sixths as long as propodus, which is longer than ischium

and merus together,

90 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Basis of second peraeopods slightly longer than remaining joints together ;

merus as long as carpus and propodus combined and a little longer than dactylus,

which is shorter than its longest apical spine; basis, ischium and merus with an

apical plumose seta.

Basis of third to fifth legs with long plumose setae; basis of third and fourth

as long as rest of limb, of fifth shorter; merus and carpus of these peraeopods sub-

equal in length; for setae see fig. 3, K, and 18, D.

Fig. 18. Cyclaspis mjobergi, adult male; A, third maxilliped; B to D, first, second and

fourth peraeopods; E, telsonic somite and uropod (xX 50).

The carapace is slightly tumid beneath the posterior half of each pseudorostral

suture. There is a distinet short median longitudinal carina anteriorly only; it

ends abruptly at the middle of length of frontal lobe.

The colour pattern is variable. Some specimens are darkly pigmented, with

large chromatophores as shown in fig. 17, A; others are grey with few or no darker

spots. Often, but not always, the anterior portion of the carapace is markedly

lighter, with conspicuous demarkation.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 91

Length 8 mm. to 9 mm.

Loc. South Australia: St. Vincent Gulf, Brighton eset Mawson and

L. M, Angel, Oct. 18, 1941, 8.15 to 8.30 p.m.; Oct. 22, 1941, 9.30 to 9.45 p.m., and

Nov. 13, 1941, with submarine light traps.)

Hab, North-Western Australia and South Australia.

This record considerably extends the known range of the species. It is of in-

terest that despite years of collecting in St. Vincent Gulf, mjobergt was not taken

until males swarmed on two separate dates in shallow water (the specimens were

secured from a jetty). In the first. haul a ‘‘white’’ submarine light of low candle-

power was employed and over two thousand examples were found in the net after

an immersion of fifteen minutes; a few individuals of other Cumacea and some

Amphipods were also present. Nine days later the same procedure was adopted

with a green light and about seven hundred specimens congregated in the net in

fifteen minutes. As before all were males of almost uniform size. Ina third haul

three weeks after this only a few males were found. The collectors used red sub-

marine light at the same time as the green. Amphipoda predominated in the red

light-trap but the reverse obtained in the green.

levis group (b).

Carapace compressed, particularly in male and subadult female, the sides rising steeply to

the sharp median carina of the back; pseudorostral lobes truneate anteriorly, barely or not

meeting in front of the ocular lobe, which is large, with prominent lenses.

Apices of both rami of uropods simple.

Four Australian species, if Foxon’s Queensland record for the New Zealand levis is correct;

it is assumed herein that the last-named has all the above characters.

CYcLASPIS LEVIS Thomson.

Cyclaspis levis Thomson, 1892, p. 264, pl. xvi, fig. 1-6, and pl. xvii, fig. 7-26;

Foxon, 1932, p. 389.

With a score of species clustering, as it were, around this form, it is unfortu-

nate that it is insufficiently diagnosed and that it has not been rediscovered with-

out doubt during the past half century. The group name is retained because

levis has been so often referred to.

It may be assumed that Thomson’s interpretation of the ocular lobe and its

lenses (his specimens were from surface and shallow water) is as improbable as

the dramatic apical projection of the basis of the first. peraeopods which he illus-

trates (Calman, 1907, p. 9). Venturing further, and supposing that the rest of

Thomson’s description and figures are reasonably accurate, then cretata, granu-

losa, concinna, formosae and herdmamni fall naturally into place beside it. If levis

really possesses an apical tooth (of more reasonable size than described) on the

basis of the first legs, then concinna is removed from the list. In any ease, cretata

seems to be closest to levis but is distinguished by the more numerous and shorter

spines on the inner edge of the endopod of the uropod where there are no slender

setae as figured by Thomson (see key to species) ; pura has uropods similar to those

shown for levis.

Stebbing (1913, p. 32, syn.) queries Calman’s reference of some New Zealand

specimens to levis and that author himself expressed uncertainty. The provisional

name calmant is herein proposed for these examples.

Foxon more recently records levis from north-eastern Queensland, “put no

details concerning his material are given.

CYCLASPIS CRETATA sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument thin, calcified but somewhat flexible; glossy, with

fine reticulate pattern and very small pitting.

92 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Carapace with dorsal edge only slightly arched, two-sevenths of total length

of animal, and twice as long as deep; moderately compressed, its width equal to

depth; there is a thin, median longitudinal carina for anterior half of length,

flanked on each side by a distinct depression, the posterior termination of which is

marked by a slight but evident. emargination of the dorsal edge as seen from the

side; posterior to this the carina is much less distinct (really a narrow, depressed

area with a somewhat bifurcate appearance) ; there is a faint depression on each

Fig. 19. Cyclaspis cretata, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace from above; C and D,

upper and side views of frontal portion of carapace. Allotype female; E, lateral view; F, carapace

and anterior pedigerous somites from above; G, anterior portion of carapace (A, B, E and F,

X 20; C, D and G, X 40).

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 93

side below the pseudorostral suture and behind the dorso-lateral excavations are

faint indentations, lending a suggestion of a coarse squamose pattern. Antennal

notch moderately wide, with a very faint short groove leading back from it; a short

rounded ridge runs back from the narrowly rounded antennal tooth, giving it a

subacute appearance. Pseudorostral lobes truncate and slightly sinuate in front,

barely meeting in front of ocular lobe. Ocular lobe wide, constricted at base,

roundly subtriangular, as wide as long, and with nine prominent lenses; strongly

pigmented.

Fig. 20. Cyclaspis cretata, paratype male; A, first peraeopod and A1, distal end of its basis;

B and B1, second peraeopod; C, third peraeopod; D, uropod. E, Terminal joints of first peraeopod,

of allotype female (A to H, X 67; Aland B1, K 134).

The four exposed pedigerous somites together are much more than half the

length of the carapace; each has a faint median longitudinal carina; dorsal edge

of second slightly rounded, descending steeply from the level of the hinder edge

of carapace; third and fourth with the usual lateral subtriangular area distinctly

delineated, each as long as the slightly expanded pleural portions of second.

Pleon somites each with a fine, thin ridge; somites one to five with obsolete

dorso-lateral carinae and (like fifth peraeon somite) with the sides tumid fore

and aft, a shallow groove between the elevations; articular processes small but dis-

tinet ; first four and telsonic somites equal in length; telsonic somite with dorsal

notch moderate.

First antenna with second segment almost as long as third, and stouter, the

two together much shorter than the basal segment.

First peraeopod with carpus just reaching level of antennal tooth; basis

barely longer than rest of limb, its apex with a long exterior plumose apical seta

(reaching beyond distal end of merus) and with two tooth-like projections, the

94 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

inner not quite attaining distal end of ischium (fig. 20, A1) ; propodus one-fifth

as long again as carpus and fully half as long again as dactylus, which is longer

than its longest terminal seta.

Basis of second peraeopod as long as rest of limb; ischium with an outer

plumose seta; merus longer than carpus and propodus together and as long as pro-

podus and dactylus together, with a strong spine at inner distal angle, and an

outer plumose seta; carpus with a stout spine inserted near the acute, tooth-like

apical inner angle, and a more slender outer spine; propodus barely more than

half length of dactylus, which is shorter than its longest terminal spine.

Fossorial legs with the setae short (fig. 3, F)) ; merus and carpus subequal in

leneth; basis of third as long as rest of limb.

Pedunele of uropods about one-third as long again as telsonic somite and as

long as exopod; inner margin with half a dozen plumose setae on proximal por-

tion, followed by about the same number of slender spines, set above which is a

row of shorter spines; both rami with apex simple and narrowly acute; exopod a

little longer than endopod, with half a dozen incisions in inner margin, endopod

with five slender serrate proximal spines on inner margin, followed by a row of

sixteen shorter and stouter spines of slightly different type, the series ending at

about second third of length.

Colour chalky white, with sooty stellate markings and faint blackish mottling.

Length 6 mm.

Adult female (developing marsupium). Differs from male as follows. The

carapace is a little wider and deeper, and is larger, almost one-third of the total

length. The ocular lobe is slightly narrower, so that it appears less constricted

basally ; the lenses are smaller and less distinct, the median one seemingly formed

of two components. The exposed pedigerous somites together are less than half

as long as the carapace and the dorsal edge of the second slopes downwards less

steeply.

In the first peraeopods the propodus is relatively a little longer, one-fourth

as lone again as merus and one and three-fourths times as long as dactylus.

The uropods are of the same proportions, but the peduncle lacks setae and

spines; the proximal spines of the inner edge of the endopod are followed by a

row of fifteen short spines, which increase gradually in length as in the male.

Length 5-3 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet (K. Sheard, submarine light. Sept.

1942, 8 to 8.20 p.m.) Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2418.

A single female and several adult males are availabe. The spines on the

inner margin of the endopod show some variation—three to six proximal spines

followed by fifteen to twenty-three shorter ones,

South Australian form of cretata. Adult males differ from the examples de-

seribed above as follows:

The dactylus of the first peraeopods is relatively a little longer (the propo-

dus not quite half as long again as it); the basis is longer than the rest of the

limb. The uropods are as in granulosa with a wide fan of inner plumose setae

on the peduncle and with plumose setae on the inner ed¢e of the exopod.

Colour chalky white ; sparse black dots sometimes present.

Length 4-2 mm. to 6 mm.

Loc, South Australia: Spencer Gulf, Memory Cove, 3 fath., weedy bottom

(K. Sheard, Feb. 1941, 8 to 8.30 p.m.), and Page Is., 9 fath., 7 to 7.30 p.m.; 7 fath.,

8 to 8.30 p.m. (K. Sheard, Apl. 1941) ; Kangaroo Is., Antechamber Bay, 4 fath. (K.

Sheard, Apl. 1941, 8 to 8.30 p.m.). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C. 2366, 2368, 2370 and 2371.

Many specimens were secured by a submarine light; it seems undesirable to

accord these examples specifie rank,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 95

Salient fealnres of cretata; The carapace has the anterior depressions ap-

preeiably developed and there is a small emargination in the dorsal profile at their

posterior end. The propodus of the first peraeopods is obviously longer than the

carpus or dactylus and the basis has an apical tooth. The uropods have long

pedunele and long, simple and acute rami, the endopod with a row of many small

spines, and a few proximal spines of different type.

CYOLASPIS GRANULOSA sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument thin but brittle, finely reticulate.

Carapace in lateral view with dorsal margin almost straight, slightly con-

vex; approximately two-sevenths of total length of animal; slightly wider than

Fig, 21, Cyclaspis gramilosa, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace from above. (,

Anterior portion of carapace of paratype male (A and B, X 23; ©, ¥ 50),

depth, whieh is one-half of length; surface rather sparsely but conspicuously

granilose, particularly in posterior portion; dorsum with an oval depression on

each side immediately behind ocular lobe and between carinate mid-line and

pseudorostral suture; posterior limit of excavations marked by a very slight

emargination of dorsal profile. Pseudorostral lobes reaching to level of apex of

oeular lobe but barely meeting in front of it. Ocular lobe rounded, constrieted

at. base, almost as wide as long; nine large lenses, the median three amber, the

lateral ones transparent. Antennal noteh wide and antennal tooth acute.

Pedigerous somites two to five exposed, each with a median carina, together

two-thirds as long as carapace; second somite with dorsal margin sloping sharply

down and backwards; third to fifth with triangular lateral area well-defined,

Pleon somites each with a low median dorsal carina; somites one to five with

slender articular pegs; first to fourth and telsonic somites subequal in length

96 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First antenna with the stout basal segment almost as long as the rest of the

appendage, without the terminal sensory setae.

Third maxillipeds with basis strongly curved, twice as long as rest of limb,

and with outer apical lobe extending forward to level of insertion of carpus;

ischium and carpus subequal in length and merus half as long again, with outer

apical lobe extending to insertion of propodus.

Fig. 22. Cyclaspis granulosa, paratype male; A, first antenna; B to D, first, second and third

peraecopods; E, telsonie somite and uropod (A and Cl, X 120; B to H, X 53).

First peraeopod with carpus reaching to level of antennal tooth; basis nearly

half as long again as rest of limb, its apex with two tooth-like projections (the in-

ner not reaching distal margin of ischium) and with a plumose seta at external

angle; propodus equal in length to carpus and more than half as long again as

dactylus, which is as long as longest terminal seta.

Basis of second peraeopod a little longer than rest of limb; ischium with an

outer apical plumose seta; merus shorter than carpus and propodus together, with

a stout spine at inner distal angle, and a plumose, subapical seta on outer margin ;

carpus subequal in length to dactvlus, with a strong spine inserted near the

tooth-like inner apical angle and a more slender outer apical spine; propodus

three-fourths as long as dactylus, which is equal in length to the longest of its

robust, slightly curved, terminal spines.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA u7

Fossorial lees as in C, crelata with the apical seta of the carpus stont.

Uropods long, the peduncle more than half as long again as telsonie somite;

inner edge with a row of long plumose setae on proximal half; these are followed

by a series of more slender plumose selac and a parallel row of shorter sleuder

spines; exopud a Little longer than endopod and almost as long as pedunele, with

a row of seven plumose setae on inner edge, leaving posterior half unfurnished ;

inner margin of endopod with six slender spines near base, followed by a row of

seventeen small short spines, increasing gradually in length backwards, ul lowy-

ing ibe distal third of the ramus unarmed.

Colour white, with brown chromatophores on the anterior dorsal depressions

of carapace, the psendorostral lohes, the fourth pedigerons and first five pleon

somites,

Length 6-45 m.m.

Loc. South Australia: Waterhouse Bay, east end of Thistle [s., 8 to 8.30 p.n.,

and Dangerons Reef, 4 fath., 8 to 8.30 p.m, (K. Sheard, submarine light, Mar.

1941). Type in South Australian Mnseum, Reg. No. C. 2328.

Ouly males were secured, As with other similar forms taken after darls it

is probable that the colour pattern is more apparent in daytime. The spines on

the inner margin of the endopod vary little in the available material, five to six

proximal slender spines followed by a series of sixteen to seventeen, C. granulosa

is rather close to eretata, partiealarly to the South Australian form of the last-

named, but the roughened appearance of the carapace, due to the granulation,

cannot pass niuoticed, while the propodus of the first peraeopods, when the two

species are plaeed side by side, is easily seen fo be relatively shorter,

CychAsriIs CONCINNA sp. nov,

Adult male. Tnteenment asin pura, A fine sharp median carina on carapace,

exposed pecligerous, and pleon somites,

Carapace with dorsal margin slightly and evenly arehed from reat to hase

of ocular lobe; iwo-sevenths of total length of animal and with its depth much

more than half its length; narrow, the width considerably less than depth and

less than half the length, Antennal noteh moderately deep, with a short shallow

groove running back from it; antennal tooth subaente withord autennal ridge,

Pseudorostral lobes reaching apex of ocular lobe but barely meeting in advanee

of it, Oenlar lobe subtriangular, rounded anteriorly and constricted at base; as

wide as long and with nine laree lenses,

Exposed pedigerons somites together more than half as long as carapace;

second somite rather short with dorsal edge sloping steeply down from dorsal

contour of carapace.

Pleon as in pur.

Third maxilliped with basis twice as long as reimainmg joints together, and

with a long narrow apical lobe, one-third as long as rest of basis and capped with

plumose setae; merus longer than carpus with a wide lobe reaching level of apex

of latter; ischinm relatively long subequal in length to the earpus, whieh is widest

anteriorly and as long as propodus and dactylus Logether.

First pecacopod with carpus not reaching level of antennal angle; basis more

than half as long again as rest of limb, with inner apical angle rounded, barely

produced, there being present only a minute tooth; external angle with a long

plumose seta, reaching beyond middle of length of carpus; carpus a liltle longer

than propodus, which is distinetly longer than dactylus.

98 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 23. Cyclaspis concinna, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace and anterior pediger-

ous somites from above; C, anterior half of carapace (A and B, X 30; C, X 82).

Fig. 24. Cyclaspis concinna, paratype male; A, third maxilliped; B and C, first and second

peraeopods; D, uropod; D1, distal half of rami of uropod (A to D, X 67; Cl and D1, x 134).

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 99

Basis of second peraeopods as long as rest of limb; merus subequal in length

to carpus and propodus together, and to propodus and dactylus together; carpus

with three spines ; propodus two-thirds as long as dactylus, which is equal in length

to the longest of the stout terminal spines.

Setae of fossorial limbs as in pura, fig. 3, F.

Pedunele of uropoda about one and one-half times as long as telsonic somite,

and one-fourth as long again as endopod, with marginal setae; exopod with eight

plumose setae set in serrations on inner margin; endopod a little shorter than

exopod, its inner margin with setae on proximal third and thence with a row of

thirteen short and rather slender spines. Both rami narrow, the subacute apices

without terminal spines or mucrones.

Colour white, with smoky patches and large black chromatophores.

Length 5 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet (K. Sheard, submarine light, Sept.

1942, 8 to 8.20 p.m.) Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. 2423.

Only males were taken. They are similar to the males of pura, but are sepa-

rated by the following characters: The carapace lacks a faint antennal ridge and

the dorsal margin of the second pedigerous somite is more oblique. The first pe-

raeopods have the segments of different proportions, the basis being relatively

longer, and the dactylus shorter. The dactylus of the second peraeopods has

stouter and slightly shorter terminal spines. The uropods are very different, the

exopod having no terminal mucrones, and the endopod being furnished with a

long row of many more and shorter spines.

levis group (0).

Carapace not at all compressed, almost globose, the back broadly rounded, with very fine but

distinct, median carina; pseudorostral lobes barely meeting in front of the rather small ocular

lobe.

Apices of both rami of uropods simple.

A pusilla-like assemblage limited to four species.

CYCLASPIS GLOBOSA sp. nov.

Subadult female. Tntegument indurated, with coarse, clear-cut reticulation.

Carapace almost globose, one-third of total length of animal, and overhanging

the pedigerous somites, so that, seen from above, the second and all but the lateral

portions of the third are hidden by it (fig. 25, B) ; widest at the middle of its length,

where it is slightly broader than vertical depth, which is equal to three-fourths of

the leneth; dorsum with a fine, unbroken, median carina for whole length. An-

tennal notch deep and not widely open; antennal tooth large, subacute. Pseudo-

rostral lobes just meeting in front of eye-lobe, truncate in front. Ocular lobe mode-

rately large, subtriangular, slightly longer than wide, not constricted at base and

with colourless lenses at sides and apex.

Four pedigerous somites exposed ; together they are more than half as long

as the carapace, the second somite is not. longer than the others and its short dorsal

margin (as seen from the side) slopes sharply down from the carapace, which

bulges above it; each somite with a median carina for whole length.

Pleon longer than thorax, slender ; each somite swollen and with a fine median

carina but no other sculpture; first to fourth and telsonic somites subequal in

length ; articular pegs small but much more distinct than in clark.

First antennae with basal joint of peduncle long, almost equal in length to

remaining joints together.

First peraeopods with carpus reaching level of antennal tooth; basis one-

fourth as long again as rest of limb, the apex with an external, plumose seta, and

100 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with an apical tooth, which reaches to beyond middle of length of ischium; carpus

only slightly shorter than propodus, which is distinctly less than half as long again

as dactylus.

Second peraeopods about as long as second to fifth, but stouter; basis a little -

longer than rest of limb, with plumose setae on inner face; ischium with a plumose

seta at outer angle; merus almost as long as carpus and propodus together and

with an outer apical plumose seta twice as long as carpus; carpus with two stout,

unequal spines; propodus two-thirds as long as dactylus, the longest terminal

Fig. 25. Cyclaspis globosa, type female; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax from above;

C, anterior portion of carapace (A and B, X 15; C, X 40).

spine of which is as long as the merus; the other two spines of the dactylus are

unequal, one being one-half, the other only one-fourth, the length of the longest.

Third to fifth peraeopods with merus and carpus subequal in length; carpus

with three setae at distal outer angle, longest and propodal seta reaching well be-

yond apex of dactylus (fig. 3, A and J).

Pedunele of uropoda stout, about two-thirds length of the subequal rami,

which are as long as the telsonic somite, and are wide, with simple, narrowly

rounded apices; distal half of inner margin of exopod with a few plumose setae,

that of exopod serrate.

Colour white.

Length 7 mm.

Juvenile female. Antennal notch a little more widely open than in the older

female. Carapace fully as globose and overhanging posteriorly. Fossorial

peraeopods of same character.

Length 5-2 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: off Jibbon, 45-50 metres, coarse sand (Cronulla

Trawl Station 10, Aug. 1943), and off Wata Mooli, 35 metres, on sand (Cronulla

Trawl Station 2, July 1948). Type female in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C, 2426.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 101

Females only were taken, The shape of the carapace is reminiscent of

Campylasis. This and the structure of the posterior peraeopods, readily distin-

zuish it trom pinguis.

Ne ae

Fig. 26. Cyclaspis globosa, paratype female; A, first antenna; B, C and D, first, second and

third peraeopods; B, uropod; I, reticulation of integument (A, D and FE, ¥ 64; B, X 40;

C, * 115; F, 325).

CYCLASPIS CLAREI sp. Nov.

Subadult female. Integument highly indurated, with rather large reticula-

tions, the edges of which are thickened to produce a coarse pitting, which gives

the carapace in particular a roughened appearance.

Carapace subglobose, with dorsum strongly arched from side to side, and

from front to back; one-third of total length excluding telsonic somite, widest in

posterior half, where the breadth is five-sixihs the length and much more than

the vertical depth; dorsum with a fine but unbroken distinet median carina for

whole length. Antennal notch deep and moderately wide, antennal tooth large

and subacute. Psudorostral lobes just meeting in front of ocular lobe, narrowly

truneate in front. Ocular lobe moderately large, subtriangular, a little longer

than wide, not constricted at base, and with colourless lenses (five apparent) at

sides and apex.

Four pedigerous somites are exposed; together they are only half as long as

the carapace ; the second somite is searcely or not longer than any of the others, and

its dorsal margin curves steeply down trom that of the carapace; each somite, in-

eluding the anterior spaces between the rounded portions, has a fine median carina.

102 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pleon longer than thorax; each somite subglobose and with a median carina,

otherwise without sculpture; first to fourth and telsonic somites subequal in

length; articular pegs only slightly developed.

Basis of third maxillipeds more than twice as long as rest of limb, its outer

lobe not reaching distal end of lobe of merus.

Fig. 27. Cyclaspis clarki, type female; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax from above. Allo-

type male; C, lateral view; D, cephalothorax from above (X 15).

First peraeopods with carpus not reaching level of antennal tooth; basis one-

sixth as long again as remainder of limb, with an external plumose seta, and a

shorter inner seta, at apex, the inner angle of which is barely produced; carpus

distinctly shorter than propodus, which is fully half as long again as dactylus.

Second peraeopods stout, not much longer than third to fifth; basis longer

than rest of limb; merus as long as carpus and propodus together and with a plu-

mose seta; carpus with two stout unequal spines; propodus two-thirds as long as

dactylus, which has the terminal spines stout, the longest longer than the joint,

the other two subequal in length and less than half as long.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 103

Third to fifth peraeopods with fossorial setae not reaching beyond dactylus;

two carpal setae, one stout and one feeble (fig. 28, D) ; basis of third longer than

rest, of limb.

Pedunele of uropoda stout, not quite as long as telsonie somite and equal in

length to endopod, which is serrate on inner margin; exopod slightly longer, with

a few plumose setae on distal half of inner margin, both rami wide, with simple

apices.

Vig. 28. Cyclaspis clarki, paratype female; A, third maxilliped; B, C and D, first, second

and third peracopods; EH, uropod; F, reticulation of integument (A, B and D, x 40; C and

D1, 115; BE, x 64).

Colour very pale brown, almost cream.

Length 7-6 mm.

Subadult male. Cavapace narrower than in female, its width equal to depth

and to three-fourths of length. First peraeopod slightly longer.

Leneth 7:6 mm.

Loc, Tasmania: off Babel Is., lat 39° 55’ S., long. 148° 81’ EB. (‘‘Warreen”’

Station 29, 1989). New South Wales: off Jibbon, 46-55 fath., sand to mud

(‘‘Thetis’’ Station 48, Mar. 1898), and off Cape Three Points, 41-50 fath., sticky

mud and shell (‘‘Thetis’’ Station 13, Feb. 1898). Type female in South Austra-

tan Museum, Reg. No. C. 2347; allotype male in Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C. 2235.

This species is named after Mr. G. Clark, technical officer on the ‘‘ Warreen,’’

who was responsible for care of nets, etc. It has the general appearance of pinguts

and globosa but can be separated with the naked eye by the different shape of the

104 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

carapace, and its slightly rugose outline when viewed from above; this rugosity is

due to the fact that the thickened margins of the reticulations are particularly pro-

minent on the middle of the sides. Further, in both pinguis and globosa the in-

tegument is much less calcified, with the reticulation sharply defined, the pleon

is more slender, the spines of the second peraeopods are longer, ete.

C. pusilla Sars apparently also has very feeble, articular abdominal pegs;

Sars (1887, p. 19) does not indicate them at all in his figures 21 and 22.

CYCLASPIS PINGUIS Sp. nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument indurated, with clear-cut coarse reticulations,

larger than in globosa (cf. F, fig. 26 and 30).

Carapace subglobose, strongly arched from back to front and from side to

side; ovoid in shape as seen from above, tapering slightly to the front and widest

at middle of length, where it is distinctly broader than deep; depth more than

Fig. 29. Cyclaspis pinguis, type female; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax from above.

C, antennal notch and first antenna of male (A and B, x 15; C, x 40).

two-thirds of length. Antennal notch deep and rather narrow; antennal tooth

acute. Ocular lobe as in clarki and globosa. Pseudorostral lobes just meeting in

front and narrowly truncate anteriorly.

A dorsal carina runs for whole length of carapace, pedigerous somites and

pleon ; it is very distinct but very fine; structurally it is formed by the arrange-

ment end to end, in a median longitudinal line, of the raised margins of the reticu-

lations (fig. 30, F).

Five pedigerous somites are exposed, the first being short; together they are

more than two-thirds as long as carapace; second expanded laterally, where it is

almost as long as third to fifth combined, and with dorsal margin, seen from the

side, continuing the even curve of the carapace.

Pleon slender, and flexible, with feeble articular pegs; each somite subeylindri-

eal; first to fourth and telsonic somites subequal in length; fifth about half as long

again as any one of them.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 105

First antenna with basal joint robust, almost as long as remaining joints of

pedunele and flagellum without the jointed terminal sensory appendages, which

are as long as the peduncle.

Third maxillipeds as in clarki and globosa.

Basis of first peraeopods with a long and a short apieal plumose seta and

with inner angle barely at all produced; terminal joints missing.

Fig. 30. Cyclaapis pinguis, type female; A, first antenna; B, basis of first peracopod; C and

D, second and third peraeopods; 4, telsonie somite and uropod; I’, reticulation of carapace and

dorsal carina; G, terminal joints of second peracopod of male (A, 0, D1 and G, x 115; B, D and

E, x 40; F, ¥ 325).

Second peraeopods stout; basis longer than rest of limb; merus equal in

length to propodus and dactylus together and a little longer than carpus, which

has three unequal stout spines on outer distal margin; propodus two-thirds as

long as dactylus, the longest terminal spine of which is distinctly longer than

propodus and dactylus together; the two remaining dactylar spines are unequal,

the longer less than half length of the main spine.

Fossorial legs much as in elarki, but more slender (ef, D, fig. 28 and 30).

Pedunele of uropoda not very stout, shorter than telsonie somite and a little

shorter than the blade-like, subequal rami, which have simple subacute apices;

distal half of inner margin of exopod with a few plumose setae, that of endopod

serrate.

Colour white.

Length 7 mm,

Male. (Considerably damaged). The first of the pedigeroug somites is com-

pletely hidden and the second is shorter than in the ovigerous female. The an-

tennal notch and first antenna are as in the female. The last pedigerous and

106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

the first four pleon somites have feeble dorsal tubercles on the: mid-lne—these are

wholly absent in the female.

Only one spine is present on the carpus of the seeond peraeopods, tut the

terminal dactylar spines are identical (fig, 30, C and @).

Lov. New South Wales: from stomach of Morwong or Jackass Fish—Dacty-

lopagrus macropterus (A. C. Simpson, July 1939), Type in South Australian

Mnseum, Reg. No. C. 2360,

The above-mentioned fish is trawled in Australian waters to a depth of at

least. 100 fathoms. The specimen examined had been feeding upon Bodotria sp.,

Hemilamprops sp., Diastylids, C. pinguis, etc. ; most of the stomach contents were

jin fair condition, and include several new species of Cumacea,

The third to fifth peraeopods are as in clardi, but as mentioned, are less robust.

Apart from the distinctive shape of the carapace the two species show many dis-

similarities. In pinguis the pleon is markedly more slender, the three terminal

spines of the second peraeopods are all of different leugths, and the surface retieula-

tion is larger and clearly defined.

Seen from above, the thorax is of distinctive character in each of the species

here assigned to the pusilla group.

levis group (da).

Carapace compresned, particularly in male and subadult female, the sides rising atceply to

the vharp median ¢arina of the back; paoudorostral lobes barely meeting in front of the ocular

lobe, which is large, with prominent lenses.

Ajiex of endopod of uropod simple, that of exopod with mucronea,

‘Two Australian species,

CycLagpis PuRA Hale.

Cyclauspis pura Hale, 1936, p. 408, fiz. 1-2, and 1937, p. 61,

A large number of examples from Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs, and Kan-

garoo Island, South Australia, are now available; some specimens were taken from

the stomach of a Mullet (Mugil cephalus) by Prof. T. Harvey Johuston, The

following additional notes are tiecessary to the original deseription,

The sides of the carapace rise steeply to the sharp median dorsal carina. The

carina is distinct on the second pedigerous somite and although faint is present

on all the remaining somites; there are also indications of dorso-lateral carinae

on those of the pleon.

Viewed from above the carapace differs in shape in the sexes. In non-ovi-

verous females it is widest at about the middle of its length and the sides are

evenly rounded (fig. 31, H). In the male it is very slightly widest towards

the front aud the sides are less curved, Ovigerous females (fig. 31, G) have the

varapace widest in the posterior half and tapering towards the front, The ocular

lobe (fig. 31, 1) is wide in both sexes (almost as wide as long) roundly sub-

triangular in shape coustricted at base, generously pigmented and with nine

large lenses, the three in the middle dark, the lateral ones pale. There is a faint

ridev, discernible only with difficulty, riiuing back for a short distanee from

the antennal noteh.

Five pedigerous somites are exposed always in the ovigerous female, but

the first is concealed in males und subadult females.

The apex of the basis of the first peracopod has (he usual apical external

plumose seta (which reaches to the middle of the length of the carpus) and a

shorter internal seta; ihe carpns is harely longer than the propodus, whieh is

little longer than the ductylus.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 107

Fig. 31. Cyclaspis pura. Adult 4mm. male; A, lateral view; B, second peraeopod; C, uropod

and Cl, terminal half of its rami. Adult 5-5 mm. male; D, terminal joints of first peraeopod;

KE, fifth peraeopod; F, uropod. G, Cephalothorax of ovigerous female from above. Subadult

female; H, carapace from above; I, ocular lobe; J, uropod and J1, terminal half of its rami;

K, third peraeopod (A, G and H, X 25; B to F, and J to K, x 64; I, X 180; B1, Cl and J1,

xX 115).

108 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In the uropods the exopod is a little longer than the endopod and bears

always one or two terminal mucrones.

The fossorial legs have two to three setae on the carpus, the longest reach-

ing, with propodal seta, to apex of dactylus, or beyond it.

Adult males and ovigerous females vary in size from about 4 mm. to 6-1

mm., and one is inclined at first to recognize two species.

Fig. 32. Cyclaspis pura. A, lateral view of juvenile male. Juvenile female; B, lateral

view; C, uropod; D, reticulation of carapace (A and B, X 29; C, X 84; D, X 180; mucrones of

exopod of uropod, X 400).

Ovigerous females vary little excepting in size; in the smaller examples the

peduncle of the uropod is relatively short, barely one-third longer than the rami.

In all females the peduncle of the uropods lacks plumose setae while the

serrate inner margin of the endopod bears two to four comb-edged spines, but

no proximal slender spines (fig. 31, J). The inner edge of the exopod is furnished

with a few plumose setae.

Adult male (4-1 mm. to 4-7 mm.). Carapace with dorsal edge slightly and

evenly arched, about two-sevenths of total length and almost twice as long as

deep; in section it is almost lenticular, its width less than depth; the

sides rise steeply to a sharp median longitudinal carina, which extends for

whole length. Antennal notch moderately wide and deep; from it a short

HaLte—AUSTRALIAN CUMAGEA 109

shallow grooye runs back and down; the short faint ridge leading back from the

apex of the antennal tooth accentnates its acute appearance. Pseudorostral lobes

reaehing qiute to apex of ocular lobe but not meeting in advanee of il,

The pedunele of the uropod is relatively short, as in the female, but its

pedanele bears plumose setae; the inuer margin of the endopod is armed with

four or five spines and in some specimens these are preceded by about half a

dozen or less slender serrate spines (or setae); in others these proximal spines

are entirely absent as in the female (fie. 31, ©).

Basis of seconcl peracopods as long as rest of limb; merus longer than carpus

and as long as propodus and dactylus together ; with a spine at inner distal angle,

and two apieal setae; carpus with four distal spines; propodus about equal in

length to ischium, and more than half length of dactylus, which is not as long

as its longest terminal apine.

Adult male (arger form, ta 6-1 mm.). The peduncle of the uropod is half

as long again as the rami and bears a long row of pliumose setae, the distal ones

of different type; the exupod has more setae than in the smaller males, while the

enclopod is armed with a dozen (or a little less) slender spines on proximal half,

followed by four to eight stouter spines with imset bases; the greater number of

(listal spines ocenrs in the largest of the males.

The dactylus of the first peraeopods has a terminal brush of about a dozen

sefae,

Subadult female, Ina nearly adult female, with undeveloped marsupinm,

the carapace is slightly more arehed dorsally than in the male, the median carina

appearing rather more pirononneed when viewed from above; also it is wider and

deeper, anc as wide as deep, Antennal notch wider. Antennal ridge and oeu-

lar lobe as in male, The first pedigerous somite is not at all exposed. The first

peracopods are relatively a little shorter, and (here is no spine on the merus of

the seeond peracopods,

Pedinele of vropoda. without long setae, much less than twice as long as

telsonie somite but nearly one-third as long again as rami; exopod with six mar-

vinal plumose setae and with two terminal muerones; inner inargin with four

serrate spines.

Length 4:2 nim,

Tuvenile male (fig. 32, A). Carapace deeper and with dorsal margin more

arched than in adult and first peraeopods a little shorter. Ocular lobe and uro-

pods much the same.

Length 3+5 mm.

Tuvenile female (fig. 82, B-D). Carapace relatively deeper than in older

female aiid more arched dorsally, The oenlar lobe is of the same shape; nine

distinct lenses cannot be made out always, but appear as three large, oval, dark-

ened areas. The peduncle of the nropoda is shorter and stonter but is a little

longer than the rani; endopod with two to four marginal spines; exopod with-

oft plimose setae, bat with finely serrate inner edge and two ierminal muecrones.

Length 8+6 mm..

The differences in the curve of the dorsal edge of the carapace in male and

femule, and in (he juveniles, are subtle but definite. In the last-named it is prac-

tieally evenly arched, without the slight simuation most apparent in the adult

male,

CYCLASPIS8 NITIDA Sp. hov.

Adult mate, tolegument thin, lightly calcified; surface shining, with tiny

reticulate patterning and moderately distinet scattered pits,

Carapace with dorsal edge evenly arched (except for the usual prominence

of the adult male ocular lobe) ; two-sevenths of the total length of animal, dis-

110 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tinctly less than twice as long as deep, compressed, its width less than depth and

barely more than half its length; there is a thin median longitudinal carina for

whole length, flanked at anterior half by a low depression on each pseudorostral

lobe, their hinder termination not marked by an emargination of the dorsal pro-

file. Antennal notch rather widely open and with a short, shallow groove leading

back from it; antennal tooth subacute, and no antennal ridge. Pseudorostral

lobes truncate and a little sinuate in front, just meeting in advance of eye-lobe.

Ocular lobe large and prominent, blackish, as wide as long, rounded, constricted

at base, and with eleven large lenses.

Fig. 33. Cyclaspis nitida, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace and anterior pedigerous

somites from above. Paratype male; C. anterior portion of carapace; D, telsonic somite from

the side (A and B, X 27; C and D, X 67).

The four exposed pedigerous somites together are more than half as long

as the carapace, each with a low median carina; dorsal edge of second rounded,

continuing slightly obliquely the curve of the upper edge of carapace; third and

fourth as long as expanded pleural portions of second; last three somites with

the sides rather conspicuously tumid on posterior half.

Pleon somites stout, each with a low median carina; obsolete dorso-lateral

earinae on first to fifth somites, which have the sides tumid fore and aft; telsonic

somites subequal in length to first to fourth and with the dorsal notch deep.

Basis of third maxillipeds with rather narrow apical lobe, and ischium re-

latively long.

First peraeopod with carpus reaching just beyond level of antennal angle;

basis fully one and one-half times as long as rest of limb, with a long external,

plumose seta (reaching well beyond distal end of merus) and a tiny tooth-like

projection, at apex; the propodus is subequal in length to carpus (barely shorter

than it); dactylus rather short, two-thirds as long as propodus, and equal to

longest terminal seta.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 111

Basis of second peraeopods shorter than rest of limb; ischium and merus

each with an onter plumose subapical seta; merus without spine, not as long as

carpus and propodus together, and much shorter than propodus and dactylus

together ; carpus with inner angle produced as tiny tooth and with three slender

distal spines, the outermost much the longest; dactylus relatively long, but not

twice as long as propodus, inner edge serrate; longest terminal spine not quite as

long as the dactylus.

Fig. 34. Cyolaspis nitida, paratype male; A to C, first, second and third peraeopods; D,

uropod; D1, apex of exopod of uropod; D2, endopod of uropod (A to D, * 67; Bland D2, x 134;

D1, X 270).

Fossorial legs with setae relatively well-developed (ischium three, merus

one, carpus three and propodus one) ; the propodal seta is about twice as long

as daetylus; merus and carpus subequal in length; basis of third peraeopod as

long as rest of limb.

Pedunele of uropod twice as long as telsonie somite, and one and two-third

times length of subequal rami; inner edges with a series of long plumose setae

for whole length, the distal five shorter, more slender and serrate rather than

plumose; below setae is a row of spinules; exopod with inner marein serrate and

set with seven plumose setae at middle third, apically with two mucrones; endo-

pod with inner margin serrate (as in fig. 34, D*) with five slender spines on

proximal half and two spines, simpler, stouter and more downbent, on posterior

half; apical third narrow, unarmed and with acute tip.

Colour: semi-transparent, with sooty mottlings and a few black spots.

Length 4 mm.

Loc, New South Wales: Cronulla, 8 feet, 8 to 8.20 p.m., and near Jibbon,

112 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

30 fath. (K. Sheard, Sept. 1942 and May 1943). Type in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No. C. 2416.

Males only, taken with submarine light.

The spines on the inner margin of the endopod of the uropod vary from five

to nine (proximal half) plus two to three; the exopod has seven or eight plumose

setae at middle third in all examples.

Separated from the related species by the characters given in the key.

Easily determinable under low magnification are the absence of slight dorsal

emargination of the carapace, and antennal ridge; the short rami of the uropoda

in relation to peduncle and with mucrones on exopod, together with the long

setae of the posterior peraeopods.

levis group (¢).

Carapace as in pura and nitida.

Apex of endopod of uropod simple, that of exopod with spines.

One Australian species, and one from New Zealand.

CyYcLASPIS CALMANI Sp. noy.

Cyclaspis levis Calman (nec Thomson), 1907, p. 8, pl. v, fig. 6-8.

The present writer agrees with Calman in supposing some gross inaccuracies

in Thomson’s description of levis but (with apologies to Dr. Calman) assumes

that the uropods and terminal joints of the first peraeopods should have been

reasonably clear to the author of the species and that his figures of these features

are, with reservations, useful.

The examination of a large number of specimens of various species of the

levis group substantiates the fact that the presence or absence of terminal spines

on the rami of the uropods or of mucrones on the exopod alone, provides a con-

stant and reliable specific character. Thomson shows the apices of both rami as

simple and it seems unlikely that he could have overlooked terminal spines while

observing the armature of the inner margin of the endopod (see also notes under

levis herein).

The two species in question would be separated thus:

Exopod of uropod with an apical spine. First peraeopods with propodus little longer than

carpus. calmani.

Both rami of uropod without terminal spine. First peraeopods with propodus much longer

than carpus (nearly as long as merus and carpus together). levis.

Cycuaspis corront Hale.

Cyclasnis cottoni Hale, 1937, p. 62, fig. 1-2.

Some adult males, up to 4 mm. in length, and secured by submarine light

collecting in two fathoms, are available from Pt, Lincoln and Corny Point, Spen-

cer Gulf, South Australia. The male allotype, also from Spencer Gulf, was not

fully mature.

The carapace of these males is wider in front than in the ovigerous female

(Hale, ut supra, fig. 1, b) and the breadth across the front is about equal to that

posteriorly; the ocular lobe is not much longer than wide, is black in colour,

and bears nine distinct lenses; the middle three are black and are larger than

the lateral ones, which are pale yellow and increase successively in size from

front to back; the dorsal carina of the carapace reaches to apex of ocular lobe.

The first antennae are a little longer than in the female. First peraeopods

much as in female but dactylus is a shade shorter, two-thirds length of propodus,

and has a strong terminal seta and two or three thinner and shorter setae, as

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 113

in some of the related forms, not. a brush such as occurs in the adult male of

pura, ete.

The second peraeopods have a plumose seta on ischium, an outer apical

spine on merus, two opposite apical spines on carpus and the dactylus is twice

as long as the propodus. The third to fifth legs have the fossorial setae long, two

on the carpus, and reaching well beyond apex of dactylus, as in fig. 3, H.

Fig. 35. Cyclaspis cottoni, adult male; A, antennal notch and first antenna; B, cephalo-

thorax and first pleon somite from above; C, anterior portion of carapace; D and H, terminal

joints of first and second peraeopods; F, fourth peraeopod; G, uropod (A, D and E, X 110;

B, X 25; C, F and G, x 64).

In the uropoda the peduncle is more than one-third as long again as the

equal rami and bears a row of plumose setae on inner margin and, above these

on posterior fourth, a row of shorter setae; the inner margin of the endopod

has a row of about ten setae proximally, followed by a row of thirteen short

spines, five short, one longer, six short and one longer; distal portion unarmed

and apex simply pointed; endopod with a series of long plumose setae; apex

truncate with a long and a short terminal spine.

SECTION 2.

exsculpta group.

Each side of carapace with two antero-lateral tubercles and at least one postero-lateral

prominence, the last sometimes massive; these assist in marking out the subquadrangular de-

pressed area characteristic of the group. Excepting the spinose aspera, this lateral concavity

is emphasized by more or less distinct enclosing ridges, including two transverse carinae which

extend across the back in at least the female of all but australis, where only the posterior carina

is developed on the back.

In the female the carapace as seen from the side, and from above, is uneven owing to bold

sculpturing. Marked sexual dimorphism may occur in the fully adult (i.e. tribulis) and the

lateral concavity of the male be hardly existent, although its outline is marked more or less by

elevations and by ridges,

114 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Mucrones are present on the apex of the exopod of the uropod of aspera; they are found

in the juvenile of tribulis and bovis but not in the adult.

Hight Australian species, including similis, which is recorded from Queensland by Foxon,

and excluding exsculpta, which was taken off the northern tip of Queensland, actually in the

Austro-Malayan sub-region.

CycLASPIs TRIBULIS Hale.

Cyclaspis tribulis Hale, 1928, p. 34, fig. 3-4.

Specimens from a number of localities and ranging in size from 2-7 mm.

(juveniles with last pair of peraeopods undeveloped) to 13 mm. to 15 mm. (ovigerous

females and adult males), enable one to discuss the great variation exhibited by

the species.

All examples possess the median dorsal elevation, p.o.t. in accompanying

figures, at the base of the ocular lobe, and anterior to the first transverse carina,

referred to in the original description of the species; even in juveniles 2-7 mm. in

length it is represented by a very slight prominence (fig. 86, G). In the sub-

adult it may be tooth-like (fig. 36, F, of an example 10 mm, in length) rounded-

conical, or in the form of a compound tubercle.

Ovigerous females (from Tasmania and New South Wales) show a remark-

able development of the sculpture previously described for the 12 mm. subadult

e.f. Hale, 1928, fig. 3, a and b with fig. 36 A-C herewith). The surface of the

carapace is coarsely reticulate posteriorly, more or less strongly tuberculate or

studded with blunt spines anteriorly, The dorsal elevation at the base of the

eye-lobe is a transversely elongate, flat-topped tubercle and is connected by a very

short longitudinal carina to the first transverse ridge. The pseudorostral suture

is fused. The median dorsal ridge is wide and flattened, with irregular edges:

the dorsal margin of the carapace and the dorso-lateral carina may be more or

less spinose. The prominences on the transverse ridges are very large; the

posterior pair are concave and spoon-like in front. The median tubercle at the

hinder end of the carapace is large and conical in old specimens. The first pedi-

gerous somite is exposed, but is short.

In the first peraeopods (imperfect in the types) the basis is a little longer

than the remainder of the limb, and has serrated edges; the ischium is two-thirds

as long as the merus, which is expanded distally; the carpus is twice as long as

the merus, a little longer than the dactylus and three-fourths as long as the pro-

podus: the anterior segments sometimes bear sparse black spots.

As in the types the rami of the uropods are subequal in length to the ped-

uncle the exopod slightly longer than the endopod and with the apex dilated; the

inner margin of the endopod is spinulose for half its length and that of the

exopod bears strong plumose setae.

Length 13 mm. to 14 mm.

Submature males and females, 7 mm. to 10 mm. in length, may have more

or less strongly developed teeth on the dorsum and on the dorso-lateral ridges;

in these individuals the propodus of the first legs is longer than the carpus and

the peduncle of the uropoda is as long, or almost as long, as the rami.

Juvenile examples, 2-7 mm. or so in length (and taken with a 40 mesh trawl

in New South Wales), have the primary reticulation of the carapace relatively

coarse and the elevations far less prominent, the propodus of the first peraeopods

not or scarcely longer than the carpus and the peduncle of the uropods relatively

short, only about half the length of the rami; both rami of the uropoda bear

terminal mucrones (fig. 36, H*).

Adult males (from Tasmania) are so markedly dissimilar from the sub-

adult of this sex (c.f. Hale, 1928, fig. 3, b, and fig. 37, A-B herewith) that one

is inclined to give them specific rank. Comparison, however, shows that the strue-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 115

ture is essentially the same, and that evidently the carapace becomes elongated

and narrowed in old examples, not expanded and deepened as in large females.

Integument strongly calcified and reticulated. Carapace less than one-third

total length of animal, twice as long as deep, and wider than deep; as seen from

eecudecte

easter

Doe

peers

Fig. 36. Cyclaspis tribulis, ovigerous female; A, B and ©, carapace from side, front and

above; D, first peraeopod; E, telsonic somite and uropod. F, Carapace of a ‘‘spiny’’ non-ovigerous

female. Lateral views of G, cephalothorax and H, telsonie somite and uropod of juvenile; H1,

apices of rami of uropod (A to O, X 84; D and F, X 12; H, X 20; G and H, X 34; H1, x 145).

the side the dorsal margin is only slightly elevated posteriorly, thence a little

convex to base of ocular lobe, where there is a marked tumidity (p.o.t.); each

antero-lateral area immediately behind pseudorostral lobes expanded laterally

(so that in dorsal view the carapace is widest here) and with two confluent tumi-

dities armed with conical tubercles; pseudorostral lobes with short elevated

ridges ; sides of carapace with coarse reticulations and a few short ridges.

116 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Posterior to the middle of the length there is a pair of blunt tubercles (corre-

sponding to the large postero-lateral prominences of the adult female); from

each of these a faintly defined posterior transverse ridge runs obliquely back to

meet, near inferior margin of carapace, a still fainter ‘‘ridge,’’ which curves back

from the lower of the antero-lateral prominences; these carinae, with the obsolete

Fig. 37. Cyclaspis tribulis, adult male; A, lateral view; B, carapace from above; C, terminal

joints of second peraeopod (A and B, X 11; C, X 84).

dorso-lateral ridge, enclose an area which is seareely at all concave. Dorsum

with a median, smooth longitudinal carina, irregularly expanded, particularly

at base of ocular lobe and posterior to the pseudorostral lobes, where a few lateral

projections extend from it, as in the adult female; immediately behind pseudo-

rostral lobes an irregular flattened carina extends sideways to each of the upper

antero-lateral tumidities, forming a cross with median carina. Pseudorostral

lobes not quite reaching to level of apex of ocular lobe, which is narrow, widest

anteriorly and bears distinct lenses. Antennal noteh wide and antennal tooth

obtusely angular.

First pedigerous somite concealed; second elevated dorsally, and third to

fifth with dorsal carinae.

Pleon very much more robust than in adult female; each somite with median

carina, produced a little backwards on first four somites (as on last pedigerous

somite) ; first five with distinct articular pegs; fifth somite about one-fourth

as long again as the others, which are subequal in length.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 117

Third maxilliped with basis three times as long as rest of limb; outer apical

lobe reaching to level of insertion of carpus; merus twice as long as ischium and

half as long again as carpus, which is subequal to propodus and dactylus.

First peraeopods with distal end of carpus reaching well beyond antennal

notch; basis slightly produced apically, one-third as long again as rest of limb ;

carpus a little shorter than propodus, one-fourth as long again as dactylus and

twice as long as merns, which is half as long again as ischium.

Pig, 38, Cyclaspis tribulis, adult male; A, third maxilliped; B to F, first to fifth peraeopods ;

G, uropod (x 25).

Basis of second to fifth peraeopods with carinate inner margin. Second

with basis longer than rest of limb; merus with two plumose setae, longer than

carpus, and about as long as propodus and dactylus together; carpus with two

unequal terminal spines; dactylus with a terminal spine as long as itself and

two smaller spines. Basis of fourth and fifth peraeopods deep, little more than

twice as long as depth (including crest) in fifth.

Pedunele of uropoda about one-fourth as long again as telsonie somite and

equal in length to exopod, which is one-tenth as long again as endopod; inner

margin of exopod with setae, that of endopod with hairs on anterior half and

about a dozen short spiues on posterior half; inner margin of pedunele with

plumose hairs,

Colour white,

Leneth 18-5 mm. to 15 mm.

Loc, Tasmania: off Babel Is., 0-50 metres (‘*Warreen’’ Station 29,1939). New

118 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

South Wales: Lat. 28° 37’ S., long. 153° 42’ E. (K. Sheard, submarine light,

Sept. 1938, 10.30 p.m. to 12.5 a.m.) ; off Wata Mooli, 70 metres, 9 a.m., and off

Jibbon, 70 metres, and 45-50 metres (K. Sheard, July-Aug. 1943).

Hab. South Australia, Tasmania and New South Wales.

The above characters and those mentioned in the original description serve

to separate tribulis from the North-Western Australian supersculpta Zimmer

(1921, p. 7, fig. 8-11). Even in the very young of tribulis there is a slight trace

of the elevation at the base of the eye-lobe, not shown in the figure of Zimmer’s

much larger specimen. It is unfortunate that a complete individual of exsculpta

Sars (1877, p. 20, pl. i, fig. 24-26) from Torres Strait, is not available. Sars’

species, described from the thorax only, was under 5 mm. long (estimated by

Stebbing, 1913, p. 35) and while the sculpture is entirely different from that of

tribulis, it is very close to supersculpta.

Cycuaspis Bovis Hale.

Cyclaspis bovis Hale, 1928, p. 82, fig. 1-2.

A young example, 6-5 mm. in length, and with the last pair of peraeopods

not developed, is referred to this species; it has the carapace relatively more

massive and more strongly sculptured than in the almost adult female (c.f. fig.

39, A and Hale, 1928, fig. 1).

Fig. 39, Cyclaspis bovis, juvenile; lateral views of A, thorax and B, telsoniec somite and

uropod; C, rami of uropod (A and B, X 12; C, X 66).

The sides of the carapace are conspicuously excavate; the depression is

bounded in front by the large and very much elevated antero-lateral tooth and

dorso-laterally by a ridge extending forward from the posterior horns; the re-

mainder of the edges of the depression bears large granules; these last are vaguely

grouped at the sites of the two low elevations which are recorded for the types on

the posterior part of the sides.

The anterior transverse ridge is elevated and tubereulate medianly; the

sculpture of the integument is squamose-reticulate.

The uropods are relatively shorter than in the adult and the apex of the

exopod (dilated in the adult) has a mucro; the endopod is barely longer than

the exopod, is four-fifths as long as the peduncle (less than half as long in adult)

and the inner margin has eight teeth.

Loc. New South Wales; off Cape Three Points, 41-50 fath. (‘‘Thetis’’ Sta-

tion 18, Feb. 1898). ;

The species is large; the South Australian types, though immature, are 18

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 119

and 19:5 mm. in length. It has the same general plan of seulpture as its ally,

the Austro-Malayan persculpta Calman (1905, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 1-8), but presents

a number of obvious differences.

This young specimen offers an interesting comparison with the juveniles of

tribulis in that the seulpturing is more massive than in the subadult; the condi-

tion is reversed in tribulis.

CYCLASPIS MAWSONAE sp. Nov.

Adult male. Integument strongly calcareous.

Carapace a little less than one-third of total length, twice as long as deep

and a little wider than deep; in profile the dorsal margin is slightly convex, with

a shallow indentation at about middle of length.

HH.

Fig. 40. Carapace of paratype male of Cyclaspis mawsonae (X 42).

The carapace is coarsely reticulately pitted, with a fine reticulate back-

ground pattern as described for usitata, but the coarse reticulations are particu-

larly large and distinct and their edges, arranged end to end, play an impor-

tant part in the formation of longitudinal ridges (see fig. 40) ; the limy granules

of the integument are thick on the raised edges of the large reticulations, but the

bottoms of the pits are less calcified (fig. 41 D, by transmitted light).

The anterior transverse carina crosses the back and continues to the sides,

where it traverses the two antero-lateral tubercles; from the lower of the last-

named a longitudinal ridge, emphasized by the edges of the large reticulations,

runs back to the hinder margin of the carapace; beneath this a similar ridge ex-

tends from below the antennal tooth to the inferior margin, near its hinder end;

above it the edges of the reticulate pits mark less defined longitudinal carinae

and there is a dorso-lateral ridge; the posterior transverse ridge is absent, but is

indicated by a scarcely discernible irregularity of the surface; there is a blunt

dorsal longitudinal ridge. Pseudorostral lobes barely reach to level of apex

of ocular lobe, which is moderately wide, with bisinuate anterior margin, and

bears seven pigmented lenses, arranged as in fig. 41 C. Antennal notch rather

narrow and antennal tooth subacute; pseudorostral suture fused.

Pedigerous somites together two-thirds as long as carapace; first somite con-

cealed; second, fourth and fifth somites each with an elevated carina, that of

120 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

second and fourth almost tooth-like; second to fifth somites successively increas-

ing in length and with infero-lateral portions more or less backwardly produced.

First antenna with basal joint longer than second and third together ; flagel-

lum shorter than second or third joints, which are subequal in length.

Third maxilliped with basis about two and three-fourths times as long as

remaining joints together ; outer apical angle rounded, reaching to level of middle

of length of merus, which is more than twice as long as carpus; dactylus, propo-

dus and carpus subequal in length.

Fig. 41. Cyclaspis mawsonae, paratype male; A, lateral view; B, dorsal view of carapace;

C, anterior portion of carapace; D, calcification of carapace (A and B, X 15; C, X 40; D, x 72).

First peraeopods with distal end of carpus reaching beyond antennal angle;

basis nearly one-half as long again as remainder of limb, with apex produced and

with two plumose setae; merus half as long again as ischium and more than half

as long as carpus which is a little shorter than propodus and longer than dactylus.

Second peraeopod with basis a little longer than rest of limb, with merus

almost as long as carpus and propodus together; dactylus almost as long as

carpus and one-third as long again as propodus, with a stout terminal spine much

longer than itself and two shorter robust spines; ischium and merus each with

a plumose seta; carpus with two stout unequal spines, the longer serrate, and

reaching to level of apex of dactylus.

Basis of third peraeopod as long as rest of limb, and with long plumose

setae on inner margin; ischium with two setae; merus equal in length to carpus

and with one subapical seta; carpus about, one-half as long again as propodus,

and bearing two subapical setae (almost slender spines) and a spine which

reaches level of apex of dactylus; propodus with a similar but shorter spine, also

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 121

reaching to same level (fig. 42, D) ; dactylus almost as long as propodus, with a

slender subapical spine and a minute spine on outer margin; fourth and fifth

peracopods similar, but basis as usual successively shorter.

Pedunele of uropoda about one-sixth as long again as telsonie somite and

subequal in length to exopod, which is barely longer than endopod (35.34) and

Fig. 42, Cyclaspis mawsonae, paratype male; A, first antenna; B, C and D, first, second and

third peraeopods; H, telsonic somite and uropod (A and D, * 64; B and B, * 40; © and

Dl, ¥ 114).

has the apex subacute and simple; inner margins of exopod and peduncle with

a dense fringe of long setae; endopod with acute apex but no terminal spine,

the inner margin with two rows of plumose setae on proximal half and about

eight spines on distal half; terminal fifth of both rami unarmed.

Colour white, with a few large and rather scattered brown spots.

Length 10 mm,

Loc. South Australia: St. Vincent Gulf, off Brighton jetty (Patricia Maw-

son and L. M. Angel, submarine light, Oct. 13, 1941, 9.30 to 9.45 p.m.). Type

male in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. ©. 2356.

Over three hundred specimens were taken from a swarm of males, and a

series of thirty or so was preserved. As shown in the figures, plumose setae are

well-developed on the basis of the fossorial legs and on the uropods.

122 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

This species, which is named after Miss Patricia Mawson, somewhat resembles

the male of tribulis, but the seulpturing is very different, and the joints of the

maxillipeds and peraeopods are of different proportions,

Although mawsonae obviously belongs to the exsculpta group, it has no

posterior transverse carina (mere suggestion only) and no quadrangular de-

pression on the side. C. candida (male only known) has a faint posterior trans-

verse carina according to Zimmer (1929, p. 9, fig. 12-18), the inferior portion of

the carapace is not marked off by an oblique longitudinal ridge running back

from below antennal tooth, the lower ridge of the ‘‘quadrangle’’ does not con-

tinue right to the hinder edge of the carapace, and the upper margin of the

second pedigerous somite is steeply oblique, not elevated as in mawsonae.

Acceptance of the fact that extreme sexual dimorphism occurs in tribulis

leads to consideration of the possibility of an association between the swarming

of mawsonae males and that, a week later at the same place, of newly moulted

usitata females with fully developed but empty marsupium.

In the case of tribulis, however, there are definite features linking the sexes

—the presence of a post-ocular tuberele at all stages, the distinctive character of

the dorsal carina of the carapace, the fossorial limbs, ete. There are no such

parallels in mawsonae and usitata, but on the contrary the sculpture of the cara-

pace and the fossorial limbs are markedly different; the setae of these peraeopods

are much longer in usitata, and in both sexes of tribulis, than they are in maw-

sonae (ef. D in fig. 42 and 43).

Cycuaspis usitaTa Hale.

Cyclaspis usitata Hale, 1932, p. 549, fig. 1.

Further material throws a little more light on this species, which is ap-

parently abundant in parts of St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia; as previously

suggested it is possible that wsitata is the female of candida Zimmer (1921, p. 9,

fig. 12-18) from North-Western Australia.

Like the members of the exsculpta group in general, it is a highly calcified

species. The type (10 mm.) is the largest example so far secured. In this the

second transverse carina of the carapace is interrupted on the back.

Adult females. A large number of females, 7 mm. or so in length, was col-

lected at Brighton, South Australia, by Miss Patricia Mawson, using a submarine

light. In these the second transverse carina of the carapace is continued across

the back to the median carina, although it is faint immediately alongside the

last-named. The anterior transverse ridge, as it crosses. the back, has a well-

marked median projection, sometimes tooth-like; it is more distinct inferiorly

than in the larger type female.

First antenna stout and relatively large, with basal joint shorter than second

and third together; third little longer than second; flagellum very short.

The basis of the second peraeopods is a little longer than the rest of the

limb and its inner edge bears a row of stout plumose setae; ischium and merus

each with two subapical setae but no spines; carpus short, together with propodus

as long as merus, and with one stout apical spine; longest terminal spine of dac-

tylus as long as dactylus plus propodus. Fossorial peraeopods stout; carpus not

much longer than merus and with three subterminal setae which with propodal

seta reach well beyond apex of dactylus (fig. 43, D).

Pedunele of uropods distinctly shorter than rami, with plumose hairs, on

inner margin; exopod a little longer than endopod, with a long row of inner

plumose hairs, and with apex subacutely rounded; endopod with inner edge

serrate.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 123

Subadult females (New South Wales), show the surface patterning well.

The front of the pseudorostral lobes, the antennal tooth area and part of the

lower edge of the carapace are finely reticulate; beyond these portions there oc-

eurs a coarse reticulate or squamose pitting with diameter about six times that

of the small reticulations, which are continued on the edges of the secondary

reticulation.

Fig. 43. Cyclaspis usitata, newly moulted, transparent adult female; A, cephalothorax;

B, first antenna; C and D, second and fourth peraeopods; E, uropod, Juvenile, 2:3 m.m.;

F, cephalothorax; G, fourth peraeopod; H, uropod (A, X 16; B, Cand G, X 72; D and H, X 45;

I, X 26; H, x 116).

The anterior transverse carina is distinct and is elevated medianly to form

a small dorsal tooth; thence as it continues downwards on each side it crosses two

low tumidities which are slightly concave immediately in front of the carina, so

that a tooth-like prominence results. In some eases the upper of these projec-

tions is angular and almost spine-like. The ‘‘blunting’’ of these features in the

type female may be due to age.

In lateral view the profile of the narrow ocular lobe is straight; thence the

dorsal outline rises obliquely to the first transverse carina, but is quite unbroken

by tooth or tubercle; between the two transverse carinae the margin is very

slightly concave and posterior to it is arched upwards and downwards; at the

hinder end of the back the median conical elevation is large.

In dorsal view the carapace is of equal width where crossed by the trans-

verse carinae.

The stout uropods are less than twice as long as the telsonic somite; the

pedunele is a little shorter than the endopod, which is slightly longer than the

exopod, and six times as long as wide.

124 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Colour yellow.

Length to 7 mm,

Juveniles, about 2:3 mm. in length, are similar to young of tribulis, but the

carapace lacks a post-ocular dorsal projection; the characteristic ridging of the

carapace is pronounced, but the posterior median elevation is low and as usual

the appendages are stouter and relatively shorter than in the adult.

The peduncle of the uropods is stout, much shorter than the rami, which

are relatively wider than in older examples.

Loc. South Australia: St. Vincent Gulf. New South Wales: Jervis Bay.

Fig. 44. Cyclaspis usitata, subadult female (New South Wales); A, lateral view; B, cara-

pace from above (X 19).

Material attracted to light at Brighton, October 22, 1941, and again in No-

vember 1943, consisted largely of subadult and adult females, all of which had

recently moulted. They were almost all flaccid, the integument transparent with

black pigment spots, and not at all or scarcely calcified, although in some indura-

tion was proceeding and the very coarse pitted patterning characteristic of the

exsculpta group was noticeable. These adult females are smaller than the type

(7 mm. as against 10 mm.) and about equal in size to the subadult female from

New South Wales which is figured (fig. 44 A and B). The marsupium is fully

developed but contains no eggs; the ovaries are swollen with large ova (approx.

0-4 mm.) easily visible through the transparent integument as large, bright yel-

low masses (fig. 48, A). It may be that, as in some other Crustacea, mating

occurs at this period.

Some of the specimens discussed above, females and juveniles, were attracted

by green light on November 22, 1941, at 8.15 p.m., and it is worthy of note that

at the same place and time Cumacea flocked around the green light in much

greater numbers than the ever present Amphipoda, which appeared in over-

whelming numbers when a red light was used. A ‘‘white’’ lamp produced prac-

tically the same result as the green.

As noted under mawsonae, the male of that species swarmed at Brighton on

October 13, 1941, a week prior to the swarming of the females of usitata.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 125

CYCLASPIS ASPERA Sp. DOV.

Subadult male. Integument firm, calcified; reticulate and conspicuously

spinulose.

Carapace with dorsal margin little arched in lateral view, one-fourth of

total length of animal, more than one-half its own length and about. two-thirds of

greatest breadth. Carapace with four lateral spinose elevations on each side;

two are placed at about the first fourth of length close together, the one imme-

Pig. 45. Cyclaspis aspera, A, lateral view of type male. B, carapace of paratype male

from above aid C, lateral view of front portion of carapace. D, lateral view of carapace and

anterior thoracie somites of female. (A, Band D, x 154; G, * 32).

diately above the other; the other two are situated at three-fourths of the length,

one aboye the other, hut widely separated; the side of the carapace has a quad-

rangular coneayity, the four corners marked by the spinose elevations but en-

closing ridges are obsolete; in dorsal view the width is greatest across the ventral

postero-lateral elevations. Dorsum of carapace with a low, spinose median ca-

rina, which bifureates at level of posterior end of ocular lobe, thence running

back as two distinct spimose rows which tend to come together again at posterior

end of carapace. Pseudorostral lobes not quite attaining apex of ocular lobe,

which is much longer than wide, with small but distinct lenses. Antennal notch

distinet. moderately deep, and antennal tooth subaente.

126 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First pedigerous somite concealed ; second deep, short and elevated dorsally ;

fifth longer than third and fourth somites.

First five somites of pleon with well-developed articular processes; all but

fifth somite subequal in length.

A median dorsal carina (perhaps better described as a defined series of

short median spines) extends along the last three thoracic somites and the pleon

almost to the end of the telsonic somite, where it bifurcates; the exposed pediger-

ous and anterior pleon somites bear lateral expansions; these are merely slight

spinose elevations on all but the last pedigerous and first pleon somites, where

they form wing-like projections.

Fig. 46. Cyclaspis aspera, type male; A, first antenna; B, third maxilliped; C, D and &, first,

second and fourth peraeopods; F, uropod (A and D, X 84; B and C, X 26; E, X 50; F, x 35).

First antennae with second segment stouter and longer than third; second

and third together three-fourths as long as stout basal joint.

Basis of third maxillipeds more than twice as long as rest of limb, with outer

apical portion reaching forward almost to distal end of merus and capped with

plumose setae; carpus as long as the slender dactylus, and twice as long as the

propodus; merus, including its apical expansion, as long as carpus and propodus

together.

First peraeopod slender, much longer than carapace, its merus reaching

forward to level of antennal tooth; basis almost as long as rest of limb, with

margins serrate, with a small but distinct apical process, and with a plumose

apical seta; merus, carpus, propodus and (to a less defined extent), dactylus

with serrated edges; ischium with short spines at outer part of apex; merus half

as long as carpus, which is longer than the dactylus and shorter than the propo-

dus.

Basis of second peraeopods longer than rest of limb; merus longer than

HALE--AUSTRALIAN CUMAGEA 127

carpus and as long as propodis and dactylns together; longest terminal dactylar

spine not much shorter than earpns, propodus and dactylus together, the other

two unequal,

Last three pairs of peraeopods with basis becoming successively shorter;

longer than rest of limb in third, a little shorter in fourth and only as long as

ischium merus and carpus combined in fifth; setae see fig. 3, I.

Pedunele of uropods shorter than telsonie somite and serrate on outer side :

endopod serrate on inner margin, slender, without apieal spine, one-sixth as long

again as peduncle and a little shorter than the exopod, which bears slender setae

on inher margin and two minute apieal mucrones,

Colour milky white, without markings,

Length 9-5 mm.

Owigerous female, Carapace in lateral view of different. shape (c.f, fiz, 45,

A and D); first pedigerois somite partly exposed aud the second relatively

longer than in the male,

Loc. New South Wales: off Coffs Harbour, 50 metres (KX. Sheard, June

1941). East of Pt, Hacking, trawled on mud, 100 metres (K. Sheard, July 1943),

Of Botany Bay, 50-52 tath, (‘' Thetis’ Station 37, Mar. 1898), off Jibbon, 46-55

fath. (‘*Thotis’’ Station 38, Mar. 1898). Off Cape Three Points, 34-23 fath.

('' Thetis” Station 13, Mar. 1898), Eden, 4 miles off shore, in silt, 70 metres (K.

Sheard, Oct, 1948), 'vpe male in Sourh Australian Museum, Reg, No, C. 2376,

The four prominent lateral projeetious of the carapace and the absence of

lransverse ridges (hereon, the long first peraeopods and the spinose body dis-

linginsh this species,

The lateral elevations are more spinose or more aehte in some examples

than in those Wlusteated; the upper and lower antero-lateral elevations are often

conjoined on each side, but still retain their character as distinct projections.

CYCLASPIS AUSTRALIS Sars.

Myelasms australis Sars, 1887, p. 12, pl. i, fig. 1-20; Calman, 1907, p. 7, Steb-

bing, 1913, p. 38.

Aars' types from Victoria were subadult. A considerable series now available

nakes it possible to amplify the original deseription,

Omgerons female (8mm, to 9 mm.), The carapace is about two-thirds as lang

us deep; in dorsal view It is widest in posterior balf where it. is three-fourths to five-

sixths as long as the medial length. The median longitudinal carina hears a

double row of small tubereles. At the first fourth of its length, each side of the

curapace tas two low anterotateral tubercles, from the lower of which runs

downwards and backwards an obsolete ridge. Behind the middle of the length

is Ww transverse carina (much more defined than the anterior) runing from the

median ridge a little forwards, then forming a decided angle (postero-lateral

tubercle) with its eurved lateral continuation, whieh meets the feeble anterior

carina near the iferior margin of the carapace; a low, oblique, swollen dorgo-

lateral ride extends from the postero-lateral prominence to the antero-lateral fi1-

hereles, The pecigerous and pleon somites are as described by Sars.

The surface is pitted, with the edges of the pits raised to form an il-marked

reticulate pattern. In certain lights these define a faint antennal ridge,

In the first peraeopods the basis is distinctly longer than the rest of the limh

and hears 4 seta at external apical angle and a shorter one at inner angle; the

carpus is shorter than the propodus (of equal length in Sars’ fiz. 16) and longer

than the dactylus.

128 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The second leg has the basis as long as the remaining joints, the merus

longer than the carpus or propodus, which are subequal in length. Setae of

posterior peraeopods as in fig. 3, I.

The peduncle of the uropoda is as long as the telsonic somite and as the

exopod, which is slightly longer than the endopod.

Submature examples have the usual characters of immaturity, the peduncle

of the uropods is shorter than the rami, etc. In some examples of both sexes,

about 8 mm. long, the ridges and elevations of the carapace are more defined and

the surface is coarsely reticulate (fig. 48 D-E).

Fig. 47. Cyclaspis australis, ovigerous female; A, lateral view; B, carapace from above

(X 15).

Loc. Tasmania: Off Babel Is., 0-50 metres (‘‘Warreen’’ Station 29, 1939).

New South Wales: Off Wata Mooli, 35 metres, on sand (Trawl Station 2, July

1943); off Jibbon 70, 40 and 45-50 metres (Trawl Stations 3, 6, 9 and 10,

July-Aug. 1943) ; 5 miles east of Pt. Hacking, 100 metres, on mud (K. Sheard,

July 1943) ; off Cape Three Points, 41-50 fath. (‘‘Thetis’’ Station 13, Feb. 1898) ;

Eden, 4 miles off shore, in silt, 70 metres (K. Sheard, Oct. 1943).

Hab. Victoria, Tasmania and New South Wales.

In his key to Cyclaspis spp. Stebbing (1913, pp. 29-80), from Sars’ descrip-

tion, separates australis from exsculpta, ete., in having ‘‘Ridges not enclosing

quadrilateral areas on carapace.’’ These areas are present though faintly

marked.

In the grouping here adopted, this species has a quite characteristic facies;

considering both adults and subadults, it has the sculpturing of the carapace less

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 129

marked than in other members of the exsculpta group. The elevations, or ridges,

bounding the subtriangular depression on the sides of the carapace are not so

distinctly defined. The posterior transverse ridge is, however, very definite; the

anterior one is traceable but does not meet its fellow on the back to form a dorsal

transverse ridge, nor is there at this level a dorsal prominence.

Fig. 48. Cyclaspis australis, ovigerous female: A and B, first and second peraeopods; C,

telsonie somite and uropod (X 26). Submature, coarsely reticulate female; D, lateral view;

E, carapace from above (A to C, X 26; D and B, x 15).

130 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Miscellaneous Species.

The remaining six ‘‘ sculptured’? Australian species form a varied assemblage; the female

is known only in sabulosa, which makes it still more impossible to group them satisfactorily.

C. simula alone has a long ridge running back from the antennal tooth, as well as other

longitudinal ridges on the sides of the carapace, and hus the dorsal and lateral contours of the

carapace broken and uneven owing to the seulpture.

C. cana, munda and pruvinosa all have the general form of the carapace as in the fully adult

male of tribulis and mawsonae (with the greatest width across the pseudolateral lobes) but the

sculpture is entirely different; the female of these species should prove of interest.

C, sabulosa and spilotes have eaeh side of the carapace relatively smooth, the single for-

wardly curved ridge being not at all prominent; it is obsolete for the greater part of ibs length

in the female of the first-named. C. spilotes (Hale, 1928, p. 36, fig. 5-G) has a sharply defined,

fine ridge traversing the aide,

CYCLASPIS SIMULA Bp. nov.

Young male. Integument firm, but of egg-shell fragility; finely and evenly

squamose throughout,

Carapace in lateral view with dorsal margin slightly elevated posteriorly,

Fig. 49. Cyclaspis simula, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace from above; (, front

portion of earapace from the side (A and B, 30; C, x 53).

thence rising to an abrupt peak at about middle of length (see fig. 49, A); one-

third of total length of animal, depth about two-thirds length, and one-fifth

greater than breadth; there is a somewhat angular, antero-lateral tumidity on

each side, and above this a series of four tubercles; on the lower half of the side

and near the posterior margin are two short carinae, one ahove the other, while

from the antennal tooth a longer carina curves backwards to almost meet the

lower of the short carinae; there is a group of four tubercles in front of the upper

short carina. Psendorostral lobes reaching to end of oeular lobe. Ocular lobe

large, barely longer than wide; lenses sooty. Antennal notch rather narrow and

tooth subacute,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 131

First pedigerous somite concealed; second to fifth each with sharp dorsal

carina; inferior postero-lateral angles of fifth somite rounded like those of first

four pleon somites.

All pleon somites with sharp dorsal carina; somites one to five with well-

developed articular processes; first to fourth and telsonic somite subequal in

length ; fifth one-half as long again.

Third maxillipeds with basis twice as long as rest of limb, with outer apical

lobe extending forward to level of insertion of carpus; merus with outer apical

lobe extending to a little beyond external apical angle of carpus; ischium a little

shorter than carpus and slightly longer than propodus, which is one-half as long

as merus.

Fig. 50. Cyclaspis simula, type male; A, third maxilliped; B, C and D, first, second and

fifth peracopods; C, terminal joints of second peraecopod; EK, telsonie somite and uropod, (A to B,

= 60; Cl, & 86).

First peraeopods only about as long as carapace; basis with a long plumose

seta at external apical angle and more than one-fourth as long again as the re-

mainder of limb, the segments of which are stout; ischium little more than half as

long as merus, which is eqnal in length to dactylus and shorter than propodus,

which is shorter than carpus.

Second peraeopods with basis as long as rest of limb; ischinm and propodus

short ; merus and carpus much longer and subequal in length; merus with an apical

spine and carpus with three, all unusually short; dactylus stout. with three ter-

minal spines, the middle very much longer than the others. Third to fifth peraeo-

pods as in fig. 3, B; one short plumose seta on basis, and one unusually short seta

on propodus; no other armature.

Pedunele of uropods about one-fourth as long again as telsonie somite; rami

equal in length, three-fourths as long as peduncle, rather broad, apically simple

and acute, inner edges coarsely serrate,

Colour milk white, without any dark pigment.

Length 3-9 mm,

152 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Loc. South Austalia: Page Is., 9 fath. (K. Sheard, submarine light, April

1941, 7 to 7.30 p.m.). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2331.

CYCLASPIS CANA sp. DOV.

Adult male, Integument strongly calcified.

Carapace small, less than half length of pleon and about one-fourth of total

length; a little more than twice as long as depth, which is slightly less than great-

est width; dorsal margin in lateral view scarcely at all arched ; surface not pitted,

Fig. 51. Cyclaspis cana, type male; A, lateral view; B, carapace and first four pedigerous

somites from above; ©, fourth and fifth pedigerous somites from the side. (A and B, ™ Lhd;

Cc, * 32).

with very fine reticulate pattern, and with minute sparse spinules; there is a well-

marked, spinose, median longitudinal carina for whole length and a short groove

leading back from the antennal notch; on each side are four rounded tubercles,

one (upper antero-lateral tubercle, from which extends obliquely forward an ob-

solete spinose ridge) on the hinder portion of the pseudorostral lobe, one below

this, one immediately behind the termination of the pseudorostral lobe, and one

at same level, at two-thirds of length; a feeble infero-lateral tuberele ig also

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 133

present. The carapace is widest across the lower of the anterior tubercles. Pseudo-

rostval lohes not meeting in front of ocular lobe. Antennal notch wide and angle

subacute. Ocular lobe narrow with distinct lenses.

Exposed pedigerous somites, with exception of third somite which is ex-

tremely short dorsally, each with a spinose carina; on the fourth and fifth this is

raised to form a thin serrated erest, below which is a spinose dorso-lateral oblique

ridge.

Fig. 52. Cyclaspis cana, type male; A, basis of first peraeopud; B, GC and D, seeond, fourth

and fifth peraeopods; E, telsonie somite and uropod; El, terminal half of rami of uropod, (A and

B, X 25; Band Hl, x 64; Cand D, x 40).

First to fifth pleon somites each with a median carina, a spinose dorso-lateral

carina on each side, and a few scattered spinules; each of the three ridges ter-

minates in a small projection at the hinder margins of the somites; telsonie somite

with a median carina, which bifurcates at {wo-thirds of length, an elevation mark-

ing the point of separation,

Basis of first. peracopods with two apical plumose setae (rest of limb missing).

Second peraeopod with basis little longer than remaining joints together;

merus fully as long as propodus and dactylus together, and longer than carpus ;

dactylus with terminal spine (which is flanked by two much shorter spines) longer

than mers; apex of carpus with a still longer spine, and one which is half as

long (fig. 52, B).

Third to fourth peraeopods slender, with long subterminal setae, two being

on carpus (fig. 5, G), which is unusually elongate.

Uropods with endopod a little longer than exopod, which is subequal in length

to pedunele, and to telsonic somite; inner marvin of peduncle with slender setae;

endopod with a comb-like series of spines at middle of length of inner edge, fol-

lowed by a row of stonter downwardly directed spines and preceded and partly

overlapped by finely-serrate long setae; there is a separate short, stout spine near

134 RtecorDS oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the narrowly subtruncate apex of the endopod and the outer margin is serrate;

exopod has the apex subacute and the inner margin bears long plumose setae.

Colour gray, darker on carapace,

Length 11 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: east of Port Hacking, 100 metes, on mud (Cronulla

Trawl Station, July 1943). Type male im South Australian Museum, No. C. 2596,

CYCLASPIS MUNDA sp, NOV.

Adult male. Integument calcified, with moderately coarse reticulation and

with larger, irregular squamose-tuberenlate surface markings.

Fig. 53. Cyclaspis munda, type male; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax from above. ©,

Lateral view of carapace of paratype male (> 19).

Carapace two-sevenths of (three and one-half times in) total length, less than

twice as long as depth which is equal to greatest width; dorsal margin in side

view little arched, with a slight depression behind middle of length and with a

low elevation at posterior end; there is a faint, double, median carina, which be-

comes single on ocular lobe; from the aforementioned interruption in the dorsal

outline there runs obliquely forward an obsolete ridge, below which is a second

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 135

and still less easily discernible ridge; below the posterior portion of each pseudo-

rostral suture are two confluent anterolateral tubercles, one below the other; the

carapace is widest across the lower of these tumidities. Pseudorostral lobes not

meeting in front of ocular lobe. Antennal notch wide and shallow; angle some-

what obtuse, with a small oval tumidity behind it. Ocular lobe narrow, with a

mulberry-like mass of prominent, pigmented lenses at anterior end.

7 |

)

Pig. 54. Cyclaspix munda, type male; A, third maxilliped; B, C, D and E, first, second,

fourth and fifth peraeopods; F, fifth pieon and telsonie somites, and uropod; M4, terminal half

of rami of uropod (A, B, D, E and F, X% 32; C and F1, * 80).

Pedigerous somites two and five with a median carina which is produced as

a little tubercle at posterior margins; fourth with a very faintly marked, double

median ridge, nol produced at hinder edge; third short dorsally, not carinate.

Sides of pleon somites, unlike leg-bearing ones, tumid fore and aft when seen

from above; first to fourth somites each with a median ridge, evanescent an-

teriorly but slightly produced at hinder end of somite; fifth with a median earina

on posterior third, bifureating anteriorly to form a pair of divergent dorso-lateral

earinae; telsonic somite with a low carina, ending abruptly at two-thirds of length,

un incision in the dorsal outline at its termination.

Third maxillipeds with basis and merns produced and widened apically to

form prominent lobes; carpus longer than propodus or dactylus.

First peraeopods slender ; basis longer than rest of limb, and with two apical

plimose setae; carpus a little shorter than propodus, and as long as the narrow

dactylus, which is shorter than its longest terminal seta.

Basis of second peraeopods not as long as remaining segments together ; merus

136 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

longer than carpus and propodus together; dactylus more than twice as long as

propodus, longer than its longest terminal spine; merus with a long plumose seta,

and carpus with three strong spines on distal margin. Fossorial legs with basis

as long as (third) or a liltle shorter than remaining segments together; setae

short, three on carpus as in fig, 38, 1. Uropods with rami subequal in length, longer

than the pedunele, which is longer than the telsonic somite; endopod with apex

acute and slightly curved ; both margins serrate, the inner also with a row of eight

downwardly-direected spines on posterior third and with serrate setae on anterior

two-thirds; inner edge of exopod and pedunele with plumose setae; apex of exo-

pod narrowly rounded, with small muero.

Colour brown, with darker spotting.

Length 8-75 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Off Wata Mooli, 35 metres, on sand (Cronulla 'lrawl

Station 2), and off Eden, 30 metres, coarse sand (Cronulla trawled Oct, 1948).

Type male in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2394.

CYCLASPIS PRUINOSA sp. DOV.

Adult male. Integument strongly ealcified, the body somites with minute

spines, giving the animal a hoary appearance.

c A=

a Pa

Vig. 55. Cyclaspis prvinosa, type male; A, lutern] view; B, carapace and second to fourth

pedigerous somites from ubove; C, culcification of carapace (A and B, % 18; G, % 140),

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 137

Carapace less than one-fourth of total length and more than twice as long

as deep; widest just behind first fourth of length, where it is much wider than

deep ; dorsal margin in side view not arched and not elevated posteriorly ; surface

conspicuously pitted; edges of the pits forming a raised reticulate pattern and

with minute blunt spines, arranged partly in double rows; there is a low, wide,

median longitudinal carina, with margins irregular owing to pitting; at about

nine Bete eco

sat [ee 1s eee Se ones

Fig. 56. Cyclaspis pruinosa, type male; A, first antenna; B, third maxilliped; C, first

peraeopod and C1, dactylus of same; D to F, second, third and fifth peraeopods; G, fifth pleon

and telsonic somites, and uropod; G1, terminal half of rami of uropod (A, % 50; B to G, x 32:

Cl and Gl, & 84).

two-thirds of its length this carina is crossed by a similar short transverse carina,

scarcely elevated and indicated mainly by its freedom from pitting. Pseudoros-

tral lobes barely attaining level of ocular lobe; anterior margin of each with a

finely serrated, laminate projection above antennal notch, concealing first antenna

when this is directed upwards; from this little lobe a short ridge projects back-

wards, and below it is an excavation, immediately above the pronounced, aeute

antennal tooth, which has a finely serrate antero-inferior edge. Ocular lobe as

wide as long, with anterior margin bilobed; eye distinct, a mass of pigment. on

each side of lobe,

Each pedigerous somite with a spinose dorsal median carina and with a

dorsolateral spinose carina on each side, most distinctly developed on the fourth

and fifth somites.

138 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pleon with a median longitudinal carina for whole length; each of the first

to fourth somites have six tiny projections at the hinder margin; two are on the

dorsum, close together, while there is on each side a dorso-lateral projection larger

than the dorsal ones, and one immediately above each articular peg.

First antennae with first segment of peduncle distinctly longer than all the

other joints together; second segment as long as third peduncular joint plus the

first of the two segments of the flagellum, which bears the usual two filiform ter-

minal appendages.

Fig. 57. Cyclaspis sabulosa, type female; A, lateral view of whole animal and B, of anterior

portion of carapace; C, cephalothorax from above (A and C, X 16; B, X 40).

Third maxillipeds with outer apical portions of basis and merus expanded

and produced forwards and with the anterior margins spinose; carpus spinose on

apical and inner edges, as wide as long and longer than either propodus or dac-

tylus.

i In the first peraeopods the basis is equal in length to the remaining segments

together ; it bears a plumose seta at outer apical angle and has the margins spinose ;

carpus stout, with spinose edges, shorter than the much more slender propodus

and more than twice as long as the dactylus, which is unusually short, as are its

terminal setae (fig. 56, C).

Basis of second peraeopods much longer than rest of limb; merus little longer

than carpus, but nearly twice as long as the short and stout dactylus, which is a

little shorter than its longest terminal spine.

Basis of third and fourth peraeopods longer than rest of limb, that of fifth

shorter; merus shorter than carpus in third and fourth, subequal in fifth; setae

sparse and short (see fig. 3, C).

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 139

Uropods with exopod barely longer than endopod, but three-fourths as long

again as peduncle, which is three-fourths as long as felson and has the margins

serrate, the inner with long plumose setae; inner edge of endopod with finely ser-

rate setae and with a long row of about a score of short, stout, downwardly-directed

spines; outer edge of endopod serrate; inner edge of exopod with long plumose

setae; both rami subacute and simple.

Colour white, pigmentation quite absent.

Length 8 mm.

Loc. Queensland ; off Fraser Is., lat. 24° 20’ 8.; long. 135° 02’ E., 25 metres.

(‘‘Warreen’’, Sept. 1938, 7.45 to 8.56 pm.). Type in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No. C, 2395.

CYCLASPIS SABULOSA sp. TOV.

Ovigerous female. Integument firm, calcified and easily fractured; polished

but with a very fine reticulate patterning.

Carapace with dorsal edge arched, incised at middle of length and with a low,

abrupt elevation near posterior end; in dorsal view it is ovoid with the sides

smoothly rounded ; it is a little less than one-third of total length of animal, almost

twice as long as greatest depth and much wider than deep. With a median carina,

flanked at middle of length by a faint short, tuberculate ridge, oblique, and with

Fig. 58. Qyelaspis sabulosa, type female; A, third maxilliped; B, apex of basis of first.

peracopod; © to F, second to fifth peracopods; C1, distal joints of seeond peraeopod; G, uropod

and G1, apex of its exopod with mucro (A, and C to G, X 40; Band Cl, X 120; G1, x 175),

140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

a faint tuberculate longitudinal ridge on each side of posterior half; on each side

of anterior half is an elongate shallow depression. Pseudorostral lobes not meet-

ing in front of ocular lobe, which is rather narrow with large and partly pig-

mented lenses. Antennal notch deep and angle subacute, rounded.

Part of first pedigerous somite visible; second to fifth somites each with a

low, median dorsal carina; second large, anteriorly elevated to highest level of

dorsum of carapace, thence sloping steeply downwards; third short dorsally but

expanded backwards infero-laterally ; fourth and fifth somites narrower and with

sides tumid.

Fig. 59. Cyclaspis sabulosa, paratype male; A, lateral view; B, cephalothorax and GC,

anterior portion of carapace, from above (A and B, X 19; ©, X 50).

Pleon somites each with a low median carina and sparsely studded with small

tubercles; lateral articular processes well-developed. Telsonic somite with an

abrupt dorsal incision at. junction of fused telson.

Basis of third maxilliped strongly geniculate, almost. twice as long as re-

mainder of limb, with outer apical portion expanded, the large lobe with plumose

apical setae; merus wide, with outer lobe reaching distal margin of carpus, which

is widest anteriorly and is as long as propodus and dactylus together, but shorter

than merus.

First peraeopods with carpus reaching beyond level of antennal angle; basis

about one-fifth as long again as rest of limb, with inner apical angle produced for-

wards to about middle of length of ischium, and with a long plumose seta at ex-

ternal distal angle (reaching to apex of merus), and a shorter subapical seta near

inner angle; carpus, propodus and dactylus subequal in length, and to ischium

and merus together.

Second peraeopod with basis as long as remaining joints together; ischium

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 141

with a long plumose seta; merus a little longer than carpus, as long as propodus

and dactylus together, with a slender plumose seta near external apical angle and

a spine at inner ; carpus with an inner and an outer subapical spine; dactylus not

much longer than propodus; the longest dactylar spine and the spines of the merus

and carpus are each about as long as propodus.

Basis longer than rest of limb in third legs, equal to it in fourth, and shorter

in fifth; carpus longer than merus in all three posterior peraeopods, which have

the setae long and well-developed (as in fig 3, K, and 58, C-F).

Fig. 60. Cyclaspis sabulosa, paratype male; A and B, first and second peraeopods ; C, uropod,

and Cl, apex of its exopod with mucro. D, first peraeopod of paratype ovigerous female (A to D,

x 50; B and Cl, xX 135).

Peduncle of uropoda more than one and three-fourths times as long as tel-

sonic somite; endopod half as long as peduncle, narrow in distal half, apically

subacute, with three coarse serrations and inset spines on proximal half of inner

margin; exopod slightly longer than endopod with a few setae on inner edge,

apex slightly dilated and with a mucro (fig. 58, G).

Colour white, the only trace of colour being provided by a few small pale

brown chromatophores on frontal lobe.

Length 7mm. (Ova -31 mm. in greatest diameter).

Subadult male. Integument calcified, with reticulate pattern small but

distinct.

Carapace considerably less than one-third of total length of animal; length

one and two-thirds times depth; in dorsal view it is suboval in shape, narrower

than in female, the width being less than the depth. Sides of carapace devoid

of outstanding ridges; on each side of median carina a pair of oblique linear

142 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

elevations (or very low, rounded carinae) run forwards, as shown in fig, 59, A

and B, The depression on each side of the frontal lobe is more marked than in

the adult female.

Ocular lobe sub-eivenlar, not much longer than wide, with nine prominent

lenses (fig, 59, ©), A thin, median carina on pedigerous and pleon somites as

in female, First pedigerous somite concealed. Articular pegs of pleon well-

developed,

Basis of first peracopods with apical projection and seta as im female but

longer, more than one-fourth as long again as remaining joints together, Carpus

of second péraeopods with a subapical and two apieal spines.

The pedunele of the uropoda is only one and one-third times as long as the

telsonie somite, and the subequal rami about two-thirds as long as pedunele;

exopod with six plomose setae on inner margin, its apex bulhons and with a trana-

versely flattened muero (fig. 60, C),

Colour of body light brown, with numerous small, dark brown ehromato-

phores,

Length 7 mm.

A single male and several ovigerous females,

Loc, New South Wales: off Jibbon. 40 metres and 45-50 metres, on coarse

sand (Cronulla Stations 6 and 10, July and Aug. 1948), Types in South Aus

tralian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2411 and 2414.

REFERENCES CITED.

Calman, W. 'T. (1905) : “The Gumacea of the Sibogn Expedition’’. Siboga Kxped,, Mon. xxxyi,

pp. 1-23, pl. iil, text fig, 1-4.

Calman, W. 'T. (1907): §¢On New and Rare Crnatacea of the Order Cumacea from the Collection

of the Copenhagen Musoum'*. Part I. Trans. Zool, Soe,, xvili, pp, 1-54, pl. imix.

Foxon, G, BW, H. (1938): Great Barrier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Soi. Rep., iv) No, 11, pp. 887-395;

fig. 5-10.

Foxon, G, B, A, (1936); Notes on the Natural History of Certain Sand-dwelling Cumaces, ran.

Mag. Nat, Hist. (10) xvii, pp, 377-398, fig, 1-7,

Hale, Herbert M. (1928): ‘Australian Cumacew’', Trans. Roy. Soe, 8. Aust. ii, pp. 1-48,

fig, 1-17.

Hale, Herbert M. (1982): ‘*A Cumacean New to South Australia’’. Ree. 8. Aust, Mus, iv,

pp. 549-550, fig. 1.

Hale, Iorbert M. (1936); ' Three New Cumacra from Sonth Australia’’, Bee, 8. Avast, Mus., v,

pp, 895-103, fig. 1-6.

Hale, Herbert M. (19864): ‘‘Cumacea from a Sonth Australian Reef’, Ree. 8, Aust, Mus., v,

p. 404-438, fig, 1-23.

Hale, Herbort M. (1937): ‘* Further Notes on the Cumacea of South Australian Reefa’’. Ree.

8. Aust, Mus,, vi, pp, 61-74, fig, 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M, (1943): '* Notea on Two Sand-dwelling Cumavea, Gephrocame and Pleroenmea''.

Ree. 8. Aust. Mus, vii, pp. 887-8428, fig, 1-9.

Hansen, H. 7, (1925 and 1940). ‘* Studies on Arthropoda’, ii and ii.

Surs, GO, (1887); Rep. Sei, Res, ** Challenger’, Zool. xix, part ly, (Report on the Cumacea ’?,

pp. 1-74; pl. iri.

Shourd, K. (1941); © Tmproved Methods of Collecting Marine Organinma'’'. Bee, 8. Aust, Mus,

vil, pp. 11-14, fig. 1.

Stebbing, T, R. R, (1913) 2 Cumacea (Sympoda), Das Tierreich, Lief xxxix, pp. 1-210, fig. 1-127,

Thomson, G. M. (1898): *¢On the Ocenurronce of Two Species of Cumacea in New Zealand’,

Tourn, Linn, Soe. (Zool.), xxiv, pp. 263-271, pl. xviexvitl,

Zimmer, Carl (1921); Reanlts of Dr. Mjéberg’s Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia,

1910-13, xxvi, Cumnceen. Kunal, Svenska Pet-Akad, Hand, ixi (No. 7), pp. 1-18, fig, 1-16.

Zimmer, Carl (19210); §* Mitteilung tibor Cumaceen des Berliner Zoologischen Mnsauma’’, Mitr,

Zool. Mus. Berlin, x, pp. 115-149, text fig, 15h,

Zimmer, Carl (19538): §‘Beobachtungen an lebenden Mysidaceen und Cumaceen’’. 8B. Gea,

Naturf. Fr Berlin, pp, 326-847, fig, 1-138,

THE EGG CAPSULE OF THE SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN

BALER SHELL MELO MILTONIS GRAY

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

There has been little research in Australia and indeed in the world, on molluscan eggs

and egg capsules. In South Australia many kinds are found washed up on the beach in

considerable quantity between the months September and December, and although the

specific identities of some have been decided, many are still uncertain. It is desirable

that any definite records and identification be published.

In this publication Vol VI, No. 1, November 30, 1937, p. 101, a description of the egg

capsule of a Western Australian specimen of Melo miltonis was given. The

protoconchs in the capsule were well developed and apparently on the point of

hatching, averaging 26 mm. in length. We have now a record of a South Australian

specimen. In November, 1943, Mr. Albert J. Blumson wrote detailing observations

made through his glass-bottomed boat and supplying a specimen of the Baler Shell

and its capsule taken in South Australia.

The EGG CAPSULE or tun SOUTHERN AUSTRALIAN

BALER SHELL MELO MILTONIS GRAY

Ry BERNARD C. COTTON, Concuorostsr, Sours AvsrratiaAn Museum.

‘nine has beer little regeareh in Australia and indeed in the world, on molluscan

eggs aidege capsules. In South Australia many kinds are found washed up on the

beach i considerable quantity between the months September and December, and

althoueh the speeifie identities of some have been decided, many are still uncertain.

It 1s desirable that any definite records and identification be published,

In this publication Vol. VI, No, 1, Nuvember 30. 1987, p. 101, a deseription of

the ege vapsule of a Western Australian specimen of Melo maltonis was given. The

protocanehs in the eapsule were well developed and apparently on the point of

hatching. averaging 26 mm, in leneth, We have now a reeord of a Sonth Australian

specimen, in November, 1943, Mr. Albert J, Blumson wrote detailing observations

made through lis glass-hottomed boat.and supplying a specimen of the Baler Shell

and its capsule taken in South Australia,

The specimen forwarded is dried and now measures in length 70 mm. and

width 70 mm,, but according to a photograph taken immediately after the specimen

was secured the dimeasions would be approximately in length 200 mm, and in

width 130 mm. atthe widest part vear the base, The capsule was taken in fourteen

feet of water off Cape Vivonne, near Ceduna, West Coast of South Australia.

When firgt seen in the Water it was atlached to a fragment of limestone and was in

size and shape very much like a pineapple, The surface shone like a piece of opal

with iridescent, bright, changing colours. The general surface consisted of mumer-

wus individual chambers with a space of about 6 mm. between. In eonsisteney it

was ahovt as tough and pliatile ‘as a new motor tyre’? The animal responsible

for the capsule is a perfect specimen measuring in leneth 250 mm, and width 140

mink, dud is mature, being comparatively thickened towards the outer lip. A

further Baler was observed in the process of forming a capsule. When taken hy

Mr. Ghonson the basal layer had already been deposited in the form of a disk on

(he upper avurface of a e¢mglumeradion of dead Port Lineoln ovster shells. The

Baler clung to the oysters so effectively that they could not be separated by hand.

The specimen was placed in a wet bag for later examination. The Baler clung to

the oysters for ten hours, and when it tinally relinquished its hold it was observed

that the bottom Iayer of ten sections of the egz capsule had been formed,

The epg capsules are normally attached to some hard and fixed surface, but

When accidentally detached they float base downwards and their centre of gravity

Mist be at such a point as to ensure this, for whatever way they are placed in the

water they roll over into theiy normally vertical position.

The complete capsule, now thoveaghly dried, has shrunk and the protoeonchs

have probably disinteyrated as they cannot be seen within the eayities. In all

probability the capsule had only just been completed and little development of the

embryonie shell had talcen place.

There are apparently abont ten sections, or individual eavities, situated at the

circumference of cach of the ten layers, giving a possible one hundred cavities

and proforonchs, thouch a number of the apical cavities may not contain embryos.

Compared with the Western Australian specimen, which measured im length

169 mm, and width 75 mm. our specimen appears bigger. However the Western

Australian specimen has evidently shrunk in the preservative, Again the number

144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of protoconchs found in the Western Australian specimen was forty-seven, but

they were in a very advanced stage of development, on the point of hatching, and

presumably about half of them had already left the capsule.

The Southern Australian Baler is found during summer and in certain definite

areas, in groups of forty to fifty. The male is readily distinguished by its smaller

size and slightly different shape. Fishermen frequently refer to the male and female

as representing different species. We have records of living examples from Point

Brown, Bell Sinclair and Smoky Bay (all on the West Coast of South Australia).

This constitutes the first authentic though brief observations on this interesting

molluse and since the time and place of breeding is now known further observations

will probably be made.

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. VIII. No. 2

Published by The Museum Board, and edited by the Museum Director

(Herbert M. Hale)

ADELAIDE, JUNE 30, 1945

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. NO. 9!

THE FAMILY NANNASTACIDAE

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The material now dealt with was taken in shallow water off eastern and southern

Australia, between latitudes 27° and 41° S. Some of it was secured by officers of the

South Australian Museum, the bulk of it, as previously acknowledged, by Mr. K.

Sheard, Division of Fisheries of the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research,

while thanks are due also to Mr. I. S. R. Munro (Assistant Research Officer of the

Fisheries Division), who very kindly recently submitted a formalized Cumacean

collection made by him in Moreton Bay (Brisbane), Queensland.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. No. 9

THE FAMILY NANNASTACIDAE

By HERBERT M. HALE, Director, Sour Ausrratian Museum,

Fig. 1-49.

INTRODUCTION.

The material now dealt with was taken in shallow water off eastern and south-

ern Australia, between latitudes 27° and 41° 8. Some of it was secured by offi.

cers of the South Australian Museum, the bulk of it, as previously acknowledged,

by Mr. K. Sheard, Division of Fisheries of the Council for Scientifie and Indus-

trial Research, while thanks are due also to Mr. I. 8. R. Munro (Assistant Re-

search Officer of the Fisheries Division), who very kindly recently submitted

a formalized Cumacean collection made by him in Moreton Bay (Brisbane),

Queensland.

Searcely anything is yet known of the Cumacea of the northern coast of

Australia and little more of those from the western coast. Russell and Orr (1931,

fig. 1) published a map showing that most of the oceanographic research in the

Western Pacific, prior to the Great Barrier Reef Expedition, has been concen-

trated in the region of the Dutch East Indies and the Philippine Islands. Since

then investigations have been carried out by the Department of Zoology, Univer-

sity of Sydney, and the C.S. and I.R. Division of Fisheries.

Famity NANNASTACIDAE.

Picrocuma Hale, a genus with some unusual characters, is now referred to

this family. Including the twenty-five species herein described as new, the thirty-

four named members of the family occurring along the Australian coast are dis-

tributed among the genera as follows: Nannastacus, 10; Schizotrema, 1; Cu-

mella, 7; Prcrocuma, 1; Campylaspis, 14; Procampylaspis, 1,

As regards Procampylaspzis, it is interesting to find south of the southern tro-

pic a form which differs very little indeed from the boreal genotype (see remarks

by Zimmer, 1913, p. 483 et seq.).

Genus Nannastacus Bate.

Nannastacus Bate, 1865, p. 86; Stebbing, 1918, p. 168 (syn. and key) ; Zimmer,

1921, pp. 1388-134 (keys).

Zimmer keys the species which have the peduncle of the uropod less than

twice as long as the telsonie somite. He omits hirsutws Hansen which he considers

is a Cumella, and is of opinion that sarst Kossmann is probably referable to

Schizotrema. Only one species (gurney Calman) has been described as new

since 1921. In 1936 [ recorded material of the genus from South Australia as

representing three of Calman’s species. Since then further specimens have been

collected and it is now considered that they should be regarded as distinct species

and not variants (Hale 1937, p. 73). Zimmer mentions that specific differences

(1) For No. 8 see Trans. Roy. Soc., S, Aust.s, lxiii, 1944, pp. 225-285, fig. 1-38,

146 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

within this genus are often slight. He uses the proportions of peduncle, rami aad

distal spines of the uropod largely in his key; these proportions vary very little

indeed in the same sex of Australian species of which long series of adults are

available. The number of spaced short spines on the inner margin of the endopod

of the uropod of the species having the pedunele of that appendage short is also

constant; these spines may be preceded by a short seta, much more slender than

the stouter spines, and the margin also bears minute spinules.

In all Australian species where the adult male is available the exopodal re-

cess in the basis of the peraeopods of this sex has a more or less developed comb-

like outer edging: these flattened spines are absent in mystacinus Zimmer from

New Britain (Zimmer, 1921, pp. 1384 and 139).

Zimmer evidently does not consider necessary Paranannastacus Stebbing

(1912, p. 164) which was established to accommodate Calman’s Nannastacis

reptans and tardus, and it would seem that the suppression of an exopod here

and there in the female is not of particular significance in this genus (Calman,

1911, p. 360). The females of the Australian species, where available, have

well-developed exopods on the first and second peraeopods; in imflatus, suhin-

flatus and johnstoni spp. nov. there is no exopod on the third maxillipeds in

this sex,

As in the ease with Cumella, males greatly predominate, indeed are prac-

tically exclusively present, in collections secured on the bottom by submarine

light (Sheard, 1941, p. 12) and in surface material taken by tow-net. Females

of littoral species which are found on reefs have been secured by using the

formalin method (Hale, 1936, p. 404).

Altogether seven species are now named as new; both sexes are available

in four of these, the male only of the others being described. Unless, as in

the ease of these males, the body armature is distinctive, the practice of authors

has been to avoid naming members of the genus from this sex alone.

Th most northerly records of the genus on Australian coasts are, on the

west nasutus Zimmer (lat. 27° S.), and on the east suhmti Sars (lat. 16° 237 S.,

Foxon. 1932, p. 392).

Zimmer’s keys are here modified to include all species at present named.

KEY TO MALES OF SPECIES OF NANNASTACUS.

The female also is known in the species marked (*).

1. Uropod with pedunele at least twice as long as telsonic somite .. i a

Uropod with pedunele less than twice as long as telsonic somite . . =) 6 th

2. Pseudorostrum long, the lobes meeting for a distance equal to at least one-sixth of length

of carapace 3

Pseudorostrum with lobes meeting for a much shorter distance ; : ‘lepturus Calman.

3. Propodus of first peraeopod less than twice as long as dactylus longirostris Sars,

Propodus of first peraeopod about three times as long as dactylus a4 ae of

4. Peduncle of uropod less than twice as long as endopod .. brachydactylus Calman.

Pedunele of uropod at least twice as long as endopod a4 nasutus Zimmer.”

5. Dorsum of pleon with conspicuous paired spines (or elongate tubercles) ou at least first

five somites oe 2G ye ree ex he pa Us:

Dorsum of pleon with conspicuous spines or tubercles on at most first two somites 73 a4

6. First four pleon somites each with a pair of subcylindriecal dorsal processes, which with their

apical spines are higher than vertical depth of the somites .. hansent Calman,

Pleon somites with at most low dorsal processes, which together with their apical spines are

never as high as vertical depth of somites ¥ an

7, Dorsum of fourth and fifth peraeon somites strongly raised medianly e my t.%

Dorsum of fourth and fifth peraeon somites not raised medianly be wo M

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 147

8. Dorsum of each pleon somite with uo pair of serrate dorsal carinae, the teeth aente

oasiana Stebbing.

Dorsum of each pleon. somite with two rows of blunt-ended large tubercles

inconstans ap. nov,

9, Pedunele of uropod fully as long as telsonic somite and barely shorter than endopod, Large

dorsal spines (or tubercles) of anterior pleon somites clavate .. clavatius 8p. NOV,

Pedinele of iropod much shorter than either teluonic somite or uropod. Taree dorsal spines

of anterior pleon somites acute or subacute He -» 10.

10. Endopod of uropod not more than twice as long as peduncle .. irvopicintetiue Calman.”

Endopod of uropod more than twiee aa long as pedinole » abd

11, Antero-lateral angles of carapace serrate af Da an 8.

Antero-luteral angles of carapace not sarrate “ v4 . 1.

12. Peondorostral lobes meeting helow, Exopod of uropod about one- e-third as long as edtlowod

unguiculatus (Bate) .*

Psoudorostral lobes gaping below. Exopod of uropod very short, abot one-tenth as long ae

endopod ; a iss be bf .. asper sp. nov.

18. Back nnd sides of carapace spinose i ” os sorst Kosemann,

Back and sides of ecarnpace not aspinose - . 4 stebbing? Calman,

14, Pedunele of wropod distinctly longer than telsonie ‘earaitp He sheardi ap. nov."

Pedunele of uropod shorter than teleonie somite —. . ov 1B

15, Tnelnding the terminal spine in the length of each ramus, the exepod of the atop 4 is barely

more than one-fourth as long as endopod , +» Sumi Sars,"

Mensnred thua, the exopod of uropod is at Tenst more ‘than one- third as long as endopod 16,

16, Terminal spine of exopod of aropod reaching {o distal end of endopod (without its apine)

perdus Calman.

Terminal apine of exopod of uropod not reaching to distal end of endopod |, HAG

17, First pleon somite with a distinet median, longitudinal, dorsal pit georat Stebbing,

First pleon somite with no pronounced dorsal pit .. .. 18.

18, Terminal spine of exoood of uropod not reaching beyond middle of length of endopad (nat

inelnding terminal spine of latter) as oe LPs

Terminal spine of exopod of uropod reaching beyond middle of length of endopod (not,

including terminal spine of Iatter) Re ‘ .. 20.

19. Antero-lateral ¢orner of medpace vounded, Last vedigbriraa nid first iain somite with no

dorsal tumidities sautert Zimmer, *

Antero-lateral corner of earapace with spine. Last pedigerous and first pleon somite each

with a dorsal tumidity x _" inflatus ap. nov.”

20. Basis of anterior peracopoda with the nena} oxtornal Tametate epines . 2.

Basis of antorior peracopods without external lamellate spines . . muystacinus Zimmer,”

21, Carpus of fifth peraeepod shorter, or barely longer, than propoduea re -- 22,

Carpus of fifth peracopod half as long again aa propodus 7 atmmeri Calman,

22, Intogument prinulate. Laat pedigerons and firet two pleon somites each with u pair of

dorsal apines, Tnner margin of endopod of uronod with five short spines svbinflatus sp, nov.*

Intosument smooth, No dorsal spines on pedigerous or pleon somites. Tnner margin of

endonod of nropod with six spiner Je ‘ , Johnstons sp, nov.*

KEY TO FRMALES OF SPECIFS OF NANNASTACUS.

The male also ig known in the species marked (*),

1. Uropod with pedimele at least twice as long as telsonic somite - . is -- 38.

Tropod with peduncle much loss than twice as long as telsonic. somite rie ote) ahi

2, Psaudorostral lobes meeting above for greater part of length, but divergent near anterior

ends. Propodus of first peraropod less than twice as long as dactylua longirostris Sars.*

Pseudorostral lobes not gaping above near apex of Pasatnrethean Propodus of first

poraeopod more than twiee as long as dactylus — -- nasutus Zimmer.*

3. Carapace with an open row of eurved, laminate spines flanking the branchial regions

Beipehquliceen Bate

Carapnee without these spines ' 4

4, Carapace with short, stont, thorn-like spines on back ae sido erinaoeus Zimmer,

Oarapace without such spines

148 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

6, Uropod unusually short, its endopod not longer than telsonie somite and with distal spine

stout and elav-like .. brevicandatus Calnian,”

Endopod of bropod longer than telaonie somite and ‘with distal spine more slender =, , fi,

G, Mirst two pleon somites with strong, paired, dorso-lateral teeth vt sal he

First two pleon somites smooth dorsully, or with insignificant teeth a. Soe

7, Tneluding distal spine in the length of cach ramus, the oxopod of the uropod is only about

one-third length of endopod _. suhmii Sars,"

Moenaured thus the exapod of uropod is more than half the langth of endopod

subinflatus xp. mov.”

8. Meurul parts of free pedigerous somites with marginal lamar spines -. OD

Pleural parte of free pedigerous somites without marginal iuminwr spies .. o 10,

). Mirst and second peracopods with rxopod ‘a AS agnatus Culm,

Virst and second peracopods with no exopod “4 = .. ftavdus Calman.

10, Pedunele of uropod longer than telsonie somite —.. mn .. 1d,

Pedunele of uroped shorter than telsonie somite .. as re .

Li. Byes pliced close together . . <\(- ies “4 hirvantus Hansen,

Byes separaicd by a wide interspaee ., on ' ‘ i, 12,

12, Branchial siphons unusually Jong, more than half as long aa eavapaee. Tapa yats with long

seattered hairs. Pedunele of uropod half as long again as telsunic somite gurneyi Calman,

Branchial siphons short, only about as long as pseudorostrum. Carupace granulate. Pedine le

of uropod only one-third as long again vs telsonie somite = sheordi wp. nov."

13. Endopod of uropod (not including distal spine) barely more thin twice as long as pedunele,

or shorter eo: Te!

Endopod of uropod (not including distal spine) at Jeast twa and one-half times aa long ne

pedunele ++ 4 “ “oa a ws 1%,

14, Virst and second peracopods without ati r A reploans Calman.

First and second peraeopods with exopods rr : ss LY

if, Byes placed close together. Peduncle of vropod not much shorter than endopod without its

distal spine .. dima (Haley,

Eyes well separated, Pedunele of uvopod only halt. as long 15 # endopod without ita distal

apine fe vs .. 1A

16, Garapace with a median Sowash depression betwee branchial regions. Terminal spine of

axopod of uropod reaching nearly to distal end of endopod — .- -. minor Calman.

Carapace with dorsum not suleate between branchial regions. Terminal spine of exopod

of uropod reaching barely beyond three-fourths of length of endopod —_jolinsloni yp, nov,’

17, Endopod of uroped with two to three short spines on inner margin me eke

Endopod of uropod with four to five short spines on inner margin rm .. 20.

18. Terminal spine of endopod of uropod slender, more than half aa long as the ramus

seitert Zroomen,”

Terminal spine stouter, less than half as long as the ramus te 4 .. 19,

19. Byanchial regions greatly inflated. Carpus of fifth peraespod shorter thin propodus

inflatua ap. nov,"

Branchia!l regions wot aReARDELY inflated. Carpus of fifth peracopod nearly half as lon

ngain as propodus 5. aimmeri Ostman,”

20, Terminal spine of exapod of errand spaetltogs doierty to distal end of endopod

mu stackiie Zimmer,

Terminal spine of asopod of in'opod reaching to only four-fifths of longth of endopod

mbbosis Calman,

NANNASTACUS NASUTUS Zimmer.

Nonnastaens nasutus Zimmer, 1914, p. 184, fig. 11-12.

Ammer deseribed the fens from Western Australia, <A species common

in Moreton Bay, Queensland (1. 8S. R. Munro, various stations) seems to be refer

able here, althongh the size is etiallar an ovigerous female heing only 1-65 mm, in

length while the numerous males are about 1-8 mm,

In these males the psendorostral lobes meet for a distance equal to somewhat.

less than one-fourth of the length of the carapace. The propodus of the first peraeo-

pod is subequal in length to the carpos and ig less than three times as long as dac-

tylus, one of the terminal setae of which is very stout and is fully as long as its

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 149

joint. The propodus and dactylus of the second peraeopod do not differ much

in lenyth,

The carpus of the fifth peraeopod is less than half as long again as propodus.

The pedunele of the wropod is twice as long as the endopod or a little longer ;

the endopod bears about seven spines on the inner margin and its terminal spine is

fully half as long ay the ramus.

As in the male of brachydactylus Calman (1905, p, 14, fig, 83—female un-

known) from seas north of Australia the eyes are placed close together; nasutus

apparently differs in no important feature from Calman’s species excepting that.

the peduncle of the uropod is relatively a little longer, and the endopod of that

appendage carries a long instead of a very short spine.

NANNASTACUS NASUTUS Var, CAMELUS Zimmer.

Nannastacus nasutus vay. camelus Zimmer, 1914, p. 186, fig. 13; Hale, 1987, p,

73, fiz. 9,

This variety was previously recorded from the female only, Males, from a

nuuiber of South Australian localities, have the dorsal convexity posterior to the

eyes not so prominent as in the female and, even so, varying somewhat in degree

of development,

ant. 1 WS mxp. 3

Big. |. Nawnastacus nasitis var. camelus, adult male; « pace, ocular lobe and pseudo-

rostrum (X 64); ant. 1, first antenna (x 74; flagella, x 270) $ mxp. and prp., third maxilliped

and peracopods (% 74); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (> 74).

Adult male. Psendorostral lobes meeting for a distance equal to about

one-fourth of total length of carapace, and with their anterior ends coarsely

serrate; they meet for their whole length and do not diverge near apices; eyes

each with three corneal lenses, the innermost separated from its opposite fel-

low by only about one-half the diameter of 2 lens; a low but distinet median

carina runs from pseudorostrum to posterior margin of earapace.

150 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Kirst antenna wilh third joint of peduncle barely longer than seeond,

And vot mueh shorter than first; accessory flayvellum single-jointed, relatively

larwe, one-half the length of the first segmeut uf the two-jointed main lash.

Basis of first peracopod with \sual lamellate comb; not much more than

two-thirds as long as rest of limb; isehinny with a flattened spine at distal end

of ouler margin; carpus equal in length to propodus, whieh is two and one

half times as long as dactylus; the latter has a distal claw (as well as one or

two slender setae) shorter than the joint.

Sevond peraeopod with basis distinetly longer than rest of limb; ischium

istinet; merus much shorter than carpus and as long as dactylus, which is

not mueh longer than propodus: longest dactylar seta about as long as dacty-

Ins anc propodus together.

Carpus of fifth peraeopod more than three times as long as merus and

almost (wice as long as propodus, whieh is somewhat longer than dactylus.

Telgonie somite dilated pusteriorly, where it is broader than long; fifth pleon

somite narrow, twice as long as wide,

Uropod with peduncle smooth, two and three-fourths times as long as tel-

some somite and distinctly more than twiee as long as endopod; exopod three-

fourths as long as endopod with terminal spine slender aud reaching to tip of

(ligtal spine of endopod ; on inner margin of endopod are three setae (one really

distal) and at outer side of termittal bristle is a short seta; endopod with ter-

minal spine stout, less than half as long as the ramus, and with seven very

slender spines, successively increasing in length, ou inner margin.

Colour milk white, without any dark pigmentation excepting om ocular lobe,

Length 2°5 mm.

While the Queensland examples ol svtsutus are smaller than the types, the

South Australian specimens of the variety are larger; nasulus camelus has been

taken only on the south coast, between long. 117’ and 138", about lat. 35° 8, nasufus

only above lat, 28° 8,, on both east and west coasts,

NANNASTACUS INCONSTANS 8p. NOV.

Adult male (uristate form). Carapace two-fifths of total length of animal,

wider than greatest depth, which is move than half its length; its anterior portion

and the moderately inflated branehial reyions are studded with large granules, but.

near the inferior margin the surface is squamose-reticulate; dorsally there is a

double row of tubercles. small anteriorly and posteriorly but. for approximately

jhe middle third of length of carapace high, flattened, distally dilated and crowded,

producing the appearance of a pair of longitudinal crests; lateral to each row of

larve tubereles is a curved series of small tubercles; at binder end of carapace is

a median tumidity, granulate (as well as with the aforementioned rows of tiny

tnbereles) and fecbly bilobed al the rear; behind each eye is a prominent, tubercu-

late elevation, posterior to which and a little above its level, is a small rounded

bras. Eyes widely separated, each with the usnal three cornmeal lenses. Amtero-

lwteral angle with small spiniform tubercles, none of which very definitely empha-

sizes theangle, Pseucorosival lobes widely gaping above but meeting below.

Pedigerous somites together barely more than half as long as earapace, the

third and fourth visually wide, as broad ax the second and ag the carapace;

first exposed only as narrow strip; dorsally the first and second somites are

short, bit the back of the third to fifth is elevated and (like the pleural por-

Hons of second to fifth) strongly tuberculate; the tubercles on the pleurae of

the fitth somite ave elongate, almost spiniform.

Pleo pbout three-fourths as long ax cephalothovex, granulate, the dorsum of

veel somite with two longitudinal rows of three or four larger Lobereles, the last

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 151

of which is more prominent than the others; fifth somite little longer than fourth

and not much longer than wide; telsonie somite a little longer than wide, poster-

iorly rather well produced above bases of uropods.

Kirst peraeopod with basis two-thirds as long as remaining joints together ;

varpus only about one-tenth as long again as propodus and twice as long as dae-

tylus, the longest distal seta of which is rather stout.

Fig. 2. Nannastacus inconstans, adult male, eristate form; lateral view and (eeph.) exphalo-

thorax from above (X 59); 8, and ant, a., senlpture of carapace over branehial region, and

anterulateral angle (> 185); prp., peraeopods (X 95); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and

telsonic somites (> 95).

Second peraeopod with basis barely longer than rest of limb; ischium not

clistinetly made ont; carpus twice as Jong as merus, which is barely longer than

the elongate dactylus; the last-named is twice as long as propodus with its

lonvest distal spine longer than the joint itself,

Posterior peraeopods long and slender; fifth pair fully as long as pleon

with earpus about one-fourth as long again as propodus and more than three

times as long as merus.

Pedunele of uropod less than two-thirds as long as telsoniec somite and

little more than one-third as long as endopod exclusive of its distal spine;

exopod nearly one-third as long as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching

to distal end of latter; endopod with two uneqnal spines at inner side of distal

spine (which is more than half the length of the ramus) and with inner margin

serrate for whole length but without articulated spines.

Length 1-35 mm.

Colour pale brown, the carapace margined with white in front and below.

152 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loe, South Australia: Backstairs Passage, Page Islands, 9 fath. (K, Sheard,

submarine light, ApL, 1941), Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C.

2614 and 2616.

Adult male (reticulate form), A male taken with that teeorded above has so

many teatures in common with il that there ean be little donbt that it represents a

different form of this sex in the same species. The pedigerous somites, pleon and

the appendages are as described, exeepting that the dorsal tubercles are somewhat

more prominent and the endopod of the uropod is relatively a trifle shorter, al-

though it is otherwise exactly similar, with the three unequal distal spines, ser-

rated inner edge, ete. ‘The sculpture of the carapace, however, is very different.

Fig. 3. Nannastaris inconstans, adult male, reticulate form; lateral view and eephalothorax

from above (x 59); 8., sculpture of integument over branchial region (* 185).

The branchial regions are more inflated and the surface of the integument here

is tuarked with a distinet reticulate patterning (at §., fig. 2 and 3, the sculpture

of the two varieties is to the same seale). There are no erests of tubercles on the

dorswn, which bears scattered granules, vaguely arranged in Jongitudinal series be-

hind the eyes, and there are no tumidities posterior to the eyes.

Length 1:35 mm.

This species is distinguished by the wide pedigerous somites and the armature

of the pleon, plus the long posterior peraeopods and the character of the urvopods.

NANNASTACUS CLAVATUS Sp. Nov.

Adult male, Integument of back and sides studded with large, distally dilated

oranwles; a charaeteristic armature of dorsal tubercles on second to fifth pediger-

ous and first to fifth pleon somites ; very sparse hairs,

Carapace distinctly more than one-third of total length of animal; it is less

than twice as long as deep and not depressed, the width being equal to depth;

seen from above it is Suboval!l in shape, widest at about middle of length; dorsum

as seen from the side almost evenly curved, except for a slight angularity in

front of eyes, Antero-lateral margin shallowly concave; antero-lateral angle

rounded and armed below with a single small tooth. Pseudorostral lobes meei-

ine above and below for whole length; anteriorly they are subtruneate as seen

from above, rounded and with a few teeth in lateral view.

First pedigerous somite shorter than second and partly concealed ; second to

fourth somites with pleural parts broadly expanded, grannlate; on the back the

second and third each bear a pair of curved, distally dilated, lurge tubercles, the

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 153

fourth has four such tubercles in a transverse row and the fifth a pair, closely fol-

lowed by a row of four nearer its hinder margin.

First pleon somite with six large dorsal tubercles arranged as on last pedi-

gerous; second and third somites each with two dorso-lateral tubercles on each side,

Fig. 4. Nannastacus clevatus, lateral view and dorsal view of cephalothorax of type male

(% 44),

placed one behind the other, and scarcely dilated distally; fourth and fifth with

three dorso-lateral tubercles ou each side, the first smaller than the others on both

somites; these ave more like blunt spines and on the fifth somite the granules are

themselves spine-like towards the rear; telsonie somite as long as wide, rounded

posteriorly and with small acute projections, its dorsum with irregular granules

but no large tubercles; fifth somite distinctly longer than the others, less than

half as long again as broad.

Mig. 5. Nannastacus clavatus, paratype male; ¢, pace, anterior portion of carapace (X% 86) ;

prn, and plu, large tubereles from back of pedigerous and pleou somites; ant. and prp., first

antenna und peracopods (% 86); urop., uvopod with fifth pleon and tensonic somites (x 86).

At prn. and pln. in fig. 4, tubercles from pedigerous somites 2, 4 and 5, and

pleon somites 1, 2 and 4 show the gradual change from dilated to spiniform pro-

jections.

First jomt of pedunele of first antenna twice as long as third which is

shorter than second.

154 RECORDS OF THE 5,.A. MUSEUM

Propodus of third maxilliped distinetly longer than carpus and nearly twice

as long as dactylus.

First peraeopod with basis less than two-thirds as long as rest of limb; pro-

podus shorter than carpus, and almost twice as long as dactylus; the ischiuvin hae

a strong spine on ouler margin.

Second peraeopod two-thirds as long as first; basis less than half as long

again as rest of limb; ischium indistinctly marked off; carpus only as long as

dactylus, which is less than twice as long as propodus,

Carpus of fitth peraeopod nearly half as long again as propodus.

Pedunele of uropod a little longer than telsonic somite and uot much shorter

than endopod exclusive of its terminal spine; it is serrate on both edges; exopod

slightly more than half as long as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching

heyond distal end of latter; endopod with five spines on inner margin (ineluding

sib-distal one), which successively increase in length baekwards, and with dis-

tal spine stout, distinctly more than half as long as its ramus and almost as long

ax the more slender spine of the exopod.

Colour yellowish-white.

Length 1-9 mm.

Loc, South Australia: Backstairs Passage, Page Islands, 9 fath. (K, Sheard,

submarine light, ApL, 1941). Type male in South Australian Musenm, Reg, No,

©. 2604,

The situation in which this species was taken is rough, the islands being almost

uicessantly pounded by heavy scas, rendering collecting difficult excepting under

unusually favourable circumstances.

NANNASTACUS ASPER sp. nov.

Nennastacus hansem Hale (nee Calman), 1936, p. 431,

Adult male, Integument of back and sides with spiniform tubereles, becom-

ing sparser on télsonic somite.

Garapace barely more than one-third of total length of animal, depressed, a

little Jess fhan twice as long as deep, and twice as long ag the pedigerous somites

together; antero-lateral and branchial regions swollen and a posterior median

tumidity; spiny armature conspicuous and close-set but no outstanding larger

spines. Antero-lateral margin deeply and rather augularly concave; antero-lateral

angle produced to form an acute spine, aud lower border of carapace posterior to

it margined with spinules. Pseudorosiral lobes subtriangular, separated both above

and below, distally acute when viewed from above and from the side rounded.

First pedigerons somite not visible behind carapace; second and third somites

each with a pair ot prominent spines on back; fourth with no large dorsal spines

and fifth with a pair of low, stout elevations, each capped with a large and some

smaller spines; pleural parts expanded and backwardly produced, spinose like

sides,

Hirat three pleon somites with paired dorsal elevations and spines as on last

pedigerous somite ; buck of fourth less raised but with one pair of spines more pro-

minent than the others; fifth distinetly longer than any of the others and about

half as long again as wide, with no elevations on buck but with one pair of spines

at. hinder end somewhat lonver than the others; Lelsouie somite fully as wide as

long, broadest behind middle of length, produced posteriorly and angularly

rounded,

Third joint of pecunele of first antenna subequal in length to second and half

us long as first,

Propodus of third maxilliped louger than earpis,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 155

Basis of first (luree pairs of peraeopods with comb of lamellate spines.

First peracopod with basis more than two-thirds as long as rest of limb; pro-

podus subequal in length to carpus (not longer (han it) and distinetly less than

twice as long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod two-thirds as long as first; basis half as long again as rest

of limb; carpus half as long again as merus and a little longer than propodus and

dactylus together.

Carpus of filth peraeopod less than one and one-fourth times propodus.

Pedunele of uropod about five-sixths as long ax telaoni¢ somite and much

more than one-third as long as endopod exclusive of its terminal spine; exopod

less than one-tenth as long as endopod and with its terminal spine not reaching

to middle of length of latter; endopod with six short spines on inner margin and

with distal spine only one-fourth as long as its ramus.

Pig. 6, Nannastacus asper, type male; lateral view and cephalothorax from above (X 8?) ;

auleroJateral angle of carapnee (% 72).

Colour, yellowish white, with a dark marking hetween eyes and a conspicuous

blackish band across anterior part of sides of carapace, but not including pseudo-

rostrum and not extending quite to antero-lateral margin, leaving a whitish edg-

ing, Fifth pleou somite with a dark band on anterior balf,

Length 2:3 mm.

Loc. South Australia: St. Vineent Gulf, Sellick’s Reef, ete.; Spencer Gull,

Western Shoal (CK. Sheard, tow-net, Feb., 1938), and Memory Cove, 5 fath, (type

loc., K. Sheard, submarine light, Feb,, 1944), ete. Tasmania: Cape Barren Island

(D. L. Serventy, tow-net, Nov., 1999). Type in South Australian Musenm, Reg.

No, ©, 2573.

The dark colour markings are characteristic but in a few examples are rather

taint and the bloteh between the eyes is almost or quite absent. The spiny arma-

jure-ia 9 little more prominent in some examples than in others.

wo males of this species were previously referred to Calman’s hansen (1905,

p. 11, fig. 1) with which they agree in having the paeudorostral lobes divergent.

both above and below, in having the back of the pleon prominently spiny, ete. After

examination of many more males (no females have been taken as yet) the Sonthern

Australian species is separated because hanseni differs from it in the following par-

ticularg (1) the carapace is covered with rounded, not spiniform, tubercles, its

median hinder tumidity is bilobed, and its antero-lateral angle is not produced as

156 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

a spine; (2) the pleon has the dorsal elevations higher and more slender while the

fifth somite (like that of the related ossiana Stebbing, 1900, p. 612, pl. Ixiv A)

is not noticeably longer than any of the others; (4) the urepods are shorter and

the carpus of the fifth legs relatively longer.

N. erinaceus Zimmer (1913, p. 450, pl, iv, fig. 86-37), has the carapace prick! y

as in asper but the thorn-like armature is differently arranged, while a pair of

spines between the eyes are prominent, and there is a spine on each eye; the uro-

pods nf Zimimer’s single female, from South Afriea, are damaged.

fig. 7. Nannastacus asper, paratype male; ant. mxp. and prp., first antenna, third

maxilliped and paraeopods (xX 70; dactylus of maxilliped, % 156); urop., uropod with fifth

pleon and telsonic somites (x 70).

NANNASTACUS SHEARDI sp. noy.

Cumella lima Hale (male only), 1986, p. 436, fig. 23, h and i.

Ovigerous female. Back and sides studded with small granules, none of which

is enlarged or outstanding; a few scattered hairs are present.

Carapace one-third of total length; its greatest width, at the rear, is a little

greater than its depth, and equal to three-fourths its length ; there is a very fine

but cistinet median dorsal carina; seen from the side the dorsum is elevated at pos-

terior end and the pseudorostrum is directed obliquely upwards. Antero-lateval

margin not deeply concave; antero-lateral angle and margin behind it serrate (fig.

8, ¢. pace). Pseudorostral lobes meeting for whole length; both fron above and

from the side they are truncate and serrate in front.

First pedigerous somite fully exposed, with its pleural parts, like those of

second and third somites, markedly expanded laterally, but not backwards; the

fifth is somewhat tumid dorsally. Seen trom above the whole cephalothorax is

ovoid.

First and second pleon somites with dorsum slightly more tumid than in

others; fifth somite much longer than any of the others, distinctly more than

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 157

twice as long as wide; telsonic somite dilated at distal end, rounded posteriorly

but longer than width here.

Second and third joints of peduncle of first antenna equal in length, each

less than half length of first.

Third maxilliped with exopod.

First peraeopod with propodus subequal in length to carpus and twice as

long as dactylus.

c.pace. ¢

Fig. 8. Nannastacus sheardi, type female and paratype male; lateral view and (ceph.)

cephalothorax from above (X 52); ¢. pace, anterior portion of carapace (X 115).

Second peraeopod two-thirds as long as first; basis four-fifths as long as

rest of limb; ischium not distinctly marked off; carpus half as long again as

merus but not as long as propodus and dactylus together; longest distal spine

of daetylus longer than the joint.

Carpus of fifth peraeopod two-thirds as long again as propodus, which is

equal in length to dactylus.

Peduncle of uropod one-third as long again as telsonie somite and nearly

one-third as long again as endopod without terminal spine; exopod more than

three-fourths as long as endopod, with its distal spine reaching not far short of

the tip of the spine of the endopod; encopod with four spines on inner margin

(the subdistal one much longer than the others) and with terminal spine more

than two-thirds length of ramus and six-sevenths the length of exopodal spine.

Leneth 1-5 mm.

158 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Colour, pale orange, with a dark irregular brown band across anterior part

of carapace.

Adult male Granulation of integument a little more pronouneed than in

female,

Carapace more than one-third of total length, slightly depressed and twice

as long as deep; from the side the dorsum is almost evenly rounded, scarcely -ele-

vated posteriorly, and the pseudorostrum does not form a decided angle as in the

female. Antennal angle less prominent, the margin behind it serrate.

Big. 9. Nannaatacus sheardi, type female and paratype male; ant., mxp, and prp., first

antenna, third maxilliped and peraeopods: urop., uropods with fifth pleon and telsonie somites

(all % 86),

First pedigerous somite short, its pleural parts concealed. Fifth pleon and

telsonie somites resembling those of female.

Peraeopods (apart from sexual differences) much as in female but the second

is three-fourths as long as the first and has the dactylus longer, the carpus being

shorter than it.

Pedunele of wropod more than one-third as long again as telsonie somite but

only about one-sixth longer than endopod, the rami being a little longer than in

female ; exopod four-fifths as long as endopod without distal spine; endopod with

four spines (preceded as in female by tiny spinules) on inner margin, the sub-

terminal almost half as long as terminal, which is less than two-thirds the ramus

and shorter than exopodal spine.

Length 1:59 mm,

Lee. South Australia: St. Vincent Gulf, Brighton, on shingle bar (type fe-

male, K. Sheard and B. C. Cotton, Mar., 1937 ) ; Wardang Island, 2 fath. (K. Sheard,

submarine light, Feh., 1941) ; Sir Joseph Banks Group, on reef of gneiss roeks

(B. C. Cotton, Dee., 1936). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C.

2607-2609.

HaLE—AUSTKALIAN CUMACEA 159

When deserihing Lima, the author recorded as that species a male which was

associated with the females; the differences in the uropods were noted. Since then

a small sertes of identical males was taken by submarine light, while also available

is the Female of sheardi recorded above, and other females from the Joseph Banks

erou(i a comparison of theappendages (partienlarly the uropod) and filth pleon

and telsonie somites of the females with those of the males in question (ef. nrop,,

fig, 0) leaves Hilile doubt as to their relationship. (See also note under lima

herein).

hoe females collected by Mr, Cotton have (he granulation pronounced, the

vranules clonwale,

N, gurney) Calman (1927, p, 400, text fig. 101; female only, Gulf of Snez)

is very like sheardi but ts distinguished by the long rostral siphons, the different

proportions of the nropods, ete.

NANNASTACUS INFLATUS ap, nov,

Nannastauus gibbosus Hale (nee Calman), 1936, p, 432.

Vannastacus zimmert Hale (part., nee Calman), 1936, p. 432.

Ovigerous female. Integument of back and sides with numerous small, glassy,

distally dilated eranules, closely beset, on the carapace; with sparse hairy clothing.

Carapace more than one-third of total length; its greatest width is much greater

than its depth and more than three-fourths its length ; seen from above it is widest

neross the branchial regions whieh are much inflated, with a distinct median guft-

fer het ween: there is a decided but smaller tnmidity on each side anteriorly and

astill emaller dorsal pair of low bosses behind the eyes ; posteriorly there is a rounded

median elevation, with its hinder end rather aeute and backwardly produced ;

seer from the side these tnmidities result in a very uneven dorsal onfline and

there is a decided anele at the base of the pseudorostrum, Antero-lateral margin

deeply concave and antero-lateral angle bifid, being produced as an acute tooth.

above which is a smaller tooth. Pseudorostral lobes gaping above and below; seen

from the side they are subtruncate in front and coarsely serrate.

Pleural parts and a narrow strip of first pedigerous somite exposed ; the

dorsum nf the second somite is somewhat elevated and capped with conspicuous

tubercles: the fourth somite has a dorsal timidity, divided by a longitudinal firr-

row and topped with large tubercles; the pleural parts are rounded and eonsider-

ably expanded, the third somite being asx wide as the carapace.

First pleon somite with dorsal prominence as on last pedigerous; fifth dis-

tinetly longer than any of the others, less than half as long again as wide, slightly

swollen laterally jnst behind middle of length, and with a pair of eonieal dorsal

lihercles at hinder marem, larger than the general surface tubercles; telsoni«

somite as wide as lone, rounded posteriorly and broadest in distal half.

Third joint of peduncle of first anteyna a little shorter than second and half

as long as first.

Third maxilliped with no exopod ; carpus and propodus equal in length,

First peraeopod with propodus a little longer than carpns and almost twice as

jong as dacty lng.

Second peravopod two-thirds as long as first; basis as long as rest of limb,

carpus longer than jachium and merns together, and as long as propodus and dac-

lylns together, ,

Carpus of fifth peraeopod shorter than propodus, which is harely longer than

daetylns,

Pedunele of uropod Fully three-fourths as long as telsonie somite and little

more than one-thivd as long as endopod, exelusive of its distal spine; exepod lens

160 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

than one-tenth as loug as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching just beyond

three-fifths of length of latter; endopod with three short spines on inner margin

and with terminal spine less than half the length of ramus.

Length 1-9 mm,

Adult male. Integument with granules not quite so prominent as in female.

Carapace a little more than oue-third total length of animal, depressed, twice

as long as deep and with tumidities as in adult female, although the branchial

regions are never inflated to a like degree (ef. eeph., fig. 10). Antevo-lateral angle

c. pace. é

Fig. 10 Nannastacus inflatus, types adult male and ovigerous female; latoral views and

(ceph,) cephalothorax from above (X 43); ¢. pace, anterior portion of earapace (X86); tuh.,

tubercles on back of tarapace (x 240).

obtuse but actual corner produced as a spine, behind which the margin is ser-

rate. Pseudorostral lobes not meeting above or below; oblique and erenulate in

front as seen from the side. Eyes large and prominent, more so than in female,

First pedigerous somite exposed as narrow strip only. Dorsal elevations ou

last pedigerous and first pleon somites just as in female.

Basis of third maxilliped longer than rest of limb.

Basis of first peraeopod two-thirds as long as remaining joints, the proportions

of which are as in female.

Jarpus of fifth peraeopod about one-fourth as long again as propodus.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 161

Pedunele of uropod about as long as telsonic somite and a little more than one-

third as long as endopod exclusive of its distal spine; exopod one-fifteenth as long

as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching just beyond two-fifths of length

c.pace 9

Fig. 11. Nannastacus inflatus, type male and paratype ovigerous female; c. pace, anterior

portion of carapace, somewhat flattened; ant., mxp. and prp., first antenna, third maxillipeds

and peraeopods; urop., uropods with fifth pleon and telsonic somites (X 164; dactyli of maxii-

lipeds, X 270).

of latter ; endopod with six short spines on inner margin and with terminal spine

two-sevenths as long as its ramus.

Length 2-1 mm.

Colour (both sexes). Yellow shaded with pale brown, with scattered dark

brown spots on carapace, and a few prominent blotches on legs. The most constant

marking is a dark brown band, sometimes interrupted dorsally, on the fifth pleon

somite.

162 Recorps or THE S.A, Museum

foc. South Australia: St. Vineent Gull, Sellick’s Reef, 1 fath., an stones

(TH, M, Wale, Jan. and Apl, 1936) and off Brighton jetty (Miss P. Mawson, Miss

LM. Angel and K, Sheard, submarine light, Oct., 1941) and Rapid Bay, 4 fath.,

oo mad (A, M, Cooper and A, Ran, Jan., 1944) ; Pondalowie Bay (K. Sheard,

tow-nel, Mar, 1988) Kanoaroo Tsland, Antechamber Bay (KK. Sheard, submarine

light, Dee, 1939); Spenoor Git, Corney Point (K, Sheard, Meb., 1941) and

Port Lincoln and Memory Cove, 3 fath, (type loc, K. Sheard, submarine light,

Peb. 1944), Qneensland : Moreton Bay. Myora Bight, surface (ovigerous fenule,

1 SR, Munro, Station 42, 50 em, 40m, net, 7 p.m., Nov. 29, 1940 and males from

other stations m the Bay, Noy.-Dee., 1940), Types in South Anstralian Mnseum,

Reg, No, 0, 2577-2578,

This appears to be the commonest Niwnastacus of the South Australian voast.

Ovigerous females and jnveniles were previously referred to qibbosus by the

writer, Calman’s species is deseribed from the adult female only and this is sepa.

rated trom thai of dnflalns by having (1) the psendorostral lobes meeting below:

(2) the third joint of pedunele of first antenna longer than the second: (4) the

exopod of the nroped, with its spine, relatively longer, while the endopod has ‘five

smull spines on its inner edge.’' Also, Calman does not fignre the two dorsal

tubercles at hinder margin of the fifth pleon somite but the non-artienlated spines

of the integument show sonie variation in dnflatus.

The adult males of tnflatus are of two sizes, approximately 2+1 mm. and 2-2

min. in tleneth. The larger males were regarded wt supra as stiimer’ Calman but

the male of the last-named differs (1) in the smaller size, 1-6 mm.; (2) the pseu-

dorostral lobes are not widely open above; (3) the carpus of the fifth peraeoped

is half as long again as the propodus; (4) the exopod of the uropod with its spine

is longer, reaching beyond middle of length of endopnd.

N. inflatus also has affinities with the smaller sawlert Zimmer (1921, p. 135.

fig. 30-87) hut is separated hy the characters given in the keys.

The single female from Queensland is 2-1 mm, in length but the largest of the

males taken by Mr. Munro measure over 2-5 inm.; these males have the uropods

and other appendages as in the southern specimens but the furrows hefween the

timidities of the eavapace are less pronounced, a fentrre possibly produced by four

veurs of immersion in formalin,

NANNASTACUS SUBINPLATTS Sp. NOV.

Nannastacus zimmeri Hale (partl., nec Calman) 1936, p. 432.

Ovigerous female. Integument with eranules as in inflatus and with sparse,

rather lone hairs.

Carapace large. fully two-fifths of total length; it is widest across the brau

chial regions, where the breadih is considerably @reater than its depth oud is

equal to four-fifths its length ; although each branchial region is inflated there is no

deep furrow between the swellings as in dnflatus, nor, viewed from above, is there 4

inarked constriction anterior to them; posteriorly is 4 median tumidity, nat pra

minen{ as seen Fron the side, and having at its hinder end a pair of tubereles

larger than the general granules. Antero-lateral margin deeply coneave and angle

produced, tooth like, Pseudorostral lobes as in drflatus but a little shorter: not

metctine above or below.

Pleural parts and lower part of sides of first pedigerous somite exposed ; dar-

sal trmidity of fifth with a pair of toothtike tubercles, which stam] ot sumengst

the smaller granules; first to third somites as wide as carapace, the plevral parts

heing considerably expanded but vot backwardly produced,

First und second pleon somites with dorsum sliehtly elevated, each with a

pait of vente tihereles as on last pedigerows somite; fifth distinctly longer than

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 163

any of the others, less than half as long again as wide; telsonic somite as wide as

lone, slightly dilated towards posterior end which is roundly sinuate.

First antenna as in inflatus.

Third maxilliped without exopod; ischium relatively large and distinet.

First peraeopod with propodus not longer than carpus and much less than

twice as long as dactylus.

Fig, 12, Nannastacus subinflatus, types male and ovi-

gerous female; lateral views and from above (X 45);

anterior portion of carapaces (x 55).

Carpus of fifth peraeopod a little longer than propodus (shorter than it is

in mflatus).

Pedunele of uropod more than three-fourths as long as telsonie somite and

fully half as long as endopod, exclusive of its distal spine; exopod almost one-

sixth as long as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching almost to five-sixths

of length of latter; endopod with two short spines on inner margin and with its.

distal spine more than half the length of the ramus.

Colour dull yellow.

Length 1:4 mm. (ova in greatest diameter 0:18 mm.).

164 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Adult male. As in the female there are paired spiniform tubercles on the

back of the last pedigerous and first two pleon somites, while the terminal joints

of the peraeopods are of the same proportions. Carapace fully one-third of total

leneth of animal, less inflated than in male of inflatus and with dorsal outline more

regular. Antero-lateral angle and pseudorostral lobes much as in inflatus.

Only a narrow strip of first pedigerous somite exposed.

Upper margin ot antennal groove of first to fifth pleon somites quite strongly

spinose; fifth somite more than half as long again as wide, with a pair of spini-

form tubereles at hinder margin; telsonie somite slightly longer than wide.

Ww AR 7

ant.1 prp. 5é

Fig. 13. Nannastacus subinfiatus, paratypes male and ovigerous female; ant., mxp. and

prp., first antenna, third maxilliped and peraeopods; urop., uropods with fifth pleon and telsonic

somites (all * 86).

Peduncle of uropod more than three-fourths as long as telsonic somite, and

two and one-half times in length of endopod, exclusive of its terminal spine ; exopod

about one-eighth as long as endopod and with its distal spine reaching distinetly

beyond middle of length of latter; endopod with five short spines on inner mar-

vin and with terminal spine one-third as long as its ramus.

Length 1-7 mm,

Loc. South Australia: St. Vineent Gulf, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 1 fath.

(H.M. Hale, Apl., 1936) and off Brighton jetty (type male, Misses P. Mawson and

L. M. Angel, submarine light, Oct,, 1941) and Port Willunga, on reef (type fe-

male, Hale, Apl., 1944); Spencer Gulf, Memory Cove, 3 fath. (K. Sheard, sub-

marine light, Feb., 1944) and other localities in both Gulfs. Types in South Aus-

tralian Museum, Reg. No. C, 2588 and (. 2612.

The smaller males previously identified by the writer as zimmeri Calman are

referred here. N. subinflatus is very like Calman’s species but the last-named

differs in having the pseudorostral lobes meeting below, and in the male for a short.

distance above also, the pleon is without spines, while the carpus of the fifth leg is

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 165

nearly half as long again as the propodus, and the endopod of the uropod is three

times as long as the pedunele; as these differences are constant in a long series of

South Australian specimens the latter are now regarded as representative of a dis-

tinet species.

N, subinflatus oceurs in the same situations as inflatus ; it may be distinguished

by the smaller size, the different shape of the carapace and the proportions of the

peraeopods and uropods; it will be noted that the inner margin of the endopod cf

the last-named (as in zimmert) bears two short spines in the female and five in

the male as against three and six in the sexes of inflatus and johnstom.

NANNASTACUS LIMA (Hale).

Cumella lima Hale (female only), 1936, p. 435, fig. 22 and fig. 23, a-g.

Although the eyes are much closer together than is usual in the females of

species of Nannastacus, they are paired; each has three corneal lenses and is sepa-

rated from its fellow by a distance less than its breadth. The larger eyes of the

males of brachydactylus Calman and nasutus Zimmer are similarly narrowly sepa-

rated.

An ovigerous female recently collected in Table Bay, Tasmania, has the form

slightly more robust than in South Australian examples, is a trifle smaller (1°3

mm.) and the granulation of the integument is quite distinct. The antero-lateral

corner of the carapace is subacute and the lower margin immediately posterior to

it is serrate. The third maxilliped has an exopod. The peraeopods are much as

described for sheardi but the carpus of the fifth peraeopod is less than half as

long again as the propodus.

A few subadult males from Tasmania have the uropods as in the female

excepting that exopod and pedunele are very slightly longer in relation to the

endopod, which has three distal spines distinctly marked off on inner margin.

The fifth pleon somite, as in the female, is only half as long again as wide.

NANNASTACUS JOHNSTONI sp, nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument almost smooth, shining, sparsely clothed

with long hairs.

Carapace relatively large and robust, three-sevenths of total length of ani-

mal and nearly three times as long as pedigerous somites together ; across the in-

flated branchial regions it is wider than deep, while it is less than twice as long as

deep; the antero-lateral regions are somewhat swollen, there being a noticeable

lateral depression between these tumidities and the swollen branchial areas; back

of carapace rather flat, slightly rounded along midline and with a median tumidity

at hinder end. Antero-lateral margin angularly coneave and antero-lateral angle

well marked, produced and subacute. Pseudorostrum directed upwards, the lobes

gaping above and below, and not meeting to any appreciable extent ; front of lobes

as seen from side rounded and subtruneate, with indefinite serrations.

Pleural parts and a narrow strip only of first pedigerous somite exposed ;

second also very short dorsally (where it is elevated) but like first and third

ereatly expanded laterally and wider than the carapace; fourth and fifth somites

each with back slightly raised.

Pleon somites short and stout; first deeper and wider than long, with dorsum

tumid ; fifth longer than the others, but Jess than half as long again as wide; tel-

sonic somite rounded posteriorly, barely longer than wide,

Third joint of peduncle of first antenna shorter than second and less than

half as long as first.

166 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Third maxilliped without exopod and with ischium poorly defined ; propodus

a little longer than carpus, .

First peraeopod with basis very short, much less than half as long as the

elongate remainder of limb; propodus little longer than carpus and less than twice

as long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod two-thirds as long as first; basis subequal in length to rest

of limb; carpus not much longer than merus, and about as long as propodus and

dactylus towether; dactylus short and broad, little longer than propodus, and

shorter than its longest distal spine.

Carpus of fifth peraeopod shorter than propodus, which is longer than dac-

tylus.

Fig. 14. Nunnastacus johnstoni, lateral view and dorsal

view of cophalothorax of type female (X* 56).

Pedunele of uropod, two thirds as long as telsonie somite and half as long as

endopod, exclusive of its terminal spine; exopod fully one-seventh as long as

exopor and with its terminal spine reaching just beyond three-fourths of length

of latter; endopod with three short spines on inner margin, all equal in length,

and with terminal spine halt the length of ramus,

Length 1-45 mm. Ova in greatest diameter 0:15 mm.

Colour yellow, with dorsum pale brown.

Adult male. The usual sexual differences are exhibited. The basis of the

first four peraeopods is very wide (about twice as long as wide) and there are

the nenal lamellate teeth on the anterior pairs (see fig. 15).

Uropod relatively longer than im female; peduncle three-fourths as Jong as

telson, and Jess than half as long as endopod exelusive of terminal spine; exopod

less than one-eighth as long as endopod and with its terminal spine reaching just

beyond middle of length of latter; endopod with six spines on inner margin,

successively increasing a little in length backwards, and with distal spine fully

one-third length of ramus.

Length 1+5 mm.

Lae. New South Wales: Svdney; Vaneluse, on stones, between tide marks

(type loc, T. H. Johnston, Jan., 1937) and Shark Tsland. on stones (K, Sheard,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 167

Feb,, 1958). Queensland: Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (1. 8. R. Munro,

various stations, 50 em. 40 m. net, Nov., 1940). Types in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No. C. 2580-2581.

The species is named after Prof. T, Harvey Johnston, who first collected it.

The formalin treatment of silt-covered stones produced a good number of ovige-

rous females which are of two sizes, approximately 1:5 mm, and 1:95 mm, in

length.

mxp,3 ?

Hig. 15. Nanniastacus johnstoni, paratypes adult male and ovigerous female; e. pace, anterior

portion of carapace, somewhat flattened; ant., mxp. and prp., first antenna, third maxilliped and

peraeopods; urop., uropods with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (all X 108).

This wonld seem to be the common Vannastacus in Sydney Harbour. [1 is

close ti minor Calman (1911, p. 357, pl. xxxiv, fig. 1-3); but bas the exopod of

the uvopod relatively shorter in the female, with its distal spine not reaching nearly

to distal end of endopod; further, while the branchial regions are more inflated

(han in Calman's species, there is no median dorsal depression between the tumidi-

ties in this sex,

Mr. Munro seeured a good number of males only and the species is evidently

abundant in Moreton Bay, Queensland, also. These males range in size from 1-5

168 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

mam, to just over 2 mm. but the appendages show no differences, They were taken

in company with males of inflates, which are distinguishable because of the slightly

different uropods, in which the peduncle is relatively shorter, the distal spine of

the exopod does not quite reach to middle of length of endopod (exclusive of Ler-

minal spine) and the distal spine of the endopod is not quite so long, being leas

than one-third the length of the ramus; further, the dactylus of the first peravopod

is slightly shorter m relation to the propodus of that limb.

tenus Senmorrema Calman.

Schizotrema Calman, 1911, p. 460; Stebbing, 1918, p, 165 (kev),

SOHIZ0OTREMA AGULEATA Itlale,

Schizotrema bifrons Lale (mec Calman), 1936, p. 429; fig, 18,

Schizotrema bifrons var. aculeata Late, lec. cit., p. 4380, fig, 19,

Kurther Australian specimens are available. As the body armature differs

always from that deseribed by Calman (1911, p. 362, pl. xxxiv, fig, 18-21) for inis

bifrens from the Gulf of Siam the name aculeata may be applied to the Anstralian

form, The delicate spines are easily damaged, but as proviously mentioned they

do show some variation. Ovigerons females and fully adult males, assumed to

belong together, exhibit quite considerable differences in this direetion,

S. bifrons is described from the female only. Females and almosi adult

wales of aeuleata have the spinulation mnch more marked than in the female of

hifeons, with at least one paiv of outstanding dorsal spines, and a suuilar large

lateral spine on each side of the second to fifth peraeon somites and on all the

pleon somites; the side spines are particularly prominent when the animal is

viewed From above (see posterior portion of pleon of female and subadult male

in (ig. 16). The surface dorsally and laterally bears tiny spinules and some

amall spines. ‘lhe fifth pleon somite is as wide as long and is not longer than

the telaonie somite; the longest dorgal and lateral spines are equal in length

to about half the width of the somite.

Adult male, Wuolly mature males of the same size us ovigerous females

(approximately 1°7 mim.) and taken by submarine light at Port Lincoln, South

Australia, are here regarded as belonging to aeweatm because the arrangement

of the spines of the dorsum is essentially the same, although the spines themselves

are shorter. There are no very large lateral spines as in the adult, female aud

young male.

The earapace is depressed, two-fifths of total length of animal and twive as

long as the pedigerous somites together; at the rear is a triangular, low timidity

which is nof produeed backwards and which is margined on each side by a pair

ol deep grooves, converging from the posterior end to meet in the mid-line be-

tween the branchial regions, and thence diverging to meet a tumidity behind

each eye: dorsally and dorso-laterally it is covered with spines, which become

{ubereular on the lower parts of the sides; one or two spines behind (he eyes are

larger than the others and there is & conspicuous spine below the psendorostrim.

directed outwards from the front, Antero-lateral corner angular, not prordneed

and with asamall spine, behind which is a row of apinnles.

Kirst peraeon somite exposed ag a narrow strip; second to third about ae

wide as carapace, with pleural parts expanded and armed with spines larger than

those of sides; dorsal pair of spines on second and third not larger than pleural

spines, on fourth louger, and on fifth as long as longest dorsal spines of first

io fourth pleon somites,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 169

Fifth pleon somite fully as wide as long and about as long as telsonic somite,

with a row of fowr or five spines (whieh successively increase in size) on each

side of dorsum; back of telsonic somite with median spine as in female, with dorso-

lateral spines short, and with only insignificant lateral spines,

Fig. 16. Sehizoirema aculeata, Adult male from the

side and from above (x 50). Uropods with fifth pleon

and telaonie somites of adult, male, ovigerous female and

(juv.) not fully mature male (% 105).

On the fourth and fifth peracon and first to fourth pleon somites there is

a longitudinal, median depression between the paired elevations bearing the spines.

First antenna with second and third peduneular joints subequal in length, each

half as long as the first ; accessory flagellum single jointed, about one-fourth as long

as first joint of main flagellum.

Third maxilliped with basis longer than rest of limb; merus with an outer

subdistal spine, preceding the usual plumose seta, which like one of the two on

the outer apical lobe of the basis is unusually stout.

170 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusKum

First peracopod with slender terminal joints together more than half as

long again as basis; ischium with a sirung distal onter spine and merus wilh

snitler spme in same position ; carpus aid propodus subequal in leneth, and dae-

lylus less than two-thirds as long as either,

Second peracopod with basis about equal in length to remainder of limb;

carpus sibequal in length to dactylus and twice as lony as merus; dactylus three

times as long as propodus, with longest terminal seta equal in length to prapodus

plus dactylus.

Filth peraeopod with carpus more than halt as long again as prapodus, whieh

is longer than the dactylus.

Pedunele of nropod more than half as long as telsonic somite and less (han

one-third as long as endopod exclusive of its terminal apine; ¢xopod nearly halt

as long again as pedunele, half as long as endopod and with its distal apine reach-

ing to Just beyond distal end of last-named ; terminal spine of endopod stout, two-

Hlths as lony as its ramus,

Ovigerous females have the rani of the uropod relatively shorter (endopud

wuirely more than twice as long as peduncle, and exopod as long as pednnele) ; dis-

lal spines of same length in proportion to rami.

Almost mature males (lig. 16, juv.) with lateral body spines as in the femaie,

have the rami of the uropod intermediate in length between those ut ihe ovigerous

female and adult mule.

wo males trom Moreton Bay, Queensland (1oW-net at night, Nov —Dee., 1940,

LS. R. Munro) ave smatler than the southern specimens (1+5 mm.) and differ in

having the spinnlation of the carapace far less developed, with the spine helow

pscudorostral lobes jnsiguificant. In oe of them the dorsal processes of the

pleon somites are more slender and there are no fairly large spines near the hase of

the long and prominent apical spine of each elevation, the slope of which bears only

small spinules; the second male has the pleon armature as figured.

Genus CUMELLA Sars,

Cumella Sars, 1864, p. 198; Calman, 1911, p, 844 (key) ; Stebbing, 1913, p. 178

(syn. and key),

Nine species can be added to the genus since Stebbing’s revision, three {ron

the Northern Hemisphere (Hansen, 1920, pp, 29-30, pl. ii, fig, 4-5 and Tart, 1930,

p. 15, fig. 5, A-D) three from South-Western Australia (Zimmer, 1914, pp. 179.-

182, fig, 4-9), and three now proposed,

Zimmer has suggested that Vannastacus hirsutus Havsen should be referred

to Cumella because of the close set eyes of the female. Cwnella lima Vale (1936,

p. 435) has the eyes separated by a very narrow interspace in the female but it is

new cousidered that the species belongs to Nannastacus.

It is perhaps scarcely practicable to deseribe newly discovered species so ex-

haustively as to preclude any possibility of confusion regarding others subse-

quently found. Wor example Cumella hispida and laevis Calman muy be men

tioned. ‘There oeeur in Australian waters several forms distinct from each other

and allied to these two speeies bul apparently separable from them. One of

these. from southern Australia was lorinerly recorded provisionally as laevis

(Hale, 1986, p. 432) ; another, now available from Queensland, is, in the prapor-

tions of the wropods, still closer io /aews but the armature of these appendages

is diferent. The relatively slight features distinguishing these {wo Australian

forts from /aewis, as deseribed from the Gulf of Siam, are constart in long series

and both are herein regarded as new; eventually they may be considered varie.

lies or subspecies but in any case separate riames seem to be desirable.

The status of the material lerein referred to hispida remuins in some doubt

pending further details of the species,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 171

KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF CUMELLA.

1. Pedunele of uropod distinetly longer than telsonie somite 2.

Pedunele of uropod at most only as long as telsonic somite = 5.

2, Carapave with a marked dorsal tumidity at posterior end oh .. gibba Zimmer.

Cavapace with no tumidity at posterior end a¢ at ie bi, abe

3. Carapaee well arehed dorsally. Pseudorostral lobes not projecting in front of ocular lobe,

Exopod of uropod much shorter than endopod Pe eycluspoides Zimmer,

Garapace with dorsal edge practically horizontal, Pseudorostral lobes projecting in front

vf veular lobe to form a short but distinct pseudorostrum. Exopod of uropod as long, or

almost as long, as endopod .. ‘ be a o's *

4, Inner margin of endopod of uropod with spines along practically whole length mwrot sp, nov.

Tiner margin of endopod of uropod with spines restricted to distal third = .. cana sp, nov,

5. Terminal spines of rami of uropods not distinctly marked off. . te o. G

Terminal spines of rami of uropods distinctly marked off 7 turgidula sp. nov,

6. Adult female with two small median dorsal spines on carapace and with pleon not much

shorter than cephalothorax. Carpus of fifth peraeopod much longer than ischium and merus

together as 1% in + hispida Calman.

Adult female with no dorsal spines on carapace and with pleon only three-fourths as long as

cephalothorax, Carpus of fifth peraeopod not much longer than ischium and merus together

michaelsent Zimmer.

CUMELLA MUNROL §p. oy.

Ovigerous female. Form as in laevis Calman, the back of the carapace almost

horizontal and the pseudorostrum very short and truncate in front, Imtegument

with short sparse hairs.

First antenna with last two joints of pedunele subequal in length, and first

joint two-thirds as long again as either; accessory flagellum distinct, main. lash

not longer than last peduncular joint.

Pig. 17. Cwmella munroi, lateral view and dorsal view of cephalothorax ot type adult. male

(x 50).

First peraeopod with basis, as in laevis, short, less than half as long as rest

of limb; earpus shorter than propodus aud daectylus together; propodus two-

thirds as long again as dactylus,

Second peraeopod with basis about four-fifths as long as rest of limb; dacty-

lus as long as earpus and propodus together and almost as long as merus and car.

pus together; longest. terminal spine of dactylus as long as the joint.

Fifth peraeopod with carpus nearly half as long again as propodus, which is

not as long as the slender dactylus.

172 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Uropod with peduncle slender, iwo-third as long again as telsonic somite

and with six short spines (as well as usual minute spinules) ol inner margin; en-

dopod, as in female laevis, two-thirds as long as pedunele, but with seven spines

spaced along length of inner margin and with loug terminal spine three-fourths

as lony as ramus; exopod as long as endopod, with longest of the two unequal ter-

minal spines almost as long us its second joint,

Length 1:6 mm,

Adult male, Carapace more than one-third of total lenyrtlt of animal; three-

fourths as long again as deep and as wide as deep. Psendorosiral lobes meeting

for a distance equal to less than one-third length of ocular lobe, which is large,

folly as wide as long, rounded and with seven large corneal lenses, Antero-lateral

mhargin concave and angle obtuse.

Pedigerous somites together four-sevenths as Jong as carapace; pleural parts

of first concealed, those of remainder slightly expanded,

Pleon not much shorter than cephalothorax; fifth somite hall’ as long again

us telsonic somite, which is (as in female) little longer than wide and not markedly

produced posteriorly.

Peraeopods with joints, apart from the longer basis, of same proportions as

in female,

Uropods with peduncle fully twice as long as telsonic somite; endopod two-

thirds as long as pedunele and with terminal spine more than three-fourths as long

as ramus; exopod with longer terminal spine almost as long as whole ramus; other

armature of rami and pecdunele as in female.

Length 1-6 mm.

Loc, Queensland: Moreton Bay, Green Island, surface (1. 8. R, Munvro, Sta-

tion 1, 40 em, 60 m., net, 7 p.m., Jan, 20, 1940) and Myora Bight, surface (J. 8.

R, Munro, Stations 27, 28 and 55 |type loe.], 1.30 a.m., 2.30 a.m. and 9.40 p.m.,

Nov. 29, 1940 and Dee. 6, 1940), Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No.

C, 2631,

While only a single ovigerons female was taken by Mr, Munro's surface uet-

fings, males are abundant in the night hanls mentioned, but only three were

secured at Station 1.

Although as aforementioned, the uropods in their slenderness and propor.

tione resemble those of laevis, their armature, constant in the series, is quite dis-

tinetive.

CUMELLA CANA 8p, Noy,

Cumella laeve Wale (nee Calman), 1936, p. 432, fig, 20-21.

The differences between the southern Australian material and the female

deserihed by Calman are disenssed wh supra, The uropods in cuna have the pe-

dunele wider, less than six tines as long as broad (about ten times in Jacris), ser

rate on inner edge and with the terminal spine of the endopod barely half the

length of the ramus instead of fully two-thirds as long ax it; normally there are four

inper spines on this ramus in the male but rarely there are five; the endopod in the

female hag three or four inner spines. The name is given in allusion to the grey

colouration.

In fig. 18 the appendages of cana ave compared with those of meunrod, ‘The

former differs in that (1) the first peraeopod has the carpus Ionger (han propodiis

and daetylus together, and the lamellate spines at the edge of the exopodal recess

of the basis are stronger; (2) the aeeoud peraopods have the dactylis much shorter

fia merus and carpus togeiher: (8) the daetylus of the fifth peraeopod is

shorter: (4) the uropods are stouter, with different armature and with pedunele

shorter in relation to telsonie somite and endopad.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 173

Loc. South Australia: St. Vineent Gulf, Sellick’s Reef (type loc., H. M.

Hale, Mar—Apl., 1936) and Brighton on shingle bar (K, Sheard and B. C. Cotton,

Mar., 1937), and Port Willunga on reef (H. M. Hale, Apl., 1944) ; Spencer Gulf,

Memory Cove, 3 fath. (K. Sheard, submarine light, 8 to 8.30 p.m., Feb., 1941) ; Kan-

garoo Island, Antechamber Bay, 4 fath, (K. Sheard, submarine light, 8 to 8.50

p.m., Apl., 1941). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2032.

-.=-—=—~---urop. 9--- --

munroi

—

Fig. 18. Cumella munroi and C. cana; ant., prp. and urop., first antenna, peraeopods and

uropods (> 145).

Adult males range in length from 1-6 mm. to 1:84 mm. One of the larger

examples has the nropods as figured (although with five inner spines on endopod )

but the proportions of the first and second peraeopods differ slightly in that the

dactvlus of the first pair is only half as long as propodus, while that of the second

is not much longer than the carpus. The main and most prominent difference in

this exceptional example lies, however, in the fifth leg, which is relatively half as

long again as in other individuals and has the carpus four-fifths as long again as

174 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

propodus. Also, this peracopod is here as long as the second leg, whereas in typi-

eal inales (seemingly fully adult, and with long setae on the thoracic exopods) if

is mueh shorter than that limb and has the carpus only about half as long agai

as propodns, As noted elsewhere, the attainment of complete sexnal maturit y by

the male of some other Cumaven results in considerable changes and one may

venture to suspect in this ease the possibility of two forms of this sex, both ap-

parently adult; this assumption, however, shonld be viewed with caution and there

is the possibility that the long-legged male represents another species,

CUMBLLA TURGIDULA sp. nov.

Adult male, Integument of back and sides granulate, the granules rather more

conspicuous on pedigerous somites than on carapace, and clothed with short vel-

low hairs which become sparser on the pleon,

Fig. 19. Gwmella turgidula, lateral view and dorsal view of cephalothorax of type male

(xX 23),

Carapace not quite one-third of total length of animal ; a little depressed aud

nearly twice as long as deep; seen from above it tapers towards the front and is

widest across the branchial regions which are somewhat inflated; there is a low,

median carina, interrupted between the branchial tumidities by a short broad fur-

tow; at the posterior end of each pseudorostral suture there is a smal! boss; seen

from the side the pseudorostrum is not upturned, its coneave upper margin enry-

ing back and up to above the eye; thence the dorsal contour is arched, with « de-

pression behind middle of length, posterior to which is a low hinder tumidity.

Anterolateral margin shallowly concave and antero-lateral corner rounded, ob-

tusely-angular. Psendorostral lobes moeting in front for a distance equal to fully

half length of ocular lobe; anteriorly they are subaente, crenulate, with a few

setae and seen from the side very oblique. Ocular lobe wider than long, with seven

large corneal lenses, one pair colourless, the others black.

Virst pedigerous somite exposed above, concealed on lower part of side by the

anterior pleural lobe of second; third to fifth with pleural parts expanded and

slightly backwardly produced ; second almost as wide as carapace and, like the

third, with a faint median carina,

First four pleon somites subequal in length, each distinctly shorter than

the tifth, which is narrow, twice as long as wide; telsonie somite almost as lone as

fifth, less than twice as long as wide, scarcely dilated posteriorly, produced above

bases of uropods where it is rounded with a small median terminal point: baek of

all somites rounded without traee of median ridge,

HaLe —AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 175

First joint of peduncle of first antenna twice as long as third, which is barely

shorter than second; second joint of flagellum not much shorter than first; ac-

cessory lash single-jointed, minute.

Seeond antenna with flagellum reaching just beyond end of pleon.

Third maxilliped with ischium short and propodus half as long again as

carpus.

First peraeopod with carpus not quite reaching level of antennal angle; basis

as long as ischium to propodus together; ischium and merus subequal in length;

varpus abont two and one-third times as long as merus and one-third as long again

as propodus, which is twice as long as the short dactylus.

Seeond peraeopod with basis as long as rest of limb; ischium very short;

earpus fully half as long again as merus and longer than dactylus, which is quite

twiee as long as propadnus and has its longest terminal spine equal in length to

itself.

urop,

Fig. 20. Cumella turgidula, type male; ant. 1, first antenna (% 45; last peduneular joint

and flagella, x 160); prp., peraeopods (% 45); urop., uropod (XX 86); with fifth pleon and

telsonie somites (x 45).

Fifth peraeopods with carpus more elongate than in preceding legs, nearly

three times as long as merus and three-fourths as long again as propodus.

Pedunele of uropod equal in length to telsonie somite and barely longer than

endopod, inclusive of its terminal spine; its inner margin is spinulose and is armed

with six large spaced spines, successively decreasing in length towards the rear ;

exopod three-fourths as long as endopod, and as long as its stout termimal spine ;

endopod with six spines, equal in size, on inner margin and with a robust distal

spine more than half as long as the ramus.

Colour: evenly shaded with brown excepting for the anterior part. of eara-

pace (where the colour merges into dark umber) and a pale yellow edging at mar-

gins of carapace and anterior and posterior edges of somites. First antennae

brown, with edges of joints pale; other appendages translucent, save that the dis-

tal joints of the first lees are tinged with brown.

Length 2-9 mm,

Lov. South Australia: Spencer Gulf, Memory Cove, 3 fath. (type loc. K.

Sheard, submarine light, Feb., 1944) ; St. Vincent Gulf, Port Willunga, 1 fath., on

reef (TI. M. Hale, Apl., 1944). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C.

2572.

176 RECORDS OF THE §S,A. MUSEUM

The type was taken in company with numerous males of Nannastacus asper,

mflatus and subinflaius. It is close to C. hispida Calman (see below) but is a

little larger than the female type of that species, and than the male whieh is

here tentatively assigned to Calman’s species. It differs in the proportions

of the uropods and in having the terminal spines of the last-named separated off

trom the rami,

CUMELLA HISPIpA Calman.

Cumella hispida Calman, 1911, p. 347, pl. xxxii, fig. 11-14; Zimmer, 1914, p. 179.

Ovigerous female. Three examples 1:88 mm, to 2 mm. in length agree in pene-

ral closely with Calman’s deseription, The carapace has a shallow depression just

anterior to the hinder margin and two small median teeth in the front half; there

is a fine but distinet median carina for the whole length of carapace. Ocular lobe

Cc. pace. 9

Fig. 21. Cumella hispida, ovigerous female and adult male; lateral view and (ceph.)

cephalothorax from above (% 36); ¢. pace, anterior portion of carapace and first antenna

(X 68); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and perseopods (% 68); urop., uropods with fifth pleon

and telsonie somites (> 68),

wider than long, rounded, slightly constricted at base, and minutely incised at

apex. Pseudorostral lobes pointed in front very oblique as seen from side and

serrate near anterior ends; meeting in front of ocular lobe for a distance equal

to one-sixth of length of carapace. Antero-lateral angle rounded, obtuse, and

margin posterior to it serrate for a short distance.

Pedigerons somites expanded and swollen laterally; first fully as wide as

carapace, second wider, and third but slightly narrower; each with a fine median

carina,

Pleon four-fifths as long as carapace and pedigerous somites together ; somites

one to four with thin median ridge; fifth somite fully half as long again as wide,

japering towards the rear; telsonic somite not quite as long as fifth pleon somite,

very slightly dilated posteriorly, somewhat angularly produced above bases of

uropods and a little more than halt as long again as wide.

First joint of peduncle of first antenna longer than third, which is longer

than second ; third joint at least three times as long as wide.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACHA 177

Basis of third maxilliped as long as rest of limb; ischium very short, propo-

dus twice as long as dactylus, and half as long again as carpus which is subequal

fo Merns; With exopod,

Wivst peraeopod with basis only as long as isch, merns and earpus together ;

the sarpus is lone, more than one-third longer thin propodus, longer than isehion

and merns together and three times as long as dactylus.

Basis of second peraeopod two-thirds as long as rest of limb and twice as long

ag daétylits; ischinm ¢istinet ; carpus longer than ischium and merus together and

as long as dactylus which is nearly twiee as long as propodus, with its main ter-

minal spine almost as long as its own length together with that ol propodius.

Pilth peracopod with earpus half as long again as propodns and little ware

than Hwiee as long as merns, and a little shorter than basis.

Pedinele of nroped about three-fourths as long as telsomie somite and shorter

than endopod, including stont terminal spine of latter, which is not distinetly

marked off; exopod including distal spine more than two-thirds length of endo-

pod; endopod and pedunele cach with two small inner spines.

Coloue lemon yellow, with faint shadings of brown on carapace.

Toc. South Anstralia; Port Willunga, on reef (TI. M. Hale, April, 1944—

example figured), Queensland: Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surfaee (T, S, BR.

Munro, Nov,, 1940),

Nhe only differences leaving doubt as to the identity of these examples are (1)

the smaller size; (2) the relatively shorter earpus of the fifth peraeopod; (3) the

slightly different proportions of the uropod.

Arult male, General form as in furgiduld sp, nov, Fifth pleon somite nearly

twite as long as wide and a little longer than ielsonie somite which is about half

us long ugain as wide and is well produced posteriorly.

First peraeopod with basis longer than ischium to propodns together; earns

nearly half as long again as propodus, which is more than twice as long as dactylus.

Basis of second peraeopod as long as remaining joints together, the latter as

in female deseribed ahove.

Fifth peracopod with earpus twice as long as propodus, two and one-half times

as long 4s merus and little shorter than basis.

Pedonele of uropod a little shorter than telsonic somite and five-sixths as

long ss endopod melding terminal spine which, as in the females recorded

above, is hot distmetly marked off; its imier edge hears a few short spines; exepod

distinetly more than three-fourths as long as endopod whieh has six spines on

inner margin, the last inserted just before the third fourth of length of ramus,

Length 2-15 mm,

Loe, Queensland: Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (1.5. R. Mimro, vari.

nus stations, Noy., 1940),

Genns Ptcrocuma Hale,

Picrocuma Hale, 1986, », 415 and 1943, p. 338.

This genus was established on the female and was tentatively referred to the

Bodotriidae. The male, now deseribed, has ¢xopads on the first three pairs of peraeo-

nods (as in the female), pleopods are absent and the second antenna has a short

and stout, prehensile flagellum. The mandible, as in Campylaspis, is moderately

wide towards the hase but the iticisor process is narrow as in Cwmella (interior part

oF base nol shown int [lale, 1936, tig. 8b).

Picrocumea ths differs from all other Nannastacids in having an exopad oy

(le third peracopods of the female and none on the fourth pair of the male. The

gents in other respeers is wol typical of the family, ‘Che anterolateral eorner of

(he carapace is not at all angular or prominent, the third maxillipeds are re.

178 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

markably pediform, the fossorial legs are stout and short, with basis not enlarged

in exopod-bearing pairs of the male, and the uropods are relatively massive. The

latter resemble those of Campylaspis platywropus Calman (1911, p. 364, pl. xxiv,

fig, 25-29) which by this character stands apart in its genus. The second male

antennae resemble those of Lamprops fuscata Sars (1899, p. 20, pl. xi). For

the present, however, it seems best to consider Picrocwma as an aberrant genus of

the Nannastacidae.

PicROcUMA POECILOTA Hale.

Picrocuma poecilota Hale, 1936, p. 415, fig. 7-8 and 1943, p. 338, fig. 3-6.

Adult male. (Table Bay, Tasmania). Integument slightly roughened, some-

what. polished.

Carapace small in relation to whole animal, barely longer than pedigerous

somites together, two-sevenths of total length, distinctly compressed and with

depth equal to nearly three-fourths its length; seen from the side the dorsal con-

c. pace. 9 ceph. 9

Fig. 22. Picrocwma poecilota. Adult male, lateral view and (ceph.) cephalothorax from

above (X 72). Adult female; c. pace, anterior portion of carapace showing outline of mandible

(X 72); ceph., dorsal view of carapace and first three pedigerous somites (< 40).

tour is slightly and smoothly arched, with a not very pronounced angle at base

of pseudorostrum, which is not at all upwardly directed. Antero-lateral margin

very shallowly concave and oblique; no indication of antero-lateral angle. Pseu-

dorostral lobes roundly subtruncate in front, oblique as seen from the side, meet-

ing in front of ocular lobe for a distance equal to one-tenth of length of carapace.

Ocular lobe twice as wide as long, sooty and with a pair of darker areas apparently

representing the eyes (fig. 22, ceph.).

All five pedigerous somites fully exposed; second much the longest, twice as

long as third or fourth; fifth longer than fourth and first shortest of all; pleural

portions scarcely or not at all expanded.

Pleon nearly twice as long as pedigerous somites together; somites one to

four suecessively increasing in length; fifth abruptly longer, half as long again

as fourth, and half as long again as wide ; telsonic somite as wide as long, posteriorly

rounded, little produced, and somewhat dilated, but not strikingly so.

HaLE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 179

First antenna almost as long overall as second; with third joint of pedunele

barely shorter than second, and with first about as long as second and third to-

evether ; first joint of main flagellum stout, wtih a dense brush of sensory filaments,

which conceal at least a second joint.

Second antenna with flagellum stout, curved, subequal in length to last pe-

duneular joint; five-jointed and apparently with a small terminal jointlet eon-

cealed by a dense series of setae emanating from the fifth joint.

The maxillae and first and second maxillipeds are as in Cumella. The last

joint of the first maxilliped is elongate, more than two-thirds as long as the penul-

timate joint.

“iff ant. I

prp, 4

Fig. 23. Pieroewma poecilota, adult male; ant., first and second antennae ( 220); prp.,

perseopods (X 112; dactylus of fourth X 220); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic.

somites (XX 112).

Third maxilliped (as in female) scarcely differing from first peraeopod ; its

basis is a little shorter, but the rest of limb is equal in length to that of first leg,

although stouter: earpus longer than merus or propodus, which are subequal in

length; exopod stout.

First peraeopod short, its total length barely equal to that of carapace ; basis

almost as long as remaining joints together ; carpus as long as ischium and merus

together, the latter longer than propodus.

Second peraeopod with basis shorter than vest of limb, merus a little longer

than carpus, and dactylns more than twice as long as propodus; (while the ischium

is distinct in the female, I cannot distinguish it in the fully adult male).

Exopod of third peraeopod weil-developed, with robust flagellum; basis in

third and fourth peraeopods almost half as wide as long, and about equal in length

180 RECORDS OF THE 5.4, MUSEUM

to is¢hium, merus and carpus together; in the fifth pair it is shorter, Carpts of

fossorial peraeopods as long as isehitun and merus logether und more than twiee

as lone as propodus with two slender still distal setae, reaching bevond tip of dac-

tylis; propodal seta stout, almost spinetike, reaching to tip of daetylus.

Pedunele of uropod half as long again, and almost as deep, as telsonie somite;

very broad, its width nearly half its length, and without armuture; rami wide, the

endopod a little longer than é@xopod and as lone as peduneles exopod with two

unequal distal spines, the longer nearly one-third as lomy as the ramus; encopod

with a stout distal spine a lithhe more than one-fourth its own length and with

# series of a dozen spines on inner face. successively increasing in lenpth buelk-

wards (in the female there is normally a row of several spines at distal part of

inner edge).

The sive of the uropod relative lo the peraeopods is shown in fig. 23, where

both are drawn fo the same seale.

Colour: # broad band of purplish brown across anterior portion of varapace.

Leneth 1*4 mim,

The adult male is thus smaller than the ovigérous female alrearly desertbed,

and also from Tasmania,

Subadult male (Sellick’s Beach, South Australia). Ags the short seeond an-

{entae are conpletely concealed beneath the opaque carapace the ouly external

features whieh distinguish the young wale from the juvenile female are the slightly

more slender form and the denser sensory filaments of the first antenna, The

laiter has fewer filaments than in the adult and the peduncular joints are more

globose, while the flagellum consists of three joints—if the small terminal element

is in reality a true joint; the third pednnenlar joint bears sensory filaments not

disvernible in the adult deseribed above.

Adult female, Queensland, Some females with small marsupium, together

with an adult male, were taken in Myora Bight, Moreton Bay, by surface net-

tng (1. 8. R. Munro, June and Nov., 1940), The females have the earapace

less swollen than in the type, but it is tumid on each side towards the front and

ilso over the branchial regions, so that, viewed from above. the lateral margins

are sinnate (fig. 22, eeph, 9). The second pedigerous somite is transversely

tumid fore and aft, there heing a shallow gutter between the swellings; the thied

somile ts similarly transversely elevated in the posterior half. The uropod is not.

as robust as in ihe male and its endopod has usually seven spines on the clistal

half of the inner margin, The thoracic appendages are as in the southern exmples.

Length: females up to 1-9 mm.; male 1-2 mm.

Genus Campy Laspr Sars.

Compulaspis Sars, 1865, p. 200; Stebbing, 1918, p, 187 (syn, and kev) ; Tansen,

1920, p. 86 (discussion of genus).

Stebbing keys twenty-three species. Since then Stephensen (1015, p, 32,

fig. 19), Hansen (1920, pp. 38-47, pl. iiiiv), Hart (1980, p. 38, fiz. 5. BD)

and Zimmer (1936, p. 427, fig. 35) have deseribed eight new species from the

Northern Hemisphere; Foxon (1982, p. 393, fig. 9-10) the single species hitherte

recorded from Australia, and the present writer (Hale, 1937a, p. 41, fig. 2-3) one

from the Antaretic. Thirteen new species are recorded herein, bringing the total

for the genus to forty-six.

Both sexes sare known in relatively few of the species but beeanse of the con-

siderable differences in the sculpture of the carapace, 4 general key, based on

that of Stebbing, may beattempted, As the appendages are insufficiently deseribed

in some of the species this leaves much to be desired. THJansen stresses the te por-

tance of the maxilliipeds and first two pairs of peraeopods for systematie pur.

HaALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 181

poses. Details of these appendages will heeome mereasinely necessary as further

new species are discovered haying body sculpture similar to that of one or other

of the forms already recorded.

Apart from the proportions of the joints of the second peraeopod, the relative

lengths, character. and position—terminal or subterminal—of the distal setae or

spines of the dactvlus are worthy of notice.

Reference to the figures of the various authors will show that the differences

in the third maxilliped are more apparent than would seem to be indicated in

the key to the species. The third to fifth peraeopods are of negligible taxonomic

interest in this genus, as generally they differ little, while Hansen (1920, p. 44)

considers that too much reliance cannot be placed upon the proportions of the

uropods and their non-articulated armature.

KEY TO SPECIES OF CAMPYLASPIS.

L. Carapace smooth without. tubercles, spincs, carinac ov lateral furrow

Carapace with tubercles, spies or earinde, or at least with a shallow furrow ou each side 1s,

2. Ocular lobe obsolete > > ' t. te 1 OB

Ocular lobe normal t : $4 ve “e aa) 4d

é. Inner margin of merus of third maxilliped serrate ., “ .. nitens Bonnier,

Inner margin of merus of third maxilliped not serrate .. alba Hansen,

4, Mxopod of uropod a little longer than endopod = ' rr Pian ta Sars.

Exopod of uropod not longer than cndepod i _ : ft

5. Pedunele of uropod three-fourths as long again as endopod “4 zm sted,

Pedunele of uropod at least twice as long as oudopod a je we Od

6. Second peraeopod with dactylus shorter than earpus and propodus togethor . (labra Sara

Second peraeopod with dactylus longer than carpus und propodus together

al la Stobbing,

7. Dye lenses absent ae i “ 7 t a 8

Hye lenses present f vy vy 10"

8. Qarapace with dorsal margin smoothly arehed. Uropod of fein as long as 8 last three pleon

somites together and with peduncle barely more than twice ag long us endopod

orientalis Calman.

Oarapace with dorsal margin slightly meyen. Uropod of female longer, se long aa last four

pleon somites together and with peduncle distinctly move than twice as long as endopod

pacifica Bars.

§. Second peraeopod with dactylua longer than earpus and propodus together

rubiounda Lilljeborg.

Second peraeopod with dactylus not as long as carpus and propodus together -» 10,

10. Distal segment of secand maxilliped with two spines .. »y ms rufa Hart.

Mistal segment of second mavxilliped with four spines ra iD),

IL, Mirst peracopod with carpus barely longer than propodus. Uropod of male with pedunele

three times as long as eudopod thompsont sp. nov,

Wirst peracopod with carpus much longer than propodus, Uropod of male with peduncle

two and one-fourth tines as long as endopod .. wbnvilix ap, mov,

12, Carapace with ridges, if present, simple folds, tot tuherenlate or formed from rows of

tubercles or spines o)~h8.

Carapace with ridges, if prest nt, tnbereulate or formed Prom rows of tubereulos or spines 25.

13. Each side of earapace with a faint furrow which is wot marginod either above or below by a

ridge or fold a up , a4,

Rach side of carapace with at’ least: one ridge ur fold ou cach sido . . 4B,

IM. Dactylus of seeond perucopod about ag long aa earpos, blunt-ended and not laperia

canalieulata 4 Bimmer;

Ductylus of second peraeopod longer than carpus, ond tapering to the narrow distal end

unisuleata sp. now,

1b, Curapaee with one oblique ridge ou cach side os foo aa -. 16.

Cavapace with more than one vidge on each side ‘ct o- 1%,

16, Pedunele of uropod remarkably broad and only one-third as Lange umain as wb endopod

platyure pus Culinary,

Pedunele of uropod stonder, three times ox tong as endopod .. whiplicata sp, nov,

182

an,

od.

RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Unrapace of an eroded appearance, with four irregular, subrectangular, depressed areas on

gach side, bordered by prominent tolda,. ay Ppt *D- TY.

Carapace not so seulptured, with carinine on cach side subparailel oes . 1s.

Two oblique earinae ariving anteriorly and extending for greater part af length of narapace

on vach alde os -- 1M.

Three oblique curinae urising anterior ly and extonding for greater purl of longth af warapuce

on each side 4 we ee oe te 1 Oty

Psendorostrum winsually long, the lobes muveting for uw distance equal to at least onessixth of

length of carapace ee an oo a ns oe 20.

Pseudorostrum much shorter .. : = af 2+ Bt,

Veular lobe obsolete. Peduncle of ened one third as a tous again agvami .. piles Foxou.

Ocular lobe small, elongate, Pedunele of uropod more than twiew us long i us rami

vitrea Calman,

Qeular lobe linguiform, narrow und diluted distally macrophthalma Sars,

Ocular lobe not tinguiform, rather broad and not uM “all dilated distally, or obsolete =... 29.

Second peracopod with dactylus longer than varpus and propodus together .. , Bu,

Sveond peracopod with dactylus shorter than carpus and propodus together .. a4,

Vavapace with a transverse dorsal carina behind ocular lobe, uniting the uppermost Jateral

carinii, ind with ashort lateral carina, meeting its fellow dorsally near posterior end. Morus

of third maxilliped nar row, twice as long as wide .. .. jolnstont Hale,

Carapace without these carinae, Merus of third muxilliped loas than twice aa long aa wide

snlecta Burs.

Ocular lobe obsolete, withuut corneal lenses Paes ra veatis Stabbing,

Ocular lobe large, with corneal lenses — ., 3 +. “BG,

Dactylus of second perneopod dilated and rounded at distal ns articulated to whieb is o

short process af latidacty la sp, NOY,

Davtylus of second peravopod tapori ing to the narrow distal end, which bears long setae, 26,

Merus of third maxilliped narrow, about twice as long aa wide, Carpus of first perueopod

shorter than propodus o Wadata Sars,

Mervs of third mayilliped wide, not, much louger than broad, ” Carpus ot first peracopad

longer than propodua ~ a 1. minor sp, nov,

Lowest of the three lateral keels bifurcate posteriorly, Morus of third maxilliped much

shorter than earpus and propodus together »» — eostata Bara,

Lowest of the three lateral keels not bifureate, Merus of third nuxilliped much longer than

carpus and propodus together . vr triplicata sp. nov.

a with no tuberculate curinue, nor with eines combined in rows on sides to form

"i oe 29,

Unrapaece with tubereulate ridges, or with some ot the tubercles combined i in ‘rows on sides +1,

Carupuce not spinose, the sides with a very few low tobereles or with inconspicuous granule

like luberclos ve ve .. 380,

Carapace spinose, or with munny conapienons tubercles on sides . a r+ i. 38.

Carapace with tiny granule-like tubercles As +4 ay . 1

Usarapiee with a few low dorsul protuberances iu , 82,

Ocular lobe oatrow, about twice as long as wide. Distal joiut of aceond maxilliped with Yate

es Carpus of third masilliped large, two-thirds as long aa merus laticarpa Hansen.

culur lobe wider than long. Distal joint of second maxilliped with four spines. Carpis

of third maxilliped small, scarcely more than one-third us long as morus .. roseic xp, nov.

Distal joint of second maxilliped with three xpines, Pedunele of wropod emooth ajfinis Sars,

Distal joint of second maxilliped with four spines. Peduncle of uropod serrate

serratipes Hunsen,

Tubercles of carapace distinetly spine-like, either robust with acute apices, or slender ,. 24

‘Lubereles of carapace never slender, but rounded or subeonical with blunt apices 2. Bo

Dorsum of carapace with stout spines, Ocular lobe narrow, not dilated distally, Distal joint

of second maxilliped with three spines, Propodus of third tnaxilliped subequal in length to

oarpus, Pedunele of nrepod not spinose te apinose Calman,

Dorsum of carapace with slender spines. Oculsr lobe Unguiform, dilated distally, Distal

joint of vecond maxilliped with two spines. Pedunele of uropod spinosa — oehinata ap, nove

Morus of third maxilliped triangular, expanded distally and as wide as long frigida Hausen.

Merus of third muxilliped oblong, never as wide as loug .. 86.

Merus of third maxilliped unusually slender, about three Wines ¢ as a long a8 wide

pr Tae Pruitt laa Bp. HOV,

Merus of Uhird mixilliped not more than lwiew as long aa wide —, othe

HALE AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 183

37. Moria of third maxilliped a8 long as carpus and propodns together He .» B8:

Morus of third maxUiiped much shorter (han carpus and propedna together . od

38, Fifth ploon somite with feohle transverse sulens. Firat two pedigerois somites elevated

florgally to form pro-vurved lamellae s . ot 2 BEFTUCOSA Bes,

Fifth ploon somite with strongly developad (vansverse sulcus. Firah two pedigerous somites

not Clevated dorsally ta iis i . Gaperd. Bp. NOV,

29. Pleo somites without dursal teeth, al most with feeble tubercles on first three somites». 40,

Ploow somites with dorsal tueth . antaretica Malman.

40. No depressed area on sides of carapace. Merus of third maxilliped not expanded on inndr

sidy. Daelylis of second persvopod burely ag long as carpus. ; »» nodulosd Bara.

A depresaed area on cach side of carapace. Merns of third maxilliped triangularly expanded

oninnor side, Daetylus of second perauupod longer than carpus . . globosd Tlansen,

41. Dactylus of sesond peraeopod almost equal in leigth fo mous, carpus nud propodus together,

and with & terminal lobe extending beyond insertion of the mowt distal of the setae =, 42,

Dactylus of second paracopod at mout ax long ax carpua and propodus together, and with

Wistal setae quite terminal ar rie wi rr 1 48,

40. Psaondorostrum relatively long, the lobes mooting for w distance equal to oe-seventh length

of carapace, 'uborcules of enrupace few and large .. ws rostrata Calman,

Peendoroatrum shorter, the lobes meeting for a distance equal lo one-tenth longth of carapace.

Tubereles of carapace small und numerous a inh thetidix sp. moy,

43. Merus of third maxilliped more than halt as long ugain us carpus 44,

Merus of third maxilliped wel less than half as Jong again as carpus maculata Zimmer.

44. Sidos of carapace wilh Uhree diatinet folds, the uppermost two of whieh bear large rounded

tuberelos . As os « i intermedia Hansen.

Sides of carapace without carinae bul the depression bordored with rows of large eonieal

tubercles os on “¥ oe = rm) .. #5.

48. Outer margin of merus of third maxilliped strongly dentate «— horridivides Btephensen,

Outer margin of merus of third maxilliped not dentate | horrida Bars.

OCAMPYLASPIS THOMPSONT Sp. NOV,

Ovigerous female, AIntegument strongly ¢aleifled with fhe small retienlate

patterning somewhat diffuse.

Curapace sparsely clothed with short hairs, without sculpture except for a

very fine median line, and with pellucid spots on anterior portion; strongly vaulted

above, ovoid in shape as seen from above, with greatest width nearly two-thirds its

fength, and equal to its depth; it is more than one-half the total length of the

aninial. Antennal notch and angle barely indicated. Pseudorostral lobes sub-

truneate in front and meéeting for a distance about equal in length to oevlar lohe

whieh is us wide as long, subtriangular, barely at. all constricted at base, and with

three corneal lenses, the median, at anferior end, divided inta two.

Pedigerous somites not elevated dorsally and pleural portions not prominent ;

first two almost wholly concealed.

Marsupium not visible from the side, the ova (0-275 mm. in greatest dia-

meter) completely concealed beneath the bulging carapace,

Uleon somites with faint indieations of dorso-lateral carinae; fifth without

traneverse suleus, lelsonic somite rounded distally and very little produced,

Second and third peduneular joints of frst antenna subequal in length, each

loss than two-thirds ag long as first; first segment of flagellum twice as long as

second,

First maxilliped with lerminal joint mmute, with one tiny seta; a score of

vill-leaflets plus one veflexed.

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with tour faleate spines; the outermost

small and erowded, the longest reaching to about level of tip of distal spine of

penultimate jot,

Third maxilliped with basis wide and short, not quite as long as remaining

joints togethers merus two-thirds as wide as long, as long as carpus, propodus and

Jaciylus together, aud with margins serrate, but with no outstanding dentation

184 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

although two small subdistal teeth on outer edge are rather prominent; carpus

wider than propodus, but equal to it in length, with half a dozen teeth on inner

margin and with two outer spines crowded together; propodus twice as long as

dactylus and with three or four teeth on inner edge at proximal fourth.

First peraeopod with basis about as long as rest of limb; merus three-fourths

as long again as carpus which is subequal to propodus and twice as long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod longer than first, with basis as long as ischium, merus aud

carpus together; dactylus subequal in length to carpus, with terminal setae in-

significant.

Fig. 24. Campylaspis thampsoni, types adult female and male from the side (X 19),

Pedunele of nropoda long and slender, three times as long as telsonic somite,

three and one-half times as long as endopod and with inner edge serrate; endopod

barely longer than exopod, with three spines on inner margin and two very un-

equal terminal spines, the longer more than half length of ramus; exopod with

longest terminal spine equal in length to second joint.

Colour white.

Length 4-5 mm.

Adult male, Carapace less than half of total length of animal; its width ts

three-fifths its length and greater than its depth. Antennal noteh even more eom-

pletely obliterated than in femaie, Ocular lobe slightly larger, and rather more

constricted at base; three corneal lenses.

Pedigerous somites three to five a little elevated dorsally and with plenral

portions expanded and rounded.

Last joint of pedunele of second antenna more than twice as long as penulti-

mate joint.

In the uropod the endopod is one-fourth as long again as the exopod and has

seven spines, as well as minute spinules, on inner margin; peduncle three times

as long as telsonie somite, and also as endopod, with plumose setae on inner edge.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 185

length 4:5 mum,

Loc. Tasmania: off Babel Island. lat. 39° 55’'8., long. 148° 31’ KE. (type loc.,

‘‘Warreen’’ Station 29, Jan., 1939). New South Wales: 4 miles off Pt, Hacking,

80 metres on mud (K. Sheard, trawled, May, 1944). Types in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No, C. 2342-2346.

The New South Wales locality is based upon a single male which, though

adult, is only 3-5 mm. in total length; in detail, however, it agrees closely with

urop. 9

mxp. 1

ant. 19

urop. &

ant.1¢

pep. 1 2

Fig. 25. Campylaspis thompsoni, ceph., eephalothorax of types female and male from

above (X19). Paratype female and male; mxp, 1-2, distal portions of first and second

maxillipeds (X 90); ant., mxp. 3, prp. and urop., first antenna, third maxilliped, peraeopods and

uropods (X a4).

the males from further south, the uropods being identical in the armature and

length of peduncle, while the thoracic appendages exhibit no differences in the

proportions of the joints.

C. pacifica Sars (1887, p. 66, pl. x, fig. 6) from the Philippines appears to be

related but differs in the shape of the earapace, with wavy dorsal outline, the

absence of corneal lenses, the well-defined antennal notch, the more exposed pedi-

gerons somites, etc. The uneven dorsal contour of the carapace and the distinet

antennal notch are both mentioned and figured by Sars, but information regard-

ing the appendages is scanty.

Stebbing, in his key tu the genus (1918, p. 188) separates his paeneglabra

trom allied species in that it has the carapace less fhan one-half the total length.

C. paeneglabra was described from the male only and im the species deseribed

above the male differs from the female in this respect.

186 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

C. thompson resembles quite closely glabra Sars and paeneglabra Stebbing.

In the last-named, however, the male eye-lobe shows no lenses, the dactylus of the

second peracopods is longer than the carpus and propodus together, the rami of

the urepoda are relatively much longer, ete.

(, glaba bas the rami of the uropoda proportionately considerably longer, the

first two pedigerous somites well produced dorsally and not almost wholly econ-

cealed in the female, while the basis of the second peraeopod, according to Sars’

figure, is relatively shorter,

This species is named after Dr. Harold Thompson, the Chief of the Fisheries

Division of the Couneil for Scientific and Industrial Research.

CAMPYLASPI8 SIMILIS sp. nov.

Adit male. Closely resembling the mature male of thompsoni.

First maxilliped with terminal joint minute, but distinet with a single seta ;

about a seore of gill lamellae.

Pig. 26, Campylaspis similis, type male; aut. 1, first antenna ( 60); mxp. 1-2, terminal

joints of first and second maxillipeds ( 114); mxp. 3 and prp., distal joints of third maxilliped,

and first and seeond peraeopods (x 60); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic somites

(% 42), A, Distal joints of third masilliped, and first und second peracopods, of adult male of

©. thompsont. (x 60).

Plumose setae omitted on third maxillipeds and first perneopods.

Distal joint of second maxilliped with four spines; the outermost shorter

and much more slender than the others, which are subequal in length; outer dis-

tal spine of penwtimate joint slender, curving well beyond the terminal spines;

opposite this at inner margin is a very stout distal seta followed by a plumose

and a plain slender seta,

Third maxilliped much as in thompson/ but a little broader and with inner edge

of propodus serrate for greater part of length.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 187

First peraeopod with merus only one-third as long again as carpus, which is

much longer than propodus and twice as long as dactylus.

Dactylus of second peraeopod almost as long as carpus and propodus together,

and with longest terminal seta half as long as the joint.

Pedunele of uropod three times as long as the short, broad and little produced

telsonic somite, but only two and one-fourth times as long as endopod; with spaced

plumose setae on inner margin; endopod with three terminal spines, the outer-

most very small, and with nine or ten spines on inner margin; exopod a little

shorter than endopod with the longest of its two terminal spines fully as long as

its second joint.

Colour white.

Length 3-8 mm.

Loc. Tasmania: off Babel Island, lat. 39° 55’ S., long. 148° 31’ KE. (‘*War-

reen’’ Station 29, Jan., 1939). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2566.

(’, similis may be separated from thompsoni without dissection by the different

proportions of the joints of the first peraeopod and by the shorter peduncle of the

uropod.

CAMPYLASPIS UNISULCATA Sp. NOV.

Adult male. Integument calcified and brittle, with reticulate pattern small,

rather diffuse on carapace and of somewhat imbricate appearance on pleon.

Carapace with obseure, very fine median dorsal line; smooth on sides excepting

for a single longitudinal, faint, slightly eurved furrow running from neighbour-

hood of antennal notch to about four-fifths of the length ; depressed and with dor-

sal margin little arched ; fully twice as long as deep, and distinctly less than half

Fig. 27. Campylaspis wnisulcata, type male and cephalothorax of paratype female (X 23).

the total length of animal ; viewed from above it is suboval in shape with the antero-

lateral areas below the lateral groove prominent, while the sides are not quite

evenly curved but slightly sinuate. Antennal notch shallow, smoothly concave ;

below it the margin is rounded, not at all angular. Pseudorostral lobes subtrun-

cate and slightly concave in front, meeting for a distance equal to about haif

length of ocular lobe, which is rounded, large, rather wider than long and with

three prominent lenses arranged in a triangle, the hinder ones situated at and

beyond the postero-lateral parts of the lobe.

First pedigerous somite concealed excepting for a narrow dorsal strip; it

and the second elevated dorsally and with anterior margin as seen from above

slightly produced forwards and angular medianly ; third a little elevated posteri-

orly on the back; fourth and fifth somites with a pair of low longitudinal dorsal

ridges ; pleural parts of second to fifth rounded, not much expanded backwards.

188 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

Pleon with very fine dorsal longitudinal line on fifth and telsonic somites ;

fifth without transverse sulcus; telsonic somite as wide as long, rounded pos-

teriorly, but scarcely at all produced, and only about as long as wide.

First peduneular joint of first antenna longer than third, which is longer than

second ; flagellum with terminal ( second) joint much shorter than first and with a

brush of sensory setae.

mxp, 1 /; mxp. 2

Fig. 28. Campylaspis unisilcata, type male; ceph., cephalothorax from above (x 23);

ant, and mand., first antenna and mandible (x 70) ; mxp. 1-2, distal portions of first and second

maxillipeds (X 130); mxp, 3 and prp., third maxilliped and peraeopods (X 60); nrop,, uropod

with fifth pleon and telsonie somites ( 60),

Seeond antenna with last segment of peduncle fully twice as long as penul-

timate.

Mandible with three stout spines in the row and with the slender molar pro-

cess almost half as long as the incisor part distal to it.

First maxilliped with terminal joint so minute that it is difficult to discern.

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with four spines, subequal in length, each

about half as long as distal outer spine of penultimate joint; the last named spine

is slender and flexible distally.

Hate—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 189

Third maxilliped stout; basis serrate on distal part of inner edge and almost

as long as rest of Limb; mers fully twice as long as wide, almost as long as

carpus, propodus wid dactylus together, with iuner margin erenulate and outer

with two subdistal spines, in between which is the nsial plumose seta; earpus

coarsely serrate on inner edge and wilh a pair o7 small teeth on outer margin ; pro

puis three times as long as dactylus and about owe-fifth longer than earpus, with

abont four inner teeth close Logether and two outer teeth, all in proximal helt.

First peraeopod with the wide basis subequal tu length to cest of limbs ehiut

with a steong inner tooth, rest of joiits not rewolarly serrate; meras about one.

third as long awnin us carpus; propodus nol mich shorter than earpns and twice as

Tine as dactylus.

Second peraeopod longer than first, with the wide basis longer than is¢hium

to propodns towether; dactylus markedly tapermg, as long as carpus and pro-

podus together, and with terminal setae short and slender,

Pedinole of uropod with insignificant serrations on outer margin and nine

setae (with short plumes) on inner margin; 71 is three times as long as telsonic

somite und slightly more than twice as Jong as endopod; exopod four-tifths as

long as endopod, with longest of (wo terminal spines as long as its second joint,

with a subdistal inner apine and tyo, slender, on the outside edge; endopod with

ten inner spines (type as in rupta, thompsont, ete.) snecessively increasing in

leugth, the last five times longer than first; longest of the two very wmequal ter-

minal spines of endoped only half as long as ramus.

Colour, white. tinged with brown at anterior end of carapace.

heneth 3-9 mm,

Subadult female. A single example with wopods abnormal, has the carapace

well-urched above and not depressed as in the male; it is not quite twice as long

as deep anid isa little more than half the total leneth of animal ; it bulges backwards

to the rear but does nol overhang the dorsum of the pedigerons somites,

Length 3+6 mm,

Loe, South Anstralia: St. Vineent Gulf, Rapid Bay, 4 fath., on mud (type

loe,, TH, Cooper, ®. J. Manka and A, Rau, Jan., 1944). Tasmania: off Babel

Island, lat. 39" 55’ &., long, 148° 31’ EB. (‘*Warreen”’ Station 29, Jan,, 1939).

Type, mate, in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C, 2562,

This species shares with the Californian cunutieulala Zimmer 1936, p. 427,

fiz, 85) the distinetion of possessing a depression on the side of the smooth eara-

pace not marzined by folds. The maxillipeds are very similar in Zimmer’s species

although the terminal joint of the first pair is less rudimentary ; the daetylng of

the second peraeopod, however, is dilated apically and bears no terminal setac.

whereas in wmisuleate this joint is longer, tapers to a rather unusual dogree, and

hag terminal setae, The joints of the first peraeopods are also of different prapor-

lions; in canelionlole the “earpus and propodus are of nearly eqnal leneth’’, and

are so shown in Zimmer's fe, 25 3, hub tn wniswleata the carpus is distinelly

lonimer than propodus,

CAMPVYIARPTS TINTPLICATA sp. nov.

Female. integument calcified, brittle and fragile; very short setae over

whole of body.

Carapace with a single rounded earma on each side, running from the neigh-

hbourhood of the antennal notch obliquely upwards and terminating at second

third of length jnst before renching the mic-line of the back; lower and parallel

to this ridge is a feeble longitidinal gutter but no distinet second ridge; a low,

double, anterolateral tumidity on each side and an insignificant median longitu.

dingy! tine on back » otherwise smooth exeept for the very fine refienlation and faint

wavy, oblique strive; there are a few elongare pellucid spots, arranged in a Lrats-

190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

verse row, at first fourth of length; back, as seen from the side, sinuate and ris-

ing steeply to about first third of length, thence evenly and strongly arched : seen

from above the width is two-thirds the length and the pseudorostrum is irregular

laterally, thence the sides are evenly curved; the total length of the carapace is

less than that of the pleon. Pseudorostral lobes oblique, poimted in front and meet-

ing for a distance greater than length of eye-lobe, which is roundly subtriangular,

as wide as long, with three corneal lenses, the apical lens divided into two, An-

tennal notch a shallow concavity and angle widely rounded.

Pedigerous somites scarcely elevated dorsally, the second to fifth with pleural

parts globose and rounded posteriorly.

Pleon somites with no definite sculpture, save for two or three eroded areas

on each side of first to fifth; telsonic somite as wide as long, a little widened pos

teriorly, rounded distally and not much produced.

Fig. 29. Campylaspis wniplicata, type female (x 21).

Second and third peduncular joints of first antenna subequal in length, each

nob much longer than first and shorter than the slender flagellum, the first seg-

ment of which is longer than the second,

Second antenna single-jointed. Upper lip rather long.

First maxilliped with terminal jomt elongate, minute, with a single seta;

twenty-one gill-lobes on epipod.

Last joint of second maxilliped with four spines, three subequal, the fourth

shorter and more slender; penultimate joint with two distal setae and with the

outer spine stout and reaching beyond tips of dactylar spines.

Third maxilliped with basis very short, only as long as ischium, merus and

¢arpus together; merns large, nearly twice as long as wide, a little longer than

carpus and propodus together and with three outer teeth near distal end; car-

pus as wide as long, three-fourths as long as propodus and with small denticles on

short outer edge.

First peraeopod without definite dentition; basis much shorter thav rest of

limb; merus one-third as long again as carpus, which is longer than propodus,

Second peraeopod a little longer than first; basis short, as long as isehium to

propodus together ; dactylus a little longer than carpus with insignificant sefie as

in thompsont.

Peduncle of nropod long slender, serrate on inner margin, almost three times

as long as telsonic somite, and three times as long as rami, whieh are subeqnal in

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 191

length ; endopod with four composite spines on inner edge and two unequal terminal

spines, the longer three-fourths as long as the ramus; exopod with one inner spine

and with the longer of the two terminal spines longer than the second joint, and

than that of endopod.

oc. lobe

Pig. 30. Campylaspis wniplicata, type female; ceph., cephalothorax from above (X 22);

oc. Jobe, lip and ant., oeular lobe, vpper lip and antennae (> 62) ; mxp., first to third maxillipeds

( 32; distal portions of first and second * 144); prp., peracopods (% 32); urop., aropod with

fifth pleon and telsonic somites (X 32).

Colour milk white without trace of pigment.

Length 4:8 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: 5 miles east of Port Hacking, 100 metres, on mud

(type loc., ‘‘Cronulla’’ Trawl Station, July, 1943) ; 4 miles east of Port Hacking,

80 metres, on mud (KK. Sheard, trawled, May, 1944). Type in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No. ©. 2522.

A smaller female, 3:1 mm. in total length, has the dorsum of the first and second

192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

pedigerous somites almost perpendicular as seen from the side and not even slightly

elevated ; the appendages, ete., are as in the type.

Apart from platyuropus Calman (1911, p. 364, pl. xxxiv, fie, 2! 29), this

is the only known unicarinate member of the genus.

CAMPYLAEPIS RUPTA sp. nov.

Adult male, Tntegiument not strongly calcified, not brittle but tough and not

easily torn.

Cavapave with strong sculpture, consisting of shallow depressions with tuimid

edges; the largest excavation is lateral, above it are two dorso-lateral depressions

in posterior half ; anterior to it is an excavation behind the antennal area and imme-

diately above it is a small hollow (fig. 31), the mid-line is ridged and irregular. so

Fig. 31. Campylaspis rupta, type male (% 28).

that seen from the side the dorsal contour is markedly uneven, slightly arched and

somewhat concave at base of ocvar lobe; viewed from above it is widest in pos-

terior third but is considerably broadened anteriorly owing to a large tumidity at

the upper anterior part of the largest lateral depression; it is two-fifths of the

total length of the animal, depressed and twice as Jong as deep. Antennal noteh

widely open and angle obtuse. Ocular lobe rounded, wider than long with three

distinet corneal lenses arranged in a triangle and a further conjoined pair, less

distinet, on each side.

First to third pedigerous somites each with a transverse carina, medianly

sharply elevated and with a pair of small tubercles; fourth and fifth somites each

with a pair of longitudinal dorsal earinae.

Pleon narrow ; first four somites each with a pair of dorsal carinae as in

posterior pedigerous somites. Fifth somite slightly constricted at two-thirds of

Jength as seen from above but with no transverse suleus; from the side no con-

strietion is apparent but there is a slight ventral indentation at this point; this

somite has a median longitudinal carina, most distinct on posterior half: telsonic

somite produced more than usual in genus, with apex rather narrowly rounded,

and with median carina; it is much longer than wide.

First joint of peduncle of first antenna as long as second and third segments

together; flagellum two-jointed, as long as third peduneular joint and shorter

than second.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 193

Vig. 32. Campylaspis rupta. ceph., Cephalothorax of type male from above (X 272). Para-

type male; ant, 1, first antenna (> 100); mxp. 1-2, distal portions of first and second maxil-

lipeds (> 140); mxp. 3, and prp., third maxilliped and peracopods (X 50; distal portions with

plumose setae omitted, X 100); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic somites (x 50),

Second antenna with last segment of peduncle one and three-fourths times as

long as penultimate.

First maxilliped with terminal joint small, only about one-sixteenth of length

of penultimate, globose and capped with a seta longer than itself and a minute

seta.

Distal joint of second maxilliped with two spines, one slightly longer than

the other and not reaching quite to tip of outer spine of penultimate joint.

Third maxilliped with basis stout and longer than rest of limb; merus widest

distally, less than twice as long as wide, much shorter than carpus and propodus

194 ReEcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUseum

together, with a prominent subdistal ouler tooth and with inner margin serrate;

carpus wider than, and ftye-sixths as long as, propodus, with immer margin serrate

and with two teeth on outer edge; daetylus much Jess than half as long as propodus,

First peraeopod with rather prominent elosed serrations at distal end of

outer margin of basis, which is a8 long as the rest of the limb; ischinm with two

small inner teeth; merns much longer than carpus and with both margins purtly

serrate; carpus little longer than propodus, with a tooth at middle of length af

outer margin; dactylus more than half as loug as propodus,

Second peraeopod a little shorter than first, with the stout basis as long as

ischium to propodus together; dactylus little more than three-fourths as lone us

earpns ond much longer than its longest terminal seta,

Pedunele of uropod carinate, as long as fifth pleon and telsonic somites to-

rother, twice as Jong as endopod, and with plumose setae on distal half of feehly

serrate inner margin; endopod half as long again as exopod, with two very m-

equal terminal spines and an inner row of ten, all eampound (see fiz, 32, irop.):

exopod with row of spines on outer edge, two unequal terminal spines and a single

plumose seta on mner margin.

Jolour, yellow, generously mottled with dark brown on thorax, pleon and all

exposed appendages. No attempt is made to show the patterning m fle, 31, as

this would confuse the seulptiring,

Length 4 mm.

Loe, South Australia: St. Vineent Gulf, Brighton, off jetty, 12 fath. (Misses

Pat. Mawson and L. M, Angel, and K, Sheard, submarine light, Oet., 1941), Type

in South Australian Musenm, Reg. No. C. 2560,

The hold sculpture is distinctive, Most if not all of the other Australian apecies

of Compnylaspis were taken on mud, the type of bottom whieh would be uxpected

for (he genus, but maple was on clean white sand; there are, however, patches of

silt here and there in the Gulf and only two males of this species were secured hy

the eollectors.

CAMPYLASPTS LATIDACTYLA sp. nov,

Non-owigerous female, Tntegument well ealcified, coarsely pitted-reticulate

on carapace; granulate on pedigerons and pleon somites, and on busal joints of

perseopods and nropods.

Carapace with a single deep, wide curved furrow on each side, mareined

above and below with a low fold; broad, a little wider than deep, fully half as

long again as depth, and less than half of total length of animal; dorgally it is

moderately arched and does not at all overhang the pedigerous somites posteri-

orly; seen from above it is broadest across the lower of the lateral folds, which

are well-separated on the back. Antennal noteh and angle obsolete. Pseydo-

rostral lobes troneate anteriorly, meeting for a distance equal to length of oelar

lobe, which is rounded, wider than long, and has three corneal lenses.

Pedigerous somites all exposed and, like carapace, with 4 fine median carina :

together they are not much more than two-fifths as long as varapace > dorset) ly

cathy tumid, but not produced; pleural portions globose, not produced back-

wards.

Fifth pleon somite without transverse sulens, barely longer than wide. and

little longer than telsonie somite, which is dilated laterally towards ihe distal

end, is wider than long and has the hinder margin broadly rownded and seareely

produced.

First joint of peduncle of first antenna nearly half as lig again us seeond

Which is longer than third,

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with three spines, subequal in leneth, but

one meh more slender than the others; penultimate joint with outer distal spine

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 195

long, reaching for one-third of its length beyond dactylar spines and with distal

part tapering and flexible; this joint also bears two subdistal spimes as well as

the usual triangular tooth aud a strong seta.

Third maxilliped almost as long as first peraeopod; basis as long as merus,

carpus and propodus together; merus nearly twice as long as wide, longer than

carpus plus propodus, and with no armature save a couple of feeble subdistal

outer teeth ; propodus one-fourth as long agaim as carpus and barely twice as long

as dactylus.

First peraeopod with basis two-thirds as long as rest of limb; merus hai!

as lone avain as carpus, which is equal in length to propodus and less than twice

as long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod longer than first, with basis stout and not much longer

than merus and carpus together; ischinm indistinet ; dactylus a little longer than

carpus and distinctive in structure, beme dilated distally, with a single short

clavate, articulated process (evidently a modified seta) inserted near the ter-

minal end (see fig 34, ductylus).

Fig, 88, Campylaspis latidactyla, type famule (% 40).

Third to fitth peraeopods with the carpal seta and propodal seta long,

each reaching very much beyond tip of dactylus.

Peduncle of uropod serrate on imner edge, more than twice as long as

telsonie somite and not quite twice as Jong as endopod, which is equal in length

to the exopod; endopod with two spines on inner margin and two distal spines,

one of which ig more than twice as long as the other and fully two-thirds as long

as the ramus; longer of the two very onequal terminal spines of exopod as

long as seeond joimt of the rans,

Colour, white with numerous dark ocelli on carapace and pedigerous so-

mites, and a few on anterior pleon somites and basis joints of peraeopods.

Length 2-2 mm.

Loc. Queensland: Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (I. 8. R. Munro,

Stations 45 and 55 [type loc.], 50 em. 40 m. net, 10.30 p.m. on Nov. 29, 1940

and 9.40 p.m. on Dee. 6, 1940). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg, No.

}, 2618.

A. female was taken at each station; the paratype is 2-6 mim, in length and

differs from the type in having three inner spines on endopod of uropod and in hav-

ing more of the first pedigerous somite concealed beneath the carapace, which is

granulate instead of pitted.

196 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Amongst the Australian species with a single furrow on the side of the cara-

pace this species stands apart by the curious dactylus of the second leg; there is

a similar modification in canalicu/ata Zimmer (1936, p. 427, fig. 35) but there the

subterminal seta is slender and plumose while the fainter longitudinal sulens of

the carapace, and the dorsally well produeed first and seeond pedigeronus somites

serye readily to separate it.

foe

dactylus ” prp. 4

Vig. 34, Campylaspis latidactyla, type female; ceph., cephalothoraxs from above (X 39);

ant. 1, first antenna (x 77); mxp. 2, distal portion of second maxilliped (> 240); nurp. 3 and

prp., third maxilliped, and first and second peraeopods (X77); dactylus, distal half of dactylus

of second perasopod ( 240; terminal ‘*seta’’, * 720); prp. 4, distal portions of fonrth

peracopod (x 126); nrop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (77). A, Campy-

laspis wniplicata; distal half of dactylus of second perseopod (% 240); distal joints of fourth

perasopod (x 128).

dactylus

The dactylus of the second leg of wriplicata sp, noy. while tapering to the

apex and not at all dilated, bears a truncate terminal process instead of slender

setae (cf, fig. 34, A); this species has the lateral furrow very faint but has an

upper carina which extends further back than in latidactyla, has short fossorial

setae on the posterior legs, etc.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 197

CAMPYLASPIS MINOR 8p. nov.

Owgerous female, Integument somewhat rugose, with faint reticulate pat-

terning.

Carapace with a well-marked, curved, lateral impression on the side, margined

above and below by a low fold; the folds are widely separated on the back; dorsal

margin strongly arched and bulging:; it is less than twice as long as deep, about as

wide as long, and is half the total length of the animal; viewed from above it is

ovoid in shape (the lateral impressions noticeably affecting the outline) and the

antero-lateral margins slope backwards very obliquely from the pseudorostruim.

Antenna] noteh and augle obsolete. Pseudorostral lobes somewhat pointed in front.

Vig. 35. Campylaspis minor; lateral view of type ovigerous female (X 60); lateral view

und (ceph.) dorsal yiew of cephalothorax of paratype male (> 40).

as seen from the side as well as from above, meeting for a distance equal to leneth

of ocnlar lobe. There are three pale lenses in the ocular lobe, which is rounded and

as wide as long,

First pedigerous somite exposed as a narrow strip; posterior half of dorsum

of second and third elevated transversely, the tumidity rounded and not at all

prominent; pleural portions of somites swollen, but not much expanded back-

wards; together these somites are little more than one-third as long as carapace.

Pleon two-thirds as loug as carapace, the somites short and stout; telsonic

somite rounded posteriorly, much wider than long and not much shorter than

the fifth, which has no transverse suleus and is fully as wide as long,

First antenna slender; third peduncular joint nearly one-third as long again

as second, but shorter than first. Second antenna two-jointed, not much longer

than first jomt of pedunele of first pair.

198 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with four long spines, three subequal in

Jength, one a little shorter, none reaching level of apex of distal outer spine of

penultimate joint.

Third maxilliped wide aud large, equal in length to the first peraeopod ; basis

about four-fifths as long as rest of limb; merus widest distally (where its breadth

is not very much less than its length) and not quite as long as carpus and propo-

dus together ; carpus a little shorter than propodus, with three blunt inner teeth;

propedus more than twice as long as the short daectylus, with three rounded teeth

ou inner side neay proximal end.

Fig. 36. Campylaspixs minor. Type ovigerous female; cepl., cephalothorax from above

(37); ant,, first and second antennae ( 80); mxp. 2, distal portion of second maxilliped

(X 230)5 msp. 3 and prp., third maxilliped and peraeopods (x 80); urop., uropod with fifth pleon

and telsonie somites (% 80), Paratype male; mxp. 3, distal portion of third mawilliped, with

plumose setae omitted (% 105); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (3 80),

First peracopod with basis considerably shorter than rest of limb; merns a

little longer than carpus; propodus shorter than carpus and not much longer

than dactylus.

Second peraeopod not quite as long as first, with basis short, less thar half

as long as rest of limb; ischium fairly distinet ; dactylus stout, tapering to distal

end, much longer than carpus but shorter than carpus plus propodus, and with

iong plimose setae, the longest terminal one longer than the joint,

Fossorial setae of posterior peraeopods short, not reaching beyond apex of

dactylus.

Pedunele of uropod fully twice as lou as telsonie somite and less than twice

as long as endopod ; exopod almost as long as endopod, with one of the two unequal

distal spines as long as the ramus; endopod with two spines on inner margin and

two unequal terminal spines, the longer of which is about three-fourths as long

as the ramus.

[LLALE AUSTRALIAN CIMACEA 199

Colour, yellow, the carupace with a few isolated brown spots, oné near pos-

tevo-lafteral comer, one tear end ol psendorostval suture, and one over branelial

region ov each side, also a pair of dorsal spots near hind margin; basis of third

and fourth peraeopods with a brown spot.

Length 1-2mm. Ova (+19 mim, in greatest diameter. Other females 1+4 mm.

Adult male. Carapace slightly depressed, almost twice as long as deep, less

than half total length of animal, and with dorsal margin seareely arched; lateral

furrew lishinet, Psevidorostral lobes subtruncate in front.

First and second pechgerons somites elevated and curving slightly forwards

on the haek, medianly angular; pleural portions of first concealed, of second to

fifth swollen andl slightly produeed baelkwards; dorsum of third to fifth somites

somewhat tumid,

Pleo as long as carapace; telsonie somite rather angularly rounded posteri-

orly, a8 long as wide, procuced over bases of nropods, and distinetly shorter than

fifth somite, which is wider at posterior end than tt is anteriorly, and is nearly half

as long again as wide,

Seeond maxilliped as in temate, Third maxilliped with merus rather more

robust, and distinctly shorter than earpus and propodus together.

Peracopods, excep for larger basis, of same proportions as in female; longest

terminal seta of dactylus of second peraeopod ag long as propodas and dactylus

logether.

Peduncle ot uvopud fully twice as long as telsouic somite and less than twiee

as long as endopod, with several setae, increasing successively in length, on distal

half of inner margin; exopod shorter than endopod, with the longest of its two

Unequal terminal spines longer than the whole ramus; endopod with a row of

seven spines on inner margin and with the longer distal spine two-thirds as long

as Tamia.

Colour as in female,

Length 19mm, Otheradull males 1-5 mum, to 17m,

Loe. Queensland: Moreton Kay, Myora Bight, surface (1. 8. R. Munro, Sta-

tipnea BS, 29, 44 [type loc.) and 46, 50 em, 40 nt, mot, 2.80 aan, 3,30 am., 9.80

pam. and 11.80 pam, Nav, 29, 1840), and in shallow water over coral pate (1.8.

R. Munro, Station 56, 60 em. 40 m. net, 940 p.m., Dec. 6, 1940) ; Noosa River,

helow Gympie Terrace, sucfate (1. 5. BR. Munro, Station 'T44.1, 60 em. 40 m,

net, 9.12 p.m., Mar. 25,1944), Typein South Australian Museum, Reg No. C. 2620.

‘he tiny type female has a patch of granules ow the baek of the earapace in

the posteror half but these are absent in the other specimens, In the male the

spines ou the fmer margin of the endopod of the uropod vary in number from

seven 10 nine, but the setue of the peduncle of this appendage ure vestricted to (is-

tol half. The small series of adults exhibit a rather unusual range in size but the

appordages of all ave too alike to adinit the probability of more than one species.

In general, miner rathor closely resenibles wirisuleata, but apart. from the

much smaller size ig distinguished by the markedly more distinct lateral impres-

sion on, Lhe carapace, the proportions of the joints of the third maxilliped and first

anid second peraeopods, and the shorter nrapod; further, the phimose dactylar setac

of (he second leg ave very long whereas in wnisulcata they are msignificant,

The peraeopoia are remarkably like those of triplicata but that species ts. at,

once separaterl by the three lateral carinae, while the carapace of the male is mare

arehed, (he third maxilliped is distinetive, ete.

The carapace of the female has (he lateral furrow much as i that of lutidac-

hyld, whieh has very different peraeopods; it is, however, more boldly arched dor-

sally, a8 my glabew and thompson, but does not project backwards over the free

nedigerons somiles as in the two last-aamed species.

200 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CAMPYLASPIS TRIPLICATA Sp. nov.

Adult male. Integument calcified brittle. Carapace with an upwardly

curved depression on each side, bordered above and below by a fine ridge,

and not reaching to mid-line of dorsum, below this and subparallel to

the lower margin of carapace is a similar third ridge; above the lateral

hollow the sides are tumid, then fall into a second faint elongate depres-

sion not emphasized by ridges, and above this again is a further still fainter fur-

row ; the dorsal margin is moderately arched, not quite evenly curved but slightiy

rugose, and does not form a marked angle near ocular lobe; viewed from above it

is ovoid in shape, narrowest in front; it is less than one-half the length of the

animal, slightly depressed and nearly twice as long as deep. Antennal notch dis-

tinct, widely open, and angle rounded and a little obtuse. Pseudorostral lobes

subtruneate in front and meeting for a distance slightly greater than length of

ocular lobe; respiratory tubes unusually long. Ocular lobe large, semicircular,

wider than long, and with three large white corneal lenses.

Fig. 37, Campylaspis triplicata, type male (X 37).

First pedigerous somite largely concealed ; dorsal margin of first and second

sloping obliquely backwards, not at all elevated; dorsum of third to fifth tumid

but not markedly so; pleural parts of second to fifth only moderately expanded

not much produced backwards.

Pleon somites (like pedigerous) smooth; no sulcus on fifth somite; telsonic

somite widest posteriorly where it is fully as wide as long, and with apex angularly

rounded.

Third maxilliped stout, with basis much shorter than rest of limb; merus

rather wide (its greatest breadth a little more than half the length) longer than

carpus, propodus and dactylus together, with two teeth towards distal end of outer

margin; carpus much wider but a little shorter than propodus, with four curved

teeth on outer edge and three less sharply defined on inner.

First peraeopod with basis shorter than rest of limb; remaining joints with

margins irregular but without teeth; merus, carpus and propodus subequal in

length (merus longer than carpus, which is longer than propodus) ; dactylus rela-

tively long, five-sixths as long as propodus.

Second peraeopod about equal in length to first, with basis almost as long

as remaining joints together ; dactylus much longer than merus or carpus, which

HaLeE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 201

are sibequal in length; merus and carpus together as long as propodus and dae-

tylus together ; longest terminal seta of dactylus fully as long as the latter.

Pedunele of uropod with setae, successively increasing in length, on whole

length of inner margin; it is long, nearly three times length of telsonice somite and

almost twice as long as endopod, which is one-fifth as long again as exopod; there

are seveu ‘‘serrate’’ spines, successively increasing in length, on inner margin of

endopod and two terminal spines, one of which is a little longer than the other

urop,

yi)

Fig. 88. Campylaspis triplicata, type male; eeph., eephalothorax from above (xX 34);

mxp, 3, prp. and urop, third maxilliped, peracopods and uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic

sori (% 54; distal portions of maxilliped and first peracopod, with plumose setae omitted,

x 90).

and more than half the length of the ramus; the marginal spines are interspersed

with minute spinules: éxopod with longest of two apical spines as long as itself

and with two setae on outer margin and one, subdistal, on inner.

Colour, white.

Length, 2:3 mm.

Loc. Queensland: off Moreton Island (type loe., “‘Warreen’’ Station, May,

1939) ; Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (I. 5. R. Munro, Station 46, 50 em,,

40 m, net, 11.30 p.m., Nov. 29, 1940) ; Noosa River, below Gympie Terrace, and

level with Gympie Terrace, surface (1. 8. R. Munro, Stations T.44.1-2, 50 em.,

40 m. net, 9.12 p.m. and 9.28 p.m., Mar. 25, 1944). Type in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No. C. 2582.

202 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

The female is unknown but the adult males range from 1-9 mm, to 2-4 mm.

in length. All examples have been preserved in formalin.

The only other species of the genus possessing three ridges on cach side is

the Northern costata Sars (1900, p. 87, pl. lx), whieh differs in having the hinder-

most carina bifureate and the third maxillipeds considerably different.

CAMPYLASPIS ROSCIDA sp. nov.

Ovigeraus female, Intezument thin, caleified, brittle, searcely at all flexible.

Carapace with short sparse hairs and a few pellucid spots; generally smooth,

but with feeble antero-lateral tumidities and with very small glassy tubereles an-

teriorly and dorso-laterally, so that it appears as if sprinkled with tiny dewdrops ;

boldly vaulted dorsally and oval when viewed from above; with greatest width

less than depth and less than two-thirds its length; it is a little less than half

total length of animal. Antennal notch slight, but distinet; angle rounded,

Fig. 39. Campylaspis roseida, lateral view and dorsal view of cephalothorax of type female

(X 87).

Pseudorostral lobes oblique in front, meeting for a distance equal to length of

ocular lobe which is not pigmented, is roundly subtriangular and not constricted

at base; corneal lenses not distinet but an oval opaque area at each lateral eor-

ner and at apex.

Pedigerous somites sprinkled with obsolete granules particularly late-

rally, with fine median line us on carapace; first and second somites exposed,

slightly and angularly elevated dorsally; pleural portions of first to third ex-

panded and globose; fourth less expanded laterally with a pair of dorsal pits

and a pair of tubercles at hinder margin; fifth not expanded laterally, with a

pair of posterior dorsal tubercles and one or two dorso-lateral tubercles.

Marsupinm not visible from the side.

Pleon somites with faint imbrieate-tuberculate patterning; first and second

with fine median dorsal line and with three small dorso-lateral tubercles (similar

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 203

to those of carapace) on each side at hinder margin; fifth not cingulate and with

a pair of small dorsal tumidities anteriorly ; telsonie somite short, little produced,

and rounded posteriorly.

Second joint of peduncle of first antenna shorter than first and a little longer

ihan third; first segment of flagellum not much longer than second.

Second antenna two-jointed.,

Fig. 40, Campylaspis roseida, paratype ovigerous female; lip, aut. and mand., upper lip,

untennae and mandibles ( 62); mxp. and prp., mawillipeds and peraeopods ( 56; distal por

tions of first and second masillipeds, X 144); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic somites

(™% 56).

First maxilliped with termimal joint minute, elongate, capped with a single

bristle; eighteen gill-lobes.

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with four stout spines, three subequal in

length and one shorter; penultimate joint with outer distal spine twice the length

of spines of terminal joint, with two setae and with an inner distal tooth.

Third maxilliped with basis wide and short, not much longer than ischinm,

merus and carpus together; merus very large, fully as long as carpus, propodus

and dactylus together, less than twice as long as wide, serrate on inner margin

204 Recorps or THe S.A. Mussum

but with uo outstanding teeth; carpus serrate on inner edge and with three small

teeth on outer margin; propodus narrower but slightly longer than carpns; ser-

ahr on inner edjre and twice as long aa daetylis.

Wirst peraeopod with basis shorter than vest ol limb; mers one-third ns

long again as carpus, which is louger than propodus aid almost twiee as lone

as dactylus.

Second peracopod not longer than first, with basis as long as ischium to pro-

podus tovether; daetylus as long as carpus and propodus together and with one

uf (he terminal setae long, half the length of the joint,

Pedunele of uropoda subsylindrieal, serrate on inner margin, about two and

nneshalf times as long as telsonic somite, and as éxopod; endopod scarcely longer

than exopod, with five serrate spines on inner edge and a terminal spine more than

half its length; exopod with slightly longer terminal spine and a shorter one

Colour, pure mill white.

Length, 4-3 mim.

Loe. New South Wales; 5 miles east of Port Hacking; 100 metres, on mud

(**Cronulla’’ Trawl Station, July, 1943); 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in sill

(type loc., K, Sheard, Oct., 1943) ; 4 miles east of Port Hacking, 80 metres, on

mud (K. Sheard, trawled, May, 1944). Tasmania: off Babel Island, lat, 39° 55’

S., long, 148° 31’ BE. (‘ Warreen’’ Station 29, Jan., 1939). Type female in South

Australian Museum, Reg. No, C, 2526,

As in some other species the ventral incubatory pouch of the ovigerous female

is not bulging and prominent. In a female slightly smaller than the type (4-2

thm.) eleven embryos, each 0-4 mm. in greatest length, cecupy almost all of the

interior of the thorax.

The tubercles of the carapace are so smal! that they are perhaps better de-

scribed as granules. Subadult examples sometimes have these more numerous bat

still smaller, and less conspicuous owing to a closer covering of short hairs.

This species is somewhat close to thompsoni; the most apparent differences in

the adult female are the shorter peduncle of the nropod and the narrower carapace

with its small tubercles; the joints of the first and second peracopods are of differ-

ent proportions. C,luticarpa Hansen (1920, p. 40, pl. iii, fig, 8) has similar senlp-

(ure of the carapace bit the maxillipeds are very different.

CAMPYLAHPIS BCHINATA Sp. NOV.

Adult male. Integument thin, but tough and somewhat flexible; pleon more

highly calcified and more brittle than thorax; rather coarsely retienlate on cara-

ace.

F ‘arapace With numerous small blun(-ended spiniform projections densely

placed on back and sides, sparser infero-laterally ; at hinder margin the spines

are longer and a pair of dorsal ones aré partieularly outstanding; interspersed

is a sparse clothing of fine hairs; an elongate shallow depression on each side }

an antero-lateral tumidity on each side, studded with spinules smaller than rest

of armature; it is somewhat rectangular as seen from above, is depressed, twice

as long as deep, and is barely as long as the pleon. Auteunal noteh listinel, rather

narrowly excavate for the genus; angle rounded, margined with spines. Pseu-

dorostral lobes widely truncate in front, meeting for a distance less than lewsth

if oeular lobe which is narrow, dilated anteriorly and is nearly twice as lung as

wide; uo corneal Jenses apparent.

None of pedigerous somites elevated dorsally but second to fifth each with

4 pair of outstanding spmes on back, those of fifth nearly as deep as the somite:

other spines are placed on sides and back ol these somites while on dhe flattened-

globose expanded pleural parts of gach isa Cau of four or five outstanding spines,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 205

Pleon somites one to five with long and sbort spines on back and with upper

edge of antennal furrow spinose; a few shorter spines infero-laterally ; fifth so-

mite without trace of transverse suleus; telsonic somite rather narrow, distally

rounded and moderately produced.

Second peduncular joint of first antenna shorter than first, longer {han

third and about us long as the flagellum, the two segments of which are sub-

equal in length,

Last joint of peduncle of second antenna half as long again as penultimate,

First maxilliped with terminal joint more robust than usual in the genus,

more than one-fourth as long as penultimate segment, not much more than twice

as long as wide, slightly constricted near apex, which bears two minute setae, and

with a row of tiny setae on outer distal edge; penultimate joint with some unequal

short getae (see fig. 42) and two stout plumose setae; twenty-two gill lobes,

Pig. 41, Canpylaapis echinata, lateral yiew and dorsal view of pedigerous somites (x 20).

Distal joint of second maxilliped with # short seta and two stout unequal

spines, the longer not reaching to the level of the tip of the outer spines of the

penultimate joint.

Third maxilliped with basis stout, longer than rest of limb, with serrations

and distal tooth on inner edge; ischium with two inner blunt teeth; merus nar-

row, with small teeth in both margins and a large outstanding subdistal onter

tooth, almost as long as the joint is wide; not including the teeth the meris is

three times as long as wide and is not nearly as long as carpus and propodus to-

wether; carpus with denticles on inner edge and three separated outer teeth the

middle one of which is long; propodus elongate, nearly half as long again as carpus,

und unarmed,

First peracopod with basis stout, longer than rest of limb, which is slender ;

merus serrate on both margins and with a larger outer tooth near distal end; car-

pus serrate on both edges, barely more than three-fourths length of merus and ¢lis-

tinetly longer than the propodus, which is less than twice as long as dactylus.

Second pera¢opod not longer than first, its stout basis longer than ischium

(o propodns together; dactylus longer than carpus, almost as long as carpus and

propodus together and with longest terminal seta two-thirds its own length,

206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 42. Campylaspis echinata, type male; mxp. 1-2, distal portions of first and second

maxillipeds (X 76); mxp. 3 and prp., third maxilliped and peracopods (x 34; distal portions

with plumose setae omitted, x 64); urop., uropod with fifth pleon and telsonic somites (* 34;

spines of endopod, X 300).

Third to fifth peraeopods with carpus very slender and dactylus long,

Pedunele of uropod with long and shorter spiniform projections, more than

twice as long as telson and less than twite as long as endopod ; exopod distinetly

shorter than endopod (four-fifths as long as it) with a spine on inner edge and

two similar unequal terminal spines; endopod serrate on outer edge, with seven

spines on inner margin and three terminal spines, one short, the others long and

subeqnal in length.

Colour, yellow.

Length, 5:3 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt (K. Sheard, sub-

inarine light, Oct., 1943). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C. 2584.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 207

Details of the ‘‘spines’’ (composite setae) of the rami of the uropods are

shown in fig, 42. Similar spines oecur on the uropods of several other Austra-

lian species.

This form is readily recognized by the distinetive armature and the lingniform

ocular lobe, dilated anteriorly as in macrophthalma Sars.

CAMPYLASPIS PUSTULOSA Sp. Ov.

Adult male, ntegument calcified brittle, with coarse retienlate patterning

On CHrapaee,

‘arapace with well spaced rounded, subecnical tubercles, the antero-lateral

ones prominent, and with a shallow very elongate depression on cach side not

murgined by carinae or emphasized by disposition of tubercles; from above and

also from the side it is conghly sub-rectangular in shape, wider than depth (which

is half its length) and it is only as long as pleon. Antennal notch widely open and

angle as seen from side rounded. Psendorostral lobes widely truncate and finely

denticulate in front, meeting for a distance less than length of ocular lobe. The

jast-named is dilated, not much longer than wide and is constricted at base; there

is a lens at each side and a pair of much smaller ones at apex, which is incised.

Pig, 43, Campylaapiv pustulosa, lateral view and dorsal view of cephalothorax of type male

um 20).

First and seeond pedigerous somites rounded dorsally not at all produced ;

third slightly elevated dorsally and fourth and fifth each with a pair of angular

dorsal tubercles each seated on a tumidity ; pleural parts of second to fifth expanded

and somewhat angularly rounded, with reticulate pattern as on carapace.

Pleon somites each with a pair of dorsal tubercles, which are augular when

viewed from the side; on the fifth they are situated on a faint transverse sulcus,

and ou the telsonie somite at the proximal third; the upper margins of the an-

tennal roove are serrate; telsonic somite moderately produced and rounded dis-

tally.

Second peduneular joint of first antenna longer than first and much longer

than third, which equals the two-jointed flagellum in length.

Terminal joint of pedunele of second antenna more than twiee as long as

penultimate,

208 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First maxilliped with terminal joint relatively large, fusiform, almost one-

fourth as long as penultimate joint and eapped with two setae, one short and one

minute; epipod with about a score of gill-lobes.

Distal joint of second maxilliped with a spine and a slightly shorter

strong seta; penultimate joint with a slender outer spine not nearly reaching

the tip of distal spine and with an inner tooth and seta.

Mxp. 1

Fig. 44. Campylaspis pustulosa, type male; mxp, 1-2, distal portions of first and seeond

maxillipeds (X 142; terminal joint of first, < 285); mxp. 3, prp. and urop., third maxilliped,

peraeopods, and uropod with fifth pleon and telsonie somites (> 50; joints of maxilliped with

plumose setae omitted, x 76).

Third maxilliped with basis wide, much longer than rest of limb; isehium

very short, collar-like; merus narrow, almost as long as carpus and propodus to-

gether three times as long as wide, with a subdistal outer tooth and with inner

margin serrate; carpus wider and shorter than propodus, with three teeth on

each margin, those on outer edge crowded.

First peraeopod with basis wide, serrate on inner edge and longer than rest

of limb, which is not dentate; merus more than one and two-thirds times as long

HALE—-AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 209

us carpus which is as long as propodus; dactylus distinetly more than half as

long as propodus,

Second peracopod as long as first, with basis wide but somewhat shorter

than rest of limb; dactylus shorter than carpus, with its longest terminal seta

(wo-lhirds its length,

Pedunele of uropod with erenulate margins and inner plumose setae not

very long; it is two and one-fourth times as long as the telsonic somite and

twice as long as exopod; endopod one-fifth as long again as exopod with nine

compound spines on inner margin and three terminal spines, one short the others

long and subequal in length; the longest of the two unequal terminal spines of

the exopod is as long as the second joint of that ramus.

Colour, white.

Length, 4°8 mm,

Zoe. New South Wales: 4 miles east of Eden, 70 metres, in silt (K. Sheard,

submarine light, Oct. 1943). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg Nu»,

C. 2418,

The spines of the rami of the nropoda are of the same type as those figured

for echinala but the lateral projections are shorter. The maxillipeds are some-

what as in echinata but otherwise the two species exhibit many obvious (iffer-

ences,

CAMPYLASPIS ASPERA 8p. Noy.

Ovigerous female. Tatepument calcified, brittle, with coarse honeyeomb-like

pattern, particularly distinet on carapace,

Carapace studded with conical tubercles and with an elongate depression on

each side, not mareined by carinae or definitely outlined by rows of tubereles; the

antero-lateral elevation is moderately emphasized; the dorsal contour is well

arched and forms a decided angle at the base of the ocular lobe; viewed from

ubove the carapace is ovoid in shape, broader than deep, its greatest width three-

fours of its length; it is one-half the total length of the animal, Antennal notch

widely open; angle, and inferior margin bebind it, finely dentate. Psendorostral

lobes concave in front and meeting for a distance less than the length of the oeylar

lobe, which is a little longer than wide, has a minute incision at apex, and hears

three ecommeal lenses (the anterior one divided) in the front half,

Padigerons somites not at all clevated ; like the carapace each is marked with

a fine, wavy wedian line: plevtal parts of second to fifth expanded and. seen from

above, subacute laterally: there is a pair of dorsal tubercles on each of the third

to fifth somites,

Marsupinm bulging and prominent; ova 0-28 mm. in diameter,

Pleo somites one to five each with a pair of small dorsal tubercles at hind

margin and with a low oblique dorso-lateral ridge, which terminates posteriorly in

a littl projection: fiffh somite with well-anarked transverse suleus ; telsoniv som:

ite widened posteriorly, apex rather angular but not much produeed.

Second peduneular joint of first antenna distinetly longer than third anc as

long as the flagellum, the two joints of whieh are subequal in length,

First maxilliped with terminal joint elongate, nearly one-fifth as long as

penulimate seement and capped with # single seta; marginal setae of penultimate

joint stout; ten gill lobes plus one reflexed.

Distal joint of second maxilliped with two spines, one twice as long as the

other; pennitimate joint with a somewhat bent outer spine (which reaches level of

tip of the shorter distal spine) and with an outer tooth and slender seta.

Third maxilliped elongate, with basis fully as long as rest of limb; merys hwice

as long as wide, rather longer than carpus and propodns together, and with a pra-

minent subdistal tooth fas well as couple of smaller teeth) on onter margin, and

210 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

with a few small teeth on inner; carpns wider and barely longer than propodus,

with three onter teeth and two denticles on inner margin; dactylus half as long as

propodus.

First peraeopod with basis serrate on mner margin near distal end, and fully

as long as remainder of limb; ischium with an inner tooth; merus with an

outer subdistal tooth, nearly half as long again as carpus, which is subequal

in length to propodus and twice as long as dactylus.

Big. 45, Cumpylaspis aspera; lateral views of type ovigerous female and paratype subadult

male, and cephalothorax of type female trom above (x 22).

Second peraeopod longer than first, with the stout basis as long as ischinm

fo propodus together; dactylus a little shorter than carpus and equal in length

to its longest terminal seta.

Peduncle of uropod ridged aboye and serrate on both margins, nearly one

and two-thirds times as long as telsonic somite and as endopod, which is a little

longer than exopod; four spines, successively increasing in length, and inter-

spersed with a few tiny spines, on inner edge of endopod and two very unequal

ones at apex; exopod with two unequal terminal spines, the longer equal in length

to that of the other ramus.

Colour, yellow, patterned on pleon with purplish brown.

Length, 3-9 mm.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 211

Subadult male. This is figured because, like some adult females, it has the

tubereles of the carapace rather more distinetly arranged in rows. The honeycomb-

like seulpture is very distinct aud some of the tubercles above the lateral depres-

sion are larger than the others. The small tubercles on the pleon are rather more

distinet than in the female and the fifth somite is strongly cingulate; the dorso-

lateral ridges are feebly serrate.

. 2 0 <

pre \. ae

Tig. 46. Campylaspis aspera, paratype female; mxp. 1-2, distal portions of first and second

maxillipeds (X 144); mxp. 3, prp. and urop., third maxilliped, peraeopods, and uropod with

fifth pleon and telaonie somites (X 50; distal portions with plumose setae omitted, X 7H).

uvop., juv., tropod of young male ( 50).

The carapace is narrower than in the female; the ocular lobe is wider, is

slightly constricted at the base, and slightly incised at apex.

There is a pair of dorsal tubercles on the telsonic somite and a broken median

carina,

The maxillipeds are as illustrated for the female.

The uropod (fig. 46, urop. juv.) has the peduncle shorter and wider than in

the adult.

Although this male is as large as the ovigerous females, the abdominal

antennal groove has not yet developed (the second antennae are still short).

Lov. New South Wales: 5 miles east of Port Hacking, 100 metres, on mud

(“Cronulla’? Trawl Station, July, 1943); 4 miles east of Eden, 70 metres, in

212 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

silt (type loc,, K, Sheard, trawled Oet., 1945) ; 4 miles cast of Port Haeking, $0

metres, on mud (1. Sheard, trawled May, 1944). Type female in South Anstralian

Museum, Ree. No, C. 2517.

C, aspera is close to antarctica Calman (1907, p. 5, pl. i, fig, 14-16 and text

fle. 4; and 1915, p. 155, fig, 9), Tn the last-named, however, the merus of the third

maxilliped is much smaller, being considerably less than length of carpus and

propodus combined. It likewise resembles the Northern verrucosa Sars (see Han-

sen, 1920, p. 45, pl. iii, fig. 8a) but differs in the strongly developed transverse

suleus of the fifth pleon somite, the shorter peduncle of the wropod and in hay

ing the tubercles of the carapace less fattened.

CAMPYLASPIS THETIDIS sp. NOV.

Female. integument strongly calcified.

Carapace studded with rounded tubercles, which tend to fall into rows; sides

with two parallel longitudinal ridges, bounding a large subquadrate, depressed

area al top and bottom: the upper carina is strongly tuberculate and extends from

above the antennal notch Lo beyond second third of carapace; the lower ridge is

less markedly tubereulate; above the upper carina there is a longitudinal dorso-

lateral tuberculate elevation and towards the front is the usual antero-lateral pro.

minence emphasized in sculptured species, in this case a tubercle larger than the

Fig, 47. Campylaspiv thetidis, type fomale (x 14).

others. The back of the carapace is marked with a very fine median line anteriorly

but is longitudinally snleate for the greater part of its length, the furrow expanded

posteriorly over the cardiac region where there is a short median longitudinal ea-

rina, which is one-sixth of the length of carapace. Viewed from above the cara-

pace is snbquadrate, abont as wide as deep and not quite two-thirds as wide as

long; tt is as long us pedigerous and first to fifth pleon somites, Pseudorostral

lobes narrowing to the front, very oblique in lateral view, and meeting for a dis-

tance equal to three times length of ocular lobe, which is small, longer than wide,

and with no appareut corneal lenses. Antennal notch wide but distinet: angle

with small clenticles, subacute,

Pedigerous somites each with a pair of low dorsal tubercles near hinder

margin; first and second dorsally very short but slightly elevated; pleural parts

of second to fifth expanded and inflated, in second rounded laterally, in lust

three angular and slightly produced backwards.

First two somites of pleon with transverse dorsal carina, from which branch

off a pair of short longitudinal ridges, which are faint on the first: third to fifth

somites each with median earina (rugose owing to prostrate serrations) and a

similar transverse ridge crossing it near posterior end; fifth with a second enllar-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 213

like transverse ridge, posterior to which is a sulcus dividing the somite mto

two parts; dorso-lateral edges ridged and below them, on anterior portions of

first to fifth there is a short lateral carima; the spaces between carinae have an

eroded appearance; posterior half of telsonie somite triangular as seen from

above, and (for the genus) well produced.

Vig. 48. Campylaspis thetidis, type female; ceph., cephalothorax from above (% 14);

msp, 1-2, distal portions of first and second maxillipeds (125); mxp. 3, and prp., third

maxilliped and peraeopods (% 23; palp of maxilliped with setae omitted, % 56; distal end of

dactylus of first and second peracopods, X 125); urop., uroped with fifth pleon and telsonic

somites (> 43).

First maxilliped with last joint minute, wider than long, and with a single

seta,

Terminal joint of second maxilliped with two unequal stout spines, the loug-

est not reaching tip of the stout outer distal spine of penultimate segment.

Third maxilliped robust; basis considerably longer than rest of limb; ischium

with inner tooth ; merus not much enlarged, less than half as long again as width,

barely longer than propodus, with one or two small dentations on inner edge and

wn cuter distal tooth; carpus wide, with three small outer teeth of equal size; pro-

podus stout, with edges serrate, more than twice as long as dactylus.

al4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First peraeopod with basis barely as long as rest of limb; merns, carpus and

propodus wide, subequal in length; dactylus half as long as propodus with one of

the three distal setae longer than itself.

Second peraeopod longer than first, with the stout basis mueh shorter than

rest of limb, but longer than ischium to propodus together ; dactylus as lone as

mernus and carpus together, with a curious distal lobe, alongside which are inserted

(he two terminal setae, the longer of which is half as long as the joint.

Pedunele of uvopod triangular in section, the apex of the median ridge and

both edges jaggedly serrate; it is half as long again as telsonic somite and three-

fourths as long again as the subequal rami; endopod serrate on both edges, with a

toothed dorsal ridge and with two stout terminal spines, one very short; exopod

wilh serrate edges, its apex with a stont spine, whieh is longer than that of ende-

pod, and a tiny spine.

Colour, yellow.

Length, 6°6 mm.

Loe. New South Wales: off Cape Three Poimts, 41-50 fath., on sticky innd

and shell (“'‘Thetis’’ Station 14, Feb. 1698). ype in Australian Museum, Reg,

No. G. 2225,

Although he makes no special comment regarding it, Culman’s fieure of the

second peraeopod of rostrata (1905a, pl. ii, fig. 37) shows that in that species also

the distal seta of the dactylus, though much shorter, is sublerminal, the end of the

jomt projecting beyond its insertion; further, the joimts of this appendage are of

the same proportions as in thetidis which, however, exhibits obvious differences in

body sculpture and has a shorter pseudorostrum.

Hansen (1920, p, 42, pl. ii, fig. 5) illustrates the second and third maxillipeds

of rosteata; the second pair are much as in thetidis but io the third the merus is

narrower and the carpus relatively smaller,

Genus Procameynasers Bonnier.

Procompylasprs Bonnier, 1896, p. 541; Stebbimg, 1913, p. 184 (syn. and key);

Hansen, 1920, p. 33.

This stable, widely distributed genus, is much more sparsely represented hy

species than is Campylaspis. It is well-defined, particularly in the character of

ihe vake-like daetylus of the second maxilliped and the strikingly long ischium of

the first peraeopod. Six species have been deseribed previously and the first Aus-

tralian form is recorded below.

KEY TO SPECIES OF PROCAMPYLASPIS.

1, Distal prolongation of dactylis of sceond maxitliped long and slender, nearly three times inp

long as rest of joint maoronya TLuaiwen,

Distal daiieedbioens of dacty tus of se cond munsiltiped ot most not meal wage than reat of

joint .. ols ‘ oe Bi

2. Carapace with numerous dovsal tubercles nm male, none in female bonnieri Calman,

Carapace with oue or two dorsal tubereles ate <4 bs mee

§. Carapuce with one inedisn dorsal tubercle ola “8 vm jp» Ch,

Carapace with two dorsal tubercles t. : ot w ve &

4, Dactylus of second maxilliped with three teeth on inner margin tridentata Stebbing.

Daetylus of second myrsilliped with four teeth on inner margin .. ro Pp

5. Daetylus of second perneopod fully aes Pa us (mule), or longer than (female), carpud and

propodus combined or 13 annua Bonnier,

Daetylus of second perneapod unily 8 lung Ue GUE, surdida sp. nov.

(. Ocular lobe tuberentitoem and with «opie of dentielas, Dorsal tubureles of darapadce placed

one behind ihe other, eneh bidentate - compressa Zimmer,

Ovular lobe narow, wot tuberentitorn, Vorsal ntbore te oles arapace placed one on each side,

aid each with one domi spine... “= -. “1 bitubereutata Hansen,

HaALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 215

PROCAMPYLASPIS BOLDIDA Sp. OV,

Qoigerous fomele. Lutegument well caledied; form as tn genotype.

Oarapace aboul two-fifths ef total length, with shagreen-like surface owing

fo Homerous very small rough tibereles or spines; seen from the side il is pro-

ninently arched above, forms a decided angle posterior to ooular lobe and is

markedly tumid al posterior end; (here i¢ a single prominent median, conical

Lubevele just behind middle of leugth. Antennal noteh widely open and angie

very obtuse, Ocular lobe narrow; no corneal lenses; pscudorostral sutures

ankylosed ; lobes reaching a little beyond eye-lobe,

First pedigeroue somite with a closely applied lamella, the bifid apex

of whieh just overlaps posterior margin of carapace medianly; second somite

not at all elevated and without projections or lamella.

Pleo somites a liltls irregular bit unarmed, suecessively increasing in leneth

to fil'tlis telsonie somite Widest in posterior half (as wide as long) somewhat angu-

larly roimded, little prodneed posteriorly and ahout four-fifths as long as fifth

pleon somite; the latter 1s slightly but distinctly widened in posterior third, where

ib is one-fourth as wide again as breadth al posterior margin.

Wiest maxilliped with terminal joint rather wide, one-third as long as penul-

timate, with a single apical seta anc with two dentiform projections on outer edge

(see figure for other details),

In the daetylus of the seeond maxilliped imimediately posterior to the lurve

faleate apieal tooth there is a stont but very short spine, at the base of whieh is u

seta of about the same length; this is followed by three large inner teeth, subeqtal

in length to the apical tooth of the joint and of about the sume diameter; the most

auterior Of these has a faint suture near the base and the next has ao insignificant

aceessory proximal tooth, the posterior spine is equal in Jength to the faleate and

of the daetylns and is a little longer than the other inner spines.

Third maxillipeds with basis almost as long as rest of limb; isehinm short,

with an juner tooth; merus widest distally, where it is barely half as broad as

its length, and bears a slender outstanding spine on outer margin; there is no

iiher armature ow the joint ; carpns less han half as long as meris, with a spine

a outer margin and another on the inner; propodus without armature, more

than balt os long us merus, wand half as long again as dactylus.

Pires) pereopod wiarmed, with basis not muelh more than two-thirds as

long a8 rest of limb (as long as ischium, merns and carpus together) ; ischinim sub-

eqnal io length to propodus and longer than ¢arpus which slightly exceeds the

merus i lengths daetylus halt as Jong as propodus,

Seaond peraeopod with basis stout, somewhat longer than ischium to prapo-

dng together; merns distinctly more than half as long as carpus; daectylus sub-

equal in lenrih to carpus and about four times as long as propodus.

Pedinele of utopod two and one-fittth times as long as telsonie somites em

(lopod equal in leneth to last-named and a little longer than exopod, with twa

spmes on mer margin and two very unequal terminal spines.

Colour (when cleaned) dull yellow, without arty markings,

Leneth, 45 mm,

Adwt male. Curapace acarly one-third of total length; surface with small

clear-cut retieulation ; posteriorly and near lower edge is a row of denticles; on

the back the median conical tubercle is not quite as high as im female and there

is aw pair of spines near the hinder margin, Antennal notch widely open and an-

tennal angle more prominent and less obtuse than in female.

Mirst pedigerous somite withoul lamina; seeond to Afth somites each with a

paiy ef dorsal spines, and with one or two spines on expanded pleural portions.

216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 49. Procampylaspis sordida. Type female and male from the side (Xx 22). Paratype

ovigerous female; mxp. 1-2, distal portions of first and second maxillipeds (Xx 144; terminal

joint of first, X 324); mxp. 3 and prp., third maxilliped and peraeopods (X 50; distal joints

of maxilliped, with plumose setae omitted, X 77).

Pleon somites with upper edge of antennal groove spinose (first to fourth) ;

first three each with a pair of dorsal spines; fifth somite slightly widened proxi-

mally as in female.

Peduncle of uropod two and three-fourths times as long as telsonic somite and

two and one-third times as long as endopod, which has half a dozen spines on inner

edge.

Length, 5:5 mm.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 217

Loc. New South Wales: 54 to 74 miles off Cape Three Points, 41-50 fath., on

sticky mud and shell (‘‘Thetis’’ Station 18, Feb., 1898); 5 and 4 miles east of

Port Hacking, 100 and 80 metres on mud (‘‘Cronulla’’? Trawl Station, July,

1943 and July, 1944) ; 4 miles off Eden, 70 and 60 metres, in silt (type loc., K.

Sheard, Oct. and Dee., 1943). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C.

2531-2532.

This species is extraordinarily close to the genotype armata Bonnier (1896,

pp. 541 and 544, pl. xxix, fig. 1-2) from northern latitudes (40°-61°), but aecord-

ing to the descriptions there are differences sufficient to warrant separation, espe-

cially in view of the widely separated regions.

Bonnier’s figures and those of Calman also (1906, p. 419, pl. xxvii, fig. 13-20)

show the posterior end of the carapace of the female as less tumid than in that sex

of sordida and the fifth pleon somite is scarcely or not at all dilated proximally.

The second maxilliped is similar, but the first large tooth (behind the faleate ter-

mination of the last joint) is more slender and the next has no accessory tooth;

also, the two large proximal teeth are wider, The carpus of the third maxilliped

has the inner margin of carpus dentate but with no large outstanding tooth, and

the merus is toothed on its inner edge. Bonnier shows the dactylus of the second

peraeopod as longer than (female), or fully as long as (male) the carpus and pro-

podus combined ; in sordida it is much shorter.

Calman states that armata is commonly encrusted with mud. All examples

of the Australian form are thickly clogged with silt and organic material. So

closely does the covering adhere that it was necessary to boil the third maxillipeds

and peraeopods, after removal, in weak caustic and to then brush off the deposit

before details could be made out. The character of the surface of the body cannot

be seen until the concealing material is removed but the coating together with

the dorsal prominence of the carapace and the general shape make it very easy to

separate the species from other Cumacea in the samples.

SUMMARY.

Twenty-five species of the family Nannastacidae, from southern and eastern

Australia are described as new and others are discussed. The new forms are:

Namnastacus inconstans, clavatus, asper, sheardi, inflatus, subinflatus and john-

stoni. Schizotremaaculeata. Cumella munroi, cana and turgidula. Campylaspts

thompson, similis, wrisulcata, uniplicata, rupta, latidactyla, minor, troplicata,

roscida, echinata, pustulosa, aspera and thetidis, Procampylaspis sordida.

The monotypic Picrocuma Hale is included in the family and keys are given

to the species of the large genera Nannastacus and Campylaspis. The new Pro-

camplaspis closely resembles the boreal genotype.

218 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

REFERENCES OLTED.

Bate, C. Spence (1865): '* Carcinological Gleanings, No. 1.?' Any, Mag. Nat. Hist, (3), xv,

pp. 81-89, pl, i.

Bouter, Jnles (1896): ** Résultats scientifiques de la Canpigne du ‘Cuudan? dans le Golfe de

Gascopne: Cumacea.*? Ann, Univ, Lyon, fase. xxvi, 1895, pp. 525-H62, p. »xviii-xxx,

Culman, W. T. (1905): '*The Cumacea of the Siboga Expedition.’ Siboga Baxped., Mon.

XXXVI, pp). 1-23, pl. i-ii, text fig. 1-4,

Culman, W. T, (19052): ‘The Marine Paina of the West Coast of Treland, part iv: Cumacew??

Sci. Invest. Fish, Ireland, 1904, app, 1, pp, 8-2, pl. i-v.

Calman, W, T, (1906): ‘The Cumacea of the Puritan Expedition,’’ Mitt Zool. Slation Neapet,

Band xvii, 1906, pp. 411-432, pl. xxvii-—xxviil,

Calman, W. T. (1907): °Cumacea.’? National Antarctic ('‘ Diseovery'’) Exped. 1901-1904,

Nat. Hist., 11, Zool,, 6, pp. 1-6, 1 ph, text fig. 14

Calman, W. T, (1911); *Onu New or Rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea from the Colleetion

of the Copenhagen Museum, Part it. The Families Naunastacidae and Diastylidae, Trans,

Zool. Soe., sviil, pp. A41-398, pl. xxxii-xxxvil,

Calmau, W. T. (1927): ‘‘Zoologieal Results of the Cambridge Expedition to the Suez Canal,

1924, xxvii, Report on the Phyllocarida, Cumacea and Stomatopoda.’? Trans, Zoal. Soe.,

=xii, pp, 399-101, text fig. 101,

Foxon, G. E. H. (1932); Great Borvier Reef Exped., 1928-29, Sci, Kep., iy, No, 11, pp. 387-395,

fig, 5-10.

Tlalo, Herbert M (1936): ‘*Gumacea from a South Australian Reet?’ Ree. S, Austr, Mus., v,

pp. 404-438, fig. 1-24.

Vale, Herbert M, (1937): 4‘ Further Notes on the Gumaces of South Australian Reefs.'? Tee.

8, distr. Mus, vi, pp, Gl-74, fig. 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M. (19374): Cumaeea and Nebaliacea. Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antare, Res, Raped, 1829-31,

iv B, No. 2, pp. 37-56, fig. 1-14,

Hale, Herbert M, (1943): ‘Notes on Two Sand-dwelling Cumacea, Gephyrocuma and Piero-

coma.” Kec, 8. Austr. Mus., vii, pp. 387-348, fig. 1-9,

Hangen, H. J. (1920) : Danish Ingolf-Euped., iii, part 6, Crustacea Mulacostraca iv; vi The Order

Cumacea, pp. 1-74, pl. iv.

Ilart, Josephine FP. 1, (oso) : ‘Some Oumaces of the Vancouver Island Region.’* Contrib.

Canadian Biol., n.s.. vi, No, 3, pp. 1-18, fig 1-5.

Russell, F. 8, and Orr, A, P, (1931); Great Barrier Reef Kxped., 1928-29, Sei. Rep., ii, No. 1,

pp. 1+, ig. 1, and pl. i-iii.

Sars, G. O, (1865): Om don abevrante Krebsdyrgruppe Cumacea o# den nordiska Arter’!

Fohr. Videns.Selsk, Christiania (1864), 83 pp. (see also Zool. Ree,, ii, 1866, pp. 325-829),

Bars, GQ. (1887): Rep. Sei. Rew, © Chatlenger”’, Zool. xix, part LV, ‘Report on the Cumacen ”’,

pp, 1-75, pl. imei,

Sara, G, O. (1590-1900): Crust, Norway, li, Cumacea, pp. 1-115, pl. i-bexii.

Sheard, K. (1941): '‘Tmproved Methods of Collecting Marine Organisms.’? Ree, 8. Ansty. Mus.,

vii, pp. 11-14, fiz. 1,

Stebbing, T. R, R. (1900): **On Crustacea brought by Dy. Willey from the South Seus,’’

Willey’s Zool, Results, pt. v, pp. 605-690, pl, lxiv—lyxxiv.

Stebbing, T. R. BR. (1912); ‘The Sympoda*’ (Part VI of S.A, Crustacea for the Marine Tn-

vestigations in South Afviea). dan. 8. Afr. Mus, x, pp. 129-176, pl i-xvi.

Stebhing, T, R. R. (1912): Cumacea (Sympoda)., Das Tierreich, Lief. xxxix, pp. 1-210, tig,

1-187,

Stephensen, K. (1915): Rep. Danish Oeeanog. Bxped., 1908-1910, ii, Biol, pp. 29-34, fig. 16-19,

Zimmer, Carl (1913): ‘*Die Cumaceen der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition.’* D. Siidpolar-

Hxped., 1901-19038, xiv, H3, pp. 437-491, pl. xl-xlvi, (i-vi) and text fig. I-2.

Zimmer, Carl (1914); Faye Siidwest Aust., y, Cumucea, pp. 175-195, fig. 1418,

Zimmer, Carl (1921): ‘* Mitteilung iiher Cumacean des Berliner Zoologischen, Museums.’' Mitt,

Zool. Mus. Borlin, x, pp. 115-149, text fig. 1-55.

Zimmer, Carl (1946): ‘California Crustacea of the Order Cumacea.!! Proe. 0.8. Nat, Mws,,

Ixxxili, No, 2992, pp. 4238~439, fig, 34-39

AUSTRALIAN ACARINA

THE GENERA BRACHYCHTHONIUS BERL. AND

COSMOCHTHONIUS BERL. (HYPOCHTHONIDAE-

ORIBATOIDEA)

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

The species of the genera dealt with in this paper are very small, colourless to yellow

mites found inhabiting moss. Owing to their small size, under 0.30 mm. in length,

special methods of collecting are required, generally by putting the moss through the

special funnel invented by Berlese, Hitherto the genera have not been recorded from

Australia, but recently in samples of moss brought back from Normanville

(September, 1943) and Quorn, South Australia (November, 1943), I have found

representatives of five species of which three can probably be referred to European

forms, the others being new. The specific characters of these small mites, of which

about a dozen species are described, are found in the presence or absence of dorsal

sculpturing, and when present its nature, and more particularly in the structure and

comparative length of the sensillary or pseudostigmal setae, and of the normal dorsal

setae. Unfortunately workers on this group have been content with comparing the

lengths of the dorsal setae of the various species in general terms and not in actual

dimensions. With such mites as these inhabiting moss, and of which both the mosses

and the mites are extremely archaic and cosmopolitan, or widely spread by commerce,

or both, it 1s extremely difficult to refer specimens to descriptions from other

countries without access to authentic material, unless actual setal lengths are given.

AUSTRALIAN ACARINA

Tur Genera BRACHYCHTHONIUS Bert. ann COSMOCHTHONIUS

Bert. (HYPOCHTHONIDAE-ORIBATOIDEA)

By H. WOMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., Enromotocisr, Sourn AusrrALiAN Museum.

Tue species of the genera dealt with in this paper are very small, colourless to yel-

low mites found inhabiting moss. Owing to their small size, under 0-30 mm, in

length, special methods of collecting are required, generally by putting the moss

through the special funnel invented by Berlese. Hitherto the genera have not

been recorded from Australia, but recently in samples of moss brought back from

Normanville (September, 1943) and Quorn, South Australia (November, 1943),

1 have found representatives of five species of which three can probably be referred

to European forms, the others being new. The specific characters of these small

mites, of which about a dozen species are described, are found in the presence or

absence of dorsal seulpturing, and when present its nature, and more particularly

in the structure and comparative length of the sensillary or pseudostigmal setae,

and of the normal dorsal setae. Unfortunately workers on this group have been

content. with comparing the lengths of the dorsal setae of the various species in

general terms and not in actual dimensions. With such mites as these inhabiting

moss, and of which both the mosses and the mites are extremely archaic and cos-

mopolitan, or widely spread by commerce, or both, it. is extremely difficult to

refer specimens to descriptions from other countries without access to authentic

material, unless actual setal lengths are given.

Consequently while some of the species here recorded from South Australia

are only referred to European forms, the setal lengths of the latter are required

for a final decision.

Genus BracuycutTHontus Berlese. 1910.

Acari Nuovi. Manip. VI. Redia 6, p. 219, 1910. Genotype B. brevis (Mich., 1888).

Belonging to the subfamily Hypochthonidae of the Oribatoidea, differentiated

by the mandibles being more or less covered by the rostrum ; a distinet. separation

of propodosoma and hysterosoma ; the anal and genital openings oceupying most, of

the area behind coxae IV, broadly contiguous, the anal opening usually narrowing

posteriorly ; and the hysterosoma with one or more transverse sutures. The genus

is distinguished by two sutures forming 3 plates on the hysterosoma, of which

the anterior suture is entire, and by having none or only a single lateral plate.

BRACHYCHTHONIUS ef, PERPUSILLUS Berl. 1910.

Acari Nuovi, Manip. VI. Redia 6, 220, fig. 41, 1910; nec, Jacot, 1936.

Fig. 1 A-C.

Light coloured species, 234. long by 117p wide. Sensillary setae 32, long

with fusiform head of about half its length furnished with several longitudinal

rows of 5 denticles in each; the basal cup is 12 long with the mouth 10p in

diameter. Dorsal setae acicular-foliaceous with prominent rib, similar on both

propodosoma and hysterosoma, rostral and interlamellar setae 16p long, re-

mainder 13.

220 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Jacot, 1936 (J. Elisha Mitchell Seientifie Society, 52 (2) 247) has referred

a number of speeimens from North Carolina to this species. [ny his deseription

aud very varetul figure, however, he shows the posterior interlamellar setae be-

tween the psendostigmal organs, and also the exopseudostiginal setae ag being: very

much smaller and of a different form to the remainder of the propodosonial setae,

In Berlese's figure, however, and in my Australian material all the propodosomal

setae are of the same structure,

Loc, A number of specimens isolated from moss from Normanville, 8. Aust.,

9/43 (HL. M. Cooper) by the Berlese funnel,

BrRacuycHTHONIUs ef. HoRRIDUS Sellnick, 1929.

Tierwelt Mitteleuropas. Bd. 111. Abt. 9, 23.

Fie, 1 D-G.

Light to yellowish species, 208» long by 105, wide. Sensillary setae $9 in

length, with fusiform head of half its length furnished with several longitudinal

rows of 10-12 fairly long denticles; the basal eup about as long as its mouth is

wide. Dorsal setae 241 long, foliate with prominent midrib and ciliated or den-

tate margins, all setae similar except the pair (posterior interlamellar) between

the pseudostigmal organs which are shorter and seale-like.

T can only reter these specimens to Sellnick’s species as diagnosed in his key

(/oe, eit.), They are somewhat similar in the dorsal setae to Jacot's fimbriatus

from North Carolina, but in the drawings and description of that species the

exopseudostigmal setae are given as very much shorter than the rest and tri- to

quinquetrous in form.

Loc, A number of specimens trom moss from Normanyille, S. Anat., 9/45,

(11. M. Cooper).

BRACHYCHTHONIUS LONGIPILUS sp. nov.

Fig. 1. H-J.

Description, Yellowish species, 182” long by 90u wide. Sensillary setae 32p.

long with fusiform head of half its length furnished with longitudinal rows of

10-12 fine fairly long denticles; the basal cup slightly longer than wide at the

mouth, Dorsal sutures much wider than in other species, especially between the

propodosoma and hysterosoma. Dorsal setae all long, 40u, slightly curved and

simple, not at all foliate, the rostral and anterior interlamellay setae slightly

shorter but not otherwise different.

Jac. A few specimens from the same habitat and localities as above species,

Also 9 specimens from debris under tree ferns, Waterfall Gully, 8. Aust., 5/35.

(R.V.8.),

Remarks, Ahbundantly distinet from all other deseribed forms in the long

simple dorsal setae.

BRACHYCHTHONIUS PARALLELUS Sp. Nv.

Fig. 1. K-M.

Description. A strongly yellow chitinized species with the dorsum sculptured

in 4 parallel irregular longitudinal ridges. Length 185, width 96. Sensillary

setae 32, long, with fusiform head of half the length, furnished with longitudinal

tows of denticles or ciliations; eup about twice as long as wide at the mouth,

Dorsal setae yery short, 11,, fine simple, and all similar ; those on the hysterosoma

are placed on the longitudinal ridges,

WoOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN ACARINA 221

Fig. 1. A-O, Brachychthonius ef. perpusillus Berl. A. dorsum, B. sensillary organ and seta,

C. dorsal seta; D-G. B. ef. horridus Sellnick. D. dorsum, E. ventral, F, sensillary organ and

seta, G. dorsal seta; H—-J. B, longipilus spn. H. dorsum, I. sensillary organ and seta, J. dorsal

seta; K-M. B. parallelus sp.n. K. dorsum, L, sensillary organ and seta, M. dorsal seta.

Loc. A single specimen from the above habitat and locality, The species also

occurs in similar habitat in the New Hebrides.

Remarks, This species might be ineluded in the group of sculptured forms

which includes the European brevis (Michael) but is abundantly distinet in the

form of seulpturing.

Genus Cosmocuruontus Berl., 1910,

Acari Nuovi. Manip. VI. Redia V[ 221. 1910, Genotype Hypochthonius lanatus

Mich. 1888.

Hypochthonidae with the hysterosoma divided by 3 sutures into 4 divisions.

Dorsal setae of the two median divisions long and long ciliated. Sensillary setae

appearing spindle-like, long.

222 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MUSEUM

CosMOcHTHONINS PLUMATOS Berl. 1910.

Acari Nuovi. Manip, VI. Redia V1. 1910, 221, pl. xx, fig. 48,

var, AUSTRALICUS nov.

Wig 2. A-C. '

Deseription, Colour light yellowish, Length 246, width 160u. Hysterosoma

with & suture lines dividing if into 4 sections. Propodosoma with sensillae 80,

long, ciliated and appearing spindle-like but only long eiliated on the apical half

and only indistinetly and very shortly on basal half; with rostral, lamellar and

interlamellar hairs, and 4 pair of hairs outside sengillae bases; all these hairs are

Hig. 2. Cosmuchthanivs plumatus y. austraticus nay. A, dorsal view, B. psendostigmal seta,

CO, lamellar seta.

strongly branched and aboriform, the lamellar hairs 48, lone are also doubly

branched as in fig. 2C, the interlamellar hairs between sensillae bases are backwardly

and inwardly curved. The first three divisions of the hysterosoma are narrow. the

first with 4 finely ciliated setae 32 long and a seta somewhat similar on each

shoulder, the second division has 4 similar antero-median setae and the third and

fourth divisions 4 long, 1264 and 110, respectively, anterior ciliated setae with

ciliations abont 5 times as long as main stem is wide, the posterior division of the

hysterosoma also with 10 submarginal and marginal setae as figured, 40-59» lous.

THysterosoma with many strongly impressed pits becoming weaker anteriorly.

WOMERSLEY—AUSTRALIAN ACARINA 223

Legs short, tarsi with 3 claws, of which the median (empodium) is stronger than

the others.

Loc. Two specimens from moss from Mt. Arden, 12 miles north of Quorn,

S. Aust., Nov., 43 (H. M. Cooper) ; also six specimens from debris from under

tree ferns, Waterfall Gully, 8. Aust., 5/35. (R.V.S.).

Remarks. In the structure of the hairs, particularly those on the cephalo-

thorax, these specimens agree with Berlese’s figure (loe. cit.) of C. plamatus, but

Berlese states that his species differs from the genotype C. lanatus (Mich.) in the

hysterosoma in the ‘‘euticle not scabrous, reticulate or otherwise impressed.’’ The

South Australian specimens are definitely ornamented on the hysterosoma (ef.

fig. 2A), but otherwise agree entirely in the strueture of the hairs with Berlese’s

very fine detailed figure. In Michael’s figure of lanatus (Brit. Orib. II, pl.

XLIX, fig. 15), the hairs are shown as very different, especially the lamellar hairs,

while the ciliations of the long hysterosomal hairs are scarcely longer than the

width of the main stem.

It seems therefore that these specimens must be referred to a variety of Ber-

leses’ species with the dorsal cuticle having impressed pits.

AN INTERESTING AND PRIMITIVE NEW GENUS OF

LAELAPTIDAE (ACARINA) FROM AUSTRALIA

AND NEW GUINEA

By H. WoMERSLEY, A.L.S., F.R.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In 1938, Tragardh (Entom. Tidskft, Hft. 3.4, p. 123) published his important paper

“Further Contributions towards the Comparative Morphology and Classification of

the Mesostigmata.” In this paper he stressed the importance of the ventral shields of

this group of Acarina, especially in the female sex, as affording valuable evidence of

the relationship of the various genera.

In his view the four pairs of setae found on the jugular, sternal and metasternal shields

indicate the coxal plates of the four pairs of legs. (It is generally accepted that the

sternal shield in the Acarina is really formed by the fusion of coxal plates and that a

true sternal shield does not occur). Generally in the Mesostigmata the sternal shield

carries 2, 3 or 4 pairs of setae, mostly 3 pairs, the fourth pair often being found on the

pair of small metasternal shields, as in Pergamasus and Macrocheles.

An INTERESTING anp PRIMITIVE NEW GENUS of

LAELAPTIDAE (ACARINA) rrom AUSTRALIA

Anp NEW GUINEA

By H. WOMERSLEY, A.L.S., F.R.E.S., Exromotocisr, SouTH AusrraniAN Musrum,

In 1988, Triigiirdh (Entom. Tidskft, Hft. 3.4, p. 123) published his important

paper ‘Further Contributions towards the Comparative Morphology and Classi-

fieation of the Mesostigmuta.’’ In this paper he stressed the importance of the

ventral shields of this group of Acarina, especially in the female sex, as affording

valuable evidence of the relationship of the various genera,

Tn his view the four pairs of setae found on the jugular, sternal and meta-

sternal shields indicate the coxal plates of the four pairs of legs. (It is generally

accepted that the sternal shield in the Acarina is really formed by the fasion of

eoxal plates and that a true sternal shield does not oceur). Generally in the

Mesostigmata the sternal shield carries 2, 3 or 4 pairs of setae, mostly 3 pairs,

the fourth pair often being found on the pair of small metasternal shields, as in

Porgamasus and Maerocheles,

Tn front of the sternal shield frequently oecur 1 or 2 pairs of small shields,

generally termed the jugular shields, one pair of which (posterior if 2 are pre-

sent) often bear a pair ofsetac. If these carry asetathey areregarded by Trégardh

as representing the coxal plates of leg 1 and then it is found that the sternal shield

hears only 2, or if the metasternal plates are fused with it, 3 pairs of setae. if

the anterior pair of small plates do not bear setae, (hey are then considered as hay-

ing nothing to do with leg 1, and are termed ‘‘pre-endopodal shields’? hy Txi-

eiirdh, Tn these eases the true coxal plates of lez 1 are frsed with the sternal

shield and their pair of setae ave found thereon.

The new genus, with two species described in this paper, furnishes further

evidence of Triwirdh’s views, in that the sternal shield is longitudinally divided

down the middle, each half carrying 3 setae with the corresponding pores. Each

half therefore bears the setae corresponding to the coxal plates of legs [to TL. The

metasternal shields are wanting but are represented by the setae and their corre-

sponding pores,

Tt appears evident, then, that the new genus, Sezsswralaclaps is more primitive

than any genus of the Mesostigmata or Laclaptidae so far known in that coalescence

of the coxal plates m the medial line has not taken place.

Famiry LAELAPTIDAE.

Genus SctssuRALABLAPS nov,

Deseription. Hypoaspis-like. Lightly chitinizied with moderately long to

short fine dorsal setae. Female with sternal shield divided longitudinally, ventral

ghield fused with genital, widely separated from anal. Pre-endopodal shields pre-

sent or absent. Meta-sternal shields only vepresented by seta and pore. Dorsal

shield entire, not entirely covering body. Male with sternal, genito-ventral aud

shields coalesced. Legs without strong spines or processes. Mandible with pro-

eess on movable finger of chelicerae,

Ty pe Scissuralaelaps novagquined sp.M.

226 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ScISSURALAELAPS NOVA-GUINEA Sp. NOV,

Fig. 1, A-G,

Description. Female. Oval in shape and well chitinized, Length (exelud-

ing gnathosoma) 675y, width 405p, gnathosoma 90y, Dorsal shield as in fig, 1 A

occupying about % of dorsum, with sparse, short, 7, setae. Epistome and

chelicerae as figured, Palpi S-seemented, V with bifureate appendage. Legs

Hig. 1. Seissuralaelaps nova-guinea g. et ap. n. A. dorsum ?; B. venter 9; C. venter 3;

D, mandibles 9; KE. mandibles ¢; E. epistome; G. apex tarsus ITY.

relatively shorter and thicker than in following species, [I stonter than the

others, T 450u long, I] 375y, LIT 430n, TV 480p, only furnished with normal setae;

tarsi with caruncle and paired claws. Venter: pre-endopodal shields well defined

(ef. fig. 1B) ; sternal shield completely divided longitudinally, each half with 3

setae and 2 pores ; metasternal shields absent and only represented by the setae and

WoMERSLEY—PRIMITIVE LAELAPTIDAE (ACARINA) 227

Fig. 2. Scissuralaelaps queenslandica sp.n, A. dorsum 9; B. venter 9; Cc. venter 3;

D. mandibles ¢.

pores; endopodal shields between coxae III and IV present; also on inside of

coxae IV another rather triangular shield ; genito-ventral shield as in fig. 1B with

only a single pair of setae; behind coxae IV and on each side of genito-ventral is

a somewhat oval shield and on inside of these two smaller shields; anal shield

triangular with the usual 3 setae, and well separated from genito-ventral ; ventral

228 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

setae short and fine. Gnathosoma with a pair of short simple setae. Peritreme long

and slender,

Male, as in female, but length to 5204, width 370, gnathosoma 150; dorsal

shield occupying almost whole of dorsum, Chelicerae as in fig. 1E. All ventral

shields coalesced except pre-endopodal; genito-ventral portion expanded widely

behind eoxae IV.

Loc. and Hast. Deseribed from 4 females and 1 male from a millipede on

orchids from New Guinea and received at Burnley Gardens Research Station,

Melbourne, 21.83.39 (R.T.M.P.).

Remarks. The primitive nature of this genus and species is discussed in

the introduetion.

SOISSURALAELAPS QUEENSLANDICA Sp. NOV.

Fig. 2 A-D.

Description. Female. Shape ovoid, well chitinized. Length (exeluding

enathosoma) to 1,400p2, width 975u, gnathosoma 300», Dorsal shield oceupying

about % of the dorsum, marginally with long fine simple setae to 150p long, and

on dise with short sparse setae to 40. long. Epistome and chelicerae as in S.

nova-guined. Palpi as in genotype, V with bifureate appendage. Legs relatively

long and slender, without any thickening of IT, T 1,200g long, 11 1,050p, TTL 1,350,

TV 1,700n, only furnished with normal setae; tarsi with earnmele and paired claws.

Venter ; gnathosoma with a pair of simple setae; pre-endopodal shields practically

wanting ; sternal shield divided longitudinally except at extreme anterior margin,

as in fig. 2B, each half with 3 setae and 2 pores, the setae about 70m lone; meta-

sternal shields wanting and only represented by the setae and pores; endopodal

shields between coxae IIT and TV present; genito-ventral shield as in fig. 2B, with

only 1 pair of setae; on each side of genito-ventral shield aud behind coxae TV

is a small oval shield with a smaller crescent-like shield on its inside; anal shield,

as in fig, 2B, well separated from genito-ventral. Peritreme long and slender.

Male. As in female but smaller, length 1125p, width 705, enathosoma 220p,

Dorsal shield oceupying almost the whole of dorsum. Legs I 1,200, TT 1,050p.

TH 1,200p, TV 1,380p, not differentiated from those of female. Venter: all shields

except pre-endopodal coalesced as in fig, 2C; genito-ventral portion very much

broadened hehind coxae TV, Chelicerae as in fig, 2D.

Loc, Two males and one female from Bardon, Queensland, 1943 (N.B.T.).

Remarks. Differs from the genotype in the dorsal setae, the broadening be-

hind coxae IV of the genito-ventral portion of the fused ventral plates of the

male, in the relatively longer and thinner lees in both sexes, and in the coalescence

of the coxal plates in the neighbonrhood of leg I still heing in evidence.

A CATALOGUE OF THE CONE SHELLS (CONIDAE)

IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Summary

This catalogue is the result of a preliminary examination of the Conidae contained in

the South Australian Museum cabinets and a few in other collections. The Museum

cones are accumulated from the following sources.

1.Kenyon Collection. This magnificent series provides the bulk of material here

reviewed and contains the few Brazier types. Although species are frequently

represented by good series of typical specimens, most are, unfortunately, without

locality. These series are referred to under localities as “Kenyon Collection.” 2.

Matthews Collection. 3. Verco Collection. 4. May Collection.

In addition the following people have donated or provided specimens for examination

with localities: Dr. Deland, Manus; Miss K. Hammat, W. O. North; W. R. Steadman,

Fiji; A. M. Lea, Lord Howe Island and Murray Island; N. B. Tindale, Groote Eylandt;

H. K. Bartlett, Louisade Archipelago and East Coast New Guinea; also Mrs. L. A.

Elliott, F. Trigg and others.

A CATALOGUE or tae CONE SHELLS (CONIDAE)

in tHe SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

By BERNARD C, COTTON, Concrotocisr, Sourn Ausrramn Museum,

Plates i-v, and Text Fig. 1.

INTRODUCTION.

Tris catalogue is the result of a preliminary examination of the Conidae contained

in the South Australian Museum cabinets and a few in other collections. The

Musetiin cones are aceumulated trom the following sources,

1, Kenyon Collection, This magnificent series provides the bulk of inaterial

here reviewed anc contains the few Brazier types. Although species are fre-

quently represented by good series of typical specimens, most are, unfortinately,

without locality, hese series are referred to under localities as ‘‘ Kenyon Collec-

tion,’’ 2, Matthews Collection, 8, Vereo Colleetion, 4, May Collection.

Tu addition the following people have donated or provided specimens for ¢xamt-

nation with localities: Dr. Deland, Manus; Miss K. Tammat, W. O, North; W. BR.

Steadwian, Wiji; A. M. Lea, Lord Howe Island and Murray Island; N. B. Tindale,

Groote Bylandt; H, K, Bartlett, Lonisade Arehipelago and East Coast New

dines; also Mrs. Lb. A. Hllott, BF. Trigg and others.

RADULA,

The following account of the radula of Pleraconus anemone was made from a

series of slides prepared from South Austvalian specimens ‘The dental tormmla

i3 1.0,0.0.1 and the microphotograph is of fully formed denticles. There are two

‘ows oF mareials, converging towards their points and behind them a sheat or

bundle not arranged in the double row. Each tooth tapers towards its distal ex-

tremity, where it ends in a crochet hook or single barb. From the base of the

barb 4 toothed marginal ribbon extends half way along the denticle. The tooth

is grooved along one surface up to the base of the barb so as to form an open,

sheath like gutter. In this lies a ribbon, with teeth along the edge, attached dis-

tally to the base of the barb, and when not in use lying folded in the groove. The

ribbon is continued to the base of the dentiele, but with no teeth in its proximal half.

The edge of the ribbon, entirely devoid of teeth is traceable to the expanded hase

of the denticle, and just opposite the point where the teeth cease and on the

other edge of the ribbon is a sort of triangular stop, probably forming a valve.

The edge of the ribbon which has the teeth, and which also extends to the

base is loose and rumpled. In some specimens, and probably normally in all,

the two edges of the ribbon are approximated. In all probability, when not in

use, the rumpled edge of the ribbon lies loose and allows the denticulated edge to

lie flat in the groove of the denticle, and when to be put into action, a musele at

the hase pulls upon and straightens this cdye aud so makes taut and erect the

dentienlated half. This brings into position a row of denticulations continous

with the base of the barb. After ereetion the ribbon again folds longitudinally

and with its free edges in contact forms a tube throughout the length of the den.

ticle. The poison passing from the venom gland through a long duet opening into

the oesophagus, (hence to the teeth, finally traverses, probably by capillary attrac-

230 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MUSEUM

tion, the tube thus formed. The radula tooth of Puncticulis arenatus is appar-

ently somewhat similar and vezxillwm also aceording to Peile 1939, 352, fig. 13.

References have been made to Cone Shells shooting or ‘‘spitting out’? the

denticles which bury themselves into the vietim’s flesh. This is unlikely. Tt

seems more likely that the proboscis is extended, and the radula protruded, and

the denticles quickly thrust into the flesh. Cumings, 42, deseribed an attack by

DENTICLE OF FLORACONUS ANEMONE

marginals in two rows marginale crowded

barb denticulate edge

nant 2058 basal attachment

= WOOO

barb ‘entering

Conus textile on an Octopus in an aquarium. He remarks, ‘‘ When the radula is

protruded, it is seen directly beneath the siphon.’’ Clench and Kondo, 120, in de-

seribing the anatomy of Conus striatus state, ‘‘Iu the median crop or the narrow

connecting tube was a well-preserved tooth of the Conus itself, which is without

doubt the one used to kill the now partially digested prey.’’ The proboscis in

Floraconus anemone is well-provided with longitudinal and retractor muscles.

The action of the barb in Floraconus anemone would then be, as suggested

in the diagram, to enter and then anchor in the flesh, The barb catch-

ing would bend over the sharp point of the dentiele at the narrow neck

near the tip when the tooth would be torn from the radula at the base.

Other species with the barbed points paired and opposite sueh as T'vdi-

puria tulipa, Darioconus textile, Parviconus rutilus and Dendroconus slriatus may

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 231

baveasli¢hthly different anchoring action, Hor comparison microphotographs of the

denticles of Darioconus onania, Virgiconus linidus, Parviconus rutilus, Flaraconus

anemone are reprodneed. Mr. IL. Beoek of the Adelaide (niversity kindly assisted

me with the preparation of these photographs and also suggested the similarity

of the anemone denticle to a whale harpoon. From this description it seems that

the radula of Ploraconus anemone is probably as venomous as any, though no fa-

talities have been vreeorded from Southern Austvalia, The animal usually with-

draws rapidly into the shell when handled, which may account for the nmmunity en-

joyed hy many collectors who have handled them. Furthermore, it is doubtful

whether a small cone of two or three inches in length has sufficient poison for a

fatal dose, thongh it may be quite sufficient to paralyse smaller marine creatimes.

Known records of fatal bites have been from larger species of about four to six

inches in shell height for the average specimen, such as Rollus geographus and

Darieconus tertile, Asa wise precaution collectors will be well advised to pick up

live specimens by the spire end of the shell, keeping the hand well away frora the

narrow or anterior end from whieh the proboscis projects.

Species actually recorded as having inflicted bites are aulicus, textile, tulipa,

marmoreus, (eagraphus,

CLASSIFICATION,

A preliminary attempt has been made to allot species to suitable genera,

though it is realized that more genera will be required before a satisfactory classi-

fication ean be offered, Genotypes are figured from specimens with definite locali-

ties. Principal synonyms and varietal names are listed under the respective spe-

cies, but in this survey the species names are used in the wider sense and in some

cases may represent groups of geographical subspecies. Tomlin, 1937, give a full

list of specific names up to that date. Many more specimens remain in this eol-

lection lo be examined and identified and may add considerably to this eatalogus.

The genus Conella Swainson (1840) genotype Conus plicato Swainson is now

placed under the family Columbellidae,

The genera are here arranged in groups which may even represent subfamilies.

Troup A, Conus, Group H. Rolluw, Tuliparia.

Group B, Coronants, Rhombus, Croup l, Reygiconns, Darioconns,

Group CG. Firriconur, Punetioulia. Group], Cleobula, Textilia, Dendrasonns,

Group D, Stephaneconus, Chelyconus, Croup K, Floraconus, Parviconus,

Lawtoconus. Mamiconua,

Group Ki. Leptoconusx, Dauoiconus, Group L. Hermes, Leporiconus.

Pionoconus. Group M, dAxprella, Conasprelia,

Group FP. Phaamaconus. Endemaconwua.

Croup G. Rhisoconus, Virgiconus. sreup N, Lovellona.

GROUP A,

Genus Conus Linné,

Conve Linné, 1758, p. 712.

Genotype: Conus litleratus Linné, 1758. Asiatieo.

Iithaconns Moreh, 1858, p. 66,

Genotype: Conus millepunctatus Lamarek, 1822, Oeean Asiatique,

Cucullus Roding, 1798, p. 87.

Distribution, Tndo-Paeific,

_ Remarks, Thiele (1929, p. 874) gave the generally accepted marmorvus

Linne (1758) ag genotype of the Conus, but Iredale (1930) pointed out that

232 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Swainson (1840) gave the earliest type designation as Conus litteratus Linné

(1758). Swainson actually refers to ‘‘ Conus whose type is C. litteratus’’ whereas

marmoreus is the first species described by Linné after the original description of

the genus Conus. Lithoconus Morch (1853, p. 66), is a synonym having for its

genotype millepunctatus, so designated by Thiele (1929), and the first species

listed under the genus by Moreh. Cucullus Roding (1798, p. 37), is without a

definite genotype; the first species listed by the author was imperialis.

Conus LiTTERATUS Linné.

Conus litteratus Linné, 1758, p. 712. O. Asiatico.

Conus gruneri Reeve, 1844, Conch. Icon. 1, Conus, pl. 48, sp. 231. Java.

Loc. Manus. Rossel Island, Brooker Island, Fiji. Kenyon Collection.

Queensland, Moreton Bay. Murray Island.

Remarks. Dr. Deland took a number of specimens of this large cone. There

is a long series in the Kenyon Collection ranging up to 175 mm. in height and

122 mm. in diameter with a weight of 46 oz.

Conus MILLEPUNCTATUS Lamarck.

Conus millepunctatus Lamarek, 1822, p. 461. Ocean Asiatique.

Loc. Manus. Brooker Island. Moturina Island. Fiji. Queensland.

Remarks. This is separated with difficulty from the previous species. It is

here taken to be the smalier form with separated black spots. The largest speci-

men taken in Fiji is only 41 mm. in height.

Conus EBURNEUS Bruguiére.

Conus eburneus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 640. East Indies.

Conus polyglotta Weinkauff, 1874, p. 244. Pelew Island.

Loc. Manus. Fiji. Philippines. New Britain. Brooker Island. Moreton

Bay, Queensland. New Caledonia. Java.

Conus THOMAE Gmelin.

Conus thomae Gmelin, 1791, p. 3394. In. Mari. Indico.

Conus omaicus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 714. Oma Is., Indian Ocean.

Loe. Oma Island.

Remarks. There is a single specimen of this beautiful species.

Conus promEetHEus Bruguiére.

Conus prometheus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 667. African Ocean.

Loc. West Africa.

Conus TESsULATUS Born.

Conus tessulatus Born, 1780, p. 151. .O. Africano.

Conus tessellatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 641. Hab.?

Loc. Indian Ocean. Mauritius. Seycheles. Kenyon Collection. Queens-

land. Torres Straits. New Britain. Manus. Misima. Brooker Island. Kyusta

Island, Japan (Elliott).

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 233

Conus crassus Sowerby.

Conus crassus Sowerby, 1858, p. 25, pl. 12, fig. 254-255. Fiji.

Loc. Fiji.

Remarks. This small thick Fijian species seems quite distinct from typical

tessulatus.

Conus quagstor Lamarck.

Conus quaestor Lamarck, 1810, p. 281. Hab.?

Conus muscosus Lamarck, 1810, p. 281. Hab.?

Conus paulina Kiener, 1850, p. 314, pl. 108, fig. 3. Hab.?

Conus masoni Nevill, 1874, p. 22. Andamans, 15 fathoms.

Loc. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. One specimen, typical in colour and in the flat spire. Height

59 mm., diameter 39 mm.

Conus PAPILIONACEUS Bruguiére.

Conus papilionaceus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 665. Indian Ocean and Coasts of Guinea.

Conus breviculus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 37, fig. 55. Hab.?

Loc. Kenyon Collection. ‘‘West Africa.”’

Remarks. One specimen, typical in colour and flat spire. Height 59 mm., dia:

meter 39 mm.

Conus TROCHULUS Reeve.

Conus trochulus Reeve, 1844, pl. 45, sp. 246. Hab.?

Loc. Cape Verde Islands.

Conus LORENZIANUS Dillwyn.

Conus phlogopus Tomlin, 1937, p. 206. New name for

Conus flammeus Lamarck, 1810, p. 279. Africa.

Conus lorenzianus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 370. East Indies.

Loc. West Coast Africa.

GROUP B.

Genus Coronaxis Swainson.

Coronaais Swainson, 1840, p. 147.

Genotype: Conus marmoreus Linné, 1758. Asia.

Remarks. At the above reference Swainson writes : ‘‘The mouth is a short pro-

boscis (fig. 16, a), which in one genus (Coronaxis Sw.) has the margin simply cir-

cular, while in the other (Conus Linné) it is laciniated, or divided into a cireular

fringe of little points, analogous to the lips of the Trochidae.’’ The figure 16 re-

ferred to shows the animal and shell of Conus marmoreus Linné and at a the pro-

poscis and mouth. On page 148 Swainson designates this species as type of Coron-

axis, and litteratus as type of Conus Linné s.s. This genus includes the shells with

chocolate, or pink reticulation, leaving rounded, triangular white spots.

234 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CoRONAXIS MARMOREUS (Linné).

Conus marmoreus Linné, 1758, p. 712. Asia.

Loc. Manus. Brooker Island. Port Moresby. Fiji. New Caledonia. Kenyon

Coll. Torres Straits. Port Douglas. North Queensland. Barrier Reef,

Remarks. Manus specimens are small, about half the size of fully grown

Indian Ocean specimens.

CORONAXIS PSEUDOMARMOREUS (Crosse).

Conus pseudomarmoreus Crosse, 1857, p. 223, pl. 9, fig. 4. Hab.?

Loc. New Caledonia.

Remarks. A single specimen is typical. The spire, not coronated, is one-

fifth ef the height of the shell.

CoRONAXIS CROSSEANUS (Bernardi).

Conus crosseanus Bernardi, 1861, p. 168, pl. 6, fig. 3,4. New Caledonia.

Conus crosseanus lineata Crosse, 1878, p. 168, pl. 3, fig. 3, 3a. New Caledonia.

Jioc. New Caledonia.

Remarks. Our specimens are smaller and more heavily marked with choco-

late reticulations. Probably a variant of marmoreus.

CORONAXIS NIGRESCENS (Sowerby).

Conus nigrescens Sowerby, 1859, p. 429, pl. 49, fig. 2. Hab.?

Loc. New Guinea. Kenyon Collection. Manus.

Remarks. This form of marmoreus is smaller and even more heavily reticu-

lated with brown. Typical ones can be selected from Manus material.

Coronaxis NocTuRNus (Solander).

Conus nocturnus Solander, 1786, p. 156, No. 3411. China.

Conus deburghiae Sowerby, 1858, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 6, 7. Moluceas.

Tioc. Moluceas.

Remarks. In our series from the above locality, one specimen is of the de-

burghiae variety, but apparently the same species.

CoRONAXIS ARANEOSUS (Solander).

Conus araneosus Solander, 1786, p. 76, No. 1714; p. 106, No. 2328. Hab.?

Loc. Philippines.

Remarks. Kenyon series with the above locality range up to 70 mm. in height.

Coronaxis Nicoparicus (Bruguiére).

Conus mecobaricus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 612. Grandes Indes.

Conus peplum Sowerby, 1858, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 13 and pl. 17, fig. 408. Red Sea.

Conus vidua Reeve, 1843, pl. 8, fig. 45. Capul.

Loc. Andaman Island. Nicobar.

Remarks. Specimens from the above logalities appear distinct from araneosus.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 235

CloRONAXIS MARCHIONATUS (Hinds).

Conus marchionatus Hinds, 1848, p. 256. Marquesas.

Conus eudoxus Tryon, 1883, Man. Conch., p. 10, pl. 27, fig. 3. Hab,?

Loc. Marquesas Island.

Remarks. The species is represented by four adult typical specimens showing

little variation.

CoroNAXIS BANDANUS (Bruguiére).

Conus bandanus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 611. Banda Island.

Loc. Philippines. Banda Island. China Strait, Papua (Elliott).

Remarks. A Philippine Island specimen is 90 mm, in height.

Genus RaomBus Montfort.

Rhombus Montfort, 1810, 2, p. 408.

Genotype: Conus imperialis Linné, 1758. Hab."

Remarks. Coronate shells with straight sides, interrupted spiral lines and

sometimes a couple of irregular spiral bands.

RHOMBUS IMPERIALIS (Linné).

Conus imperialis Linné, 1758, p. 712. Hab.?

Conus fuscatus Born, 1780, p, 147. Mauritius.

Conus viridulus Lamarck, 1810, p. 31. Oc. Austral.

Loc, Brooker Island. Philippines. New Caledonia, Mauritius. Fiji.

Ruomeus ZonaTUS (Bruguiére).

Conus zonatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 613. Ocean Asiatique.

Loc. Andaman Islland, Kenyon Collection,

Remarks. This appears to be distinet from impertalis,

GROUP C.

Genus Virroconus Iredale.

Virroconus Iredale, 1930, p. 80.

Genotype; Conus ebraeus Linné, 1758. India.

Remarks. Shell short, wide and thick, spire a little coronated and rather

elate ; surface weakly spirally lirate, irae coarser towards the base ; typical coloura-

tion of semi-lunate to rectangular large black maculations forming three inter-

rupted spiral bands on the body whorl, on a white background.

Virroconus EBRABUS (Linné).

Conus ebraeus Linné, 1758, p. 715. India.

Conus hebraeus Born, 1780, p. 159. Hab.?

Loc. Manus. New Britain. Lord Howe Island, Funafuti. Mauritius.

Solomon Islands. Bougainville, Hawaii. Fiji, Misima. Queensland. Philippines.

Remarks. The Rev. H. K. Bartlett says that this species of cone and the

Money Cowry Moneturia moneta are ‘the commonest objects on the beach at.

Misima.”’

236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

VIRROCONUS CHALDAEUS (Bolten).

Cucullus chaldaeus Réding, 1798, 2, p. 42. Hab.?

Conus vermiculatus Lamarck, 1810, p. 34. Seas of Asia.

Loc. Mauritius. Fiji. Lord Howe Island. Manus. Queensland.

Remarks. This species is distinguished from ebraeus by the vermiculate black

colour pattern and the stronger sculpture.

VIRROCONUS CORONATUS (Gmelin).

Conus coronatus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3389. Hab.?

Conus miliaris Bruguiére, 1792, p. 629. China.

Conus tiaratus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 25, fig. 10. Galapagos.

Conus abbreviatus Reeve, 1843, pl. 16, sp. 86. Sandwich Is.

Conus aristophanes Sowerby, 1858, fig. 81, 82. Sandwich Is.

Conus minimus Born, 1780, p. 156. In Indiis. Not minimus Linné, 1758.

Loc. Manus. Nila, Hawaii. Kenyon Collection. Fiji. Singapore, Philip-

pines. Sandwich Islands. Northern Territory. Murray Island. North West Islet,

Capricorn Group.

Remarks. A variable species. Our specimens of ‘‘barbadensis’’ from the West

Indies are very like the variety ‘‘aristophanes.’’? Also recorded from Geraldton,

Western Australia, Queensland, New South Wales.

ViRROCONUS CITRINUS (Gmelin).

Conus citrinus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3389. Curacas (Curacas, Venezuela). Not

Kiener, 1849.

Conus mus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 630. Guadeloupe, West Indies.

Conus barbadensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 632. Barbados, Guadeloupe and Santo

Domingo.

Conus magellanicus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 633. Martinique.

Conus jamaicensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 700. Jamaica,

Conus lubeckianus Bernardi, 1861, p. 169, pl. 6, fig. 7-8, Guadeloupe.

Conus minutus Reeve, 1864, pl. 47, fig. 259. St. Vincent. Not Roding, 1798, or

Schréter, 1803.

Loc. Honduras. Florida. Bahamas. San Diego, California.

Remarks. Bruguiére, 1792, p. 633 changed the type locality given by Favanne

as Martinique to the Straits of Magellan which Clench, 1942, p. 7, points out was

certainly in error.

VIRROCONUS PIPERATUS (Dillwyn).

Conus piperatus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 401. East Indies.

Conus punctatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 628. African Ocean. Not punctatus

Gmelin, 1791.

Loc. West Africa. Sumatra.

VIRROCONUS MACULIFERUS (Sowerby).

Conus maculiferus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 29, fig. 23. Red Sea.

Loc. Red Sea.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 237

Virrocvonus ENcAUSTUS (Kiener).

Conus encaustus Kiener, 1846, p. 54, pl. 14, fig. 2. Hab.?

Loc. Marquesas. Kenyon Collection.

Virroconus GeNuANUS (Linné).

Conus genuanus Linné, 1758, p. 714. Hab,?

Conus tueniatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 628. North America, China,

Conus papilio Linné, 1767. p. 1168. THab.?

Loc. Western Africa. Aden. Kenyon Collection.

VIRROCONUS CEYLANENSIS (Bruguiére).

Conus ceylanensis Brueniére, 1792, p. 636. Ceylon.

Conus ceylonensis Dillwyn, 1817, p. 407, No. 100. Ceylon.

Conus nanus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 24, fig. 6. Lord Hood’s Island.

Conus acutus Sowerby, 1858, p. 16, pl. 6, fig. 142, Ceylon.

Loc. Ceylon. Funafuti. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Recorded from Queensland.

ViRROCONUS SPONSALIS (Bruguiére).

Conus nux Broderip, 1838, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 54. Gallapagos.

Conus sponsalis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 635. St. George Isles,

Loc. Gulf of California.

Virroconus mMusicus (Bruguiére).

Conus musicus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 629. China.

Conus mighelsi Kiener, 1850, p. 852. La mer des Indes.

Loe, Duke of York Group. East Cape, Papua. Manus. Fitzroy Island,

Queensland.

VIRROCONUS PONTIFICALIS (Lamarck).

‘onus pontificalis Lamarck, 1810, p. 38. (Tasmania) error.

Conus pontificalis Delessert, 1841, Recueil, pl. 40, fig. 15.

Loc. Broome. Geraldton. Carnarvon. Ellenbrook. Yallingup. Shark Bay.

Remarks. This Western Australian species was first incorrectly recorded

from Tasmania, but later, and correctly listed hy Hedley from Monte Bello Island,

Exmouth Gulf. A large and typical specimen agreeing exactly with Delessert’s

figure, taken at Yallingup measures 39 mm, in height and 22 mm. in diameter.

Genus Punecrieunis Swainson.

Puncticulis Swainson, 1840, p. 311.

Genotype: Conus arenatus Bruguiére. 1792. Philippines.

Remarks. Short, stout thiek, somewhat swollen shells with numerous small

spots and coronated spire.

238 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PUNCTICULIS ARENATUS (Bruguiére).

Conus arenatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 621. Philippines.

Conus mesokatharos Tryon, 1883, p. 18, pl. 27, fig. 2. Hab.?

Loc. Mauritius. Ceylon. Manus. Brooker Island. Fiji. New Caledonia.

Torres Straits. Claremont Island. Philippines. Queensland. Claremont Islands.

Remarks. Conus mesokatharos is probably a juvenile of arenatus.

PUNCTICULIS ZHYLANICUS (Gmelin).

Conus zeylanicus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3389. Hab.?

Conus obesus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 623. Hast Indies.

Loc. Ceylon. Kenyon Collection.

PUNCTICULIS STERCUS-MUSCARIUM (Linné).

Conus stercus-muscarium Linné, 1758, p. 715. Asia.

Loc, Manus. Misima. Brooker Island. Ceylon. North Australia. New

Britain. Solomon Islands. Queenlsand.

PUNCTICULIS PULICARIUS (Bruguiére).

Conus pulicarius Bruguiére, 1792, p. 622. Pacific Ocean.

Conus fustigatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 623. Indian Ocean.

Loc. Brooker Island, Rossell Island. Anse Vata, New Caledonia. Queens-

land. Ceylon. Philippines.

PUNCTICULIS VAUTERI (Kiener).

Conus vauteri Kiener, 1850, p. 350, pl. 100, fig. 3. Hab. ?

Loc. Marquesas Island. New Caledonia.

GROUP D.

Genus STEPHANOCONUS Morch.

Stephanoconus Morch, p. 65.

Genotype: Conus nebulosus Bruguiére, 1792. Hab.? = Conus regius Gmelin, 1791.

Hab.? Not nebulosus Gmelin, 1791.

Remarks. Shell thick, regularly conical, rather sharply angled at the shoul-

der, spire concavely elevated, tuberculate, closely spirally striate ; typical coloura-

tion of a nebulous pattern, with a tendency to form bands.

STEPHANOCONUS REGIUS (Gmelin).

Conus regius Gmelin, 1791, p. 3379. Hab.?

Conus leucostictus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3388. Oceano americano.

Conus insularis Gmelin, 1791, p. 3389. Hab.?

Cucullus coronacivica Réding, 1798, p. 38. Hab.?

Conus cedonulli carrassaviensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 602. Curacao.

Conus cedonuli trinitarius Bruguiére, 1792, p. 603. Trinidad.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 239

Conus nebulosa Bruguiére, 1792, p. 606. Lab.’ Not nebwlosa Gmelin, 1791.

Conus cedonulli martinicanus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 603. Martinique.

Conus armillatus Adams, 1850, p. 59.

Conus cedonulli caracanus Bruguiere, 1792, p. 608, Caracas (Venezuela).

Conus cedonulli grenadensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 603. Grenada.

Conus eques Bruguiére, 1792, p. 705. Coast of Florida.

Loc. West Indies. Kenyon Collection. Barbados. Gulf of Califormia.

Remarks. There are numerous varieties and subspecies in this complex

species.

STEePHANOGONUS AURANTIUS (Bruguiére).

Conus aurantius Bruguiére, 1792, p, 606. Indian Ocean.

Loc. Moluceas. Amboina. Kenyon Collection.

SrepHanoconus VARIUS (Linné).

Conus varius, 1758, p. 715. Hab.?

Conus mnterruptus Wood, 1828, p. 8, pl. 3, fig. 2. Hab.?

Conus pulchellus Sowerby, 18384, pt. 54, fig. 61. Fremantle. Not pulchellus

Swainson, 1822.

Conus hevassi Adams, 1853, p. 118. New name for pulehellus Sowerby.

Conus hwasst Weinkautf, 1874, p. 252. HEmend. for hevassi.

Loc. Broome, Shark Bay, Western Australia, Philippines. Moluceas. Wiji.

STEPHANOCONUS MOLUCCENSIS (Kiister).

Conus moluceensis Kiister, 1838, p. 121, pl. 23, fig. 4,5. Moluceas.

Conus proximus Sowerby, 1859, p. 429, pl. 49, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus pulcher Adams, 1854, p. 117, New Caledonia.

Conus stainforthu Reeve, 1843, pl. 1, sp.1, Hab.?

Loc. Moluceas.

STEPHANOCONUS SUPERSCRIPTUS (Sowerby ).

Conus swperseriptus Sowerby, 1877, p. 753, pl. 75, fig. 4. Madagascar.

Loc. A single specimen probably from the type locality,

STEPHANOCONUS BRUNNEUS (Wood).

Conus brunneus Wood, 1828. p. 8, pl. 3, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus diadema Sowerby, 1854, pt. 56-57, fig. 88. Hab.?

Loc. Galapagos Island. Changame Island, Panama Bay,

STEPHANOCONUS GLADTATOR (Broderip).

Conus gladiator Broderip, 1833, p.55. Panama,

Loc. Kenyon Collection ‘‘West Coast of Central America.’’ Panama,

240 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

STEPHANOCONUS PRINGEPS (Linné).

Conus princeps Linné, 1758, p. 7138. Hab.?

Conus regius Bruguiére, 1792, p. 617. Indian Ocean.

Conus lineolatus Valenciennes, 1832, p. 336. Acapulco.

Loc, San Francis-quito Island, Gulf of California.

Remarks, Typical examples of the ‘‘regius*’ variety with the wide longitu-

cinal lines seem different from the fine lined ‘‘Tineolatus’* variety.

STEPHANOCONUS sUPFUSsUS (Sowerby).

Conus suffusus Sowerby, 1870, p. 225, pl. 22, fig. 9. New Caledonia.

Conus nowmeensts Crosse, 1872, 20, p. 155. Noumea,

Loc. Kenyon Collection “New Caledonia.”’

Remarks. A series from ‘'California’’ appear to be the same specics. They

are like a nnicolowred ‘‘lineolatus.”’ There is a Kenyon specimen labelled ‘Type

specimen Conus nowmeensis Brazier, Anse Vata, Nonmea, New Caledonia.’? The

label is attached to the specimen, but the shell has nothing to do with this species

and is chenwi.

STePHANOCONUS CABRITTI (Bernardi).

Conus cabritt Bernardi, 1858, p. 337, pl. 18, fig. 2. New Caledonia.

Conus taylorianus Smith, 1880, p. 480. Australia?

Loc. New Caledonia.

Genus CHELYcCONUS Mérch.

Chelyconus Moreh, 1852, p. 9.

Genotype: Conus testudinarius Bruguiére, 1792, Surinam. —Conus ranunculus

Bruguiére, 1792. American Ocean.

Remarks. Spire somewhat elevated, convex, striate, body whorl bulbous, spir-

ally striate. The genotype is the first species listed by Mérch after the introdue-

tion of the genus.

CHELYCONUS RANUNCULUS (Bruguiére).

Conus ranunuculus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 671, American Ocean.

Conus testudinarius Bruguiére, 1792, p. 694. Surinam (Dutch Guiana).

Conus mformis Bruguiére, 1792, p.99. American Ocean. Not Reeve, 1843.

Conus portoricanus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 714. Puerto Rico.

Conus puertoricanus Krebs, 1864, p. 6. West Indies. Error for partoricanus.

Conus harathrum Roding, 1798, p. 48. Hab.?

Conus fammeus Roding, 1798, p.44. Hab.? Not Lamarek, 1810.

Conus norecissus Lamarck, 1810, p. 281. American Ocean.

Conus caerulescens Dillwyn, 1817, p, 868. St. Thomas. Not Schroter, 180%.

Conus caerulans Kiister, 1838, p. 85, pl. 14, fig. 83-4. St. Thomas.

Conus asnersus Sowerby, 1983, pt. 28. fig. 16. Hab.?

Loc. West Indies. West Africa. Philippines. Cape Verde Islands. Manus.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 241

CHELYCONUS PURPURASCENS (Sowerby).

Conus purpurascens Sowerby, 1833, pt. 25, fig. 18, 13x. Panama.

tonus regalitatis Sowerby, 1834, pt. 56, 57, fig. 87. Real Llejos.

Conus comptus Gould, 1852, pt. 887, pl. 14, fig. 28. Santa Barbara.

Loc. Panama. Perlas Islands,

Remarks. A specimen bearing the name regalitatis Sowerby belongs to the

species purpurascens, of which it is apparently a synonym.

CHELYCONUS PULMEN (Reeve).

Conus fulmen Reeve, 1843, pl. 39, sp. 215. Capul.

Loe. Japan.

CHELYCONUS WORCESTERI (Brazier).

Conus (Chelyconus) worcestert Brazier, 1891, p. 276, pl. 19, fig. 4. Island of

Mauritius.

Loc, Mauritius.

Remarks. Holotype reg. no. D. 6178, S.A. Museum, The Kenyon label bears

no loeality though the specimen is certainly Brazier’s holotype agreeing exactly

with Brazier’s figure. It is a perfect specimen with operenlum and seems to bear

some resemblance to Chelyconus fulmen Reeve.

Cumnyconus catus (Bruguiére).

Conus catus Bruguitye, 1792, p. 707. Martinique.

Loc. Sandwich Island, Fiji. Manus. Tahiti. Kenyon Collection, St.

Domingo, Martinique, and even Isle de France, Caloundra, Queensland.

\OELYCONUS AOHATINUS (Bruguiére) .

Conus achatinus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 671. Indian Ocean.

Loc. Manus. New Hebrides. Ceylon. Fiji. Kenyon Collection, Hast

Coast Papua. Brooker Island. Port Darwin, Fannie Bay, Bowen, North Austra-

lia, Melville Island.

JHELYCONUS MoNACcHUS (Linné).

Yonus monachus Linné, 1758, p. 714. Hab.!

Conus superstriatus Sowerby, 1858, p, 37, pl. 13 (199), fig. 282. Hab,?

Loe. Kenyon Collection, Solomon Island. Loyalty Islands. Misima. Mo-

luceas. Fiji.

Remarks. A specimen labelled Conus superstriatus in the Kenyon Collection

is conspecifie with monachus.

CHELYCONUS PROSTIANA (Brazier).

Conus frostiana Brazier, 1898, p. 781. Solomon Islands.

Loc. Solomon Islands.

Remarks, Holotype D. 6170. The specimen has the name loeality and the

words ‘‘type specimen’’ in Brazier’s handwriting, It is a young specimen in all

probability closely related if not synonymous with monachus.

242 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

CHELYCONUS BARBARA (Brazier),

Conus barbara Brazier, 1898. Solomon Islands,

oc. Solomon Islands,

Remarks. Holotype D. 6176 from the Kenyon Collection. Probably a worn

and damaged monachus,

CHELYOCONUS CERINUS (Reeve).

Conus cerinus Reeve, 1848, pl. 3, sp. 283. Mindanao.

Loe. Philippines.

Remarks. Two typical speeimens in the Kenyon Collection.

Genus Lau'roconus Monterosato.

Lautaconus Monterosato, 1928, p, 107.

Genotype: Conus mediterraneus Bruguiére, 1792. Mediterranean.

Remarks. Lautoconus was introduced as a new section, but is here used generi-

cally.

LaUTOCONUS MEDITERRANEUS (Bruguiére).

Conus mediterraneus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 701. Mediterranean.

Loc, Mediterraneus. Kenyon Collection. Tangier,

Remarks. A great number of synonyms and varietal names are placed under

this specific name, and many of them are represented in this collection.

GROUP B.

Genus Leproconus Swainson.

Leptoconus Swainson, 1840, p. 312.

Genotype: Conus amadis Gmelin, 1791. Hab.?

Remarks. Shell with spirally striate, channelled, concavely elevated, sharp

pointed spire; shoulder angle sharp ; lower part of body-whorl punctured, grooved.

Leproconus AmMApts (Gmelin).

Conus amadis Gmelin, 1791, p. 3388. Hab.?

Lec. Moluceas. Kenyon Collection. Java, Ceylon.

Leproconus AMMIRALIS (Linné).

Conus ammiralis Linné, 1758, p. 713. Oc. Americae Merid.

Loc. Moluceas. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. There is a number of subspecies. East Indian, not West Atlantic.

Fiji.

Lerroconus AMMIRAIS TEMMES Iredale.

Leptaconus ammiralis temnes Tredale, 1930, p. 80. North West Isle, Capricorn

Group.

Loc. North West Isle, Capricorn Group.

Remarks. One specimen taken by W. J, Kimber,

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 243

LePTroOcONUS ARCHITHALASSUS (Solander).

Conus archithalassus Solander, 1786, p. 189, no. 4017. Amboina,

Loc. Mauritius,

Remarks, This typical single specimen No. 42 of the Kenyon Collection ap-

proaches temnes Tredale in shape but has a different colour pattern. The name

and locality on the Jabel are Sowerby’s, who probably supplied the shell.

Lerroconus MONILE (Bruguiére).

Conus montle Bruguiére, 1792, p. 646, Indian Ocean.

Loc. Manus. Philippines. Ceylon.

Leproconus MALpIVUS (Bruguiére).

Conus maldivus (Bruguiére), 1792, p. 644. Maldive Island.

Loc, Ceylon, Maldive Island. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Colouration partaking somewhat of both generalis and monile.

LEPTOCONTIS MALACANUES (Bruguiére).

Conus malaconus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 645. Straits of Malacca,

Lor. Malacca,

LEPTOCONUS SIEBALDI (Reeve).

Conus siebaldi Reeve, 1848, pl. 1, fig. 269. Japan.

Conus rarimaculatus Sowerby, 1870, p. 257, pl. 22, fig, 4. China Seas.

Loc. Kenyon Collection, ‘‘Japan.’’

Leproconus Genpraurs (Linné).

Conus generalis Linné, 1767, p. 1166, India Orientali.

Conus spiroglorus Deshayes, 1863, p. 135, pl. 8, fig. 15, 14, Reunion,

Loc. Manus. Molueeas, Fiji. New Caledonia. Brooker Island, Ceylon.

Red Sea. Queensland, Darnley Island.

Remarks. South Pacifie specimens are stouter with less bright and less con-

trasting colour pattern.

Leproconus THALASSTARCHUS (Sowerby).

Conus thalassiarchus Sowerby, 1834, pt. 56, 57, fig. 80, 85. Luzon.

Conus castrensis Gould, 1843, p. 138. Hab.?

Loc. Kenyon Colleetion ‘‘ Philippines’’.

Remarks, In Gould’s Otia Conchologica, 1862, there is in brackets the state-

ment ‘‘ This is the C. thalassiarchus Reeve, 1843,’’ following the reprinted deserip-

tion of easlrensis Gould.

LEproconus ACUMINATUS (Bruguiére).

Conus acuminatus Bruguiére, 1792, p, 688. Mers des grandes Indes.

Conus insignis Sowerby, 1833, pt. 28, fig. 17. Hab.?

Conus textilinus Kiener, 1850, p. 383, pl. 108, fig. 5. Hab.?

Conus nodulosus Sowerby, 1864. Swan River.

Loc. Red Sea.

Remarks. T have not recognized Sowerby’s species amongst Western Austra-

lian shells.

244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Leproconus pMARGINATUS (Reeve).

Conus emarginatus Reeve, 1844, pl. 43, sp. 232. Pacific Ocean.

Conus arcuatus Gray, 1839, p. 119, pl. 36, fig. 22. Pacific Ocean, not arcualus

Broderip and Sowerby, 1829,

Conus clertt Reeve, 1844, pl. 43, fig. 229. Brazil.

Loe. Brazil.

Remarks. Differs from eclerii only in the lack of striae on the upper portion

of the body whorl and its more concave sides. Li, lentiginosus is a narrow shell

with more convex sides though it has been considered a variant by some.

Lerroconus Norms (Linné).

Conus nobilis Linné, 1758, p. 714. Mab.?

Conus cordigerus Sowerby, 1866, p, 329, pl. 21 (207), fig. 498. Philippines.

Conus victor Broderip, 1842, p. 54. Tlab.?!

foc. Andaman Island.

Lerroconus WEINKAUFFI (Lobbeeke).

Conus wetnkauffi Lobbecke, 1822, p. 90, figured op. cit., p. 188, pl. 4, fig. 1-3. New

Oaledonia,

Loc. New Caledonia.

LEPTOCONUS SPLENDIDULUS (Sowerby).

Conus splendidulus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 37, fig. 53. Indian Ocean.

Conus luctificus Reeve, 1848, pl. 2, sp. 280. Hab.!

Toc, Aden.

LEPTOcONUS FULMINEUS (Gmelin).

Conus fulmineus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3388. Hab.

Conus fulgurans Bruguiére, 1792, p. 687. Grandes Indes.

Conus eximius Reeve, 1849, pl. 4, sp. 256. Moluecas.

Loc. Queensland.

LEPTOCONUS LENTIGINOSUS (Reeve),

Conus lentiginosus Reeve, 1844, pl, 44, sp, 245. Hab,’

Loc. Bombay.

Leproconus cexrurio (Born),

Conus centurio Born, 1780, p, 153, pl. 7, fig. 10. Hab.?

Loe, ‘‘West Indies,’* Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Puerto Plata, Santo Domingo, was selected as type locality by

Clench, 1944, p. 24.

Leproconus canpipus (Kiener).

Conus candidus Kiener, 1848, p. 214, pl. 97, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus floridensis Sowerby, 1870, 256, pl. 22, fig. 11. Florida.

Loc. Florida?

Remarks. Clench, 1944, p. 39, writes ‘‘This species has frequently been re-

ferred to as an earlier name for both floridanus Gabb and pealit Green. It may

well be related, but is certainly not either of these species.’’ I[ had previously

allowed this species in my notes as a prior name for floridanus.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 245

Leproconus srwarnsit (Conrad).

Conus stearnsu Conrad, 1869, p. 104, pl. 10, fig. 1. Florida.

ioc, Florida.

LEPTOCONUS 'TRAVERSIANUS (Smith).

Conus lraversianus Smith, 1875, p. 107, text fig. Hab. ?

Loc. Kenyon Collection. Aden.

Remarks. The Kenyon Collection specimens are smaller than the type, those

from Aden adult and normal in size.

Leprroconus JAsPippus (Gmelin).

Conus jaspideus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3387. Hab.?

Conus duvalt Bernardi, 1862, p, 404, pl. 13, fig. 3. Guadeloupe.

Conus pusto Bruguiére, 1792, p. 710. West Indies.

Conus peal Green, 18380, p. 123, pl. 3, fig. 3. Key Vache (Vaca), Plorida.

Conus acutimarginatus Sowerby, 1866, p, 328, pl. 288, fig. 640-641. Hab. ?

Conus beddomei Sowerby, 1901, p. 101, pl. 9, fig. 1. West Indies.

Conus boubeeae Sowerby, 1903, p. 76, pl. 5, fiz. 5. Hab.?

Loc, Venezuela.

LEpTOCONUS REGULARIS (Sowerby).

Conus regularis Sowerby, 1833, pt, 29, fig. 29. Central America and Panama.

Conus recurvus Broderip, 1833, p. 54. Monte Christi.

Conus syriacus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 36, fig. 45. Not Réding 1798.

Conus dispar Sowerby, 1933, pt. 37, fig. 57. Hab.?

Loc. Mazatlan. Panama.

LEPTOcONUS sPURIUS (Gmelin).

Conus spurtus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3896. Hab.?

Conus proteus var. B., Bruguiére, 1792, p. 682. Santo Domingo and Guade-

loupe.

Conus leoninus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 683. Mexico to Brazil. Not leoninus Gme-

lin, 1791.

Cucullus ferugineus Réding, 1798, p. 41. Hab. ?

Jucullus syriacus Réding, 1798, p. 41. Hab.?

Cucullus quadratus Roding, 1798, p. 41, Hab.?

Conus ochraceus Lamarek, 1810, p. 275. Hab.?

Conus characteristicus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 367. St. Bartholomew.

Loc. Sanibel, Florida,

246 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus Dauctconus nov,

Genotype: Conus daucus Bruguiére, 1792. West Indies.

This genus is introduced for the species grouped around the Conus daucus,

ermineus, planorbis, vitulinus series and may represent more than one genus. Shell

straight sided, rather acutely angled at the shoulder; spire moderately elate and

smooth ; unicoloured, maculated or with interrupted banding ; body whorl striate,

towards the base.

Remarks. Differing from Leploconus in the shape of the spire, which is

acute with straight sides and not peeuliarly elongate at the tip as in that genus.

Dauciconus paveus (Bruguiére).

Conus daucus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 651. West Indies.

Conus mamillaris Green, 1850, p. 128, pl. 3, fig. 6. Florida.

Conus daucus luteus Krebs, 1864, p. 4, nom. nud. West Indies.

Conus arausiensis ** Chemnitz’? Reeve, 1848, pl. 20, fiz. 114. Sea of America.

Loc. West Indies.

Davereonus uRMingeus (Born).

Conus ermtneus Born, 1780, p. 159. In Indiis.

Conus lithoglyphis Reeve, 1843, pl. 4, sp. 20. Tieao.

Conus lacinulatus Kiener, 1850, p. 812, pl. 108, fig. 2. Hab,?

Conus carpentert Crosse, 1865, p. 302, pl. 9, fig. 1. New Guinea.

Loc. Ticao. Mauritius. Madagascar. Panavaravara Island. Kenyon Col-

lection, ‘‘ Philippines. ’’

Dauciconus surorEANUS (Weinkaulf),

Conus sutoreanus Weinkanft, 1875, p. 311, pl. 56, fig, 5, 6, Mauritius,

Loc. Loyalty Islands.

Dauciconus ciroumMacrus (Iredale).

Conus curcumactus Trecale, 1929, p. 281, for cinetus Swainson.

Conus pulchellus Swaimson, 1822, pl. 114. Amboyna. Not pulchellus Réding,

1798.

Conus cinctus Swainsou, 1822, p.110. Hab.? Not cinctus Bose, 1801.

Loc. Philippines. Mauritius. Queensland,

Davciconus CHENUI (Crosse).

Conus chenui Crosse, 1857, p. 381, pl. 11, fig. 3, 4. New Caledonia.

Conus lochbeckeanus Weinkautt, 1873, p. 221, pl. 36, fig. 3, 4. Hab,?

Loc. New Caledonia, Omida, Anse Vata, Noumea.

Remarks. Our specimens are typical and agree with the figures of both the

above species.

Daverconus viruuius (Brneniére).

Conus vitulinus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 648. Indian Ocean.

Loc. Queensland, Philippines. Fiji. Kenyon Colleetion, ‘‘Ceylon.’’ East

Cape, east coast New Guinea.

COoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 247

Dauciconus PLANORDIS (Born).

Conus planorbis Boru, 1780, p. 164, pl. 7, fig. 13, 14. Hab.?

Conus connectens Adams, 1854, p, 136. China.

Loe. Cambridge Gulf. Queensland. Fiji. Philippines. Indian Ocean.

Remarks. Specimens identified as senator Linné 1758 appear to be the same

species. Llowever, it is generally recognized that senator is unidentifiable. Linné

deseribed the species too briefly and without locality. There is no anthentie figure.

The species has been referred to Rhizoconus by some authors,

Dauciconus Linkatus (Brugniére).

Conus lineatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 645. Indian Ocean.

Lac. Philippines. Queensland, Townsville. Wiji.

Remarks. Chemnitz and others have been quoted as authors of the above

species. The name nolatus Tomlin 1937 was introduced for linewtus Borson 1820,

and there is a prior /ieatus Solander 1766. The present species may require a

new name.

Davciwonus rurvus (Reeve).

Conus furvus Reeve, 1843, p. 13, sp. 69. Ticao.

Conus liqnarius Reeve, 1843, pl. 24, sp. 136. Port Sacloban, Leyte Island.

Conus buxeus Reeve, 1844, pl. 47, sp. 265. Ilab.? Not bunens R6ding 1798.

Conus cecilet Kiener, 1850, p. 286, pl. 98, fig. 4 and pl. 107, fig. 3. China Seas.

Loc. Philippines. Miri, Sarawak.

Davciconus augur (Solander).

Conus augur Solander, 1786, p. 44, No. 1046, Hab,?

Loc, Ceylon.

Daucrconus KERMADECENSIS (Iredale).

Conus kermadecensis Iredale 1913, p. 227, pl. 9, fig. 15, 16. Sunday Island,

Lee. Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.

Remarks. A specimen in this collection is marked ‘‘'Type specimen Kenyon

Coll, 420.’’ It is a perfect specimen of this species but certainly not the type,

and meastires 45 mm. in length, not 55 mm. It apparently belongs to this genus

and to the ** planorbis’’ type.

Genus Pronoconus Mérch,

Pionoconus Moérch, 1852, p. 70,

Genotype: Conus magus Linné, 1758. Hab.?

Remarks. Shell with spire moderate in height, striate, body whorl long and

rather cylindrical, closely striate below ; clonded colouration,

Prionoconus Magus (Linné),

Conus magus Linné, 1758, p. 716. Hab.?

Conus circae Chemnitz, 1795, pl. 183, fig. 1778, 1779. Molucea Islands. Described

by Sowerby 1858, p. 39, pl. 21, (207), fig. 518. 4514, pl. 22, (208), fig. 525,

Philippines.

248 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Conus clandestinus Chemnitz, 1788, pl. 140, fig. 1296. Cited by Reeve 1849 p. 2, as

a synonym of magus.

Conus wndicus Chemnitz, 1788, pl. 140, fig. 1295, cited by Weinkauff 1874, p. 265,

as var. of magus.

Conus tenellus Chemnitz, 1795, pl. 183, fig. 1782, 1783. Molucea Islands.

Conus raphanus Bruguiere 1792, p. 722. Indian Ocean.

Conus carinatus Swainson, 1822, pl. 112, ‘‘ Asiatie Ocean.’’

Conus ustulatus Reeve, 1844, sp. 239. New Holland.

Conus epistomium Reeve, 1844, sp. 227. Mauritius.

Conus epistomoides Weinkauff, 1875, Lief. 233, p. 315, pl. 57, fig.5,6. East Africa?

Conus striolatus Kiener, 1849, p. 266, pl. 105, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus borneensis Sowerby, 1866, p. 239, pl. 28 (289), fig. 648. Borneo.

Conus frawenfeldi Crosse, 1865, p. 307, pl. 10, fig. 1, la. Madagascar.

Conus assimilis Adams, 1854, p. 118. Australia.

Conus consul Boivin, 1864, p. 33, pl. 1, fig. 5, 6. Hab.?

Conus lizardensis Crosse, 1865, p. 305, pl. 9, fig. 5. Lizard Island, North-Hast Aus-

tralia.

Loc. Manus. Hast Cape, east coast New Guinea. Philippines. Caroline

Islands. Queensland. Torres Straits. Broome. New Caledonia. Madagasear.

Mapoon, Gulf of Carpentaria.

Remarks. Smith 1876 and later Tomlin 1937 misquoted tenellus Chemnitz

1795 as ‘‘fenellus’’, A long series bearing most of the above names as varieties is

in our collection and they show a considerable but intergrading variation.

Pronoconus consors (Sowerby).

Conus consors Sowerby, 1833, pt. 36, fig. 42. Philippines.

Conus anceps Adams, 1854, p. 119. Moluceas.

Conus innexus Adams, 1854, p. 118. Natal.

Conus daullet Crosse, 1858, p. 119, pl. 2, fig. 2, 2a. Mazotte.

Loc. Molueeas. Philippines. New Caledonia. Miri, Sarawak. Cambridge

Gulf. Northern Territory. Singapore.

PIONOCONUS MERCATOR (Linné).

Conus mercator Linné, 1758, p. 715. Hab.?

Loc. Kenyon Collection. West Africa.

PIONOCONUS TIMORENSIS (Bruguiére).

Conus timorensts Bruguiére, 1792, p. 731. Grandes Indes.

Loc. Timor. Mauritius. East Cape, east coast of New Guinea.

PIONOCONUS INSCRIPTUS (Reeve).

Conus scriptus Reeve, 1848, pl. 29, sp. 164. Hab.?

Conus keatti Sowerby, 1858, p. 34, pl. 20 (206), fig. 479. Seychelles.

Loc, Aden. Kenyon Collection.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS

Pionoconus suTuURATUS (Reeve).

Conus suturatus Reeve, 1844, pl. 45, sp. 250, Hab.?

Loc. Queensland.

Pronocvonus pertusus (Bruguiére).

Conus pertusus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 686. Gaandes Indes.

Conus festivus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 418, Molluceas.

249

Conus amabilis Lamarck, 1810, Ann. du Mus, Hist. Nat. (Paris), 15, p. 425.

Hab.?

Loc. Mauritius. Philippines.

Pronoconus JANUS (Bruguiére).

Conus janus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 690. Indian Ocean.

eS ? ’

Loc. China, Seychelles Islands. Mauritius. Kenyon Collection,

PionocoNUS ANDAMANENSI8 (Smith).

Conus wndamanensis Smith, 1878, p. 804, pl. 50, fig. 1, la. Port Blair.

ioc. Andaman Islands.

PIONOCONUS ERYTHRAENSIS (Reeve).

Conus erythraensis Reeve, pl. 24, sp. 187. Hah.?

Conus induratus Reeve, 1849, pl. 7, sp. 268. Red Sea.

Conus piperitus Reeve, 1844, pl, 48, sp. 230.

Conus dillwynii Reeve, 1849, p. 2. New name for piperitus Reeve, 1844, Not

Dillwyn 1817.

Conus quadratomaculatus Sowerby, 1866, p. 328, pl. 27 (288), fig. 637, 638, Hab.?

Conus suphirostoma Weinkautt, 1074, p, 268. New name for

Conus coccineus Sowerby, 1866, p. 329, pl. 289 (28), fig. 646. Hab.?

Loe. Red Sea,

Pronoconus cinereus (Bruguiére).

Conus cinercus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 673. Indian Ocean.

Conus nisus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 388. Eastern Seas.

Conus zebra Lamarek, 1810, p. 278. Hab.?

Conus blandfordianus Crosse, 1867, p. 66, pl. 2, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus stramineus Lamarck, 1810, p. 273. Hab.?

Conus alveolus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 25, fig. 11, Hab.?

Conus gabrielii Kiener, 1850, p. 315, pl. 74, fig. 4. Hab.?

Loc. Manus. Philippines. Solomon Islands. Moluccas. North-West Aus-

tralia.

PIONOCONUS PUNCTICULATUS (Bruguiére ).

Conus puncticulatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 702. China and West Indies.

Conus perplexus Sowerby, 1858, p. 20, pl. 14 (200), fig. 324. Gulf of California.

boc. California. Panama, La Libertad, Ecuador.

250 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

PIONOCONUS INTERRUPTUS (Broderip and Sowerby ).

Conus interruptus Broderip and Sowerby, 1829, near Mazatlan.

Conus mahogani Reeve, 1843, pl. 22, sp. 126. Salango.

Loc. Panama. South California. Mazatlan. West Columbia.

Pionoconus MoZzAMBICUS (Bruguiére).

Conus mozambicus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 696. Mozambique.

Conus macei Crosse, 1865, p. 309, pl. 10, fig. 5. Vizagapatam.

Linc, Kenyon Colleetion. Mozambique.

Pronoconus Lynceus (Sowerby).

Conus lynceus Sowerby, 1858, p. 37, pl. 19 (205), fiz. 469. Molueeas.

oc. Red Sea.

PIONOCONUS INFRENATUS ( Reeve).

Conus infrenatus Reeve, 1848, pl. 3, Sp. 285. Hab. ?

Loe. Port Elizabeth, South Afriea.

Pionoconus coLuMBA (Bruguidre),

Conus columba Bruguiére, 1792, p. 709. Asiatie Ocean and Mauritius.

Loc. Wast Indies.

Remarks. Clench, 1944, p. 39 writes ‘‘ There appears to be nothing in the West-

ern Atlantic that agrees with this species.’’

PIoNOCONUS NEPTUNOIES (Smith).

Conus neptunoides Smith, 1880, p. 479, pl. 48, fig, 2. Australia.

duoc. ‘* Australia’, New Caledonia, Noumea.

Pronoconus vircatus (Reeve).

Conus virgatus Reeve, 1849, p.1. Hab.?

Loc. Western Coast of Central America.

Pronoconus miser (Boivin).

Conus miser Boivin, 1864, p. 39, pl. 1, fig. 9. Cape Vert.

Toc. Cape Verde Islands.

PIONOCONUS ALGOENSIS (Sowerby).

Conus algoensis Sowerby, 1834, pt. 54, fig. 65. Algoa Bay.

Loc. Algoa Bay, South Africa.

GROUP F.,

Genus PuasmMAconus Mérch,

Phasmaconus Morch, 1852, p. 70.

Genotype: Conus radiatus Gmelin, 1791. Hab.?

Remarks. Spire elevated, striate, acute; body whorl typically unicolonred

and not spirally banded; lower part of body whorl! distantly strongly grooved.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 251

PHAsMACONUS RADIATUS (Gmelin).

Conus radiatus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3386. Hab.?

Conus martinianus Reeve, 1844, pl. 40, sp. 217. Luzon.

Loc. Moluccas. Miri, Sarawak. Fiji, Queensland. New Britain.

PHASMACONUS PARIUS (Reeve).

Conus parius Reeve, 1844, pl. 43, sp. 285, THab.?

Loc. Molueeas. Fiji.

Remarks. Typical from Moluccas. Philippines. Queensland.

PuasMAconus LigNARDI (Bernardi and Crosse).

Conus lienardi Bernardi and Crosse, 1861, p. 49, pl. 1, fig. 2. New Caledonia.

Loc. New Caledonia. Kenyon Collection. Fiji.

PHASMACONUS OCHROLEUCUS (Gmelin).

Conus ochroleucus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3391. Hab.?

Loc. New Ireland. Moluceas. Fiji.

Remarks. Specimens are in the Kenyon Collection as ‘* Conus fasciatus Mar-

tyn.’’ Finlay 1926 introduced the name Leptoconus jocus for Martyn’s species.

Reeorded from Swan River, Western Australia.

GROUP G.

Rauizoconus Morch.

Rhizoconus Morch, 1852, p. 68.

Genotype: Conus vexillum Gmelin, 1791. Hab.?

Remarks. Shell large, rather thin, spire striate; yellowish or chestnut with

an irregular white central band.

RuwocoNus vExinLUM (Gmelin).

Conus vexillum Gmelin, 1791, p. 3397, Amboina.

Conus robillardi Bernardi, 1858, p. 182, pl. 7, fig. 2,3. Hab.?

Loe. Brooker Island. Manus. Kenyon Collection. New Caledonia. North

Australia. Queensland. Fiji.

RHIZOCONUS SUMATRENSIS (Bruguiére).

Conus sumatrensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 655. Hast Indies.

Loc. Sumatra.

Ruioconus NAMOcANUS (Bruguiére).

Conus namocanus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 712. Namoea Island, Pacific.

Conus badius Kiener, 1847, p. 89, pl. 33, fig. 8, Hab.?

Serna Ta gets Sowerby, 1858, p. 27, pl. 7, fig. 149, 150 and pl. 9, fig. 207. Mauri-

Loc. Philippines,

252 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

RHIZOCONTS CONCOLOR (Sowerby).

Conus concolor Sowerby, 1834, pt. 54, fig. 59. New name for

Conus wnicolor Sowerby, 1834, pt, 28, fig. 58. India,

Loe. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Large, 120 mm, in height, unicoloured, chestnut, without colour

bands.

Rawovuonus mines (Linné),

Conus miles Linné, 1758, p. 713. India = Amboina.

Loc. Manus. Kenyon Collection. New Caledonia, Murray Island. North

Australia. North-West Australia. East Coast Papua. Queensland. Fiji.

Ruoconus carirangus (Linné).

Conus capitaneus Linné, 1748, p. 718. Asia.

Loc. Manus. West Indies. Hong Kong. Fitzroy Island, Queensland. Broome,

North Australia, Torres Straits. Fiji. New South Wales.

Raizoconus MusTeinus (Bruguiére).

Conus mustelinus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 654. Indian Ovean.

Conus sulphuratus Kiener, 1847, p. 130, pl. 66, fig. 3 and pl. 78, fig. 4. Hab,’

Loc. Philippines. Queensland. Fiji.

Remarks. Less distinetly banded than capitancus. The species is regarded

by Tryon 1884, 40, as a variety of capitaineus. He writes ‘The border-markings

of the bands reduced to spots, the other revolving spots of the typical form absent.

Clearly connected with the type by intermediate states."’

Ruwoconvs rarrus (Bruguiére),

Conus rattus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 700. Mers d’Amerique.

Conus taitensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 718. Tahiti.

Conus viridis Sowerby, 1858, p. 20, pl. 5, fig. 102. Hab.?

Loc, New Hebrides. Tahiti. Kenyon Collection. Queensland. Wiji.

Remarks. Specimens in this collection from St. Francis Island, Corny Point,

Daly Head, 8.A., were identified by Hedley as ‘‘Conus ratius, a species common

in the tropics, agree with a series from Fitzroy Island, Queensland,.’’ They are

certainly not a Floraconus, but appear to be this species,

Rawoconus cuassarius (Bruguiére).

Conus classarius Bruguiére, 1792, p. 705. Indian Ocean.

Conus blainwilli Kiener, 1850, p. 358, pl. 111, fig. 1, Hab.?

Conus ruppelii Reeve, 1844, pl. 2, fig 273. Sea.

Conus paz Bernardi, 1857, p. 385, pl. 11, fig. 1,2. Hab.?

Loe. Aden, Kenyon Collection.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 253

RHIZOCONUS ARGILLACKOUS (Perry).

Conus argillaceous Perry, 1811, pl. 24, No. 6. East Indies.

Loc. Berbera, Mast Afviea. Aden.

Remarks, Probably a variant of classarvus.

Ruroconus TRiconus (Reeve).

Conus lrigonus Reeve, 1848, pl. 4, fig. 286. Hab.?

Conus uureolus Sowerby, 1858, fig. 395. Hab.?

Loc. Philippines. Gulf of Carpentaria, Mapoon. Queensland. Broome.

Remarks. There is a series of somewhat smaller shells in the Kenyon Col-

lection with spiral colour lines, but in other respects typical trigonus. They

are without loeality, but quite peculiar variants. The height of our largest /ri-

gonus is 80 mm. and of the yariant 60 mm, Tryon and Reeve both figure a

small specimen, but Weinkautff’s figure of trgonus Bgreds well with our specimens

in size, shape and eolour.

Rawoconus correa (Gmelin).

Conus caffece Gmelin, 1791, p. 3388. Hab.?

Conus coffea Weinkautt, 1874, p. 260. Emend. for Coffeae Gmelin.

Conus excavatus Sowerby, 1866, p. 326, pl. 25, fie. 616. Hab.?

Conus fumigatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 704, Mers d’Amerique.

Conus incarnatus Reeve, 1844, pl. 41, sp. 221. Malacea,

Loc, Manus. Red Sea. Kenyon Collection,

Rutzoconus virratos (Bruguiére).

Conus vilttatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 704. Indian Ocean.

Conus orion Broderip, 1833, p. 55, Real Lejos.

Conus henoquet Bernardi, 1860, p. 380, pl. 18, fig. 4. Hab.?

Loc. Panama.

Raiwoconus sOPHIAE (Brazier).

lonus (Rhizoconus) sophaae Brazier, 1875, p. 7.

Loc. Hammond’s or Bannietta Island, Solomon Archipelago, found on reef

(Brazier).

Remarks, The type is not in the Kenyon Collection, The species is a doubtful

one,

Genus Vrreioonus gen. nov.

Genotype: Conus virgo Linné, 1758. Hab.?!

Remarks. Shell rather narrow, sides straight, but little convex, shoulder angle

well defined, body whorl slightly striate throughout, more distinetly at the base;

unicoloured, tinged at the base with violet in typieal species. The genus is intro.

duced for the species allied to the virgo, flawidus, Wvidus series. Swainson, 1840,

placed the type species under the typical g genus Conus, Mérch, 1853, placed it under

Lithoconus here regarded as a synonym of Conus, Inthe present genus the colour

pattern is entirely different from the tessellated pattern of Conus.

254 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Vircrconus virco (Linné).

Conus argo 1758, p. 718. Hab.? Amboina.,

Conus emaciatus Reeve, 1849, pl. 5, sp. 248. Philippine Islands,

Toe. Aden. Kenyon Collection, Mauritius. Ceylon. Melville Island.

Brooker Island. Manus. Philippines. Queensland. Fiji.

VirGicon vs COELINAR (Crosse).

Conus coelinae Crosse, 1858, p. 117, pl. 2, fig. 1, New Caledonia.

Loc. Amede Island, New Caledonia.

Remarks. The specimen bearing this name is more delicate with straighter

sides and more depressed spire than typical virgo, It is probably only a variety

of that species.

Vrreiconus rLavipus (Lamarck),

Conus flaandus Lamarck, 1810, p, 265. Hab.?

Lithoconus peaset Brazier, 1877, p. 288. New name for

Conus neglectus Pease, 1861, p. 398. Sandwich Islands. Not neglectus Adams,

1854.

Loc. Brooker Island. Manus. Port Moresby. Kenyon Colleetion, Fiji,

Funafuti. Darnley Island. Torres Straits. Sonth Queensland.

Viraiconus Livinus (Bruguiére),

Conus liaidus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 630. East Indies.

Conus sanguinolentus Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, p. 99, pl. 53, fig. 18. Carteret,

New Giinea,

lioc, Seychelles. Philippines. Manus. Red Sea. Queensland. North-

ern Territory. Fiji.

Remarks. The animal of sangwinolentus is described as bright red, whence

the name, but the shells from New Guinea are indistinguishable from those of the

East Indies, and Philippines, The present species is distinguished from flawidus by

the livid colouration and coronate spire whorls. This species is of the Virgiconus

rather than the Stephanoconus type.

VirGIcONUS SUGILLATUS (Reeve).

Conus sugillatus Reeve, 1844, pl. 44, sp. 247, Hab.?

Loc. Osumi, Japan. Queensland.

Remarks. Closely remembers Jividus but brighter coloured and banded.

Vireiconus pistans (Bruguiére).

Conus distans Bruguiére, 1792, p. 634. Coast of New Zealand.

Loe. Tahiti, New Caledonia. Philippines. Kenyon Collection, Fiji.

VIRGICONUS WATERHOUSEAE (Brazier).

Conus waterhouseae Brazier, 1896, p. 471. Solomon Islands.

Loc. Solomon Islands.

Remarks, There are two specimens in the collection. The holotype reg. No.

D. 5786 and another specimen marked ‘‘type of variety.’’ The label covering

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 255

both specimens bears the inseription ‘‘Are they only variants of C. distans

TIwass?’’, in Vereo’s handwriting. They both represent the one species, water-

houseae, which is distinet from distans in colouring, shape and stronger basal striae,

and otherwise smooth and small shell.

VIRGICONUS ALBICANS (Sowerby).

Conus albicans Sowerby, 1858, p. 3, pl. 5 (191), fig. 98. Hab.?

Tec, Philippines,

VIRGICONUS BALTEATUS (Sowerby).

Conus balleatus Sowerby, 1833, pl. 37, fig. 58. Tlab.?

Coronagis cermicus Adains, 1869, p. 272, pl. 19, fig. 1. Barkly Island, Mauritius.

Loc, Mauritius.

VirGicONUS KENYONAE (Brazier).

Conus kenyonae Brazier, 1896, p. 346, Sharks Bay,

hoe. Sharks Bay, Western Australia.

Remarks, The holotype is in this collection D. 14194. It probably belongs to

this genus and the distans series. The specimen is worn and the colours faded,

but the seyen spiral grooves can be discerned.

VIRGICONUS ARROWSMITHENSIS (Brazier).

Conus kenyonae arrowsmithensis Brazier 1898, p. 346, fig. 4. Arrowsmith Island,

Marshall Islands.

Loc. Avrowsmith Island,

Remarks. The holotype is in this collection D. 6177. It isa worn and bleached

shell somewhat like kenyonve but with four distinet grooves on the body whorl,

the posterior one slightly above the middle of the shell. The spire is similar but

slightly more raised. In both this and kenyonae there are extra, less distinet spiral

erooves at the anterior end,

GROUP H,

Genus Rotius Montfort.

Rollus Montfort, 1810, p. 395.

Genotype: Conus geagraphus Linné, 1758. In Indiis.

Remarks. Here belong the large, thin, inflated shells with faint revolving

striae, coronate, striate spire and aperture widened anteriorly by the basally con-

eave columella.

Roiius GrocRAPHUs (linné).

Conus geagraphus Linné, 1758, p. 718. In Indiis.

Conus mappa Crosse, 1858, 200, 205. New name for

Conus intermedius Reeve, 1843, pl. 28, sp. 129. Annaa Island. Not Lamarek

1810,

Loe. Manus. Brooker Island. Panavyaravara Island. Kenyon Collection.

North Queensland, Wiji.

Remarks, Australian specimens measure up to 145 mm. in height and 65 mm.

in diameter.

256 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM

Rouius opscurus (Sowerby).

Conus obscurus Sowerby, pt. 29, fig. 26. Arabia.

Loe. Philippines. Solomons. Mauritius.

Genus Tuurearta Swainson.

Tulipana Swainson, 1840, p. 147.

Genotype: Conus tulipa Limmé, 1758. Hah,?

Remarks: This genus is closely allied to Rollus. Shell with spire scarcely

coronate, body whorl smooth and slightly swollen, colouration of spiral chestnut

and white articulations.

TuuIPARIA TuLIPA (Linné).

Conus tulipa Linné, 1758, p. 717. Hab,?

Loc. Brooker Island. Maus. Fiji. New Hebrides. North Queensland.

New Caledonia.

TULIPARIA BoRBONICUS (Adams),

Conus borbonicus Adams, 1868, p. 288, pl. 25, fig. 1. Isle of Bourbon.

Loe. Loyalty Islands, Lifou. Fiji, Suva.

Remarks, This has been regarded as a juvenile of tulipa by some authors and

described as a Chelyconus by others. The half dozen shells in our collection are

all small and typical of the species.

GROUP T.

Genus Reetconus Iredale.

Regiconus Tredale, 1980, p. 79.

Genotype: Conus auratus Bruguiere, 1792. Indian Ocean.

Remarks, This genus includes the large narrow shells with elevated spire and

large subtrianeular white spots. This genus seems very closely allied to Dari-

oconus judging from the genotypes,

Reeiconus AuratTus (Bruguiére).

Conus auratus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 740. Indian Ocean.

Loc. Philippines. ‘‘ Indo-Pacific. ’’

Remarks. According to our specimens the only distinguishing features from

aulica are the narrower, more cylindrical shape and finer colour pattern of auratus.

The two species seem closely allied. The genotype species is represented in our

collection by only one specimen from the Philippines which could be regarded as

typical of the figure given by Reeve, 1848, pl. 25, fie. 141a,

Reerconus aunious (Linné).

Conus aulicus Linné, 1758, p. 717. Asia.

Loc. Brooker Island. Fiji. Kenyon Collection. Ceylon. Rossell Island.

New Caledonia. Solomon Islands.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 257

Genus Dartoconus Iredale.

Darioconus Iredale, 1930, pt. 1, p. 79.

Genotype: Conus omaria Bruguiére, 1792. Indian Ocean,

Cylinder Montfort, 1810, p. 407.

Genotype: Conus textile Linné, 1758. Ad Bandam Asiae. Not Cylindra Tiger,

1802,

Remarks. There seems to be little difference between this genus and Regiconus

Tredale, 1930. It is here used for the bulk of the species belonging to the well known

and extensive group related to the textile type distinguished by the characteris-

tie colour pattern.

Dartoconus omariA (Bruguiére).

Conus omaria Bruguiére, 1792, p. 743. 1’Ocean Asiatique, Madagascar, Manille.

Conus praclatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 746. Grandes Indes.

Conus episcopus Brugniére, 1792, p. 748. Grandes Indes.

Conus rubiginosus Bruguiére, 1792, p, 744. Hast Indies.

Conus magnificus Reeve, 1843, pl. 6, sp. 32. Matnog, Island of Luzon, Philippines.

Loc. Murray Island. Bowen. Caloundra, Queensland. Torres Straits. Glad-

stone. Misima. Brooker Island. Manus. New Hebrides. Kenyon Collection.

Fiji, oma Loma.

Remarks. Our extensive series suggest that the above names are all ap-

plicable to one species.

Darioconus RACEMOSUS (Sowerby).

Conus racemosus Sowerby, 1874, p. 721, pl. 59, fig. 11. Sandwich Islands,

Loc. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. One specimen, typical.

DARIOCONUS PENNACEUS (Born).

Conus pennaceus Born, 1780, p. 167, pl. 7, fig. 15. China.

Loc. Mauritius. Philippines. Kenyon Collection. Fiji. Darnley Island.

Remarks. Our specimens are distinguished by the wide shell and large white

subtrigonal colour spots.

DARIOCONUS TEXTILE (Linné),

Conus textile Linné, 1758, p. 717. Ad Bandam Asiae.

Conus vicarius Lamarck, 1810, p. 274. Hab.? Asia?

Conus sertptus Sowerby, 1858, p, 41, pl. 23 (209), fig. 563. Hah.?

Conus tigrinus Sowerby, 1858, p. 41, pl. 23 (209), fig. 569. Madagascar.

Loc. Moturina Island. Manus. Port Moresby. Brooker Island. Fiji.

North Australia. Kenyon Collection. Murray Island. Connexion Island. Towns-

ville. Thursday Island, Groote Evlandt, Port Keats. Port Douglas. North-

West Australia,

258 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

DARIOCONUS VICTORIAE (Reeve),

Conus victariae Reeve, 1845, pl. 37, sp. 202. Mouth of the Victoriae River, New

Holland.

Conus camplanatus Sowerby, 1866, p. 330, pl. 28 (289), fig. 650, 651. Australia.

Loc, Western Australia, Broome. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. The colouration of light coloured reticulation and darker bands

distinguish this species.

DARIOCONUS STELLATUS (Kiener).

Conus stellatus Kiener, 1849, p. 225, pl. 99, fig. 3. Hab.?

Conus elisae Kiener, 1849, p. 341, pl. 64, fig. 1, la. Hab.?

Loc. Madagasear.

Darioconus apnas (Bruguiére).

Conus abbas Bruguiére, 1792, p. 750.

Loc. Ceylon. Kenyon Collection.

Darioconus PANNIcULUS (Lamarck).

Conus panniculus Lamarck, 1810, p. 435. Mers de Grandes Indes.

Conus corbula Sowerby, 1858, p. 42, pl. 28 (209), fig. 573. Hab. ?

Conus dallt Stearns, 1873, p. 78, pl. 1, fig. 1. Gulf of California.

Loc. Marquesas. New Hebrides, Ceylon.

Darioconus AuREus (Bruguiére).

Conus aureus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 742. China.

Loc. Molueecas. New Caledonia. Fiji.

DaRIOCONUS ARCHTEPISCOPUS (Bruguiére).

Conus archiepiscopus Bruguitre, 1792, p. 747. Grandes Indes.

Conus canonicus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 749. Grandes Indes.

Conus rubescens Schroter, 1803, p. 73. Hab.

Conus legatus Lamarck, 1810, p. 437, Mers. des Grandes Indes.

Conus madagascariensis Sowerby, 1858, p. 43, pl. 210 (24), fig. 582. Madagascar.

Loc. New Britain. Philippines, Queensland. Rossell Island.

DaRIocONUS PAULUCCIAE (Sowerby).

Conus paulucciae Sowerby, 1876, p. 752, pl. 75, fig. 3. Mauritius.

Loc. Mauritius.

Darioconus rETIFER (Menke).

Conus retifer Menke, 1829, p. 68. Hab.?

Conus solidus Sowerby, 1834, pt. 56, p. 57 (large list), No. 76. New name for

Conus textile sulcata Sowerby, 1834, pts. 56-57, fig. 76. Not sulcatus Bruguiére,

1792.

Loc. Japan, Oshima. Kenyon Collection.

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 259

Darioconus MarMoricoLOR (Melvill).

Conus omaria var. marmoricolor Melvill, 1900, p. 310. Hab.?

Loc. Hawaiian Islands. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Our specimens are quite distinetive. The body whorl is a little

swollen and the colour pattern recalls that of marmoreus in the shape of the.

subtrigonal, white spots. The spire and shape of the shell generally are other-

wise typical of Dartoconus.

DartocoNnus CHOLMONDELEYI (Melvill).

Conus cholmondeleyi Melvill, 1900, p. 308, fig. in text. Hab.?

Loe. Kenyon Collection. Manus.

Remarks. Two specimens in the Kenyon Collection bear this name. From

the Manns material I picked out an example which agrees with the type figure

in all respects save that the colour pattern is slightly coarser.

DariOcoNusS VERRICULUM (Reeve).

Conus verriculum Reeve, 1843, pl. 38, sp. 208. Ceylon.

Loc. Manritius.

Remarks. Short and broad, white subtrigonal; spots large.

Dartoconus Lucipus (Wood).

Conus lucidus Wood, 1828, p. 8, pl. 3, fiz. 4. Sonth Sea.

Loc, West Coast of Central America.

DaRIOCONUS TEXTILIS OSULLIVANT (Iredale).

Dariconous textilis osullivani Iredale, 1931, p. 224, pl. 25, fig. 13. Black Roek,

Richmond River, New South Wales.

Loc. Northern New South Wales,

Remarks. Our specimen was with shells said to have come from Byron Bay.

GROUP J.

Genus CruoruLa Iredale.

Cleobula Iredale, 1930, p. 79.

Genotype: Conus figulinus Linné, 1758. Hab.?

Remarks. This genus ineludes the thick pyriform shells with fine, spiral

colour lines.

OueonuLa prqauLiINa (Linné).

Conus figuliinus Linné, 1758, p. 715. Hab.?

Conus loroisti Kiener, 1847, p. 91, pl. 65, fiz. 1. Mer de |’Inde,

Conus figulinus chytreus Tryon, 1885, p. 17, pl. 27, fig. 1. Hab.?

Loc. Manus. New Britain. Ceylon, Fiji. Diego Garcia. Port Douglas,

Queensland. Port Moresby.

CLEOBULA BETULINA (Linné).

Conus betulinus Linné, 1758, p. 715. Hab.?

Loe. Ceylon. Madagasear. Manus. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. <A large shell 166 mm. in height and 115 mm. in diameter, weighs

36 07.

260 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CimopuLa auauca (Linnt).

Conus glaucus Linné, 1758, p. 714. Asia.

Conus scalptus Reeve, 1848, pl. 87, sp. 203. THahb,?

Loc. Manus. Philippines. New Britain.

Remarks. Recorded from Queensland. A specimen bearing the name ** sealp-

lus’? is a juvenile of glaucus where Reeve’s species probably belongs. It is without.

loeality.

CLEOPILA QUERCINA (Solander).

Conus quercinus Solander, 1786, p. 67, No. 1501. Hab.?

Conus quercinus Bruguiére, 1792, p.

Loc. New Caledonia. Fiji. Manus. Kenyon Collection, Pacific Islands.

Ceylon. Philippines. Brooker Island. Western Australia, Albany,

Remarks. Four large specimens measuring up to 102 mm. in length taken

amongst weed in sandy depressions at Suva, Fiji, by W. R. Steadman, have an

anterior oblique fold on the columella, and the anterior end of the aperture is

tinged with pink within ; they are old specimens with coroded spires recalling the

“ nonderosa’’? Sowerby, 1858. New Caledonian shells are 74 mm, and 73 mm. in

height, In the juvenile the species may be easily mistaken from its slender shape

for one of the vwirge group but for the spiral colonr lines of Cleobula.

CLEOBULA CALIFORNICA (Reeve).

Conus californica Reeve, 1844, pl. 42, sp. 224. California.

Conus dealbatus Adams, 1854, p. 117. Hab.?

CLEOBULA SURATENSIS (Bruguiére).

Conus suratensis Bruguiére, 1792, p. 669. Grandes Indes.

Loc. Philippines.

CLEOBULA PATRICUS (Hinds).

Conus patricus Hinds, 1843, p. 256 (April). Gulf of Nicoya.

Conus pyriformis Reeve, 1848, pl. 13, sp. 70 (May). Bay of Caraceas and Montifa,

hoc. San Mareus Island, Gulf of California.

Genus Denproconus Swainson,

Dendroconus Swainson, 1840, p. 311.

Genotype: Conus striatus Linné, 1758, Versus littora Hitae.

Striaconus Thiele, 1929, p. 374. Same genotype.

Remarks. In this genus are placed shells with close spiral striae, and spire

whorls channelled, carinate and striate.

DenpROcONUS sTRIATUS (Linné).

Conus striatus Linné, 1758, p. 7166. Versus littora Hitae.

Loc. Manus. Brooker Island. Kenyon Collection. Murray Island. Queens-

land. North-West Australia, Pt. Headland. Caloundra. Torres Straits. North-

ern Territory. Ceylon. Loma Loma, Fiji.

Remarks, Numerons specimens from Manus up to 80 mm. in height,

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 261

DENDROCONUS GUBERNATOR (Bruguiére).

Conus gubernator Bruguiére, 1792, p. 727. Indian Ocean.

Conus termineus Lamarck, 1810, p. 426. Asia.

Loc, Ceylon, East Indies. Fiji. Philippines. Manus. Brooker Island.

Remarks. There seems to be a larger form which we have from Ceylon as

gubcrnutor and a smaller form well represented in the Pacific which is labelled

termineus in our collection. Both species have been recorded from Ceylon and

are considered to be synonyms by Tryon.

Genus TextTmtra Swainson.

Textilia Swainson, 1840, p. 312.

Genotype: Conus bullatus Linné, 1758. Hab. ?

Remarks. Thick, polished, swollen whorls, smooth above, grooved below and

spire whorls striate.

TEXTILIA BULLATA (Linné).

Conus bullatus Linné, 1758, p, 717, Hab.?

Loc. Manus. Philippines. Kenyon Collection.

Trxtinia cerva (Lamarck).

Conus cervus Lamarek, 1822, 7, p. 510. Hab.?

Loc. Moluccas.

Remarks. Our largest specimen is 70 mm. in height.

TEXTILIA TINIANA (Bruguiére),

Conus tintianus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 713. Tinian Island.

Conus aurora Lamarek, 1810, p. 428. Hab.?

Conus scutor Hedley, 1913, p. 308. Hrror for

Conus secutor Crosse, 1865, p. 303, pl. 9, fig. 3. Hab.?

Conus rosaceus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 433. East Indies.

Conus lovent Krauss, 1848, p. 131, pl. 6, fig. 25.

Conus lavendulus Bartsch, 1915, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 12. 8. Africa, Cape and Natal.

Loc. Kenyon Collection. Tinian Island. Cape of Good Hope, 8. Africa.

Remarks. We have this species from Krysna, South Africa as Javendulus.

TEXTILIA ADAMSONI (Broderip).

Conus adamsoni Broderip, 1836, p. 44. Hab.?

Conus rhododendron Jay, 1839, p. 100, No. 3805, pl. 7, fig. 2,3. Australasia.

Conus cingulatus Sowerby, 1825, No, 2467, p. 34, not Lamarck, 1810.

Conus discrepans Sowerby, 1833, pt. 29, fig, 28. Hab.?

Loc. Kenyon Collection. Claremont Islands.

Remarks. <A series of this beautiful shell is without definite locality, One

specimen has the label ‘‘adamsonwi, Claremont Is.”’

262 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

TEXTILIA CUVIERL (Crosse),

Conus cumert Crosse, 18558, p. 128. New name for

Conus deshayesit Reeve, 1848, pl. v, sp. 28. Swan River.

Loc. Aden.

Remarks. Our specimens from Aden are typical, I is probably not a West-

ern Australian shell, thoneh it is also recorded from Queensland,

TEXTILIA STILLATA (Reeve).

Conus stillatus Reeve, 1849, pl. 5, sp. 247. Molnecas,

Loc. Molueceas. Broome, Western Australia,

Remarks. Although this species and spectrwi have been regarded as the

same, they are here separated. Our specimens of this species are very bulbous

and have the spire rounded off in the adult. Similar specimens of spectrime ojf

the same size are definitely much narrower and with sharply defined colour pattern

and centrally aceuminate spire recalling in this respect Pronaconous such as the

janus series.

TeExTILIA SPECTRA (Linné).

Conus spectrum Linné, 1758, p. 717. Asia.

Conus pica Adams and Reeve, 1848, p. 18, pl, 5, fig. 10a to 10d. Balambongan

Island,

Loc, Molueeas. Queensland, Kasi Cape, East Coast New Guinea,

GROUP K.

tenus FLroraconus Iredale.

Floraconus Iredale, 1930, pt. 1, p. 80.

Genotype : Conus anemone Lamarek, 1810. New Holland.

Remarks. Shell yariable in form, short and robust, spire short or elevated ;

spire and body whorl closely encircled throughout with close ridged striae; colour

of a floral and variable pattern. Species here included such as singleton, rema,

compressus, seagrovet, vincentianus may be regarded by some as varieties or sub-

species in the usual acceptance of these terms. However, in each case a long

series in this collection critically examined has rather convinced me that there are

considerable and consistent differences.

FLORACONUS ANEMONE (Lamarck).

Conus anemone Lamarek, 1810, p. 272. New Holland.

Conus roseotinctus Sowerby, 1866, p. 325. Hab.?

Conus novaehollandiae Adams, 1854, p. 119. Swan River.

Conus carmeli Tenison Woods, 1877, p. 184. North Coast, Tasmania.

Conus flindersi Brazier, 1898, p. 780. Flinders Island.

Loc. North, West, South Australia and Tasmania. Alive among rocks at

low tide and dredged alive down to 10 fathoms and dead from 22 fathoms down.

Remarks. Very common and variable. I have not seen Brazier’s type speci-

men of either flindersi or remo. Pritchard and Gatliff, 1900, p. 181, remark of these

twa species ‘‘We have carefully examined the types of the two last shells quoted,

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 263

deseribed by Brazier, and are much surprised that such an authority should have

forgotten his cunning to such an extent as to fail to recognize this common and

variable species. The further encumbering of species by needless synonomy is

difficult to restrain under present procedure, especially if those locally interested

have no opportunity of criticism until after the mischief has been accomplished.’’

In the following year, 1891, one of these gentlemen introduced the following

species, Conus segravet, which may prove to be a subspecies of anemone. Lamarck

describes the species as ashy-white or cinnamon coloured waved with brown and

chestnut spots, with a white band. Variety aslightly yellowish, clouded with chest-

nut. Variety b bluish-white painted longitudinally with irregular oblong brown

spots. The operculum is straight, long and narrow, about one-fourth of the length

of the aperture and has its nucleus apical.

FLORACONUS SEGRAVE! (Gatliff).

Conus segravet Gatliff, 1891, p. 179, pl. 2, 3. Near Shoreham, Victoria.

Loc. South Australia down to 200 fathoms. Western Australia, down to

100 fathoms. Victoria.

Remarks. Specimens dredged alive down to 20 fathoms and dead at greater

depths resemble this species. It may be the deeper water form of anemone to which

it is closely allied.

FLORACONUS MACULOSUS (Sowerby).

Conus maculosus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 24, fig. 8, 3x. ‘*Capul Island’’ error New

South Wales.

Conus jukest Reeve, 1848, pl. 2, sp. 278. North Australia.

Conus maculatus Sowerby, 1858, p. 31, pl. 13 (199), fig. 296. ‘‘Capul Island,’’ New

South Wales.

Conus rossitert Brazier, 1870, p. 301. Botany Bay.

Loc. East Australia and Lord Howe Island. Sydney. Broken Bay. Bal-

moral.

Remarks. Very variable and common. The holotype of rossiteri D. 5795 is a

juvenile

FLorAcONUS cyANostomus (Adams).

Conus cyanostoma Adams, 1854, p. 116. W. Africa (?).

Conus coxeni Brazier, 1875, p. 34, pl. 4, fig. 10. Moreton Bay.

Conus innotabilis Smith, 1892, p. 487, pl. 40, fig. 1. New South Wales.

Loc. Queensland, Caloundra, Moreton Bay, New South Wales, Ballina.

Remarks. The type locality is Hast Australia not West. Africa given by

Adams in error. The Queensland and New South Wales shell do not show even

subspecifie differences.

FLORACONUS SINGLETONI sp. nov.

Shell rather small for the genus, white to cream without any other coloura-

tion; spire consistently moderately elevated sharp showing little or no variation

in different specimens; spire and body whorl regularly spirally finely lirate, lirae

on the body whorl coarser anteriorly, much coarser and posteriorly very fine

medially; aperture pure white, narrow not much widening anteriorly, perios-

tracum very thin, horn coloured. Height 45 mm., diameter 22 mm.

264 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Loe. Victoria, Western Port (type loe.), Port Phillip Heads, Port Nepean,

South Australia, MacDonnell Bay, West of Eucla, 100 fathoms, Yallingup; West-

ern Australia,

Remarks. Holotype D. 14195, 5.A. Mus. <A series of twelve from the type

loeality and a-couple from Port Phillip convinces me of the validity of this species

and no doubt the animal when examined will show consistent differences from

anemone, There may in certain specimens be a faint tinge of pink without pat-

tern. The specimens from 100 fathoms are larger, measuring 54 mm, x 25 mm,,

but typical of the species and nothing to do with anemone.

FLORACONUS GLARUS (Smith).

Conus clarus Smith, 1881, p. 442, West Australia.

Lac.?

Remarks. This species is probably a Mloraconus of the anemone type and may

be a synonym of that species.

FLoraconus aneasr (Tryon),

Conus angasi Tryon, 1885, p. 62, pl. 19, fig. 99.

Conus metcalfed Angas, 1877, p. 173, Not mefcalfer Reeve, 1843.

Conus Sydneyensis Sowerby, 1887, p. 260, pl, 382 (510), fig. 694, Port Jackson.

Loe. Port Stephens, New South Wales.

FLORACONUS PERONIANUS (Iredale).

Ploraconus perowianus lredale, 1931, p. 224, pl. 25, fig. 12. Sydney Harbour,

dredged.

Loc, Broken Bay. Sydney Harbour. Tasmania.

Remarks. This large short spired and distinctly coloured shell has been re-

garded as a variety of anemone,

FLORACONUS APLUSTRE (Reeve).

Conus aplusire Reeve, 1843, pl. 30, sp. 170. Hab.?

Conus cooki Brazier, 1870, p. 800, Botany Bay.

Loc. Northern New South Wales, Richmond River, Ballina, Long Reef,

Narrabeen, Broken Bay, Port Stephen, New Caledonia, Manus. Fiji. West-

ern Australia, Shark Bay. Murray Island.

FPLORACONUS PAPILLIFERUS (Sowerby).

Conus papilliferus Sowerby, 1834, pt. 56-57, fig. 79. Hab.?

Loe. Southern New South Wales.

FLORACONUS SAUNDERSI Sp. noy.

Shell pyriform, rather wide, spire short, sharp with coneave sides; body

whorl and spire covered with regular spiral irae; body whorl rather sharply

angled at the shoulder, the top of the whorl and spire whorls forming a flat sur-

face; outer lip convex, aperture rather wide, widening anteriorly ; anterior quar-

ter or base of the body whor! strongly spirally lirate; epidermis thin, light horn

coloured; colour pattern of reddish brown axial flames, forming arrow-head-like

points on the margins, directed away from the aperture, the whole on a cream

ground colour; aperture light violet within,

COTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 265

Loc. Yorke Peninsula, Edithburgh, Levens Beach (type loc.). Port Lin-

eoln, South Australia.

Remarks, This is one of the more distinctive species of the Southern Austra-

lian Floraconus types and is distinguished by the wide pyriform shell, which is

thin, short spired, brightly coloured. As this paper was going to the press B. J.

Weeding brought in a series from Daly Head which prove the species to be separable

from anemone in all stages of development. Holotype D. 14198, S.A. Mus. Named

after Saunders, a well-known South Australian shell collector.

FLORACONUS COMPRESSUS (Sowerby ).

Conus compressus Sowerby, 1866, p. 325, pl. 25 (286), fig. 602, 608. Hab.?

Loc. Troubridge Island. Wallaroo. Encounter Bay, 22 fathoms, alive.

Remarks. Sowerby’s name and figure probably apply to the tall spired, thick

shelled compressed Floraconus type so well known to South Austraian coi-

lectors. Sowerby, in his original description, compared it with this series re-

marking, ‘‘This shell has some resemblance to C. anemone, but it is more solid in

texture and the whorls are much more compressed, i.e., a greater number contained

within a given cireumference,’’ The spire may be as long as the body whorl.

FLORACONUS REMO (Brazier).

Conus remo Brazier, p. 271. San Remo, Victoria.

Loc. San Remo. Port Philip, Port Macdonnell.

Remarks. From the long and consistent series of cotypes from the Kenyon

Collection I have selected a specimen agreeing in all respects with the type. The

species is like singletoni in general size and shape but is much thicker, elegantly

splashed with bright orange, strongly spirally lirate throughout. All cotypes are

similar in all respects. This may be a subspecies of anemone like others here sepa-

rated but there is a definite difference from the typical anemone.

Genus Parviconus Cotton and Godfrey, 1932.

Parviconus Cotton and Godfrey, 1982, p. 68.

Genotype: Conus rutilus Menke, 1843. North-West Australia.

Remarks. Shell thin, small, somewhat inflated, slightly coronated, surface

covered by close nearly obsolete revolving striae; rather sharp shoulder angle.

Protoconch paucispiral, mamillate, smooth; there is an obliquely projecting sharp

apex on its first whorl, which then acquires axial ribs from suture to suture, which

become tubercles on the spire whorls through fading out of the upper part of

the axial costae. The radulae teeth are short and probably of the type seen in

tessulatus Born, coronatus Bruguiére, ete.

Parviconus rutiuus (Menke).

Conus rutilus Menke, 1843, sp. 27. In litore septentr.-occidentali.

Conus tasmanicus Tenison Woods, 1876, Proce. Roy. Soe. Tas., p. 139. Tasmania.

Conus macleayana Tenison Woods, 1877, Proce. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. 184. New name

for tasmanicaus Tenison Woods, 1876, not Sowerby, 1866 (tasmaniae).

Loc. South Australia alive down to 15 fathoms, Levens, Largs Bay, Corny

Point, Aldinga, St. Francis Island, Yatala Shoal, 10 fathoms, Beachport 40

fathoms, 110 fathoms, St. Francis Island 20 fathoms, Cape Borda 55 fathoms, Back-

stairs Passage 20 fathoms, Neptunes 45 fathoms. Western Australia, Ellen-

266 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

brook. King George Sound, Hopetown, Yallingup, eighty miles west of Eucla 80

fathoms. Victoria.

Remarks. Very variable in shape and colouring. The colour may be white,

pink, yellow or brown. Some have three or four rows of large red spots, subdistant,

as their only ornament on a ground colour of pink or purple. The spire may be

flat or fairly elate. The sides of the body whorl may be straight, sloping, or

somewhat convex below the shoulder angle, or with a vertical flat band below the

angle of the spire, and then straight sloping and this form may have quite a turreted

spire.

PARVICONUS SMITH! (Angas).

Stephanoconus Smitht Angas, 1877, p. 36, pl. 5, fig. 8. Cape Solander, Botany

Bay.

Loc. Eastern Australia. Lord Howe Island.

Remarks. This species has a typical colouration of fillets of articulated spots.

Genus Mamiconus Cotton and Godfrey, 1932.

Mamiconus Cotton and Godfrey, 1932, p. 69.

Genotype: Conus superstes Hedley, 1911. Cape Wiles, South Australia, 100

fathoms.

Remarks. Shell small, solid, regularly conical, angled at the shoulder ; spiral

cords numerous, defined by narrow, shallow grooves, becoming more crowded and

oblique on the base; growth striae delicate; protoconch mamillate, smooth, two-

whorled, slightly oblique; adult whorls four; mouth linear. The fossil convexus

Harris from the Tertiary of Victoria probably belongs here.

MAMICONUS suPERSTES (Hedley).

Conus superstes Hedley, 1911, p. 111, pl. 20, fig. 35, 36. Forty miles south of

Cape Wiles, 10 fathoms.

Loc. South Australia, Cape Jaffa 90 fathoms, Western Australia, ninety miles

west of Eucla, 104 fathoms; eighty miles west of Eucla, 80 fathoms and 120

fathoms.

GROUP L.

Genus Hermes Montfort.

Hermes Montfort, 1810, p. 399.

Genotype: Conus nussatella Linné, 1758. Island of Nussatella, Asia.

Theliconus Swainson, 1840, p. 312. Same genotype.

Remarks. Shell narrow, thick, spire short but accuminate; surface of body

whorl finely, closely, lirate, lirae minutely granular.

HERMES NUSSATELLA (Iinné),

Conus nussatella Linné, 1758, p. 716. Island of Nussatella.

Loc. East Cape, Papua. Queensland. Philippines. Fiji.

Remarks. One juvenile from Papua, large specimens from Queensland.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 267

HERMES LUTEUS (Sowerby).

Conus luteus Sowerby, 1833, pt. 25, fig. 8 and 8x. Hab.?

Conus nucleus Reeve, 1848, pl. 3, sp. 280. Matnog.

Loc. Annaa Island. Kenyon Collection. Western Australia, Shark Bay.

Northern Territory.

Remarks. Also recorded from King George Sound, Western Australia.

HERMES TENDINEUS (Bruguiére).

Conus tendineus Bruguiére, 1792. p. 733. Africa.

Conus granulosus Sowerby, 1834, p. 18. Annaa Island.

Loc. Mauritius. Kenyon Collection.

HERMES TEREBELLUM (Linné).

Conus terebellum Linné, 1758, p. 718. Asia.

Cons terebra Born, 1780, p. 162. Hab.?

Conus coelebs Hind, 1843, p. 256. Fiji.

Loc. Fiji, Loma Loma. Philippines. New Guinea. Mauritius.

Remarks. Recorded from Swan River, Western Australia and Queensland.

HerMES THOMASI (Sowerby).

Conus thomasi Sowerby, 1881, p. 635, pl. 56, fig. 4. Red Sea.

Loc. Red Sea.

Remarks. Our single specimen from Aden is much less coarsely spirally sculp-

tured than terebellum and in addition the spire is shorter.

HERMES circUMCISUS (Born).

Conus circumcisus Born, 1780, p. 163. Hab.?

Conus brazieri Sowerby, 1881, a p. 734, pl. 1, fig. 9. Solomon Islands.

Conus dux Bruguiére, 1792, p. 732. Grandes Indes.

Loc. Moluceas. Amboina. Kenyon Collection. Solomon Islands.

Hermes cuavus (Linné)

Conus clavus Linné, 1758, p. 716. Hab.?

Loc. ‘‘New Caledonia’’, Kenyon Collection. Fiji.

Remarks. One perfect example of this specimen measuring 52 mm. in height

is in the Kenyon Collection with the above locality. It has all the characteristics of

the genus, except that the colour pattern is somewhat like that of Dartoconus.

HerMEs Auristacus (Linné).

Conus aurisiacus Linné, 1758, p. 716. Hab.?

Loc. Moluceas. Kenyon Collection.

HERMES TRIGGI sp. nov.

Shell long and rather narrow, thick, spire smooth, elevated, conic, acute,

whorls shallowly channelled and crossed by fine accremental striae; body whorl

268 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

with almost straight sides, slightly convex below, angled at the shoulder,

lirate anteriorly; lirae gradually becoming obsolete anteriorly; colouration

white, axially clouded with brown, cut by a narrow white spiral at the

basal third; whole surface of the body whorl with spirals of regular

minute brown dots, the shoulder angle of the spire whorls with a single spiral of

slightly larger spots; outer lip thick ; aperture narrow and white. Heioht 60 mm.,

diameter 27 mm.

Lee. ‘‘New Hebrides.’’

Remarks. This unique specimen has somewhai the colour pattern of the

intorrwptus series something like tornutus Réding, 1798, nom. nud., “Broderip,”’

Sowerby, 1835, pt, 29, fig. 25, but is more solid, less acute, almost straight sided, less

gradate spire, Tt also recalls to some extent the obscure lemniseatus Reeve, 1849,

pl. 5, sp, 246, from unknown locality which has a straight sided body whorl, How-

ever, the present shell is undoubtedly related to awrisiacus belonging to the genus

Hermes. The new species is readily distingnished from aurisiaeus by the differently

sculptured and shaped spire and distinetive colour pattern. Conus swzoni Bartsch

1939, p. 1, fig. 18, from Florida bears some resemblance, but differs in shape, the

sides beiny straight and, if anything, concave, in that species, while the colour

pattern is coarser with a teudency to form axial lines, entirely absent in the fine

pattern of triggt. The Kenyon label with this and two or three assorted broken

cones read ‘‘New Hebrides.’’ Named after Frank Trigg, a keen South Anstra-

lian collector of Cone Shells.

Genus Leroriconus Iredale,

Leporiconus Iredale, 1980, p. 79.

Genotype: Conus glans Bruguiére, 1792. Africa,

Remarks. Shell narrow but wider than in Hermes and slightly pyriform;

spire short and obtuse; body whorl sculptured with rather coarse, granular spirals.

Leporiconus GLANS (Bruguiére).

Conus glans Bruguiére, 1792, p. 735. Hab.? ‘

Lec. Philippines. Kenyon Collection. Queensland. New Caledonia. Manus.

Fiji.

Remarks, Also recorded fron Exmouth Gult, North-Western Australia.

LEporiconus TenutsTRIAtuUS (Sowerby).

Conus tenuistriatus Sowerby, 1858, p. 46, pl, 22, fig. 314. Philippines,

Loc, Kenyon Collection, Queensland. Hast Coast Papua.

Remarks, A series in the Kenyon Collection agrees with the origin al deserip-

tion and has the locality quoted ‘‘Philippines and New Caledonia.” They are

larger and less coarsely sculptured than any of the glans series and seem distinct,

though fenwistriatus has usually been regarded as a synonym of that species,

Leportconus coccingus (Gmelin).

Conus coecineus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3390. Hab.! Not Sowerby, 1866,

Conus solandri Broderip and Sowerby, 1830, p. 50, tab, suppl. 40, fig. 4. Tahiti,

hoe, Lifou. Kenyon Collection. Queensland. Fiji.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 269

LEPoRICONUS GRANULATUS (Linné).

Conus granulatus Linné, 1758, p. 716. O. Africano. Not Roding, 1798, or Borson,

1830, or Sowerby, 1834.

Conus roseus Lamarck, 1810, p. 37. Antilles.

Conus verulosus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 719. Seas of America.

Loc. West Indies.

LEPORICONUS SCABRIUSCULUS (Dillwyn).

Conus scabriusculus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 406. Guinea Coast.

Conus fabula Sowerby, 1833, pt. 24, fig. 5, 5x. Hab.?

Loc. New Caledonia.

Leporiconus mirratus (Bruguiére).

Conus mitratus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 738. Indian Ocean.

Loc. New Caledonia. Philippines.

LEPORICONUS CYLINDRACEUS (Broderip and Sowerby).

Conus cylindraceus Broderip and Sowerby, 1830, p. 51. Hab.?

Loc. Society Islands. New Caledonia. Loyalty Islands, Lifou. Fiji.

LEPORICONUS NIMBosus (Solander).

Conus nimbosus Solander, 1786, p. 134. Hab.?

Loc. Ceylon.

Leporiconus Boucel (Sowerby).

Conus bougei Sowerby, 1907, p. 299, pl. 25, fig. 1,2. Mouac Island, New Caledonia.

Loc. Mouae Island, New Caledonia. Lifou, Loyalty Islands.

GROUP M.

Genus ASPRELLA Schaufuss.

Asprella Schaufuss, 1869, p. 7.

Genotype : Conus sulcatus.

Cylindrella Swainson, 1840, p. 311.

Genotype: Conus asper Lamarck, 1810. China.

Conus sulcatus Bruguiére, 1792. Hast Indies.

Remarks. Shell with revolving grooves over all the body whorl, crossed by

longitudinal striae, the intermediate spiral ridges flat or rounded; spire sharp,

carinated, sometimes with distant compressed tubercles ; shoulder angle sharp.

270 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ASPRELLA suLcATA (Bruguiére).

Conus sulcatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 618. East Indies.

Conus asper Lamarck, 1810, p. 39. China.

Conus bocki Sowerby, 1881, p. 636, pl. 56, fig. 7. Amboina.

Joc. Ceylon. Hong Kong. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Our specimen of bocki from Amboina is merely a more coarsely

granulate variety of sulcatus, intergrading with specimens of that species.

ASPRELLA GRACILIS (Sowerby).

Conus australis Lamarck, 1810, p. 439. ‘‘Botany Bay,’’ ete. Not australis!

Schroeter, 1803.

Conus gracilis Sowerby, 1823, pt. 16, pl. 267, fig. 4. Hab.?

Conus laterculatus Sowerby, 1870, p. 255, pl. 22, fig. 3. Hab.?

Loc. Hong Kong. Kenyon Collection, China. Moluccas. Western Austra-

lia, Shark Bay.

Remarks. Recorded from ‘‘Swan River, Western Australia.’’

ASPRELLA ORBIGNYI (Audouin).

Conus orbignyt Audouin, 1831, pl. 20, China.

Conus d’orbignyi Weinkauff, 1874, p. 258.

For orbignyi Audouin.

Loc. Hong Kong.

ASPRELLA MILESI (Smith).

Conus milesi Smith, 1887, p. 244. Museat.

Loc. Arabian Sea.

ASPRELLA ACULEIFORMIS (Reeve).

Conus aculeiformis Reeve, 1844, pl. 44, sp. 240. Cagayan.

Conus vimineus Reeve, 1849, pl. 7, sp. 269. Cagayan.

Conus insculptus Kiener, 1850, p. 309, pl. 99, fig. 2. China Seas.

Loc. Kenyon Collection.

Remarks. Our specimen is a variety of gracilis Sowerby and aculeiformis may

be a synonym. Also recorded from North-Western Australia.

ASPRELLA COROMANDELICUS (Smith).

Conus coromandelicus Smith, 1894, p. 159, pl. 4, fig. 1, 2. Off Coromandel Coast.

Loc. Off Jash, 170 fathoms.

ASPRELLA TANNAENSIS sp. nov.

Shell narrow, spire much elevated, being over one-third of the entire shell

height, spirally lirate, but smooth at the upper portions of the whorls below the

suture; spirally regularly grooved all over the body whorl and lightly marked by

axial accremental striae; spiral cords between the grooves smooth and polished,

no granules anywhere on the shell; body whorl almost straight-sided but acutely

tapering anteriorly, tip sharp; colouration distinctive of golden yellow finely

streaked with fine rosy axially vermiculate lines at the shoulder and a short way

below ; vermiculations repeated briefly and in spirals three or four times on the

body whorl; spaced irregular subtrigonal spots at odd places. Height 80 mm.,

diameter 27 mm.

ioc. Tanna, New Hebrides (type loc.).

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 271

Remarks. Holotype D. 6172. S.A. Mus. Unique This very distinetive spe-

cimen is in the Kenyon Collection, bearing Brazier’s label with the above locality,

but without name.

ASPRELLA ORBITATUS (Reeve).

Conus mucronatus Reeve, 1843, pl. 37, sp. 204. Philippine Islands.

Conus alabaster Reeve, 1843, pl. 6, sp. 257. China Sea.

Conus orbitatus Reeve, 1843, pl. 27, sp. 156. Hab.?

Loc. Philippines. Manus.

Remarks, The Manus specimen is small and worn. Recorded from Queens-

land.

ASPRELLA UNDATUS (Kiener ).

Conus undatus Kiener, 1848, p. 210, pl. 94, fig. 1. Indian Ocean.

Conus sowerbyi subacqualis Sowerby, 1870, p. 257, pl. 22, fig. 5. China Seas.

Loc. ‘‘Florida.’’

Remarks. Our specimens from the above locality are typical.

ASPRELLA VERRUCOSA (Bruguiére).

Conus verrucosus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 708. Africa, ete.

Conus echinulatus Kiener, 1849, p. 270, pl. 105, fig. 2. Hab.?

Conus nodiferus Kiener, 1849, p. 228, pl. 100, fig. 4. Mer des Indes.

Conus rapillosus Kiener, 1849, p. 271, pl. 72, fig. 4. Hab.?

Conus stictus Adams, 1854, p. 117. Hab.? (Not. strictus, spelling error).

Conus mindanus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 711. Philippines.

Conus cretaceus Kiener, 1849, p. 264, pl. 99, fig. 1. Hab.?

Conus anaglypticus Crosse, 1865, p. 314, pl. 11, fig. 8, 8a. Antilles.

Conus elventinus Duclos, 1833, pl. 19. Hab.?

Loc. West Indies. Bahamas. Antilles.

ASPRELLA WILMERI (Sowerby).

Conus wilmeri Sowerby, 1882, p. 118, pl. 5, fig. 5. Port Blair.

Loc. Kenyon Collection.

Genus ConaspRELLA Thiele.

Conasprella Thiele, 1929, p. 373.

Genotype: Conus cancellatus Bruguiére, 1792. Hawaii.

Remarks. Shell pyriform, sharply angled at the shoulder, contracted towards

the base; body whorl closely suleate throughout, sulci axially finely striate.

Radula teeth moderately long with three small barbs somewhat eylindrical shafts

and no denticulated edge as found in Floraconus and Puncticulis.

CoNASPRELLA CANCELLATA (Bruguiére).

Conus cancellatus Bruguiére, 1792, p. 712.

Conus praecellens Adams, 1854, p. 119. China Seas.

Conus turriculatus Sowerby, 1866, pl. 27 (288), fig. 643, 644. Hab.?

Loc. Hong Kong.

Remarks. Recorded from Assini Island, Western Australia and Queensland.

272 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CONASPRELLA SECULARIS (Melyill).

Conus secularis Melvill,

Loc. Persian Gulf.

Remarks. A specimen sent to Vereo by Sowerby bearing the above name

and locality in Sowerby’s handwriting is in the collection, T cannot find any

references in literature, It is like a small cancellatus,

CONASPRELLA ACUTANGULUS (Lamarek).

Conus acutangulus Lamarek, 1810, p. 286. Mers des grandes Indes.

Loe. Philippines.

__ Remarks. Closely related to cancellatus conchologically, The radula tooth is

without the denticulated edge of Floraconus and the operculum has the inner ede

scalloped. Conasprella is somewhat similar to Conorbis Swainson, 1840 (Conus

dormiter), an Hocene and Oligocene genus.

CONASPRELLA FILAMENTOSA (Reeve),

Conus filamentosus Reeve, 1849, pl. 6, sp. 260. Hab.?

Loc. Litfou,

Remarks. A series of typical specimens from the above loeality ranging from

32 mm. down to 15 mm. in height. Not typical of the genus.

Genus Enppmoconus Iredale.

Endemoconus Iredale, 1931, 225.

Genotype: Conus howelli, 1929. Montague Island, New South Wales, trawled.

Remarks. Medium size, strietly conical, sharply angulate at the shoulder,

early whorls concave above, spire acute, less than half the length of the aperture ;

subcarinate at shoulder angle, subdued anterior spiral lirae. Reealls the Eocene

fossil Conus ligatus Tate,

ENDEMOcONUS HOWELL Iredale, 1929.

Conus howelli Iredale, 1929, p. 182, pl. 40, fig. 1, 8. Montague Island, New South

Wales, trawled, 50 to 60 fathoms.

Loc. Type locality only.

Remarks. This remarkable and distinet species is not represented in the

collection.

GROUP N,

Genus Loventona Iredale.

Lovellona Tredale, 1917, 12, p. 329.

Conus atramentosus Reeve, 1849, Mindoro, Philippine Islands.

Remarks. The type species has been placed with the Columbelloid shells and

by Thiele, 1929, under family Conidae, subfamily Cytharinae as distinct from his

subfamily Coninae which covers family Conidae of the present paper.

LOVELLONA ATRAMENTOSUS (Reeve).

Conus atramentosus Reeve, 1849, pl. 7, sp. 265. Mindora, Philippine Islands.

hoc. Queensland.

CoTTON-—-CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 273

LOVELLONA PEASEANA (Finlay).

Conus fusiformis Pease, 1861, p. 398. Sander Island.

Not fusiformis Fischer, 1807.

Conus parvus Pease, 1868, p. 126. New name for fustformis Pease.

Not parvus Lamarck, 1810.

Conus peaseana Finlay, 1927, p. 519. New name for parvus Pease.

Loc. Queensland.

LOVELLONA MICARIUS (Hedley).

Conus micarius Hedley, 1912, p. 147, pl. 43, fig. 32. Queensland, 15 miles 8.W. of

Cape York.

Loc. Queensland.

LoVELLONA GRAYI (Reeve).

Conus grayi Reeve, 1844, pl. 46, sp. 258, a, b, ec. Hab.?

Conus obtusus Kiener, 1850, p. 317, pl. 109, fig. 8. Hab.?

Loc. ‘‘Australia.’’

Remarks. Two adult and perfect specimens are in the collection. One is

labelled ‘‘ Australia?’’ and the other is from the May Collection in a tray with

Western Australian shells, though there is not guarantee that it is from that

locality.

SUMMARY.

1. The family Conidae can be divided into groups probably representing sub-

families.

2. The groups are composed of natural genera containing related species, but

more generic names will be required before a satisfactory classification can be

offered.

3. Some of the ‘‘variable’’ and widely distributed ‘‘species’’ may each represent

a complex of geographic, deep or shallow water subspecies, requiring more

material and definitely localized specimens to elucidate.

4. The structure, shape, and detail function of the radula denticles in various

species, varies considerably.

The denticles are readily torn at the base, from the delicate radula ribbon, pro-

bably by muscular action against the anchoring of the barbs.

6. The radula of the common South Australian Cone Shell Floraconus anemone

is poisonous.

274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Adams and Reeve (1848): Zool. Voy. Samarang. Moll., pt. 1.

Adams (1850): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

Adams (1850a) : Cont. to Couch. No. 4, Amherst, Mass.

Adams (1854): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

Adams (1868): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

Angas (1877): Proc, Zool. Lond.

Audouin (1831): Mag. Zool., 1.

Bartsch (1915): U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 91.

Bernardi (1858): Journ. Conchyl. 7.

Bernardi (1860) : Journ. Conchyl., 8.

Bernardi (1861): Journ. Conchyl., 9.

Bernardi and Crosse (1861): Journ. Conchyl., 9.

Bernardi (1862): Journ. Conchyl., 10.

Boivin (1864) : Journ. Conchyl., 12.

Born (1780): Mus. Caes.

Brazier (1870): Journ. Conchyl., 18.

Brazier (1877): Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1.

Brazier (1891): Proce, Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 6.

Brazier (1896): Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S,W., 21.

Brazier (1898): Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 22.

Broderip and Sowerby (1829): Zool. Journ., 4.

Broderip and Sowerby (1830): Zool. Journ., 5.

Broderip (1833): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

Broderip (1836) : Proc, Zool, Soc. Lond.

Broderip (1842): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

Bruguiére (1792): Hneyclop. Meth. Hist. Nat. des Vers, 1, Conus.

Chemnitz (1788): Conch. Cab., 10.

Chemnitz (1795): Conch. Cab., 11.

Clench (1942): Johnsonia, No. 6.

Clench and Kondo (1943): American Journal Tropical Medicine, 23.

Cotton and Godfrey (1932): S. Aust. Nat., 13, pt. 3.

Crosse (1857): Journ. Conchyl., 6.

Crosse (1858) : Rev. Mag. Zool. (2), 10.

Crosse (1865): Journ. Conchyl., 13.

Crosse (1867): Journ. Conchyl., 15.

Crosse (1872): Journ. Conchyl., 20.

Crosse (1875): Journ. Conchyl., 23.

Crosse (1878): Journ. Conchyl., 26.

Cumings (1936): North Queensland Naturalist, 4.

Deshayes (1863) : Conch. Ile de la Reunion.

Dillwyn (1817): Deser. Cat. Rec. Shells, 1.

Duelos (1833): Mag. Zool., 3.

Finlay (1927): Trans. N.Z. Inst., 57.

Gabb (1869): Am, Journ. Conch.

Gatliff (1891): Vict. Nat., 8.

Gmelin (1791): Systema Naturae, ed. 10.

Gould (1843): Proc. Boston. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1.

Gould (1853): Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 6.

Gray (1838): Zool. Beechey’s Voyage.

Green (1830): Tr. Albany Inst., 1.

Hedley (1911): Zool. Res. Endeavour, pt. 1.

Hedley (1912): Rec. Aust. Mus., 8.

Hedley (1913): Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 38.

Hinds (1843): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 11.

Iredale (1913): Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 10.

Iredale (1917): Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 12.

Iredale (1929): Mem. Qld. Mus., 9, pt. 3.

Iredale (1930): Mem. Qld. Mus., 10, p. 1.

Iredale (1931): Rec. Aust. Mus., 18.

Jay (1839) : Cat. Shells, 3rd Ed. :

Kiener (1946-50) : Spee. Gen. et Icon. des Coq. Vics, Conus.

Krauss (1848): Sudafr. Moll.

Krebs (1864) : The West Indian Marine Shells.

Kuster (1838) : Syst. Conch. Cab. (2), Conus Lief., 8.

CoTTON—CATALOGUE OF CONE SHELLS 275

Lamarek (1810): dna, du Mus, Hist. Nat. (Paris), 15.

Lamarck (1822): An. s, Vert. 7.

Liénard (1870): Journ. Conchyi,, 18, p. 804.

Linné (1758): Systema Natwrae, Ed, 10,

Lobbecke (1822): Jahrb, deutsch, Mal Ges., 9.

Melvill (1874): Jowrn. A. S. B., 48, pt. 2, No. 1.

Melvill (1900) = Journ. Conch., 9,

Menke (1829): Verseiehn. Conch-Sammlung, Maylsburg,

Menke (1848): Moll. Now. Holl.

Monterosato (1923): di R. Comun., Talassogr. Ttal., 107.

Montfort (1810); Coneh. Syst, 2.

Méreh (1852): Yoldi Catalogue.

Pease (1861): Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond.

Pease (1868): dam. Journ. Conch, 4.

Peile (1989): Proc. Mal. Soe, Lond,, 23.

Peile (1939) : Proe, Mal. Soe. Lond., 23.

Perry (1811): Goneh,

Pritehard and Gatliff (1900): Proc. Roy. Soe. Viel., 12, (new series), pt. 2.

Quoy und Gaimard (1834): Voy. Astrolabe, Zo00),, 3.

Reeve (1843-4): Conch. Icon., 1, Conia.

Reeve (1848): Conch, Ievn., 4 and 5, Conus. Supplementary plates.

Reeve (1849): Conch. Tcon,. 5, Emendations.

Riding (1798); Mus. Bolt., Cucullua.

Sacco (1894): Mem. Acead. Sei, Torina (2), 44.

Schroeter (1803): Arch, Zool. Zootom (Wiedmann) 3, (2).

Sechantuss (1869): Moll. Syat. Cat. Paetel, 7.

Smith (1875): Journ, Conch., 1.

Smith (1878): Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond,

Smith (1880): Proe. Zool. Soe,

Smith (1881): Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), 8.

Smith (1887): Journ, Conch., 5.

Smith (1894): dan. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6), 14.

Solander (1786): Cat, Portiand Mus.

Sowerby (1811): Proe. Zool. Soc., Lond.

Sowerby (1823); Gen. Rec, and Ross, Shells.

Sowerby T8o8) Cat. Tankerville.

Sowerby (1833-39) : Conch, JIlus. (various parts and dates).

Sowerby (1834a): Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond.

Sowerby (1858): Thes, Conch. 3, Conus.

Sowerby (1859): Proe, Zool, Soc. Lond.

Sowerby (1864): Deser. Three New Shells (Lond,), see Zool. Ree., 2, p, 249.

Sowerby (1866): Thes, Conch 3, Conus, Appendix or Ist Supplement.

Sowerby (1870): Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond.

Sowerby ery} : Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond.

Sowerby (1877): Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond.

Sowerby (1881): Proa. Zoo!. Soe, Lond.

Sowerby (1881a): Journ, Conch, 3.

Sowerby (1882): Proe. Zool. Soo, Lond.

Sowerby (1887): Thes, Conch., 5, 2nd Supplement.

Sowerby (1901): Journ. Mulae, Soe. Lond., 8.

Sowerby (1903): Journ, Mal. Soe. Land,, 10.

Sowerby (1907): Proe. Mal. Soe. Lond, 7.

Stearns (1873): Proc. Calif. Ao, 3, pt.

Swainson (1822): Zool, [Mlus., 2,

Swainson (1840): Treat, Mal,

Thiele (1981): Handb. der Syst. Weiehtierk., 1.

Tomlin (19387): Proc. Mal. Soe. Lond., 22, pt. 4 and 5,

Tryon (1884): Man Conch,, 6.

Valenciennes (1832): Humboldt and Bonpland’s Voy. mler, Amerique—Recueil Observ, Zool. ef

Anat. Comp., 2.

Weinkautt (1873): Syat. Conch, Cab. 2, Conus, Lief, 222,

Weinkauff (1874): Syst. Conch. Cab., 2, Conus, Lief, 227.

Weinkauff (18744): Jahrb. deutsch. Mal. Ges., 1.

Weinkauff (1875): Syst, Conch. Cab. 2, Conus, Lief, 233,

Wood (1828): Ind, Test. Suppl.

abbas

achatinus

aculeiformis .

acuminatus ..

acutangulus

acutimarginatus . .

acutus ..

adamsoni

alabaster

albicans .

algoensis

alveolus .

amabilis .

amadis

ammiralis

anaglypticus

anceps .. A

andamanensis

anemone

angasi ..

aplustre

araneosus

arausiensis .

archiepiscopus

archithalassus

arcuatus

arenatus

argillaceous

aristophanes

armillatus

arrowsmithensis ..

asper

aspersus

Asprella

assimilis

atramentosus

augur

aulicus ..

aurantius

auratus .

aureolus

aureus ..

aurisiacus

aurora ..

australis

badius ..

balteatus

bandanus

barathrum

barbadensis . .

barbara .

beddomei

betulina

blainvilli

blandfordiana

boeki

INDEX to GENERA anp SPECIES

Page

258

241

170

243

272

245

237

261

271

256

250

249

242

271

248

.. 249

229, 262

264

234

246

258

243

244

238

253

236

239

255

270

240

269

248

272

247

256

239

256

253

258

267

261

270

251

255

235

240

235

242

245

259

252

249

270

borbonicus

borneensis

boubeeae

bougei ..

brazieri .

breviculus

brunneus

bullata

buxeus ..

eabrittii

eaerulans

vaerulescens .

californica ..

eancellata

ecandidus

eannonicus ..

capitaneus

earacanus

earinatus

ecarmeli

carpenteri

earrassaviensis

castrensis

eatus

cecilei

cedonulli

centurio

eerinus

cernicus .

eerva .

ceylanensis ..

ceylonensis ..

chaldaeus

characteristicus ..

Chelyconus ..

chenui .. ,

cholmondeleyi

ehytreus

cinereus .

cinctus ..

eingulatus

eireae

circumactus .

eircumcisus . .

eitrinus . 4

elandestinus .

classarius

clarus

elavus ..

Cleobula

elerii

coecineus

coelebs ..

coelinae .

coffea

eolumba

Page

256

248

245

269

267

233

239

261

247

240

260

271

245

258

252

239

248

262

246

238

243

241

247

238

244

243

255

261

237

236

245

240

246

259

249

246

261

247

246

267

236

248

252

264

267

259

.. 244

249, 268

267

254

253

250

romplanatus .

compressus ..

comptus .

Conasprella

goncolor

Conella

wonnectens

consors ..

eonsul

Conus

cooki

corbula

cordigerus

coromandelicus

coronaciviea .

coronatus

Coronaxis

coxeni

crassus ..

eretaceus

erosseanus

Cucullus

euvieri ..

cyanostoma ..

eylindraceus .

Cylindrella ..

cylinder .

dalli

Darioconus ..

Dauciconus ..

daucus ..

daullei ..

dealbatus .

deburghiae ..

Dendroconus .

deshayesii

diadema. .

dillwynii

discrepans

dispar ..

distans ..

d’orbignyi

duvali

dux

ebraeus .

eburneus

echinulatus ..

elisae

elventinus

emaciatus

emarginatus .

encaustus

Endemoconus

episcopus

epistomium ..

Page

258

265

240

271

252

231

247

248

231

264

258

244

270

238

236

233

263

233

271

234

231

262

263

269

257

258

257

246

248

260

234

260

262

239

249

261

245

254

270

245

267

235

232

271

258

271

254

244

237

272

257

248

epistomoides .

eques

ermineus

erythracensis

eudoxus .

excavatus

eximius .

fabula ..

fasciatus

fenellus .

ferrugineus ..

festivus .

figulina .

filamentosus .

flammeus

flavidus .

flindersi .

Floraconus ..

floridanus

floridensis

frauenfeldi : :

frostiana

fulgurans

fulmen ..

fulmineus

fumigatus

furvus ..

fuscatus

fusiformis

fustigatus

gabrielii

generalis

genuanus

geographus ee

gladiator

glans

glauca ..

gracilis

granulatus

granulosus

grayi

grenadensis . .

gurneri

gubernator .

hebraeus

henoquei

Hermes .

hevasi

howelli ..

hwasi

imperialis

inearnatus

indicus ..

induratus

informis

infrenatus

imnexus .

innotabilis

inseriptus

inseulptus

.. 278

“. 260

CoTTON—INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

Page

248

239

246

249

235

253

244

269

251

248

245

249

272

240, 233

262

245

248

241

244

241

244

253

24.7

235

238

249

243

237

255

239

268

270

269

267

273

239

232

261

235

253

266

239

272

239

235

253

248

249

240

250

2438

263

248

270

insignis .

insularis

intermedius

interruptus ..

janus

jaspideus

jocus

jukesi

keatii

kenyonae

kermadecensis

lacinulatus

Jaevigatus

laterculatus

Lautoconus ..

lavendulus

legatus . ..

lemniseatus ..

lentiginosus

leoninus .

Leporiconus .

Leptoconus ..

leucostictus . .

lienardi .

jignarius

lineata ..

lineatus .

lineolatus

Lithoconus ..

lithoglyphis ..

litteratus

lividus ..

lizardensis

loebbeckeanus

lorenzianus ..

Lovellona

loveni i“

lubeckianus ..

luctifueus

lucidus . .

luteus

lyneeus

maealiferus ..

macei tie

macleayana ..

maculatus

maculosus

madagascariensis .

magnificus

magus ..

mahogani

malacanus

maldivus

Mamiconus ..

mamillaris

mappa ..

marchionatus

marmoreus ..

marmoricolor

martinianus .

Page

239,

243

238

255

250

249

245

251

263

248

255

247

24.6

251

270

243

261

258

268

244

245

268

242

238

251

247

234

247

240

231

246

232

254

248

246

233

272

261

236

244

259

, 267

250

236

250

265

263

258

257

247

250

243

266

246

255

235

234

259

251

martinieanus .

masoni ..

mediterraneus

mereator

mesokatharos

metealfei

micarius

mighelsi

miles

milesi

miliaris .

millepunctatus

mindanus

minimus .

minutus .

miser

mitratus

molueensis

monachus

monile ..

mozambicus

mucronatus ..

mus ce

muscosus

musicus

mustelinus

namocanus ..

nanus

narcissus

nebulosus

neglectus

neptunoides

nicobaricus ..

nigrescens

nimbosus

nisus

nobilis ..

nocturnus

nodiferus

nodulosus

noumeensis ..

novaehollandiae ..

nucleus

nussatella.

nux

obesus ..

obseurus

obtusus .

ochraceus

ochroleucus ..

omaicus .

omaria ..

orbignyi

orbitatus

orion

osullivani

panniculus

papilio ..

papilionaceus

papilliferus ..

parius od

Parviconus ..

277

Page

238,

239

233

242

248

238

264

273

237

252

270

236

232

271

236

250

269

239

241

243

250

27]

236

233

237

252

251

237

240

239

254

250

234

269

249

244

234

271

243

240,

262

267

266

237

238

256

273

245

251

232

257

270

271

253

259

258

237

233

264

251

265

278

parvus ..

patricus .

paulina .

paulueciae

pazii

pealii <?

peaseana .. .,

peasei

pennaceus

peplum

peronianus

perplexus

pertusus

Phasmaconus

phlogopus

pica fs

Pionoconus ..

piperitus

planorbis

polyglotta

pontifiealis ..

portoricanus ,

praecellens ..

praelatus

princeps .

prometheus ..

proteus Lz

proximus ....

pseudomarmoreus

puertoricanus

pulchellus

pulcher

pulicarius

punctatus

puncticulatus

puneticulis ..

purpurascens

pusio

pyriformis

quadratomaculatus

quadratus

quaestor

quercinus

racemosus

radiatus .

ranuneulus ..

raphanus

rappilosus

rarimaculatus

rattus

recurvus

regalitatis

Regiconus

regius

regularis

remo

retifer ..

Rhizoconus ..

rhododendron

Rhombus

robillardi

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

236,

239,

238,

273

260

233

258

252

245

273

254

257

234

264

249

250

233

262

247

249

247

232

237

240

271

257

240

232

245

239

234

240

246

239

238

236

249

237

241

245

260

249

245

233

260

257

251

240

248

271

243

252

245

241

256

240

245

265

258

251

261

235

251

Rollus

rosaceus .

roseotinctus

roseus

rossiteri

rubescens

rubiginosus ..

ruppelii .

rutilus ..

sanguinolentus

saphirostomus

saundersi

scabriusculus

sealptus .

seriptus .

scutor

secularis

secutor ..

segravei .

sieboldi .

singletoni

smithi

solidus .

sophiae

sowerbyi

specectra .

spectrum

spirogloxus ..

splendidulus .

sponsalis

spurius . .

stainforthii

sternsii . .

stellatus .

Stephanoconus

stercusmuscarium

stictus ..

stillatus .

stramineus

striatus .

strictus .

Strioconus

striolatus

subaequalis

suffusus .

sugillatus

sulcatus .

sulphuratus

sumatrensis ..

superseriptus

superstes

superstriatus

suratensis

sutoreanus

suturatus

sydneyensis ..

syriacus .

taeniatus ..

taitensis rete ae

tannaensis

tasmanicus ..

Page

255

261

262

269

263

258

257

252

265

254

249

264

269

260

257

261

272

261

263

243

263

266

258

271

262

~. 248

244, 253

-» 237

245

239

245

258

238

271

262

249

260

271

260

248

271

240

rey -f5y |

258, 270

252, 270

.. 251

239

266

241

260

245

249

264

245

237

252

270

265

taylorianus ..

temnes ..

tendineus

tenellus .

tenuistriatus .

terebellum

terebra . .

termineus

tessellatus

tessulatus

testudinarus ;

textile

Textilia .

textilinus

thalassiarchus

Theliconus

thomae ..

thomasi .

tiaratus .

tigrinus .

timorensis

tinianus .

traversianus .

triggi .. ..

trigonus .

trinitarius

trochulus

tulipa

Tuliparia

turriculatus

undatus .

unicolor .

ustulatus

varius

vauteri ..

vermiculatus .

verriculum

verrucosa

verulosus

vexillum

vicarius .

victor

victoriae

vidua

vimineus

virgatus .

Virgiconus

virgo

viridis ..

viridulus

Virroconus ..

vittatus .

vitulinus

waterhousae .

weinkauffei ..

wilmeri .

worcesteri

zebra

zeylanicus

zonatus .

280 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES,

Plate i,

1, Conus litteratus Linné. X 0-5, Manus.

Vig. 2. Virroconus ebraevs Linné, % 1°5, Manus.

Fig. 3. Khombus imperiatis Linné. 0:75, New Caledonia.

Fig. 4, Floraconus anemone Lamarck. X 1. Marino,

5. Rhigoconus vexillum Ginelin. X< 0-5, Manus,

6. Cleobula figulina Linné, X 0-75, Manus.

Vig. 7. Floraconus compressus Sowerby. X 1. Wallaroo.

fig 8 Coronaxis marcoreus Linné, X 0-5. Torres Straits.

. 9. Dauciconus dacs Bruguiére. < 1-25. West Indies.

Fig.10, Pirgiconus virgo Linné. * 0:5, Manus.

11, Dendroconus striatus Linné. x 0-75, Manus,

Plate ii,

Hig. 1. Duliparia tutipa Linné, % 1. Manns,

Fig. 2. Rollus geographus Linné. X 0-5. Manus.

Fig. 3. Regiconus auratus Bruguiére. X 0-6, Philippines.

Fig. 4. Pivnoconus magus Linmné, X 1, Manus.

Vig. 5, Chelyconus rawunculus Bruguiére, 1. Panamia.

Fig. 6. Connasprella cancellatus Bruguiére. 1-5, Hong Kong,

Fig. 7. Darioconts omaria Bruguiére. X 0-75. Manus,

Fig. 8. Phasmaconius vadialus Gmelin, X 0:75. New Britain,

Pig. 9, Asprella sulcata Bruguiére, X 1-1. Philippines.

Pig.10. Vewtilia bullata Linné. x* 1-1. Manus,

Fig. 11. Lautoconus mediterraneis Bruguiére. X 1-5. Tangier.

Fig. 12. Leporiconus glans Bruguiére. 1°5, Manus.

Plate iii,

Lepboconus amadis Gmelin, 1. Ceylon.

. Punctioulis arenatus Bruguibre. X 1-1. Manus.

. Hermes nussatella Linné. >< 1. Queensland,

. Stephanoconus regius Linné, 1-25. Barbados.

. Khizoconus miles Linné. ™& 0-6. Manus.

Ehigoconus sumatrensis Bruguiére. X 0-6. Sumatra.

Hermes terebellum Linné, X 0-75. Red Sea.

- Soronaxris bandanus Bruguiére, XX 0-6. Philippines.

. Leptoconus ammiralis Linné. 1758. X 0-75. Molueeas.

. Daueiconus augur Solander, ™“ 0-75. Ceylon.

. Textilia adamsoni Broderip. X 1. Claremont Island.

Fig. 12. Khizoconus troginus Reeve. % 0-75. Philippines.

IVS oe te be

te] ey ef

wie ae ble gale

a8 aS 08 a8

— ft

Hope

Plate iv.

Fig. 1. Chelyconus worcesteri Brazier 1891. Holotype. x 1-25.

Fig. 2. Chelyconus barbara Brazier 1898. Holotype. % 1-5.

Vig. 3, Asprella tennaensis sp. nov, Holotype. “* 0-75.

Fig. 4. Firgiconus arrowsmithensis Brazier 1896. Holotype. X 1-A.

Big. 5. Virgionus waterhousae Brazier 1896. Holotype. X 2.

Fig. 6. Firgiconus kenyonae Brazier 1896. Holotype. % 1-5.

Fig. 7. Virgiconus waterhousae Brazier 1896. ‘Variety.’ x 2.

Fig. 8. Floraconus saundersi sp. nov. Holotype. x 1.

Fig. 9. Hloraconus remo Brazier 1898. Holotype. %< 1-5.

Fig. 10, Floraconus singletoni sp. nov. Holotype. x 1-5.

Fig. 11. Pionoconus friggi sp. nov. Holotype 1.

Plate v.

Fig. 1. Mloraconus anemone Lamarck, %& 70. Radula.

Rig. 2. Parviconus rutilus, 70. Radula.

Fig 3. Darioconus omaria. X 23. Radula.

Fig, 4. Firgiconus lividus, X 34. Radula.

VIII, PLATE

Vou,

S.A. MUSEUM

REC.

“

REG. S.A, MUSEUM Vou. VOI, Beate Il

GWEN D. WALSH

VIII, PLarre Il

VOL.

S.A, MUSEUM

KEC,

D. WALSHE

Vor. VIL. PLare LV

Kee, S.A. Must

WALSH’

WEN D.

VIII, PLATE V

Vou.

MUSEUM

Rec. S.A.

BIFACED STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM SOUTH-EASTERN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By P. DES. STAPLETON

Summary

This paper records the occurrence, and furnishes description, of biface flaked flint

implements collected near the shore in the vicinity of Cape Northumberland, Hundred

of MacDonnell, County Grey, South Australia, in 1906.

In more recent years, Mr. C. Kurtze and his son, of Portland, Victoria, collected large

numbers of these unusual stone artefacts near Cape Northumberland and from various

camp sites along the coast to the south-east and north-west. Apparently much of this

collection has been sold to tourists and museums, both in Australia and abroad. And

although many specimens were collected and disposed of, it seems no record was

made of their occurrence and distribution, or of the circumstances of their collection.

BIFACED STONE IMPLEMENTS rrom SOUTH-EASTERN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By P. pe 8. STAPLETON.

Map and Fig, 1-11.

THIg paper records the occurrence, and furnishes description, of biface flaked

flint implements collected near the shore in the vicinity of Cape Northumberland,

Hundred of MacDonnell, County Grey, South Australia, in 1906.

Iu more recent vears, Ma. ©. Kurtze and his son, of Portland, Victoria, eol-

lected large numbers of these unusual stone artefacts near Cape Northumberland

TanTaANooLa.R.5

Buoauncuce,@ 5-

Mr Gamatee

mw KonooRonc.

5}<

<}/e

zi’

5 |>

@ Mr Schank

m@ Cave Town.

Miles,

% CAne Sires witeoe moicnents

FOUND

and from various camp sites along the coast to the south-east and vorth-west. Ap-

parently much of this collection has been sold to tourists and museums, both in

Australia and abroad. And although many specimens were collected and disposed

of, it seems no record was made of their occurrence and distribution, or of the

circumstances of their collection,

As these artet'acts have not beeu recorded by workers on Australian aboriginal

inaterial culture, the writer arranged a series for study. Some of these were pre-

sented to a Victorian eollector who was planning to produce a monograph on

Australian stone implements, while the remainder, sixteen in number, later were

presented, togther with the author’s general collection to the South Australian

Museum, As the monograph was not published the following short paper gives

details of a representative series of these specimens of aboriginal handiwork, which

might appropriately be called the ‘‘ Buandik biface’’ (Campbell, 1934).

282

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

‘ FZ

‘mn,

\ i) } I} Hp

“ip

—— SS

———<

—>

—————————

——_————

——————F

Ss 3

WSs

QS -

We WZ

Sas

\ Ses

Bifaced Implements, Class A (34 nat. size).

STAPLETON—BIFACED STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 283

The camp-sites on which the implements were found occur in a region pre-

viously oceupied by the Buandik tribe of aboriginals, whose territory, according

to Mrs. James Smith (Smith, 1880), consisted of the tract of country extending

from the mouth of the Glenele River to Rivoli Bay North, and for about thirty

miles inland.

This must indeed have been a land of plenty for its inhabitants. The coastal

rock formations were most favourable for the catching of fish of many kinds, and

rock lobsters (Jasus lalanditi) were abundant. There were also fresh water streams

containing eels, (Agwilla sp.) and one in which mullet (Agonostomus forstert)

Bifaced Implements, Class A (4 nat. size).

could easily be caught. The Glenelg River is noted at the present day for its

mulloway (Sciaena antarctica), its black bream (Sparus australis), and its Taralgi

(Percalates colonorum). Wild fowl were plentiful in the adjourning swamplands

and marsupials large and small abundant in the bracken, ti-tree, forests, and the

grasslands.

DESCRIPTION OF SITES.

The site of the camp where the implements were first found was on the shore

approximately 2 miles west-north-west of Cape Northumberland lighthouse in

the Hundred of MacDonnell (see Map). At this place the shore is banked by

flint pebbles of varying sizes, eroded from the soft marine rocks outcropping on

that part of the coast. The top of these banks was overlain with sand forming a

coastal shelf and showed indications of native occupation. Piles of fire-blackened

stones with chareoal and ashes indicated the remains of hearths, while large num-

bers of flint flakes were strewn over the site. Here the author also found bone

artefacts resembling the pointing bone of the lower Murray River (in the author’s

284 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GWEN D. WALSH

GWEN &. WALSITT

Fig. 6-9. Bifaced Implements, Class By (44 nat. size).

Fig. 10-11. Bifaced Implements, Clasa C. (14 nat. sine).

STAPLETON—BIFACED STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 285

collection at present in the South Australian Museum), Bone implements re-

sembling these are said to have been used for removing molluses from their shells

(Kenyon, 1912). Owing to the nature of the coast. this is.a probable explanation.

he place appeared to be the site of a factory for producing flaked flint imple-

ments of the larger kinds. Great numbers of these lay about, but most were of

ernde manufacture.

DESCRIPTION OF THXT FIGURES.

For the purposes of description the specimens figured are divided into three

classes.

Qlass A. Those made from nodules, requiring partial flaking to reduce them

to the required form.

Class B. Those made from tabules or tablets which have only been flaked

sufficiently to form the required cutting edges.

Qlass C. Those flaked all over, or nearly so.

Cuass A.

Fig. 1, Green Point (see map). A skilfully flaked and symmetrical axe-like im-

plement.

Fig. 2. Donglas Point (see map). A cutting edge is carried completely up one

side,

Fig. 3. Douglas Point. This represents a different form from any others figured.

Tt is 17-5 em. along the major axis and 6 em. in greatest thickness, tapers to

the point, and has a rhomboidal section ; weight 31 ozs.

Fig. 4. Green Point. An example ovoid in outline; it has not flaked well, the

fracture tending to run inwards, producing conecavities which have left a

rough irregular edge. It resembes the Coup de Poing type.

Fig, 5. Green Point. Elliptical and double ended.

Crass B.

Fig. 6. Green Point. The flaking is carried high up both sides and is fine, re-

sulting in a keen even edge. An example of a very fine tool, produced with

a minimum of work.

Fig. 7. Green Point. The flaked edges extend nearly to the top on both sides:

finely executed.

Fig. 8. Cape Northumberland (see map). A ‘‘Chellean’’ type of Coup de Poing.

Fig. 9. Cape Northumberland. Flaked to an edge entirely along one side and

one end, and in this respect resembling the example illustrated in fig. 2.

Crass C.

Fig. 10. Cape Northumberland. The cutting edge extends almost to the top

on both sides.

Fig, 11. Cape Northumberland. An example of skilfnl shaping by flaking.

ANTIQUITY.

As to the antiquity of these implements there is little to serve as a guide.

All the specimens are bleached on one side, probably the side which has been

uppermost. and exposed since last used. Nothing seems to be known definitely

of the vate or the conditions wider which this ‘‘patination’’, or bleaching takes

place; so the feature cannot be expected to furnish any clue as to age,

286 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER TYPES IN GENERAL.

It will be noted that the most carefully worked specimens are almond shaped,

resembling the ‘‘Acheulean’’ type of South-Western Europe. This feature

is uncommon among ground axes and probably results from blanks having that

shape.

Kenyon (1912) says ‘‘Along the Portland beaches flint nodules occur in

great number while there is no other useful local rock except basalt. Chipped

flint implements are lying in every direction. Every Tasmanian implement

found may be duplicated there, while all the palaeolithic implements of Europe

and America can be duplieated.’’ He continues, quoting from Seton-Karr, ‘‘It

is indeed probable that peculiar types discovered in different parts of the world

have been evolved through the local material.’ Professor Spencer, in referring

to the occurrence side by side of both neolithic and palaeolithic types, says ‘‘The

matter is largely concerned with the kind of stone which is procurable.’’

Mitchell (1943) writes ‘‘Only two of the larger implements of flint flaked

on two sides were found, and one badly-weathered ground edged axe of

basalt. The former type is very common on some of the coastal dunes in Vic-

toria, together with a ‘eoup de poing’ type and it is possible that many of

those deseribed as choppers should be classed as blanks or cores, the purpose

of the flaking being to ascertain whether the internal flint was suitable, and

reserved for future use.’’ The present writer arrived at a similar conelu-

sion on account of the large number of poorly executed examples lying about

the factory site and the better specimens being found in camp-sites. elsewhere.

The impression gained was that the poorer types were mainly rejects. The

specimens listed as from Cape Northumberland were found on typical cliff-

top camp-sites. From this place, three miles W.N.W. to Douglas Point, Hun-

dred of Kongorong, and twelve miles east from Cape Northumberland to Green

Point, Hundred of Caroline, mark the limits within which the author collected

these artefacts. All were found on camp-sites in the immediate vicinity of the

sea. Ground axeheads, probably from the factories of Mount William and other

sites in Victoria, have been found plentifully throughout this district; also some

grooved wedges in the author’s collection in the South Australian Museum. In

one camp-site, a considerable area of blown sand, adjacent to Green Point, the

writer found twelve ground axes.

Mr. P.S. Hossfeld, M.Se., has kindly furnished the following geological notes

on the occurrence of the flint in the region under discussion.

‘Flint which in the South-East of South Australia is the predominant mate-

rial used by the natives for their stone implements, is derived primarily from

certain horizons in the limestones of Tertiary Age which outcrop at a number

of places both inland and on the coast.

““Accumulations of flint pebbles, many of them rounded, occur at Port Mac-

Donnell and other places, their toughness and resistance to wave action and

weathering being so much greater than the rocks in which they occur, that they

alone remain, the containing rocks having been disintegrated and removed com-

pletely.

“Within the limestone the flints oceur as irregular nodules of variable sizes,

some of them rounded, others of very variable shapes, including tabular pieces.

‘“The occurrence inland of raised beaches formed at successive stages of the

geological history of the South-East district, suggests the existence, at favourable

localities where wave action could sort the flints from the containing limestone,

of deposits of flints similar to those found on some of the present beaches. A

number of such flint deposits have been found on sites which have proved to be

raised beaches.

STAPLETON—BIFACED STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 287

“‘The natives therefore appear to have obtamed their supplies of flint not

only from the beach deposits, but also from the limestones which are the source

from which the beach deposits are derived, and also from a number of raised

beaches, found inland at distances of as much as fifteen miles and more,’’

A deseription of the nature and characteristics of flint and the effect of

atmospheric weathering was given in a paper by T, D. Campbell and H, VY. V,

Noone (1943).

DISCUSSION.

The author made exhaustive enquiries amongst residents in the Mount Gam-

bier district concerning these bi-faced implements, but only one farmer reported

having ploughed one up; this was at Square Mile, Mount Gambier. There is an

axe in the South Australian Museum collection from Compton, near Mount Gam-

bier, Mr. C, Kurtze informs me that he has never found these artefacts more

than 15 miles inland. Such distances may be considered to be well within the

range of a coastal tribe. It would appear that the flint implements did not pass

along trade routes in the manner ground axes were distributed.

What are the implications of this heterogeneous culture in so small a coastal

strip? May it be that here was a tribe with an uninhabited binterland, who

either had brought this bi-face culture with them, or evolved it, being prompted

thereto by the type of material so plentifully to hand, and that in course of

time, other aboriginals spread over the land, perhaps from the East or North-

Kast, bringing with them ground axes which superseded the implements of

flaked flint.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

The author desires to thank Dr. T. D. Campbell for advice on preparing

this article; Sub. Lieut. H. M. Cooper, Acting Ethnologist at the South Aus-

tralian Museum for making available the required specimens; Miss Gwen Walsh,

Museum Artist, for her painstaking work in producing the illustrations; and Mr.

P. 8. Hossfeld, M.Se., for his notes on the geology of this coastal region.

REFERENCES CITED,

Campbell, T. D., D.D.Se. (1934): ‘‘ Notes on the aborigines of the South-Bast of South Aus-

tralia’’, Part 1. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., lili, p. 31.

Campbell, T. D. and Noone, H. V. V. (1943): ‘‘Some Aboriginal Camp-sites in the Woakwine

Range Region of the South-East of South Australia’’. Rec, 8. Austr. Mus., vil, pp. 374-375,

Kenyon, A, 8,, C.. (1912): ‘Camping Places of the Aborigines of South-Hast Australia’’.

Viet, Historival Magasine, No, 3, pp. 105-106.

Mitehell, 8. BR. (1943): ‘‘Geology and Ethnology of the Kongorong Hills, South Anstralia’’.

Viet. Nat., x, No. 4, pp. 59-62, pl. i,

Smith, Mrs. James (1880); ‘! The Booandik Tribe of South Anstralian Aborigines’’. Adelaide.

ABORIGINAL RELICS NEAR BROKEN HILL

By A. B. BLACK AND CHARLES FENNER

Summary

In the latter part of 1943, when one of the authors (C.F.) was on a visit to Broken Hill,

N.S.W., the other author (A.B.B.) stated that he knew of a site near the Broken Hill

Racecourse where there were curious arrangements of stones which he thought might

be of aboriginal origin. With Mr. J. F. Paterson, who was also interested, a visit was

therefore paid to the area.

Site. The area in question lies about four miles to the north of, and in sight of, Broken

Hill, on the right hand side of the Old Main Road from Broken Hill to Stephens

Creek, and opposite to the Broken Hill Racecourse. The relics in question consist of a

series of what we have called “hearths’, arranged in four or more irregular groups, and

spread over an area about 60 yards wide from west to east and 450 yards long from

south to north. (See plan).

ABORIGINAL RELICS near BROKEN HILL

By A. B. BLACK anu CHARLES FENNER.

Plate vi and two text figures.

iw the latter part of 1948, when one of the authors (C.i.) was on a visit ta Bro-

ken Hill, N.S.W,, the other author (A.B.B,) stated that he knew of a site uear the

Broken Hill Racecourse where there were curious arrangements of stones whieh

he thought might be of aboriginal origin. With Mr. J. PF, Paterson, who was also

interested, 4 Visit Was therefore paid to the area.

Sife. The area in question lies about four miles to the north of, and in

sight of, Broken Hill, on the right hand side of the Old Main Road from Broken

Hill to Stephens Creek, and opposite to the Broken Hill Racecourse. The relies

in question consist of a series of whal we have called '‘hearths’’, arranged in fonr

or tore irregular groups, and spread over an area about 60 yards wide from west

to east and 450 yards long from south to north. (See plan),

The “‘hearths’’ are arranged in somewhat irregular gronps along the left

side of a small dry stream-bed, cut about 5 or 6 feet deep into red alluvial soil,

There are rock bars across the bed of the stream, and it is likely that, in the

past, temporary water was obtainable in places in soaks, either in this stream

bed or in nearby tributaries, The visit was paid atter a fall of rain, aud ihe

ereek-bed was moist everywhere.

Close by, on the right bank of the stream, there is a small hill of ancient

(Pre-eambrian, Willyama series) schistose rocks, The plain on which the abori-

ginal site ovenrs widens rapidly to the northward, Standing on the site, one has

the umpression of a vast and impressive amphitheatre, bounded by the low blue

wregular hills characteristic of that distriet. This ‘amphitheatre’? is not clearly

marked on a locality map, but the psychological! impression on the spot is quite de-

finite, The point is stressed here because of the possible ceremonial origin of the

‘hearths,’

The hills surrounding the plain are rough, and those to the west behind the

racecourse provide gorges i which, according to old inhabitants, rock wallabies

were numerous, It world appear that, for short periods after rain, there was

water available, animal food m the nearby ranges, emus on the plain, and also

wattle trees atid spear grass.

“Hearths.”” The “‘hearths’’ ave 129 in number, of which 12 are over thiee

feet in diameter. While no one deseription will cover all the varieties, the best

preserved and most impressive consist of collections of from 40 to 50 stones, mostly

of flat schistose material, purposefully placed to make a. flat mosaic surface, as

shown in the photographs, (Plate 1). Some of them are of more irremular and

smaller stones, Hot so close-packed. Also, many that appear to have once been elose-

packed ‘‘hearths’’ are now dispersed so that they are no more than irregular e¢lis-

ters of stones. The ‘hearths’? vary from 1 foot to 44 feet in diameter, and are,

on acconnt of iho special erosive forces of this area, mostly raised a little above the

soil, ‘The stones comprising the ‘‘hearths'’ are small, the size varying from 2

inches 10 4 inches in maximum length, a few larger. On lifting a stone charcoal

can sometimes be seen in the soil (hat now binds the stones together. The \inder-

lye surface is red dey wind-swept alluvium, There are some trees (Acacia vic-

lorra¢) and small blue bushes (Kochia sedifolia). Rejuvenation within the ad-

joining racecourse area suggests that, at one (ime, the area was fairly well grown

with Arneia wetariae, ete,, Which would provide shelter, (rewood, and seed,

290 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MAGNETIC _ NORTH

TOP OF HILL

40 FEET ABOVE PLAIN

ABORIGINAL CAMPING SITE

NEAR BROKEN HILL

e HEARTHS UNDER 3 FEET DIAMETER

aaa a aaa Save 3

03968 289 2 8

[eked ee el

SCALE IN YARDS

BLACK AND FENNER—ABORIGINAL RELICS NEAR BROKEN HILL 291

While we have used the term ‘‘hearths’’ for these arrangements of stones,

this term cannot be positively justified. The form, the charcoal fragments, and the

platform-like character of the best preserved specimens, all suggest this origin.

At the same time, as Dr. Campbell has pointed out, they lack certain features of

typical native camp-site fire-hearths, particularly in the clustered nature of the

Fig. 1. Stone Implements from Broken Hill.

Gwen®. Walsh

structures, the absence of the usual low conical mound, and the uncertainty whe-

ther all the stones were fire-burned; Dr. Campbell also suggests that the mosaic

arrangement may be of ceremonial significance; it is clear from the arrangement

of the stones that they are not collapsed piles. Nevertheless, with due caution,

the authors believe them to have been fire-hearths, though perhaps in part also

ceremonial. The absence of the surrounding mounds may readily be accounted

for by the extreme wind erosion of the locality, and the rare but strong rains.

Aboriginal implements. The only visit paid by both authors together was

necessarily somewhat brief, but on that visit definite and well-made aboriginal

artefacts were found, adjacent to the ‘‘hearths’’, all made of material that must

have been transported some distance. In detail the implements were as follows,

and some are figured (°4 natural size) herein:

(a) A large hand-implement of the ‘‘horse-hoot’’ type, made of fine-grained

yellowish quartzite, containing occasional small quartz pebbles (fig. 1, A).

292 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(b) Four greyish chert implements, of the miero tula type (three shown,

fig, 1, B, C, and D).

(e) Two yellowish quartzite implements, of the seraper type.

(d) Ten irregular flaked fragments of (quartz, quartzite, and chert (two micro

pieces in chert shown (fig. 1, B—-F’).

A broken grinding stone was later found on the site, The place was no doubt

an aboriginal camping plaee, but the arid character of the district, with ocea-

sional torrential rains and frequent strong winds, might well have prevented

the development of anything resembling the normal kitchen midden of areas

with moister climates.

General. It seems clear that the area was for a long time an aboriginal

meeting place and camping ground. It is curious that it so elosely adjoins the

site of the racecourse, chosen by the modern folk of Broken Hill for their

meeting place and recreation.

The amphitheatre, the loug-drawn but yet compact area of the ‘‘hearths’’,

with the lone hill (watch tower) close by, suggest that the site may have been

chosen for ceremonial purposes. It is difficult to imagine that, in so dry a region,

the ‘‘hearths’’ were made merely for building fires thereon, though that. is con-

ceiyable, particularly if the aborigines met there only after rains. It would ap-

pear, though the exact evidence for this has not been analysed, that the building of

the ‘‘hearths’’ extended over a long period of time.

Of the four groups, the largest *‘hearths*’ are those in the southernmost group,

and the most abundant are in the second group to the north, where most of the

artetaets were fonnd. Having in mind the habits of these primitive people, it is

difficult to avoid the idea that some ceremonial and magic was associated with the

locality. Both of the authors have wandered a great deal over the areas around

Broken Hill, the resident author particularly so, and the latter knows of no other

similar extensive arrangement of stones, thongh he has seen in several places small

groups of similar ‘*hearths,’’ not more than 3 or 4 together.

For these reasons, it was considered worth while to make a detailed record of

the occurrence. The survey of the area was made by Mr. Black, who is also re-

sponsible for the two photographs of the ‘‘hearths’’ reproduced herewith, Thanks

are tendered to Dr. T. D. Campbell for comment and advice, and to Miss Gwen

Waish, who kindly drew the line sketches of the artefacts.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE,

Plate vi.

Fig. 1. Typical ‘*‘hearth'’ at Racecourse site, Broken Hill; stones mostly achists, mosaie char-

acter not much disturbed.

Fig. 2. Another ‘‘hearth’’, relatively compact, but somewhat disarranged, Racecourse site,

Broken Hill,

Rec. S.A. MusEUM Vor. VII, Pate \1

A REVISION OF THE MICROTROMBIDIINAE (ACARINA,

TROMBIDIIDAE) OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA

By H. WoMERSLEY, F.R.E.S., A.L.S., ENTOMOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In the Zool. Anz., 1935, 109 (1/2), 107-112, Sig Thor in reviewing the family

Trombidiidae, divided it into ten subfamilies, the sixth of which he called the

Ottoniinae, with the genus Ottonia P. Kramer, 1877 (as emended by G. Canestrini,

C.F. George and himself) as the type. Later in the same publication (1935, 110, (1/2),

47) he changed the subfamily to Microtrombidiinae with Microtrombidium G. Haller,

1882, as type, on the grounds that Ottonia was preoccupied by Gistel 1848, in the

Crustacea and by von Malm, 1873, in the Vermes.

In the Records of the South Australian Museum 1937, 6, (1), 75-100, the present

writer reviewed the then known Australian species of Trombidiidae in the light of Sig

Thor’s studies.

A REVISION or rox MICROTROMBIDIINAE (ACARINA,

TROMBIDIDAE) ov AUSTRALIA ann NEW GUINEA

By H. WOMERSLAEY, FLREAS., ATS, Exromecocisr, Sourn Ausrratran Museu.

Fig. 1-38.

in the Zool, Anz, 1935, 109 (1/2), 107-112, Sig Thor in reviewing the family

Trombidiidae, divided i1 into ten subfamilies, the sixth of which he ealled the

Ofteuiinae, with the genus @é/ania P. Kramer, 1877 (as emended by G. Canestrini,

\. B. George and himself) as the type. Later in the same publication (1935, 110,

(1/2), 47) he changed the subfamily to Mierotrombidiinae with Microtrambidium

(+. Tlaller, 1882, as type, on the grounds that O/fonia was preoceupied by Gistel

1848, in the Crustacea and by von Malm, 1875, in the Vermes.

Jn the Records of the South Australian Museum 1937, 6, (1), 75-LOD, the

present writer reviewed the ther: knowu Australian species of Trombidiidae in

the light of Sig Thor’s studies,

Since-that tine much more material has come to hand, meluding some from

New Guinea, and a further revision of the family is needed. In the present paper,

however, only the subfamily Mierotrombidiinae is dealt with and that only

as fur as the adults or nymphs are concerned, the larval stages being very little and

inadequately known,

The genus Microtrombidium Haller was first split by Berlese (Redia, 1912),

into Mnremothrombium anc Microltrombidium s. str, the lather with two sub-

renera Dromeotlrambium and Mieroltrambulaum, on the structire of the dor-

gal setae, Lnomothrombiym beme restricted to a heterogeneous lot of species with

very variable types of dorsal setae but all of which differed from the simple, more

or less pennate type found in Microtrombidium and Dromeathrombium.

Tn 1916 A, Krause (Zool, Auz., 47, 97, fig. 1-6) erected from the Rivemo-

thrambivm complex, the genus Campylothrombinm for those species in which the

dorsal setae were of uniform length, clavate, septate and decumbently curved. Sig

Thor in 1936 (Zool. Anz. 114, 30) went a stage further and placed Berlese's M.

perhigerum, in Which the setae are uniformly short and tree-like with intertwin-

ing branches, in a new genus Dendroltrombidium. M. vagabundum (Berl, 1903)

he mace the type of Flalytrombidium tigen. in Which the dorsal setae are short,

flat and broad, generally triangular and pointed, and fusiform with fine ciliations.

He included here several other species, For M. pexatwm (Koch, 1837) (= caly-

cigerum Berl, 1910) he ereeted the genus Camerotrombidium, in which the larger

Horsal setae wt least, were erect, globose, septate and chambered, generally short

und papilliform, In this genus he ineluded C. collinum (Hirst, 1928), simile

(Hirst, 1928), and first? (Wom,, 1984) all from Australia.

In 1987 Womersiey (Ree, 5, Aust. Mus., 6, (1), 83) erected the genus Fehino-

thrombium, with O. spnosum. Canest., 1877, as type, for those species in which

some or all of the dorsal setae are spine-like with or without short eiliations. In-

cluded here were several Australian species, Berlese's M, (#.) eutrichum was, in

the same paper, tiade the ype of a uew genus Butricholthrombiwm in which the

dorsal covering consists of closely packed, globose, non-septate setae, interspersed

with longer fine setae, A new genus Lamimothrombium, with the dorsal setae as

uniformly short, pointed, leaf-like laminae with strong mid-rib and marginal

cihations, was made fora new Anstralian species Lo myrminun, Amonpat thegenera

294 RECORDS GF THE S.A. MuskuUM

ineluded by Sig Thor, 1985 (loc, cit.) and also by Womersley, 1937, in this

subfamily were Caluthrombium Berl, 1918, aud Neotrombicdium Leonurdai, 190).

The first of these, however, has a very different type of erista, which conforms with

that figured bry Berlese (1912) for the genuy J'ananpodus Taller, 1882, and tala.

thrombium (type CO. puoli Berl.) must therefore be assigned to Sig Thot’s lanan-

podinae.

he genus Neotrombrdawm also differs widely from the Microtrombidtinae m

thal the erista is enlarged anteriorly into a more ov less triangular area or magus,

in this respect showing hamelogy with that whieh | have found recently in the

nywiphs of the genus Leeuwanhoekia (Acomatucarus). Neotrambidrum must theve-

fore. be removed from the Mierotrombidiinae,

The gennos Munriquae with M. bequoert? B.& K. as type has recently been

erected (1942. Rey, Acad. Columbiana cd. Oi, Mxact, Bogota, 17, 110-127) by J.

Boshell and J. A, Kerr for six species of Mierotrombidiinae from Columbia, Sonth

America, To the generie description tbe features stressed are (1) eristi auleri-

orly rod-like with a subposterior sensillary area, (2) palpal tibia with strong

claw, smaller accessory claw, iwo peebines, and an external spine. and (8) the

dorsal setae of varied forms, Now (hese characters are those found in Mieralrom-

bidhum. (Haller, 1882, sste.), with pusilla Hermann, 1804, as type, except that!

while venerally present, the external spine of thy palpal tibia is absent in pusillnm

and one or two other species; this, however, hardly justifies a generic separation.

Tn the same paper Boshell aod Kerr also deseribe a number of species of

Uterwtrombidmn s.l., whieh in the varied and different forms of dorsal setae, (it

into several of the genera into which Mieratrembidiwemn sl. in the present paper is

divided. Even the species included in Momriquia by the authors, belong ta several

ul these genera, neluding Mieratranhidiawm s.str,

in Micretrombidiwm s.ste. should be placed Manriquia rocar B.& K,, sanperl

B.& K., and 2% bolivarensis B. & K., and also Microlrambidium wilson’ G. & K. and

howe BO & BK. In the genus Lehinolhrombium should be included Meanriquiv

bequaertii BO& K., Mierotrombidiwm duarte B. & BK. anid bugher: By & KR.

Micratrombidium urborealis B, & Ko and acumen B.& K. wonld seem to belong

to Camerotrombidium while Microtrambidium sopert B. & I, would be a Foltotram-

hidiywm, and carmrensis possibly a Hiotrombuliam. Manriquia restrepot B. & K.

and manriquia B. & K. may be placed in Moleotrombidium.

Boshell and Kerr in their paper also describe Ute larvae veared from eggs tail

by a captured adult Manriynia bequoert, From the description and figure given

the larva comes close to those described by Oudemans (1912) as belonging to the

genus Parathrombium Bruyant, 1910. Tt is also somewhat similar, except that.

the chelicerae are free and not enclosed in a chitimous dentate ring and that the

claws of the third leg are normal, not deformed, to the larvae of Camerotrombidiwm

etmale (Hirst) described in the present paper,

The present paper is the first of a series in which it is intended to eritically

review the adult specics of Trombidiidae of Australia and New Guinea, The

latter area is nchided, as amongst new material available there are a wamber of

apecies, collected in that area by Maj. G. M. Kohls of the American Serub-yphus

Covamission, which ean be referred to some of those described, very inadequately,

ly Canestrini m 1889.

In the Microtrombidiinae as cestricted herein, it is shown that, followme the

work of Berlese and Sig Thor, good generit characters are (o be found in the

types of dorsal setae; the form of the evista aud of the palpal tibia being of eub-

family value. Specific characters are to be found ie the dimensions of the front

tarsi and metatarsi and iu the lengths and slegrees of ciliation of the vlorsal selas,

ete,

A key t) the genera considered as falling into this subfamily Is given,

WoMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 295

amity TROMBIDIIDAE Leach 1814.

Susvamity MICROTROMBIDIINAE Sig Thor, 13a (dan. ).

= Orronunag Sig Thor, 1934, Nov. (1935).

Kmended Description.

Body size small to moderate. Shape more or less cordate, often with well de-

fined shoulders to hysterosoma, propodosoma usually triangular, its base slizhtly

narrower than hysterosoma, latter slightly tapering with rounded posterior, A

distinct suture line between propodosoma and bysterosoma, Crista linear, with-

out avy enlarged triangular or subtriangular anterior area or nasus!, with u

rowidish subposterior areola-like sensillary area furnished with a pair of long

filamentous sensillae. yes usually present. 2--2, on well developed sessile or sub-

sessile ocular shields. Palpi generally stout, tibia with stout apical claw, smaller

accessory claw, two pectines and usually 1 ov more strong spines on external side ;

tarsus usually elongate. Dorsal setae very variable, simple, or spine-like, pennate,

clavate, septate or of eurious forms, often of two distinet sizes or Forms.

Genotype: Microtrombium G. Haller, 1882.

Kev ro tae Genera (ADULT) OF THE MicrorROMBIDIINAR SIG THOR 1935,

1. Legs T and TV very much longer than the body, 1 much stouter than the others. Shoulders

prominent, Eyes 2-+ 3, sessile, Palpal tibia fairly slender in divtul portion, with #trong

apical claw, with or without smaller accessory claw, with pectines but without external spines.

Dorsal sotuc, more or less pennate or with long setules, of uniform or variable lengtli

Dromeolhrombinm Bert, 1912.

Legs Land LY not, or only slightly longer than the body

2. With two kinds of dorsal setae, of which the longer are stiff? and a spines, ‘ath or without

short setules or serrations = .. sf

tf with two kinds or lengths of dorsal setae then the longer ones re ¢ not stiff'and spinu-like 4,

3. The smaller dorsal setae pennate, or ath? with Jong ciliations, Palpul tibia with one strong

external spine + Echinothrombinm Wom. 1937.

Smaller dorsal setae spalhulate, with tong erilations or short denticles. Crista, posterior of

sensillary avea evancacent. TPalpal tibin without external spine = Spathiutathranbium nov.

4. Dorsal setae, even if of two different longtlis, peanite, or as slender rods with long ciliations

Microtrombidium Haller 1882 4. ett.

Dorsal setae of varying forms but not as above rr : be ois) MG:

5. At least the larger dorsal setae septate and chambered ‘z rt ov «6,

No dorsal setae septate = a. L4 ‘it 7

6, Dorsal setae uniform, slender, clavate, aeptete, and decumbently curved

Campylat hrombium Krause 1916,

Larger dovsal setac globose or thistlotike, septate, upright and not curved or decumbent;

smaller setae variable at .. Camerotrambidinm Sig Thor 1936,

7. Dorsal setae mainly ewisea: and tightly packed, but with some fine simple louger vetar

interspersed : . ve Butrichothrambium Wom, 1937,

Dorsal setae other Wise ofe AY 4 * &.

&. Dorsal setac small, uniform, tree-like with fine intertingling bvabtipe: Palpal tibin witli

external spine rp i fe ola i Ai ch Sig Thor 1936,

Dorsal setae otherwise Ie “ ' 9,

9, Dorsal setae thin and Jametiate, or oad Like, often with the margins Spuleprtel aaniabiaid

80 muuch so as to form a sort of helmet ae me vs ots oe 40,

Dorsal setae otherwige we — sae ay ig,

1. Dorsal setae with the margins not. jingeoed: foliate .- ow AL:

Dorsal! sctac with the margins more or less ineurved, sometimes atrongly 80; (he setae being

helmet-like ‘ 2 “4 obs = Totsotrombidium noy.

1 The anterior rounded. or sinuated apex of the propodosoma may he a more or lese lightly

chitimized transvorse plate appearimg as part of the evista as in 2 cchidninum but there is no

true unteriorly projecting nagus.

296 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

11. Dorsal setae thin, pointed, leaf-like with strong mid-rib and marginal eiliations

Laminothrombium Wom. 1937

Dorsal setae thin, blunt and rounded at apex, more or less seale-like Foliotrombidiwm nov.

12. Some or all the dorsal setae bifid, either from the base or apically 2 ; ot 43,

Dorsal setae simple, solid, blunt or pointed apically .. SS . 14,

13. Dorsal setae thick stemmed with long ciliations and frequently bifid near apex, the branches

appearing clavate Mls a Fa * Georgia Hull 1918,

Dorsal setae bifid from the base, the two branches forming more or less concave opposed lips

Hiotrombidiwm nov.

14. Dorsal setae, sometimes only the smaller, fusiform, apically acute with short ciliations .. 15,

Dorsal setae otherwise, blunt or only obtusely pointed at apex

Enemothrombium Berl, 1912 s, str.

15, Median segments of legs I and IV produced laterally at apex into strong irregularly dentate

processes. Coxae IV set at right angles to ITI, so that legs IV are splayed outwards

Pedotrombidium nov.

Legs normal, dorsal setae fusiform and pointed with short ciliations

Platytrombidium Sig Thor 1936,

Genus DromnotHrompBium Berl. 1912.

Redia 8, (1), 182, fig. 59.

Berlese erected Dromeothrombium as a subgenus of Microtrombidiwn for

his species M. macropodwm from Java, on the character of the first and fourth

legs being very much longer than the body.

Tn 1937 (Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 6, (1), 86) I placed Banks’s Rhyncholophus

attolus from New South Wales, (and earlier (Womersley, 1934) as Microtrom-

bidium) in Dromeothrombium; in 1939 (Tr. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., 63 (2), 150) I

recorded D. macropodum from Queensland, and described D. dromus from South

Australia.

Upon re-examination of this material I now find that, while agreeing in the

long first and fourth legs with the genotype, macropodum, the species attolus and

dromus are generically distinct in that the crista has a small but distinct sub-

triangular anterior area or nasus, that the accessory claw of the palpal tibia is

wanting, but that there are instead 2—3 stout spines, and that there are no pectines

on this segment of the palpi.

These two species must then be withdrawn, not only from the genus but also

from the subfamily Microtrombidiinae and will later be referred to a new genus

and family. The Queensland specimens are now recognized as distinet from

macropodum and renamed queenslandiae.

The genus can be defined as follows :

Legs much stouter than the rest, I and IV longer than the body. Shoul-

ders very prominent. Eyes 2+2, sessile, on ocular shields. Crista linear, with

subposterior sensillary area and paired sensillae, anterior area absent, no

nasus. Palpi relatively stout, tibia with strong apical claw, accessory claw,

and two pectines but in known species without external spine.

Genotype D. macropodum Berl., 1912. Also D. queenslandiae nov. nom. for mac-

ropodum Wom., 1939, nec Berl.

DROMEOTHROMBIUM QUEENSLANDIAE nom. nov.

=D. macropodwm Wom., 1939, nec. Berl.

Fig. 1 A-D.

Redescription. Colour in life probably white. Shape cordiform with prominent

shoulders. Length 0-9 mm., width across shoulders 0-72 mm. Legs relatively

thick, especially I; length of leg I 1575p, IT 1020p, ITI 1020p, [V 1875,; tarsus I

elliptical, 375, long by 190, high, metatarsus I 225p long. Crista linear, 396y.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 297

Fig. 1. Dromeothrombium queenslandiae sp.n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal tibia

and tarsus (xX 200); , front tarsus and metatarsus (x 200); D, dorsal setae (x 860).

long, with subposterior sensillary area with sensillae apparently nude and ea.

126y long, their bases 544 apart. Palpi as figured (I B), tibia as in subfamily

with strong apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two well defined pectines but no

external spines; tarsus elongate and reaching tip of claw. Dorsal setae as in

fig. | D, with strong setules and of two different lengths, 25-30» and 64, the

longer setae being fewer in number and with rather shorter setules.

Loc, Only known from the original two adults, collected in Queensland in

1939 by Dr. W. G. Heaslip, one from Cairns in March, the other from Innisfail in

December.

Remarks. The genotype D. macropodum Berl., 1903 (Redia, 2, 153, pl. 15,

fig. 3; Redia, 1912, 8, 132-3, text fig. 59) was from Java. Berlese only figured

298 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

the entire dorsal surface and an enlarged dorsal seta. Vitzthum (Trenhia, 1926,

8, 186-7, fig. 80 and 81) described an adult from Buitenzorg and gave figures und

detailed measurements of the palpal tibia and front tarsus and metatarsus,

The present species differs from the genotype m (1) the presence of a distinet

necessory palpal elaw, (2) the much greater height of the front tarsus as compared

with the length, and (3) the different form of the dorsal setae, which are of two

sizes, 25-30» and to 64p as compared with uniform, 20-30), long in macropodum,

Genus EcuinotiromsrM Womersley, 1937.

Ree. 5. Aust. Mus, 6 (1), 89.

Monriquia Boshell and Kerr, 1942 (im part), Rev. Acad. Columb. Ci. Ex., 5, 110-

127,

Mierotrombidinm Boshell and Kerr hid. (in part).

This genus was raisect in 19387 for those species of Méerotrombidium sl. in

whieh the longer of the dorsal setae are stiff and spine-like with or without short

eiliations or serrations. The type designated was Ottomm spinosa Canestrini,

1877, and other species were M. echidninum Hirst, 1981 (= victoriense Wom.,

1934). M. spinatum Wom., 1954, M. hystricinwm Canest., 1889, M, dinersipile

Canest., 1889, M. southeotti Wom,, 1934, and M. willwngae Mirst, 1991,

Of these species, southcotti has the smaller dorsal setae spathulate with

fine ciliations, all the other species having these smaller setae of the pennate type

or stiff with long cilations. Ofher species with the spathulate type of microsetae

are herewith deseribed, and together with southcotti separated off as a new genus

Spalhulathrombium.

The genus Echinothrombiwm may be diagnosed as follows -

As in Micratrambidiwm but with two kinds and lengths of dorsal setae,

one short and pennate, or stiff with vather long eciliations; the other long,

stiff and spine-like with acute apex and with short cillations, indistinct ser-

rations or quite smooth. Eyes 2-+2. on ocular shields. Apex of propodosoma

sinnate, frequently in well chitinized specimens with a transyerse ill-defined

plate adjoining tip of eriste, Crista linear with subposterior sensillary

area with paired filamentons sensillae, Palpi stout, tibia as in subfamily,

with a single spine on external surface, Body shape elliptical with only mode.

rately pronounced shoulders, Legs T and TV not or not much longer than

body.

Ecrinoraromeium scumnium (Plirst, 1981),

Mitevotrombidium echidninum VWirst, 1931, P.Z.8,, 461; Womersley, 1937, Rev.

§. Aust, Mis., 6 (1), 90.

M. (Enemothrombium) victorionse Womersley, 1934, Ree, S, Aust. Mus., 4 (2).

19h,

Rehinathrombiam echidninum, Womersley, 1987. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 6 (1), 90,

Fig, 2 A-E.

Redeseription, Colour in life uniformly ved. Body oval, broudest across

jhe shoulders. Length 2-6 to 3-0 mm., width 1-2 to 1°45 min, Tegs T 2250

Jong, 11 1725, ITT 16502, TV 2500; tarsus T 270 high by 680, long, metatarsus

T 465, long, for specimen of 8-0 mm. in length, Byes 24-2, sessile. Crista aa

fixured, 644, long with sensillary area at about 34 from anterior end; sensillac

bases G1p apart with sensillae ca. 1504 long and apparently nude. Mandibles with

inner margin of chelicerae finely serrate. Palpi as in generic diagnosis, tarsus not

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 299

~. Y

Fig. 2, Hehinothrombinm echidninum (Hirst). A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal

tibia, and tarsus (X 200); C, same of Hirst’s type (x 200); D, front tarsus and metatarsus

(X 87); E, dorsal setae (x 860).

reaching tip of tibial claw. In Hirst’s type, as he states, there are two strong

external spines on the palpal tibia, but only one in all my specimens (ef. fig. 2 B

and ©). Smaller dorsal setae pointed, 18-291 long, and with short setules;

longer setae to 220 in length, many of which appear nude but in reality have

rows of short. adpressed setules as in fig. 2 E; between these extremes are some

setae of intermediate length, ca. 108, on which there are distinct setules.

Loc. Hirst’s type specimen, in the 5. Aust. Mus. was from Mt. Gambier,

8, Aust. I have additional material from South Australia: Flinders Chase,

Kangaroo Is., Dee., 1934; Victoria: Sassafras 1931, Olinda 1940.

300 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EcHINOTHROMBIUM WILLUNGAE (Hirst, 1931).

Microtrombidium willungae Hirst, 1931. P.Z.8., (1), 562.

Microtrombidium spinatum Womersley, 1934. Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 5 (2), 192.

Echinothrombium spinatum Womersley, 1937. Rec. 8. Aust. Mus,, 6 (1), 89.

Echinothrombium willungae, Womersley, 1937, (bid., 89.

Fig. 3 A-EK.

In the original deseription of spinutum the dorsal setae were stated to be

all of the one type. They are, however, of two very different lengths, although

much of the same type. A careful comparison of the type with the description

Fig. 3. Echinothrombium willungae (Hirst). A, Crista and eyes (> 200); B, palpal tibia

and tarsus (X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus 9 (x 200); D, same of f (X 200); E,

dorsal setae (x 860).

of Hirst’s willwngae and with specimens of the latter from many South Austra-

lian localities shows that spinatwm is co-speecific with willwngae and must there-

fore sink as synonymous with it.

This species is, as stated by Hirst, closely related to echidninum from which it

differs in the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi and in the different

dorsal setae. In willwngae the smaller dorsal setae are longer than in echidninum,

WoMERSLEY— MICROTROMBIDISNAR OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW Guinea 301

of vather different form and do wot constitute the major portion of the dorsal

clothing, The larger setae do not reach the lengths of those found in echtdeanum

and they ave all distinetly ciliated or setulate, Tntermediate sizes also aceur,

The following redeseription is drawn from # speeimen [rom Rivervale, South

Australia. In the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi the extremes and

average of nine specimens are given:

Redeseription, Length to 2-1 mim., width across shoulders ta 1-275 mm,

Shape as in eehidninum, Legs shorter than body, T 1275p, [7 9280p, TIT 9465p, TV

125; tarsi | 292-315. (aver, 308.) long, 101-1380y, (aver. 120.) wide, metatarsi

1182-210, (aver, 201) long. Byes 2 + 2, sessile, well away from erista and in

advance of sensillary area. Crista as figured, 480, long, with sensillary area at

about % from apex, sensillae ca, 120, long, apparently nude and with bases 34)

apart. Chelae with inner edge serrate, Palpi as fared, tarsus elongate but not

over-reaching tip of palpal elaasy, tibia with one lone slender external spine well

separated from base of claw.

Dorsim thickly covered with spine-like setae: generally of two distinet lengths,

but with some intermediate; all with distinct ciliations or setulations except at the

tips which are pointed and more chitinized ; short setae 35-45, lone, longer setae bo

150. lone.

Loc. Wirst's type was from Willunga, South Australia, Oct, 1929. T have

further specimens from the following South Australian localities: Glen Osmond.

Oct. 1933, Long Gully, May 1984, Mt. Osmond and Mt. Lofty. June 1934, Barn-

side, Aug, 19384, Rivervale, April 1934, Belair, May 1935 and March 1938,

All the above specimens in possessing three paivs of genital dises ave adull anid

probahly all females. Two other specimens, one from Mt. Lofty, 8. Aust., Time

1954, and one from Fern Tree Gully, Vietoria, Jan, 1937 agree in the nature of

the dorsal setae but are considerably smaller in size and dimensions of front tarsi

and metatarsi and erista, etc,, as follows :

From Mt. Lofty.

Length 6754, width 420y. Lees 16754, 17 470p, TIT 440n, LY 675; tarsus 1

186y. by 86, metatarsus 1105. Crista 195, long. Sensillae ea. 1304 long and

bases 234 apart. Dorsal setae 30—40u and to 100,,

From Fern Tree Gully:

Length 675p, width 450, Legs T 660p, TT 420p ea,, TTT 450", TY 600.; tarsus

T 189 by 90u, metatarsus 11104. Crista 1902 long. Sensillae ca. 126) lone and

bases 24, apart. Dorsal setae 30-10 and to 110p.

Despite the differences in the relative preportions of the tarsal dimensions,

which might only be sexual, these specimens must, T helieve, be recarded as males.

Tn having three pairs of eenital dises they are adults.

ECiiNOTHIMOMIMIIEM RARDONTNEH sp, Nov,

Fig. 4 A-D.

Degeription. Colour red, Shape roughly elliptical with maderalcly prominent

shoulders. Length to 2-025 mm,, width to 1-275 mm, Legs fairly stout, T 2100),

long, TT 18A0p, TIT 1275p, TY 2250u: tarsi T elliptiea! 450p long by 210u high, meta-

tarsi T380p long. Crista linear ax firured, 380» long, with subposterior sensillary

area, sensillae ? length, hases 386u apart. Eves 2+ 2, on cistinet subsessile ocular

shields, Palpi as figured, tibia with one slender external spine. tarsus rather

elliptical, reaching tip of tibial claw. Dorgal setae of two kinds and lengths, the

smaller pointed, rod-like, 40-55y long, with distinct ciliations; the larger spine-

like, to ae lone, with strongly chitinized and pigmented pointed tips, apparently

ite ned,

302 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 4. Echinothrombium bardonense sp.n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp (X 200) ;

C, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 87); D, dorsal setae (X 860).

Loc. Two specimens from Bardon, Queensland, Aug. 1943 (N.B.T.).

Remarks. Close to echidninum and willungae but differing in the dorsal setae

and the proportions of the front tarsi and metatarsi.

EcHINOTHROMBIUM LAMINGTONENSIS sp. nov.

Fig. 5 A-D.

Description. Adult. Colour red. Shape elliptical, rather broader across

shoulders. Length 1:8 mm., width 1:25 mm. Legs not longer than body, I 1725p,

II 1080p, IIT 1080u, IV 1500, tarsus I as figured, 405y long by 135y high, meta-

tarsus 1315p long. Crista as figured 380» long with broad sensillary area at about

2% from apex, sensillae approximately 200 long, apparently nude and with their

bases 32 apart. Hyes 2+2, sessile, on distinct ocular shields and in advance of

sensillary area. Mandibles with inner edge of chelicerae finely serrated. Palpi

as fieured, tibia with one long, pointed, external spine; tarsus elongate, not or only

indistinctly clavate and not over-reaching tip of claw.

Toc. A single specimen from the Lamington National Park, Queensland.

Sept. 1941 (A.R.B.).

Remarks. Close to the two preceding species but distinct in the form of the

smaller dorsal setae and the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 303

Fig. 5. Echinothrombium lamingtonensis sp. n, A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal tibia

and tarsus ( 200); 0, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 125); D, dorsal setae (X 860).

Key To THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF Echinothrombium (ApuLTs).

» Dorsal microsetae pennate with long outstanding setules, 18-40 long; macrosetae spine-like

with sparse short setules, 180-220» long. T, elongate, 4054 by 135u, M, 315m.

lamingtonensis sp. nov.

Dorsal microsetae not pennate, more or less rod-like and with only short adpressed setules 2.

Microsetae of dorsum mueh less than one-third length of macrosetae oe a. 8,

Microsetae about one-third length of macrosetae, 25-454 as compared with 150”, Macrosetae

with short setules, Ty 3004 by 1204. M, 1954 (adult 9) it willungae (First).

Maerosetae quite nude, to 2404 long; microsetae 40-50u, T, 4504 by 2104. My, 330

bardonense sp. noy.

Maecrosetae with sparse but distinct setules, to 2202 long; microsetae 20-30n long, T, 6304

by 2704. My 4604 oy +3 rs echidninum (Hirst.).

Genus SPATHULATHROMBIUM nov.

As in Echinothrombiwm with the larger dorsal setae long and spine-like, but

the smaller setae spathulate with ciliations or setules. The posterior arm of the

crista very evanescent, almost invisible, so that the sensillary area appears to be

posterior. In all known species the palpal tibia without any external spine, distal,

portion of tibia slender, about twice as long as basal part.

Genotype: M, southcotti Wom., 1934,

304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 6. A-D. Spathulathrombium southcotti (Wom.): A, Crista and eyes (< 200); B,

front tarsus and metatarsus (x 200); C, palpal tibia and tarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae

(X 875). E-H, Spathulathrombium maximum sp. nu. E, Crista and eyes (xX 200); F, front

tarsus and metatarsus (< 87); G, palpal tibia and tarsus (x 200); H, dorsal setae (X 375).

WOMERSLEY—MIGROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NeW GUINEA 305

SPATIUDATHROMBIUM BoUTTCorrr (Wom., 1984),

Microtrombidinn sauthealti Wom,, 1994, Ree. &, Aust. Mus. & (2), 197,

Lehinothrombium southeatti (Wom, 1987), Ree. 8. Aust. Mus, 6 (1), 90,

Fig, 6 A-D,

KRedeseription. Adult, Shape somewhat elliptical, broadest across shoulders.

Colour red. Length to 1-5 wm,, width to 0°825 mm. Legs all shorter than body,

1 900u,. 17 675p, THT 750p, LV 900.4; tarsus 1 218e long by LOK» high, metatarsus

T1354 long. Crista linear, elongate, 3384, with subposterioy sensillary area at

abont 4 from apex, sensillae ea. 100p long, and apparently nude, their bases 20p

apart. Mandibles with finely serrate tiner edge to chelae. Palpi ag in the genus,

tibia without external spine, tarsus elongate but not reaching tip of claw. Eyes

2-42, ocular shields ill-defined, and slightly in advance of sensillary area. Dorsal

setae of two kinds and lengths as in the genus; the shorter setae spathulate, to 26

long by 8p wide, slightly indented at apex and furnished with long eiliations which

are slightly longer apically ; longer setae spine-like, 75. long by 6-5 wide, tapering

apically and with longitudinal rows of indistinet serrations.

Loc. <A single specimen (type) from Belair, South Australia, Jan. 1943.

(R.V,8.),

SPATHULATHROMBIUM, MAXIMUM sp. nov.

Wig 6 HE.

Description. Adult. Shape asin genotype. Colour red. Length to 3-0 min.

width to 2°] mm, across the moderately pronounced shoulders, Legs not or only

slightly longer than body, T 2100y, IT 1445,, ILL 1500p, 1V 2500,, tarsus | 405—

4804 long by 150-180p high, metatarsus T 300-360, long. Crista elongate and

fairly thick, 470m long, with subposterior sensillary area at about 34 from apex,

with paired apparently nude sensillae, ca. 200n long and their bases 50u apart.

Eyes 2+-2 well in advance of sensillary area. Chelicerae with finely serrate inner

edge. Palpi as figured the distal portion of tibia very slender (ef. fig. 6 G), tarsus

elongate, barely reaching tip of tibial claw. Dorsal setae as in fig. 6 H, of two

kinds and sizes, the smaller ones spathulate with lone ciliations, to 36 long by

1d wide, and slightly incised apically ; longer setae spine-like, 70 to 165 long by

6+5p wide, with a strony apical point, and longitudinal rows of indistinet minute

serrations.

Loe. Type a single specimen from Greenborough, Vic., 22 Aug., 1934 (A.

Tubb) ; another from Mt. Wellington, Tas., Sept. 1935 (J, W, Evans).

Remarks. Very much larger than southcotti in which it agrees in the form

but not size of the smaller setae. Tt differs, however, in the dimensions of the front,

tarai and metatarsi.

SPATHULATHROMBIUM QUEENSLANDTAB sp, Nov,

Fig. 7 A-D.

Deseription. Adult. Colour red. Shape as in preceding species. Length

1-6 mm., width 1-2 mm., with only moderately prominent shoulders. Legs rela-

tively short, 1715p, 11 475, L1f 5292, TV 765y; tarsus T 175p long by 108p wide,

metatarsus I 119,” long. Crista elongate and moderately thiek, 2600 lone with

subposterior sensillary areca, posterior arm evanescent, sensillae ca. 150p long, nude,

with bases. 21 apart. Hyes 2--2, apparently not on oenlar shields, and only

slightly in advance of sensillary area. Palpi as fienred, distal portion of tibia

fairly slender, tarsus elongate only reaching to base of elu. Dorsal setae of two

306 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

kinds and sizes, the smaller spathulate or battledore shaped, 32» long by 8 wide,

with short denticles; the larger slender, slightly curved and spine-like, fairly uni-

form in length to 70 and with distinct short setules or denticles.

Fig. 7. A-—D. Spathulathrombium queenslandiae sp. n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B,

front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); GC, palpal tibia and tarsus (375); D, dorsal setac

(X 375), E-H. Sputhulathrombiwm fulgidum sp. n. BE, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, front

tarsus and metatarsus (< 200); G, palpal tibia and tarsus (x 200); H, dorsal setae (X 375),

Loc. A single specimen from amongst Lantana debris, Gympie, Queensland.

April 27, 1940 (D.J-W.S.).

Remarks. This species is very close to the next S. fulgidwm sp. n. in the form

and size of the shorter dorsal setae but differs in the dimensions of the front tarsi,

straighter and relatively more uniform longer dorsal setae, the much less slender

palpi, and in size.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 307

SPATHULATHROMBIUM FULGIDUM sp. nov,

Fig. 7 E-H.

Description. Adult. Colour red. Shape as in other species but shoulders not.

very pronounced. Length 1-575 mm., width 0-9 mm. Legs shorter than body,

T 1445p, IL 1050p, IIT 975p, IV 1350p, tarsus I 3304 long by 150, high, metatar-

sus I 230, long. Crista linear, 420» long, with subposterior sensillary area, but

crista behind sensillary area evanescent, with paired filamentous, apparently

nude sensillae, their bases 25 apart. Mandibular chelae with finely serrated

inner edge. Palpi as figured, distal part of tibia slender and long, tarsus rather

conical only reaching to base of claw. Eyes 2+-2, apparently not on ocular shields.

Dorsal setae of two kinds and lengths; smaller to 32» long, spathulate or battle-

dore shaped with short strong denticles; longer setae spine-like, strongly curved,

more slender than in gueenslandiac, 70-90u long, with indistinct short serrations.

Loc. A single specimen from Robe, South Australia, 13th Oct., 1943 (H.W.).

Remarks. Close to gueenslandiae but differing as discussed under that species.

SPATHULATHROMBIUM MYLORIBNSE sp. Nov.

Fig. 8 A-D.

Description, Adult. Colour red. Shape as in other species, shoulders not

prominent. Length 2°55 mm., width 1-35 mm, Legs not longer than body, I 1275p,

IT 900y, TIT 9302, TV 1200p, tarsus I 285p long by 93y high, metatarsus I 185p

long. Crista elongate, 375, long and fairly thick, sensillary area subposterior,

but appearing posterior, the crista behind the area being evanescent, with paired

nude filamentous sensillae, their bases 21y apart. Byes 2-2, about on a level

with sensillary area and apparently not on ocular shields. Chelae with finely ser-

rated inner edge. Palpi as figured, distal portion of tibia slender, tarsus elongate,

conical, reaching just beyond base of claw. Dorsal setae of two kinds and lengths,

the smaller spathulate but rather elongate with almost parallel sides, 564 long by

11p wide, and furnished with strong short denticles; longer setae spine-like (ef.

fig. 8 D) with ribs of indistinct serrations, to 120u long by 6-5 wide. ,

Loc, Asingle specimen from Mylor, South Australia, 14 Sept., 1935 (H.W.).

Remarks. Allied to queenslandiae and fulgidum but distinct in the form of

the dorsal setae and in the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi.

Kry To THE SPECIES OF Spathulathrombium.

1. Dorsal miecrosetae with long ciliations .. ra a4 Pa we 2

Dorsal microsetae with short denticles .. ee a “s at Be

Small species to 1-5 mm. long. Microsetae 264 by 84, macrosetae spine-like, to 75 long’

with indistinet serrations, almost straight. T, 210u by 105u, M; 135u. souwthcotti (Wom.).

Larger species to 8-0 mm. long. Microsetae 364 by 144, macrosetae as above, 70-165

long, only slightly curved. Ty 405-480u by 150-180, M, 300-360. S.B. 47-50.

MaxciNvUNt Sp. NOV.

3. Larger species to 2-5 mm, long, Microsetae to 564 by liz, macrosetac to 120% long by

6:54 wide, with only indistinct serrations. Ty 2854 by 934, M, 185u, S.B. 21,

y myloriense sp. nov.

Smaller species to ca. 1:7 mm. long. Microsetae 324 long, with eurved sides. Macrosetae

with distinet denticles a +s id es 4

4. Macrosetae almost or quite straight, uniform to 70% in length. T, 162u by 95x, M, 108,.

SB 21u us we om os ts queenslandiae sp. nov.

Macrosetae strongly curved, not stiff, from 70-90 long. Ty 3304 by 1504, My 236u. SB 25h

fulgidwm sp. nov.

308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 8. Spathulathrombium myloriense sp. n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal tibia

and tarsus (X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae (X 375).

Genus Microrromepipium Haller, 1882 s.str.

Milbenf. Wurtemb., 1882.

Genotype. M. pusillum Hermann, 1804.

Manriquia Boshell and Kerr, 1942 (in part) Rev. Acad. Columbiana Ci. Ex., 5,

110-127.

Microtrombidium Boshell and Kerr, 1942 zbid. (in part).

As in the subfamily but restricted to those in which the legs are not, or not

much longer than the body and in which the dorsal setae, even if of two different

lengths, are pennate or as slender rods with long ciliations. Palpal tibia with or

without accessory claw, and without or with one or two external spines.

The members of this genus are very difficult to separate, and the specific charac-

ters lie principally in the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi and in the

lengths and structure of the dorsal setae. In reviewing this genus, all my old

material has been restudied more carefully and, with more material before me,

it is evident that several species are synonymous and are here sunk.

The three species barringunense Hirst, retentus Banks and westralense

Wom. are herewith removed from Microtrombidiwm and will be later allocated:

to their proper position.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 309

MicroTROMBIDIUM ZELANDICUM Wom., 1936.

Fig. 9 A-D.

Mierotrombidium zelandicum Womersley, 1936, J. Linn. Soe. London, Zool.

40, 107, fig. 1 a-e.

Redeseription. Colour (in spirit) white, in life probably red. Shape roughly

elliptical, without pronounced shoulders. Length 1-81 mm., width 0-9 mm. Legs

not much longer than body, I 2100p, IT 1010p, IIT 940p, TV 1810p», tarsus 1 elon-

gate, 480p long by 145, high, metatarsus 1320p long. Crista linear, 438» long, with

ZEEE

~—

gta

AK 9 Q

‘

Tt te 8

won —~~ - =>

Fig. 9. A-D, Microtrombidium zelandicum Wom, A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal

tibia and tarsus (X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 125); D, dorsal setae ( 860).

E-H. Microtrombidium maculatum Wom. #, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palpal tibia and

tarsus ( 200); G, front tarsus and metatarsus (xX 200); H, dorsal setae (Xx 860).

310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

subposterior area at about 4% from apex, sensillae long and filamentous and their

bases 36 apart. Eyes 2+-2, well in advance of sensillary area, and on distinct

ocular shields. Palpi as figured with strong tibial claw and accessory claw, two

pectines and on external side with two strong spines arising from behind base of

tarsus; tarsus elongate, slightly clavate and overreaching tip of claw. Dorsal

setae uniform in length, 30, tapering and with long ciliations (cf. fig. 9D).

Loc. Pukekarura Creek, Niger Bay, Manurewa, New Zealand, 31st Dee.

1932 (E.D.P.). One specimen.

Remarks. Distinguished from other species as in the key.

MicrotroMBipiIum MACULATUM Wom., 1942.

Rec. 8S. Aust. Mus., 7 (2), 175; fig 6 A-E.

Fig, 9 H-H,

Redescription. Adult. Colour in lite dark red except in the area of the

erista and eyes and on fifteen round spots on the dorsum where it is white. Shape

elongate oval, broadest across shoulders. Length 1-04 mm., width 0-720 mm.

Legs relatively short, I 1040n, I1 608u, IIT 480n, TV 720u, tarsus I about twice as

long as high, 2552 by 125y, metatarsus I 150 long. Crista linear, 270, with

subposterior sensillary area at 3 from apex, furnished with paired filamentous

sensillae, 1084 long and their bases 30» apart. Byes 2+2, on distinct ocular

shields and well in advance of sensillary area. Palpi as figured, tibia with strong

apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two pectines and one slender external spine

arising from near base of tarsus; tarsus elongate, hardly clavate and not reaching

tip of claw. Dorsal setae uniform, fairly thick stemmed, 25, and with long

setules (ef. fig. 8H).

Loc. <A single specimen from a rotting tree-fern log, Belgrave, Vic., Nov.,

1941 (O.W.T.).

Remarks. The only Australian species yet known with white maculations.

MicroTROMBIDIUM KARRIENSIS Wom., 1934.

Rec. 8. Aust. Mus., 1934, 5 (2), 191, fig. 28-30.

M. (M.) tasmanicum Womersley, 1937, ibid, 6 (1), 88, fig. 1 k—m.

Fig. 10 A-H,

Redeseription. Adult. Colour in life red. Body more or less elliptical with

rounded not prominent shoulders, narrowing in region of coxae IV and rounded

posteriorly. Size variable, length to 1-95 mm., width to 1-20 mm. (in type 1-20

mm. and 0-78 mm.), legs not longer than body, in type I 1080p, IT 7380p, ITI 700z,

IV 1050,, tarsus I as figured, elliptical but greatest height near to base, and there

roundly angulate, length (13 specimens) 346p to 164, height 182, to 101p, averag-

ing 250p by 134y, the ratio of height to length averaging 1-0:1-9; metatarsus I

200p to 86 long (average 1384p). Crista linear, type 256u long, with subposterior

sensillary area, at about } from apex, with paired apparently nude filamentous

sensiliae ca. 120» long, and their bases 32” apart. Eyes 2-+2, on ocular shields

well in front of sensillary area. Mandibles with stout chelae with serrate inner

edge. Palpi as figured, tibia with external spine arising from near base of tarsus

and reaching beyond middle of claw; tarsus elongate, slender, slightly conical,

and reaching to middle of claw. Dorsal setae dense and uniform, thick stemmed,

30p long (ef. fig. 1OE) with long ciliations. On the legs the setae are similar but

slightly longer.

Toc. Apparently a common and widely distributed species. Type from

Denmark, Western Australia, June 6, 1933 (H.W.).

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 311

Fig. 10. A-E. Microtrombidium karriensis Wom. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal

tibia and tarsus (X 200); ©, front tarsus and metatarsus 2? (X 200); D, same ¢ (X 200);

E, dorsal seta (X 860). F-I. Microtrombidium hirsutum sp. n. F, Crista and eyes (X 200);

ee palpal tibia and tarsus (X 200); H, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); I, dorsal setae

x 860).

Other specimens: South Australia: Belair, 1935-1938, from May to July, in

moss; Blewet’s Springs, near Clarendon, June 1944; Tasmania: Mt. Wellington,

Sept. 1935, Dee. 1937.

Remarks. ‘This species is closely related to M. pusillwm (Hermann, 1804)

Berl., 1912, from Europe, of which Berlese (1912) has described the varieties

columbianum from North America and balzani from South America. Our spe-

312 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

cies differs from pusillum in the presence of the external spine on the palpal

tibia. In having only one such spine it also agrees with americanum \(Leon.)

from Chile, and with jabanicwm Berl. from Java. It differs from americanum,

however, in the form and dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi, but agrees

in these characters with pustllwm and jabanicum. In the last species the external

spine on the palpal tibia is short and arises close to the base of the claw (ef.

Berl., 1912) ; in karriensis it is long and more slender and arises from near the

articulation of the tarsus. The dorsal setae are about as long as, but thicker

stemmed than, in pusillum, and shorter than in americanum.

The species is somewhat variable in size and also in the dimensions, but not

the relative proportions of the front tarsi and metatarsi.

In the following table are given the measurements in microns, of thirteen

specimens including the type.

Tarsus I. Merararsus I. Cris'ra.

Loc. Leneta. Wintn. Lex. Hr, L/H. Len. Lr/Lu. Lex. SB. DS.

Denmark, W.A. 1,200 780 272 155 1-78 155 =1-78 330 32 30

Belair, 8.A. 1,800 1,050 346 1538 2:26 200 1-73 405 29 30

- 3 1,200 900 292 133 2-19 150 «1:95 346 29 30

ny Ae 1,875 1,150 292 180 2-25 140 «2-08 —_ —_ 29

x, ji 1,950 1,200 310 182 1-70 182 1-70 405 32 30

a ¥ 1,500 975 292 126 2-31 130 4 =2-25 328 25 29

by 3 1,125 720 164 86 1-91 86 1-91 236 25 29

£, » 1,125 720 210 112 1:87 115 «1-83 310 25 29

45 4g 1,170 750 218 115 1-90 119 1-83 325 32 29

i 1,425 950 235 122 2-10 126 §=1:86 328 29 30

is 4 1,200 770 189 100 1-89 101 1:89 255 25 29

as * 1,350 900 218 122 1:78 126 1-73 — — 29

+ pa 1,250 810 200 101 2-00 108 1:85 272 29 30

A study of the above measurements suggests that the specimens 2, 4 and 5

in which the values are much higher than for the others may be females, the

rest males. All the thirteen were fully adult as shown by the three pairs of

genital dises.

A single specimen from Long Gully, South Australia, 11th June, 1938,

measured 1500 long with tarsus I 195, by 100, and metatarsus 105, but had

the dorsal setae 40-43» long. It may perhaps be considered a variety.

The two specimens described as tasmanicum Wom., 1937 (loc. cit.) as well

as two others from Mt. Wellington, Tas., Dec., 1937, agree with karriensis except

that in the first two, the ratio of length of tarsus I to metatarsus I is 1-0:1°40

and 1:0:1-32.

MicroTROMBIDIUM HIRSUTUM sp. nov.

Fig. 10 F_I,

Description. Adult. Length 2-1 mm., width 1-5 mm. Colour in life red.

Shape as in other species. Legs I 1875u, Il 1275p, III 975y, [IV 1425,; front

tarsus 405p long by 210» high, metatarsus 270n long. Crista elongate, 460.

long, with subposterior sensillary area, paired filamentous sensillae with their

bases 25h apart. Eyes 2-+-2, on distinct ocular shields. Palpi stout, tibia with

stout apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two pectines, and a strong external

spine. Dorsal setae slender with only moderately long setules (ef. fig. 10 1) vary-

ing in size from 40, to 75h, but with no sharp demarcation into two distinet sizes.

Loc. A single specimen from Morialta, South Australia, 2nd Sept., 1934.

H.W.).

Remarks. Separated as in the key to species on the dorsal clothing and the

dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 313

MickOTROMBIDIUM WELLINGTONENSE Sp. NOV.

Fig. 11 A-C.

Description. Nymph, Colour in life red, Shape as in other species of the

genus. Length 1-725 mm.; width 1:05 mm. Legs all shorter than body, I 930,,

IT 600u, THT 600u, 1V 930; tarsus 1 282 long by 133, high, metatarsus T 160u long.

Fig. 11. A-C. Mierotrombidium wellingtonense sp. n. A, Front tarsus and metatarsus

(xX 200); B, palpal tibia and tarsus (x 200); C, dorsal setae (X 860). D-G. Microtrombidium

fureipile (Canest). D, Crista and eyes (X 200); E, palp (X 200); F, front tarsus and meta-

tarsus (x 200); G, dorsal setae (> 860).

Crista and eyes not available for description owimg to damage. Palp stout, tibia

with the usual strong claw and accessory claw and two pectines and with one

slender externl spine arising near articulation of tarsus (ef. fig. 11 B); tarsus

elongate, over-reaching tip of claw. Chelicerae with finely serrate inner edge.

Dorsal setae slender with very long setules (ef. fig. 11 C), length varying from 40

to 80). posteriorly but without any clear demarcation into two sizes,

Loc. One specimen from Mt. Wellington, Tas., Dec. 9th, 1937 (J.W.E.).

314 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MIcROTROMBIDIUM PAPUANUM gp, nov,

Fig. 12 A-D,

Description, Adult. Colour in life red. Shape as in other species of the

genus. Length 1:05 mm., width 0-6 mm. Legs shorter than the body, T 855,, ET

D40p, LIT 540y, TY 750%, tarsus I broadly elliptical with ventrobasal shouder,

151p long by 100p high, metatarsus I 90 long. Crista linear, 218», long, with

subposterior sensillary area with paired filamentous sensillae, their bases 20p

apart. Eyes 2-+-2, large, on well defined oenlar shields. Mandibles with chelae

finely serrated on inner edge. Palpi stout, tibia normal, with slender external

spine; tarsus elongate, reaching to about tip of claw. Dorsal setae of two sizes

as in fig. 12 D, more or less fusiform, with only moderately long setules, shorter

setae 16% long, longer setae to 32» long.

Loc. Twospecimens in soil, Dobodura area, New Guinea, about July, 1944 (G.

M. Kohls). Four other specimens from Goodenough Is., Ang., 1944 (D.C.8.) in

damp sou in typhus area, do not differ in the dorsal setae, although the dimen-

sions of the front tarsi and metatarsi ate somewhat variable, as given in the fol-

lowing key to species.

MicroTROMBIDIUM MYLORIENSE sp. Noy,

Fig, 12 R-H.

Description. Adult. Colour in life red, Shape as in other species. Length

to 25mm, width to1-8mm. Legs shorter than body, 1 1500p, IT 1050p, ITT 1000u,

IV 1445,, tarsus I more or less parallel sided and elongate, 405p, long by 120, high,

metatarsus 2404 long. Crista linear, 890p long, with subposterior sensillary area

with paired filamentous sensillae with their bases 40 apart (ef. fig. 12 EB). Ryes

2++-2, fairly large and on well chitinized oevlar shields. Mandibles with chelae

finely serrate on inner edge. Palpi stont, tibia normal with stont accessory claw,

two pectines and a fairly stout pointed external spine (ef, fig. 12 F); tarsus

elongate, only barely reaching tip of elaw. Dorsal setue of two sizes, the larger

to 55u Jong, stout, thick, only shghtly pointed at apex, the smaller to 21 long,

relatively slightly more slender than longer setae, both sizes with fairly long out-

standing setules (cf, flo, 12 H),

Loc. The type and 1 paratype, Mylor, South Australia, Oct., 1985; two other

apecimens Mylor, 14th Sept., 1935, and Belair, §. Aust,, 26th Sept, 1927.

Microtromsiniom ef. rvrcipmm (Canestrini, 1897).

Oflonia fureipilis G. Canest., 1897, Ved. Atti. Soc. Veneto. Trentina, 2, 8; 2, 398-

Termes. Fuxet., 21, 483.

Microtrombidium. furcipile, Berl., 1912, Redia, 8, 161,

Microtrombidium hystrictnum, Womersley, 1924. Ree. 8. Aust, Mus, 7 (2), 177

(in part),

Wie, 11 D-G,

This specios was originally deseribed by Canecatrini from Erima, New Guinea,

I have recently received specimens of what I take to be Canestrini’s species from

Dobhodnra area, New Guinea and collected in soil by Maj. G. M. Kohls. Further

1 now find that the specimens from Malanda, Queensland, previously recorded

by me as hystricinum (loc. cit.) are eo-xpecific with those received from New

Guinea.

Canestrini speaks of some of the longer dorsal setae as being ‘‘biforcate’’

and in the specimens now referred to his species some of these seta, although

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 315

Fig. 12. A-D. Microtrombidium papuanum sp. n, A, Crista and eyes (X 375); B, palpal

tibia and tarsus (X 375): ©, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae (X 860).

E-H. Microtrombidium myloriense sp.n. TH, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palpal tibia and tarsus

(X 375); G, front tarsus and metatarsus (xX 125); H, dorsal setae (x 860).

316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

not strictly bifureate, ure bifid or split for a short distance at the tip, but the prongs

of the fork are not spread out,

The deseription given by Canestrini for many species of Trombidtidae are,

however, so brief and madequate and without figures that one cannot be quite

sure ol what he meant. Furcipile is the only species which he deseribed as having

fiiveate setae, and as some of my specimens are from New Grinea, they ave veferred

to his species, although somewhat tentatively

Deseription. Adult. Colour red, shape oveid, shoulders not very pro-

nouneed, Length 0-9 num,, width 0°55 mm. Legs not longer than body. 1740p,

[1 420g, LIL 400p, PV 550u; farsos 7150p, by 902 high, metatarsus | 90. Jong.

MWyes 24-2, on ocular shields in advance of sensillary area. Crista as figured, 220,

long with subposterior sensillary area at about 34 from apex, sensillue 146y long

and apparently nude, with bases 21lp apart. Palpi as figured, tibia with one taper-

ing external spine, tarsus rather short and not reaching tip of tibial elaw. Dor-

sal setae of two forms and sizes, the smaller tapering, 16-20 long, pennate with

long ciliations, the larger 60-75a long rod-like, with moderate long setules and

split at the apex for approximately Tp.

Loc. Five specimens trom soil collected by Maj, G, M. Kolls, April, 144,

Doboilura area of New Guinea; also two specimens from English Jingle, Malanda,

Queensland, August, 1934 (previonsly recorded (137) as Dystricinwn Canest \,

Remarks. This species was apparently described without any figures and it

is therefore rather uncertain what C'anestrini means by ‘'l'estvemita distale e oi

hiforeate.'’? As however, his fure/pile is the only species with forked setae pre-

viously recorded from New Guinea (he material before me is reterred to it.

Microrromerprom amquanis (Banks, 1916).

Trombidium aequalis Bks., 1916, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust. 40, 226, pl. xxiti, Mig, 1.

Microtrambidium aequilis Wom,, 1984. Kee, 8, Aust, Mus,, 5 (2), 191.

Fig. 13 A-G.

A female specimen from Greenbushes, Western Australia, was referred to this

species (1984) the type of which is now not in the Sonth Australian Museum.

This female is now described, as is also a smaller specimen, probably a male, from

New Guinea.

Deseription of female, In life red, Shape cordate as in other species of the

venus. Length 1-2 mm,, width 0-75 mm. Legs not longer than the body, I.

stronger and stouter than the others, 1 1150p long, IL 675, TT) 750n, TV 1275p;

tarsus | elliptical ovate, about twive as long as high, 3800p by 157, metatarsus 190y

long, claws slightly unequal. Crista linear, 818, long with subpasterior sensillary

ave, with sensillae bases 21 apart, sensillae flamentous, Wyes 2-2, sessile, an

distinel ocular shields. Chelicerae finely serrate an inner edge, Palpi stout

(ef. fig. 19 B), tibia with strong claw and accessory claw, lwo pectines anil a

slender external spine; tarsus elongate, only slightly elavate, wot reachine tip of

claw. Dorsal setae relatively sparse, uniform. more or less pennate, with lone

setules, to 164 long.

Deseription of male? Similar to female. Length 1-05 mm., width 0-74 mm-

Legs | M30; VT 680%, TU 630,, IV B30, tarsus | as in female, 225) long by T1Ap

high. metatarsis 145p, claws slightly Wnequal, Orista 3910p lors, {he portion nos-

terior of the sensillary area evanescent with only the more chitinous tip evident,

sensillae bases 21» apart. Byes, chelieerae and palpi as tn female. Dorsal setae

also as in aclult but slightly more sparse,

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 317

Fig. 13. Microtrombidium aequalis (Banks). A-—D. 9. A, Crista and eyes (xX 200); B,

palp (X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (>< 200); D, dorsal setae (X 860). E-H. 4%,

B, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palp (x 200); G, front tarsus and metatarsus (xX 200); H,

dorsal setae (x 860).

ioc, Adult female from Greenbushes, Western Australia, 28th Aug., 1931

(H.W.). ? Male from soil, Dobodura area, New Guinea, 1944 (G. M. Kohls).

Remarks. In the nature of the dorsal setae and of the palpi and crista as

well as the proportions of length and height of tarsi I and the ratio of length

of tarsi I to metatarsi I there seems little doubt but that the above specimens are

of the same species and although Banks’s figures and deseriptions are inadequate

yet it appears reasonable to refer them to his species,

318 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

MicrorroMBrpium avewine Thirst, 1928,

Proc. Zool, Soe. London. 1928, 1026, text. fig. 3D,

Fig. 14 A-D-

Redeseription of type, Colour in life probably red. Shape cordate as in other

species of the genus. Length 1-16 mm., width 0°81 mm. Legs 1 1040,, IT B25p,

Til 750n, LV 1425p, tarans 1 2924 long by 129. high, highest in the middle,

T\/Tw = 2:26, metatarsus 230., T,/My, = 1°26. Hyes 2--2, sessile, Orista

linear, 345» long, with subposterior sensillary area, SB 25» apart, Seusillae flla-

mentous. Palpi stout with strong apical and smaller accessory claw, two pectines

but no external spine. Chelicerae finely serrate on inner margin. Dorsal setae

uniform in length to 40a, with strong, fairly long setules.

Loc. Besides the type, in the 8. Aust. Mus, collected by J. 5. Clark. Swan

River, Western Anstralia, [ refer another specimen trom Adelaide, 1938 (H.W.),

to this species.

MickoTRoM BIDIUM NEWMANI Wor, 1934,

M. (Enemothrombium) newmani Womersley, 1954. Ree. 8, Aust. Mns.. 4 (2),

194, Fig, 40-42.

Fig. 14 K-II,

Redeseription of type. Colour in life red. Shape cordate as in other species

of the genus. Length 0-975 min., width 0-62 mm, Legs I 825, 11 470», TIT 525p,

1V 825p, tarsus 1235p long by 140» high, T\/Tw — 1-67, metatarsus I 126, long,

T,/M, = 1:86. Eyes 2+2, sessile, on distinet ocular shields. Crista linear,

252), long, with subposterior sensillary area and SB 25, apart, sensillae filamen-

tous. Chelicerae finely serrated on inner edge. Palpi stout, tibia with strong

apical and stout accessory claws, two pectines, but no external spine. Dorsal setae

mainly short, somewhat curved and tapering to 24, long, with enrved setules, but

rather sparsely interspersed with long clavate or bushy setae. to 80m lone, frie

wished with only moderately long setules.

Loc. Type from Bedforddale, Western Australia, 29th Noy,, 1931 (L.W.N.),

and another specimen from Mandurah, Western Australia, 50th May, 1931

(H.W).

Microrrompiprom apruaTpicum Wom., 1934,

MM. (Bnemothrombium) adelaidieam Womersley, 1984. Ree. 8. Auet, Mis,

h (2), 194, fle. 38-39.

M. (Miorotvombidium) udeclaidionm Womersley, 1987, Ree. 8. Aust, Mus,, 4

(1), 88.

M, (Microtronbidiwn) tubbi Womersley, 1942, Ree. 8. Aust. Mus. 7 (2), 176,

Fig, 7 A-C,

Fig. 15 A-D.

Receseription of type. Colour in life red. Shape cordate as in other

species of the genus, Length 0-975 mm., width 0:6 mm. Legs | 720p, U1 510,

LIl 510, 1V 825p, tarsus I broadly oval, widest at about the middle, 198,

long by 118» high, T\/Tw — 1-68, metatarsns 112” long, Ty/My = 1-77.

Crista linear, 234 long, with subposterior sensillary area, with SB 30u apart,

sensillae filamentous. Eyes 2+-2, sessile, on distinet ocular shields. Chelicerae

with finely serrate inner margin. Palpi stout, tibia with strong terminal and

small accessory claw, two peectines and a slender pointed external spine. Dorsal

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 319

by 2 ee Pes

Fig. 14. A—D, Microtrombidium affine Hirst. <A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 200); D, dorsal seta (x 860). E-H. Micro-

trombidium newmani Wom. E, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palp (x 200); G, front tarsus and

metatarsus ( 200); H, dorsal setae (X 860).

320 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

setae of two kinds, the larger rather stout and rodlike with strong setules and to

50» long, the smaller to 20 long, more slender and tapering with iong setules.

Loc. Two co-types from an ants’ nest, Glen Osmond, S. Aust., 10th Sept.,

1933 (H.W.). Other specimens from Glen Osmond, S. Aust., 17th Sept., 1933,

Ast Oct., 1933, 29th July, 1934, Aug., 1935; Burnside, S. Aust., 17th Oct., 1934.

Also Julia Perey Is., New 8. Wales, Feb., 1936 (A.T.) described as M. tubbi,

and from Gympie, Queensland, 27th May, 1940 (D.J.W.S.), recorded as Hchin..

hystricinum Canest.

Fig. 15. Microtrombidium adelaidicum Wom. A, Crista and eyes (x 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 200); D, dorsal setae (x 860).

Remarks. From the clear figures of the dorsal setae of hystricinum given

by Vitzthum (Treubia, 1928), the above species is superficially very close to the

New Guinea form, and may be but a variation of it. The Australian specimens,

however, differ in the very much shorter dorsal setae (see key) as well as in the

slightly different proportions of the front tarsi and metatarsi; for the present [

would regard them as a different species.

MicRoTROMBIDIUM JABANICUM Berl.

Microtrombidium pusillum v. jabanicum Berlese, 1910, Redia, 6, 362.

Microtrombidium jabanicum Berl., 1912. Redia, 8, 189-140; Oudemans, 1922,

Entom. Ber., 6,108; Vitzthum, 1926, Treubia, 8 (1-2).

Fig. 16 A-E.

A single specimen collected from soil surface in kunai grass, Dobodura area

of New Guinea by F1./Lt. D. C. Swan is, I believe, referable to this species. The

description of the specimen, an adult female, is as follows:

Leneth 1-2 mm., width 0-85 mm. Shape only slightly cordate. Colour a

deep purplish-red or maroon. Crista linear, 324. long, and tapering towards

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 32!

apex, with a subposterior sensillary area at about %4 from apex, sensillae ?, the

bases 254 apart. Eyes 2-4-2, on well defined ocular shields, well in advance of

sensillary area. Chelicerae with finely serrate inner edge. Palpi stout, tibia

with apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two pectines and a short, stout, external

spine. Legs shorter than body, I 900u, Il 660p, IIL 660n, IV 900p; tarsus I

216 long by 122 high, Ti/Tw — 1-77, metatarsus I 144» long, Ty/M, — 1:5.

Dorsal setae of uniform type, mainly stout with long setules and to 20u long;

on the propodosoma near erista and near the suture, as well as at the posterior

end of hysterosoma they are somewhat longer, to 25p.

Fig. 16. Microtrombidium jabanicum Berl. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp (xX 200);

C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae from dise of hysterosoma (X 860);

E, dorsal seta from propodosoma near crista (x 860).

Loc. Four females and three males from damp soil in typhus area, Good-

enough Is., Aug., 1944 (D.C.S.).

Remarks. In the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi this species

is very near to karriensis but differs in that the clothing of the dorsum is very

much denser, the setae are stouter, the colour of the animal is different and its

form much broader across the shoulders in proportion to the length.

It may, possibly, be the same as agilis Canestrini from Finschhafen but the

brief description of that species does not permit of comparison.

MicroTROMBIDIUM GOODENOUGHENSIS sp. nov.

Fig. 17 A-D.

Deseription. Adult. Length to 0:93 mm., width 0-63 mm. Colour in

life red. Shape egg-like, somewhat broader across shoulders. Crista linear, 260p,

with subposterior sensillary area, at about ? from apex, posterior arm evanescent,

sensillae very long and filamentous, nude, 216 long, bases 40n apart. Eyes

2+-2, on distinet shields and in advance of sensillary area, apex of crista with

ca. 6 long finely ciliated setae. Chelae with finely serrate inner edge. Palpi

322 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

fairly stout, tibia with apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two pectines, but no

external spine. Legs not longer than body, L to 900p, 11 630, TLL 630,, TY 9380;

tarsus I elongate, 240» long by 108» high, T\/Tw = 2°22, metatarsus 144 long,

T,/M, = 1:66. Dorsal setae only moderately dense, 204, uniform on both pro-

podosoma and hysterosoma, fairly slender with long setules, pointed.

Fig. 17. Mierotrombidiwm goodenoughensis sp. n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (3% 200); D, dorsal setae (> 860).

Loc. Two specimens in damp soil, Goodenough Is,, Aug., 1944 (D.C.8.).

Remarks. In the form and length of the dorsal setae, and the absence of an

external spine on the palpal tibia this species closely resembles pusilla Herm. from

Europe. It differs, however, in the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi,

MicroTROMBIDIUM CORDATUM sp. Nov.

Fig. 18 A-F’.

Description. Adult @. Shape cordate, relatively broad and short. Length

to 1-65 mm., width across shoulders 1-2 mm. Colour a uniform deep purplish red

or maroon, Crista linear, to 340, long, with subposterior sensillary area at about

24 from apex, anterior sinuous edge of evanescent anterior plate with numerous

fine ciliated setae; sensillae long, 180, apparently nude, the bases 29 apart.

Byes 2-+-2, on well developed ocular shields and well in advyauee of sensillary

area. Chelicerae with finely serrate inner edge. Palpi not very stout, tibia with

apical claw less than half its length, accessory claw, two pectives and a long slen-

der external spine which arises much nearer the base of claw than the base of

tarsus; tarsus elongate, barely reaching tip of claw. Legs shorter than body, 1900p,

IT 620p, IIL 6204, 1V 870; tarsus I 2234 long by 122y high, T)/Tw — 1-83, meta-

tarsus I 140 long, T;/M, — 1:59. Dorsal setae very dense and strongly pig-

mented, 20u, uniform, fairly thick stemmed, with long setules (ef: fig. 18 E-F),

those on the propodosoma and near suture and on apex of hysterosoma reaching

to 30» long,

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 323

Adult ¢. Generally only differing in size. Length to 0:9 mm., width to

0°62mm. Tarsus 1151p long by 86» high, T\/Tw = 1-75, metatarsus I 83, long,

T,/M, =1-82. Otherwise as in female.

Loc. Four females and three males from damp soil in typhus area, Good-

enough Is., New Guinea, Aug., 1944 (D.C.S.).

Fig. 18. Microtrombidium cordatum sp.n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp (X 200) ;

©, front tarsus and metatarsus of female (Xx 200); D, same of male (X 200); E, setae from

middle of dorsum (X 860); F, seta from propodosoma (X 860).

KEY T0 THE ABOVE SPECIES OF Microtrombidiwm s.str.

1. Front tarsus more or less elongate, about twice or more than twice as long as high 2

Front tarsus distinctly less than twice as long as high i ey, Pore:

2. Front tarsus more than 3 times as long as high at « 23 Be

Front tarsus about twice or to 2} times as long as high n.3 4,

3. On external side % palpal tibia with two strong spines arising from near ; bysaninast of

tarsus. T)/Ty 1, Ty/M; = 1-54. Dorsal setae uniform to 24, tapering with long

setules phe zelandicum Wom. 1936.

On external side of palpal tibia with only one spine, this short and stout, T)/Ty = 3-36.

T,/M, = 1°67. Dorsal setae of two distinct sizes, ae and sch thick, with long setules, the

longer setae appearing clavate or bushy .. myloriense sp. nov.

4. No external spine on palpal tibia AIA +4 ws ke om eh

One external spine of palpal tibia th -% pr) 10s

5. Front tarsus only slightly longer than metatarsus, 1,/M; = = 1-27. Ty/Ty = 2-26. Dorsal

setae uniform to 40y, slightly tapering, with long setules affine Hirst 1928,

Front tarsus about 14 times as long as metatarsus, Ty My = 66, Ti/Ty = 2-22. Dorsal

setae uniform, to 20u (near suture to 36), tapering with long setules

goodenoughensis sp. nov.

324 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

f. External spine of palpal tibia long aud slender, ‘Ty/y = 1:2, T)/My =1-57. Dorsal

achae uniform to 16, tapering with long setulos =. . .. ef. aequalis (Bks. 1916).

Hxternal spine of palpal tibia thick. T)/Ty = 2°12, T)/M, = 1-76. Dorsal setae uniform,

slender and tapering, with long setules, varying from 40 to 80u, but without demarcation

into two sizes Se as Pe wellingtonense ap. nov,

7. Oolour red, with elevei: rounded white patches on dorsum. Front tarsus broadly ovate,

TY/Ty = 1-74, T/My = 4-62, Dorsal setae uniform, fairly thick stemmed, to Shu, with

lung setules =i 6 a ae maciulatun Wom, 1942,

Colour entirely ved, or purplish ved ts als e He 3 BS

#, Dorsal setae of two distinct Ieugths .. >, ” ‘ ve 12,

Dorsal setae uniform in length, or if increasing posteriorly, then not in two distinet sizes 9.

% Front tarsus elougate oval, highest in the middle, Ty/Ty = 1:93, '(4/M, = 1+, External

spine on palpal tibia long and strong. Dorsal seiac very dense, uniformly long and alender,

40-75pu, with long setules .. i ae vr hirsutum ep. nov,

Front tarsus relatively shorter and higher with Ure bighwsl point newrer the base .. 10.

1), Hxternal spine of palpal tibia stort and stwmpy. 'T1/w = 1-76, Ty /M,=1-5. Dorsal

sutae thick, hardly tapering, with Jong cetulus, chinty to 202 long, bul uewr evista and suture

und of apex of hysterosoma tu 254 ,, - a Jabanicwm Bort, 1910.

External spine of palpal tibia long und slender es A ry UL

11, Sinaller species, more elongate. Red. ‘Tibial claw of palp almost as long as tibia, external

tibial spine slender, arising near iirticulation of tarsus and reaching to middle of oluw.

Dorsal setie rather slender, unitorin, 25-300 long, ovcasionally to 404, with long outstanding

setules, T)/Ty = 1-7 to'2-31 (aver. 1-9), T)/My = 1-78 to 2-45 (ayer, 1-87).

karvriensis Wom. 1934,

Larger species, ¢ordate. Purplish. Tibial claw of palp less than half as long aa tibia,

axternal spine arisiig oear base of claw, long and slonder, and almost reaching tip of claw,

Dors#l setae stouter, uniform, Jl, with long setules, those on guture aud upex of lysterosoma

reaching 80g. Ty/Ty = 1°83, Ty /My = 1-59, art us cordatum sp, Nov.

\Y, The longer dorsal setae more chisterod near apex of hysterome and not on dise, to B8a;

smaller setae 16m, rather thick, slightly curved and with short setwes, longer selue more

rod-like with short setules. Ti/Ty = 1:6) to 1°88 (aver, 1°72), Ty/My = 1:41 to 1-71

(aver, 1-55) 4 a a. a +e Papuan Bp. nov.

14, The longer dorsal setae to 70 and distally split Jongitudinally for 1/5 to 1/7 of their length,

with comparatively short setulex. Shorter setau tapering, 16-20. long, with relatively longer

setules. Uront tarsus rather less than tice as long as high = 1-66, highest about the middle

and 1:66 times as long as metutareus, External spine of pulpal tibia. fine and slender

cf. furcipile (Canest. 1897).

The longer dorsal setae not thus split, distally a0 a. a 14,

4, Longer dorsal sete sparse, clavate oy bushy distally, to 80 long with long setules. Smalley

setae tapering, to 24u long, with eurved setules. Front tarsus oval, Tj/Ty = 1-68, highest

tu middle, 'Ty/M; = 1-86, No external spine on palpal tibia. . newnanti Wom. 1984,

Longer doreal setae not clavate neg / ie d. . 15,

ih. Longer dorsal setae to 80x, the shorter to 30h, T/T y = 1°78, I /My =1+6. Dorsal

setae with relatively short setules (after Vitzthum) ., hywtricinam (Cunest. 1897).

Louger dorsal setae to 50x, shorter to 16—20n, with relatively short vatules. Ty/y — 1-68,

Ty/My= 1-77. External spine of paipal tibia slender

adéluidiewm Wom. 1984 (= tubbi Wom. 1943),

Genus Camurorrompioium Sig Thor, 1936,

Zoal, Anz. 1946, 114, 31.

Micretrombidium Boshell and Kerr, 1942 (in part) Ree, Ae, Columb, Ci, Bx.,

6, 110-197.

This genus was erected by Sig Thor for those species of Microtvombidiinae

in which the dorsal setae, or at least the lurger setae where there are two sizes,

are chainbered and septate, bul are not curved or bent over, as in the genus

Chmpylothrombinm Krause, 1916,

He cited Trombidiuit pexatuin CC. Va. Koch, 1957) (= ealeyigerum Berl,

LO) as the genotype and ineladed the following species; purpurewm (CG. Li.

WONERSLEY— MICROTROMUIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 325

Roch, 1837) (—sanguinenm Berl, 1887, in part) ; swaguineum (Cl. L. Koch, 1837)

(= Berl, 1887, in part) (= subraswm, Berl., 1910) ; barbatam (Lueas, 1849) + vesi-

culosum (Sig Thor, L900) 5 curtdum (Bert. 1910) ; diversum (Berl, 1910) ; elawo-

digitatum (Berl, 1916) ; Keruilled (André, 1982) ; kb. var. diversipalpis (André,

1932) ; vollinwmn (Thirst, 1928) ; sinvile (Hirst, 1928); Airset’ (Womersley, 134),

Later (Zool, Ang, 115 (3/4), 106) he deseribed @. globiferwm from Mauri-

lis, Nd in the same paper cited Ollonw vesiculosa Sig Thor, 1900, as a new

genulype of Cameratronhidiwm Sig Thor, 1936,

The following seven species ave known to oeeur in Australia, two of whieh,

and & variety, are here described as new,

CAMEROTROMBIDIEM Stir (Hirst, 1928).

Mieratrombidiim (Bnemothrombiinn) sinide Uist, 1928. PAS. D284, flu, 2.

A.C.D.E.G.EL; Womersley, 1984. Ree. 8, Aust. Mus., 5 (2), 195, nee Womers-

ley, 1936, 4, linn, Soe. London (Zool,) 40, (269), 109.

Micralrombidiumn (Bnremothrombinm) lirsti Womersley, 1944, Ree. S. Aust,

Mus, & (2), 196, tig. 46-47.

Camerotrombidium simile Sig Thor, 1986, Zool, Any, L4, 31; Womersley, 1197,

Ree. 5. Aust, Mus., 6 (1), 92.

Camerabrombidinm firsh (Womersley 1934), Sig Thor, 1986, Zool, Anz, 114,

31; Womersley, 1937, Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 92.

Wig. 19 A-K and 20 A-K.

Redeseription of Adult. Fiy. 18 A-K, Shape as in ontline fig, 19A, hystero-

soma ronghly oblong, wider anteriorly sevoss the rounded shoulders, posteriorly

rounded ; propodosome somewhat triangular, basally mueh iarrower than anterior

margin of hysterosoma info which it is slightly sunken and from whieh it is sepa-

rated by » transverse posteriorly concave suleus. Colour entirely red but with a

light whitish dusting, especially on the legs, dne to the setae. Length to 2-71

mm., Width across shoulders to 1:46 mm. rista, Fig. 19R, elongate but mode-

rately broad and tapering anteriorly, with subposterior sensillary area at about

34 from apex, length to G00, sensillary bases 54 apart, sensillae ea. 200 lang,

filamentous, apparently nude, Eyes 2+2, on well developed ocular shieds, pos-

terior eyes the smaller, Legs all shorter than the body, 1 2175p, 17 1380p, IT 1350,

TV 2250; tarsus T (Fig, 19 D) elongate oval to 450u long by 180p high — 2-5

ratio, metetarsus I to 845. long, ratio length of tarsus to metatarsns = 1-3, Palpi,

Fig. 19 C, stout, tibia with stout apical elaw and smaller stout aceessory elaw, two

pectines, and on external side with 2-4 stont strong spines arising near base of

palpal tarsus (Uirst says 2 to 3 spines, but the number is variable, even in the

save specimen und sometimes one may be mure slender) ; tarsus elongate, hardly

clavate and only very slightly execeding tip of tibial claw.

Clothing dorsally on propodosoma mainly and on hysterosome entirely of two

forms and sizes; the larger, Fig. 19 E-F, to 50u long, globose or subglobular,

thistle-like with a distinet chamber marked off by a septum, apieally above the

septim open and with a cistinet whorl of setnles, ofherwise evenly with long

ciliations, arising from a voseite-like tubule; the smaller cup-shaped (Fig. 19 G).

1820p lony, arisiiy from # rosette-like tubule, with five ciliations and in some

views showing distinetly the Jateval margins of (he scale which is apparently eurled

to form the cup (see Mig, 19 GQ) ; on the propodosoma. laterally above the anterior

pairs of coxae are a nomber of small, 21p, ciliated, pointed setue (Fig. 19 TL), whieh

dorsally appear fusifarm, but ventrally show distinctly a clear space and the

326 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 19. Camerotrombidium simile (Hirst) adult. A, Dorsal view in outline; B, crista and

eyes (X 125); C, palp (X 200); D, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 125); E, large seta from,

apex of hysterosoma; F, same from anterior of hysterosoma; G, small seta from hysterosoma;

H, dorsal and ventral views of small setae from lateral areas of propodosoma; I, seta from in front

of apex of crista; J, ventral setae from anterior of genital organ; K, seta from basal segments

of legs (EH to K X 860).

edges of the longitudinally curled scale of which they are formed; the larger sep-

tate setae (Fig. 19 F), anteriorly on the propodosoma, are more elongate and not

so glebose as elsewhere; at the apex of the propodosoma in front of the tip of

the crista is a fringe of long pointed slender ciliated setae (Fig. 19 I) ; ventrally

from between the genital and anal openings the setae are of two kinds as on the

hysterosoma, anteriorly they are long, fairly stout, ciliated (Fig. 19 J) to 40u,

and gradually becoming smaller towards the genital opening where they re-

semble Fig. 19 H; the legs dorsally and dorsolaterally on all segments, and

the palpal femora are furnished with somewhat clavate, ciliated setae, which on

the basal lee segments reach to 85y in length (Fig. 19 K), but elsewhere are

shorter ; otherwise the appendages with long fine slender ciliated setae.

WOoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 327

Fig. 20. Camerotrombidium simile (Hirst) larva. A, dorso-lateral view; B, ventro-lateral

view; C, palp; D, chelicera; E, tarsus of leg A

328 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

loc. Type material (in 8. Aust. Museum) from Belair, 8. Aust., Jan. 1,

1928 (S. Hirst); other specimens from South Australia: Sou’-West River,

Kangaroo Is., Dec., 1934 (I.W.), (3 spec.) ; Wood’s Point, May, 19385 (H.W.),

(1 spec.) ; Mt. Gambier, Jan., 1941 (J.8.W.), (1 spec.) ; Coorong, April, 1943

(H.W.), (a number); Robe, Oct., 1943 (H.W.), (1 spec.). New South Wales:

Myali Lakes, Sept., 1922 (A, Musgrave), (1 spec.).

Remarks. The specimen from New South Wales was amongst the Hirst

material left in Adelaide and was that from whieh C. harsti (Wom., 1934) was

described. I am now satisfied, however, that the specimen does not differ essen-

tially from typical simile Hirst.

Description of Larvae. Fig. 20 A-E. Colour in life reddish. Shape

rather ovoid, tapering posteriorly and apex incised, higher than wide. Length to

300u, width to 165. Legs shorter than body, I 270u, Il 225, IIT 240n. Dorsally

with two anterior median scuta, the anterior very large, 184p long by 128,» wide,

longitudinally striated, occupying nearly the whole width of dorsum and extend-

ing backwards to level of beiween first and second coxae, anteriorly it, overlaps

on to the venter and this portion has the longitudinal striae much wider apart

(cf, Fig. 20 A-B) ; this scutum has 3 pairs of short stout setae, 32-40 long and

ciliated, as well as a pair of long filamentous sensillae, 72» long, and with bases

1054 apart; the second scutum is transverse, as wide as the first, but only 34.

long, with two setae, 40. long, and ciliated. Eyes 2+-2, the anterior eyes on a

level with sensillae. Behind the second anterior scutum are four strong ciliated

setae, about 50» long, set in the centre of small pitted oval plates, these are

followed by about 16 setae of which the last pair are 80» long. Mandibles long,

with the chelae as in Fig. 20 D. Palpi apparently 4-segmented, stout, tarsus short

and rounded with 3 long and 1 short simple setae, tibia with curved hook-like

elaw, which appears almost bifureate. The oral opening is circular, formed of a

pair of semicircular lobes set with teeth (in the figure 20 B, the lobes have become

displaced and only one is seen). Ventrally, enathosoma with a pair of short stout

fimbriated setae, coxae I and LI forming two lateral groups, separated in medial

line, IIT practically touching medially, | with two pairs of short ciliated, tapering

setae, IL and IIT with 1 pair; no setae between coxae I or II, but a pair of short

setae between coxae II] at anterior corners. Tarsi and claws of legs I and II normal,

those of ITI with the outer claw deformed as in Fig. 20 E.

Loc. Several larvae were found during Oct. 1943 in a tube in which an adult,

collected from the Coorong, 8. Aust., April, 1948, had been confined with a small

amount of sterilized soil. No eggs were seen. Two specimens were mounted.

Remarks. In the form of the mouth parts, dorsal scuta and the third tarsus

this species agrees with those placed by Oudemans (1912) as of the genus Throm-

bidium Fabr., 1775. Of the species so placed by Oudemans, however, none are

known from the adult forms, and indeed he states on p. 112, that they are only

provisionally placed in Thrombidiwm,

Tn the two species, which Oudemans figures, viz. demeiicret Ouds. and africa-

num Ouds. the third pair of coxae are distinctly and widely separated, Assum-

ing this difference to be valid the larval generic diagnosis of Camerotrombidiunn

may be stated as follows:

Trombidiidae with the characteristic pseudostigmal opening between coxae I

and 11. Hyes 2+2. Two median dorsal scutum, anterior with 3 pairs of setae

and 1 pair of sensillae, anteriorly overlapping on to venter ; posterior with 2 setae ;

both longitudinally striated. Coxae I and II touching, separated in medial line,

III touching more or less completely in median line. Oral opening circular, Pal-

pal tibia with hook-like claw. Outer claw of tarsus III deformed,

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 329

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM COLLINUM. (Hirst, 1928).

Micratrambidium (Enemothrombium) collinum Hirst, 1928. Ann, Mag. Nat.

Hist. (10), 1, 565; Womersley, 1934. Ree. 8. Aust. Mus. 5, (2), 195.

Camerotrombidium collinum Sig Thor, 1936, Zool, Anz., 114, 31; Womersley, 1937.

Ree. 5. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 92.

Fig. 21 A-F.

Redeseription. Colour red. Shape as in C, simile Hirst, with a distinet pos-

teriorly convex suleus between propodosoma and hysterosoma, Length 1-31

mm., width across shoulders 0:85 mm. Crista linear, fairly stout, 320, long,

anteriorly tapering, with subposterior sensillary area at about 34 from apex,

\) ( k-Boa4

i ; ‘ :

uh WZ

Fig. 21. Camerotrombidium collinwm (Hirst). A, Crista and eyes (X 170); B, palp

(X 200); 0, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 125); D, larger dorsal seta (> 860); B, smuller

florsal setae (>< 860); F, seta from edge of propodosoma and venter ( % 860).

sensillae bases 36 apart, sensillae ! Eyes 2+2, on well defined ocular shields,

sessile, posterior eyes the smaller, Legs all shorter than body, T 1300n, IT 820,

II ?, LV 1300,, tarsi 1 elongate, 828 long by 90. high = 3-6 ratio, metatarsus

1218p long, ratio length of tarsus to metatarsus = 1-5. Palpi (Fig. 21 B) stout,

with stout tibial claw and smaller but stout accessory claw, two pectines and on

external sides with a single stont spine arising near base of palpal tarsus; palpal

tarsus elongate and slightly clavate,

Clothing dorsally of two kinds, the larger somewhat globose, septate, ciliated

and with an oral whorl (Fig, 21 D), length to 32, smaller setae rather stout,

18-20. long, slightly swollen apically with an oral opening seen ventrally, and

furnished with strong spicules (Fig. 21 E) ; on the propodosgoma the latter setae

330 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

are replaced, especially laterally, with stout, tapering, rod-like, ciliated setae (Fig.

21 F) which are about 25, long, similar but longer setae oceur on the apex of

propadosoma in front of apex of crista and also compose most of the ventral

clothing. The legs dorsally with setae as in C, siméle (Fig, 19 K) and of varying

lengths, otherwise with setae much as in Fig. 20 F,

Loe. Tanunda, South Australia, 28rd March, 1927 (5.H.), (the type).

Remarks, The above redeseription and figures are from the type specimen

in the South Australian Museum Collection. As shown im the figures the speci-

men is incomplete in some details, especially the palp,

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM WYANDRAD (Hirst, 1928).

Microtrombidium (Bnemothrombium) wyandrae Hirst, 1928, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (10), 1, 565; Womersley, 1984. Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 5 (2), 195.

Camerotrombidium wyandrae Womersley, 1987. Rec. 5. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 92.

Fig. 22 A-H.

Redeseription. Colour red. Shape as in C. simile. Hirst, with a distinct pos-

teriorly convex suleus between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Length 2-7 mm.,

width across shoulders 1:5 mm, Crista linear, 600» long, only moderately stout

with subposterior sensillary area at about 34 from apex, sensillae bases 50 apart,

Fig. 22, Camerotrombidiwm wyandrae (Hirst). A, Crista and wyes (x 100); B, palpal

tibia and tarsus (X 200); ©, front tarsus and metataraus (X 125); D, larger dorsal seta

( 860); I, smaller seta trom middle of dorsum; FP, smaller seta from posterior margin; G,

seta, fom lateral area of propodosoma and venter; TT, seta from dorsal surface of leg segments

(B to H X 860),

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 331

sensillae ? Hyes 2-+-2, on well developed sessile ocular shields, anterior of sen-

sillary area, posterior eyes the smaller. Legs shorter than body, I 2225p, IT 1450p,

ITI 1500u, [V 2400p, tarsus I elongate, parallel sided, 525y long by 135 high —

4-0 ratio, metatarsus 375, long, length of tarsus to metatarsus = 1-4. Palpi as

in Fig. 22 B, stout, tibia with strong apical and accessory claws, two pectines and

two strong spines arising near base of tarsus on external side; tarsus elongate, only

indistinctly clavate, and reaching tip of claw.

Clothing dorsally on hysterosoma of two kinds and sizes; the larger setae, 48—

50. long, are globose or thistle-like, septate (Fig. 22 D), ciliated, with an oral

whorl; the smaller setae, mainly stout, red-like, on the stem with spicules and

apieally expanded into a more or less tri-lobed head, the lobes of which are

tubercular, on the body margin becoming curved, with a secondary tubercular

lobe about the middle, and reaching a length of ca. 40; on the propodosoma, the

setae are similar to the hysterosoma except laterally, where the smaller setae

merge into ciliated rod-like setae as in Fig. 19 G, ca. 50 long; apex of propo-

dosoma with a fringe of long ciliated setae, ca. 70p long; legs and palp with

leaf-like ciliated setae dorsally as in Fig. 19 H; ventrally the setae are mainly

short to long, rod-like and ciliated, only laterally are they of the two dorsal forms.

Loc. Wyandra, Queensland, July, 1927 (8.H.).

Remarks. The above redescription and figures are from the unique type in

the South Australian Museum collection.

JAMEROTROMBIDIUM OPULENTUM Sp. nov.

Fig. 23 A-F.

Description. Length to 2-7 mm., width across shoulders to 1-7 mm. Colour

uniformly red. Shape as in C. simile (Hirst), with the usual posteriorly convex

suleus between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Crista to 630, long, linear, rather

thick. tapering anteriorly, with subposterior sensillary area at about 24 from

apex, sensillae bases 50” apart, sensillae ca. 150u long, apparently nude. Eyes

2+2, on well developed sessile ocular shields, anterior of sensillary area, post-

erior eyes the smaller. Lees all shorter than the body, I to 1650y, II to 1350p,

III to 1350p, TV to 1800p; tarsus I to 350u long by 1380p high = ratio 2-7, meta-

tarsus I to 290, long, giving a ratio of length of tarsus to metatarsus of 1-21.

Palpi stout, tibia with apical stout claw and smaller accessory claw, two pectines

and on external side arising from near base of tarsus a pair of stout spines; palpal

tarsus elongate, scarcely clavate and only sightly over-reaching tip of claw.

Clothing dorsally of two kinds and lengths of setae, the larger as in Fig. 23 D

clavate, septate and strongly ciliated, to 50. long; the smaller rod-like, Fig. 23 Hi,

to 40p long, and blunt ended; near shoulders and laterally on propodosoma the lat-

ter type of setae are more tapering, in front of crista on apex of propodosoma with

a fringe of long fine ciliated setae to 150p in length; ventrally entirely with long

rod-like, to 404 (Fig. 23 F), ciliated setae; legs and palpi without any specialized

setae.

Tioc. Four specimens from under fallen boughs, Coorong, South Australia,

5th May, 1943 (H.W.).

Remarks. A very distinctive species in the nature of the dorsal setae. The size

of the four specimens, which judging by the three pairs of genital dises are all

fully adult, varies considerably, as also do the dimensions of the front tarsi and

metatarsi. The measurements are as follows:

Specimen 2-7 mm. long, 1-7 mm. wide; tarsus T 350, long by 130, high, meta-

tarsus I 290p long.

332 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 23. Camerotrombidium opulentum sp, n. <A, Crista and eyes (X 125); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 125); D, dorsal and ventral view of dorsal seta

(X 860); E, smaller dorsal setae (X 860); I, seta from anterior and lateral ventral areas of

propodosoma (X 860).

Specimen 1-5 mm. long, 1-0 mm. wide; tarsus I 290. long by 118 high, meta-

tarsus I 230, long.

Specimen 1-05 mm. long, 0:75 mm. wide; tarsus I 210n long by 75u high, meta-

tarsus I 150, long.

Specimen damaged, ——; tarsus I 240, long by 90u high, metatarsus T 180, lone.

It is possible that the last. two specimens may be of the male sex.

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM VAGINATUM sp. noy.

Fig, 24 A-G.

Deseription. Colour entirely red. Shape as in C. simile (Hirst) with the

usual posteriorly convex suleus between propodosoma and hysterosoma, Length

ea. 1-5 mm., width ca. 1-05 mm. across shoulders. Crista linear, not very thick,

450. long, with subposterior sensillary area at about 34 from apex, sensillae bases

40u apart, sensillae ca. 180u long, apparently nude. Eyes 2+-2, on very slightly

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 333

peduneulate, well developed ocular shields, almost on a level with apex of erista,

posterior eyes the smaller. Legs not longer than the body, fairly stout, 1 1420,

fong, 11 775, ILL 7754, TV 1500, tarsus I elliptical as figured, 330 long by 150,

high — ratio of 2-0, broadest at about 34, metatarsus I 240, long, ratio of length

Fig. 24. A-G. Camerotrombidium vaginatum ap. u. A, Grista and ayes (% 125); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (2% 125); D, larger dorsal seta viewed from side; ¥,

same seen from above; B, small dorsal setae; G, same trom lateral areas of propadosoma (D to G

* 860). H-L. Camerotrombidium cardijim sp. n. adult. A, Smaller dorsal seta (x 80); T

Inger dorsal seta (x 860).

of tarsus to metatarsus — 1-4. Palpi only moderately stout, tibia with strong

apical claw and accessory claw, two pectines, but without external spines; tarsus

elongate, only slightly overreaching tip of tibial claw.

Clothing both ventrally and dorsally of two kinds and sizes: the larger to

404 long are globose, densely furnished with short strong spinules, septate, with

only small oral opening and apparently formed of an inwardly curved seale (see

334 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 24 D, E) ; the smaller setae are broadly fusiform, apically slightly pointed,

finely ciliated and up to 16p long, on the propodosoma laterally the latter setae

become more elongate and reach 40, in length (Fig. 24 G), the palpal femur and

legs dorsally are furnished with foliate ciliated setae as in C. wyandrae.

Loc. A single specimen from Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Is., South Austra-

lia, Dee., 1984 (H.W.).

Remarks. Differs from other species in the form of the dorsal setae.

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM CARDUUM Sp. nov,

Fig. 24 H-I.

Description. Clothing dorsally of two kinds and sizes of setae: the larger

globose and thistle-like (Fig. 24 1) with a basal septa, a strong whorl orally of

long ciliations, and with longitudinal rows of long strong spicules, 50-70. in

length ; smaller setae, 40, in length, with a large irregular head of strong but short

spicules as in Fig. 24 H.

Loc. A single specimen from Mundaring, Western Australia, Feb., 1931

(H.W.).

Remarks. Of this specimen only portions of the dorsal cuticle are now ex-

tant, but the two forms of setae are so distinct from other species, that one ven-

tures to describe it briefly as a new species.

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM RASUM (Berl., 1910).

Microtrombidium (Enemothrombium) rasum Berl., 1910. Redia, 6, (2), 361; 1dem

1912, Redia, 8 (1), 189. Fig. 89.

ROBENSIS Var. nov.

Fig. 25 A-E.

Description, Adult. Shape as in C. simile, with a distinct posteriorly con-

vex suture between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Colour in life red. Length to

1-8mm., width to1-:2mm. Crista linear, to 420» long with subposterior sensillary

area at about 34 from apex, sensillae ca. 150, long, filamentous and apparently

nude with bases 50% apart. Eyes 2+-2, on well defined sessile ocular shields. All

legs except IV shorter than body, I 1650y, IT 1260p, ITI 1080u, IV 2000., tarsi I

elongate oval, 360n long by 160” high — ratio of 3-11, metatarsus I 280, long,

ratio of length of tarsus to metatarsus = 1-28. Palpi as in Fig. 25 B, stout, tibia

with stout apical and accessory claws, two pectines and a single strong, fairly

stout external spine arising near base of tarsus; tarsus slightly clavate and slightly

exceeding tip of tibial claw.

Dorsally setae uniform, small and globose, with apical opening and fringe of

ciliations, otherwise uniformly ciliated, 24» long, and arising from a rosette-like

pedunele of about the same height; when carefully examined from below these

setae are seen to be formed of a scale in which the lateral margins have been

folded to form the globose eup-like head (see Fig. 25 D) ; near the apex and sides

of the propodosoma are some longer, 40n, ciliated setae as in Fig. 25 EH.

Loc. Type and one paratype from under log at Robe, South Australia, April

and Oct., 1943 (H.W.). Another specimen from Flinders Chase, Kangaroo

Island, 8. Australia, 6th Dec., 1934 (H.W.).

WOMERSLEY— MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 335

Fig. 25. Camerotrombidium rasum (Berl.) var. robensis nov. A, Crista and eyes (X 125);

B, palp (X 200); ©, front tarsus and metatarsus (x 125); D, dorsal seta (x 860); E, seta

from near apex and sides of propodosoma (X 860).

Remarks. The above specimens are in complete agreement with Berlese’s

description and figures (1912) of rasum from Germany, in the form of the dorsal

setae and the size and dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi. They differ,

however, in the presence of an external spine on the palpal tibia. Rather than

make it a new species it is referred to varietal status.

CAMEROTROMBIDIUM DISTINCTUM (Canest., 1897).

Ottoma distincta Canest., 1897. Termes. Fuzet. p. 461; idem 1898 Atti. Soe.

Veneto-Trentina, 391, pl. 22, fig. 5, 7.

nec Microtrombidium (Enemothrombium) distinctum Berl. Redia, 8 (1), 198.

Fig. 92.

Enemothrombium distinctum Ouds. 1927 Ent. Ber. 7, (156), 229.

Enemothrombium distincta Ouds. 1928. Treubia. 7, suppl. 2. 70, fig. 90-99.

Camerotrombidium distinctum Sig Thor, 1936, Zool. Anz., 114, 32.

Fig. 26 A-I.

Redescription. Shape as in C. simile with the usual posteriorly concave suture

between propodosoma and hysterosoma. Colour in life red. Length to 1-1 mm.,

width to 0-6 mm. Crista linear, 2344 long with a subposterior, broad sensillary

area at about % from apex, the sensillary area is longitudinally septate, sensillae

long and filamentous, bases 40u apart. Eyes 2+2, on well defined sessile ocular

shields. Palpi as figured, tibia with strong apical and accessory claws, two pec-

times and externally a strong, stout, rather short spine; tarsus elongate, not reach-

336 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ing tip of apical claw. Legs I 870p, IT 540u, III 540, IV missing; tarsus I elon-

gate 216. long by 90» high, metatarsus I 115p long.

Dorsal setae papilliform, of two sizes, larger 14y long, somewhat cup-like with

strong setules, smaller fusiform with ciliations (fig. 26 D, E.), on the legs normally

with rod-like ciliated setae but on leg IV, on the trochanter (the rest of leg IV is

missing on both sides) there are some setae in the form of a clasped hands with at

digits. ies

Loc. One specimen from soil (Berlese funnel), Dobodura, New Guinea, 1944

(G. M. Kohls.) A second specimen from leaf mould, at edge of rain forest, Do-

bodura, Oct., 1944 (D.C.S.).

Fig. 26. Camerotrombidium distinctum (Canest). A, Crista and eyes (x 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D and E, dorsal and ventral views of larger

dorsal seta (X 860); F, smaller dorsal seta (x 860); G and H, two views of the specialized

setae on basal segments of leg IV (x 860); I, ordinary leg seta (x 860).

Remarks. In 1912 Berlese (loc. cit.) synonymized with Canestrini’s Ottoma

distincta from New Guinea, the species (of which he had been given a speci-

men) described by Tragardh, 1904 (Entom. Tidsk., 25, 151, pl. 2, fig. 1-10,

16) from the Cameroons, West Africa, as T'rombidium bipectinatum. As in all

his species, Canestrini’s description is brief and inadequate, but Berlese’s con-

clusions appear to have been based on the peculiar hand-like setae on the fourth

leg found in the two species.

Canestrini, however, speaks of the dorsal setae as ‘‘grani piccoli e grossi

spinosi’’; in Trégiirdh’s and Berlese’s descriptions and figures, the dorsal setae

are shown as being clavate and up to 60» long, and fusiform to 10 long. In

the new specimen these setae are more of the form of granules (under low

power) the larger to 14 in length and the smaller 84. They are thus in agree-

ment with Canestrini’s description.

The new specimen is rather smaller than Canestrini’s, 1-1 mm. x 0-6 mm.

as compared with 3:0 mm, x 1:5 mm., but it is an adult and therefore possibly

a male.

As compared with btpectinatum the apical portion of the palpal tibia is

much shorter and the front tarsi and metatarsi although of approximately the

same relative dimensions are much smaller.

The new specimen then seems undoubtedly to be Canestrini’s species, which

is not the same as Tragirdh’s bipectinatum from Africa.

WoOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 337

In deseribing a specimen from Buru, Oudemans in Trenbia (loc. cit.) also

shows that Tragirdh’s bipectinatum trom the Cameroons is not the same as

distinctum of Canestrini from New Guinea, as stated by Berlese (1912). Oudemans’

specimen was an old and well developed female and measured 3-777 mm. in length,

His details and figures agree well with those given in the above description.

The species described by Boshell and Kerr, 1942, from Columbia under the

name of Microtrombidium arborealis, but which is here considered a Canerotram-

bidiwm, has also the peculiar palmate setae on the fourth legs and is therefore

closely related to Trigiirdh’s bipectinatum and to distinetum of Canestrini.

Fig, 27. Holevtrombidium securigerum (Canest), A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(x 200); C, front targus and metatarsus (% 200); D, BH, F, larger dorsal setae from above,

below and side respectively (> 860); G and H, smaller dorsal setae ( 860); I, leg seta

(x 860).

Genus HoLcorrompipium nov.

Microtrombidiinae in which the dorsal setae are uniform or if of two sizes or

forms then the larger ones, decumbent and somewhat seale-like, with their lateral

edges curved under to form a channel or helmet-like structure.

Genotype Ollonia serurigera Canest.

338 : RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ho.corroMBIDIUM SECURIGERUM (Canest. )

Ottonia securigera Canest., 1897. Termes. Fuzet, 463; idem 1898 Atti Soc.

Veneto-Trentino, 391, pl. 22, fig. 2.

Microtrombidium (Enemothrombium) securigerwm Berl., 1912, Redia, 8 (1), 201.

Fig. 27 A-I.

Redeseription. Colour in life red. Shape oval with moderately prominent

rounded shoulders. Length to 1-5 mm., width to 0:975 mm. Crista linear, 252y,

with subposterior sensillary area at about % from apex, sensillae ca. 180, long,

filamentous and apparently nude, sensillae bases 40 apart. Eyes 2+-2, sessile, on

well developed ocular shields, in advance of sensillary area, posterior the smaller.

Palpi as figured, moderately stout, tibia with stout apical and smaller accessory claw,

Fig. 28. Holcotrombidiwm cygnus (Wom.). A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp (X 200) ;

C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D and E, dorsal, lateral and ventral views of dorsal

setae (X 860); F, leg seta (x 860).

two pectines and a short stout external spine arising near base of apical claw, tar-

sus elongate, reaching tip of claw; legs all shorter than body, I 1350p, IT 750p, II

750p, IV 975; tarsus I elongate, 252. long by 144p high, ratio length to height =

1-75, metatarsus I 180» long, ratio of length tarsus to metatarsus — 1:4. Dorsal

setae of two kinds, the larger appearing dorsally as large ovoid, ciliated, decumbent

scales, to 30u long, on edge of body in lateral view appearing somewhat hatchet-

shaped, actually, as can be seen from a ventral view, they are really scales in which

the sides are turned down to form a cavity like a helmet (ef. fig. 27 D.E.F.) ; smaller

setae 14 in diam., globose with strong denticles (cf. fig. 27 G.H.). The legs are

thickly clothed with more lanceolate ciliated setae, 30% long, but still showing the

recurved lateral margins (ef. fig. 27 L).

Loc. Two specimens from soil, Dobodura area, New Guinea, 3rd May, 1944

(G. M. Kohls).

Remarks. In spite of Canestrini’s brief description of this species from Finsch-

hafen, there seems little doubt but that the above two specimens are the same. Of

WoMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 339

the dorsal setae Canesivini says ‘di orani et i squammette discoidali vestite di

spine’', which appears to agree entirely with the above. The only eharaeters in

which there is a slight difference are the front tarsi and metatarsi, of which Canes-

trini cives the first as twice as long as the second. Im the new specimens the ratio

is 4:3. flealso states that the erista is posteriorly bifid, which is doubtful.

Ho.corromeipium crnus (Womersley, 1936),

Microtrombidium (Enemothrombium) eynus Wor., 1936, Journ, Linn, Soe, Ton.

don, Zoology, 40 (269), 109, fig. 3 a-c,

Fig. 28 A-F,

A second specimen of this interesting species was collected at Bardon,

Queensland, in Angust, 1948 (N.B.T.).

Comparison with the type from Kangaroo Is., South Australia, shows that

they are the same but that the drawings previously given, especially of the dorsal

setae are not all that eould be desired, Fresh figures derived from the Queens-

land specimen are therefore given in this paper. The dorsal setae are the shape of

aswan’s head with a distinet beak and long eiliations (not as previously figured),

On careful examination, however, the setae are seen to consist of 4 thin seale, of

which the edges are strongly eurved under to form a helmet-like structure with a

relatively small opening ventrally, The leg setae are more elongate and foliute but

still showing the ventral folding.

HOLCOTROMBIDIUM SCATARTS (Wom., 1936).

Buthrombinm sealaris Womersley, 1936, Jour, Linn, Soe., London, Zool, 40 (269),

112, fig. 5 a—c.

Fig. 29 A-F,

This species was described from Auckland, New Zealand, as a doubtful

Euthrombiem for it lacks the posterior dorsal plate. It is now placed in the new

genus Toleotrambidium.

As there were some shh errors in the original description and the dorsal

setae were not sufficiently deserihed the following notes and fresh figures are now

given.

The palpal tibia externally carries » slender spine arising from near the base

of (he palpal tarsus. The front tarsi of the unique type now measure 435 lone by

180» hich, giving a ratio of 2:4, and the metatarsus is 360. long, giving a ratio of

tarsus to metatarsus of 1-3. The dorsal setae are up to 50m long (not 120) as

previonsly givert) and lie like closely adpressed scales; they are about 14 as wide

asx lone, laminate, with strongly meurved margins, but not giving quite such a

helmet-like appearance ag in the two preceding species; they are dark brown m

colour and eiliated on the lateral margins (ef. fig. 29 D). Ventrally the setae ore

shorter, fo 25, more hyaline and pointed but still showing the folding; on the legs

they are similar, but reaching 40: in length (ef, fiz, 29 BH),

HorncorroMRIDIIM DENTIPILE (Canest,, 1897).

Otlonia dentipilis Canestrini, 1897. Termes. Fuzet., 464.

Micratrombidinm (Enemoathrombinm) dentipie Berl. 1912, Redia, 8 (1), 198.

Wig, 30 A-F.

This species was originally described by Canestrini from Minsehhafen, New

Guinea and later recorded by Berlese with move details and figures of the palp,

front tarsus and metatarsus, dorsal setae and specialized setae from legs from

Tijompea and Buitenzorg in Java,

340 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 29. Holcotrombidium scalaris (Wom.). A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (> 125); D, dorsal seta from below (X 860); H, leg

seta (X 860); F, ventral seta (x 860).

I have recently, through the kindness of Sq./Ldr. G. R. Radford, had the pri-

vilege of studying two specimens of what must be referred to this species or to a

variation of it, from Colombo, Ceylon. The specimens were collected by Sq./Ldr.

Radford on 30th Aug., 1944.

The two specimens are both somewhat smaller than the dimensions given by

Canestrini and Berlese, namely, 975p long by 675y, as compared with 1800p and

1250u respectively. The front tarsus is 210» long by 110, high, giving a ratio of

1:0:1-91, whereas Berlese’s figures give a ratio of 1-0: 2-0, the metatarsus, 146.

long, is rather shorter in proportion to the tarsal length, giving 1-0:1-17. The

dorsal setae are of the two forms as figured by Berlese, although the large decum-

bent seale-like ciliated setae measure only ca. 354, as compared with 60p given by

Berlese. Strictly these setae are not scale-like, but have the lateral margins in-

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 341

curved ventrally to give the more or less helmet-like form of the genus Holcotrom-

bidiwm. The smaller setae are as featured by Berlese, with a number of branch-

ing granular lobes. Berlese (fig. 82 D-E) shows the specialized comb-like or

serrate setae found on segments III onwards of the legs. These are the same on

the specimens from Ceylon and measure 35, long (Berlese does not give the

length).

Fig. 30. Holcotrombidium ef. dentipile (Canest). Specimen from Ceylon, A, Crista and

eyes (X 375); B, palp (X 375); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, larger dorsal seta

(X 860); E, smaller dorsal seta (x 860) ; F, leg seta (x 860).

The crista is linear, 200p long, with a posterior sensillary area, and with SB

30p. apart; the sensillae are filamentous. The palpi are stout, as figured by Ber-

lese, with strong apical tibial claw, strong accessory claw and two indistinct pec-

tines on tibia, and on the external side of tibia with 3 strong long spine-like setae.

Berlese states and figures only one such seta but the number of these external

spines in some species (e.g. of the genus Camerotrombidium) appears to be variable,

and consequently while referring the Ceylon material to dentipile it should per-

haps be considered as a variety. The palpal tarsus is stout, elongate and over-

reaches tip of tibial claw. The eyes are 2 on each side, prominent and subsessile,

342 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Genus Lawmworsromerum Wom., 1937.

Reo, 8. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 90. Genotype: Misrotrombidium myrmicum Wom.,

1934.

Dorsal body setae uniform, hyaline, leaf-like and pointed, with strong mid-

rib and long marginal ciliations, Palpal tibia with strong apical claw and pectine

of few strong teeth, Front tarsns elliptical with height more than half its

length.

LAMINOTHROMBIDIUM MyRMIcuUM (Wom., 1984).

Mierotrombidium myrmicum Wom., 1934. Ree. S. Aust. Mns., 5 (2), 189. Fig,

Laminothrombium myrmicum Wom., 1937, Ree, 8. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 90.

Although not stated in the original description the palpal tibia of this species

has a lone, rather slender external spine, arising from near the base of tarsus.

Genns FonrorroMBIDIoM. nov.

Mierotrombidiinae in which some or all of the dorsal setae are thin and lami-

nate, elongate, blunt at apex and the margins not recurved.

Genotype: Enemothrombium evansi Wor., 1937.

Fo.ioTRomEipium ByANS! (Wom,, 1937).

Enemothrombium evansi Womersley, 1987. Ree. S. Aust. Mus.. 6 (1),91, fiz, 1 h-j,

Fig. 31 A—D.

Rather small species 1:1 mm, long by Q-7 mm, wide, Colour in life reddish.

Crista 245,, linear, with subposterior sensillary area at about 24 from apex, sen-

sillae long and filamentous, with bases 25y apart. Eyes 2+-2, on distinet ocular

shields. Palpi with strong apical tibial claw, strong accessory claw, two pectines,

hut without external spine on tibia. Legs shorter than body, tarsus I broadly

elliptical, 209, long by 137p high, metatarsus T 120, long. Dorsal setae uniform,

elongate, laminate, broadly rounded apically and with longitudinal rows of short

strong spinules, 24-32, long (ef. fig. 31 D).

Loc. Only known from the type from Mt. Wellington, Tas., May, 1935

(J.W.B.).

Remarks. The other two specimens from Queensland and Victoria referred

to this species in my original publication (Joc, cit.) are not co-specific and are here-

with described as a new species.

The dimensions of the crista and front tarsi and metatarsi in the original

description are somewhat inaccurate.

FoLioTROMBIDIUM BISHTOSUM Sp. NOV,

Fig, 31 B-H.

Description. Adult. Length to 1-35 mm., width to 0:85 mm. Shape elon-

gate oval, broadest across shoulders. Colour in life red. As mounted division

line between propodosoma and hysterosoma indistinct. Crista 218. long, linear,

with subposterior sensillary area at about 44 from apex. Sensillae long and 25,

apart. Hyes small, 2-+-2, on distinct oeular shields. Palpi stout, tibia with strong

apical elaw, smaller accessory claw and two pectines, but no external spine ; tarsus

alonvate but not reaching tip of tibial claw. Legs all shorter than body, 1 750p,

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 343

Fig. 31. A—-D. Foliotrombidiwm evansi (Wom.). A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal seta (X 860). E-H. Foliotrom-

bidium bisetosum sp. n. EH, Crista and eyes (x 200); F, palp (X 200); G, front tarsus and

metatarsus (XX 200); H, dorsal setae (x 860).

IT 510, 111 510pn, TV 870p, tarsus 1198p long by 120» high, metatarsus I 101, long.

Dorsal setae of two kinds, the longer elongate and lamellate, with rounded apex

and longitudinal rows of strong short spinules or ciliations, to 40 long; shorter

slightly curved, not so lamellate, and with strong rounded nodules (ef. fig. 31 H).

Loc. Type and paratype from moss, Brisbane, Queensland, Oct., 1934. An-

other specimen from Fern Tree Gully, Victoria, Jan., 1937 (H.W.).

FOLIOTROMBIDIUM ORNATUM Sp. nov.

Fig. 32 A-D.

Description. Adult. Length 1-2 mm., width 0-6 mm. Shape an elongate

oval, broadest across the shoulders which are well rounded but not prominent.

Colour in life red. Crista linear, 272 long, with subposterior sensillary area at

about 7% from apex, sensillae long and filamentous, apparently nude, with bases

344 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 32. A-D. Foliotrombidium ornatum sp. 0. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(xX 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae (X 860). E-H. Foliotrom-

bidium kohlsi sp. n. E, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palp (X 200); G, front tarsus and meta-

tarsus (x 200); H, dorsal setae (x 860).

30u apart. Eyes 2+-2, on well defined ocular shields. Palpi stout, tibia with strong

apical claw, smaller accessory claw, two pectines and a long slender external spine

from near base of tarsus; tarsus elongate, but not reaching tip of claw. Legs not

longer than body, I thicker than others, 1050p long, II 675p, TIT 675u, [LV 1020p;

tarsus I elongate oval, 266 long by 130» high, metatarsus I 162y long. Dorsal

setae uniformly of the same form but varying in length from 20p to 40y, lami-

nate, with rounded apex, with longitudinal rows of spinules, width ca. 10p, aris-

ing from short peduncles.

Loc. A single adult specimen from Belair, 8S. Australia, 29th May, 1938

(H.W.).

Remarks. Can be distinguished as in the following key.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND New GUINEA 345

FoLioTROMBIDUM KOHLSI sp, nov.

Fig. 32 H-H.

Degeription, Adult. Length 1°35 mm., width 0-9 mm. Shape elongate oval,

broadest ucross the moderately prominent shoulders. Suture between propo:

dosoma and hysterosoma distinet. Colour red. Crista linear, 182p, long with

subposterior sensillary area at about %4 from apex, posterior arm almost obso-

lescent, sensillae long and filamentous, apparently nude, and with their bases 25m,

apart. Kyes large, 2-++2, on well defined ocular shields, and in line with sensillary

area, sessile, Palpi as in fig. 32 F, tibia with strong apical claw and accessory

claw, two pectines, but no external spine; tarsus short and stumpy, only just pass-

ing base of large tibial claw. Legs all shorter than body, I 825p, [1 510m, LLU 570.,

IV 690»; tarsus I elongate, 170» long by 80 high, metatarsus 120, long, Dorsal

setae uniform consisting of very thin laminae, 40u by 104 wide, with rounded apex

and furnished with very short fine pubescence; similar setae extend on to legs as

far as the tarsi; and ou to the femur of the palpi.

Loc. A single specimen from soil, Goodenough Is,, New Guinea, 17th Jan,

1944 (G, M. Kohls). A second specimen from the same locality, 31st Dee., 1943

(D.C.8.).

Remarks. Distinguished as in the key.

KEY TO THE avove SPRCIBS OF Foliotrombidiwmn.

|. Bront tarsus ea. 14 times as long as high . , 4 i% oF - 2. Bi

Prout tarsus ea. twice as long as high .. Pr ate ye wie Ge

%, Dorsal setao uniform, of one type (ef. fig. 31D) $5 a -» Mansi Wom,

Dorsal setae of two types (ef. fig. 31 H) vt obs .» bisetorym 1,ap.

5. Dorsal setae uniform, very thinly laminate with fine pubescence, 'Palpal tibia without

external spine. Eyes large and in line with sensillary aves va 4 hohtsi nasp.

Dorsal setae of varying size, but the one type, not thinly laminate, furnished with strong

setules, Palpal tibia with a long slender external spine. Eyes smaller and in advanee of

sensillary ares ols oe “~ as . Ornate Wap,

Genus Hiorromeinium nov.

Microtrombidiinae in which the dorsal setae are mainly or entirely bifureate

from the base, and consist of two opposed curved ciliated lamellae, forming a

pair of lips; the lainellae may be entire or secondarily divided,

Genotype: Calothrombium tubbi Wom., 1937.

Hiorrompipinm TuBst (Wom., 1937).

Calathrumbium tubbi Womersley, 1937, Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 6 (1), 86, Fig. 1 a-d;

ibid, 1942, Ree, 8. Aust. Mus., 7 (2), fig, 5 B-H.

Fig. 38 A-F.

The palpal tibia has a strong slender external spine (not shown in the original

igure) arising from between base of claw and base of tarsus. The dorsal getac

are iniform on the hysterosoma, 24» long, with the upper lamella strongly curved

and broud (ef. fig. 33 D aud E) and the lower lamella straight, more or less

tapering and not so broad, but with long spinules, Along the crista, the setae are

of similar form, to 45 long, with the upper lamella not so curved and apparently

not so broad (ef, fig. 33 F). Anterolaterally on the propodosoma, the setae are

346 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Fig. 33. Hiotrombidium tubbi (Wom,.). A, Crista and eyes (X 200) ; B, palpal tibia

(% 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 125); D, dorsal setae from side (xX 860); KH, same

from above (X 860); F, dorsal seta from propodosoma (X 860).

simple, elongate, pointed and ciliated, with a few of them forked distally. The

leg setae are simple, ciliated and more or less eurved. The sensillae long and.

filamentous, with bases 40 apart.

Loe. Only known from the original specimen from Heathmont, Vic., 28th

July, 1934 (H. Tubb).

HiorroMsBipium HEASLIPI (Wom,, 1942).

Culothrombium heaslipi Womersley, 1942, Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 7 (2), 174. Fig.

5 A-D.

Fig. 34 A-D.

This species in the form and size of the dorsal hysterosomal setae is very

close to the preeeding; these setae are, however, somewhat smaller and the forked

structure not so easy to see. Along the erista, along the suture between propodo-

soma and hystrosoma and anterolaterally on the propodosoma, some of the

setae are apparently simple, broadly elongate and ciliated, with rounded apex;

otherwise the setae are as on the rest of the dorsum. The palpal tibia has a long

slender external spine (not shown in earlier figure). Crista linear, 290y, long,

WOMERSLEY— MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 347

with subposterior sensillary area; sensillae long and filamentous, with bases 36.

apart.

Loc. Still only known from the original specimens from Cairns, Queensland,

1939 (W.G.H1.),

Pig. 34. A-D. Hiotrombidium heaslipi (Wom.). A, Crista and eeys (xX 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (% 200); D, dorsal seta ( 860). B-F. Hiotrom-

bidium keordanum (Hirst). E, Larger dorsal seta ( 860); F, smaller dorsal seta (> 860).

Hiorromeipium KoorpAnum (Hirst, 1938).

Microtrombidium koordanum Hirst, 1928. P.Z.S. 1023 fig. 2 B.E.

M. (Enemothrombium) koordanum Womersley 1934. Ree, 8. Aust. Mus., 5 (2),

195.

Calathrombium koordanum Womersley, 1937 ibid., 6 (1), 85.

Fig, 34 EP.

The dorsal setae of this species are approximately of two sizes, in which the

larger, to 804 long, consist essentially of two lamellae which are themselves second-

348 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

avily forked, but they form opposing convex lobes as in the preceding species ; they

are furnished with long and strong spinules. The smaller setae to 40u long, ap-

pear to be simple although forked (cf. fig. 34 F).

HioTROMBIDIUM CANBERRAENSE Sp. Noy,

Fig, 35 A-T.

Description. Adult. Colour inlifered. Shape somewhat elongate oval, broad-

est across the shoulders, Length 1°725 mm., width 1:05 mm. Legs shorter than

body. Crista linear, 345,, with subposterior sensillary area, SB 36 apart. Sen-

Fig. 35. Hiotrambidium canberraensis sp. n. A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palpal tibia

(* 375); ©, front tarsus and metatarsns (xX 125); D, B, F, G, different views of dorsal setae

(x 860); H, dorsal seta from near suture (X 860); IL, leg seta (X 860).

sillae filamentous, ca. 150p long. Hyes 2+-2, on distinet subsessile oeular shields.

Palpi stout, tibia with stout apical claw, and smaller stout accessory claw, two pec-

tines and a single long, pointed, external spine arising from near base of tarsus;

tarsus elongate, reaching tip of tibial claw. Length of legs, I, 1350y, [1 960,, ETT

750n, TV 1275,n; tarsus I 310, long by 110,» high, metatarsus I 236, long.

Dorsal setae short, 27, uniform, bifurcate from base as in fig. 35 D-G;

although this is only seen with difficulty, the upper branch is subdivided as in

WOMRERSLEY «MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 349

Fig. 65 D-G, the lower with longitudinal rows of long setae; near the suture and

buse of crista are some long, 36p, elongate, simple, ciliated setae as in Fig. 35 H;

the legs are thickly covered with setae as in Pig, 35 T, to 30p long,

Loe, A single specien found under a atone on Black Mt... Canberra, AGL.

Wth et. 1944 (H.W.).

The above four species way be separated by the following key.

|, Doe or both kimellac of dorsal setae secondarily branched Le 4 ~ Bi

Both lamellae of dorgal setae not branched tat 3

2, Large wpeeies to ca, 6+0 min. Both limeline of doysal setae atrougly branched, rot tarsus

and metatersns equil, 6604 long; taral bighest on apieal fourth, d30p

koordanumn. (Hirst, 1928),

Soialer specius, under 2-0 mm, Upper lamella of dorsal setae only, subdivided. Fyont tarsus

tistinetly longer than metatarsus, 3104 long by 1104 high oe canberracnms nap.

3. Seay alvng, crista sunilar to on doyeum but loner; some sctuc on antero-laterul arem af

propodosoms simple, elongate and tapering, sometimes distally forked, to 304 long

tubbi (Wom, 1937),

Setae alohg suture between propedosvma and hystevosoma, untero-laterally on propodosomia

and move ov less along crista, broadly elongatu and blunt at apex, to 454 long

Atastipi (Wom, 1942),

-- °,

The three previously described species were earlier placed in the genus Calo-

thrombium, largely on the forked dorsal seta as figured by Berlese for Calothrum-

biwm paoli Berl., the type of this geuus. Celothrombium, however, in the struc-

ture of the crista, and the absence of a distinct sensillary areolatike area, and the

position of the sensillae bases, is much more closely related to Timwupodus Usller

and should be placed in the subfamily Tanaypodinae Sig Thor, 1935, The above

species are definitely belonging to the Mierotrombidiinae.

Genus PepoTRoMBINUM Nov.

Worm elongate oval as in Hutrombidium but without nasus or posterior dor-

sal plate, Crista linear with subposterior sensillary area, Legs 1 to PL) much

shorter than body; TV about as long as body, stronger than the others, with its

coxae very elongate and atiaehed to coxae Li] almost at right angles. 1 and TV

with some of middle segments produced laterally at tip on each side. Eyes 2+2

sessile, not om ocular shields. Dorsal setae wniform dorsally and venivally, fusi-

form, on short tubules. Palpi with tibial claw and accessory claw,

Genotype: Pedotvombidium kehlsi n.sp.

PEPOTROMBIDIUM KOTLEI sp. nov.

Fig, 86 A-F,

Deseription, Shape ai elongate oval, without prominent shoulders, rather

tapering posteriorly, hysterosoma widest medially somewhat in front of coxae LT;

propodosoma (riangular, without nasus, warrower basally than hysterosoma.

Length 0°91 mm., width to0°45 nam, Crista lmear, 1654 long, with subposterior

seusillary area al about 34 from tip, sensillary bases 21y apart, sensillae filament-

ous ca. 140, long, and apparently nude, Eyes 24-2, small and placed close bo

lateral margin of propodosoma, fot greatly in front of sensillary area, sessile, jot

qn petlar shields, Tegs, except IV much shorter than body, £ 600,, TT 420n, LL

450. 1V 825p, 1V much stronger than others, its coxae longitudinally elongate aad

attached almost al right angles to coxae LTT; tarsus 1 elongate, 170, long by T2p

high giving a ratio of 2-36; metatarsus | 108, long giving ratio of length of tarsns

(0 melatarsus of 1°57. Leg Ton segments 5 and 6 and IV on segments 4-6 pro-

duced laterally on each side af tip in irregular teeth (ef, fig, 86 G, 11). Palpi not

very stout, tibia with strong apical and accessory claw, two pectives but no exter-

nilspines; tarsus elongate, slightly exceeding tip of eluw,

350 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Fig. 36. Pedotrombidium kohlsi sp. n. A, Entire dorsal view; B, front of propodosoma show-

ing crista and eyes (X 200); C, palp (X_200); D, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); E, coxae

TII and IV; F, dorsal seta (X 860); G, leg IV, distal segments from side (x 200); H, same

from below (X 200).

Clething both dorsally and ventrally uniform, 16-18, fusiform, conical,

pointed, ciliated setae arising from distinct pedicels; near the margins of pro-

podosoma they become a little more elongate. On the hysterosoma a series of 9

chitinized, hexagonally patterned, muscle spots are observable.

Loc. Some half-dozen specimens of this very interesting species were collected

from soil in New Guinea, 1943, by Maj. Glen M. Kohls, after whom I have much

pleasure in naming it.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 351

Genus Puaryrromeinrum Sig Thor, 1936,

Zoal, Anz, 1936, 114, 31,

This genus was erected by Sig Thor tor those species, placed by Berlese in

ihe genus Bnemathrombium, in which the Gorsal setae were fusiform with fine

viliations, He cited Trambidium vagabwndum Berl., 1908 as the genotype, and

ineluded the following additional species: fusicomun (Berl, 1910); sylwatiowm

(C. 1, Roch, 1885) (= simulans (Berl, 1910))s trispinawm (Berl, 1910) ; quad-

risponwm (Berl, 1910) ; and platyehirwm (Berl. 1910), In 1937 L added Tirst’s

Sonth Australian species paranwn.

PuatytromeiprumM PARANUM (Hirst, 1928).

Minrotvombidium parinum Uirst, 1928, P.Z.8. 1026, fig. 8 By Womersley, 1934,

Ree, 8, Aust, Mus., 5 (2), 191,

Platylrombidnun paranum Womersley, 1937. Ree, 8, Aust. Mus, 6 (1), 90.

Rig, 87 A-D,

Redeseription. Colour bright red. Shape as in the species of Camerotrom-

hidiwm, with the usual sulcus between propoclosoma and hysterosoma. Length to

1-5 mm. approx., width to 1:0 mm, approx. across shoulders (in type ea. 1°25

mm.and ?), Orista to 842, long (missing in type), linear, with subposterior sen-

sillary avea at about 34 from anterior end, sensillae bases 32 apart, sensillae ea.

150, long, with short sparse eiliations distally. Byes 2-2, on well defined oenlar

shields. Legs shorter than body, I 1125, (975u), TL 900 (8754), 111 900. (840,.),

TV 1290” (1050u) ; tarsus 1 short and broad, 225 long by 135, high — ratio of

1°7, metatarsus I 165p long, ratio of length of tarsus 1 to metatarsns T = 1°36,

Palpi stout, tibia with stout apical claw and smaller accessory elaw, two pectines

and on external side with a stout strong spine arising near base of tarsus (Hirst does

not show this in his figure, but if is present in the type, as well as in the second

specimen) ; palpal tarsus elongate, about reaching tip of claw,

Olothing of mnitorm, small, 16-25, fusiform, oval, pointed, finely ciliated

setae; these setae gradually lengthen posteriorly and also anteriorly and laterally

on the propodosoma; at the apex of propodosoma in front of tip of crista is a

fringe of long slender ciliated setae; ventrally the setae are to 30 in length, slender

und tapering with ciliations, legs and palpi without any specialized setae,

Loc. The type material (damaged) was from Gawler, 8. Aust., March, 1927

(S.H.), (in the 8, Aust. Mns. collection): a second specimen from Bordertown,

Sonth Australia, Dec., 1934 (R.V.8,)

Remarks, The ubove description is drawn up from both specimens. The

measurements given in parentheses refer to the type, and are only shown when

(he specimens differ.

PLATYTROMBIDIUM PRITCTIARDI (Wom,, 1936).

Microtrombidaun. priichaydd Womersley, 1936. J. Linn. Soe., London, Zool., 40,

109, fla, 3 a-e,

Fig, 38 A-D.

There is little to add to my original description of this species, A pavatype

specimen from the same locality and cate is somewhat smaller than the type. Its

dimensions are: length 1:35 mm., width 0-9 mm. Leg I 945p, IL 680u, TTL 650p,

IV 900,; tarsus 1195p long by 90. high, metatarsus 135u long.

352 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

In my remarks (loc. cit.) it was stated that the species was close to P. fusico-

mum (Berl.), cited by Sig Thor as the genotype, and that it mainly differed in

the dimensions of the front tarsi and metatarsi. For fusicomum Berlese gives

the tarsus as 190 long by 110, high and the metatarsus I as 113 long, giving the

following ratios, tarsus length: tarsus height = 1-73, tarsus length: metatarsus

Fig. 37. A-D. Platytrombidium paranum (Hirst). A, Crista and eyes (X 200); B, palp

(X 200) ; C, front tarsus and metatarsus (xX 200); D, dorsal setae (x 860). E-H. Platytrom-

bidium fusciforme sp, n. E, Crista and eyes (X 200); F, palpal tibia (x 200); G, front tarsus

and metatarsus (x 200); H, dorsal setae (x 860).

length = 1-6. In pritchardi the tarsus and metatarsus are relatively longer and

give the following ratios 2-17 (2-1) and 1-44 (1-5) respectively (the type figures

in parenthesis). The ventral setae are similar in size and form to those on the

dorsum.

Loc. Two specimens from Davis’s bush, Manurewa, New Zealand, May, 1934

(E.D.P.).

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA 353

PLATYTROMBIDIUM FUSCIFORME Sp. nov.

Fig. 37 E-H.

Description. Adult. Small red species of cordate shape. Length 0-72 mm.,

width 0-42 mm. Legs shorter than body, I 510p, IT 320p, ITI 330n, IV 480u; tar-

sus I roughly elliptical but highest near the base, 120 long by 75» high, meta-

tarsus 72y long. Crista linear, 150 long, with subposterior sensillary area and

paired filamentous sensillae with their bases 214 apart. Hyes relatively large,

hee REE ee ee ey 1 of,

nf! FG

(armalied

Fig. 38. Platytrombidium pritchardi (Wom.). A, Crista and eyes (xX 200); B, palp

(X 200); C, front tarsus and metatarsus (X 200); D, dorsal setae (x 860).

2-+2, sessile, on distinct ocular shields. Palpal tibia stout as figured, tibia with

a slender fairly stout external spine, two pectines, strong apical claw and smaller

accessory claw. Inner edge of chelicerae finely serrate. Dorsal setae of two

forms and sizes; on the disc short, pointed, ovate and fusiform, to 12” with long

setules, on sides and posterior end to 20n long, fairly thick, not ovate, with long

setules, these longer setae also occur about the crista and suture.

Loc. Nine specimens from soil, Dobodura area of New Guinea, about J uly,

1944 (G. M. Kohls).

Remarks. Easily distinguished from the other two species by the dimen-

sions of the front tarsi and metatarsi and the dorsal setae.

354 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SUMMARY.

The subfamily Microtrombidiinae of the Trombidiidae, of Australia and

New Guinea, is revised. The subfamily is restricted to those species in which

the palpal tibiae are furnished with a strong apical claw, a smaller but stout

accessory claw (absent in one species of Dromeothrombium), two pectines and

with or without an external spine; the crista is linear with a subposterior sen-

sillarv area, but without any anterior expanded nasus-like area. Sixteen adult

genera are now recognized, the characters lying in the different distinct struc-

tural groups into which the dorsal setae can be arranged, thus following the

initial generic classifications of Berlese and Sig Thor. Of these 16 genera, eleven,

of which five are new, are recognized from Australia, New Guinea and New Zea-

land, Twenty-three new species are described, one as a variety of a European

species. M. spinatum and M, tubbi are sunk as synonyms. Four of Canestrini’s

New Guinea species furcipile, distinctum, securigerum and dentipile have been

rediscovered and are redeseribed. Distinctum Canst. is shown not to be synony-

mous with bipectinatum Tragardh from the Cameroons as stated by Berlese, 1912.

The larva of a species of Camerotrombidium is described. The genera Neotrom-

bidium Leonardi and Calothrombium Berl. placed by Sig Thor and others in this

subfamily are removed.

The genera and species recorded are as follows:

Dromeothrombium queenslandiae nom. noy. for macropodum Wom. nee Berl. Queensland.

Echinothrombium echidninum (Hirst) South Australia,

Echinothrombium willungae (Hirst) South Australia.

Echinothrombium bardonense sp. nov. Queensland.

Echinothrombium lamingtonense sp. nov. Queensland.

Spathulathrombiwm southcotti (Wom.) gen. nov. South Australia,

Spathulathrombium maximum sp. nov. Tasmania.

Spathulathrombium queenslandiae sp. nov. Queensland.

Spathulathrombium fulgidum sp. nov. South Australia.

Spathulathrombium myloriense sp. nov. South Australia.

Microtrombidium zelandicum Wom. New Zealand.

Microtrombidiwm maculatum Wom. Victoria.

Microtrombidium karriensis Wom. South Australia, Tasmania.

Microtrombidium hirsutum sp. nov, 8, Australia.

Microtrombidium wellingtonense sp. nov. Tasmania.

Microtrombidium papuanum sp. nov. New Guinea.

Microtrombidium myloriense sp. nov. South Australia.

Microtrombidium ef. furcipile (Canest.) New Guinea.

Microtrombidium aequalis (Banks) Western Australia and South Australia.

Microtrombidium affine Hirst Western Australia and South Australia.

NMicrotrombidium newmani Wom. Western Australia.

Microtrombidium adelaidicum Wom. South Australia, New South Wales and Queensland.

Microtrombidium jabanicum Berl. New Guinea.

Microtrombidiwm goodenoughensis sp. nov. New Guinea.

Microtrombidium cordatum sp. nov. New Guinea.

Camerotrombidium simile (Hirst). South Australia, New South Wales (adult, and larvae).

Camerotrombidium collinum (Hirst) South Australia,

Camerotrombidium wyandrae (Hirst). Queensland.

Camerotrombidiwm opulentum sp. nov. South Australia.

Camerotrombidium vaginatum sp. nov. South Australia.

Camerotrombidium carduum sp. nov. Western Australia.

Camerotrombidium rasum v. robensis nov. South Australia.

Camerotrombidium distinctum (Canest). New Guinea.

WOMERSLEY—MICROTROMBIDIINAE OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW GUINEA

Holcotrombidium securigerum (Canest) gen. nov. New Guinea.

Holcotrombidium cygnus (Wom.) South Australia.

Holcotrombidium scalaris (Wom.) New Zealand.

Holecotrombidium dentipile (Canest.) Ceylon.

Laminothrombium myrmicum (Wom.) South Australia.

Foliotrombidium evansi (Wom.) gen. nov. Tasmania,

Foliotrombidium bisetosum sp. nov. Victoria, Queensland.

Foliotrombidium ornatwm sp. nov. South Australia.

Foliotrombidium kohisi sp. nov. New Guinea.

Hiotrombidium tubbi (Wom.) gen. nov. Victoria.

Hiotrombidium healslipi (Wom.) Queensland.

Hiotrombidium koordanum (Hirst). Western Australia.

Hiotrombidium canberraense sp. n. Australian Capital Territory.

Pedotrombidium kohlsi gen. et sp. nov. New Guinea.

Platytrombidium paranum (Hirst) South Australia.

Platytrombidiwm pritchardi (Wom.) New Zealand.

Platytrombidium fusciforme sp. n. New Guinea.

355

RECORDS

OF THE

UTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. Vill. No. 3

ey The Museum Board, and edited by the Museum Director

(Herbert M. Hale)

a: Aperaipe, JUNE 30,1946

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA. No. 12!

THE FAMILY DIASTYLIDAE (PART 2) GYNODIASTYLIS

AND RELATED GENERA

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

A few Diastylids have been described which are separated from all others by the facts

that while the female third maxilliped lacks an exopod the male has no trace of

pleopods. Species previously known to have these characters in combination have

been placed in three genera, Gynodiastylis Calman, Allodiastylis Hale and Dic

Stebbing; the female is unknown in the genotype of the last-named but as stated by

Zimmer (1914, p. 192) it seems undoubtedly very close indeed to Gynodiastylis.

AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA, No.

THE FAMILY DIASTYLIDAE (Parr 2) GYNODIASTYLIS

AND RELATED GENERA

By HERBERT M. HALE, Director, SourH AustRALiIAN Museum.

Fig. 1-60, x

INTRODUCTION.

A rew Diastylids have been described which are separated from all others by the

facts that while the female third maxilliped lacks an exopod the male has no trace

of pleopods. Species previously known to have these characters in combination

have been placed in three genera, Gynodiastylis Calman, Allodiastylis Hale and

Dic Stebbing; the female is unknown in the genotype of the last-named but as

stated by Zimmer (1914, p. 192) it seems undoubtedly very close indeed to

(tynodiastylis.

Australian species belonging to Gynodiastulis and to some other genera with

subcordate, subcylindrical or short and plump telson show that a reduction to

vanishing point of the pair of terminal telsonic spines so generally typical of the

family is not a very significant feature, and by itself cannot be relied upon as a

generic character; in Allotliastylis and Zimmeriana gen. nov. there is sexual

difference in the armament of the telson (see also Hale, 1945, p. 179),

The group under discussion is well represented in Australian waters and

twenty-six new species, mostly from off the eastern coast, are herein described,

Although, unfortunately, few of these can be included in them, three new genera

are proposed in an effort towards preventing Gynodiastylis (which as it is now

includes a very varied assemblage of forms) from eventually becoming the

repository for a large number of unclassified species.

Famity DIASTYLIDAE.

KEY TO GENERA OF DIC-GYNODIASTYLIS GROUP.

1. Third maxilliped with ischium greatly expanded .. of .. Die Stebbing-

Third maxilliped with ischium not expanded ¥F ‘ - 2.

2, Female with exopods on at least first and second perseapoda. “Adult male (where spon)

with terminal telsonic spines absent or similar to those of female

Female with thoracic exopods completely absent. Adult male with terminal telsonic arian

which are long and bristle- dike, much see in Sngth than the roaensny ones of

female 7 oD

3. First antenna unnsually ddswes ; the first siipliestt of ‘pedunele i is , dilated distally, while the

second, which reaches beyond level of apex of pseudorostrum, is expanded proximally

Sheardia gen, nov,

Virst antenna, small or moderate, with the proximal] segments of podunels 2 not at all Gitaies,

and the second not reaching to level of apex of peeudorostrum ..

1) No. 11, The Family Diastylidae (part i) see Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., xix (2), 1945,

pp. 173-211, fig, 1-26.

358 RECORDS OF THE S:A,. MUSEUM

4, Female with sxopods on first and second pairs of peracopods only, First peraeopod with

propodus not very large, at most barely more (usually much less) than half as long as basis

Gynodiastylis Calman,

Female with exopods on first to fourth pirppopnds. First peeeepes with propodus very

large, at least little shorter than basis .. Dicoides gen. nov.

5. First antenna with third segment of peduncle aistinetly longer than combined lengths of the

dilated first and second segments. First peraeopod shorter than cephalothorax, its dactylus

with no brush of very long setae. Pseudorostrum upturned in female and young male

Allodiastylis Hale.

First antenna normal, the third segment of peduncle much shorter than combined lengths

of first two joints, which are not dilated. First peraeopod longer than cephalothorax, its

dactylus. with a brush of pany long setae eae from distal half. Pseudorostrum not

upturned ra : oe Zimmeriana gen. nov.

Genus SHEARDIA nov.

Female. The first antennae are much as in Allodiastylis (particularly A.

tenuwipes sp. nov.), and have the two proximal segments greatly expanded; the

third joint, however, although much elongated is shorter in relation to the rest

of peduncle, The whole appendage is more than half as long as the carapace.

While the prominently enlarged and projecting basal joints of the first

antenna separate this from all other of the related genera except Allodiastylis, it

is distinguished from the last-named by the absence of long distal setae on the

pseudorostrum (which is not upturned) and by the presence of well-developed

exopods on the first and second peraeopods. The telson is very different; as a

whole it is small, with preanal portion very short, and post-anal part rather long

for the group and armed with a pair of unusually stout spines.

Genotype Sheardia antennata sp. nov.

Like Gynodiastylis but differing in the character of first antenna and telson.

In species of Gynodiastylis having the telson proportionately as short, there is no

post-anal part,

The genus is named after Mr. Keith Sheard, who is responsible for the

securing of much of the material dealt with herein.

SHEARDIA ANTENNATA sp. Nov.

Ovigerous female. Integument calcified, and chalky-opalescent in appear-

ance; with fine reticulate patterning, particularly distinct on pedigerous somites.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, considerably wider

than deep and two-thirds as long again as deep; seen from above it is subtriangular

in shape, broadest posteriorly and irregular laterally because of a dorso-lateral

elongate tumidity on each side below frontal lobe and a distinct hollow below and

to the rear of this elevation; the posterior two-thirds of the dorsum is depressed

with the median portion and lateral edges of the hollow raised in the form of

rounded folds; inside each rear corner of frontal lobe is a low boss. Antero-lateral

margin almost straight, and antennal angle well defined, subacute and finely

serrate, the tiny teeth continued along inferior margin. Pseudorostrum narrowly

truncate in front, the lobes meeting for a distance equal to about one-fifth of

length of carapace. Frontal lobe wide, distinctly defined; ocular lobe twice as

broad as long, with three very ill-defined lenses.

Pedigerous somites together three-fourths as long as carapace. First not

much shorter than second, which is shorter than any of posterior three and has

the pleural parts forwardly produced; third and fourth fused together, the third

forwardly produced laterally (where it overlaps second) and bent backwards so

that second and third peraeopods are well separated; there is a pair of low

dorso-lateral ridges on fourth but no other defined sculpture save the fine median

line so often present.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 359

Pleon robust, shorter than cephalothorax; fifth somite rather elongate, not

much wider than deep and half as long again as sixth somite, which is widened

distally, where it is slightly broader than long; telson two-thirds as long as sixth

somite, cordate, With preanal portion very short but longer than the tapering

pioatans part, which bears a pair of large distal spies flanked by a pair of

rigtles,

First. two joints of peduncle of first antenna curiously articulated (fig, 2,

ant, 1) ; first segment about as deep as long, the upper portion elevated anteriorly

and furnished with a hooked spine, the front margin with a plumose seta; second

segment much elevated above and at the rear, its summit higher than that of

Fig. 1, Sheardia antennata, type female; lateral view and ecephalothorax from above,

(% 28).

first; distal end of second with a strong spinelike seta; third peduncular joint

about one-fourth as long again as second; flagellum three-jointed, less than one-

fourth as long as third peduncular joint; accessory lash three-jointed, about three-

fourths as long as main flagellum. ;

Second antenna three-jointed, the distal segment stout and with apical seta,

Mandible with ten spines in the row,

Basis of third maxilliped stout and short, as long as first four of the remaining

joints together, serrate on outer margin and with long stout setae at external distal

portion; carpus and propodus subequal in length, each about twice as long as

dactylus,

First peraeopod, when extended, with carpus reaching to level of end of

pseudorostrum ; basis half as long as rest of limb, without spines, serrate on outer

edge ; propodus very slightly longer than carpus and fully twice as long as dactylus,

with two long setae and one short one at, inner distal end; dactylus with one of

the several terminal setae spine-like, and as long as the joint,

360 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second peraeopod reaching forward almost to level of antennal angle; basis

very short, only two-thirds as long as exopod and less than half as long as remain-

ing joints combined; ischium distinct; carpus twice as long as merus and as

long as propodus and dactylus together ; dactylus twice as long as propodus.

Posterior peraeopods with sparse setae. Third and fourth pairs about as

long as second leg, with basis nearly as long as rest of limb; merus and carpus

dactylus

prp. 1

Fig. 2. Sheardia antennata, paratype ovigerous female; ant., first and second antennae

(Xx 75); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods (XX 56; dactylus of first

peraeopod, X 112); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (xX 56); tels.

1, and v., lateral and ventral views of telson (XX 75).

subequal in length, each twice as long as propodus; carpus with two equal distal

setae, one much stouter than the other, reaching to level of tip of dactylus. Fifth

peraeopod not much smaller than fourth but with basis shorter.

Pedunele of uropod with four strong spines on distal half of inner margin;

it is two and three-fourths times as long as telson and fully half as long again as

the rami, which are subequal in length, the exopod slightly the longer; first

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 361

joint of endopod with three inner spines, louger than combined lengths of seennd |

and third, which are subequal in length and have each one inner spine; terminal

apine two-thirds as long as ramus, extending slightly beyond tip of exopodal

spine.

Length 4-1 mm,

Loc. New South Wales; Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine silt on flat-

head grounds (D. Rochford, Jan. 1945). Type in South Australian Museum,

Reg, No, 0. 2699.

Genus Grnoprastynis Calman

Gynodiastylis Calman, 1911, pp, 312, S66; Stehbing, 1912, p. 146 and 1913, p.

161; Zimmer, 1914, p_187 and 1930, p. 651,

This genus was instituted by Calman to include four species, in ali of which

the telson is plump, subeonical, with no post-anal portion and without the pair of

distinct terminal spines so generally characteristic of the family; in addition, the

third maxilliped of the females has no exopod, while the males were unique in the

family in that they lack all trace of the usual two pairs of pleopods. Three of

Oslman’s species are rather robust in form and haye the carapace carinate; the

fourth—imevis—is smooth and elongate, with the second and fourth pedigerous

somites dorsally unusually long. Zimmer (1914, pp, 187, 189, fig. 14-16) added

two Australian species somewhat resmebling laevis in form, which he designates

the ‘‘ Diastylopsis-Habitus.’’ The present writer later added another carinate

species which, like those of Zimmer, agrees with Calman’s forts in having the

telson unarmed, and alao a smoother species with small telsonic spines, -

A score of further species—all but one new—are now referred to the genus.

All the females agree in Jacking an exopod on the third maxilliped, while the

males, where available, have no pleopods, but a great deal of latitude is allowed

for the telson; this may have part of its length, as much as fully one-third of it,

post-anal, and may have a pair of terminal spmes, and in some cases a pair of

lateral spines also, Its lateral margins may be more or less distinctly serrate, or

may be incised to form one or more pairs of teeth, a feature found elsewhere in

the Diastylidae. It would appear, indeed, that the species previously included in

the genus happen to he some of those in which the reduction of post-anal part and

armature are carried to the greatest extreme, and that many of them do not depart

80 drastically from the key character of the family.

Ag the first of the forms with telson armed and with post-anal portion came

to hand it was thought that they represented a. genus easily separable from

Gynodiastylis by this character, With more material, however, it beeame apparent

that intermediate stages oceur, and that as far as the spines alone are concerned

there may be some little difference between the aexes (truncatifrons Hale), Pur-

thermore, obviously related forms of ‘' Diostylopsis-Habitus’’ such as attentuata

sp. nov, and ambigua sp. nev. have in the one case the telson unarmed and without

post-anal part, in the other a telson with a small portion of its length post-anal,

armed with distinct terminal and lateral spinesand with the sides serrate. Exactly

the same difference may apply to ‘‘carinate’’ forms, for instance /ata sp- nov. and

ample sp. nav. The telson, then, is of little assistance in the grouping of the

species. Turning to other characters the first peraeopod proves of some mterest

and in the key given below the species are divided into two groups by the character

and length of the setae of the propodus and the relative length of that joint. In

Calman’s species these differences are found between /agevis and his other three

forms. It will be noted that in both sections there occur similar differences in the

telson and similar variations of the '' Drastylopsis-Habitus.””

462 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Several species in the collections now under consideration are represented

only by specimens lacking part of the front legs. Three of these are deseribed

and so, necessarily, are placed in both sections of the key, where they are marked

with an asterisk; rochfordi sp, nov. almost certainly belongs in the first. group.

The inclusion in Gynodiastylis of species with telson armed and with post-ansl.

part renders more difficult concise diagnosis toi assist separation of females of this

genus from those of Paradiastylis; the male of the last-named of course is readily

recognized by the long flagelinm of the second antennae and the development of

pleopods, There are, however, qnite marked differences in the peraeopods; apart

from those already referred to (Hale, 1945, p. 173) there are, for instance, the

thickened and shortened distal carpal seta of the stout third to fifth legs, referred

to in the desetiptions, which is usually found in Gynodiastylis, but apparently not

in the few species belonging to Paradiastylis, The uropods in the latter bava the

pedunele long and slender, whereas in Gynodiastylis it is wider, Incidentally, the

fact that lesa than three segments are apparent in the endopod of this appendage

in some species of Gynodiastylis is important only as a specific character, and the

number of joints may differ in the sexes.

Dic. (Stetbing 1910, p. 415) has the first peraeopods of the same type as in

Gynodiastylis, although the propodus is relatively longer than in those species with

elongate carpus, and the cylindrical telson is much longer than in any of the species

incladed in @ynoddastylis. While these characters are perhaps not of great im-

portance I think that Gynodiastylis should remain separated from Dic because of

the difference in the third maxilliped, even if this appendage proves to lack the

exopod in the female of Stebbing’s genus, The same holds for Zimmeriana gens

nov. whatever the condition of thoracic exopods may be in the female of Dic (see

Yammer, 1914, pp, 192-193). .

As previously noted, the armament of the male telson does not differ markedly

from that of the male. In the male the flagellum of the second antenna is short

(as a rule not much longer than pednnele), stout, and furnished with dense sen-

sory setae, while exopods are present on the first four pairs of legs, the first three,

or on first and second only, The first antenna, as in the other available adult males

of the group, differs little from that of the females and is not furnished with the

dense brush of sensory setae oceurring in some other Diastylid genera; inciden-

tally, Calman (1912, p. 669) suggests that such setae are situate on the enlarged

proximal segment, of the outer flagellum rather than on a separated area of the

third peduncular joint.

KEY TO SPECIES OF GYNODIASTYLIS.

1, Propodue of frst peranppod with eight to twelve uetas, subequal in length and at least almost

twice as long as combined langths of propodus and dactylue; carpus of same limb elongate,

almost twice ae long aa propodus, or more at ve es «- &

Propodus of firat peracopod with one to four unequal astae, the longest at moat little more

than coinbined lengths of propodus and dactylus; carpue of same limb usuaily not differing

gvoatly in Jength from propodus, at most barely more than balf aa long again as it .. iy

2. Carapace seulptuved, with at least five ridges ou each side at se ow OW

Carapace amoath, ar with at most three ridges on each side a) 24.

3. Endopod of uropod umisegmentate in both soxes 4. or carinate Calman.

Endopod of uropad bi- or trisegmentate ,, <= ae

4, Telaon with ong-fourth of its length postanal and armed with # pair of distinct. torminal

zpines, Endopod of tiropod trisegmentate in male .. ar *‘rochfordt ap, nov.

Telson with no definite post-2nal portion, unarmed or with tudimentary terminal spines.

Endopod of uropod bieegmentate in hoth sexes oe o 1, 5.

First segment of endopod of uropod mueh shorter than second .. : lata sp. Tov,

Begmonta of endopod of uropod subequal in length .. -{. te -- &

HaLe—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 363

Hxopod of uropad not much shorter than endopod, Sixth pleon somite but little broader

than long fC. 33 3: a ich eostata Calinan,

Exopod of Uroped only three-fifths as long as endopod. Sixth pleon somite half as_wido

again us long ,, ve - -% we .. turgida Hale,

7, Carapace with surface irregular, with a pair of dorso-lateral ridges or folds, and with a

large shallow depression on sides os aes. we —_ . &

Carapace with surface smooth or almost so, with no dorso-lateral ridges, and no large de-

pression on sides . . ey v vs 48 we ». 1s

8. Lower part of sidea of carapace without longitudinal ridge or fold bicristaia Calman.

Lower part of sides of carapace with a longitudinal ridge or fold % oh

9. Rami of uropod as Jong, or almost as long, as peduncle 34 o . ve 90,

Rami of uropod short, at most leas than two-thirds as long as peduncle —. - v.11,

10. Inner margins of peduncle and trisegmentate endopod of uyopod with many short spines

(13-+-19). Female only .- 1 aA Ls. *robusla ap. nov.

Inner margins of peduncle and bisegmentate endopod of uropod with few spines (2 to 8 +

6 to 8). Males only a 1 rw - dilatala. ep. nov.

i, Telson with only 4n inaignificant post-anal portion. Carapace with folda but no sharply

defined ridges, and with branchial regions swollen, Peduncle of uropod mate than twico as

long as endopod ft. ai or rv *ytrumosa. sp, Nov,

Telson with almost ono-third of its length post-aual. Carapace with distinct caringe but

with branchial regions not swollen, Peduncla of uropod much Jess than twice as long aa

endopod an ~: Us we be -. Gmpla sp, nov.

12. Telson with one-thied of its length post-anal us = .. sublilig ap, nov.

Telgou with at most an insignificant podt-anal portion “+ mt -- 13.

13. Each pseudorostral lobe with a sharp dorsal cavina, extending from front ta ocular lobe

carinirostris sp. nov.

Pseudoroatral lobua not carinate ‘ be = te 1a

14. Antero-lateral angle of carapace denticulate, Telson with distinct spines at distal and ,, 18,

Antero-lateral angle of catapace not denticulate, Telson unarmed is -- 1.

15. Oarapace with anterior half of inferior margin serrate. Second peracopod with isehium.

suppressed, and with rs ee twice as long ae propodus and dactylus together. Dactylus of

second to fifth peracopods about three times as long us propodua truacatifrons Hale.

Carapace with inferior margin not serrate oxeept af antero-lateral angle. Second peranopod

with ischium. distinct, and with carpua not longer than propodus and dactylus together.

Dactylus of socond to fifth perseopods barely or not longer than propodus polita sp, nov.

16. Endopod of uropod trisegmentate in female at on harimeyert Zimmer.

Endopod of uropod bisogmentate in female (anisegmentatea in male) .. similis Zimmer,

17. Garapace smooth .. = TY °. os i +. 18,

Carapace with spines, tubereles, ridges or tumidities 7) fee .. 80.

18. Telson with lateral margins serrate, and with a pair of terminal spines, cach flanked by a

lateral spine ote *e “4 “ ia anbigue ap. nov.

Telson unarmod, and with Idtoral margins entire -. ir tr .

19, Endopod of uropod unisegmentate, Male with exopods on first and second peracopods only

laevis Oalman,

Endopod of uropod bisegmentate. Male with exopods on first, aecond and third peragopods

alienuata ap. Moy.

20, Sides of carapace closely beset with spines x 4 echinata sp, nov,

Sides of carapace not spiny .. $y 5 re &, a. 21.

21, Sides of carapace studded with ama) glasey tuberctes _ . - hoscida sp. DOV,

Sides of carapaco withont such tubercles 7 te ee +. 22,

22, Each gide of carapace with a well-defined ridge, curving up from neighbourhood of antennal

angle to meet a dorso-lateral mdge an " as °. -- 83,

Oarapace without this transverse ridge .. + re lo +. 24,

23, Telaon with at least one pair of lateral teeth and, in adult, with apex pointed and projecting

ad.

for # short distance beyond bases of a pair of subterminal spines. Endopod of uropod

unisegmontate in both sexes ., #2 4: ve mutabilis sp, nov,

Telson with lateral margins entire, its narrowly subtruncate apex with a pair of small

spines. Hndopod of uropod bisegmentate in both sexes ‘ -. Ornate ap. noy.

Rami of uropod unusually ehort, less than half as long as the peduncle, . +. 26,

Bami of uropod usually almost as long as peduncle and slways much more than half as

long ap it a as . . es .- 26,

364 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

25. Telson with an insignificant post-anal portion, armed with a pair of terminal spines flanked

by a pair of short lateral spines, Endopod of uropod trisegmentate (female)

*atrumosd ep. NOV.

Telson with slightly Jonger post-anal portion, armed with a pair of terminal spines, flanked

on each side by a long bristla. Endopod. of uropod bisegmentate in both sexes

margarita sp. nov-

26. Lower part of sides of carapace with four longitudinal ridges ., *pochfordi sp. nov,

Lower part of sides of carapace with at most one longitudinal ridge “4

27, Carapace with two pairs of longitudinal ridges on posterior half of dorsum. Telson unarmed

quadricristata ap. nDy.

Oarapace with one pair of longitudinal ridges on back. Telson armed with at least a pair

of terminal spines a “ re ve . -, 28.

28, Carapace almost smooth and without distinct excavation on the sides, which, as seen from

above are evenly curved. Hach lateral margin of telson incised to form a large tooth

brevipes sp. nov.

Carapace with large lateral deprossions, so that the sides, as seen from above, ate uot evenly

eurved, Lateral margins of telazon emooth or finely serrate, with no large teeth -. 29.

49, Becond perseopod with basis longer than the abbreviated remainder of limb concava sp, nov,

Second peraeopod with basis shorter than reat of limb “13 ey -- 30-

30, Dorso-lateral carinae of carapace with prominent lateral projections in adult, Toelaon with.

a bristle on each side near terminal spines. Carpua of second psracopod not ag long as

ropodus and dactylus together us ss a4 tumida (Hale).

orso-lateral carina. of carapace without projections. Telson with a short epine on each

side of terminal spines. Carpua of second peraeopod longer than propodus and dactylus

together 4 us ve oe ee *robusta ap. nov.

GYNODIASTYLIS ROCHFORDI sp. noy.

Subadult male, Interument rather strongly calcified and brittle,

Carapace a little less than two-fiths of total length of animal and twice as long

as the pedigerous somites together; it is depressed, fully twice as long as deep,

and is marked with clear cut longitudinal earinae; apair of these are dorso-lateral,

Fig. 3. Gynodiastylia rochfardi, type subadult male; lateral view and cophalothorax from

above (3% 25).

arising on sides of pseudorostrum, curving around outside of frontal lobe and each

meeting a ridge tunning from just inside end of suture of frontal lobe and extend-

ing to hind margin; inside these is a pair of dorsal ridges on posterior half, with a

pit alongside their hinder ends, and inside these again a pair of shorter ridges at

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 365

middle of length of carapace; there is a short ridge on each pseudorostral lobe, ex-

tending from. apex to ocular lobe; the sides have several short carinae and, in

lower half, four longer ones, the uppermost of which margins an elongate lateral

depression, Antero-lateral margin not excavate below pseudorostrum; antero-

lateral angle rounded and finely serrate, Pseudorostrnm prominent, the lobes

raping glightly at apex; subacute in front as seen from the side, and meeting for

a distance equal to nearly one-fourth of length of carapace. Frontal lobe well-

defined ; ocular lobe subtriangular, little wider than long, with three small pale

corneal lenses,

Fig. 4. Gynodiastylis rochfordi, type subadult male; ant., frat antenna (> 56); mxp. and

prp,, third maxilliped, and second and third peraeopods (x 56; propodua and dactylns 0. third

leg, % 120); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (% 56); tels., lateral

view of telson (X 80),

First three pedigerous somites dorsally short, each shorter than fifth, which

is not as long as fourth; the pleural parts of third are well produced backwards,

so that second and third legs, particularly for a not fully adult male, are + quite

markedly separated,

Pleon fully as long as cephalothorax; fifth somite quite half as long again as

sixth, which is only slightly expanded posteriorly and is not much wider than long;

telson as long ss sixth somite, subcordate, with lateral margins feebly serrate and

with a pair of slender terminal spines, just anterior to which is an upstanding

bristle on each side; one-fourth of total length of telson is post-anal,

First joint of first antenna about as long as rest of peduncle; second segment

three-fourths as long as third ; flagellum two-jointed, not as long as second pedun-

eular joint, and accessory lash three-jointed, fully half the length of main

flagellum.

Third maxilliped as long as the remaining joints together; carpus, propodus

366 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

and dactylus long, each about equal to combined lengths of ischium and merus,

which bear inner distal teeth,

Distal joints of first peraeopod missing,

Second peraeopod with exopod longer than basis, which is stout and very

little longer than rest of limb; ischinm marked off by a suture but not distinetly

articulated ; merus (which has 4 small outer tooth near distal end) as long as pro-

podus, and fully two-thirds as Jong as carpus; the last-named is as long as the

dactylus, which bears slender distal setae, the longest exeeeding the joint in length.

Third and fourth perseopods with exopods, moderately well-developed but

as usual 4 little smaller than those of first and second legs; merus not much shorter

than basis and twice as long as carpus and propodus together; carpus with the

last of the distal setae stouter than the others and reaching to tip of dactylus;

penultimate outer carpal seta, like the slender propodal seta, reaching well beyond

level of tip of dactylus, which is about as long as propodus, and has a very short

claw-like terminal portion distinctly separated. Fifth peraeopod a little shorter

than fourth, with basis as usual more slender.

Pedunele of uropod half as long again as telson, with two bristles near distal

end of inner margin; endopod a little longer than exopod and not much shorter

than pedunole; it is three-segmentate, the first joint somewhat shorter than rest

of ramus, and with two short spines and one longer spine on inner margin ; second

joint distinctly longer than third and like it with a single inner spine at distal

eud; terminal spine of endopod half as long as the ramus and shorter than the

longer of the two very unequal terminal spines of exopod,

Colour eream. Length 4mm.

Loo, New South Wales; Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., im fine silt on flathead

grounds (D. Rochford, Jan,, 1945), Type in South Australian Museum, Reg.

No, ©. 2695,

Thia species is named after Mr, DU, Rochford, Hydrologist, C.S.1.R., Division

of Wisheries.

Gynoplasrvils lata sp. nov.

Ovigerous female, Carapace fully one-third of total length of animal and more

than half ag long again as pedigerous somites together; it is half as long again as

deep, and seen from above is subtriangular in shape, broadest at binder end, where

it is as wide as long; back and sides with numerous longitudinal carinae; the dorgo-

lateral ridges are restricted to posterior half, and anteriod te them on each side is

a large, shallow depression; between the dorsal ridges there are faint eroded pits.

Antero-lateral margin exeavated to form a large antennal notch; antero-lateral

angle produced, acute. Pseudorostral lobes meeting in front of veular lobe for

a distance equal to nearly one-tifth length of carapace, anteriorly gaping slighily

fora very short distance ; each lobe is pointed in front, both ax seen from above and

from the side, and on its dorsum has a ridge-like longitudinal fold in front of ocu-

lar lobe; sutures fused, sa that eye lobe is not well defined. No distinct lenses,

but.a pair of raised smooth oval areas at front of ocular lobe.

First to third pedigerous somites successively increasing in length dorsally,

and as wide as is carapace across hinder end; pleural parts of third and fourth con-

siderably expanded laterally; dorsum of second and third wiih a pair of obsolete

elevations, that of fourth with a pair of longitudinal ridges.

Pleon six-sevenths ay long as cephalothorax; fifth somite fully half as long

again as sixth, which is broad, half as wide again as long; telson subtriangular in

shape as seen from above, and not much shorter than sixth somite; its sides are

slightly rounded, and no apical spines are discernible.

First antenna with second joint of peduncle half as long as first and two-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 367

thirds as long as third; accessory flagellum two-thirds as long as main flagellum,

which is four-jointed,

Third maxilliped with basis wide, shorter than rest of limb and slightly ex-

panded distally, but not at all forwardly produced; carpus and propodus sub-

equal in Jength, each a little longer than dactylus, which bas one of its distal setae

stout and as long as the joint itself,

First peraeopod short, the carpus reaching to level of apex of pseudorostrum ;

basis half the combined lengths of remaining joints; carpus about as long as basis,

Fig. 5. Gynodiastytis lata, types female and male; lateral

viows of cephalothorax from above (& 40),

more than twies as long as propodus and. four times as long as dactylus; like the

ischiuw and merus it beara a few short inner setae; propodus dilated in distal half,

the expanded portion bearing a fringe of very long setae; dactylus with similar

distal setae; exopod as long as basis.

Second peraeopod with exopod as long as. basis, which is broad (width more

than half length) and as long as rest of limb; ischium very short, collar-like; car-

pus half as long again! as merus and longer than propodus and. dactylus together ;

propodus fully three-fourths ag long as dactylus, which hears a curved distal claw

and thinner setae.

Third and fourth peraeopods robust, not much shorter than second; merus

broad, more than twice as long as the short carpus and propodus together ; dactylus

curved, claw-like, Fifth peraeopod scarcely smaller than fourth,

Pedunele of uropod not quite twice as long as telson, with one subdistal spine

on inner margin; endopod three-fifths as long as peduncle, and nearly one-third

as long again as exopod; two-jointed, the proximal segment about two-thirds as

368 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

long as second, with a short inner spine at distal end; second joint with two inner

spines and with terminal spine rather slender, longer than the ramus; exopod with

terminal spine longer than the ramus, but shorter than that of endpod.

Colour cream. Length 2-2 mm.

Adult male. Carapace more than one-third of total length of animal, nearly

twice as long as pedigerous somites together and three-fourths as long again as

Fig. 6, Gynodiastylis lata, type female and paratype male; ant., first antenna. (x 125;

flagella, % 250); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods ( 125); urop.,

uropod with sixth pleon somite and telson (X 125). A. urop., Uropod of male of @, turgida for

comparison (X 125),

its depth, which is equal to about four-fifths its greatest breadth; seen from above

it is subrectangular ; disposition of ridges much as in female. Antero-lateral mar-

gin and ‘‘angle’’ rounded, without trace of tooth. Pseudorostral lobes stouter

and shorter than in female, subtruncate in front as viewed from above. Ocular

lobe twice as wide as long, with three oval pale areas, apical and lateral, apparently

representing the eyes.

Pedigerous somites successively increasing in dorsal length; first somite ex-

posed only dorsally and dorso-laterally; second overlapped by pleural part of

third, which also overlaps fourth to the rear; fourth and fifth with pleural parts

expanded backwards; second iv fifth each with a dorso-lateral ridge on each side.

Pleon much as in female, with distal somites of same proportions,

Well developed exopods (with peduncle not very wide, however) on third

maxilliped and first to fourth peraeopods, :

HateE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 369

Pedunele of nropod more than twice as long as telson, with two small spines

on inner margin; endopod three-fifths as long as pedunele, but only about one-

sixth ag long again as endopod, with proximal joint three-fourths ss long as second

and with two inner spines; second joint with three inner spines and with terminal

spine loriger than ramus; terminal spine of exopod fully as lang as that of

endopod,

Length 2 mm.

Loc. Queensland ; Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (I. 8. RK. Munro, Sta-

tions 28 [tyne loe,|, 29, 32, 42, 44, 46, 54 and 55, 40 em. 60 m. net, 2.30 a.m., 3.30

am., 6,30 a.m,, 7.00 p.m., 9.30 p.m. and 11.30 p.m. on Nov, 29, 1940; 9.10 p.m,

snd 9.40 p.m. on Des. 6, 1940). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg, No,

C, 2638-2689,

This species is by 0 meazis abutidant in the material secured by Mr. Munro,

but ane or more males at least were taken at each of the townet: stations mentioned

above, covering afterncen and night. It and turgida Hale (1928, p, 42, fig, 11-12

and 1936, p. 420, fiz. 10-11) are related to casteta Calman (1911, p. 372,

pl, xxxvi, fig. 1-10), but both differ in the more robust. form, the relatively much

shorter and broader sixth pleon somite, the shorter first peraeopods and the diffe-

rent proportions of the urapods. In castata the sixth pleon’ somite is ‘‘a little

broader than long”’ in both sexes, while the uropod has the rami subequal in length

and the first joint of the endopod little shorter than the distal. Both turgida and

lata have the sixth pleon somite half as wide again as long and the rami of the

uropod unequal in length, In the uropod, of éwrgida the endopod has the joints

subequal in length and the stout terminal spine shorter than the ramus (see fig.

6, A), but the exopad is not quite three-fourths the length of the endopod. .@. lata,

as described above, has the exopod of the uropod more as in costata, and relatively

longer than in furgida, but the first joint of the endopod) is much shorter than the

distal, and the terminal spine of the endopod is longer than the ramus in both saxes.

The most. noteworthy of other differences is ther the male of lata has the antero-

lateral margin of the carapace widely rounded and not produced to form an an-

tennal tooth,

GYNODIASTYLis ROBUSTA Sp, NOY.

Ovigerous female. Integument well calcified and brittle, with distinct reti-

eulate patterning, and finely and closely granulate.

Carapace robust but relatively short, not much more than one-fourth of total

length; it is broadest acrogs the branchial regions, where it is wider than deep and

almost as wide as long; on each side below the frontal lobe is a small keeled dorso-

lateral tumidity, most- apparent in dorsal view when it forms a bulge in the lateral

outline; below and posterior to this the sides are shallowly concave and on the

lower part a sharp horizontal ridge runs from the neighbourhood of antennal angle

to hinder margin; on the back 9 ridge extends forwards on each side from near

posterior margin to join the short. carina on the aforementioned dorsn-lateral

tumidity, cutting across the reat corner of the frontal lobe; from sbout middle

of length of each of the dorsal ridges a short and faint transverse carina runs in

towards mid-line; there are two pairs of tubercles behind ocular lobe and a pair

of large pits on the back near the swollen hinder margin, Antero-lateral margin

very shallowly concave; antero-lateral angle obtusely angular and margiri pos-

terior to it finely serrate. Psendorostrum narrowly truncate and exeavate in

front; lobes meeting for a distance equal to one-sixth of length of carapace. F'ron-

tal lobe well defined, very wide; ocular lobe rounded, twice as broad as long, with

three lenses, unpigmented as usual in genus.

First two pedigerous somites short dorsally, but pleural parts of second pro-

duced well forwards, almost completely overlapping first; third somite expanded

370 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

fore and aft, the second and third legs well separated; fourth somite completely

ankylosed with third and with a pair of widely separated longitudinal carinae on

the back; the dorsolateral parts of this somite, like the posterior portions of the

sides of the carapace, are marked with numerous very short and inconspicuous

horizontal ridges.

Pleon stout, longer than cephalothorax; fifth somite slightly depressed, more

than half as long again as sixth, which is a little widened posteriorly, where it is

barely broader than long; telson about as long as sixth somite, elongate cordate,

( ae 7. Gynodiastylis robusta, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from above

™ 28),

laterally serrate, and with post-anal part half as long as proximal; apex with

pair of short spines, flanked by a spine on each side,

First antenna relatively rather small (drawn to a larger scale than other

appendages in fig, 8); first joint of peduncle stout, but more than twice as

long as wide, half as long again as second and third segments together; third

narrower than, and three-fourths as long again as, second; flagellum as long as last.

peduneular joint and with two equal joints; accessory lash three-jointed, less than

half length of main flagellum,

Third maxilliped not elongate; basis as long as remaining joints combined, :

and with the setae at outer distal portion unusually short; basis, ischium and

merus with an inner distal tooth; carpus, propodus and dactylus subequal in

length.

Distal joints of first peraeopod missing.

Second peraeopod large, slightly longer than third, and reaching just beyond

antennal angle when extended forwards; basis about as long as exopod and more

than half the length of rest. of limb; ischium distinct and quite large; the three

distal joints are elongate; carpus two and one-half times as long as merus and

fully twice as long as propodus, which is as eqiial in length to dactylus.

Third and fourth peraeopods differing Jittle in length; they are robust with

basis much shorter than rest of limb, and merus as long, or almost as long, as the

HaLE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 371

three distal joints together; carpus little longer than propodus, with the distal

setae (one of which is very stout) subequal in length and not quite reaching to

tip of the elongate dactylus.

Uropod with pedunele nearly half as long again as telson, not much longer

than the subequal rami, and with a row of short, closely set spines (thirteen in

number) on distal two-thirds of inner margin; endopod three-jointed, also with

oc “>

Fig. 8. Gynodiastylis robusta, paratype ovigerous female; ant., first antenna and upper

lip ( 95); mxp, and prp., third maxilliped and second to fourth peraeopods (X 50; distal joints

of fourth leg, X 95); urop., uropod with Ath and sixth pleon somites, and telson (% 50),

inner spines numerous, there being eleven, five and three on the respective seg-

ments; first, jomt as long as combined lengths of subequal second and third ; ter-

minal spine less than half length of ramus and not quite as long as longer of the

very unequal distal spines of exopod,

Colour white. Length 4:4 mm.

Lec. Tasmania: off Babel Island, 0-50 metres (‘‘Warreen’’ Station 29,

Jan., 1939). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. ©. 2724.

It is unfortunate that the terminal joints of the first peraeopods are missing

in the two available females, for the species comes close to the males described

under dilatata. The uropod of the female recorded above, however, is much more

richly armed than is that of dilatata, while the peduncle of that appendage is a

little longer than the endopod instead of shorter than it, the sculpture of the cara-

pace is somewhat different, the size is considerably larger, ete, The difference in

number of segments in the endopod could be sexual.

G. robusta may prove to bear the same relationship to dilatata as does Dimor-

phostylis subaculeata to its var. praecom (IIale, 1945, pp. 183, 185, fiz. 7-9)

372 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GYNODIASTYLIS DILATATA Sp. NOV.

Adult male. Integument lightly calcified, brittle, and with reticulate pattern-

ing of carapace distinct, the fine surface sculpture becoming imbricate on the pleon.

Carapace a little less than one-third of total length of animal and twice as

long as pedigerous somites together; it is much depressed, being almost half as

wide again as deep and is two-thirds as long again as deep; there is a sharp, curved

dorso-lateral ridge on each side, partly encircling the front lobe and meeting a

Jongitudinal carina which runs from hinder corner of frontal lobe to postertor

margin of carapace; on the frontal lobe and for some distance posterior to it the

dorsum is medianly ridged, but towards the rear end it is suleate between the

slightly tumid branchial regions ; there is a short dorsal ridge on each pseudorostral

lobe, extending from apex to ocular lobe; on the side is an extensive shallow hollow,

margined below by a sharply elevated carina extending from antennal angle to

Fig, 9. Gynodiastylis dilatata, type wale; Jstersi view and cephalothoraxs from above

(™ 35),

posterior margin, Antero-lateral margin very shallowly concave; antennal angle

acute and margin posterior to it very finely serrate, Pseudorostral lobes sub-

truneate in front and shallowly excavate, meeting for a distance equal to one-

seventh of length of carapace. Frontal lobe distinctly marked off; ocular lobe

more than twice as wide as long and less than one-fourth greatest breadth of cara-

pace; it has three not very large lenses.

First to fourth pedigerous somites stecessively increasing in dorsal length;

second to fourth with a pair of dorso-lateral carinae, first with similar but fainter

eavinae, and fifth with a pair of dorso-lateral tumidities; third somite moderately

produced fore and aft on the sides, but second and third legs separated by an

interspace no greater than that between any of the others,

Pleon distinetly longer than cephalothorax, the distal somites rather slender ;

fifth fully half as long again as sixth, which is scarcely at all dilated posteriorly,

where it. is as wide as long; telson narrowly cordate, longer than sixth somite but

shorter than fifth, and with fully one-third of its length post-anal ; it is armed with

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 373

a pair of rather long terminal spines, flanked on the left by a lateral spine, on

the right side by two spines.

First antenna relatively small and robust ; first peduncular joint a little longer

than second and third combined, the last little longer than second; flagellum four-

segmentate and quite as Jong as peduneular joint; accessory flagellum fully

half as long as main lash, composed of four joints, the last of which is minute.

Second antenna with the eleven-segmentate flagellum barely longer than peduncle.

Mandible with nine or ten spines in the row.

Third maxilliped with basis only about one-tenth longer than rest of limb,

Fig. 10. Gynodiasiylia dilatata, type male; ant., first and second antennae with upper lip;

mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopoda; urop,, uropod and fifth and sixth

pleon somites, and telson (all X 56); tels., telson ( 125).

First peraeopod long, the carpus reaching beyond level of apex of pseudo-

rostrum ; basis less than two-thirds as long as rest of limb; carpus elongate, about

three-fourths as long as basis, and twice as long as propodus, which is more than

twice as long as dactylus; the propodus has, in dilated distal third, a series of long

sane which, like terminal seta of dactylus, are almost half the total length of the

imb.

Second peraeopod with exopod as long as the stout basis, which is approxi-

mately two-thirds the length of rest of limb; ischium relatively large; carpus

elongate, and distinctly more than twice as long as propodus, which is five-sixths

as long as the slender daetylus,

374 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Third and fourth. peraeopods with well-developed exopods and with basis

shorter than remaining joints together ; merus barely half as long again as carpus

and propodus together ; the last of the carpal setae is shorter and a little stouter

than the preceding seta and, unlike the stout propodal seta, does not reach to

Fig. 11, Gynodiastylis dilatata, large-oyed male; lateral yiew and (ceph.) cephalothorax

from above (% 42); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped, and first and second peraeopods; urop,,

uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (all % 56) ; tels., distal end of telson

(XX 280),

level of tip of the sharply pointed, curved dactylus. Fifth peraeopod a little

shorter and more slender than fourth, with merus about equal in length to carpus

and propodus together.

Peduncle of uropod one-third as long again as telson, as long as exopod, and

with three short spines on distal half of inner margin; endopod a little longer than

exopod, two-segmentate, the first joint with four spines on inner margin and a

little longer than second, which has four short inner spines and a terminal spine

HaLeE—ADSTRALIAN CUMACEA 375

almost two-thirds as long as the ramus; longer of the unequal terminal spines of

exopod a little longer than that of endopod.

Colonr white, Length 5 mm.

Loc, New South Wales: Ulladulla, Brush Island, 44 fath., in fine silt on flat-

head grounds (D. Rochford, Jan,, 1945). Type im South Australian Museum, Reg.

No. C. 2704,

Large-eyed. male. The considerable differences between fully mature and sub-

adult males in Allediastylis and Zimmeriana gen. noy. lead one to place here a

large-eyed adult male which agrees with the type in plan of seulpture and generally

in the proportions of the appendages. It may be that two forms of mature male

oceur, or that this is the ultimate male form. of the species, Uufortunately, in

many of the Diastylids now dealt with females are taken far more frequently than

are males, and the notes on this sex in. @ynodiastylis and allied genera are based

upon only a few specimens,

a The following comparative details concern the large-eyed male in question

g. 11).

The integument is semi-transparent, of almost glass-like brittleness; carapace

with distinet reticulations, which are much larger on posterior portions of sides

than elsewhere, Pleon with imbricate patterning.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal and not much wider than deep;

the earinae are swollen, the lower lateral one in particular more in the nature of a

fold surmounted by a carinate line; seen from the side the dorsum exhibits the

same indentation at middle of length because of the tumid branchial regions and

elevated mid-line of anterior half. Antero-lateral margin not at all excavate;

antero-lateral angle rounded, with three or four insignificant blunt dentieles, and

inferior margin not serrate towards front. Pseudorostrum of same length as in

type but decidedly downbent, Frontal lobe very large, with sutures distinct;

veular lobe swollen, more than one-third as wide as carapace, not quite twice as

broad as long, constricted somewhat at basa and with three big, colourless oval

Jenses, which exhibit distinet granular strueturé,

Pedigerous somites with dorso-lateral earinae swollen,

Telson with a pair of short terminal spines, flanked on each side by a single

more slender gpine; lateral margins distinetly serrate.

The second antennae are furnished with exceedingly dense sensory setae;

the flagellum is not longer than peduncle,

Third maxilliped with basis more than one-third as long again as remaining

joints together.

First and second peraeopods as in type excepting that the dactylus is definitely

longer ; that of the first is more than half length of propodns, that of second half

as long again aa propodus.

Recond segment of endopod of uropod with only two spines on inner margin

but with terminal spine almost as long as the whole ramns.

Length 2°75 mm- ;

foc, New South Wales: off Eden, 30 metres, in coarse sand (K. Sheard,

A, Trawl, Oct., 1943),

A juvenile male, 2:24 mm, in length, and with exopods of third and fourth

peracopods not fully developed, was taken by Mr, Sheard eleven miles off Eden, at

a depth of 120 metres; while in many respects resembling the examples described

aboye, this differs in having the first legs relatively longer, the carpus reaching for

fully half ite length beyond the apex of pseudorostrum. The endopod of the roped

is three-segmentate, the first joint not quite as long ag second and third combined,

and the second shorter than third, This is tentatively regarded as a-young example

of dilatata, but may represent another species,

ud .

376 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

GYNODIASTYLIS AMPLA Sp, NOY.

Female with developing marsupium. Integument calcified, opaque, with fine

but distinet reticulate patterning.

Carapace two-sevenths of total length of animal and less than one-fourth as

long again as pedigerons somites together; it is two-thirds as long as greatest

width, which is equal to the depth. The most prominent features of the sculptur-

ing are (1) a straight longitudinal ridge running back from below antennal tooth

for greater part of length of carapace; (2) a pair of dorsal, longitudinal ridges

Wig. 12, Gynodiastytis ampla, type female and malo; lateral yiews and cephalothorax from

above ( 13%).

on ‘posterior half, and meeting the raised posterior margin of carapace; (3) a

depression on each side for anterior two-thirds of length: the upper edge of this

hollow is marked by a fold which is most apparent when the carapace is viewed

from above. There is 4 shallow eoncavity on each side of frontal lobe and the

hinder parts of the sides are marked with faint pits, the interspaces forming

incipient: wavy ridges, Antero-lateral margin markedly concave; antennal angle

acute, and margin below it finely serrate, Pseudorostrum long and pointed, the

lobes meeting in front of ocular lobe for a distance equal to about one-fifth length

of carapace, slightly gaping near apex, Sutures of frontal lobe distinct; ocular

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 377

lobe much wider than long, much less than half length of pseudorostrum, and with

three pale lenses,

Pedigerous somites (like those of pleon) with shallow, irregular, large pit-

tings; somites successively increasing in length dorsally; fourth and fifth as wide

as carapace, the others narrower; pleural parts produced forwards on second

Fig. 13. Gynodiastylis ampila, syee female; ant,, first antenna (% 32; fiagella, x 240);

;

mxp., first to third maxillipeds (* 32); prp., first to third peracopods (x 32; distal portion

of third leg, X 75); urop,, uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson ( 32); tels, v.,

ventral view of telaon and peduncle of uropod (x 32); tela, 1., telson from the side (X 33).

and third somites, and backwards on third to fifth; fourth with a pair of indistinct

longitudinal dorsal ridges,

Pleon equal in length to cephalothorax; somites depressed; fifth half as wide

again as deep, one-third as long again as width and a little longer than sixth somite,

which is little longer than wide, scarcely dilated posteriorly, and has the hinder

margin medianly incised on the back; telson not very much shorter than sixth

378 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

somite, with lateral serrations fine, amd with the two terminal spines flanked on

each side by a shorter spine.

First antenna with first joutt of pedunele long, projecting well in front of

carapace, and longer than second and third joints together; second. two-thirds as

long as third, and equal in length to the two-jointed main flagellum, which. is

twice as long as accessory lash. Second antenna three-jointed, only about one-

third as long as first pair.

First and second maxillipeds with basis short (see figures).

Third maxilliped elongate, its dactylus reaching forward to level of middle

of Jength of pseudorostrum; basis narrow, slightly dilated distally and a little

longer than rest of appendage; carpus, propodua and dactylus subequal in length,

the last-named slightly the longest.

First peraeopod with merus reaching almost to level of antennal angle; basis

distinctly more than one-half of rest of limb (when extended) ; propodus equal

in length to merus and less than half as long as carpus; dactylus more than two-

thirds as long as propodus; propodal and dactylar setae longer than ischinm,

merus and carpns together.

Basis of second peraeopod shorter than rest of limb; ischium relatively large;

carpus nearly twice as long ss merus, and longer than propodus and dactylus

together; dactylus a little shorter than propodus and with distal setae longer

than the joint.

Posterior peracopods robust, aa usual without trace of exopods, and with

merus in all considerably longer than basis; earpus, propodus and dactylus short,

together not much more than half length of merus; carpus with one of the distal

setae enlarged to form a blunt-ended, stout spine, which reaches almost to tip of

dactylus (fig, 13, bottom left) ; propodal seta stout ( but more slender than above-

mentioned carpal seta) tapering to the subacute apex.

Pedunele of wropod less than one-third as long again as telson, broad (less

than four times as long as breath) excavate longitudinally on interior face and

with a row of eight or nine spines on inner edge; rami subequal in length; endo.

three-fifths as long as peduncle, with its proximal joint equal in length to the other

two subequal joints; first joint with four inner spines, the others each with one,

and second with one at inner distal angle also; terminal spine half the length of

ramus; exopod with two imequal terminal spines, one slightly longer than that

of endopod,

Colour white. Length 9:3 mm.

Adult male, Cavapace much as in female, but the antero-lateral angle is less

emphagized, and the oenlar lobe slightly larger ; it is three-fonrths as long again as

pedigerous somites, which together are shorter than in the other sex, First pedi-

ferons somite concealed on sides.

The pleon is one-tenth as long again as the cephalothorax. The lateral spines

of the telson are almost as long as the terminal spines.

Exopods ave present on the third maxilliped and first to fourth peraeopods;

those of the last two pairs of legs are smaller than the others, but have peduncle and

five-jointed flagellum, furnished with lang plumose setae. The appendages other-

qvige are as in the female excepting for trivial differences; there are five instead of

four spines on the first joint of endopod of uropod,

Length 8:2 mm.

Loe, New South Wales: Ulladulla, 75 metres (K, Sheard, A, Trawl, mesh 40,

July, 1944). Types.in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2654 and 2681.

This form is larger than any of the other species of the genus. The division

of the endopod of the rather massive uropod into segments is much more distinctly

marked than im some other members of the group haying this ramua trisegmentate

aud the setae of the thoracic exopods are comparatively well-developed and

strongly plumoseé,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 379

GYNODIASTYLIS SUBTINIS sp. noy,

Female with developing marsugium. Integument well calcified, brittle, with

surface smooth and somewhat, polished.

Carapace robust, distinctly less than one-third of total length of animal, one-

third as long again as pedigerous somites together, as wide as, and not much

longer than, depth; dorsum boldly arched in lateral view, sides rounded and

slightly sinuate ag seen from above; the only sculpture is a curved furrow behind

antero-lateral angle and the serrated inferior margin posterior to this angle.

Antero-lateral margin shallowly and evenly concave; antero-lateral angle defined

by the first of abovementioned serrations, Pseudorostral lobes truneate in front,

the external apical angle forming a small tooth; they meet for a distance equal to

about one-fifth length of carapace. Frontal lobe distinctly defined; ocular lobe

rounded, short and broad with three pale lenses,

( aie. 14, Gynodiastylia subtilis, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from above

% 25).

Anterior pleural portions of second pedigerous somite produced forwards

as a narrow lobe; third with similar but much deeper anterior lobe and also ex-

tended well backwards; the second and third legs are distinctly separated (prob-

ably widely separated in ovigerous female) ; fourth and fifth somites much longer

dorsally than the others.

Pleon a little longer than cephalothorax; fifth somite one-third as long again

as sixth, which is as wide as long and. twice as long as deep; telson almost as long

as sixth somite; tapering, but not markedly narrowed to the rear, laterally serrate,

rounded above, and with a post-anal portion equal to about half the length of

proximal part ; there is a pair of stout apical spines, flanked by a similar spine on

each side; at third fourth of length there is a further lateral spine on the right side

and nearly opposite this, on the left, a bristle.

First antenna with third peduncular joint not much longer than second; the

two-jointed accessory flagellum is half as long as the main lash,

380 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Third maxilliped wide, the basis more than one-third as broad as long, and

equal in length to rest of appendage; ischium and merus shorter than any of the

other joints, but merus unusually wide, expanded externally; propodus a little

longer than carpus and half as long again as dactylus.

First peraeopod short, the carpus not quite reaching level of apex of pseudo-

rostrum ; basis almost as long as rest of limb and with a couple of inner distal

spines; carpus long, more than half length of basis, and more than twice as long

as the short and broad propodus; dactylus with long terminal setae but itself very

Fig. 15. Gynodiastylis subtilix, type female; mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to

third peracopods (X 60; propodel seta, and dactylus with its elaw and seta, X 230); urop.,

uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson, ventral aspect ( 60); tels., ventral yiew

of postanal part of telson (X 115),

short, not much more than one-third as long as propodus, which bears a dozen

setae, like those of dactylus very long.

Second peraeopod robust; basis serrate on inner edge and as long as rest. of

limb; ischium distinet, with a small inner spine; carpus two-thirds as long again

as merus, which is as long as the short, subequal, propodus and dactylus together ;

marginal setae of the limb are long but terminal setae of dactylus are short.

Third to fifth peraeopods relatively long, the third and fourth exceeding the

second leg in length; the merus is twice as long as carpus and propodus together ;

the longest distal carpal seta, immediately preceding the usual shorter and stouter

seta, extends well beyond apex of dactylus, as does also the propodal seta; dactylus

with separated ¢law, at base of which is a seta (see dactylus, in fig. 15),

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 381

Uropod with the unarmed peduncle fully as long as telson, and slightly ex-

eeeding endopod in length; exopod little shorter than endopod, with terminal spine

stout, less than half as lone as the ramus and three times as long as an onter sub-

terminal spine ; endopod composed of three joints, the first equal to combined length

of the other two, which are subequal in length; inner margin of endopod wiusually

well endowed with spines for temale of the genus, there being seven, four and three

on the respective joints; terminal spine short and stout, not. exceeding last joint

in length,

Colour milky white. Length 4-4 mm.

oc. New South Wales: Ulladulla, 75 metres (K, Sheard, A, Trawl, June,

1944). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2671.

This species bears a general resemblance to polita but is at once distinguished

by the shorter first peraeopod, the considerable differences in the other appendages

and above all by the very different telson.

GYNODIASTYLIS CARINIROSTRIS Sp. nov.

Oviyerous female, Integument lightly calcified, not. at all brittle, but tough

and not easily torn.

Carapace one-third of total Jeneth of animal and barely longer than pedigerous

somites together ; it is almost twice as long as deep; from above it is subtriangular,

widest near posterior end, where it is distinetly wider than deep; pseudorostral

aud cephalothorax from above (XX 24),

lobes each a sharp, longitudinal, dorsal carina running from apex ta ocular lobe;

posterior half of carapace with a faint median dorsal depression, flanked at hinder

end by a pair of pits; sides without sculpture except for a very shallow, short,

curved furrow extending back from antero-lateral angle; antennal notch distinct

and angle acute, Pseudorostral lobes narrow, acute anteriorly, meeting for a

distance equal to fully one-fifth of length of carapace. Ocular lobe rounded, wider

than long, with three colourless corneal lenses,

Pedigerous somites smooth, the first much shorter than any of the others which

do not differ markedly in length; pleural parts of second and third expanded for-

382 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

wards, and of third and fourth markedly backwards, the coxae of second and third

peraeopods very widely separated ; as on carapace there are a few pellucid dorsal

spots and each somite has a median dorsal wavy line, absent on carapace.

Pleon barely longer than carapace; fifth somite not much longer than sixth,

which is considerably depressed, a little wider than long; telson short (about three-

tig. 17. Gynodiastylis carinirostris, paratype ovigerous female; ant., first and secona

antennae ( 56); mxp., second and third mawxillipeds (XX 56); prp., first to third peraeopods

(X 56); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (X 56; spines of endopod,

X 126); tels., distal end of telson (XX 286).

fourths as long as sixth somite), subconical, with two short, stout apical spines,

two pairs of lateral bristles and with lateral serrations in distal third; there is no

distinct post-anal portion.

First antenna with first joint of peduncle as long as rest of appendage includ-

ing flagellum ; second joint shorter and stouter than third. Second antenna three-

jointed with long plumose setae.

Mandible with nine or ten spines.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 483

Third maxilliped slender, elongate, the propodus reaching quite to antennal

angle; unarmed but with the usual setae; basis barely equal in leugth to remaining

joints together; carpus, propodus and dactylns equal in length, each almost as

long as ischium and merus together

First peraeopod short, the carpus not reaching level of apex of rostrum; basis

subequal in length to rest of limb; earpus elongate, two-thirds as lang as basis

and three times as long as the short propodus, which is furnished with a fan of nine

ov ten long setae; dactylus very short, less than half length of propodos, with a pair

of lone distal setae.

Second peraeonod with the stout basis nol much longer than remaining Joints

together; ischium distinet, rélatively large; carpus more than half as long again

as mevus; propodnue and dactylus subequal in length, each not wiyeh more than one-

third as long as carpus; terininal daetylar setae short, one stout.

Third to fifth peracopods all approximately same size; the broad merus is

about twice as lone as carpus and propodns together; dactylus short, stout and

blint.

Pedunele of uropod as long as sixth pleon somite, two and one-half times as

long as wide, with a short inner spine near distal end; endopod a little longer than

yedunele; three-jointed, the first seement fully as lone as seecnid and third joints

torether and with three inner spines; the Jast two each have one inner spine, that

of third subdistal ; terminal spine as long as first joi ; exopod stout and short, only

as long as first joint of endopod, and with the longer of its two terminal spines as

long as the ramus.

Colour white, Length 4:7 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Botany Bay, off Kurnell, 20 feet (W. Vairbridge,

Aug,, 1943). Type in South Australian Museum, Ree, No, C, 2669,

Several females with eggs or embryos in the narsupium,

GYNODIASTYLIS TRUNCATIPRONS Hale,

Gynadiastylis truncatifrons Hale, 1928, p. 45, fig. 13-14 and 1937, p. 65.

Ovigerous female. Re-examination of the type shows that in that example the

uropods have been mutilated during life; normally the endopod in the female is

folly as long as the pedunele and is three, not two-jointed, with the first joint

longer than second, which is barely longer than third; the longest terminal spine is

fully three-fourths as long as the ramus and the joint bears respectively three, two

and two shorf inner spines; exopad as long as the two proximal joints of endopod.

The antero-lateral angle is emphasized by a slender spine, posterior to which

the inferior margin bears a row of similar teeth.

An ovigerous female from Sellick’s Reef, South Australia, is only 3-7 mm. in

length, only half as long as the type.

A rather extreme range in size of ovigerous females associated in the same

situation is found also in sanilis Ammer

Adult male. An adult male from Memory Cove, South Australia, is nearly

5 mm, in length; exopods are well developed on the first four pairs of peraeopods.

Some examples about $°2 mun, in len¢th are available from New Sonth Wales

(4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, IK. Sheard, Oct., 1945) ; one of these is here illustrated.

The antennal spine, and the spines posterior to it are shorter than in the females

and the antero-lateral portion of the carapace is denticulate above the curved

lateral groove, The telson bearsa pair of apieal spines, flanked by a similar spine

on each side, all being relatively larger than im the female.

The first antenna has the first Joint of peduncle longer than second and third

together, and second shorter than third ; the slender three-jointed accessory fagel-

384 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

lum is half as long as the main lash, which is apparently four-jointed, The eleven-

jointed flagellum of the second antenna is as long as the peduncle.

The first peracopod has the carpus a little more elongate than in the female and

as in the latter the ischium bears two distal spines, and the merus one or two.

Prp. 3 @

Fig. 18. Gynodiastylis truncatifrons, adult male (3-2 mm., New South Wales) and

ovigerous female (3-7 mm., South Australia); lateral view of whole animal (X 30); c¢. pace,

antero-lateral angle and inferior margin of carapace ( 72); ant., first and second antennae

(X 72); prp. 3, distal joints of third peracopod (X 120); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth

pleon somites, and telson ( 72); tels., distal end of telson (X 240).

The endopod of the uropod is one-fifth as long again as the peduncle; it is

divided into only two joints, each of which bears four inner spines; the first joint

is about three-fourths as long as second, the long terminal spine of which is longer

than its joint; exopod not much more than half as long as endopod, its longest

terminal spine longer than ramus and longer than that of endopod.

TYNODIASTYLIS POLITA sp. noy.

Ovigerous female. Integument smooth and polished, the only seulpture being

a faint, eurved depression on side of carapace, running back from antennal angle

to about middle of length, and not margined by folds or ridges.

Carapace less than one-third of total length, and two-thirds as long again as

deep ; seen from above it is subtriangular in shape, tapering to the front and broad

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 385

at the rear, where it is considerably wider than deep, Antero-lateral margin helow

pseudorostrum perpendicular, not at all concave; antero-lateral angle with a tiny

tooth, behind which are two similar denticles. Pseudorostrum nearly one-fifth

of total length of carapace; each lobe is narrowly traneate in front with the upper

(or inner) distal angle produced as a minute tooth which rests against its fellow

of the opposite side. Frontal lobe moderately laree, distinetly defined; ocular lobe

rounded, more than twice as wide as long, and with three pale lenses.

Pedigerous somites together about three-fourths as long as carapace; suec-

cessively increasing in dorsal length to forth, which is longer on mid-line of back

than fifth; pleural parts of second prodneed well forwards and overlapping those

of first; third somite expanded in front on the side (where it overlaps the second)

and also much to the rear, the second and third legs being widely separated ; it. is

completely fused with the fourth somite on the back and dorso-laterally, but not so

Fig. 19, Gynodiastylis polita, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from. above

(X 22).

completely on lower part of sides; there is the fine median longitudinal line on all

somites (apparent in several species), but no real carinae or folds.

Pleon shorter than cephalothorax, not depressed; the fifth somite is half as

long again as wide and is one-fifth longer than the sixth somite which is little

broadened posteriorly. where it. is as wide as long; telson about three-fourths as

long as the fifth somite, plump, smooth and rounded with very short post-anal

part ; the apex bears a pair of short, stout spines, a little anterior to which, on each

side, a small bristle ig set. in a tiny incision,

First antenna with proximal joint of peduncle a little shorter than second and

third together ; third more than half as long again as second ; flagellum two-jointed,

longer than second peidluncular segment; accessory flagellum elongate, nearly as

long as first joint of main lash and apparently single-jointed, Second antenna

with three segments not differing much in length, the setae of the last two as long

as first antenna.

Mandible with nine or ten spines in the row.

Third maxilliped with palp elongate; with the appendage extended the pro-

podus reaches to level of apex of pseudorostrim; basis about two-thirds as long

as rest of limb, little expanded distally; merus somewhat expanded, carpus longer

386 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

than ischium and merus together, and fully as long as propodus, which is little

longer than dactylus.

First peraeopod robust, the carpus reaching beyond apex of pseudorostrum ;

basis about half as long as remaining joints together; carpus very long, fully two

and one-half times the length of the propodus, which is broadened in distal third,

Fig. 20. Gynodiastylis polita, paratype non-ovigerous female; ant., first and second an-

tennse (X 64); mand., distal portion of mandible (X 120); mxp., seeond and third maxillipeds

(x64); prp., first to third peracopods (% 64; distal joints of third leg, X 120); tels. and sp.,

distal end of telson and terminal spines of rami of uropod (% 240). urop., Uropod of type

ovigerous female, with sixth pleon somite and telson (™% 55).

where are seated a dozen very long inner setae; dactylus two-thirds as long as

propodus and with long terminal setae.

Second peraeopod with basis shorter than rest of limb; ischium not distinetly

separated off from basis; carpus more than half as long again us either merus

or propodus, the latter almost equal in length to the dactylus.

In the third to fifth peraeopods the basis is not or barely longer than ischium

and merus together ; the merus in third and fourth pairs is little more than twice

as long as carpus; one of the distal carpal setae is much stouter than the others and

does not reach quite to the tip of the short, stout and blunt dactylus; propodal seta

slender, reaching to tip of dactylus.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 387

Pedunele of wropod more than half as long again as either exopod or telson,

with a spine and a seta near distal end of inner margin; endopod curved like a

bow, a little longer than exoyod and composed of three segments, the second some-

what longer than first and nearly twice.as lony as third; the suture between second

and third segments is not very distinet; the joints bear respectively two, three and

one inner spines, the last subterminal; the terminal ‘‘spines’’ (really composite

setae) of both exo-and endopod are stout, and are short unless one includes in their

length the slender setal distal portion whieh emerges from the wide spine-like,

proximal part (see fig. 20, sp.)-

Colonr white. Length 4:7 mm,

Female with developing marsupuim, The carapace is relatively a little longer

(one-third of total length) than in the ovigerous female and is not widened

posteriorly, but is suboval in shape and not as wide as deep; the same little

distal point is present on the pseudorostram. Pediverous somites together are not

much more than half as lony as the carapace; the third and fourth are not

ankylosed to the same degree, while the second and third somites are less expanded

on the sides, so that the third legs are separated from the second by a space little

greater than that hetween the others; the pedigerous somites ay a whole are, of

corse, not nearly so broadened as shown im fig. 19. The pleon is as long as the

cephalothorax ; its fifth somite is only one-fourth as long again as wide, but the

telson is as in the adult,

At this stage the appendages differ in no important detail from those of the

ovigerous female, excepting that the peduncle of the uropod does not reach much

beyond end of telson, and is barely louger than the rami, while the endopod pf

this appendage has two, instead of three, inner spines on seeond joint,

Length 2-9 mm.

Similar differences oceur belween subadult and ovigerous females of other

members af the genns and are here siven because some species, owing to lack of

other material, are described from females not fully mature,

Loe. New South Wales: 11 miles off Bden, 120 inetres (subadult female,

K. Sheard, A, Trawl, Jan,, 1943) ; 5 miles off Eden, 60 metres, on mud (iype loc.

K. Sheard, submarine light, Dec,, 1945) ; 4 miles off Port Hacking, 80 metres, on

mud (K, Sheard, A. Trawl, May, 1944); Ulladalla, Brnsh Island, 45 fath,, in fine

silt on flathead “rounds (D. Rochford, Jan., 1945), Type in South Australian

Museum, Reg. No, C. 2713,

The male was not taken at any of the above localities. In general the species

resembles the siialler hari/meyert Zimmer (1914, p, 187, fig. 14) from Western

Australia but. differs in the armed telson and in the much longer first peraeopod,

the more prominent and dentate anterolateral angle of carapace, ete,

GYNCPIASTYLIS AMETGDA Sp. nov.

Onigerous female, A.—(type). Infewument smooth, thin but ealcified.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal and equal in length

to pedigerous somites tovether; twice us Jong as deep; seen from above it is

subtriangular in shape, widest posteriorly, where it is half as broad ayain as

depth; dorsum with an obscure median ridge on anterior half, not greatly arched

as seen from the side. Antero-lateral maryin coneave; antero-lateral angle with

two small teeth, Psendorostral lobes narvow anteriorly and excavate, meeting

for a distance equal to less thai one-fonrth of length of varapace. Frontal lobe

well defined; oeular lobe subtriangular, with three faintly delineated lenses.

Second and fourth pedigerous somites longer dorsally than any of the others;

pleural parts of second produced forwards. that of third somewhat expanded

388 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

in front and much produced to the rear, the second and third peraeopods being

very considerably separated.

Pleon depressed, about one-third as long again as carapace ; fifth somite barely

longer than sixth, which is a little longer than broad; telson subcordate as seen

from above, two-thirds as long as sixth somite; a short distal portion is post-

anal with a pair of apical spines and near them on each side a lateral spine of

about the same size; lateral serrations small.

Fig. 21. Gynodiastylis ambigua, ovigerous females; lateral views, and (ceph.) cephalo-

thorax from above, of type A— and variety —B (xX 30).

First antenna with first joint of peduncle longer than second and third

together; flagellum two-jointed and accessory lash small.

Basis of third maxilliped three-fourths as long again as rest of limb; remain-

ing joints not differing markedly in length.

First peraeopod short, barely reaching past apex of pseudorostrum when

extended, the carpus reaching a little beyond level of antennal angle; basis three-

fourths as long again as rest of limb, with a slender tooth at inner apical angle;

propodus about three-fourths as long as carpus, a little longer than dactylus and

about as long as merus; propodal setae sparse and not very long.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 389

Second peraeopod with exopod (not ineluding setae) as long as basis, which

is almost three times as long as rest of limb; ischium distinct, not much shorter

than the abbreviated merus and carpus; propodus a little longer than carpus

and about two-thirds length of dactylus.

Third and fourth peraeopods longer than second; merus stout, longer than

basis and more than twice as long as carpus and propodus together; the most

distal of the carpal setae is short, claw-like, and much stouter than the other

setae of this joint and than the propodal seta, whieh reaches well beyond tip of

dactylus; fifth peraeopod about as long as second,

Fig. 22, Gynodiastylis ambigna, paratype female; oc. lobe and ant., ocular lobe and first

antonny (% 56); mxp. and prp,, third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods (% 56; distal

joints of second leg and varpal seta of third, % 125); urop., ventral aspect of uropod with fifth

and sixth pleon somites, and telson (X 56); tels. L, lateral view of telson (% 125), A, 'Telson

of type female (% 125), B, Telson of variety (X 125).

Pedunele of uropod stout, about as long as telson, with one subdistal spine on

inner margin ; endopod equal in length to peduncle and twice as long as exopod,

three-jointed, the first joint as long as second and third together; inner margin

with four spines on first joint, two on second and two on third, the last subdistal

and longer and stouter than the others; terminal spine half as long as ramus;

exopod with three unequal terminal spines, the inner very short, the longest much

longer than ramus and longer than terminal endopodal spine.

Jolour white, Length 3-5 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Jibbon Station, 70 metres, on sand (type female

loe,, K. Sheard, A. Trawl Station 9, Aug., 1943) ; 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in

390 Recorps oF THe $.A. MUSEUM

silt (K, Sheard, Oet., 1943). Type in Sontl Australian Museum, Reg. No, O, 2674.

Onigerous female, B—(robust form), One of the examples from the type

locality was at first set aside as a species distinct from the above beeause of the

mare robust carapace, the noticeably shorter first peracopods, and the slightly

longer exopod of the uropod, The appendages are otherwise close to those of the

type.

The carapace is more arched dorsally as seen from the side and is relatively

wider and deeper, with the sides, as seen from above, more convex. The whole

frontal lobe is relatively wider.

In the third maxilliped the basis is a little shorter than in the type and the

carpus of the first peracopod reaches only to level of antero-lateral angle of

carapace instead of beyond it, while the basis of this leg is only about half as long

again as rest of limb, but has the long inner distal tooth as figured, The basis of

the second peraeopod is relatively a little shorter, but the rest of the limb is

composed of the unusually short joints as described, The robust distal carpal

seta of the posterior legs is a trifle longer.

Uropods are much as in the type, but the exopod ts two-thirds as long as

endopod, there are three spines on inner edee of peduncle and five on Inner margin

of first joint of endopod, while the terminal spiues of both rami are considerably

longer.

The telson (fig. 22, B) has the post-anal portion a little longer, the lateral

serrations considerably larger, and the terminal and subterminal spines Jonger

and stoutet,

Length 8:8 mm. Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, C_ 2676.

Ovigerous female. C—(slender form). In striking contrast to the robust

variety, this differs from the type in the extremely elongate carapace, which is

three times as long as deep, and twice as long as greatest width, The pseudo-

rostruin is long, subtrimieate in front, with the lobes mecting for a distance equal

to about one-sixth of length of carapace. Antero-lateral angle with three teeth,

The basis of the first peraeopod is shorter than in the type, not quite half

as long again as rest of limb; the basis of the seeand peraeopod, as in form B

is likewise relatively shorter than in the type.

The lateral margins of the telson are distinctly serrate, and the terminal

and lateral spines slender, In the uropods the armature is as in the type, but

as in the much larger robust variety the exopod is two-thirds as Jong as the three-

seomentate endopod; the latter has the longer terminal spine almost as long

as the ramus,

Length 2°9 mm,

Adult male. ©, Of the specimens here referred to ambigua, the only males

belong to this smal! variety.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal and one-third as long again ag

pedigerous somites together ; it is two and three-fourths times as long as deep and

ig a little wider than deep; seen from above it is only slightly broadened towards

the rear, and viewed from the side the dorsal margin is little arched, Antero-

lateral margin scarcely concave and antero-lateral angle with three small teeth.

Pseudorostral lohes meeting for a distance equal to about one-fifth of length of

carapace; the pseudorostrum is samewhat downhent, Ocular lobe not larger

(relatively) than in female, slightly constricted at base.

Second and fourth somites markedly longer on back than the others; second

well-produced anteriorly on sides, where its lobe generously overlaps first somite ;

third and fourth somites extended markedly backwards on sides, the second and

third peraeopods separated by a wide interspace.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 391

Pleon nearly half as long again as carapace; telson with rather long and

slender apical and lateral spines and distinct serrations (fig. 23, tels.)

First antenna with flagellum three-segmentate and as long as last joint of

pedunele; accessory lash small, apparently single-jointed. Second antenna with

the eleven-segmentate flagellum more than half as long again as the slender

pedunele.

Fig. 23. Gynodiastylis ambigua, ovigerous female and adult male of small, slender form —C ‘

jJateral view of male and (ceph.) cephalothorax of both sexes from above (X 43); e pace.,

front of carapace ( X 66); ant., first and second antennae (X 66) ; prp., first to third peraeopods

(X 66); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (x 66); tels., distal end

of telson (* 200).

First peraeopod with carpus barely exceeding the antennal angle; basis only

one-third as long again as combined lengths of remaining joints, which are much

as described for the type female.

Second peraeopod. with exopod longer than basis, which is little more than

twice as long as rest of limb; ischium relatively large but shorter than either

rate! or carpus, which in turn are shorter than either the subequal propodus or

tylus,

392 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Third and fourth peraeopods both without trace of exopods, and in other

respects resembling those of female; the propodal seta is short.

Pedunele of uropod very slightly longer than telson and with two slender

short spines near distal end of inner margin ; endopod as long as peduncle, divided

into. two joints subequal in length (three-segmentate in all females), each with

four spines on inner margin; exopod more than half, but less than two-thirds

length of endopod.

Colour white. Length 2°5 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., im fine silt on

flathead grounds (D. Rochford, Jan., 1945). Types in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No. C, 2693-2694.

While this species in some respects resembles laevis (Calman, 1911, p. 371,

pl. xxxv, fig. 32-89) the uropods and armed telson are yery distinctive.

As the male is known only in the last of the three forms described and as

the females resemble each other in the character of the appendages they are

regarded. provisionally as variants of one species. The differences between the

robust (B) and attenuate (C) varieties, in both size and form, are, as mentioned,

very striking.

GYNODIASTYLIS ATTENUATA 8p, NOV,

Adult male. Carapace completely smooth, almost one-third of total length

of animal and as long as pedigerous somites and first pleon somite together ; it

is very slender, barely wider than deep, more than two and one-half times as long

Fig, 24, Gynodiastylis attenuata, type male;

Jateral viow and cophalothorax from above (> 51).

as deep, and with dorsal margin from posterior end to ocular lobe, almost straight.

Antero-lateral margin scarcely at all excavate and antennal angle rounded,

without denticles. Pseudorostrum a little downbent, narrowly subtruncate in

front both as seen from above and from. the side, the lobes meeting for a distance

equal to nearly one-fifth of total length of carapace. Frontal lobe with sutures

distinct; éye-lobe subtriangular, longer than wide, with three faintly marked

ocular areas.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 393

Second pedigerous somite dorsally longer than any of the others, its anterior

pleural lobes overlapping the first, which is relatively quite long; third and fourth

somites decidely produced backwards, the second and third peraeopods rather

widely separated.

Pleon three-fourths as long as cephalothorax; fifth somite fully one-fourth

as long again as sixth, which is slightly widened posteriorly, where it is quite as

wide as long; telson plump, subcordate, shorter than sixth somite, with no post-

anal portion and with no discernible terminal] or lateral spines.

oc, lobe

Fig. 25, Gynodiastylis attenuata, paratype male; oc. lobe, ocular lobe ; ant., first and seeond

antennas; prp., first to third peracopods; urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and

telson (all % 114),

First antenna stout, with first joint of peduncle not much longer than second

and third together; third joint little longer than second; flagellam two-jointed,

as long as second joint of peduncle, and twice as long as the apparently single-

jointed accessory lash, Second. antenna shorter than carapace, slender, with

relatively short peduncle and ten-jointed flagellum, which is fully twice as long

as peduncle.

First peraeopod barely extending beyond level of apex of pseudorostrum when

fully extended, the basis little longer than rest of limb; carpus about one-fourth

length of basis, subequal in length to propodus, one-fourth as long again as

dactylus, and equal in length to ischium and werus combined.

Second peraeopod with exopod fully as long as basis, which is broad and

is two and one-half times as long as the abbreviated terminal joints together ;

ischium distinct, propodus much shorter than, dactylus, and merus about as long

as propodus and dactylus together.

394 Recorps oF THE S.A. MusEUM

Third peraeopod with short exopod, furnished with two-jointed fagellam and

plumose sétae; fourth leg without trace of exopod. These limbs are not much

shorter than the second peraeopod; they have the merus more than twiee as long

as carpus and propodus together and the dactylus stout; the propodal seta

and the most distal of the carpal setae reach beyond level of tip of dactylus.

Fifth peraecopad about three-fourths as long as fourth.

Pedunele of uropod not quite as long as telson! or as exopod, which is three-

fifths as long as the endopod; exopod with two stout, subequal spines (composite

setae) the longer, not including the slender terminal portion, as long as endopod;

first segment of the two-jointed endopod subsqnal in length to second, and with

two inner spines: second joint with three inner spines, successively increasing in

length, and with a terminal spine which (excluding its slender setal portion) is

two-thirds as long as the ramus.

Length 2-3 mm.

Ovigerous female, The available material of this species was preserved in

formalin, A couple of females with marsupium, though completely decalcified,

show that in form this sex differs little from the male as figured and has the

gate attenuated facies. As usnal in the genus. exopods are well developed on

the first and second peraeopods, but are absent on the third maxilliped and

third and fourth peraeopods. The second and third peraeopods are more widely

separated than in the male,

The endopod of the uropod is two-jointed.

Length 2-5 mm.

Loc. Queensland: Moreton Bay, Myora Bight, surface (I, S, R. Munro,

Stations 28, 44, and 55, 50 cm, 40 m. net, 2.30 aan, and 9.30 p.m, on Nov. 29,

1940, and 9,40 p.m. on Dev. 6, 1940), Types in South Australian Museum, Reg.

No. C, 2678 and 2680,

Thig. species in general appearance closely resembles. the small variety (C)

described under ambigua, but may be at once distinguished. by the nnarmed telson,

the difference in the wropods, and the absence of teeth at the antennal angle. It

is also very much like the New Zealand laevis (Calman, 1911, p, 371, pl. xxxv,

fir, 32-29), but that form has the endopod of the nropod unsegmented and only a

little longer than the exopod, there is no exopod on the third peraeopod of tha

male, the joints of the second peraeopod are of different proportions, ete.

GyYNODIASTYLIS ECHINATA Sp. TOV.

7 tly ite female, Integument ealeified, opaque, but fragile and easily frac-

tured,

Carapace one-third of total length of animal and two-thirds as long again

as pedigerous somites together ; it is robust, less than half as long again as deep,

its depth not quite equal to greatest width, which is at posterior end; back and

sides strongly spinose, the spines more or less distinctly arranged in series, parti-

cularly those margining a furrow which curves upwards from antero-lateral angle

towards dorsum, longitudinal rows on each side of a dorsal gutter, and along

jnfero-lateral fold; on the back and dorso-laterally there are numerous plumose

haire betweenthe armature. Antero-lateral margin short, deeply excavate ; antero-

lateral angle armed with a spine (one of a series running back from it). Psendo-

rostrum distally acute as seen from the side, excavate when viewed from above;

lobes meeting for a distance equal to fully one-tenth of length of carapace, Sutures

fnsed, so that. the whole frontal lobe is nop well defined. The ocular lobe is much

wider than long, and eyes are not defined, although there is a translucent area

on each side of the labe.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 395

Pedigerous somites spinose, the spines largest on dorsum, where a dorso-

lateral, slightly elevated row-occur on each side of second to fifth; plumose hairs

48 On carapace; first and third somites shorter dorsally than the others; pleural

parts of second and third produced forwards, those of third to fifth backwards.

Pleon as long as cephalothorax, sparsely spinulose dorso-laterslly and

ventrally, with spinules on sides (see fig. 26), and with plumose setae on venter;

somites stout and rather short, the fifth not much longer than sixth, which is

somewhat wider than long; telson longer than any other of the plaon somites,

subcylindrical, but with a short, tapering, post-anal portion armed with two small

terminal spines (fig. 27, tels.).

eat 4

iru id =f

. _

- Fate £

et Fey!

’

( Fig. 26, Gynodiastylis echinata, type female; lateral view and cephalothoras from above

x 87),

First and second peduncular joints of the short first antenna armed with

spines; first joint stout, nearly as long as rest of peduncle and flagellum together ;

third joint twice as long as second, and equal in length to the two-jointed majn

flagellum; accessory flagellum very small.

Second antenna three () jointed, spinose.

Mandible with about ten spines.

Third maxilliped with basis to carpus spinulose; basis stout, about as long

as remainder of limb and with apex not dilated, but a little forwardly produced

at outer distal angle; propodus a little longer than either merus, carpus or

dactylus, which are subequal in length.

All perseopods spiny. First pair short, the carpus barely reaching level of

antennal angle; basis wide, about two-thirds as long as rest of limb; carpus twice

as long as merus, and only about one-fourth as long again as the long propodus,

which bears a single long distal seta; dactylus about half as long as propodus, with

a terminal brush of setae, one stouter than the others,

Basis of second peraeopod large, as long as remainder of limb; ischium sup-

pressed ; merus, carpus and propodus subequal in length, each only about three-

fourths as long as dactylus, the longest terminal seta of which is as long ag

propodus and dactylus together.

Basis slender in third to fifth peraeopods, as long, or almost as long, as

remaining joints together in third and fourth, shorter in fifth; merus not as.

long as carpus and propodus together and less than half as long as basis in all;

apart from length of basis these limbs differ little in size.

396 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pedunele of uropod stout, spiny, reaching only to posterior ends of anal valves,

with strong non-articulate spines ou outer face; rami spiny, the exopod as long

as peduncle and with longest of the three very unequal terminal spines not quite

as long as the ramus; endopod three-jointed, the first joint half as long again

Fig. 27. Gynodiastylis echinata, type female; ant., first and second antennas; mxp, and

prp., third maxilliped, and first, second and fifth peraeopods; urop, uropod with sixth pleon

somite and telson; tels., lateral view of telson (all 70),

as second and third segments together; second joint somewhat shorter than

third, the longest terminal spine of which is as long as the whole ramus.

Colour milk-white. Length 3-3 mm,

Loc, New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt (K, Sheard, Oct.,

1943), Type in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, ©, 2652,

GYNODIASTYLIS ROSCIDA Sp, NOV.

Female with developing marsupium. Integument calcified, but not very

thick ; carapace, excepting along posterior and lower margins, covered with closely

set glassy granules.

Carapace large and robust, more than one-third of total length of animal;

it is subovate as seen from above, as broad as deep and only one-third as long

again as wide; dorsally there is a pair of widely separated longitudinal ridges

in posterior half, the back between them suleate ; anteriorly, on and behind frontal

lobe, there is another pair placed much closer together, and in front. of ocular

Hacte—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 397

lobe these continue to the apex of the psenudorostral lobes; on each side of frontal

lobe there is a slight excavation, margined by a faint dorso-lateral curved ridge,

conspicuous mainly because of its line of rather pointed granules, which run

from the end of each of the aforementioned posterior carinae towards the front.

of pseudorostrum; each side has a shallow depression, not emphasized by any

trace of ridges or folds, and below it the lower part. of carapace is rounded, tha

inferior margin incurved, Antero-lateral margin shallowly concave, and antennal

angle rounded, granulate. Pseudorostral lobes pointed in front, meeting for a

distance equal to nearly one-fifth of length of carapace, Frontal lobe obscurely

defined ; ocular lobe wide, with no apparent eyes.

x ao 28, GCynodiastylis roscida, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from above

Pedigerous somites together abont two-thirds as long as carapace, the pleural

parts of all exposed; second and third not greatly expanded on sides, but pleural

portions probably more produced in adult; second, fourth, and fifth somites each

with a pair of strong dorgo-lateral carinae, those of the last two somites particu-

larly strongly elevated, almost eristiform; there is sore sparse granulation.

Pleon twice as. long as pedigerous somites together, and thus considerably

shorter than cephalothorax; on each side of the first to fifth somites there is a

low dorso-lateral, longitudinal serrated eresi, directed outward and so most

prominent when the animal is viewad from sbove (fig. 29, urop) ; sixth somite a

little wider than long, not very conspicuously shorter than fifth, and with traces

of serrated crests only near anterior end; telson broadly ovate, plump, without

any post-anal part, without spines, but with a few serrations on sides near apex,

which bears two pairs of insignificant bristles.

First antenna robust; proximal segment of peduncle longer than second and

third joints together, with a strong distal tooth; second and third subequal in

length, but second much the wider and with two spine-like distal teeth; the short

flagellum is two-jointed, the accessory (whieh is about half as long as the main

Jash) two-jointed with possibly a small third basal segment. Only three joints

ean be made out in the second antenna, which is tiny.

Mandibles with ten and eleven spines.

398 REcorRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Third maxilliped with basis granulate, a little longer than rest of appendage,

with inner margin strongly toothed and a prominent tooth at inner apical angle;

external distal angle not much produced, with one of the setae much stouter

than the others,

Developing marsupial plates and at least basis of perasopods studded with

pranules, which become very small on posterior legs,

First: peraeopod short, the carpus reaching little beyond antennal angle, the

whole limb not much longer than carapace; with basis equal in leneth to remain-

ing joints together, in part serrate on both marginge and with some conspicuous

Fig. 29. Gynodiastylis roscida, type female; ant., first and second antennas ( 55) ; mxp,,

and prp,, third maxilliped and fivst to third peraeopods (% 55); basis, distal end of basis of

first peraeopod (x 125) ; urop., uropod with fourth to sixth pleon somites and telson (% 55) ;

tels,, telson (* 124),

teeth at distal end; propodus rather legs than two-thirds as long as carpus, a8

long as ischiom and merus combined, and with four unequal distal setae, the

longest more than twice as long as the joint; dactylus barely longer than propodus

with oue of its distal setae very long; ischium and merus spiny.

Second peraeopod only half as long as first, with the wide basis quite twice

as long as remaining joints together and with a comb of flattened spines on inner

edge; ischium distinct; merus broad, its width emphasized by four flattened

crowded teeth on inner margin and a couple of less prominent. teeth on outer;

carpus 4 little shorter than merus, subequal in length to propodus and with an

inner tooth; dactylus little longer than propodus, with one of the distal setae

very long; exopod, including its setae, much longer than the limb.

Third and fourth peraeopods with basis much shorter than rest of limb,

and merus distinctly longer than carpus and propodus together; one of the two

distal carpal setae much stouter and a little shorter than the other! which, like

the slender propodal seta, reaches to tip of the rather short, curved, and pointed

dactylus. Fifth peraeopod shorter than third or fourth leg, but as long as second,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMAGEA 399

Peduncle of uropod. dilated distally, jaggedly serrate on both margins, but

without articulated spines; it. is a little longer than the telson and than the sub

equal ramt; endopod divided into two jomts of equal length, the first with three

inner spines and some spinules, the second with two spines on inner margin, and

a terminal spine less than two-thirds the length of the ramus; exopod with a

few serrations on outer edge near proximal end and with the longer of the two

very unequal terminal spines barely longer than that of endapod.

Colour: carapace and pedigerous somites pale russet brown; pleon and

appendages cream. Length 3 mm.

Loc. Tasmania: Marion Bay, 10-17 fath., amongst kelp (W. 8, Fairbridge,

Euphausiid bottom net, Dec., 1944). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg.

No. ©. 2744,

Resembles guadricristata in some respects, but is readily distinguished by

the sculpture,

GYNODIASTYLIS MUTABILIS sp. NOV.

Female with brood young, Carapace deep and somewhat compressed, one-

third of total length of animal, and less than half as long agam as pedigerous

somites together; it is only about half as long again as deep, but two-thirds ps

long again as gréatest width; seen from the side the dorsal margin inclines slightly

upwards from rear end to above posterior end of frontal lobe, thence descends

steeply and obliquely to apex of psendorostrum ; each side of frontal lobe with a

depression partly eniclosed by a low serrate ridge; each pseudorostral lobe has 8 —

dorsal carina running from apex to frontal lobe and then continued for a short

distance on the latter; on each side a fine dorso-lateral ridge (with some posterior

denticles) curves up from front of psendorostram towards the frontal ridge, and

a longér transverse carina curves back from antennal angle and then forward

to meet the ridge of frontal lobe; im addition to these carinae, which are all very

fine, there are a number of short irregular ill-defined longitudinal ridges and

some shallow pits on the sides; the median part of the dorsum, from frontal lobe

to hinder margin, is depressed, the rather wide sulcus margined by a low longi-

tudinal fold on each side. AnteroJateral margin scarcely excavate; antero-lateral

angle obtuse but with a tooth, behind which inferior margin is serrate for a short

distance. Psendorostrum subtruncate and excavate in front, the lobes meeting

for a distance equal to about one-seventh of length of carapace. Ocular lobe

excessively short, the front margin almost transverse; it is armed with a pair of

tiny denticles and is rounded at the lateral corners ; no apparent lenses.

- First, and particularly third, pedigerous somites dorsally much shorter than

any of the others; the third is expanded fore and aft on the sides, and the second

and third ‘peraeopods are widely separated; evidently but for the distended

brood pouch the anterior pleural lobe of second would overlap the first somite

and that of third the posterior part of sides of second; fourth and fifth each with

& vlear cut dorso-lateral, lougiiudinal carina on each side.

Pleon not, quite as long as cephalothorax, the distal somites subeylindrieal

and rather slender; fifth somite less than one-fourth longer than sixth, which is

barely dilated posteriorly where it is not as wide as long; telson equal mm length

to sixth somite, with nearly one-fifth of length post-anal; sides subparallel almost

to level of end of anal valves and with three small lateral teeth, the last pair more

prominent than the others; the part distal to the last dentations tapers abruptly

to the acute apex, atid bears a pair of subapical spines.

First antenna very stout; first segment of peduncle much longer than whole

of rest of appendage and, like the short and wide second joint, armed with strong

400 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

spine-like projections at distal end; third joint partly concealed by the afore-

mentioned spines; flagellum short, tavo-segmentate, the accessory lash about. half

its length and apparently three-jointed. Second antenna three-jointed.

Mandible with about thirteen spines in the row.

Third maxilliped with basis robust, more than half as long as remaining

joints together, the distal half of inner margin, like inner edges of ischium, merus

and carpus, with closed serrations.

First peraeopod with distal portion missing.

Fig. 30. Gynodiastylie mutabilis, types fomale and male; lateral view and cephalothorax

from above (* 30),

Second peraeopod with exopod as long as the wide basis, which is considerably

longer than the slender remaining joints together; ischium short but distinct;

carpus a little longer than either merus or propodus, the latter barely more than

half as long as dactylus,

Third and fourth peraeopods with basis about two-thirds as long as rest of

limb, and merus not a great deal longer than combined length of carpus and pro-

podus; carpus with last distal seta stouter and shorter than penultimate and, like

stout propodal seta, reaching to about level of apex of the claw-like dactylus, Fifth

peraeopod a little shorter than fourth and almost as long as seeond,

Peduncle of uropod unarmed, barely longer than telson, and equal in length

to exopod, which is not quite as long as the single-jointed endopod; the last-named

bears seven spines on inner margin and two unequal terminal spines, the longer

less than half length of ramus, and subequal in length to the longer of the apical

spines of exopod.

Length 3 mim,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 401

Adult male. Resembles the female in general form, but carapace not so deep

and dorsal ridges less markedly serrate.

Carapace little deeper than wide and. two-thirds as long again as deep; it is

one-third of total length of animal and three-fourths as long again as pedigerous

somites together. Antero-lateral margin not sloping back as in female and antero-

lateral corner dentate. Pseudorostrum, as seen from above, relatively broader

than in female, and ocular lobe a little broader but again very short and without

eyes.

o.pace ¢

Fig, 31, Gynodiastylis mulabilis, types female and male; ¢. pace, anterior portion of

carapace, slightly flattened ( 52); ant., antennae and lips (male, X 52; female, X 135); mand.,

mandible ( 52); prp., second and fourth peraeopods ( X 52); urop,, uropod with fifth and sixth

pleon somites, and telson (X 52); tels., ventral views of distal portion of telson (x 210).

Anterior pedigerous somites crowded ; second with anterior pleural part over-

lapping first to carapace; third very short dorsally, expanded on sides, but second

and third legs not separated more than others.

Pleon not quite as long as cephalothorax and with sides smoother than in

female; the telson is narrower and longer (longer than sixth somite), with the

distal part quite slender, and there is only one tooth on each lateral margin; the

single pair of spines are subterminal and the apex tapers to a point.

402 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second antenna with the ten-segmentate flagellum not much longer than

the peduncle. Upper lip narrower than in female.

Second peraeopod with basis much longer than rest of limb and with dactylus

less than twice as long as propodus.

Third and fourth peraeapods both with exopods, which are only about two-

thirds as long as those of first and second legs, but which bear long plumose setae;

distal carpal seta and propodal seta more slender than in female.

Pednnele of uropod not quite as long as telson and with a short bristle and

spine near distal end of inner edge; rami as in fémale but a couple of extra spines

on endopod.

Colour white. Length 2-63 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine ailt on

flathead grounds. (D. Rochford, Jan., 1945). Types in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No, ©. 2692 and 2714.

The female described above is quite transparent, the embryos easily visible

through the marsupial plates. The male, although small, seems to be mature, for

the second antennae bear dense sensory setae and the exopods of the third and

fourth legs have the flagellal setae long.

It may be said of the adults of this species that the telson tapers to an acute

Point without apical spines, the character by which Calman separates his

Oxyurostylis from Diastylis (see Calman, 1912, p, 666 and Zimmer, 1936, p. 437).

Ta G. mutabilis, however, the condition resolts from a prolongation of the apex

of the telson over and beyond the bases of what normally would be the terminal

spines (see tels, in fig. 32) whereas in Oxyurostylis the last of the pairs of spines

are troly lateral, which does suggest a suppression of the terminal spines com-

bined with a narrowing of the apex. In the male of Paradiastylis culicoides Kemp

( qBts, p. 398, fig. 5) there is a median, spine-like posterior prolongation of the

telson,

In addition to the above specimens, there is before me a young female, with

fifth legs as yet quite undeveloped, and which I think belongs without donbt

to this species. This example, however, exhibits some interesting differences and

is therefore deseribed and figured in some detail.

Juvenile female, Totegument calcified, but thin and brittle.

Carapace not quite one-third of total length of animal and twice as long as

pedigerous somites together ; it is robust, deeper than wide and less than half as

long again as deep; dorso-latera) ridge on each side armed with two or three

denticles and dorsal longitudinal carina. on each psendorostral lobe faint; frontal

lobe with a concavity on each side, the space between with two pairs of teeth;

posterior ta the frontal lobe is a pair of longitadinal dentate carinae; sides smooth

excepting for large pits arranged as shown in figure, one series forming a curved

line from posterior end of frontal lobe to antero-lateral portion of carapace;

antero-lateral margin widely rounded and strongly dentate, fig, 31, c. pace); a

small but distinct antennal notch. Pseudorostral lobes irregularly subtruneate

in front, the distal ends of the aforementioned carinae projecting as small points;

meeting for a distance equal to about one-sixth length of carapace, Ovnlar lobe

wide and extremely short, armed with a tiny tocth on each side and without

apparent lenses.

First three pedigerous somites short and crowded dorsally ; second moderately

expanded fore and aft, and the third peraeopods not widely separated; second

and fourth with a pair of dorsal spines, third somite with two obsolete spines.

First five pleon somites armed with dorso-lateral teeth, and each with a median

ridge on underside, flanked at posterior margin by a pair of curved, almost spine-

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 403

like setae; infero-lateral corners of these somites armed with a tooth, below which

is a smaller tooth; sixth somite almost as long as fifth, dilated at hinder end, where

it is distinctly wider than long, and nearly twice as broad as deep; the somite is

Fig. 32. Gynodiastylis mutabilis, juvenile female; bottom, lateral view of whole animal

and cephalothorax from above (% 38); oc, lobe and ce. pace, ocular lobe and anterior part of

carapace (* 72); ant., first and second antennae (X 72); mxp, and prp., third maxilliped, and

first, second and fourth peraeopods (X 72); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites,

and telson ( 72); tels. 1., telson and sixth pleon somite from the side (X 72); tels. v., ventral

view of distal end of telson ( 250).

dentate-carinate inferiorly, the ridge terminating posteriorly in a strong spine,

on, each side of which is a similar projection about half the length of the median

spine; telson a little longer than any other of the pleon somites, with two tooth-

like projections on each side and with a short post-anal part, furnished with two

tiny terminal spines; on the underside there is a longitudinal median ridge

404 Recokps oF THe S.A. Mustum

projecting posteriorly as a strong spine which reaches almost to level of apex of

telson.

First antenna short and robust; first joint. of peduncle longer than second

and third together. Second antenua three-jointed.

Third maxilliped with basis little longer than rest of limb, with an inner

tooth at distal end; ischium, merns and carpus with distal teeth.

First peracopod rather short, the propodus not reaching much beyond leyel

of apes of psendorostrum; basis distally dentate, little more than half as long

as rest of limb ; ischium with a spine at inner distal angle; merus armed with outer

distal spines, and carpus dentate at distal end and laterally; propodus three-

fourths as long as merus, with only two not very long distal setae; dactylus more

than two-thirds length of propodus, with terminal setae shorter than the joint.

Second peraeopad with exopod as long as basis, which is barely shorter than

rest of limb; ischium. distinct ; merus armed with distal teeth, slightly longer than

either carpus or propodus, which are subequal in length; dactylus three-fourths

as long again as propodus, with slender distal setae, one of which is fully as long

as the joint.

Third and fourth peraeopods about equal in size; coxa, basis, ischium and

merus with teeth, one on outer face of ischium and two on merus being prominent;

merus. equal ‘in length to carpus and propodus together or barely longer; fifth

legs absent,

Pedunele of uropod subequal in length to fifth pleon somite (longer than

telson) with am inner tooth near proximal end; rami subequal in length, the

endopod single-jomted and not longer than exopod, which is one-third as long

ayain as pedunele; in both rami the outer margin is serrate und the endopod bears

a tooth on outer face; the articulated marginal spines are feeble, and the slender

terminal spines are much shorter than the rami.

Colour white. Length 2+4 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: 11 miles off Eden, 120 metres (K. Sheard, A. Trawl,

Jan., 1943).

GYNODIASTYLIS ORNATA Sp. DOV.

Female with developing marsupium, Integument thin, but calcified and

brittle, with a few seattered granules.

Carapace more than one-third of total length and nearly twice as long as

pedigerous somites together; its greatest depth about two-thirds of length which

is almost twice the width; seen from above it is (apart from pseudorostrum)

subvectagular in shape, with the antero-lateral margins rounded; ov each side

4 serrate dorso-lateral ridge curves forward fram about middle of length; behind

these ridges. the dorsum is concave almost to hinder margin of earapace, the

depression. defined by! a low ridge on each side; from near posterior limits of

dorso-lateral ridges a.low and rather broken ridge curves downwards and forwards

on each side to the neighbourhood of antero-lateral angle of carapace and marks

thse hinder and lower limits of a depression; posterior half of sides with large

reticulations, the longitudinal edges running together to form incipient ridges,

Antero-lateral margin short, shallowly concave; antero-lateral angle subacute

and margin behind it serrate for a short distance. Pseudorostrum subacute in

front, meeting in front of ocular lobe for a distance aqual to fully one-fifth of

length of carapace. Frontal lobe sutures fused; ocular lobe rounded, wider than

long, with a pair of spinules and three obscure corneal Jenses.

Pedigerous somites each with a pair of low dorso-lateral ridges and with a

fow short plumose setae; first somite almost as long as second ; the latter is longer

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 405

dorsally than third, the pleural perts of which are well expanded fore and aft,

overlapping the second and hinder edge of first in front; second and third lega

not widely separated.

Pleon a little shorter than cephalothorax; second to fourth and sixth somites

each subequal in length to the telson; fifth but little longer, and sixth not wider

than long; telson plump, suboval in shape, without post-anal portion and with

apical spines minute,

First joint of pedunele of first antenna longer than second and third joints

plus flagellum ; first and second with a distal spine, second and third subequal in

length ; flagella two-jointed, the accessory as long as first joint of main lash,

EEE IAS

A See

Fig, 43. Gynodiastylis orrata, types femule and male; lateral views and cephalothorax from

above (X 25),

Basis of third maxilliped elongate, half as long again as rest of limb and

with a long row of stout plumose setae on inner margin and inner distal angle

acute; remaining joints all subequal in length; ischium and merus each with an

inner tooth, merus with two projections on inner margin and a small tooth on

outer,

First peraeopod with carpus not quite attaining level of apex of pseudo-

rostrum ; basis almost as long as rest of limb, serrate on inner, outer and distal

edges and with a row of plumose inner setae; ischium and merus dentate; propodus

five-sixths as long as carpus, and, as ischium and merus together, with three inner

subdistal setae, the longest of which is twice as long as the joint; dactylus five-sixths

as long as propodus, its terminal setae long.

406 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Second peraeopod with the wide basis longer than rest. of limb and with

margins more or less serrate, and with plumose setae as shown, one seta long;

merus wide, together with the short. but distinct ischium as long as carpus, pro-

podus and dactylus together, with dentate margins and with.a long distal plumose

seta; carpus a little shorter than propodus which is almost as long as dactylus,

Third to fifth peraeopods stout; merus of third and fourth about three-fourths

as long as carpus and propodus together, in fifth leg equal in length to these

joints combined; carpus with a stout inner distal seta reaching level of tip of

dactylus, preceded by three more slender setae, the longest of which extends well

beyond apex of dactylus.

Fig, 34, Gynodiastylie ornata, type male and paratype female; ant, mxp, and prp., first

antenna, third mazilliped, and first and second peraeopods (% 50); urop., uropod with fifth and

sixth pleon somites, and telson (x 50; spine and distal end of telaon, X 250).

Uropod with peduncle one-third as long again as telson and with three inner

setae near distal end; rami subequal in length, each more than two-thirds the

length of peduncle; endopod composed of two joints of equal length, and with

three and four inner spines; terminal spine more than half as long as ramus,

flanked on outer side by a bristle; exopod with two or three short spines on outer

margin and with two terminal spines, one less than half as long as the other,

which is more than two-thirds as long as the ramus,

Colour white. Length 3:8 mm.

Adult male, The differences in the shape of the carapace and in the pedi-

gerous somites are shown in the figures, Although the sculpture is.on the whole

more clearly defined, the dorso-lateral ridge is not serrate (feebly erenulate) ; the

depression in posterior half of back has a central median trough margined by a

carina on each side, while the low longitudinal elevation on and behind frontal

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 407

lobe is well marked and has the edges rugose, almost tubereulate. The frontal lobe

suture is distinct, as are also the corneal lenses. ‘The antero-lateral margin is less

concave and the antero-lateral ‘‘angle’’ rounded and serrate.

Pedunele of uropod half as long again as telson; rami as in female, save for

an extra inner spine on first joint of endopod.

Length 4 mm,

Loc. Tasmania: off Babel Island, 0-50 metres (type male, ‘‘Warreen”’

Station 29, Jan., 1939). New South Wales: 5 miles off Eden, 60 metres, on mud

(type female, K, Sheard, submarine light, Dee., 1943) ; Ulladulla, Brush Island,

45 fath., in fine silt on flathead grounds (D. Rochford, Jan,, 1945). Types in

South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2337 and 2688.

The type male, which is illustrated, has clear-cut large reticulations on the

hinder part of the sides, but in another male (Brush Island) the edges run together

to form irregular ridges as noted for the female. Evidently the somewhat irregular

curinae consistently found in thig situation in such species as costata, turgida and

lata are so derived.

QYNODIASTYLIB STRUMOSA Sp. NOY.

Ovigerous female. Integument moderately calcified and brittle; the surface,

apart from the major tumidities, is slightly irregular and finely granulate; with

seattered pellucid spots on thorax and most of pleon, while in certain lighting

there is an effect of short irregular raised lines on carapace.

Fig. 35. Gynodiastylis strwmosa, type female; lateral view

und cephalothorax from above (x 28).

Carapace relatively small, not quite two-sevenths of total length of animal

and as long as pedigerous somites and first pleon somite together; it is half as

long again as deep, somewhat depressed and widest across branchial regions, which

are considerably inflated; there is a tumidity on each side below the frontal lobe,

the surface of which is rounded and slightly elevated; below the dorso-lateral

tumidity the side is concave, and inferior. to the depression is an elongate swelling,

traversed by a low longitudinal ridge, not. very well defined; the rear of the

408 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

depression is bounded by the kidney-shaped branchial swellings which, viewed

from above, are elevated above the median portion of the dorsum, which is convex,

with a pair of pits near the swollen posterior edge. Antero-lateral margin rather

deeply concave; antennal angle acute and margin posterior to it finely serrate.

Pseudorostrum narrowly truncate in front, and very oblique as seen from the

Fig. 36. Gynodiastylis strwmosa, type female; ant., first antenna with upper lip, and seeond

antenna (X 110); prp., second and third peraeopods (xX 58; distal joints, X 110); urop.,

uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson ( X 58); tels., distal end of telson (X 110).

side; lobes meeting for a distance equal to one-fifth of length of carapace. Frontal

lobe well defined ; ocular lobe rounded, twice as wide as long and with indistinct

corneal areas.

First to third pedigerous somites successively increasing a little in length

dorsally ; pleural parts of second produced forwards across first somite, those of

third moderately expanded anteriorly, and markedly so to the rear ; fourth somite

abruptly longer on the back, completely ankylosed with third, and with a dorso-

lateral very swollen carina on each side.

Pleon cylindrical, not depressed; longer than cephalothorax; fifth somite

one-third as long again as sixth, which is slightly dilated posteriorly, where it

is as broad as long; telson cordate, plump, with lateral edges finely serrate; there

is a very short post-anal part, armed with a pair of short stout terminal spines,

flanked on each side by a similar spine.

First antenna relatively large and robust; first joint of peduncle with width

equal to two-thirds its length, which is equal to that of the other two; second

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 409

joint little shorter than third; flagella each two-jointed and subequal in length,

the main Jash unusually short, .

Second antenna as long as first joint of antennule; three-jointed, the terminal

segment more than twice as long as second and apparently composed of two fused

joints, a small terminal part being separated by a constriction but no suture.

Distal joints of third maxilliped and first peraeopod missing.

Second peraeopod shorter than third; basis almost as long as rest of limb;

ischium completely suppressed ; merus with a tooth at distal end; carpus half as

Fin! again as merus, nearly twice as long as propodus and barely longer than

actylus,

Third and fourth peracopods with basis as long, and nearly as long, as rest

of limb; merus as long as carpus aud propodus together ; two distal carpal setae,

subequal in length but one much stouter than the other, teaching just beyond

tip of the stout dactylus, Fifth peraeopod not much shorter than fourth.

Uropod with peduucle twice as long as telson and more than twice as long

as the subequal rami; its inner margin bears half a dozen short robust spines in

distal half; endopod three-jointed, the joints with three, one and one inner spines

respectively ; first segment longer than either second or third, which are sub-

equal in length; terminal spine in both exopod and endopod half as long as the

ramus,

Colour white, Length 4-1 mm.

Loc. Tasmania: off Babel Island, 39° 55’ §., 148° 31° BE, 0-50 metres

(‘*Warreen”’ Station 29, Jan., 1939), Type in South Australian Museum, Reg,

No, ©, 2726,

The species offers some unusual features for the penus, notably the robust

antennae, It agrees with margarita in having the pedunele of the uroped twice

as long as the telson and at the same time twice the length of tha endopod, but

ig in some other respects very different.

GYWODIASTYLIS MARGARITA gp, nov.

Ovigerous female, Integument not polished, but of pearly lustre, with fine

but distinet reticulate pattern; indurated but rather fragile.

Carapace two-seyenths of total length of animal; three-fourths as deep as

greatest. breadth, which oceurs across the brauchial regions, and three-fourths

as long again as deep; no well-defined sculpture, but there is a slight dorso-lateral

tumidity on each side anteriorly, and a low boss at each postero-lateral corner of

frontal lobe, while the branchial. regions are somewhat inflated, rounded, with

a slight hollow between them on the back, at the hinder end of which is @ pair of

pits. <Antero-lateral margin almost straight, slightly notched above the finely

dentate, obtuse, antero-lateral angle; inferior margin behind this with small

serrations, Pseudorostrum subacute both ag seen from above and from the side,

the lobes meeting for a distance equal to more than one-fifth of total length of

carapace; respiratory siphons rather long, Frontal lobe wide, distinetly marked

off; ocular lobe very short and broad, with eyes visible as three opaque pale areas.

Pedigerous somites together well over half as long as carapace, successively

increasing in dorsal length to fourth; pleural parts of second overlapping those

of first m front; third somite only moderately expanded fore and aft, on the sides,

but second and third legs separated by a space decidedly greater than that between

the other legs,

Pleon distinctly longer than cephalothorax and, like pedigerous somites, with

pellucid spots; somites successively increasing a little in length, the fifth almost

half as long again as sixth, which is not cylindrical like the others but is widened

410 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

posteriorly, where it is fully as broad as long; telson three-fourths as long as

sixth somite, cordate, tapering in distal third to the narrowly rounded apex, which

bears a pair of short spines, flanked on each side by a bristle; quite one-fourth

of the dorsal plate is post-anal.

First antenna long, with basal joint of peduncle distinctly shorter than second

and third combined; third about one-third as long again as second; both flagella

¢wo-jointed, the main lash only one-fourth as long as the last peduncular segment,

the accessory not as long as the first joint of the other. Second antenna as long

as first joint of peduncle of first antenna; it is four-jointed, the last segment tiny,

Fig. 37. Gynodiastylis margarita, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from above.

ceph., Cephalothorax of allotype subadult male from the side (all X 21).

the third much longer than second and the first (which has a distal tooth) as long

as second and third together (in the figures the two antennae are not shown to

the same scale).

Mandible with nine or ten spines in the row.

Third maxilliped short and stout; basis a little shorter than rest of limb,

distally dilated and a little forwardly produced externally, where the usual setae

are stout and long; ischium, merus, and carpus wide; carpus, propodus, and

dactylus subequal in length, each longer than either ischium. or merus.

First peraeopod, when extended, reaching little beyond apex of pseudo-

rostrum, its merus not quite attaining to level of antennal angle; basis about two-

thirds as long as rest of limb, serrate on inner edge; propodus subequal in length

to carpus, with a long and a short inner seta at distal end; dactylus barely more

than half as long as propodus, with one of the terminal setae stout and as long

as the joint; exopod slender.

Second peraeopod about two-thirds as long as first; basis stout, shorter than

the slender exopod and less than two-thirds as long as remainder of limb; ischium

suppressed ; merus with a small distal tooth; carpus fully two and one-half times

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 411

as long as propodus, which is a little shorter than merus and is two-thirds as long

as dactylus.

Fossorial peraeopods slender, the basis of fifth pair much shorter than that

of the third and fourth pairs, in which it is fully ad long as the remaining joints

together ; merus and carpus subequal in length, propodus only about half as long

as either ; one of the two carpal setae is stout; longer than the other and, like the

slender propodal seta, reaches the level of tip of the short and slender dactylus.

Fig. 38. Gynodiastylis margarita, paratype ovigerous female; c. pace, anterior portion of

earapace (xX 50); ant. 1, first antenna (X 50; flagella, X 115); ant. 2, second antenna (x 115);

mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods (X 50); 3 urop., uropod with fifth

and sixth pleon somites, and telson (X 50; distal end of telson, X 150).

In combination with the other characters the uropods are distinctive; the

peduncle is wide, not dilated distally, is almost as long as the sixth somite and

telson together, and is twice as long as the subequal rami, both of which have

insignificant terminal spines; armament is nowhere pronounced, there being

seven or eight spaced spinules on inner margin of peduncle and three on that of

endopod, which is two-jointed, the distal segment two-thirds as long again as the

proximal one.

Length 5:3 mm.

Juvenile male. Lower edge of carapace bent down instead of outwards as

in the female and antero-lateral angle more widely rounded; ocular lobe a little

wider, but. still exceedingly short. The uropods and other appendages are sub-

stantially as in the female; exopods are present on the first four pairs of peraeo-

412 REcoORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM

pods. The tiropod has the peduncle not quite as long as telson and sixth pleon

somite together (probably longer than these in adult male) but. fully twice as

long as the rami; the proximal segment of the endopod does not differ in length

from the distal so markedly.

Length 2-65 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: off Cape Three Points, 41-50 fath., bottom sticky

mud and shell (‘‘Thetis’’ Station 13, Feb., 1898) ; 5 miles off Eden, 60 metres,

on mud (K. Sheard, submarine light, Dec, 1943); 4 miles off Port Hacking,

80 metres, on mud (type loc., K, Sheard, A. Trawl Station 13, May, 1944), Types

in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2689-2690.

The species attains a length of over 6 mm.

GYNODIASTYLIS QUADRICRISTATA BP, NOV.

Subadult female. Integument calcified, but thin and fragile.

Carapace large, two-fifths of total length of animal; it is subovate as seen

from above, robust, less than half as long again as deep, and almost as wide as

deep; on the back a pair of longitudinal carinae, arising at base of ocular lobe,

are flanked on each side by a short dorso-lateral ridge, which commences near

the hinder corner of frontal lobe; these four carinae reach to about middle of

length of carapace, where they are connected by short transverse carinae; from

Fig. 39. Gynodiastylis quadricristata, type female; lateral view and cephalothorax from

above (x 64).

the last-named four longitudinal ridges extend to the crassate hinder margin;

sides with a shallow depression, the upper edge of which is defined by a fairly

well-marked curved ridge, the lower by a feeble fold. Antero-lateral margin very

shallowly and rather angularly concave; antero-lateral angle and margin imme-

diately posterior to it witha few teeth. Pseudorostrum pointed in front, triangular

when viewed from above or from the side; lobes meeting for a distance equal to

one-fifth of length of carapace. Frontal lobe very wide; ocular lobe wider than

long, without apparent lenses,

Pedigerous somites crowded, the first concealed on sides; third very short

dorsally but pleural parts expanded fore and aft; fourth and fifth of equal length

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 413

dorsally, each as long as first three together, and with a pair of dorgo-lateral

varinae; indications of similar ridges are present on the other somites.

Pleon distinctly shorter than cephalothorax, the somites not differing much

in length; sixth about half as wide again as long and two-thirds as long as fifth,

telson obovate, subequal in length to sixth somite, without post-anal portion and

With no discernible apical spines.

First antenna robust, the first joint of peduncle as long as second and third

together, the second wider but not longer than third; flagellum short, two-jointed,

and accessory flagellum minute.

Third maxilliped with basis equal in length to remaiming joints combined

and with a spine at inner distal angle ; the other joints do not differ much in length.

ha, lobo

Fig. 40. Gynodiastylis quadricristata, type female; ps. lobe, pseudorostral lobe; ant., mxp.

and prp., first antenna, third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods; urop., uropod with fifth

and sixth pleon somites, and telson (all * 125),

First peraeopod short, the carpus reaching beyond antennal angle but not

attaining level of apex of pseudorostrum; basis fully as long as rest of limb;

propodus barely two-thirds as long as carpus, not as long as ischium and merus

eombined, and with three unequal inner distal setae, the longest about twice

as long as the joint ; dactylus longer than propodus.

Seeond peraeopod rather less than half as long as first, with the wide basis

nearly half as long again as rest of limb; ischium distinct; merus subequal in

length to propodus and longer than carpus or dactylus, which are of about the same

length,

Third and fourth peraeopods with merus more than half length of basis

and not much longer than carpus and propodus together; propodal seta slender,

reaching beyond, tip of distinetly separated daciylar claw; last of distal carpal

setae stout not reaching to end of dactylus but preceding seta slender and attain-

ing same level as that of propodus; fifth peraeopod two-thirds as long as fourth.

Uropod short and robust; peduncle barely longer than telson, little more

414 REcorRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

than twice as long as broad and as long as the subequal rami; endopod composed

of two equal joints with one and two inner spines respectively; terminal spine,

like the longer of the exopodal spines, four-fifths as long as the ramus.

Colour milk white, Length 1:36 mm.

Loc. Queensland: Noosa River, below Gympie Terrace, surface (1. 8. R.

Munro, Station T/44-1, 50 em, 40 m. net, 9.12 p.m, Mar, 25, 1944), Type in

South Australiszn Musenm, Reg, No, C. 2682.

GYNODIASTYLIS BREVIPES 8p, NOV.

Female with developing marswpium, Tntegument calcified but thin; smooth

and polished.

Carapace robust, boldly arched above; it is barely one-third of total length

of animal, half as long again as pedigerous somites together; one-third as long

again as deep and a little compressed; on each pseudorostral lobe a short: longi-

tudinal dorsal ridge runs from apex to ocular lobe and a second curyed carina

extends from the tip to just below posterior end of frontal lobe; on each side

Fig, 41. Gynodiastylis brevipes, type female; lateral yiow and cephalothorax from above

(X 31); pseudorostrum and ocular Jobs (x 90),

of carapace are two further faint ridges forming the upper and lower boundaries

of a somewhat fattened semi-oval area, not, however, well defined; there is a

very shallow depression on each side of frontal lobe and a pair of short ridges

on ocular lobe, which is armed with a pair of spinules. Antero-lateral margin.

sinuate, scarcely concave; a few strong teeth (serrations) behind antennal angle,

the first constituting the angle itself, Psendorostral. lobes narrowed in front,

acute as seen from the side, excavate from above, meeting for a distance equal

to about one-ninth length of carapace. Frontal lobe well-marked ; ocular lobe very

short and broad, with three ill-defined oval areas representing the eyes,

Pleural parts in second pedigerous somite forwardly expanded, in third

expanded in front and (more markedly) posteriorly, aud in fourth backwardly

produced; seeond and third peraeopods not separated by a very pronounced

interval ; first to third somites each with a transverse fold; fourth (which is the

longest dorsally) and fifth (which is not much shorter) each with a pair of strong

longitudinal dorsal carinae, and with anterior and posterior margins between

these ridges crassate,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 415

Pleon a little shorter than cephalothorax, with somites one to six quite smooth ;

fifth not much longer than sixth, which is about as wide as long; telson equal in

length to sixth somite, with distinct post-anal portion, armed with a pair of rather

slender apical spines; an insignificant tooth on each side of terminal spines and

a much larger tooth at base of post-anal part.

Fig, 42, Gynodiastylis brevipes, type female; aut., first antenna (X 125); mand., mxp.

and prp., mandible, third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods ( 76; distal joints of third

leg, X 125); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (X 76) ; tels., distal

portion of telson (x 250).

First antenna stout and short; first joint of peduncle longer than second

and third together ; second subequal in length to third; flagellum two-jointed, and

accessory lash very small. :

Mandible of usual form with about eleven spines in the row; it is elongate

and is as long as third maxilliped without dactylus.

Basis of third maxilliped only about one-seventh as long again as rest of

limb; carpus, propodus and dactylus subequal in length, each longer than ischium

or merus.

416 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First peraeopod stout, not reaching much beyond apex of pseudorostrum when

extended ; basis serrate on inner margin, distinctly shorter than remaining joints

together; ischium and, merus (like basis) with a tooth at inner distal angle;

carpus and propodus subequal in length, each twice as long as dactylus; only two

or three propodal setae.

Second peraeopod shorter than third or fourth, with exopod (not including

setae) as long as the basis, which ig one-third as long again as the rest of limb;

ischium distinct; merus, carpus and propodus not differing much in length, each

about half as long as dactylus,

Second to fifth peraeopods moderately robust; merus shorter than basis, and

much less than twice as long as carpus and propodus combined ; carpus with three

distal setae, all slender, the longest, like propodal seta, reaching to level of tip

of slender dactylus.

Peduncle of uropod barely longer than telson, with an inner spine at distal

end; endopod. with inner margin serrate, a little longer than exopod which is

equal in length to pedunele; two-jointed, the first joint with three inner spines

and three-fourths as long as second, which bears two inner spines, the second

distal; the long‘ terminal spine is less than half the length of the ramus; exopod

with longer of the unequal terminal spines more than half as long as the ramus.

Colour white. Length 3:1 mm.

Loc. New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt, type loc.,

K. Sheard, Oct., 1943) ; 4 miles off Port Hacking, 80 metres, on mud (K. Sheard,

A. Trawl, May, 1944) ; Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine silt on flathead

grounds (D. Rochford, Jan., 1945). Type in South Australian Museum, Reg.

No. C. 2656.

Two ovigerous females from the type locality are smaller than the type

(2-7 mm.) and than, adult females from Brush Island, but differ only in having

the appendages slightly more slender, although the joints are of the same pro-

portions.

GYNODIASTYLIS CONCAVA sp. nov.

Ovigerous female, Integument dull, with small but distinct reticulate pat-

terning.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, as wide as deep, one-

third as long again as broad, and with each side deeply concave; the lateral hollow

is somewhat quadrilateral and is margined below by a longitudinal ridge, its rear

edge forms a transverse carina and its upper limit is defined by a dorso-lateral

fold, which extends back quite to posterior margin of carapace; dorsum depressed

between hinder third of dorso-lateral ridges, slightly rounded (almost flat) over

frontal lobe; seen from above the carapace is subtriangular in shape, tapering

to the front and broadest across branchial regions; viewed thus the outbent inferior

edge is visible at the rear. Antero-lateral margin deeply concave, antennal angle

subacute and inferior edge posterior to it finely serrate. Pseudorostrum subacute

in front when viewed either from above or from the side, the lobes meeting for

a distance equal to fully one-fifth of total length of carapace. Frontal lobe large,

distinctly separated off ; ocular lobe rather small, twice as wide as long, rounded

and with three small, pale eyes.

Pleural parts of all pedigerous somites exposed, but those of first. partly over-

lapped by anterior pleural lobe of second ; third somite, like second, short dorsally,

but moderately expanded fore and aft on sides, where it overlaps second in front ;

second and third peraeopods not very widely separated; there is a dorso-lateral

carina on each side of fourth somite.

HaLE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 417

Pleon as long as cephalothorax, the anterior somites, like pedigerons, with

obsolete granulation ; subeylindrical excepting for sixth somite which is broadened

posteriorly; fifth somite about half as long again as sixth, which is as wide as

long; telson almost as long as sixth somite, tapering, without any abrupt con-

striction, only in distal third of length; postero-lateral margitis serrate; there

is a very short post-anal portion, with two terminal spines, rather stout, and

flanked on each side by a smaller spine, anterior to which are one or two pairs

of bristles,

First anteria with the first joint of peduncle about as long as second and

third together, and third little longer than second (third much longer than second

in tumida) ; flagellum two-jointed, only half as long as third peduneular segment,

and accessory flagellum minute. Upper lip unusually elongate.

Fig. 48. Gynodiasiylis coneava, type female; lateral yiew and cephalothorax from above

(% 35)

First peraeopod slender and rather long, the carpus reaching to level of apex

of pseudorostrum ; basis less than two-thirds us long as remaining joints together,

and with a small tooth at inner distal angle and some serrations on sides; propodns

elongate, not dilated, fully one-third as long again as dactylus, and not much

shorter than propodus, which is almost half as long again as the combined lengths

of ischium and merus; propodus with three unequal setae at distal end of inner

margin, one of them louger than propodus; dactylus with several long terminal

setae,

Basis of second peraeopod half as long again as rest of limb (which is abbre-

viated) and with two teeth at outer distal angle; ischium suppressed, mertis serrate

on inner edge, subequal in length to either carpus or propodus; the last-named

is two-thirds as long as the dactylus, which has very slender setae, one of the

terminal ones being longer than the joint,

Third and fourth peraeopods with basis shorter ‘than rest: of limb, and with

merus about one-third as long again as carpus and propodus together; one of

the two distal carpal setae is shorter and much stouter than the others and (unlike

the latter and the propodal seta) does not reach to level of tip of dactylus; fifth

peraeopod a little shorter than the others.

Pedunele of uropod stout, a little longer than the telson and than the tami,

with a short inner spine at distal end and anterior ta it a short seta; endopod

418 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

slightly longer than exopod, with a distinct suture marking off a proximal joint

which is half as long! as the rest of the ramus and a faint groove (but no actual

suture) dividing the remainder into two portions equal in length; inner margin

with only three spines, one at distal end of first joint, one at the aforementioned

groove and one alongside the terminal spine, which is a little longer than that of

exopod and as long as the proximal joint of its ramus.

Colour cream. Length 2:6 mm.

Fig. 44, Gynodiastylis concava. Type female; prp., first to third peraspods (x 70; distal

joints of second leg, X 150). Paratype ovigerous female; ant., first antenna and upper lip

(x 70; Hagells > 150) ; mxp., third maxilliped (XX 70); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon

somites, and telson ( 70); tels., distal end of telson (Xx 300),

Loc. New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt (type loc., K.

Sheard, Oct., 1943). Tamasnia: off Babel Island, 39° 55’ S., 148° 31’ E., 0-50

metres (‘‘Warreen’’ Station 29, Jan., 1939),

A single female comes from Tasmania; it has the marsupium not fully deve-

loped, but is 3:3 mm. in length, thus being larger than ovigerous females from.

New South Wales.

This species resembles tumida in some respects, but is separated by the

different proportions of the appendages, the absence of lateral prominences on

the dorso-lateral folds of the carapace of the adult, the different telson, etc.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 419

GYNODIASTYLIS TUMIDA (Hale),

Paradiastylis tumida Hale, 1937, p. 66, fig, 34.

This species now falls into placa with others of the genus in which the telson

has a tapering post-anal portion and lateral serrations. The mature male, pre-

viously unknown, has no pleopods.

Examples from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, and Sydney Harbour,

New South Wales, as previously described, resemble each other closely. Some

anh. 2 9 te

Fig, 45, - Gynodiastylis twmida. Subadult female from Tasmania; A, ceph., cephalothorax

from aboye (X 25); ant. 2, second antenna (120), B, ceph., Cephalothorax of ovigerona

female from Spencer Gulf, South Australia (X.25), Adult male from Spencer Gulf; ©, ceph.,

cephalothorax from above (X 25); ant, 1, flagella of first antenna (% 250); prp. 1-2, first and

second peraeopods ( 65); prp. 4, distal joints of fourth peraeopod (x 250); urop., uropod

with sixth pleon somite and telaon (> 65).

specimens from Tasmania (Kettering, 2-3 fath., W. 8. Fairbridge, submarine

light, Jan. 1945). and others from Spencer Gulf, South Australia (Western

Shoal and Port Lincoln, K. Sheard, submarine light, tow-net, Feb., 1938, and

Feb., 1944) exhibit quite considerable differences in the shape of the carapace,

but as the fundamental arrangement of the folds and projections is the same in

all, and as all have the uropods and other appendages yery similar they are

provisionally regarded as variants of the one species although it may well be

420 Recoxps OF THE S,A. Museom

that more complete series of the adults of both sexes will lead to the recognition

of three separate species.

Even quite juvenile females of all have the lateral prominences of the dorso-

lateral folds of the carapace; normally in the second leg the ischium (not made

out in the type) ig distinct, though it is short aud collar-like; the wide basis is

always distinctly shorter than the rest of limb and the propodus is shorter than

the dactylus. The second antenna of the female is four-jointed the first segurent

as long as second and third together, the fourth small, -

Tasmania. A young male and female, and a female with developing mar-

supium have the carapace as shown m fig. 45, A; the dorso-lateral folds are much

as previously illustrated for the ovigerous female, although the most anterior of

their lateral projections are Jess swollen; the rounded clevation near hinder

margin on each side, however, is here strikingly different, being greatly enlarged,

while the fourth pedigerous somtite has the pair of dorso-lateral ridges swollen

and elevated. The carapace and lateral parts of pedigerous somites beat distinct

granules. Apart from the chatacter of the carapace the juvenile male differs from

the young male previously recorded, and from the adult male described below,

in having the endopod of the uropod distinctly three-jointed instead of two,

Spencer Gulf, South Australia. An ovigerous female has the integument

indurated but translucent, quite unlike that of the white or pearly exoskeleton

of the type examples and the Tasmanian specimens; it has the anterior part of

the dorso-lateral fold of carapace somewhat swollen ag in the type, but the

posterior portion is cristate, projecting laterally and overhanging the not very

conspicuous tumidity on the side (fig. 45, B) ; the curved ridge which runs forward

from the last-named elevation is low and rounded in the examples previously

recorded and in the Tasmanian material, but in this female it is almost. cristate

and is visible when the animal is viewed from above; the lateral concavity is

more pronounced than in the types. The second to fourth pedigerous somites

have the dorsum elevated transversely and produced on each side to form 4 dorso-

lateral tumidity which is almost cristate on the fourth somite.

The only fully mature males in hand were taken in this Gulf.

Adult male, Integument finely granulate, calcified, but semi-transparent.

Carapace one-third of total length of animal and two-thirds as long again

as pedigerous somites together; it is less than twice as long as deep, and is

broader than deep because of the great prominence of the lower lateral ridge (see

fig. 45, CG); the three dorgo-lateral projections are much developed, as is also ths

elevation lower down on side of carapace from which curves forward the lower

earina, Antero-lateral margin excavate to form a distinet antennal notch;

antenna! angle obtuse, the margin below broadly rounded, Pseudorostrum slightly

downbent (thus foreshortened in fig. £5, C.) obliquely truncate anteriorly ; lobes

meeting for a distance equal to more than one-fifth of length of carapace, Frontal

lobe with sutures fused; ocular lobe large and tumid, twice as wide as long, with

three prominent pale lenses.

The large fourth pedigerous somite has a pair of dorsal tumidities.

Pleon as long as cephalothorax; telson about as long as sixth somite, with

post-anal portion rather more tapered than in female and with two apical spines,

flanked by a pair of bristles inserted infero-laterally; lateral serrations small,

but distinet.

As in the female the last peduncular joimt of the first antenna is rather long;

both flagella appear to be three-jointed (see fig. 45, ant. 1), and the accessory is

mot much shorter than the main lash.

The second antenna is so generously furnished with sensory hairs that the

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 421

whole appendage resembles a dense brush; the flagellum is very short, not as long

as last peduncular joint, and consists of seven segments.

Mandible with nine or ten spines in the row.

First peraeopod with basis two-thirds as long as rest of limb; carpus (which

attains level of antennal angle) shorter than propodus, which is nearly twice as

one as dactylus; the propodal setae are not very long and number only two or

three.

Second peraeopod with ischium distinet and with carpus distinctly longer

than merus, and more than twice as long as propodus, which is almost two-thirds

as long as daetylus.

Third to fifth peraeopods with one very stout and one hristle-like carpal seta

as in female (fig, 45, prp. 4).

The first to fourth legs bear exopods,

Uropod relatively longer than in female; peduncle nearly twice as long as

telson and with four inner spines in distal half; endopod nearly two-thirds as

long as peduncle, two-jointed, the first: segment three-fourths as long as second

(my assumption that the two-jointed condition in the young male previously

described was necessarily due to immaturity was too premature) ; there are two

spines on inner edge of first joint, three on second, and. a terminal spine three-

fourths length of ramus; exopod with a stout and long terminal spine, which

is as long as ramus but is not distinctly marked off from it ; the ramus, not including

spine in the length, is a little shorter than endopod,

Length 2°8 mm,

Genus Dicores nov.

Like Gynadiastylis but (1) first peraeopod massive in both sexes, reaching

for greater part of its length in front of carapace and with propodus as long as,

or longer than, the basis; (2) exopods present on first four pairs of peraeopods

of female.

Genotype Dic brevidactylum Hale.

In the genotype the thoracic exopods are all smail; in the two other species

referred to the genus those of the first and second peraeopods are larger than the

others but are still rather poorly developed. The basis of the second leg, like

that of the first, is relatively short. The telson ig subeylindrical, with no distinct

post-anal portion, its lateral margins are without serrations or lateral spines, and

the terminal spines are rudimentary in both sexes, The third maxilliped is as in

Gynodiastylis, with the ischium not dilated as it ig in Dio,

KEY TO SPECIES OF DICOIDES

1, Dactylus of frat pera@vpod longer than propodus .. aor areolata ap. NOV:

Dactylus of first peraeopod less than half as long as propodua . - oy oe

2. Rostral siphona yery long, at Jeast half length of earapace, Telaon much longer than sixth

pleon somite oe ay os " : ro brevidactyla (Hale).

Rostra! siphons short. Telaon much shorter than aixth pleon somite .- lett sp. nov.

DIGOIDES AREOLATA sp. TOV.

Ovigerous female. Integument lightly calcified but opaque. Carapace small,

only one-fourth of total length of animal and one-third as long again as pedigerous

somites together ; it is three-fourths as long again as deep, and barely wider than

deep; on each side there is a shallow pit behind frontal lobe, and dorso-laterally —

$22 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

an elongate rounded ridge running from near front of pseudorostrum to beyond

frontal lobe; this ridge is most distinct when the carapace is viewed from above;

the sides are slightly concave, and posterior to the hollow are marked with faint

striae. Antero-lateral margin shallowly concave; antero-lateral angle obtuse and

margin posterior to it finely serrate (fig. 47, ps, lobe), Pseudorostrum subacute

as seen from the side and from above, the lobes meeting in front. of ocular lobe

for a distance equal to almost one-sixth of length of carapace, gaping slightly at

extreme apex. Frontal lobe distinctly defined, the sutures not fused; ocular lobe

rounded, tumid, wider than long, with a pale area on each side apparently repre-

senting the eyes.

Third to fifth pedigerous somites projecting backwards on side, the third

and fourth dorsally longer than the other somites; first. to fourth each with a

well-marked transyerse furrow.

( ant 46. Dicoides areoiata, paratype female; lateral view and cephalothorax trom above

x :

Pleon distinctly longer than cephalothorax, with somites subcylindrical ;

fifth somite more than one-third as long again as sixth which is somewhat dilated

at distal end, where it is almost as wide as long; telson longer than any of the

other somites and three-fourths as long again as sixth.

First antenna with third peduncular joint relatively long, three-fourths

length of firat, but! not much longer than second; flagellum two-jointed and acces-

sory flagellum very small,

Mandible with about ten spines.

_Phird maxilliped with basis as long as rest of limb; serrate on inner margin;

ischium with a small immer distal spine; propodus and carpus subequal in length,

each longer than dactylus or merus.

First peraeopod with merus reaching beyond level of antennal angle, more

than half of total length of the limb projecting beyond anterior end of carapace;

hasis only one-fourth of length of remaining joints together; carpus two and

one-half times as long as merus and not very much longer than the propodus, which

is widest at distal end; dactylus extraordinarily massive, the longest of the jointa

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 423

of this limb, and as long as merus and carpus together; terminal dactylar setae

short, one stouter than the others; carpus, propodus and dactylus patterned with

transparent circular areas (fig. 47, prp. 1).

Second peraeopod long and slender; basis not much longer than merus and

varpus together; ischium suppressed; merus elongate, as long as propodus and

Bs. loba

Fig. 47. Dicoides areolata, paratype female; ps. lobe and ant., psendorostral lobe and first

antenna; mrp, and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods; urop., uropod with fifth

and sixth pleon somites, and telson (X 70; distal end of telson, X 240).

dactylus together; dactylus less than twice length of propodus and with longest

distal setae as long as the joint,

Fourth peraeopod shorter than second, and fifth considerably shorter than

fourth; in the third and fourth pairs the merus is almost as long as carpus, pro-

podus and dactylus together; exopods of these limbs with peduncle and three-

jointed flagellum furnished with three setae; the propodal seta and the distal

carpal setae reach well beyond tip of dactylus.

424 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Peduncle of uropod slender, not quite as long as telson, nnarmed except.

for a single inner spine near distal end; exopod nearly three-fourths as long as

pedunele, and longer than endopod, with five slender spines on outer margin,

one (subdistal) on inner, and a terminal spine shorter than its second joint;

endopod divided into three segments, with twa, one and three inner spines respec-

tively; distal and proximal joints subequal in length, each longer than second

joint; terminal spine (which has a small outer spime near its base) as lony as

second and third joints together,

Colour cream, Length 3:0 mm.

Adult male, Differs little from the female excepting for the following:

First peraeopod shorter, the carpne reaching only to level of apex of pseuclo-

rostrum, and pleon. more slender, The telson, as in the female, hag ouly rudi-

meniary terminal spines,

The second antenna has the flagellum a little longer than the peduncle and

enmposed of eleven to twelve joints.

b Basis of third maxilliped slightly longer than rest of limb; serrate an inner

ge.

The first to fourth peraeopods have well-developed. exopods.

Uropod with peduncle distinctly longer than telson ; endopod almost as long

as exopod, and two-jointed but with a third segment (comparable to that of

female) marked off by a fused suture; there is one inner spine on pedineld as

in female and the inner spines of endopod segments are three or four, two and two.

Length 2:6 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt (K. Sheard, Oet,,

1948) ; Wadulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine silt on flathead grounds (type loe,,

D. Rochford, Jan., 1945). Types in South Australian Museum, Reg. No, ©. 2700-

2701.

The remarkable structure of the first peraeopod is a characteristic feature;

this and the long setae of the posterior peraeopods, together with the elongate

telson, ure distinctive.

‘A female from off Eden, $+5 mm, in length and with developing marsupinm

was dissected and figured,

Dicowes srevipactyua (Hale).

Die brevidactylum Hale, 1937, p. 69, fig, 6-7.

Ovigerous female, New South Wales form. It would seem that this bears the

same relation to the types as do eastern coast examples of gome of the other species

which occur also in South Australia, One may cite for instance Cyclaspis eretuta

(Hale, 1944, p, 91) and Bodotria maculosa (Hale, 19448, p. 226) ; it is possible

that the differences may prove constant enough to warrant subspecific rank,

In this case the thorax and its appendages are as in the South Austrakian

types, but the difference lies in a general elongation of the animal. The female

is slightly smaller than the type (2°5 mm. as against 2-7 mm.) but the telson is

relatively longer, reaching beyond the distal end of peduncle of uropod, while

the first five pleon somites together are equal in length to the eepbalothorax instead

of shorter than it, The branchial siphons are remarkably long, about three-

fourths the length of carapace, In the first peraeopods one of the terminal dactylar

getae and one near distal end of propodus are stout and almost spine-like.

Small exopods are present.on the first to fourth peraeopods; thege are similarly

developed in the type female. Although all haye peduncle and flagellum they are,

as previously noted, quite rudimentary, with short setae; those of the first pair

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 425

dactylue

prp.t

Fig, 48, Dicoides brevidactyla, ovigerous female of New South Wales form; lateral view

of whole animal (39); ra, rostral siphon (x 60) } ant, first antenna (X95); dactylus

prp. 1, dactylus of first peraeopod; exop., exopods of first, second and fourth peraeopods (x 95);

urop., uropod with sixth pleon somite and telson (x 58), ,

are little, if any, larger than those of the third and fourth legs and are less than

half the length of the exopod of the second leg.

Loc. New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, in silt, 70 metres (K. Sheard,

Oct., 1943).

Although no eye is apparent in examples preserved in alcohol, it is represented

by a spot of vivid red pigment in South Australian specimens freshly preserved

in formalin,

DIcOIDES FLETTI sp. nov,

Ovigerous female. Integument calcified, with fine but distinct reticulate

patterning, and with well-spaced granules on carapace,

Carapace relatively small, not much more than one-fourth of total length,

and little longer than pedigerous somites together; seen from above it is widest

across the branchial regions; its depth is three-fourths its length and is equal

to greatest breadth; there is an obsolete median carina on the back, while on

each side a dorso-lateral, horizontal, elongate tumidity runs backwards from the

pseudorostral lobes for greater part of the length of the carapace; below this

elevation is a shallow depression ; anterior margin and inferior edge finely serrate.

Antero-lateral margin a little sinuate, scarcely at all concave, and antero-lateral

angle widely rounded, serrate. Pseudorostral sutures fused; lobes meeting in

front of ocular lobe for a distance equal to about one-seventh length of carapace,

anteriorly widely gaping.

Pedigerous somites one to three wider than, carapace; the third somite is

shorter on the dorsum than any of the others, but the pleural parts of second and

426 RECORDS OF THE 5.A, MUSEUM

third somites are considerably expanded laterally and are longer than im the others.

Pleon stout, not very much shorter than cephalothorax; fifth somite about

one-fourth as long again as sixth, which is little longer than wide; telson less than

two-thirds as long as sixth somite, subcylindrical rather than subtriangular, with

two tiny apical spines, and with lateral margins weakly serrate.

First antenna somewhat geniculate between second and third segments of

pedunele; first joint with inner margin strongly serrate; second joint short, less

Fig. 49. Dicoides fletti, Type female; lateral view and (coph.) cephalothorax from above.

Paratype subadult malo; ceph,, cophslothorax from the side and from above (ali x 15).

than half ae long as the third, which is long (subequal in length to first) ; fagellum

three-jointed, the first segment twice as long as second and third together; acces-

sory lash three-jointed and longer than first segment of main flagellum,

Seeond antenna three-jointed, .

Third maxilliped with basis shorter than rest of appendage, somewhat

expanded distally, but searcely produced forwards; propodus subequal in length

te dactylus and not as long as merus and carpus together; exopod absent.

First peraeopod massive, the merus reaching to anterior margin of carapace,

fully two-thirds total length of the limb extending beyond this level; basis short,

less than one-fourth as long as rest of limb; carpus as long aa basis, ischium and

merus together, less than one-fourth as long again as propodus, with margins

dentate and furnished with long setae; propodus similar in structure to carpus

and with three or four of the distal setae conspicuously stouter than the others;

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 427

dactylus narrow, subcylindrical, distally with several special setae and a strong,

irregularly serrate claw (top left in fig, 50),

Second peraeopod with basis serrate on outer margin, not as long as remain-

ing joints together; ischium obsolete; carpus slender, two and one-half times as

long as merus, and nearly half as long again as propodus and dactylus together ;

propodus fully three-fourths as long as dactylus, which bears a series of slender

setae but no spine.

Third and fourth peraeopods robust, each with small two-jointed exopod;

Fig, 50. Dicoides fletti, type and (A) paratype ovigerous females; ant,, antemna, (>< 58);

mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods (% 30; dactylar claw of firat leg,

% 94); ex. prp. 4, exopod of fourth perasopod (> 94); urop,, uropod with fifth and sixth pleon

somites and telaon (> 30); tels., distal end of telson (x 94),

basis not much shorter than rest of limb; merus as long as the three terminal joints

without dactylar claw; fifth peraeopod the same size excepting that basis is a

little shorter.

Pedunele of uropod nearly two and one-half times as long as telson, and

fully as long as fifth pleon somite; endopod five-sixths as long as peduncle, one,

fourth as long again as exopod, with unequal inner setae (see figure) and with

a long terminal seta, half the length of ramus; it is three-jointed, the proximal

segment almost as long as the other two (which are subequal in length) together;

exopod with longitudinal rows of stout spines, the terminal ones reaching to level

of distal end of endopod.

Colour white. Length 5+3 mm.

Subadult males. The carapace is not dilated actoss the branchial regions

and the upper edge of the elongate dorso-lateral tumidity is more ridge-like; also

more distinctly marked is a ridge-like fold on each pseudorostral lobe in front

of eye lobe; the ocular lobe is distinctly delineated.

428 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First and second pedigerous somites shorter than in female, but nevertheless

longer dorsally than third, which is reduced to a narrow strip, but has the pleural

parts well expanded backwards.

The first to fourth peraeopods bear moderately well-developed exopods,

although the peduncle is barely wider than in anterior pairs of female; those of

the third and fourth pairs have the setae not fully developed,

There is no trace of pleopods.

Length 4-6 mni, and thereabouts.

Loc, Tasmania: Babel Island, 89° 55‘ §., 148" 31’ E., 25 metres, inshore

station, surface (type loc., ‘“Warreen’’ Station 29, N. 200, Jam., 1939). New

Sonth Wales: off Eden, 30 and 60 metres, in coarse sand and in silt (K. Sheard,

A, Trawl and submarine light, Oct., Nov,, and Des., 1943); 4 miles off Port

Hacking, 80 metres, on mud (K, Sheard, A, Trawl, May, 1944); Ulladulla, 75

metres (K. Sheard, A. Trawl, June, 1944). Type female in South Australian

Museum, Reg, No. C, 2341,

This easily recognized species is named after Capt. A, Flett, Master of the

“*Warreen,’’

The dactylns of the first peraeopod is shorter in immature males and females

than it is in the adult; also the matginal setae of the mb are sparse, but this

applies also to some of the almost mature examples, and to ovigerous females from

Wiladulla, which are smaller (5 mm.) than the type. The retiewlate patterning

is always distinct on the carapace, but the sparse granulation is not constant.

As in some species of Gynodiastylis pellucid spots, like those often occurring

in Campylaspis, ete., are apparent.on the carapace of a few examples,

The first antennae often bave a prominent squamose seulpturing, particularly

om third peduncular joint; the accessory flagellum may be slightly shorter than

in the type (fig, 50, A.) and only as long as the long first joint of main lash.

The median contact length of the psendorostral lobes varies slightly.

Genus Arvonasryiis Hale,

Allodiastylis Hale, 1936, p, 426, and 1987, p. T2.

The main distinguishing features are the slender upturned pseudorostrum,

furnished with long setae at the tip, of the female and young male, and the

character of the first antenna, The latter is long for the group (about half as

long as carapace in the female) and has the first and second joints of the peduncle

dilated and together not longer than the elongated third segment,

In combination with these characters the female completely lacks thoracic

exopods and the telson is elongate, subeylindrical, and with no defimte post-anal

part, The second antenna of the female projects (relatively) well beyond the

anterior margin of the carapace, it is apparently four-jointed, but the sutures

of the terminal conieca] part, thongh discernible, do not separate distinetly the

last three joints (see fig. 56, ant, 2). The first peraeopod, is moderately long,

with the dactylus normal for the family, and the propodns and carpus subequal

in length. The most distal of the carpal setae of the third to fifth peracopods

is not very stout and is not shorter than the other or others.

he distal spines on the telson of the adult male (as known in two of the

spécies) are long and bristle-tlike, This separates the male from that of all related

genera except Zimmeriana, where similar sexual dimorphisin occurs, but there

the first antenna and first peracopod are distinctive,

The endopod of the uropod is two-jointed in both sexes of the four species

which fall here, The first antenna exhibits some variation, In hirtipes and

HaALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 429

Jjohnstom. spp. nov, it is much as in the genotype but in tenuipes sp. nov, the first

two segments are dilated to a greater extent and resemble more the contlition

found in Sheardia,

The gap between second and third peraeopods varies in the, species, as in

Gynodiastylis.

The integument is calcified and brittle and ig of a chaliky, somewhat opalescent,

appearance in the female. It is translucent in the adult male, in which, ag pre-

viously described, the carapace differe from that of the female and young mala

to an extraordinary degree.

KEY TO SPECIES OF ALLOD/JASTYLIS (FEMALES)

1, Rami of uropod equal in Jength +1 vt vi hirtipes ap. nov.

BExopod of uropod much longer than endopad + ae 4s ae

2. Uropod with peduncle not longer than teleon and with segments of endopod subequal in

length oe xe t i fs johnstont sp. mov.

Uropod with peduncle longer than telaon and with firat segment of uropod much shorter

than. second es = + ie we os 4ae

First antenna with firet two segmenta of peduncle greatly dilated (each as deep as long) and

with fiagellum more than half as Jong as third peduncular joint), Propodus of second

paraeopod niore than half as long as dactylus. Posterior limba slender, tha third Jonger than

carapace ch va 4s re i Tenwi ped ap. NOV.

Firat: antenna with proximal segments moderately dilated (each longer than deep) and with

flagellum less than half as long ss third peduncular joint, Pyopadus of second peracopod

lese than half as long as dactylus. Posterior limba not unuaually slender, the third shorter

thancarapace =. - ty - nd an .. oretata Hale,

ALLODIASTYLIS HIRTIPES sp. nov,

Oviwerous female. Tntegument with sparse, tiny granules, thickest on cara-

pace, but present also on pedigerous and anterior pleon somites,

Carapace less than oné-third of total length of animal, as deep as broad, and

a little more than half as long again as wide; it has an elongate swelling (dorso-

lateral fold) immediately below the frontal lobe, a small, rounded tumidity at

each rear corner of frontal lobe and the median portion of last-named elevated

and rounded; posterior to the frontal lobe the dorsum is coneave, the hollow

emphasized by swollen lateral edges; on the sides is a large shallow depression,

Antero-lateral margin very shallowly excavate; antero-lateral corner angularly

rounded, armed with small denticles which continue along almost whole length

of inferior margin. Pseudorostrum long, with spaced spinules below, very

narrowly truncate in front; lobes meeting in front of ocular lobe for a distance

equal to about one-third of total length of carapace. Frontal lobe broad; ocular

lobe short, more than twice as wide as long, with no distinct: lenges,

Pedigerous somites together more than half a3 long as carapace, not differing

very conspicuously in length on the back; second with pleural parts produced

forwards as small lobe; third produced fore and aft on the side, the second and

third peraeopods being well separated.

Pleon narrow, shorter than cephalothorax; fifth somite not. much longer then

sixth, which is somewhat hroadened posteriorly, where it is slightly wider thau

lone; telson slender, three-fourths as long again as sixth somite, with lateral

margins serrate for greater part of length and with a pair of rudimentary spines

at apex, flanked on each side by a similar lateral spine and a bristle,

First antenna much as in genotype ; flagellum one-third as long ag third pedun-

cular segment, two-jointed, the first. joint somewhat longer than the three-

segmented accessory lash,

Mandible with the usual nine to ten spines,

430 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Third maxilliped with basis not a great deal shorter than rest of limb; carpus

longer than any other of remaining joints; propodus and dactylus of equal length.

Basis of peraeopods with long setae which hold a dense matting of flocculent

material. First leg, when extended, with carpus reaching beyond antennal. angle,

and dactylus beyond level of front of pseudorostrum; basis half as long as

remainder of limb, its distal end encireled with stout teeth; propodus subequal

in length to carpus and one-fourth as long again as dactylus.

Fig, 51. Allodiastylis hirtipes, type female; lateral view and

cephalothorax from above (X 36).

Second peraeopod short (not much more than one-third as long as first) with

the narrow basis equal in length to rest of limb and spinose on inner margin;

ischium suppressed; merus longer than carpus or propodus, which are subequal

in length, each barely more than half as long as dactylus.

Basis of third peraeopod as long as remaining joints combined, that of fourth

distinctly shorter, in third half as long; merus of third and fourth pairs about

as long as carpus and propodus combined; carpus with two distal setae, subequal

in length and, like propodal seta, reaching a little beyond level of tip of dactylus,

which is long and slender.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 431

Pedunele of uropod narrow, a little longer than telson and two-thirds as long

again as rami, which are equal in length; first of the two segments of endopod

with two inner setae and three-fourths ag long as second joint, which bears three

long inner setae and a slender terminal spine almost as long as ramus; exopod

with a few short spines on outer margin and two unequal slender distal spines,

one of which is fully as lone as the tamus.

Colour creamy with the faintly pearly appearance noted in all species of the

genus. Length 3-15 mm,

Fig, 52, Allodiastylis hirlipes, paratype ovigerous female; ant., first antenna ( 80; flagella,

% 125); mxp. and prp,, third mavilliped and first to third perasopods (xX 80); urop,, uropod

with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telaon (> 80); tels., distal end of telaon (% 320).

Loo, New South Wales: 4 miles off Eden, 70 metres, in silt (typa loe., Kj

Sheard, Oct., 1943) ; 4 miles off Port Hacking, 80 metres, on mud (K. Sheard,

A. Trawl, May, 1944) ; Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine silt, on flathead

grounds (D. Rochford, Jan,, 1945), Type female in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No. ©. 2719,

The slender respiratory siphons lie for the greater part of their length beneath

the pseudorostrum. Probably the long setae of the peraeopods are plumose but

with the lateral elements so fine as to escape detection in the fouled condition

which remains even after cleaning. Some examples have the granulation of the

carapace a little more pronounced than in others; juveniles have the posterior

peraeopods shorter and stouter than in the adult.

Off Brush Island this species was taken in company with tenuipes but is at

once separated by the more slender pseudorostrum and pleon, the less slender

posterior peracopods with longer fringing hairs, and above all by the less dilated

first and second joints of the peduncle of the first antenna and the very different

proportions of the uropod,

432 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ALLODIASTYLIS. JOHNSTONI sp. NOV.

Ovigerous female. Carapace as described for cretata, to which the species is

closely allied; it is fully one-third of total length of animal and much. longer

than pedigerous somites together, Rostral siphons very long and wide.

Pedigerous somites not differing markedly in dorsal length, but successively

becoming longer; second with pleural parts a little expanded forwards; third

expanded fore and aft on sides, but second and third legs separated by a space

no greater than that between third and fourth.

a ES

me TAR ;

(SET LYI

Fig. 53. <Allodiastylis johnstoni, types female and male; lateral views and (ceph.) sephalo-

thorax from above (X 42).

Pleon cylindrical, the first to sixth somites not differing much in length, the

fifth little longer than sixth, which is broadest in distal half, where it is half as

wide again as long; telson cylindrical, with distal part suddenly tapering to the

narrowly rounded apex which has a pair of rudimentary spines; it is nearly twice

as long as the sixth pleon somite,

First antenna much as in genotype, witha distal spine below first two joints,

which together are only about two-thirds as long as the elongate third segment;

flagellum three-jointed, one-third the length of last peduncular joint; accessory

lash also three-jointed, fully half as long as main flagellum.

Basis of third maxilliped short, broad distally, where the external part is

forwardly produced; it is shorter than the first four joints of the palp and its

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 433

internal apical angle is spinose; remaining joints as in tenwipes; ischium and

merus each with a small inner spine,

Basis in all peraeopods with a few long setae, First leg stout, when extended

with carpus reaching well beyond antennal angle, and propodus past apex of

psendorostrum ; basis short, barely more than one-fourth of length of rest of Limb,

with a few spines on distal margin; carpus and prepodus subequal in length,

each almost half as iong again as dactylus,

Secand peraeopod nearly half as long as first; basis three-fifths as long as

rest of limb; ischium suppressed; carpus barely longer than merus but distinctly

longer than propodus, which, is two-thirds as long as dactylus.

Basis of third perecopod slightly longer than remainder of limb, that of fourth

barely shorter; merus of third and fourth pairs about as long as carpus and,

propodus together; propodal seta and longest carpal seta not reaching beyond

tip of dactylus, which is not markedly elongate.

Pedunele of uropod dilated distally, not quite as long as telson and as long

as exopod, which is one-fourth as long again as endopod; longest terminal spine

of exopod slender, a little shorter than the ramus; endopod with firet joint slightly

longer than second and with long terrainal spine distinctly less than length of

ramus.

Length 2-17 mm,

Adult male, Integument translucent, crisp but not highly calcified ; surface

of carapace with coarse reticulate patterning which is seén with difficulty because

of the transparency,

Carapace large, about two-fifths of total length of animal, depressed, fully

one-third as wide again as greatest depth; on each side there is a marked dorso-

lateral swelling in anterior half, below which the sides are concave; at the rear

of this lateral hollow the hinder parts of the sides are tumid and below it isa greatly

elevated fold; on the dorsum there is a sharp, median longitudinal carina running

from ocular lobe to about three-fourths of length of carapace; the back is depressed

on each side of this ridge, but rounded at the rear, where there is a pair of low

dorso-lateral carinae; finally, there is a similar pair of ill-defined dorsal ridges

on each pseudorostral Iabe, Antero-lateral angle narrowly rounded, not serrate,

Pseudorostrum Jong, blunt and dawnbent, the lobes meeting for a distances equal

to one-third of length of carapace; it bears short hairs (in mo way like those of

the female and young male) and is feebly serrate below. Frontal lobe distinctly

delineated ; ocular lobe tumid, very large, twice as wide as long and much bigger

than in female with three larger eyes exhibiting a granular structure,

Pedigerous somites together less than half as long as carapace; the first three

ave crowded so that the anterior angle of pleural parts of second overlap first and

eyen carapace; pleural parts of third to fifth swollen, rounded, those of third

moderately expanded fare and aft ; the back of each somite js elevated, the tursidity

bounded by a longitudinal carina on each side im fourth and fifth somites.

Pleon much shorter than cephalothorax, stouter than in female, but with

sixth somite not much broader than long and not shorter than fifth ; telson stouter

than in female, less than half as long again as sixth somite, with the pair of

slender termirial spines more than one-fourth of length of telson.

First antenna with peduneular joints less unequal in depth than in female;

the atout third segment is as long as first two together; flagella subequal in length,

each three-jointed (see fig, 54) and more than one-third as long as last segment

of peduncle,

Second antenna richly furnished with fine setaé; the flagellum consists of

eleven short and stout segments, the proximal four not longer than wide; the

lash is not.as long as peduncle,

434 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

urop. 9

Fig, 54, Allodiastylis johnstoni, paratype ovigerous female and type male; pa, lobe,

pseudorostral lobe (X 75); ant., first and second antenna (X 75; second antenna of female,

y 120); mxp. and prp., third maxilliped and first to third peraeopods (X 75; distal joints of

fourth leg of male, % 120); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson

(X75). A, Uropod of A, eretata for comparison (X 75).

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 435

Third maxilliped with basis much larger than in female, longer than the palp;

erat tarpus and propodus subequal in length, each longer than ischium or

actylius,

All peraeopoda stouter than in female, First peraeopod broad, with basis

half the length of combined remaining joints, which are of same proportions as

in female; exopod stout, longer than basis.

Second peraeopod more than half ag long ag first, with basis almost as long

as rest of limb; ischium suppressed; remaining joints about same proportions

as in female,

Third to fifth peraeopods with distal carpal setae shorter than in female, hut

Propodal seta reaching to tip of ductylus,

Pedunele of uropod one-third as long again as telson, dilated in distal half,

where the inuer margin bears five spines; exopod shorter than peduncle and with

the main terminal spine stout and not quite as long as the ramus; endopod about

two-thirds as long as exopod, and with first joint a little shorter than second; the

proximal segment has three inner spines, the distal four and a stout terminal

spine little longer than the jomt itself.

Length 2-66 mm,

Loc. New South Wales: Sydney Harbour, Vaucluse, stones on reef (type

loe., Prof, T. Harvey Johnston, Jan., 1937) and Shark Island, stones on reef

(K. Sheard, Feb. 1938). Typeg in South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C, 2153.

An adult male only 2 mm. in length, from Shark Island, differs in some small

details from the type; the peduncle ‘of the uropod has six inner spines and the

first segment of the endopod seyen, while the setae of the fossorial limbs are

relatively a trifle longer.

A. johnstoni. perhaps should be regarded as a subspecies of the southern

genotype, with which New Sonth Wales examples were formerly placed (Hale,

1937, p, 73). As, however, specimens from the two localities differ consistently,

a designation is necessary. A. johnstond, ike cretata, oceurs on shore-line reefs,

but the female of the last-named species has the peduncle of the uropod longer

than the telson, the endopod of that appendage with the proximal segment, less

than two-thirds as long as the distal, while the terminal spines of both rami are

longer (fig, 54, A.). Further, the propodus of the second leg is shorter, less than

half as long as dactylus and not much more than, half as‘long as carpus,

The male of johnston differs little from that of cretata, although in the last-

named the propodus of the second leg, as in the females of the twn forms, is

relatively shorter, while the uropod has the terminal spine of the exopod and

the first joint of the endopod both relatively shorter.

ALLODIASTYLIS TENUIPES gy). NOV,

Ovigerous female. Integument rather coarsely granulate, the granules most

distinct on carapace; on first two pleon somites the dorsum is spinose.

Carapace less than one-third of total length of animal, wider than deep and

only one-third as long again as broad; dorso-lateral fold represented by an

elongate swollen area below frontal lobe; dorsum medianly slightly elevated on,

and a little beyond, frontal lobe, posterior to this concaye, the slight hollow

bounded laterally by low folds; to the rear of and below dorso-lateral fold the

sides are depressed. Antero-lateral margin very shallowly eancave; antero-lateral

angle subacute, dentate, the serrations continuing along lower margin of carapace,

Pseydorostrum feebly dentate below, not quite as slender as in genotype, the lobes

meeting for a distance not exceeding one-fourth of length of carapace, Frontal

lobe broad and ogular lobe short, almost three times as broad as long, without’

apparent lenses. :

436 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Pedigerous somites together about three-fourths as long as carapace, not

differing markedly in length dorsally; first to third with pleural parts forwardly

produced ; the third is bent backwards on the sides also, so that the sedond and

third legs are more widely separated than are the others,

Pleon rather robust, shorter than cephalothorax; fifth somite not longer than

sixth, which is widened. posteriorly, where it is slightly broader than long; telson

stout, one-fourth longer than sixth somite, laterally serrate near base, and with

a pair of rudimentary terminal spines.

First antenna with first and second segments. of peduncle dilated more than

in genotype, being considerably raised on the upper face; the first is as deep as

it is long and has a large inferior tooth; third joimt rather longer than, first: two

De 55. <Allodiastylis tenuipes, type female; lateral view and caphalothorax from above

(> 40).

combined; flagellum more than half as long as third segment of peduncle, two-

jointed, with the second segment longer than first; accessory flagellum less than

half as long as main lash and three-jointed,

Third maxilliped with basis wide and short, dilated and somewhat forwardly

produced distally, and not quite as long as the first four joints of the palp; carpus

and propodus subequal in length, each longer than any other of the remaining

joints.

; Basis in all peraeopods with a few moderately long setae, Wirst leg when

extended with carpus falling not far short of level of apex of pseudorostrum ; basis

only two-fifths as long as rest of limb with a few short spines at distal end;

propodus distinctly shorter than earpus and fully twice as long as dactylus.

Second peraeopod slender, more than half as long as first leg, with the basis

much shorter than rest: of limb and dentate on inner and outer edges; isehium not

apparent; merus subequal m length to the narrow carpus, which is barely longer

than propodus; dactylus about two-thirds as long again as propodus with one of

the distal setae long and slender.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 437

Posterior peraeopods long and slender; basis in third longer than rest of

limb, in fourth about equal to it, in fifth about two-thirds as long; merus of third

and fourth pairs shorter than carpus and propodus together; carpus with two

distal setae, unequal in length, the longer, and most distal, like propodal seta,

reaching to apex of the long and slender dactylus.

. Fig. 56. Allodiastylis tenuipes, paratype ovigerous females; c. pace, anterior part of

carapace (% 50); ant., first and second antennae; mxp, and prp,, third maxilliped and first

to third peraeopods; urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson; tels., sixth

pleon somite and telson from the side (all & 75),

Pedunele of uropod rather narrow, more than one-third as long again as

_ telson and equal in length to the exopod, which is more than one-fourth as long

again as endopod; the latter has its first segment barely three-fourths as long as

second, which has four inner setae and a slender flexible terminal spine equal

in length to itself; exopod with four outer spines on second joint plus three

unequal terminal spines, the longest of which is as long as the segment.

Length 2-46 mm.

Lec. New South Wales: Ulladulla, Brush Island, 45 fath., in fine silt on

flathead grounds (D. Rochford, Jan., 1945). Type in South Australian Museum,

Reg. No, C. 2702.

The respiratory siphons are large. In one example with the first peraeopods

asymmetrical the shorter of the pair has the inner margin of basis, ischium and

merus spinose.

438 RECORDS OF THE 5,4. MUSEUM

Genus. ZIMMERIANA Noy,

Die Zimmer (nec Stebbing) 1914, p. 190; Hale, 1936, p. 422.

This genus shares with Allodiastylis a complete absence of thoracic exopuds

in the female and the development of a pair of long terminal spines on the male

telson. Added to these characters the modification of the first peraeopod is

distinctive, the dactylus being large and subcylindrical, with an unusual arrange-

ment of the setue, these radiating, mainly from the distal third, to form a brush

unlike the dactylar furniture occurring elsewhere, As in Allodiasiylis and

Dicovides, the basis of the first peraeopod is very short in relation to the rest of

the limb,

The pseudorostrum is almost horizontal in the female, decidedly downbent

in the adult male; the telson is subeylindrical in both sexes. The second antenna

of the male ig short, the flagellum not exceeding the pedunele in length, the basis

of the third maxilliped is rather strongly widened distally in both sexes and

the mandible, as in Gynodiastylis, hag about ten spines in the row (seven to eleven),

The endopod of the uropod is trisegmentate in the female and young male, biseg-

mentate in the adult male.

Genotype Die lesiodactylum Zimmer,

The genus is named after Dr. Carl Zimmer, who described the type species.

Only one adult male is available; this differs remarkably in form from the

female but was agsociated with it in the first place by the unmistakable structure

of the first perseopod, just as in the related Allodiastylis the first antenna provided

the key character,

KEY TO SPECIES OF ZIMMERIANA

1. Telson longer than peduncle of uropod and armed with spines ventrally spinicauda (Hale).

Telaon not longer than peduncle of nropod and not epinose ventrally a

2, Ovigerous female with pleon longer than cophalothorax and with anterior perseopods long.

Carpus of firat pair distinctly longer than basis and earpus of second about twice as long

as merua or A re <p “4 longtirostria sp. Dov,

Ovigerous female with pleon not as long as cepbalothorax and with anterior perseopods

shorter and stouter; carpua of first pair only about as long as basis, and earpus of second

half as long again as merus ., = a .. ,, lasiodaotyla (Zimmer )

1 2

ZIMMERIANA SPINICAUDA (Hale)

Die lasiodactylum var. spinicanda Hale, 1987, p. 69, fig. 5b (also Hale, 1936,

p. 423-424, tig. 13, a-g.),

This form oceurs in Spencer and St, Vincent Guilfs, South Australia; the

adult male has not been taken yet, Apart from the character of telson and carapace

the dactylus of the first peraeopod is relatively longer than in the other species

referred to the genus,

ZIMMERIANA LONGIROSTRIS sp, NOV,

Die lasiodactylum Hale (nec Zimmer), 1936, p, 422 (part) and 1937, p. 69, fig. 5 a.

Oviygerous female, Integument not highly calcified, tough and not brittle;

surface shallowly pitted.

Carapace not quite one-third of total length of animal and. twice as long

ag pedigerous somites together; it is more than half as long again as deep, and

ag wide as deep; from above it sub-pytiform with pseudorostrum long and slender ,

om each side there is a slight concavity, margined above and below by a low,

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 439

ig. 57, Zimmeriana longirostris, type female and allotype male; lateral views and

(ceph.) cephalothorax from above (xX 40).

440 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

rounded fold; the back is faintly excavate in posterior half and there is a pair

of low, rounded elevations at posterior end of frontal lobe, which is indistinctly

medianly carinate. Antero-lateral margin shallowly excavate; antero-lateral

angle and margin posterior to it finely dentate. Pseudorostral lobes, as seen from

above and also in lateral view, subacute in front, meeting for a distance equal to

distinctly more than one-fourth of length of carapace. Frontal lobe distinctly

marked off; ocular lobe rounded, rather small, wider than long, without apparent

lenses and armed with a pair of slender denticles.

First and second pedigerous somites short, third and fourth equal in length

dorsally, fifth longer; pleural parts of second expanded forwards, of third

forwards and backwards, bringing the second and third peraeopods fairly wide

apart; fourth somite fused with third, bent backwards on sides, there being a

greater space between coxae of third and fourth legs than between fourth and fifth.

Pleon longer than cephalothorax; sixth somite relatively long, not shorter

than fifth, dilated near posterior end, where it is about as broad as long; ‘telson

a little longer than sixth somite, cylindrical, with, triangular apex armed with a

pair of rudimentary spines.

First antenna. with first joint of peduncle subequal in length to second and

third together; second two-thirds as long as third; flagella two-jointed, the

accessory flagellum as long as first joint of main lash (fig. 58, ant.)

Third maxilliped stout, with a strong tooth at distal end of ischium.

First peraeopod very long, the merus reaching level of apex of pseudorostrum ;

the short basis is only one-fifth of total length of limb and is armed with a few

teeth, particularly at distal end; ischium and merus with distal teeth; carpus and

propodus subequal in length, each longer than basis, and nearly half as long again

as the dactylus, which bears a dense radial brush of setae.

Second peraeopod reaching forward to level of apex of pseudorostrum ; basis

very short, one-third as long as remaining joints together and much shorter than

carpus; ischium obsolete; carpus twice as long as merus and longer than propodus

and dactylus together; dactylus about one-third as long again as propodus and

with one of the terminal setae robust, almost spine-like, and much longer than

dactylus.

Third to fifth peraeopods successively decreasing in length; merus not much

longer than carpus and propodus together; carpus with one stout distal seta

which does not reach much beyond distal end of propodus, the seta of which is

also unusually short.

Uropods slender; peduncle a little longer than telson and nearly twice ag

long as endopod, which is distinctly shorter than the exopod and consists of three

joints, successively decreasing a little in length, and each with an inner seta at

distal end; terminal spines a. little shorter than their respective rami.

Colour dingy yellow. Length 2:6 mm.

Adult male. Integument transparent, but calcified and brittle. Carapace

with coarse, somewhat reticulate, shallow pitting and with the lateral hollow

margined above and below by a large fold; the lower fold projects as a prominent

ledge, the carapace seen from above being thereby much broadened, and is consi-

derably wider than deep; it is two-thirds as long again as depth, fully one-third

of total length of animal and is more than twice as long as the pedigerous somites

together ; dorsum shallowly excavate. The summit of the lower lateral fold of

carapace is elevated to form a narrow ridge, particularly distinct anteriorly, where

it curves into the wide and shallow antennal notch, obliterating antennal angle,

behind which the inferior margin is almost smooth. Pseudorostrum bent down-

wards (thus foreshortened in dorsal view of cephalothorax in fig. 57) with anterior

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 441

margin subtruncate and sinuate as seen from above and also from side; the

lobes meet for a distance equal to almost one-fourth of length of carapace. Frontal

lobe large and distinctly defined ; ocular lobe rounded, nearly twice as broad as

long, with three very large lenses showing granular structure.

Pedigerous somites with pleural parts not so markedly expanded as in female

and coxae rather crowded.

= pre 1 Va ;

ps.tobe g Ky

an Jf

ps.loba & urop.

um | \3

€

ant. 1

Fig. 58. Zimmeriana longirostris, paratype female; oc. lob. and ps, lobe, ocular and

pseudorostral lobes (X75); ant., first antenna (* 75; flagella, * 250); mxp. 3 ischium,

ischium of third maxilliped (x 125); prp., first and second peraeopods, and third leg without

basis (X 75); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and telson (* 75). ps, lobe

Pseudorostral lobe of male (> 95),

Pleon as long as cephalothorax; sixth somite slightly less dilated at rear

than in female; telson more than one-third longer than sixth somite and with a

pair of apical spines (each more than one-fourth as long as the telson) flanked by

a pair of short. bristles.

Main flagellum of first antenna three-jointed. Second antenna with flagellum

eleven-jointed and not longer than peduncle.

Moderately well-developed exopods on third maxilliped and first four pairs

of peraeopods. Third maxilliped with spine on ischium.

442 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

First peraeopod relatively shorter than in female but with basis longer, about

one-fourth of total length of limb and as long as propodus.

Second peraeopod with basis more than half as long as rest of limb and longer

than carpus; ischium obliterated; carpus half as long again as merus, and as

propodus and dactylus together.

Third to fifth peraeopods with merus and carpus, as well as basis, stouter

than in female.

Fig. 59. Zimmeriana longirostris, type male; ant. and mxp., first, antenna and third

maxilliped (X 75); prp. 1, 2 and 5, firat, second and fifth peraeopods (X 75); prp. 4, distal

joints of fourth peraeopod (X 95); urop., uropod with fifth and sixth pleon somites, and

telson (x 75); tels., distal end of telson (X 225).

Pedunele of uropod one-fourth as long again as telson, and with four inner

spines in distal third; endopod longer than in female, distinctly more than half

length of peduncle and only two-jointed, the first with three inner spines and

barely shorter than second, which bears four spines on inner margin and a slender

terminal spine not much shorter than the whole ramus; exopod relatively longer

and more slender than in female, one-third as long again as endopod with the

main terminal spine as long as the ramus.

Length 2-3 mm.

HALE—AUSTRALIAN CUMACEA 443

Loc. South Australia: St, Vincent Gulf, Sellick’s Reef, on stones, 4-1 fath.

(H, M. Male, Apl, 1986, type female and Mar., 1944) ; Page Islands, 9 fath.

(type male, K. Sheard, submarine light, 7 to 7. 30 p.m, | Apl., 1941), Types i in

South Australian Museum, Reg. No. C. 2655 and 2658.

Allowing for the usual differences, the appendages of the male and female

described above are so similar that one cannot doubt that they belong to the

one species and that, as in Allodiastylis, there is considerable sexual dimorphism,

The first legs of the single male were folded together in a manner reminiscent.

of Pomacuma, ete, (Hale, 1944a, p. 234), the propodus bent back against the

carpus, while the inner faces of propodi and dactyli were closely approximated,

the whole limbs forming! a sort of operculum ; the distal ends of the carpal joints

of these limbs were fitted intimately into the concave front ends of the psendo-

rostral lobes,

The ovigerous female of longirostris is very like that of lasiadactyla, but

Zimmer describes and figures the pseudorostrum as being much shorter in his

species, only one-fifth of the total length of carapace, the pleon is shown as shorter

than the cephalothorax, while the peraeopods and uropods are stouter (see notes

under lasiodactyla below).

ZIMMERIANA LASIODACTYLA (Zimmer),

Dic lasiodactylum Zimmer, 1914, p. 193, fig. 17-18; Hale, 1936, p. 422,

The adwit female described above as longirostris was formerly regarded as

representing a. variant of this species, with anterior legs longer than in the

type and than in some juveniles from Tasmania. Now, however, it is possible

ge?

FOND

Fig. 60. First and second perasapodsa of (A) Zimmeriana lasiodactyta and (B) Z. longi-

roairis; the long dactylar setae of first perasopod are omitted (x 70).

to compare a long-legged female (longirestris) 1:55 mm, in length with a slightly

larger female (1:75 mm.) of lasiodactyla from the last-named locality. Although

owing to immaturity the proportions of the joints of the limbs are not quite as

in the adult the differences are apparent. in these examples of approximately the

same stage, just as they are in the ovigerous female of longirostris and that

deseribed by Zimmer for lasiodactyla. Thus it seems that the two forms are

consistently distinguished, Zimmer’s specics haying the distal joints of the first

and second peraeopods shorter and stouter than in longirostris, as well as the

pseudorostrum, telson and uropods relatively shorter,

As in longirosiris and smnicauda the ocular lobe bears a pair of spines,

the only apparent difference from Zimmer's description.

444 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SUMMARY.

Australian Diastylids belonging to Gynodiastylis and related genera are dealt

with. These are distinguished by the facts that while the third maxilliped of the

female lacks an exopod the male has no pleopods, The telson is variable, usually

with post-anal part short and sometimes unarmed or almost so; it exhibits sexual

difference in two of the genera.

The genera represented are Sheardw gen. nov., Gynodiastylis Calman,

Dicoides gen. nov., Allodiastylis Hale and Zimmeriana gen, nov,

Species described as new are Sheardia antennata; Gynodiastylis rochforda,

G. lata, G. robusta, G, dilatata, G strumosa, G. ampla, G, subtilis, G. carinirostris,

G., polita, G. ambigua, G. attenuata, G, echinata, G roscida. G. mutabilis, G. ornata,

G. margarita, G. quadricristata, G, brevipes and G, concava; Dicoides areolata

and D, fletti; Allodiastylis hirtipes, A, johnstont and A, tenutpes; Zimmeriana:

lengirostris.

REFERENCES CITED.

Calman, W. T. (1911); ‘*On New or Rare Crustacea of the Order Cumacea from the Collestion

of the Copenhagen Museum, Part ii, The Families Nannastacidae and Diastylidae.’’

Trane. Zool. Soo. xviii, pp. 841-398, pl. xxxii—mucyii,

Calman, W. T, (1912): ‘*The Crustacea of the Order Cumacea in the Collection of the United

States National Musoum.’? Pro. U.S, Nat. Mus., xli, pp, 603-676, fig. 1-112.

B ale, Herhert M. (1928): ‘* Australian Cumacea.’? Trans, Roy, Soc., 8. Austt., li, pp. 31-48,

g- 1-17.

Hale, Herbert M, (1936): ‘'Cumacea from a South Australian Reef’? Kec, §, Austr, Muse.,

¥, pp. 404-438, fig. 1-23,

Hale, Herbert M, (1937); ‘*Further Notes on the Cumacea. of South Australian Reefs.’’

Rec, S, Austr. Mus. vi, pp. 61-74, fig. 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M. (1937): ‘‘ Further Notes on the Cumacea of South Australian Reefs,'’ Reo,

8. Austr, Mus., vi, pp. 61-74, fig. 1-9.

Hale, Herbert M. (1944): *'The Genus Cyclaspis.’’ Ree. &. Austr. Mus, viii, pp. 63-142,

fig. 1-60.

Hale, Herbert M. (1944a); ‘*The Mamily Bodotriidse.’?’ Trans. Roy, Soc., S. Austr, xiti,

pp. 225-285, fig. 1-38,

Hale, Herbert M. (1945): °*The Family Diastylidac, Part I.’? Trans, Roy, Soc, &. Austr,

Ixix, pp. 173-211, fig, 1-26,

Kemp, Stanley (1916): ‘‘ Fauna of the Chilka Lake, Cumacea.’’? Mem. Ind, Mus., v, pp. 395-402,

, 1-5,

Stebbing, T, R, BR. (1910) : ' Sympoda’? (in Part V or 8.A, Crustacea for the Marine Investiga-

tions in South Afriea), Ann. 8. Afr, Mus,, vi, pp. 409-418, pl. xliv-xlvii.

Stebbing, T, RB. R. (1912); '' The Sympoda’’ (Part Vi of S.A. Crustacea for the Marine investiga-

tions in South Africa). Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., x, pp. 129-176, pl. i-xvi.

Stebbing, T, R. R. (1913): Cumacea (Sympoda). Das Tierreich, Lief. xzxix, pp. 1-210, fig.

1-137.

Zimmer, Carl (1914): Fauna Sildweat Aust., v, Cumacea, pp. 175-195, fig. 1-18.

Zimmer, Carl (1936): ‘‘ California Crustacea of the Order Cumacea,’’ Proo. U.S. Nat. Mus.,

Ixxxili, No. 2992, pp. 423-439, fig, 34-39.

ABORIGINES OF THE LOWER SOUTH-EAST

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By T. D. CAMPBELL, J. B. CLELAND AND P. §S. HOSSFELD

PART I. Millicent-Rendelsham District

PART II. Kongorong District. General Geological Notes

PART III. Review of Food Supplies

Summary

In March of 1944, a visit was made to the Lower South-East of this State to continue

and extend the investigation on aboriginal camp sites made previously by H. V. V.

Noone and one of the present writers (T.D.C.). An account of these latter observations

was published in these Records in 1943.

The present work was planned to amplify previous investigation into more of an

ecological approach; that is by corrrelating available recorded information of the once

living aboriginal with an intensive study of the present day remnants of his material

culture and indigenous environment. By this means we can learn something of his

reactions and adjustments to his particular geographical circumstances; and, in short,

endeavour to reconstruct a picture of his ways of living. The limited time available

was sufficient only for observation on the general features of the camp sites and areas

concerned; but some points have been studied in detail and the data, stone

implements, and other material collected considerably augment those gathered on the

1943 visit.

ABORIGINES or ruzr LOWER SOUTH-EAST

or SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By T. D. CAMPBELL, J. B. CLELAND ann P. 5. HOSSFELD

Plate vii, and Text fig. 1-8.

Part J. Minaiwent-RewxpetsHam District.

Parr II. Koncorone Disrrrot. Guneran GrouogicaL Norns.

Part Til. Revmw or Foop Suppyizs,

PART I.

Tw March of 1944, a visit was made to the Lower South-Hast of this State to

continue and extend the investigation on aboriginal camp sites made previously

by H. V. V. Noone and one of the present writers (T. D. C.). An account of

these latter observations was published in these Records in 1943,

The present work was planned to amplify previous investigation into more

of an ecological approach; that is by correlating available recorded information

of the onee living aboriginal with an intensive study of the present day remnants

of his material culture and indigenous environment, By this means we can learn

something of his reactions and adjustments to his particular geographical cir-

cumstances; and, in short, endeayowr to reconstruct a picture of his ways. of

living. The limited time available was sufficient only for observation on the

general features of the camp sites and areas concerned ; but some points have been

studied in detail and the data, stone implements, and other’ material collected.

considerably augment those gathered on the 1943 visit.

Plan of present study. In the paper by Campbell and Noone, a descrip-

tion was given of a number of camp sites examined as well as a classification and

account, of the implements collected, and a few general remarks on topography and

the problem of antiquity of aboriginal occupation, In the time available, the

present study attempted to amplify, in particular, a consideration of the ecology

of the aboriginal of this area in days past. To advance this purpose, a more

detailed study was made of the nature and location of the camp sites. The topo-

vraphy of the sites and adjacent areas and associated vegetation were noted in

some detail; also sources of implement materials, water and, likely food supplies,

Surveyed plans were made of some sites; photographs and sketches of special

features were secured. Some observations were made on the geology of the region—

which necessarily requires protracted study—an interesting problem heing the

sequence and age of the dune ridges and their relation to the time of human oceupa-

tion. All geological and physiographical accounts of this territory by Previous

observers emphasize its importance as an outstanding area for studies in recent

eolo

: Theluded § in the above outlined general plan of work was the collection of

stone implements, botanical and geological specimens.

Area concerned. Some of the camp sites on and near the Woakwine Range

examined in 1943 were revisited in 1944, and in addition a number of previously

unrecorded sites were made available through the enthusiastic and valuable

reconnaisance of Mr, David Schulz of Rendelsham. Those under present review

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

1 LAKE GIORCE

2 SYMON

3 KENNION

4 SHORT

5 RIVOLI BAY

6 Mt MUIRHEAD

7 RIDDOCH

8 MAYURRA

9 HINDMARSH

10 BENARA

41 KONGORONG

ess CAMPSITES EXAMINED,

GIANT SANDHILLS en

CARPENTERS

ROCKS

Fig. 1, Map of Lower South-East of South Australia.

ABORIGINES OF THE SoUTH-East OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 447

occur in the Hundreds of Symon, Kennion, Mayurra, Mount Muirhead, and Rivoli

Bay; all in County Grey. Nearly all are readily accessible by wiain roads, with

Millicent as a base. The locations of the sites and of other features of special

interest are given in subsequent detailed deseription, See map, fig. 1. ;

Aborigines of the region. Little has been recorded of the life of the Buandik

tribe which occupied this region and became extinct at the end of last. cenjury-

Two publications by Campbell (1984, 1939) summarized previous availatle

accounts, and the paper by Campbell and Noone (1943), im addition to dealing

mainly with stone implements, discussed some aspects of mative hfe which are

further studied in the present work,

It is from these rather scant recorded data, and from our observations on

reranants of his daily life and material culture, topographical conditions ancl

indigenous flora—the last fortunately persist to an appreciable extent in much

of this region—that we are endeavouring to reconstruct a picture of the life of

the aboriginal as it was before white man took possession of his territory.

Phystographical features of the area, The South-Hast?, as. described by

Fenner, constitutes ‘‘a natnral geographic region’’ and oecupies the southernmost

portion of this State—south of @ rather arbitrary boundary reaching from

Kingston on the coastline to Naracoorte, near the Victorian border, in the east.

This area consists of counties Robe and Grey. Publications by Woods, Fenner,

Ward, and Crocker provide accounts of the general physiography-

The main topographical features of this area are: The coastline forming its

western and southern boundaries ; the striking series of ranges or ridges, consisting

of stranded sand dunes in various stages of consolidation and lying roughly parallel

to the coast; the broad flat inter-ridge valleys; the lake and swamp areas fringing

the coastline; and the volcanic range system, As will be shown later, all these

important general features and their concomitant details were important to the

life of the aborigmal inhabitants of the particular area under review,

From various accounts of the district as it was in the early and middle parts

of last eentury, and from present-day observation, it is obvious that first and

foremost, the region has long been one of assured rainfall. It carried a fgirly

abundant and varied yegetation—an appreciable representation of which still

remains in many places; but most of the broad inter-ridge valleys has been cleared

of their typical swamp vegetation and used for agriculture since white settlement

and drainage began, Harly accounts describe the country as supporting abundant

animal life; while the present lakes and persisting swamp areas, in addition ta

the expanses now systematically drained, indicate the former abundance of

aquatic bird life. Finally the nearby ocean and the permanent lakes were ready

sources of fish and shellfish foods,

All these points suggest that the district might bave supported a relatively

large and stable aboriginal population in an environment] which was varied in

topography, well served with food and water supplies and other means of living,

and had a climate which, though wet and cold in winter, was in general pleasantly

temperate. But what actually constitutes a large flourishing population is a

problem yet to be studied so far as aborigines are concerned. Arising from these

investigations, we hope to give in a later publication an attempt at estimating

intensity of aboriginal population on the basis of numbers of individuals per

hundred aquare miles of territory.

It is comparatively easy to-day to go over this country and describe its tapo-

1 The term **South Hast’’ is unfortunately used with wide geographical variation. It ia

suggested that for the area hera concerned, ‘‘ Lower South East’’ haa a more procise meaning:

The term Upper South Hast could then the used far the area. between the abovementioned

Counties and the River Murray,

448 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

graphy and vegetation. But in settled areas many changes have taken place

since the time when it was in full occupation by the aborigines a hundred years

ago. However, it is fortunate for these studies that much of the coastal strip

between the Woakwine Range and the sea coast has remained unsuitable for

civilized occupation and usage; and on that account it has retained most of its

indigenous topography and much of its native vegetation in a condition which

must be similar to that when the aborigines were in possession,

The following extracts from Volume I of ‘‘Savage hfe and scenes in Aus-

tralia and New Zealand'’ by G. F_ Angas deseribe the country between Kingston

and the Kongorong region as he saw it in 1844 when Governor Grey made an

overland visit to what is now known as the Lower South-Kast, This account gives

some vivid pictures, not only of the country! itself, but also of aboviginal life

eneountered during the trip-

Accompanying Governor Sir George Grey were Mr. Burr, the Deputy

Surveyor-General, Mr, Bonney, the overland traveller, Mr. Gishbone, George

French Angas, and mounted police, servants, bullock drivers and two men belong-

ing to the detachment of sappers and miners, in all eighteen persons.

(Near Kingston, I, p. 149). ‘‘ Amongst the she-oak trees, we surprised an encamp-

ment of native women, who flew off in the greatest terror and consternation,

making a loud chattering noise, and leaving their digging-sticks and baskets

behind them in their hurry. A curl of smoke from their little fire betrayed

the spot they had so lately occupied, and we amused ourselves by examining

their utensils and domestic arrangements.,,. baskets: these were of beauti-

ful workmanship and somewhat resembled those of the Tattayarra natives,”

(Between Kingston and Mt, Benson, p. 149). ‘' Beyond Lacepede Bay, we found

good cattle country, consisting of grassy flats seattered over with bansksia

or honeysuckle trees, During the day we passed through @ forest, in which

were many trees of stringy-bark and blackwood. In some places the under-

wood was dense, but as the country hegan to vise, it became more open, and

again descended into banksia flats, On these plains we met with many tracks

of natives, and their old encampments were numerous. Heaps of thé melli-

ferous cones of the banksia were lying round these deserted wirlies, The

natives steep the cones in water, which extracts the homey, and produces a

sweet beverage.’”

(p. 150) ‘*..,. Mount Benson—a round-topped eminence, about seven

hundred feet above the sea, and the highest of a range of limestone hills.

.., We ascended the ridges, which were thickly clothed with banksia and

she-oak....The white and rugged limestone of the range was intersected

in every direction with wombat holes that perforated the rock like a honey-

comb,’

(N.W, end of Woakwine. Mount Benson, p, 150). ‘We collected together a

quantity of dry wood and made a signal fire that must have been visible for

many miles. It was soon responded to by the natives towards the south and

east, many columns of smoke rising in that direction; and before we descended

the hill, the natives were signslizing all around, giving indications of a larger

population amongst these banksia woods than we anticipated.’’

(Traversing Hast side of Woakwine, p, 150). ‘‘ Upon the plains beyond Mt, Benson,

and those around Lake Hawden, until we reached the neighbourhood of Rivoli

Bay, our attention “was arrested by the flats being covered in many places

with a limestone tufa, in shape and appearance exactly resembling biscuits.”*

ABORIGINES OF THE SouTH-EasT oF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 44g

(Still on Hast side of Woakwine, p. 151), ‘‘We reached Lake Hawden—a fat,

swampy plain, which, in the rain season, is covered with water, There is good

pasturage in the surrounding country, which rises into gently undulating

hills lightly wooded with she-oals.*’

(April 29, p, 151). They fell in with Scott’s party, whose ‘‘sheep were folded

in two large stockyards, which they had erected of boughs, and their horses

were tethered near their encampment, This was rudely constructed of reeds,

and not nearly so snug as the buts of the natives, , , ,’’

(April 30, p. 152). ‘'.... we travelled onwards across a succession of soft,

spongy swamps, the gronnd being full of holes, and completely undermined

by the rats. The sheep stuek in the holes, and could gcareely proceed for the

long grass, which caused us considerable delay, Tufts of a gigantic species of

plume grass (Gahnia. psittacorwm), with sharp-edged leaves, grew in yast

quantities upon several of the fats, and others were scattered over with heaps

of dead shells of a reverse bullimus; occasional swamp parrots fluttered up

from the grass, and a few striped wallaby were met with during the day.”

(p. 153), ‘'.,..we were in the midst of densa thickets which merged into a low

scrubby forest of stringy bark, without any distinguishing objects of any

kind, 23

(Probably traversing the Woakwine, p. 153). Cooey-ing to a lost bullock driver,

‘*.... The voices of the natives uttering their loud shrill cooey echoed along

the undulating and wooded ground, rising on each side of a vast swampy

plain which we had traversed for several miles... .’’

(On to W. side of Woakwine, flats between Woakwine and Lake George, p. 155),

(May 2), ‘‘We penetrated thick woods, among which the elegant cores, then

in blossom, attained a considerable height ; and we crossed more spongy plains,

covered with shells and tufa ‘* bisenits*’ and subject to oceasional inundations.

Low wooded ranges skirted these plains, and kangaroos were abundant, Some

of these swamps were covered with an exceedingly rich black soil, and pro-

duced luxuriant sow-thistles and other rank vegetation ; the more solid plains

were overspread with beautiful green feed, and it was evident we were once

more approaching a good country.”’

(p. 156), ‘We came so suddenly upon a native encampment amongst the trees,

that the savages had barely time to take alarm at our horses’ hoofs, and we

could just distinguish their heels as they scampered away beneath the bushes.

... The party we had thus uneeremoniously disturbed had evidently as-

sembled to a convivial dinner, for there were two large wombats roasting in

in the ovens, several choice heaps of roots lay amongst the ashes, and a fine

parrot, not yet cooked, was suspended to a stick. In their precipitate flight

they had left all their things behind them—spears, baskets, snaring rods,

and a variety of curious implements; these we examined and left precisely

as we found them,,..’’

(Opposite Rivoli Bay, p, 156), ‘We found an extensive swamp intervening

between us and the shores of the bay and as we progressed it became more

difficult to eross, being covered with sharp dense reeds and tea-tree

bushes. _..””

(Rivoli Bay, p. 157). (May 3). ‘‘Long before sunrise we were moying to

travel across on foot to Rivoli Bay ....we had to brush through grass and

matted reeds breast-high. On a grasay knoll, surrounded by she-osks, we met

450 ReEcorDS oF THE S.A, MUSEUM

with a mound of limestones, like a cairn, which we conjectured to have been

placed there by the natives above the bodies of their dead, to protect them

from the wild dogs, After a tedious march of six or seven miles through

swamps and forests of she-oaks, we gained the sandhills of the seashore. , ..”’

(S.E, corner of Rivoli Bay, west of Rendlesbam, p. 162). (May 4). '‘Started at

daybreak for Mount Gambier, .., We travelled along between parallel ridges

of sandhills scattered with ghe-oaks, forming beautiful vistas covered with

grass. As we progressed the sandhills grew larger, becoming mountains in

aspect; and amidst their intervening dells beautiful magic scenes presented

themselves, displaying scenery of a character quite different from anything

I ever before witnessed, From the summit of these sandhills we overlooked

Rivoli Bay, with the rocky pomt of Cape Buffon at its southern extremity.

Around several native wells we saw lying quantities of limpets and large

haliotis shells; which latter the natives use for carrying water.”’

(On to Woakwine, near Mayurra, p, 162), ‘Leaving the sandhills, we skirted

the shores of a considerable lake, which we called Lake Frome, in compliment

to the Sutveyor-General, We afterwards crossed more swamps and flats

(* Lake’? Canunda) and again met with the biscuit tufa. M+. Muirbead and

the Bluff bore south-east of us; and, on ascending a wooded range, we dis-

covered the peak of Mt. Gambier [is this possible from here?], distant about

forty miles, with several large lakes to the south-west.’’ [Lake Bonney].

(Flata 8.5. of Millicent, east side of Woakwine Range, p, 162), ‘We were now

in a beantiful and verdant country, where fine young grass was springing

after the late rains.’’

In addition to the above notes from Angas, the following extracts from Ward

and Proud provide further interesting observations on this country as it was over

sixty yearsago. Ward:

(p47), Re east side of Woakwine. ‘The country, whatever its valug might

otherwise have been, presented only a dreary waste of water for some months

of the year....”

(p. 55), ‘As long as those rich black flats were flooded long enough in the year

to keep surveyors aud buyers at a respectful distance, all was well. There

was plenty of grass on the ridges in winter, and on the flats in summer, and

water always,’’

(p. 58), ‘On the hollows where water has stood permanently vegetation has been

coarse, cousisting almost entirely of rushes and reeds, the cattle have been

unable to do more than pick over the tops when green. There has thus been

in such places a vast deposit of decaying vegetation accumulating year by

year,... The roots of the rushes alone constitute a large proportion of the

deposit. ...7"

(p. 59). ‘In faet, on all the swamp bottoms, as distinguished from the flats, even

where the water has been got rid of, cultivtion will be impossible for the

present. Lltimately they will become the richest spots, and in the meantime

they will afford rare grazing areas, as finer grasses replace the coarse vege-

tation they have hitherto borne,

(Coote! Swamp at. Narrow Neck, p. 59), “* ..,. there is a depth of 10 or 11 feet.

of vegetable depesit before you reach the caleareous bottom, and there, too,

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 451

overlying that, is a bed of seaweed still undecayed, but perfectly purged of

the saline character it must have possessed before it was wrested from the

ocean by the upheaval of the Woakwine range.... The nearest approach

elsewhere to this prolific deposit is found invariably on the western sides of

the flats just under the ridges where the water has lain longer,”’

(p. 61). ‘‘Tt may be sai to be the prevailing feature of the flats that wherever

they exceed one or two miles in width between the ridges they are thickly

studded with ‘islands’, as I may call them, varying from one or two to one or

two hundred acres in extent. These islands are of precisely the same character

as the adjacent ridges, except, perhaps, that their elevation is not always so

great. But they have the same description of soil—a light red loam, inter-

mixed with shell sandstone or limestone—and. the same varieties of timber—

chiefly she-oak and honeysuckle—as are found on the ridges, There are also

gums and blackwood scattered about, so that the stone for building, and

wood for either building, fencing, or domestic purposes can be easily

obtained, ...7’

(p. 61), “*,.., 80 long as the flats were subject to yearly inundation, and con-

sequently valueless to the farmer, the narrow ridges intersecting them, in

themselves too stony to be ploughed, could only possess a nominal because

uncontested value to the State, derived of course from the graziers who

monopolized them, ,,.’

(Re Mt, Muirhead, p. 67), ‘'.,..It is quite destitute of timber, and being of

a considerable height forms a conspicuous landmark from all parts of the

fiat to the coast; its plain, but. verdant surface, presenting a strong contrast

to the dismial hues of the serubby timber atiits foot... .’"

(Mt, Graham, p. 68). ‘‘It presents on its summit and slopes a considerable area

of good lightly timbered soil... , Residence and head station stand at a good

elevation on its northern side, overlooking a wide extent of wet but wooded

country, called of course the Mt. Graham Flats, extending to the Avenue Flat

on the north and towards Penola on the north-east.’’

(p. 69). ‘From Mt. Graham towards Mt. Gambier the course lies along the

foot of a stringy bark range to Mt. Burr, another prominent landmark, on

which also 2 trig station is established.”

Proud (1880) in a publication by the Register on the South-East gives the follow-

ing account of the vegetation: ‘'.... between Robe and Avenue Railway

Station country varies considerably in quality, as nearly all long stretches

of land in the §8.BH. do.... grazing country; with stony ridges, covered with

she-oak and light timber. Then there are swampy flats with swamp grass

growing upon them, and clumps of a stunted stringy bark are seen further

on.’?

Foop Sources or THE ABORIGINES.

One of the main parts of these studies waa to ascertain from reeorded

information and observations made during our visits what were the likely foods

and food sources of the aborigines in tha past. As indicated in previous remarks,

the advantages of the district were many and varied, and in Part III of this

paper a detailed account has been compiled by one of us (J. B.C.) of the possibile

and likely food supplies of the natives.

Water Supplies. Owing to a generous rainfall—average 29-5 in, per year

—and lack of natural surface drainage, this territory was heavily watered, and

452 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

in days prior to the artificial drainage system fresh water supplies must have

been available almost everywhere at all times of the year.

On the coastal strip, Lakes Bonney and Frome are permanent waters—the

former a. sheet: of impressive dimensions (about eighten miles m length and two

and a half miles in width). Lake Canunda and several depressions associated

with the Lake Frome area are seasonally flooded.

On the fats forming the broad level valley between the Woakwine aud the

Reedy Creck-Mt. Muirhead Ranges much water still collects in the wet season

on certain areas, in spite of the dramage system, These flats have been described

as a ‘‘dreary waste of water’? in pre-drainage days, and remained so for months

of the year. In certain locations on the west side of this flat valley and hard

against the eastern side of the Woakwine Range barrier depressions exist which

were almost certainly permanent swamps. These were known as the Woakwine,

Cootel, Permatta, Mayurra, Wyrie, Pompoon, and German Creek Swamps-—

existing now as Dames only; for since the 1860-70 intensive drainage works they

have become highly productive flats, Cootel Swamp, immediately to the east of

Narrow Neck gap, was aj striking example, well known to have held water to

a depth of at least ten feet for most of the year.

Still further east, on the ‘‘inland”’ side of the Millicent-Hatherleigh subsi-

diary ridge system, are the Millicent-Mt, Muirhead fiats which, in former days,

abounded with permanent large springs and were flooded in winter.

Thus there is ample evidence to show that fresh water supplies were abun-

dantly available to the original inhabitants of this district.

Angas notes that the natives round Lake Albert and the adjoining Coorong

used human skulls as drinking vessels. They fasten a handle of bulrush fibre

to them to carry them, and a twist of dry grass is placed in the water to prevent

it spilling (p. 68), A girl on the Coorong carried with her her mother’s skull from

whieh ‘‘she drank her daily draught of water’’. (p. 136),

Hasirations.

From study of the locations, camp sites and our personal observation of living

aborigines in other parts, it is obvious that these South-Bastern natives adopted.

the usual practice of camping preferably on elevated, well-drained, sandy slopes

or hollows on the sheltered side of a ridge or range. Under such circumstances,

with ample fires, little constructed shelter would be necessary in warm summer

months. But the fact—as records show—that these people did construct

““wurlies’’ fairly often, may be accounted for by the fairly protracted inclement

weather; and alsa, that in a favourable environment, there would be a tendency

towards settled domestic habits rather than towards a continuous nomadic exis-

tenee. Their wurlies were of the usual wood framework, well-covered with tree

cr bush branches and sometimes with skin rugs. Augas recotis that the brush

humpies of the early shepherds in this region were not to be compared with. those

seen of the aborigines in construction and tidiness. The same writer refers to

worlies built of eatth ‘*clode'’.

All remnants of such structures have, of course, long since disappeared, so

that present evidences of necupation gives no clues to constructional details.

Description or Camp Srres Examinep,

The following account gives detailed locations of the camp sites and a descrip-

tion of their main features, Where the term “‘implement’’ is used, it refers to

stone implements only, ‘‘Hearths’’ or ““bearth remnants’’ implies the generally

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EasT OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 453

low, rounded mound of baked sand or soil with associated burnt stones ; although

the latter repeatedly occur widely scattered, or with no sign of a fire mound, (See

plate). The terms ‘‘sand area’’ or ““blown sand area'’ are so well-known that

further definition seems unnecessary.

Below is given a list of the camp sites recorded for the 1944 visit to thia dis-

trict, The symbol in brackets has heen devised for convenience of reference and

marking apecimens, Sites marked with an asterisk have been described previously

by Campbell and Noone (1948); those marked with two asterisks were also de-

seribed in their paper, but were revisited during the present work. The remainder

of the list are new records.

Canunda Ridge is a new name and is here applied to an interesting partly

consolidated, but now disintegrating dune ridge lying between the Woakwine

Range and the present coastal dunes, It oceurs just west of the Lakes Bonney,

Canunda, Frome series. This game ridge (then unnamed) was mentioned by

Campbell and Noone.

In Part TIT some notes sre given on possibly useful vegetation associated with

certain of the campsite areas which wete examined in detail,

“Woakwine Range (Wk, 1), S.W, of Millicent,

*Woakwine Range (Wk. 2), 8,W. of Millicent.

*Woakwine Range (Wk. 3), Frank’s Island,

*Woakwine Range (Wk, 4), east side of range, near Mt, Hope.

Woakwine Range (Wk, 5), about one mile §.E. of Mt. Hope.

Woakwine Range (Wk. 6) Bullock Is., an eastern outlier of the range,

Woakwine Range (Wk. 7), on eastern side of range, about two miles 8.B. of

Woakwine Station,

Woakwine Range (Wk. 8)

Woakwine Range (Wk, 9) brea Narrow Neck Gap on its north side,

Woakwine Range (Wk, 10)

Woakwine Range (Wk. 11) } just north of Mt, Pisgah and about one mile from

Woakwine Range (Wk. 12) Narrow Neck.

“Mt. Muirhead (MM), at main road entting 8.E, of the Mount.

**The Belt (Bt.), N.W. extremity of the Belt Ridge, north of Hatherleigh.

Lake Frome (Fr. 1), on coast side of Lake Frome depression and due west of

Mt, Hope.

Lake Frome (Fr. 2), south-east of Fr. 1,

Cape Buffon (Bf,), at Cape Buffon, south end of Rivoli Bay.

**Lake Bonney (Cu. 1), Canunda Ridge sandhills; at north-west corner of Lake

Bonney,

“*Bevilaqua's Ford (Cn. 2), Canunda Ridge sandhills 3; just west of Bevilaqua’s

Ford.

Reedy Creek Range (RC. 1) east side of Range, near Gilehrist’s Bridge,

Reedy Oreek Range (RC. 2), at east side of Furner settlement.

Reedy Creek Range (RC. 3), at north-west corner of Furnes.

Nangula (MR, 1), on east side of Millicent Ridge near Nangula,

We. 5. A small blown-out sandy ridge situated about one mile south-east

of Mt. Hope in Block 75, Hundred of Rivoli Bay. Judging by its present eondi-

tion, it does not appear to have been a camp of much importance, being small in

area and in a position exposed to the keen southerly and westerly winds. On its

surface lie the scattered rerananta of a few hearths, A small collection of varied

implements was gathered, including a polished stone axehead found near this site.

Wx. 6 Bullock Island is an easterly outlying portion of the Woakwine

* Range and the site lies in Seet. 68W, Hundred of Rivoli Bay. It is an extensive

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

454

‘ayuEmMmal YweR A'S aT

6 ALIS ANIMMY

abt el OGLE TS

~ iv . -

Lege BS ee ee

Ss NS a ae } 2 SS = >

~S SS SS SSS

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 455

camp area covering probably some fifty acres, and occupies protected and well-

drained slopes. Far larger than those sites occurring on the more westerly

aspects of the range, it appears likely to have been more of a permanent winter

season camp.

A few hearth remnants were noted and a fairly large collection of imple-

ments was made in the short time spent in the examination.

Wx 7. This site occupies a number of broad, blown-sand areas on the east

side of the Woakwine Range and about two miles south-east of the old Woakwine

Station. The location probably lies in Section 28, Hundred of Symon. Some

portions of this area are on the western faces of the ridges and these were ob-

viously not used so much as the more protected depressions on the eastern slopes.

On these latter there occurred some well-preserved hearths; and although imple-

ments were not numerous, an interesting collection was gathered, including a

polished axehead and a fragment of the same kind of tool.

Water and food supplies in this area (see Part III) were probably ample.

WE. 8, WE. 9, WK.10. This series of closely associated sites is situated on the

Woakwine Range near Narrow Neck Gap on its north side. They lie in Blocks

1 and 2, Hundred of Rivoli Bay.

Considered as a group, these present an interesting feature which may be

termed one of ‘‘stratezgic location’’. Narrow Neck has been a natural gap in

the Woakwine Range for a long time—probably dating back to the early history

of the range—and was a, barrier against any ready passage along this ridge. We

have learnt from local information that it was a habit of the aborigines when oc-

cupying this particular locality, to organize—no doubt on suitable occasions only

—a planned drive of animal life along the range. The women and children would

be sent to form a ‘‘cordon”’ stretching right across the range and scare kanga-

roos and wallabies towards the gap. The menfolk, having previously placed them-

selves in effective ambush near the gap, would then slaughter the herded, trapped

game,

Otherwise these sites present no indications of being impressive locations;

for they are rather small areas, in fairly exposed situations. Although like prac-

tically all the sites in this region, they were probably well-supplied with water

and food supplies, it seems likely they served chiefly the purpose described above.

We have learnt lately that the narrow strip of land between Lake George and

the sea near Beachport was also used as one of these strategic hunting sites.

Another important feature of Wk. 8 and Wk. 9, particularly the former,

and especially in view of the small size of the areas, was the large number lof

micrv implements collected from them. Micro points (Woakwine and Bondi)

might be described as plentiful, and it might be suggested that there was some

relation between the abundance of these little implements and the matter of ani-

mal food supplies. Their purpose may have been either for use on hunting weapons

or in the cutting of carcases. The Belt site has some things in common with this

particular locality. In Part II the occurrence of these implements and their uses

is discussed again.

Beyond a few scattered molluse shells, no food debris was observed on these

three sites,

Ws. 8. The most south-easterly of the three is a small, shallow, elliptical,

blown area, about 50 yards by 20 yards in dimensions. It was copiously littered

with worked stone tools and stone debris; this small area alone provided about

150 microliths. Sparse and scattered remnants of a hearth occurred at each end

of the depression which is situated on the slope of a hillside and faces south-east

—a rather exposed, position. Considering the abundance of small implements on

this limited area, it almost deserves to be called ‘‘a microlith workshop.”’

456 ReEcorps or THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ms Meroliths

HH tHearthy

S Dartially fixed

L.- elon e

Bolaete 3 mesone

Disintegrahng sanckrall,

THE BELT SITE pani, & cme

Fig. 3, M, Microlithe. H, Hearths, §, Partially fixed sand-dune. L, Wind-blown areas with

outcropping limestone boulders. K, Disintegrating sand-knoll,

ABORIGINES OF THE SouTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 457

Wr. 9. This area is situsted abont 150 yards to the north of Wk. 8, ina

blown-out depression on the brow of the same hill and well-exposed to westerly

winds. It. is considerably larger than Wk. 8 (see sketch plau, Fig. 2). An in-

teresting feature is the large number of hearths, on some of which the burnt stones

remain, well-congregated ; on others they are wore scattered,

We. 10, This site is situated to the north of Wk. 9 in a depression at the

hase of the same hill. It consists of @ small blown area about 25 yards in each

direction, Only a few implements of any interest were found here.

We. 11 and Wk, 12. Only a brief examination was necessary to show that

these sites presented little of interest, They occur on each side of a road which

separates Section 125 and BI 3, Hundred Rivoli Bay. Neither area is well-

sheltered and beyond a few widely-seattered hearth stones and seraps of imple-

ment debris, there was little of material interest.

Tue Bevr Sire. (Br,), Although this site has already been described by

Campbell and Noone, the abundance of implements and other features of interest

if presented justified three further visits during the present. investigations. Con-

siderable numbers of specimens had been collected previously from this site, but

an appreciable amount of useful material was again gathered, Among other

features of interest, it may justly be styled as an intensive ““factory’’ site; for

the production of microliths was certainly considerable here, in addition to the

many other kinds of well-made tools collected, Besides the 150 microliths gathered

in 1943, the present work added approximately 200 more of these little tools.

Some other features of interest eoucerning this site which were discussed pre-

viously, were further investigated. It had been suggested that the rock outerops

which are so abundant on part of the area might have been the source of material

for implement making. An examination of the rock, however, shows that they

are remnants of a consolidated dune and are in effect limestones, and totally un-

suitable for the manufacture of stone implements of the types used and found on

this site,

Further study of this area. suggests that owing to its peenliar location on

the extremity of the Belt ridge, it may have possessed similar “strategic” advan-

tages for hunting, as were described for the Wk. 7, 8, 9 series, For there is

ample evidence to show that the surrounding flate of this location were heavily

flooded areas for months of each year, while the ridge itself would serve well for

game driving tactics.

Tn the previous account of this site, mention was miade of a buried hearth,

revealed in the face of the eroded end of the sandy knall, a prominent feature of

this site. The hearth remnant, occurring below eight feet of sand, was examined

more closely and was found to rest on a slightly consolidated sandy shelf which

over a lapse of time has been buried beneath subsequent, drift building up the

upper portion of the knoll. Nearby on ‘ground level’? were the scattered barnt

stones of another hearth which had obyiously occurred on the same firm shelf,

but with the erosion of the moll face has now been deposited as residual material

on the lower level.

An excellent “bird’s-eve"’ sketch of this site (ste fig. 8) has been prepared

by Miss Given Walsh. It is based on a chain and conipass survey, with the help

of photographs and many sketches drawn on lovation (see Pl. vii, Fig, 1). This

sketch shows many of the characteristics of a typical aboriginal camp. The pro

tecting elevations, the comfortable, well-drained areas constituting the ‘living

quarters'', the distribution of hearths, and the typical observed concentrations

of microliths, -

In general, the area is well-watered and the ridge to the south-east is still

thickly timbered and must have supplied many sources of food (see Part 1);

453 RECORDS OF THE S.A; MUSEUM

while the more depressed areas of the broad surrounding flats must haye teemed

with aquatic bird life for the wet months of the year, Altogether the Belt site is

a striking and interesting one, in spite of the likelihood that since aboriginal occu-

pation, erosion and drift, aided by the presenec of stock and rabbits, have altered

some of its features.

Laks Faome (FR 1). This extensive camp site oceurs om a low portion of

a much disintegrated dune ridge which is possibly a north-western extension of

what we now term Canunda Ridge, It is situated near the north-western corner

of the present Lake Frome depression at the junction of Sections 74, 91 and $2,

Hundred Rivoli Bay, It lies between the Woakwine Range and the shore of

Rivoli Bay, and a detailed description of assoriated features and vegetation is

given in Part III. At present, the area, is highly eroded by wind action showing

remnants of a pattly consolidated ridge continuation (Canunda Ridge) and no

doubt the site is somewhat different now from what it was at the time of native

occupation. (See Pl. vii, Fig. 2), It would appear to be rather a camp for swm-

mer use, as the immediate surroundings to the north and east. must have heey ex-

ceedingly wet, swampy and untraversable in the winter season.

A useful and varied collection of implements was made here. Molluse rem-

nants were fairly plentiful.

Laxz Frome (Fx. 2). This area contains a series of eamp sites along the

same ridge as Fr. 1, but two miles further te the south-east, It occurs in Section

96, Hundred Rivoli Bay. The north-westerly end lies just north of the railway

line whence the successive camp areas extend in a south-easterly direction along

the western side of the Lake Frome depression. It seems unlikely that this camp

region was more than a temporary summer time location, a8 the immediately adja-

vent areas must have been heavily flooded in the wet season; and, apart from the

tea-tree growth, the region affords little shelter, Implements were not plentiful,

but a number of ponnding aud grinding-stones were collected.

Carz Burron (Br,), This is a typical sea-cliff site situated on the headland

at the south end of Rivoli Bay. It is on high ground facing the extreme south-

ern corner of the Bay and sheltered from the prevailing winds hy sandhills on

three sides. It is protected on the west by a sandhill, more or less covered and

fixed by typical coastal vegetation; on the south by a low ridge somewhat hard-

pias by a mixture of light brown loam ; and on its east side a large, drifting sand

une.

The main characteristic of this site is that it was probably 4 summer camp

used when sea food was desired and obtainable, The wet season must have meant

exceedingly bleak conditions and unfavourable to the collection of sea foods, A

striking sight is the mass of shells of Turbo wndulatus scattered over the whole

area: and in those places where 4 number of large conical hearths still persist,

these shells are concentrated inta well-packed ‘‘middens,*’ A few other

molluse shélis were represented, but sparsely so. The Yurbo remains pre-

dominate so remarkably that even if their relative durability is taken into account,

they were the main sea food consnmed, However, it is quite likely that other

sea. foods were also used; for fiah, crayfish, crab, and the smaller gastropod rem-

nauts would be more easily blown away than the large, heavier Turbo remains.

A. small gap existing at the south-eastern end of the site could aet like a funnel

and the wind blast blow the lighter fond debris down towards the sea.

This site at the back of the stony headland and with adjacent. reefs exposed

at low tide, appears to have been well-situated for the supply of all kinds of sea

foods. Also, much of the country adjaceut to the coastal dunes is well-covered

with native vegetation and examination revealed a number of examples of indi-

genons food supplies, no doubt also available im aboriginal times (see Part II).

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 459

Another interesting feature of this site ts the oceurrence of flint nodules and

boulders at high tide level. on sandy patches below the sandstone cliffs. They are

probably derived from offshore beds of Tertiary limestones; for it was noted that

numbers of the nodules had been carried ashore entangled in the roots of some

of the larger species of seaweed, pieces of which had obviously drifted in with the

flint nodules attached, Such deposits were no doubt some of the sources of supply

of the raw material used for the stone implements in this district. The Buifon

site itself was littered with implements and implement debris; but only to mode-

rate density. A few interesting implement pieces were collected,

Laxé Bonney (Cn. 1). This area was revisited during the present investiga-

tion and several othér camp areas not examined in 1943 were included. Some

additions were made to the implement collection from this area and it was again

noted how the intense white “‘bleaching’’ of implement material from this

Canunda Range system appears to be characteristic and contrasts markedly with

the appearance of that from the more inland ridges and even from the Cape Buffon

coastal site. There are no doubt several factors such as age, the nature of asso-

ciated sand or soil, ete., which influence the colour and alteration of the flint

material of which the implements are made,

Another point of interest noted is that while the mollusc shell debris is some-

what scanty, the Plebedenas type of bivalve is relatively frequent, No doubt this

is again a matter of topographical relationships, for the shoreline of the ocean ad-

jacent to this particular area (about one mile away) cousists of a stretch of many

miles of sandy beach where bivalves would be a far more important food than the

univalves of rocky shores,

The close proximity of Lake Bonney must have been responsible for marked

addition te the available food supplies.

Bevinagua’s. Forp (Cn. 2). This spectacular group of sandhills, associated

with dismtegrating consolidated dunes of Canunda Ridge, and its many eamp

areas, Was reyisted in 1944 mainly for geological observations. In the short time

available a few further interesting implement pieces were collected and photo-

graphs taken. A group of typical native hearths is shown in Pl, vii, Fig, 3.

As described in the 1943 account, further observation confirmed that a whole

series of camp areas lie along the eastern slopes of the sandhills, The latter are

now undergoing considerable wind erosion which is eansing the drifting sand to

cover the camp areas and the liye timber growing on the lower levels, The

elevated and well-protected position of these camp sites must have made suitabla

living conditions, especially if one considers the close proximity of Lakes Frome

and Canunda, and the sea and the well-wooded Woakwine Range not far away,

The food and water supplies available suggest such an area capable of per-

manently supporting a considerable local group of natives.

Raepy Cremk Sorms, An interesting point concerning this group of sites is

that they lie along the Reedy Creek Range which is the next mam ridge to the

east of the Woakwine Range and since both are consolidated former eoastal sand

dunes, the former predates the latter,

(RC, 1). This is a small sandy rise, near Gilchrist’s Bridge, on the road-

side by the Reedy Creek Drain on the east side of this ridge. The area is small

and only a few implements were obtained. The location is in Section 66, Hundred

of Kennion,

(RC. 2). A small roadside area on the east side of Purner settlement, near

the section marked “Parklands’' in the Hundred of Kennion. It is not large,

being only about 50 yards long and 15 yards im width, and although rather an

cappenaisinty site for implements, a small collection of interesting pieces was ob-

tained.

460 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

(RC.3), This is the largest of these three sites, situated on a well blown-out

roadside area at the north-west corner of the Purner settlement. Its surface has

been well turned over by travelling stork, Only a few pieces were collected here

and probably most material of interest is hnried beneath the disturbed sand. The

site, however, provided one feature of special archaeological interest, which is

described later in the geological notes,

The country adjacent to these sites has long been settled and the land to the

east and north intensively cleared, But nearby is the Reedy Creek Range, whieh

ig still extremely well-clad mostly with indigenous vegetation and is kmown to

have supported native animals of many kinds (see Part IIT). Reedy Creek

itself, before the days of drainage, was actually a series of connected swamps lying

just east of the range and constituted a permanent and almost: continuous water-

way for many miles to the north-west in the direction of Kingston and beyond.

In general this region was obviously well-supplied with food and water.

NanauLta (MR, 1), This site in Section 122, Hundred of Maynrra, has

apparently heen much used as a source of clean sand for local building purposes.

But even now, a few Hint flakes revealing previous aboriginal oceupation can be

found. Several pieces were removed from the sand '‘chfft’’ face, a few feet belaw

the crest of the sand vidge, which in this region is associated with the Millicent

limestone ridge. In the past a few wellavorked implements have heen collected

here. [his likely that this site once formed a snitable camp location, Situated on

the sheltered eastern side of a well-imbered ridge, it is also adjacent ta the nearby

Hats which had a group of large important fresh water springs. ' Thus it was

well favoured for food, water, aud timber for dwellings and implements.

Discugson. From the foregoing accounts, the following main points may

be stated,

The territory under review has for a long time undoubtedly been a well-

watered terrain, possessing 4 pleasant subtemperate climate with considrable

vegetation and consequently abundant animal and bird life. It could, om the

whole, be lnoked on as suitable for the support of aun appreciable population of

aborigines. In winter, however, wideapread inundation of much of the country

must have been a limiting factor to comfort and travel, Wor besides the almost

eontinuous lake system between the Woakwine Ratige and the sea (from Robe

dow to the south-east end of Lake Bonney), wide areas of the Hundreds of Mt.

Muirhead, Mayurra, Kennion, Symon, and Bray were vast expanses of swamp in

the wet season. Sach conditions were probably a limiting factor to population, in

spite of the varied topography and abundance of vegetation and wild life,

Thus, considering the usual custom of aborigines restricting themselves to

recognized ‘‘heats’’, it was likely that groups tended to be localized, and not in

large numbers. This localization has already been suggested in the observations

vecorded by Camphell (1934). It also seems likely that whatever food supplies

were available, protracted winter conditions would restrict the groups in this

district to 4 somewhat settled life and nomadism was on only a limited. scale. A

study of the area and distribution of camp sites suggests that groups of natives

could have lived, for example, on certain portions of the Woakwine Range, and

there, with visits to nearby lakes and swamps and to the not. distant. ocean shores,

secured a fairly stable, though perhaps at times, precarious, existence.

The above suggestions appear to be borne out by the existence of large camp-

site areas, for example, at the Bullock Island and Woakwine Station sites: these

gave the impression of having been extensive, permanent camps, fayourably

situated on the eastern, sheltered side of the range, On the other hand, and taking

weather and other etivironmental conditions into account, it seems likely that the

coastal sites (Cape Buffon and Lake Frome) were more of a temporary nature and

used only in the warmer and drier times of the year.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 461

Stone IMPLEMENTS.

The following notes and tables provide a census and discussion of the stone

tools collected, The amount of material gathered is considerable, and while the

report gives a fair general account of the types and numbers represented, further

intensive examination of the specimens will no doubt bring out other features

of interest,

The following list: is a census of the larger forms. Sorapmrs, Concave (65) ;

Oarinate small (46); Carinate large (13); Nosed narrow (19); Nosed broad

(34) ; Nosed pointed (7); Casual (99); Discoid (10) ; Biface diseoid (7) ; Semi-

diseoid 52); End (81); Hnd, with side trimming (28); Hnd, with double side

trimming (23); Flat-end, double side trimming (9); Side (110); Side, inverse-

trimmed (2); Double side (37); Double side, inverse-trimmed (23); Tula like

(33). Kwives (7), Cumavers large (6). Borers (14). Pimrocmrs (8), Nuonut

(45), Prapnue Percurers (4), Toial, 732.

The above total does not include ‘‘serap’’ material collected, as included in

the totals given by Campbell aid Noone, Mr. Noone, whose expert knowledge is

considerable, strongly advocates the collecting of a representative quantity of

serap, an examination of which often helps the appreciation of technical proce-

dures involved.

The following list gives a census of the microlithic forms gathered during

the present work, and the writers are mnch indebted ta Mr. Noone for hia kind

cc-operation in classifying this material,

Small bifaces. (2), Small knives and saws (8). Symmetrical untrimmed

points (12). Pirri-like point (1), Woakwine points, trimmed (214) ; untrimmed

(32), failurey (23), Soutb-Bastern Bondi points: trimmed (100), unfinished

(69), fragments (12). Buandik points (42). Piercers (7). Burins (1), Per-

evters. (1), Scrapers: Squat-end (18); Discoid (12) ; Thumbnail (37) ; Butt-end

(4); Side (89); Double-side (9); Concave (7); Carinate (9). Reduced tula-

like (1) ; Nosed (1).

Geometric forms. Segments: Crescent (14); Half-moon (18) ; Rudder (18) ;

Ordinary (24); Narrow (10); Cupid-bow (1). Triangles; Obtuse (17); Scalene

(8) ; Isoseeles (4) ; Brackets (4) ; Equilateral (2). Trapezes: Symmetrical (29) ;

Asymmetrical (15); Spurred (18); Stigmate (1). Total, 849.

The above census does not include a few untrimmed pieces such as points,

bladelets, and sundry flakes.

Grand total of implements collected (including special pieces mentioned

below) 1,592.

The Buandik Point, The following notes written to one of us (T.D.C.) by

Mr. H. VY, V. Noone, provide a description for a batch of microlithic points he

sorted out and for which he snggests the name ‘‘Buandik point’’. A somewhat

long, isosceles triangular form, but mostly asymmetric ; flattish! like the Woak-

wine point; base nearly always trimmed and sometimes incurved ; eurved trimmed

margin, generally left side; size fairly regular; in outline “‘like a canme tooth

or fang’’. Specimens illustrating this type are shown in Figs. 96 and 97, and

Fig, 138 of two papers by Campbell and Noone, published in 1943,

Other forms of implements not included in the above lists and requiring

separate description.

Brrace Fuaxop Pursues (deseribed by Stapleton, 1944). One large and one

small; poor, partly worked tools. From Buffon and Frome 1.

462 Recorps oF THe S.A. MUSEUM

Pouisnip Enp Axmumans (basaltic rock), One medium size, oblong; (Wk. 5).

One small, round, 4 in. diam, (Wk. 7). One half portion of a medium size

implement (Wk.7). Fragment of polished end of an axehead (Belt).

One implement, similar in shape ta the typical polished-end axehead,,.

but made from a seldom used and rather soft sedimentary stone, from Fr, 1.

Gaovpine Suass. Two, round in shape, 6 iu. and 8 in. diameter. From (Wk. 5)

and (Frome). Both are of a quartz porphyry, which material Sir Douglas

Manson identifies as coming from near Keith, some 80 miles te the morth-

east.

Anvi. Suas. Approximately square in shape, 7 in. Consisting of a slab of tough

sedimentary limestone.

Seven pieces of ochre or ochreous material; 5 from (Wk. 8), L from

(Fr. 1), 1 from (Belt). This material was probably derived from the west.

side of the southern Mt. Lofty Ranges,

One small perenter or pounding tool, oval in shape (about 24 x 2x1 in.),

from site Wk. 9. Consisting of a piece of reef quartz.

It is interesting to note that the ochreous stones and the granitic inple-

ments must have been brought. from a. considerable distance. No present out-

crops of granite oceur south of Kingston. The ochre had heen transported

probably for over two hundred miles,

Discussion on Imeuoments, Some general discussion on the main points

concerning the stone industry of these aborigines has already been given in the

paper by Campbell tnd Noone (1948), so that it will not be necessary to add more

than a few general remarks on the findings of the present research.

The collection made shows conelusively that. the vast majority of implements

were made from flint ; and the deposits of this material on the coast were no doubt

the source of most of the raw material for their manufacture, Some evidence of

thid was seen at Cape Buffon, But it is believed that the well-known large flint

deposits further along the coast to the south-east were the main source of sup-

ply for the lower south-east,

With vast quantities of eminently suitable material at their disposal, it

seems a little surprising that a generally higher stage of flint working technique

had not developed, For collections made over past years gaye students the im-

pression that, on the whole, these aborigines displayed poor knowledge of the

possibilities in stone implement manufacture. Much of the material recently gath-

ered also shows somewhat rough and ready treatment in design and purpose. But

the finding by Campbell and Noone in 1943 of large quantities of beautifully made

microhthic tools, together with the large number collected during the present

investigation, has modified the earlier impressions, It confirms the idea that

while these natives seemed content to make many of their larger implements by

trimming almost any sort of poor irregular flake, when, the microlithie forms were

concerned, they displayed a sound appreciation of core handling and flake de-

taching, and possessed a good knowledge in producing minute points of excel-

lent fineness and design.

The collection of so many more of these microlithic forms also confirms the

occurrence of this particular industry in far more southerly regions than had

hitherto been believed. Also the further establishment of quantities of both

Bondi and Woakwine points, and the recognition of still another form of micro-

lithic point—Mr, Nooue's suggested “Buandik’’ pomt— show that the native

possessed a sound appreciation of the principles involved in making these delight-

ful little implements.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EasT OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 463

A few points of comparison between the census figures given in the above

lists and those of Campbell and Nooue may be of interest. The present collection

involved a larger number of camp sites than that examined by the previous

workers, whose figures are given in parentheses:

Bifaces, 7 (22); Knives and saws, 7 (61); Piercers, 8 (10) ; Discoid scrapers, 10

(92) ; Semi-discoid gerapers, 52 (6) ; Casual scrapers, 99 (35) ; Nosed scrapers,

53 (96); Side serapers, 172 (74); Concave scrapers, 65 (62); Carinate

scrapers, 4 (34). Geometrie pieces: Segments, 69 (84); Triangles, 35 (36) ;

Trapezes, 63 (35); Pereuters and Trimmers, 4 (36) ; Nuclei, 45 (18). Grind-

ing slabs, ete, 3 (4),

Grand total of implements collected during the work of Campbell and

Noone and the present investigations, 2,756.

During the present work, an appreciable eollection was made from the Belt

site; but as this area had already been examined by a few other collectors, and

especially by the intensive collecting of Campbell and Noone, a good deal of our

material tends to include a certain amount of ‘‘second grade”’ specimens.

The important problem of the rélative ages of implements as suggested by

the different ‘‘weatherings’’ is discussed (by P.S.H.) in a later section of the

paper dealing with geological notes,

PART II,

In February, 1945, a further trip to the Lower South-East was made by prac-

tically the same team of workers as in 1944. For this more recent field work the

region chosen was the Hundred of Kongorong in Connty Grey, which occupies the

coastal area to the south-east of Lake Bonney and is ubout thirty miles. from

the main area of the 1944 survey. (See map).

The working party consisted of J, B, Cleland, T. D, Campbell, P. 8. Hossfeld,

T, Vogelsang and Misses G, D. Walsh and A. Harvey.

The main objects of the 1945 trip were (1) to study another part of the

Lower South-Hast which would carry investigations to an associated area but

further along the coast to the south-east; (2) to investigate the important Buan-

dik biface implements recently described in these Records by Stapleton (1944)

—who collected them many years ago—and. represented in the South Australian

Museum by interesting specimens from the Kurtze collection; (3) to study the

main soutees of fint material used for South-Hast implements; (4) to investigate

the possible further southerly extension of mieroliths; and (5) to study in general

the ecology of this group of the extinct Buandik aborigines.

General Topography, The Hundred of Kongorong differs in several respects

from the terrain similarly situated near the coast above Lake Bonney, In general,

the Kongorong country adjacent to the ocean appears to be a better type for

vegetable and animal life and thus for human ocowpancy. This is partly due to

the fact that from the north end of Lake Bonney up to Robe (about fifty miles ta

the north-west) the country lying between the sea and the Woakwine Range is

mostly oceupied by a series of lakes and, in the past, by undrained, swampy flats.

Another, and perhaps the chief factor, appears to be the occurrence at, or just

beneath, the surface of Tertiary limestones, which here have produced soils of a

better type in general than those produced further to the north-west from wind

and ocean sorted sands and later swampy and lake deposits,

464 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The Woakwine Range continues south-easterly into the Hundred of Kongo-

rong as a low range which appears to have no definite official or local name.

We therefore have given the name “‘Kongorong Range’? to that portion of

this important South-East ridge system lying in the Hundred of Kongorong and

commencing to the east of the lower end of Lake Bonney and continning in &

sonth-easterly direction. The land between the Kongorong Range and the sea

is undulate; and although it contains a number of extensive swamp areas, it seems

in general ito be better drained than the coastal strip to the ndrth-west of Lake

Bonney.

The chief undulations between the Kongorong Range and the sea, are two

fairly definite minor ridges. These ridges appear to have no official ur local

names, so far convenience of our study and descriptions we have apphed to them

terms which have been given officially to adjacent parallel depressions and have

named them the ‘‘Whawhe Ridge’’ and the ‘‘Long Gully Ridge.”’

We have learnt fron old inhabitants of the district that this now mostly oper

Kongorong country was, sixty to seventy years ago, heavily clad with timbher,

80 much so that ‘‘one could, scarcely see more than fifty yards shead.”’ The early

settlers in the district ringharked most of the timber which later was almost

completely obliterated by one or two big bushfires.

The western evastal portion of this Hundred is level country, now drained

to some extent by two small artificial outlets to the sea; but further to the south-

east extensive swamp areas still persist, The earlier lands surveys indicate the

former existence of numerous swamp areas and springs.

Tn general, it may be said that this area has always been a well-watered

terrain.

A short paper by 8, R, Mitchell (1949) gives an account, of a visit to this

area, Tis report contains some geological notes and mentions that ‘‘seven sites

were examined and a large number (240) of implements eollected.’’ No deserip-

tions or locations of the camp sites are given, nor any detailed classification or

census of the implements gathered, It is stated the camping placed are on the

**Kongorong Hills,’’ all the camps being ‘‘at least. five miles inland.’’ If these

hills are the same as those we haye called the Kongorong Range, then the sites

of this writer are not the same as, or further inland than, those we examined—

the latter being about three miles from the sea, The presentation of the data

in the paper by Mitchell was probably necessarily brief, and therefore it is difflenit

fo use them for comparison with those of the present work.

Area Investigated. Tho working base of the party was located at a small

limestone point on the coast known as Blackfellows Caves. From there various

journeys were made to look for and study such camp site remnants as gould be

located. Information previously obtained from Mr. Kurtze, of Portland, who had

sollected aboriginal implements in this region some years ago, suggested that camp

sites would be fairly plentiful. Our survey showed this to be correct. Excepting

at certain areas where swampland lies close to the sea, almost the whole immediate

coastline presents a continuous series of camp site remnants. Camp areas also

occur on the ridges lying inland, especially on the Kongorong Range. Preliminary

reconnaisance was made for a few miles along the coastal areas to the north-west

and the south-east of our base and also to the inland ridges so that the more

promising sites could be selected for further detailed study,

The map shows the locations of the main ¢amp areas located, and those given

special attention are described below, All the sites occur in the Hundred pf

Kongorong, and their location has been determined by recording the section

numbers in which they occur.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 465

Description or Camp SITES,

Carn Barks (CB, 1). On the clifftop of the main Cape Banks headland

(in Section 407) is a small sloping windblown hard area which is still profusely

littered with scattered burnt hearth-stones and the remains of Turbo undulatus.

Remains of Cellana were also in evidence. It was obvious that this cliff camp

area had orice been inore extensive, a8 its Lower border is abruptly broken away hy

collapse of the cliff edge.

Care Bangs (CB,3.). This camp area is one of special interest as it appears

to have been mainly devoted to “factory” purposes, Not large in ares, it is

situated about one mile eouth-east of Cape Banks (Section 500) and oceupies the

inner slopes of the sand dunes immediately on the shoreline and the narrow

depression between these dunes and other low bush-covered dunes a few yards

inland, See sketeh, fig. 4. An important feature associated with this site is

the vast bank of flint pebbles occupying the higher beach level on the immediate

sea side of the dunes, The surfaces of several dome-like portions of the sandhills

were literally packed with fakes and broken pieces of the flint pebbles; and this

debris was also thickly strewn aver the lower hard hase level of the site, Quite

an appreciable collection of worked pieces was made on this site, especially of

microliths, a large number of which were obtained from the slope of one particular

sand eminence, otherwise there were but few remants of previous aboriginal geru-

pation beyond the remains of 2 number of fire hearths and scattered molluse shells.

The main interest of this site ig in its obvious use, right at the sources of the

flint material, as a manufacturing ‘depot’? whereat the pebble cores were broken

up into suitable fakes from which implements were either trimmed up on the

spot, or made at some other permanent camp,

Boackrenwows Caves Srres. (KBC,). These sites formed a series in the

vicinity of this small wave excavated point (Section 393 BE). Two small areas, one

on the top of the low point itself and another on a sandtill slope nearby, are

similar in a general way to the two Cape Banks sites just described, They pre-

sented a yariety of Sint flakes and ocvasional microlithic pieces, flint debris, and

scattered molluse shells, A number of more or less connected sites are situated

to the immediate sawth-east of the point, and these presented certain features

different from the above mentioned and in some respects of high importance (ses

Pl, vii, Fig, 4). Various pieces of evidence suggest that the levels on which these

partiewar camp relies occur are the result of long periods of change in the

immediate topography. These areas gave the appearance of there having been

higher levels, which have been eroded aud reduced, ultimately reaching a hard

blackish “' floor,’ on which the archaeological material has been deposited as resi-

dual material, This special feature will be discussed later under geological notes.

From these level areas larve numbers of worked implements were collected, mostly

mierolothie forms of the Bondi, Woakwine, and Buandik point type. Hereabouts

were also found a few poor-grade apecimens of the Bnandik axehead. Larger

types of implements of the seraper variety were rather sparsely represented.

Molluse remnants wete sparse, The nature and situation of these implement

carrying flats suggest the unlikelihond of them having been used as camp sites m

their present form, A flat, firm area of ground which appears to be damp for

most of the year is quite unlike the usnal camp site. And as suggested above, it

seems likely that this strip of shoreline had previously been occupied by sand

dunes, the slopes of which would haye provided more typical camping places.

These possible changes involve the interesting geological question af the nature

and age of changing topography of this particular ocastline.

466

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

// »® : i ib nase

MIEN eX

PSH. k CDW.

CAPE BANKS SITE Ne2

Fig. 4. H, Hearth remnants, M, Microliths, F, Flint flake debris, W, Wind-swept area.

ABORIGINES OF THE SouTH-East OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA +67

Buack Roox Srres, (BR. 1 and BR, 2). These sites are situated about ons

anda half miles to the south-east along the coast from Blackfellows Caves (Sections

292 and 390), and might aisa be considered another series of more or less connected

eamp areas. They, too, are situated on the hard, dark level base lying between

the shore dues aud the big spectacular sandhills which along this region lie a

hundred yards or so inland, On these also the implements collected were mainly

of microlithic forms, with a scarcity of larger implements. In places these flat

areas were covered with a thin layer of drift sand which made collecting more

difficult. Site BR. 2 was particularly interesting for the profusion of microliths

on two or three quite small areas; and another striking feature of this latter site

was that its south-eastern ond merged on to rismg ground, built up in parts to

sandhills, the firmer slopes of which were strewn with tremendons quantities of

Turbo shells, Scattered burnt hearth stones were also much in evidenee,

Maccorry Pont Sire (MP.). Sitaated (Section 388) about two miles or so

further to the south-east of the Black Rock sites, This expansive area which

covered proably four or five acres was quite similar in general characteristics to

those of the Black Rock region. But. to the immediate inland of this area, more

or less permanent swamps ocenr. Microliths were moderately plentiful, aud here

larger implements and flake debris were more plentiful than on the ofher similar

coast sites. Scattered hearth stones and some molluse shells were observed,

Long Guity Rapes (LGR,1), This site consists of an area about quarter

ofa mile in length on the inland slope of Long Gully Ridge (in Section 477). Here

this ridge is rather law, probably not more than thirty to forty feet.above the leyel

ground on the inland side, The camp area remnants are rather small sand-blown

patches on the upper and lower levels of the ridge and give the appearance of an

old site which had. not been oecupied for a considerable time. The lower levels

have been covered with silt deposits Here and there are scattered hearth remains.

Considering the size of the areas with exposed implement material, quite a large

collection of pieces was made. Most of these are larger pieces of the seraper type—

much more frequent than on the coastal sites. A few microlithic specimens were

also gathered, but these, on the contrary, wére not nearly so conspicuous as on

the coast. sites.

Warawse Ripan Sim. (WR, 1). A small area on the higher slopes of the

inland side of this Radge (in Section 489), This area was not very productive,

providing only a few pieces of seraper types of medium size,

Konsorone Rance Serres. (KR. 1, KR. 2, KR. 3, KR. 4, SR.5). Numbers

1 and 2 (Section 479). These are much eroded, wind-blown areas gituated on the

western or ocean side of the Range—not a typical situation for camp sites. Erosion

has exposed many hlocks or ‘‘ pillars’! of limestone, and among these were found

scattered implement material, mostly of the scraper variety from medium to

large sizes. Many are of the casual or poorly trimmed type of seraper, though

oecasionally examples of symmetrical, well-trimmed tools were found, Only a

faw of the micro types were collected. Scattered hearth remnants also oecur.

Kr, 3. (Section 479). This, in general features, is similar to the aboye sites,

but occupies a fairly shelfered depression on the crest of the Range a little further

to the south-east. It presented a few scattered hearth remnants and medium-sized

serapers.

oe 4, (Section £79). This consists of a series of rather small wind-blown and

rain-washed areas on the inland slopes of the Range to the east of sites ER, 1 and 2.

On these some good examples of medium to large size scrapers were collected, and

another interesting find is a fragment of one of the typical Lower South-Bastern

basalt stone axeheads—portion of the eround.and polished end of the tool. Rem-

nants of seattered hearths also persisted.

468 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEuUM

Ka, 5, (Section 475), This is an imposing, extensive area covering some

acres, situated on the inland, eastern side of the Range and occupying the slopes

of a large valley. Here again extensive erosion has ocenrred and vast quantities

of sand have been washed down on to the lower parts of the slopes and into the

gully floor below. Here, as with the other sites on this Range, the disappearance

of native timber and subsequent stocking of the country have probably econtri-

buted largely to the intensive erosion process which has taken place. This large

area produced many good examples of the medium to large scraper types of

implement, One specimen found is a beautiful example of a large hand axe or

chopper implement made from a large elongate oyal flake about 22 x 12 x 3 cys,

It is trimmed along the margins of only the outer face. (See fig. 8), Some parts

of this large area also presented numerous exposed limestone pillars, and an

exanunation of these showed that when the area was used as a camp, these stone

masses must have been almost completely hidden, for numbers of them showed

the crestal portion burnt. by fire. Since then, the surronnding sand has been

eroded away to a depth of two to three feet in some places,

Discusstow. Considering the distribution and nature of these camp sites in

general, the following points may he discussed,

As with the eamp sites previously studied in the Millicent-Rendelsham region,

it seems likely that those adjacent to the shoreline were of a temporary nature.

The somewhat protracted winter season of this Lower South-Hast coastal terrain

with its inclement weather would tend to make littoral camps uncomfortable

quarters. More likely they were visited during the summer months when eondi-

tions for fishing, gathering molluscs and other sea foods would be more amenable.

Moreover, the inland sites would afford better protection from the prevailing

westerly weather, provide suitable and readier material for habitations, and better

drained locations for the latter. There is ample evidence for belief that the ridges

were well covered with timber and vegetation, thus supporting plenty of animal

life for food supplies, while the adjacent swamps and springs would provide ample

fresh water suplies and attract bird life,

Two important featnres of the coasta! sites call for comment, The abundance

of molluse shells on the sites and the consistent manner in which the outer lip

of the shell was broken in the predominant. Turbo indicates that these sites were

used as feasting places for this kind of sea food. This was particularly marked

in the case of Black Rock sitg No.2. Then it is obvious that some of these camps

were also used for the preliminary work in fashioning implements from the abnn-

dani sources of flint pebbles, vast beds of which line portions of the shoreline

nearby. Cape Banks site No. 2 is @ fine example of this industrial activity. On

the other hand, the inland sites were almost devoid of remnants of sea foods; and

the fint debris and implements provided an entirely different pictute.

The special distribution of implement. types is clearly revealed in the camyp-

site contents. Microlithic forms were outstandingly predominant on the coastal

sites, and the larger forms of implement, of the medium to large seraper varieties,

were scarce ; whereas tha latter formed the vast bulk of the material collected from

the inland sites, and the miniature types were almost a rarity.

Taking a broad view of the size, number, and distribution of the camp gites of

this region, the general impression was gained that, in spite of its likely produe-

tivity, it. did not hold large numbers of natives. It is suggested that by attempting

to visualize the numbers of family groups who could oceupy the various camps,

a total of one hundred individuals for the Kongorong area might be a reasonable

estimation of population. It will thus be seen that the ecological approach in

a study of camp sites provides a possible objective basis for estimating density

of population in any particular district. It is intended that more intensive treat-

ment of this matter will form the subject of a later publication.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 469

Stowe IMPLEMENTS.

Material Used, With extremely few exceptions, all the implements collected

were made from flint. This is only to be expected, as vast quantities of this

suitable material were available close at hand on the eoast.

Distribution. The main points conceriing the distribution of the various

kinds of implements collected may be stated as follows: (1) The vast majority

of mierolithie forms collected—at least 98%—oceurrred on the sites immediately

adjacent to the shoreline, (2) The majority of the medium to large varieties—

approximately 94%-—oceurred on the inland ridge sites. (3) The axehead or

chopper type of tool in the torm of fiaked pebbles or large trimmed flakes were

found mainly on the coastal sites, But, concerning these, it must also bef men-

tionsd that Messrs. Kurtze had previously collected extensively over these areas

and gathered only the large kind of implement. Thus it is likely that. many of

these Buandik axeheads had gone before the present examination and those found

represented the poorer ‘'leayings.’*

The follawing lists give a census of the collection made on the present trip.

But as the number of implements taken is appreciable, the classification must be

considered somewhat tentative, as much mare intensive examination is required

to make the study complete,

Sorapars. Concave (14); Nosed (26); Side (47); Side with inverse trim-

ming (4); Side, large irregular forms (26); Double-side, trimmed (19); End,

with side trimming (20); End, with double side trimming (14) ; Flat end, some

with side trimming (10), Serapers of tula-like trimmed flakes (46). Carinate

(6); Carinate with point (1), Diseoida) (4); Discoidal biface trimmed (1);

Semi-discoidal small, (16) ; Semi-discoidal, large (13), Bormra (2), Porcurers

(6), Contcau Nucuer (10),

Pounprrs. A point of importance is that yery few of these tools were found,

Of special interest was a pebbie-like pounder about 10 ems, in diamter and 4. ems,

thick, with a well-worn periphery and a central pitted depression on one side,

It is of a highly siliceous granitic rock, a material from, probably over 100 miles

away from the Black Rock coastal site on which the implement was found, One

of the percuters was of unusual stone for this area— a piece of hard, red quartzite,

probably from the Mt. Lofty Ranges.

AxmmnAps, Buanprz Treg (Stapleton). Partly worked biface implements:

Small size (up to 10 ems, in length), 9. Large size (most poorly worked, several

broken), 19,

AXEHEADS, Pouispep HNp. One half-portion of a polished-end axehead (made

from basaltic rock) was found on the Kongorong Range, Site KR. 4. Also a

small fragment of the polished end of a similar toal was found amoung the material

collected from one of the coastal sites. We have since learnt that another of these

polished axeheads has been found im this area.

Laroz Cunaver (?) type of implement. Among the larger kinds of imple

ments collected were eight specimens made from large irregular flint blocks

(15 ems, to 20 ems,) poorly trimnied along one or more margins,

Srecian Forms not included in the above list and meriting separate mentian :

A large leaf-shaped flake (9-55-+5 ems.) with left margin trimmed. (See fig, 5),

Wrom KR, 4 site,

A large discoidal flake (9 ems.) with uniface marginal trimming. (See fig. 6).

From LGR. site.

A small bifaee worked tool (8-5 x 4 x 2 ems,), like a smal! Buandik axehead.

(See fig. 7), From MP, site,

470 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

= SS

Fig. 5-8. Special Stone Impiements (half nat, size).

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 47)

A large elliptical flake (22 x 12 x 5 ems.) implement with continuous marginal

trimming on one side only. A beantiful tool. (See fig. 8). From KR, 5 site.

Nine large (all over 10 cms, in length), somewhat rectangular, flat-end scraper (1?)

tools; some with side trimming. From inland sites, ;

Scrap pieces collected, such as some untrimmed flakes, bladelets and points, have

not been included in the above census, Total, 327.

The following points ara given concerning the above,

Among the tula-like trimmed flakes (included in the scraper list) are a

number of large-sized tools (8 ems. and over), which are exceedingly well trimmed,

The side serapera are mostly poor examples made from rather irregular

flakes, The so-termed ‘‘large size’’ side scrapers, all about 12 cims, or over, assume

the form almost of a cleaver or a light chopper type of tool,

A point of significance is that of all the medium to large sized implements,

in approximate figures, only twenty were from the coastal sites, whereas over

three hundred were collected from the inland sites.

Microtrruic Types,

Poms. South-Hast Bondi Points. Micro forms. Complete (115); with

broken tips (48) ; poor and partly trimmed (51). Larger forms: Complete (89) ;

with broken tips (43); poor and partly trimmed (58).

Woakwine Points. Micro forms; Complete (169); with broken tips (19).

Larger forms; Complete (89) ; with broken tips (9)-

Buandik Points, Micro forms (52); larger forms (15), Bondi and Woak-

wine form flakes untrimmed (37).

Asymmetric Points trimmed (1), Total Points, 789.

Seements, Ordinary (9). Narrow (6). Rudder form (7), Crescents (1).

Half-moon (8).

Trarezes, Symmetrical, with untrimmed upper margin (7).

Prescers (1), Sorapurs: Side (7); Double sided (1); Semi-discoidal (5).

Total Microliths, 836,

Concerning these microlithic implements. The ‘‘larger’’ forms included

are actualy longer (some measuring up to 6 ems, and a few even longer) than

the standard of up to 3 ems. prescribed for ‘‘micro’’ types, But even though

beyond such a dimensional standard, these longer specimens—most of them not

being much above 3 emis, —so obviously belong to this point suite, that their inclu. |

sion here is considered justified and convenient.

The Woakwine points, with very few exceptions, are all trimmed from the

left side, Also inchided are occasional pieces with trimmed butt, some of these

also being spurred butts,

A. feature of interest is that out of a total of over 800 microlithie forms

(including ‘‘larger’’ forms), the vast. majority were collected from the coastal

sites; only 13 specimens being taken from sites on the inland ridges.

Discussion ON IspLements. While this large collection provides scope for

considerable detailed work, a few points of special interest may be mentioned.

One striking feature is the large number of small ‘'points,’" mainly of miero-

lothic dimensions, which oecur on the coastal sites in association with the vast

quantities of Tyrbo remains, A study—discussed in Part, I1I—of these shell

remains gives some indication of bow the aborigines treated these molluses in

order to extract the ‘‘meat’’; and it is suggested that the use of these small flint

points (especially the larger Bondi and Woakwine pieces) was as a pick to remove

the ereature from its shell.

472 Recorps oF THe S.A. MUSEUM

The preponderance of the scraper type of implement on the inland sites seems

to suggest that possibly their occurrence and use there were associated with the

making of wooden implements, suitable raw material for which was more likely

to grow on these parts,

The collection of large numbers of wicrolithic forms from this Kongorong

region establishes the definite occurrence of this interesting industry still further

to the south in this State than was previously known. Their collection during

previous work in the Millicent-Rendelsham area (1943 and 1944) brought to

light the rather unexpected intensive knowledge and ise of microlithic implements

hy the Lower Sounth-Hast aborigines. So this further southerly extension not only

confirms the previous findings, but also adds to the general interest of this partien-

lar study.

Grinding stones appear to be particularly rare—indicating that the grinding

ef seeds for food material was uncommon. This is also supported by the investi-

gation of possible supplies of plants which would yield such seed material.

Like the implements collected durmg the 1944 work, those gathered in the

Kongorong area also showed the characteristic *‘ weathering’’ of the flint. material,

Discussion of this feature is made in the geological notes.

Brief notes on the Lower South-Kast microliths.

Combining the figures available from the work of Campbell and Noone in

1943 and those of the present investigation, the following comparisons disclose

interesting facts.

Totals of implements collected. 1949: General (749); Microliths (289).

1944: General (732); Microliths (489). 1945: General (327); Microliths (836).

Thus the microliths, totally outnumbering as they do the larger types (1974 to

1808), appear to have been an important part of the stone tool industry of these

natives.

The 1943 microliths form about one-third of the total implements collected.

Of these microliths, nearly all were collected from one site—The Belt, which seems

to have been a veritable ‘‘factory*’ site. For 1944, in the same district, but

entailing work on many more sites, the number of microliths actually exceeds the

total of the larger forms gathered. While in 1944, from, the Kongorong area, the

microliths outnumber the larger forms in a ratio of 24 to 1,

Distribution, Tn 1943, in approximate figures, 200 mieroliths were found

on inland sites—Woakwine and Beit; and 89 from sites near the coast. For 1944,

for the same area, though from more sites, the corresponding figures are 750 and

130. But for 1945 in Kongorong, similar locational figures are respectively 13

and 826. Thus for the Millicent-Rendelsham and adjacent coastal parts, microliths

on inland sites predominate over coastal sites by 4 to 1; whéreas in Kongorong

the position is completely reversed, and microliths occur almost exclusively on

coastal sites.

Frequency of ‘points,’ Further analysis of figures reveals the importance

of points in this microlithic Industry—that is, in particular, the Bondi, Woakwine,

and Buandik points. For 1943, out. of a total of 239 microliths, 151 were points:

for 1944, eotresponding figures are 849 and 473; for 1945 in Kongorong, 536 and

789. Thus in the frequency of microliths collected, just over 70% of their total

number are points. There must be some significance in the vast production of

these small, well-made, and often extremely delicate, finely pointed tools, It

was suggested above that they may have been used as a “‘probe’’ for extracting

the mollusc meat from its shell, This seems a likely use, considering the frequency

of point tools where shellfish were obyiously consumed in vast quantities. The

larger sizea of Bondi and Woakwine points seem well snited for such usage.

Whether the small, fine specimens were also thus employed may be open to question.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA +73

Tt is interesting to note that New South Wales Bondi points are also collected

mainly from littoral sites.

However, the whole problem of Australian microliths seems to be wrapped

somewhat in obseurity. Their makers became extinct before any knowledge was

gained of even the existence of these little tools, much less of their uses, As

regards their frequency and distribution in the areas under present investigation,

no doubt various factors will have to be considered in further study. For example:

The problem of concentrations of implements on certain sandhill sites, due or not

to redeposition on to lower levels. The possibility of relationship between frequency

of occurrence and immediate flint sources and food supplies—as on the Kongorong

coast, Their greater frequency on inland sites in the Millicent-Rendelsham area

may suggest a need for more intensive search for coastal sites there, The study

is full of interest and fascination.

GraocicaL Nores.

The topographical features of the Lower South-East and their development

haye been described in general terms by a number of previous observers (Tenison

Woods, Howehin, Ward, Fenner, Tindale, Crocker), However, the elucidation

of the complete story and significance of the various features will require a con-

siderable amount of detailed and specialized investigation. This was obviously

impracticable during the two short periods available, and attention therefore was

directed towards those features which appeared to have a bearing on the problems

of aboriginal environment and antiquity of oceupation of the region.

Although opinions are still divided on the question whether in this region

sea level has dropped or the land risen since the formation of the first and most

inland series of stranded and consolidated coastal dunes, the Cave Range, everyone

is. agreed that the Lower: South-Hast, as & region, was covered by the sea in com.

paratively recent times, and has emerged as a land surface by successive stages to

form the land aa we see it to-day.

The present investigation ia concerned only with the area between Douglas

Point on the south, Rivoli Bay on the north, and inland as fur as the Reedy Creek

Range, Within this area the Reedy Creek Range is the most inland and oldest

series of stranded coastal dunes. Proceeding at right angles to this range towards

the coast and therefore in a south-westerly direction, the next large series of dunes

encountered is that known as the Woakwine Range, which continues to the south-

east into the Hundred of Kongorong, where it is represented by the Kongorong

Range and possibly in its later stages by the Whawbe Ridge and finally the Long

Gully Ridge, Near the coast another ridge appears which has been named the

Canunda Ridge. This, however, does not continue far south-east of the north-

western end of Lake Bonney; its former extension to the south-east, if it existed,

having been eroded by the sea and covered by its incursion. Still further to the

south-west, one finds isolated remnants of still another former coastal dune, which

was partly consolidated and probably formed a continuous series, of which only

a few headlands remain, such as Cape Buffon, Carpenters Rocks, Cape Banks,

éte. Finally there are the present coastal dunes which, however, do not exist as

a continuous series everywhere. They are particularly well developed on the

coastline between Cape Banks and Cape Buffon,

We have therefore in this area five major series of coastal and former coasta)

dunes, each evidence of a former shoreline which remained stationary for a period

long enough to permit the accumulation of the material forming the dunes. There

are also several minor ridges indicating the existence for relatively short periods

of other intermediaje shorelines.

474 Recorps oF THE S.A. Muszum

Evidence collected suggests very strongly that the land has emerged from

the acean by stages which were unequal, irregular in duration, and. exhibited

intermediate periods of retrogression, the net result, however, being one of

emergence of the land. Further investigations into this problem are proceeding.

For the purnose of the present paper, the Investigation of the relative ages of these

former coastal duties is essential, aa once these are established, the search for

native remains or artefacts contemporaneous with the formation of the dunes will

assume great importance. Time did not permit a detailed search over the large

area involved and, although so far little has been found, some evidence of

contemporanécous native remains and possibly of their antiquity has been collected,

In 1944 blackened limestones containing free carbon were found embedded

in the consolidated dune limestone of the Reedy Creek Range and of the Woak-

wine Range, The former occur at the camp site labelled RC, 3, at the north-

weatern corner of Furner settlement. Here, a number of fire-blackened stones

oveur in the consolidated dune limestone and present the appearance of a scattered

hearth like those which occur on recent camp sites. This occurrence appears to

have been a hearth contemporaneous with the existence of the Reedy Creek Range

a8 an unconsolidated mass of dune sand.

The second ocenrrence is at the carp site recorded as Wk. 7, ahout two miles

to the south-east of the ald Woakwine Station. A number of fire-blackened stones

oceur here within a email area and embedded in the consolidated dune rock. These,

like those in the RC. 3 site, appear to be stones belonging to a dispersed hearth.

In 1945 @ blown-ont area near Woody Point in the Kongorong Range yielded

a few native artefacts and also a number of fire-blackened stones. The latter were

embedded iv the consolidated dune rock. They consist.of a number of flat pieces

and some irregular fragmenta of blackened limestone, and, as in the other iustances,

resamble closely the scattered hearths found on recent carap sites,

Although so far no artefacts have been discovered embedded m the consoli-

dated dune limestones, this does not by any means rule out their existence in these

rock types. Not only was the search for such remains necessarily brief, but it must

be remembered also that even in a well-established camping area artefacts are

often. scarce except in very limited portions; and further, the concentrations by

wind erosion and removal of the superficial sand concentrates on the bard floor

the whole of the solid material previously distributed vertically above it, No such

concentration can take place in the case of embedded artefacts, for orige these

have been released from the containing rock they lose their identity and became

part of the loose surface material,

Another notable feature, the detailed study of which promises. to yield

iaportant information on the relative ages of artefacts, is the varying degree and

type of alteration that the flint of which they are made has ondergone, Although

fresh, unaltered flakes and chippings oceur, the yast majority exhibits degrees

of alteration depending to some extent apparently on the loeation of the camp

gites. Thus the coastal sites and some others, such as the Lake Frome sites situated

two miles inland, carry artefacts which in nearly all cases have a white appearance.

This bleaching extends for some distance into the specimens. In the case of small

thin flakes, the alteration may be complete, but im most pieces the central core

is unaltered and exhibits the original colour of the flint, the unaltered core reflect-

ing in its configuration the external shape given to the artefact. by its aboriginal

manufacturer,

The inland sites, euch as those oecurrmg on the Woakwine and Kongorong

Ranges, the Whawbe and Long Gully Ridges, the Belt Site and others, aarry tints

which appear to have weathered ina different manner. Those which have been

altered exhibit various shades of yellow and brown, This colouration is chiefly

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTIL AUSTRALIA 475

a anrface stain and the flint has been altered to a white or cream coloured material,

similar apparently to that on the coastal sites. The chief difference seems to be

the presence of ferric oxide, probably in a hydrated form both as a surface skin

nud also dispersed to some extent through the white alteration product of the

original fint. On some sites, notably the Long Gully Ridge, alteration of the

flinta has gone so far that flints of the size of small houlders have been changed

completely to a softer white material. That such boulders once consisted of flint

is shown by the fact that until they are lifted or struck they are indistinguishable

in colour, appearance, and shape from solid, unaltered flints, and also that some

of them still contain a core of unaltered flint.

These alterations are believed to be due to the loas of water which is cambined

in veriable amounts with the silica in the original flint. The slow dehydration

urider atmospheric conditions gradually produces the white alteration product

which, however, is still silica and of similar hardness. The relative depths to

which this alteration has progressed in this district may well be regarded a3 a

line of research into the relative ages of these implements, The yellow iron stain-

ing is believed to have been produced by the deposition of iron solutions on the

Aint during burial beneath the soil or dune material for a period long enough to

permit the fixation of the covering material by vegetation and the production in it

of iron-bearing solutions resulting from the decay of vegetable matter, Con-

versely, ihe notiveable absence of any colouring matter to relieve the whiteness

of the alteration product characteristic of the eoastal and recent inland dunes

is believed to be due to the almost total absence of iron solutious in ‘the soil and

dunes, so that burisl under those conditions would not produce the appearance

characteristic of burial on the more inland camp sites, Laboratory and field

experiments are heing carried out and others are contemplated in an attempt

towards a solution of these problems, the solution of which would assist materially

in establishing the relative ages of some types of implements,

Within the area examined, Tertiary limestones, approximately of Miocene

Age, outcrop and form the basement on which the various dunes have been

deposited. These Tertiary limestanes, however, appear to have a gentle dip in

a northerly direction and disappear beneath séa level at about the latitude of Cape

Banks, the most northerly outerop along the coast occurring about oné mile to

the north of that cape.

The presence in the Kongorong area, at or near the surface, of this limestone,

probably was a contributing if not the main factor in the production of a better

soil type as compared with the area immediately to the north-west, composed

largely of wave or wind-sorted material, and in which soil deficiencies have been

troublesome.

It is. to these Tertiary limestones and their erosion and distintegration chiefly

by wave action that the region owes its supplies of flint, which are practically

the only material used by the aborigines in the production of stone} artefacts.

Certain horizons in the limestone series contain fiint nodules and boulders in very

large qnantities. Such ceeurrences are plentiful along the coastline between Cape

Banks and Douglas Point and are particularly well exposed at Black Point. At

Cape Buffon accumulations of flint pebbles appear to be derived from limestone

reefs below sea leyel but probably not. far fromi the shore,

The flints vary considerably in shape, colour, size and texture, and it is

obvious that a. yery large proportion would have been unsuitable for implement

manufacture by the natives, The successful selection of a flint pebble suitable

for such a purpose would require a considerable degree of skill and knowledge

and of intelligence. Flint pebbles sufficiently large and uniform in texture for

the production of the large hand axe referred ta earher were found to be exceed-

ingly scarce.

476 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

While the flints may exhibit a great variety of coloura and shades, the pre-

dominant colours range from dark grey to bimish-black,

The banks of fiints occurrimg at high water mark and accumulated there

by wave action along this section of the coastline and beyond were the chief source

of supply for the natives. Other sources appear to haye been the deposits left

ag remnants of former shorelines now miles inland. A number of these have been

loeated on the coastal side of the Woakwine Range (e.g. Narrow Neck) and else-

where, and many others exist without a doubt in the scrub at the foot of the

Woakwine Range,

The practical certainty in this district that a bare spot on a hillside will prove

to be a Windblown area carrying at least some evidences of former native ooeupa-

tion, such as hearths, flint chippings, ete, coupled with the knowledge that

conditions ereated by European occupation have favoured wind erosion, makes

it difficult to believe that all these blown areas existed as such when the white man

arrived, No doubt this was true of many areas, but it is logical to be doubtful

of the recent occupation of all of them, especially as active erosion is atill proceed-

ing and extending the areas. Such instances are the Belt Site, Wk. 5, KR. 5, ete,

In the Bevilaqnua’s Ford area, wind erosion and sand drift are so active that

it. is evident that canip sites examined in any one year may well be buried next

year and others be exposed, It is probable that removal of the surface cover almost

anywhere in the dune ridges and ranges would expose evidence of former native

oveupation, particularly in those parts which are situated favourably with respect

ta shelter, food, and water supply,

The Belt Site, notable for its richness and variety of artefacts, is an instances

where active wind erosion is bringing to view parts of a former camp sjte and

exposing artefacts covered by dune sand. The richness of this and some other

areas can be attributed partly to the fact that the removal by wind action: of

the sand has concentrated on a hard floor the whole of the artefacts which pre-

viously were dispersed in the material vertically above it, This process of concen-

tration, particularly on sandhill camp sites, of the whole of the material originally

contained in a dune, on a hard floor and the possible mingling with relics of a

different. age complicate the study of implements from the point of viaw of

their age relationships compared with the easier problem involved, for example,

jn the excavation of stratified levels on the floors of caves and rock shelters. Such

problems, however, might be simplified if further research confirms the belief

that the type and degree of alteration of the fiints is a criterion that can be applied

to the determination of their relative ages.

PART II.

Review or THE Foor Suppry or THE Natives.

Consideration of the various possible sources of food shows clearly that the

staple diet of the natives must have consisted of marsupials—kangaroos, wallabies,

possums, wombats, and short-nosed bandicoots ; and of birds such as emus, bustarda

(Native Turkeys), Native Companions (Australian Cranes), ducks, swans, and

probably moor-hens and swamp-hens,

Tn the spring months the eggs of these birds and others would probably have

formed an important part of the diet.

In the summer months of the year weather conditions would allow for sequring

abundant supplies of the large salt-water crayfish, the various shellfish mentioned

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 477

later on, and seafish that could be speared or otherwise secured. Depending also

upon weather conditions would be the gathering of large numbers of the little

““mucilaginoug’’ fishes obtained by making weirs across the flooded swemps,

Reptiles can have furnished only occasional tit-bits.

Tuseets would be represented by sometimes obtaining the large grubs fond

in the red gums and banksias,

_ The supply of plant foods was almost negligible, consisting of _ few small

fruits, the best of which were the muntries and the small white berries of

Leucepogon. A few balbous roots were obtained, and on Mrs, Smith’s authority,

some Seeds were also available, These vegetable sources of food would give a little

variety, but were seasonable and mostly in smell quantity,

From the above summary it will be seen how dependent the natives must have

been upon the marsupials and larger birds, Professor Mitchell informs us that

we ean probably estimate the food required to maintain a man, his wife, and two

children in health without deteriorating at about. 65 pounds of meat food per week,

if meat alone were available, which would be approximately the equivalent of

oné kangaroo or one emu or four wallabies (allowing for bones, ete.). Though

opossums may show plenty of retroperitoneal fat aud even subcutaneous fat and

according to the availability nf feed, wallabies and kangaroos may have consider-

able quantities of fat round the kidneys, it is probable that the latter animals were

on the whole rather deficient in fat, which was in consequence a food much sought.

after, As the fur is burnt off before cooking, the skin was probably consumed,

The natives made use of all available portions of the animals, eating all the viscera,

including (he intestines (after expelling their contents), Their method of covking

the intact animal retained all the body juices. As elsewhere, the long bones would

be broken for their marrow content rich in fat.

Earuy Accounts or THE APPEARANCE OF THE NATIVES AND OF THE ABUNDANCE

or Game. When in April, 1844, Sir George Grey's party lighted fires on the top

of Mount Benson, S.E. of Lacepede Bay, these fires were soon answered by

many columns of amoke to the south and east, and finally all around ‘‘giving

indications of a.larger population amongst these banksia woods than we antici-

pated.’’ Further on, after having met them, G, Freneh Angas notes that ‘‘these

natives belonged to a tribe totally different trom those of the Milmendura, whom

we had met with along the shores of the Coorong, and were very inferior to them

in physical appearance, .,, Their figures (were) extremely slight and attenuated,

with the abdomen of a disproportionate size. They were filthy and wretched in

the extreme; all their teeth were black and rotten, their skin was dry, and. that of

one man presented a purplish-red eolour.’’ It thus appears that in the Mt,

Benson-Rivoli Bay district there was a vonsiderable population, but the people

looked attenuated with protuberant abdomens and decayed teeth—the last a very

surprising statement if really based on a careful examination, The following

aceount of the foods available to these people will show that in quantity it was

seemingly ample. As this district is subject to ‘‘coast disease*’ in sheep (due to

a deficiency im copper and cobalt), is there any possibility, since the natives

necessarily lived entirely ‘‘off the land,’’ that the same or some similar deficiency

was the explanation of their appesrance?

Ebenezer Ward, when he visited the South-Hast in 1869 noted the abundance

of game near Mt, Muirhead (p, 68), ‘'In its vicinity I searcely ever passed it

withont seeing a flock of emus, or a mob of kangaroos, or both, on some part

of it; and the ferns, which are dense and luxuriant everywhere on the Yower

and sandier slopes of the range extéuding from Mt. Graham, and Mt, Burr, fairly

swarm with marsupials. From the diminutive ‘brush’, not much bigger than a

478 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

buck rabbit, to the lordly ‘old man’, squatting six feet high on his hams and tail,

the brutes live, increase and flourish, On the flats wild turkeys are plentiful, and

on the lagoons on the timbered flats stretching northward from the foot of Mt.

Graham wild duck, teal, geese, and swan abound at certain seasons of the year.’’

Deraiteo Account or THE Animat Foops AVAILABLE.

MAMMALS.

Cannreatism, As with natives in other parts of Australia, the Buandik abo-

rigines sometimes practised cannibalism.

Unpublished manuscript notes of the late Duncan Stewart contain the state-

ment that infants, when disposed of, were ‘‘sometimes eaten’’.

Stewart’s mother, Mrs. James Smith, also wrote (p. 8) coucerning this custorn =

‘*Many of the women ate their offspring; they said it was a part of their flesh and

made them strong.’’

MArsuptats AND Monotremes, The natives of the Coorong near the Narrows

(G. F. Angas, p. 189) constructed “elevated seats or platforms in bushy she-oak

trees for the purpose of watching and spearing the emu and kangaroo as they

pass towards the water to drink’’,

T am indebted to Mr. H, H, Finlayson for supplying me with information as

to the oceurrence in the South-East of various mammals that may have served a8

food for the natives. and as to their likely prevalence before the coming of the

white man. The marsupials have been arranged, in general, in order of preva-

lence. The length of the head and body (L,) given iv millimetres is from Wood

Jones’ Mammals of South Australia and indicates the sizes of the animals, Some

approximate weights (W.) were supplied by Mr. D. Schulz of Rendlesham and

others are from Brough Smyth’s The Aborigines of Victoria, The native names

given here and elsewhere are from Mrs. James Smith’s vocabulary.

Gray Kangaroo (Macropus gigantews), Koora, Koor-aa, a male ‘‘forrester'’ kan-

garoo; Mare-e, a female ‘‘forrester’’ kangaroo (Mrs. Smith). L. 1500 mm.,

W,. 100 1b, (Schulz) ; 150 lb. (Brough Smyth),

Tn the unpublished manoseript on the Buandik by the late Duncan Stewart,

the following note appears: ‘In the year 1846, kangaroos were not by any account

plentiful; although some twenty-five years later they became so numerous that

the Government and the settlers bad to employ men to destroy them, as they were

devouring nearly all the feed. They became almost as much a plague as rabbits

are at the present time. The dying out of the natives might, to some degree, ac-

count for the increase of the marsupials. Some fifty thousand were destroyed in

five years.”’

Ebenezer Ward, writing in 1869, referred (p. 12) to the kangaroo nuisance

as having acquired ‘‘the most astonishing and serious proportions’’ from the

pastoralists’ point of view, The owners of two Mount Benson runs had paid

the natives for 30,000 head at 6d. each. He himself had on one occaston seen a

moh ‘‘that could only be counted by thousands,’' This great prevalence of kan-

garoos seems to have been in general attributed to the disappearance of the natives

who, previously to the disturbing effect on aboriginal life of the white usurpation,

had kept the numbers in check,

The Cyclopedia of South Australia, published in 1909, referring tp the Mt,

Gambier district (Vol, II, p. 954) says that: -

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SouTs AUSTRALIA +79

‘When white men appeared on the scene, there was vegetation everywhere,

or else bracken and scrub and interminable forests of eucalypti. Fifty years ago

kangaroos swarmed all over the country, sometimes herds of hundreds together.

The pastoralists yoted them a nuisance, drives were organized, aud as many as

two thousand were killed in a single battle.’’

Aecording to Mr. D. Sehulz’s informatits, women and the men nsed to drive

kangaroos and emus along the narrow strip of land between Lake George and the

sea (near Beachport) and the younger men would wait in ambush to spear the

game as it. came slong the constricted area. (This feature of ‘‘strategic’’ loca-

tions has already been described in several of the camp sites mentioned in Part I).

Ptt Traps. Another example obtained by Mr. Schulz of trapping animals hy

organized drives was the method aflopted in the Woakwine Range about a mile

east of Woakwine Station, There a large pit was excavated at the end of a gully

(the pit, Mr. Schulz states, is still to be seen) and hidden by brushwood. Kanga-

roos were driven off the flats and manceuvred towards the gully and the hidden

pit trap. Often several beasts were secured in this manner,

Red-necked Wallaby, Brusher (Wallabia refogriseus). L, 952-1,050 mm., about

30 lt. (Schulz), prevalent,

Toolach Wallaby, Grey’s Wallaby (Wallabia greyi). L. 810-840 mm., probably

common,

Rufons-bellied Wallaby (Thylogale dillardierc). L, 525-650 mm., prevalent.

Black-tailed Wallaby (W. bicolor). L. 820 mm., rare.

Common Australian Wombat (Phascolomys mitchelli). Moo-taa, W, up to 70 lb.

(Brough Smyth) ; av. 40 lb. (Schulz), prevalent.

G. French Angas (p. 63) says: ‘‘At the upper end of the Coorong the natives

caught wombats by stopping up all the entrances to their burrows and lighting a

fire of greenwood at the aperture, thus suffocating the animals.’’ He tives (p,

132) Mr, Bonney’s diseription of how the Lake Albert tribe dig the wombat from

its burrow, by making a shaft about ten feet deep and then cook it whole between.

hot stones in sand. They gave him some roast wombat to eat which tasted likd

young pork and was very palatable. Near Rivoli Bay (p. 156) Angas saw two

large wombats. roasting in the native ovens,

Common Native Cat (Dasyurus vwerrimys), Kee. L, 285-457 mm,, prevalent.

Tiger Cat, Spotted-iailed Native Cat (D. maculatus). L. 610 mm., sparse.

Short-nosed Bandicoot (Jsoodon obesulus). L. 340 mm., prevalent.

South Australian Barred Bandicoot (Perameles myoswra), lL, 240 mm., sparse.

Common Opossum (T'richosurus vulpecula). Koor-amo. L, 455 mm., about 4 lb,

(Schulz), prevalent.

South Australian Ring-tailed Opossum (Pséeudochirus laniginosus), L. 300-880

mn, about 14 tb. (Schulz), prevalent,

Koala, Native Bear (Phascolarctus cimereus), L. 750-810 mm., W. about 40 Ib.

(Brough Smyth), rare,

Lesuer’s Rat-Kangaroo (Bettonyia lesweri), LL. 870-457 mm., sparse.

Tufted-tailed Rat-Kangaroo, Squeaker (B. penicillata), L. 890 mm., sparse,

Potoroo or Common Rat-Kangaroo (Petorus trddctylus). L. 320-410 mm.,

sparse,

Hare Wallaby (Lagorchestes leporoides), L. 450-490 mm,, sparse.

Spiny Ant-eater (Hehidna aculeata). Sparse,

Ceracea (Whales, Dolphins). Wunt-ar-bool, a whale.

Whales and dolphins were occasionally washed up on the shore and unqties-

tisnably proved an ample source of food, probably until decomposition was far

460 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

advanced or the whole animal was consumed, The late Duncan Stewart in bis

unpublished manuscript, mentions that ‘‘a dead whale cast ashore occasionally

provided them with a. feast.’’

Whale feasts, From information collected by Mr, D. Schulz the natives

round Rivoli Bay were always hungry, excepting when a whale came ashore.

Smoke signals would be sent wp and natives from near and far would come and

be allowed to joim in the feasting. For visiting natives, ‘‘safe conduct’’ was

permitted during these special feasting occasions.

Sir George Grey gives an amusing account of how the Western Australian

natives filled themselves to depletion, slept and fed again, meanwhile rubbing the

fat over their bodies, until the earcase was consumed, Brough Smyth says that

Physalus grayi McCoy (= Balaenoptera physalus) was the species commonly

stranded in Victoria and eaten by the natives and that they also ate the dolphin

Delphinus delphis.

Fifteen species of Cetacea have been recorded from South Australian coasts

and it is likely that from time to time stranded whales, porpoises and dolphins

were eaten in the South-East.

Roprents. Mr, H, H, Finlayson states that the following rats were present

in the South-East and doubtless contributed to some extent to the food supply of

the natives,

Australian Water Rat (Hydromys chrysogaster). L. 200-390 mm,

Allied Rat (Rattus assimatis). U.181 mm.

Dusky-footed Rat (RB. lutreela). L. 176 mm,

Tawny Rat (R. vellerosus). L.190 mm, Between Murray and Glenelg Rivers,

Sir George Grey’s Rat (R. greyi). UL. 152-186 mm. One was disturbed in dense

undergrowth during our visit and secured.

Long-eared Rat (Pseudomys auritus). L. 130mm. L. Albert.

Gould’s Rat (P. gouldt). L.119 mm. Coorong.

Mastacomys sp. Remains in guano cave at Mt. Gambier noted by Wood Jones.

White-footed Rabbit-rat (Conilurus albipes), From N.8.W. and Victoria into

South Australia.

Carnivora. Dineo (Canis familiaris dingo). Kar-na-chom.

Prnnipepra. Seals, ete. Moo-a, a seal.

South Australian Sea Lion (Arctocephalus einetéus), Bass Strait to W-A, Large

bull more than 10 feet, Sparse.

Australian Furted Seal (4. doriferus). Males 6 feet, females 5 feet,

Weddell’s Seal (Leptonychotis weddelu), 9 feet (900 lb.). Straggler at Encounter

ay,

The Sea-Leopard (Hydrarga leptonyx) has been found as a wanderer in South

Australian waters.

Bars, The South Australian bats from their small size need not be considered

as an article of food except perhaps as an occasional tit-bit. The large fruit-eating

bat of the eastern States, conmmonly known as the Flying Fox, has been found

ag astray at the west end of Kangaroo Island, and in other parts of this State.

Brirps.

In the Millicent district 114 species of birds at least are known to breed

(A. E, Ey, §.A. Ormithol, 17, 4, Dee, 1944, pp. 82-37). Probably any of these

birds would be eaten if the natives happened to secure them, though it might be

questioned whether they would go out of their way to capture such birds as the

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EasT oF South AUSTRALIA 481

Little Penguin or Cormorants, I have myself eaten the Australian Pelican

(Pelicanus consmeitllatus—it does not breed in the district) and found ita dark

mest good. Angas (p, 156) near Rivoli Bay noted a fine parrot, not yet cooked,

suspended to a stick, Even the smallest birds if accidentally canght or knocked

over might be loosely plucked and put on the embers and eaten as a bon bouche,

especially by the children. Without exception, the eggs of all birds would be

eaten and young birds in the ezg would not. be discarded.

Snares for Birds. G. French Angas (p, 148) says, ‘‘ At Ross’s Creek near

Lacepede Bay, we began to find various indications of natives; the most. remark-

able being wickerwork snares for bird-catching, about four feet high, erected on

the flats. Near these snares were formed small covered places, just large enough

. for one person to squat in; the native, concesling himself in this ambush, with his

snaring rod protruded from 4 small aperture in the side, imitates the voice of the

birds, and, as they alight upon the wicker work, dexterously slips the noose

around their necks, and snares them into his retreat,’’

Method. of Catching Ducks. Mrs, James Smith in The Booandik Tribe

(p. 41) gives the following deseription of haw the natives killed ducks, ‘‘Hach

native made up a bundle of sticks and. disappeared in the dark, among the bushes,

to the lagoons (Orumbel swamp), where the ducks had ‘turned in’ for the night,

The drual (men) made a great noise; and as the game rose on the wing, the

hunters threw the sticks at them and brought them down.’’ Mrs, Smith was

given a waddy to kill them when down.

The following list comprises the larger birds and eggs which are likely to have

contributed definitely to the food supply; the eggs, however, only from late win-

ter to midsutomer. The number of eggs in the clutches are also given and the

weights of the eggs when known. The native names are from Mrs. Smith’s account,

Tuman tuman, birds,

Emu (Dromaius novae-hollandiae), Kower or kowber. W. 130 1b. (Brough

Smyth). Usually 7 to 12 eggs, occasionally 16. Average weight of eggs 224

oz, (weight of shell, 8 oz.).

Little Penguin (Eudyptula minor), Moo-nera, Perhaps eaten occasionally when

washed ashore, Hees and young would be eaten when accessible.

Stubble Quail (Coturmia pectoralis), Birm-birm, meadow quail. Pea-na-wir-ter,

the high ground quail (Penewurter, brim-brim. Quails). Common, 7 eggs,

Common Bronzewing (Phaps chaleoptera). Koo-ren, a pigeon, 2 eggs.

Brush Bronzewing (P, élegans), Still very common; 2 eggs,

Lewin Water-rail (Rallus pectorulis), 4 eggs,

Banded Land-rail (Hypotaenidia philippensis). W. 125 grms. (S.A, Museum).

6 eggs.

Dusky Moorben (Gallinula tenebrosa). Keil, a water hen, coot. Common, 11 aggs,

Eastern Swamp-hen (Porphyrio melanotus). Common. 5 to 7 eggs.

Black Cormorant (Phalacrocoraz carbo). Minam-minam, 4 shag, Kro-an-dum, a

cormorant. Nest on the islands, 3 to 5 eggs, ;

Pied Cormorant (Ph. varius). Nest on the islands, 2 to 4 eggs.

Little Pied Cormorant (Microcarbo melanoleucus).. 4 ta 5 eggs.

Australian Pelican (Peleconus consmoillatus). Par-ang-all. 2 to 8 eggs,

Crested Tern (Sterna bergi). Common, Nests on the islands. W, 227 grms. 1

egg

Silver Gull (Larus novae-hollandiae). Ping-ang-ool, large gulls. Tar-oo-ki, a

seagull, Common, Nestson theislands, 2to 4 eggs, uaually 3.

Pied Oyster-Catcher (Haematopus ostralequs), Bir-wir, the red-hill, Rare, 3

eggs.

482 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Spurwing Plover (Lobibyx novae-hollandiae). Very common. 4 eggs.

Banded Plover (Zonifer tricolor). Very common. 4 eggs.

White-headed Stilt (Himantopus leucocephalus). 4 to 5 eggs.

Tat-a-a, Snipe. This native name may perhaps apply to the Australian Snipe

(Gallinago hardwickt), the Australian Painted Snipe (Rostratala australis),

or possibly to Stints, the Greenshank or Sandpipers or to all these in general.

These birds, with the exception of the Painted Snipe, breed outside Austra-

lia. Being wary birds, the natives doubtless did not often secure them.

Southern Stone-curlew (Burhinus magnirosiris). 2 eggs.

Australian Bustard, Plain Turkey (Hupodotis australis). Laa, the bustard turkey.

W. 30 lb. (Brough Smyth). Usually 1 egg.

Native Companion (Megalormis rubicundus), Wandi. W. 25 lb. (Brough

Smyth). 2 eggs.

White Ibis (Threskiornis molucca). Common. Nests in tea-tree on an island in

L. Bonney. 2 to 3 eggs.

Strawnecked Ibis (Threskiornis spinicollis). Very common, 3 to 4 eggs.

Royal Spoonbill (Platalea regia). A few small nesting colonies. 3 to 4 eggs.

Yellow-billed Spoonbill (P. flavipes). Rare. 3 eggs.

White Egret (Hgretia alba). 3 eggs.

White-faced Heron (Notophoyx novac-hollandiae). Ngar-a-pine, a slate-coloured

crane. Common. 4 to 6 eggs.

Nankeen Night-Heron (Nycticorax caledonicus). 3 eggs.

Brown Bittern (Botaurus poeciloptilus), Pool-an. Rare. 4 to 5 eggs.

Black Swan (Cygnus atratus). Koo-no-war. Very common. 5 to 6 eggs, occa-

sionally 8 or 9.

Pat-om, a magpie, a goose.

Cape Barren Goose (Cereopsis novac-hollandiae). 3 to occasionally 7 eggs.

Mountain Duck (Casarca tadornotdes). 10 to 14 eggs.

Black Duck (Anas superciliosa). Pur-ner. Very common. 9 to 12 eggs.

Chestnut Teal (Querquedula castanea). Rare, 8 to 12 eggs.

Grey Teal (Q. gibberifrons). Very common. 8 to 12 eggs.

Blue-winged Shoveler (Spatula rhynchotis), W.338 gms. 9 to 11 eggs.

Musk Duck (Biziura lobata). Tin-bal-ang. W.1,007 gms. 2 to occasionally 6

eggs.

Swamp Harrier (Circus approximans). Very common. 4 to 5 eggs.

Australian Goshawk (Astur fasciatus). Very common. 3 to 4 eggs.

Wedgetail Hagle (Uroaetus audax). Ngee-re. 1 to 2 eggs.

Whistling Eagle (Haliastur sphenurus), Very common. 2 to 3 eggs.

Brown Hawk (Falco berigora). Very common. 3 eggs.

Nankeen Kestrel (7. cenchroides). Common. 3 to 4 eggs.

Boobook Owl (Ninox boobook). Common. 2 to 3 eggs.

Barn Owl (Tyto alba). Rare. 3 to 4 eggs.

Musk Lorikeet (Glossopsitta concinna). 2 eggs.

Red-tailed Black Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus bankst). Hvidently Treen, ‘‘the black

cockatoo, with red feathers in the wings’’ [mistake for tail] must refer to

this species, an interesting locality record. 1 egg.

Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo (C. funereus). Wil-er, ‘‘the black cockatoo, with

yellow feathers in the wings’’ [mistake for tail]. 2 eggs.

White Cockatoo (Kakatoe galerita). Mar, the white cockatoo with yellow crest.

2 eggs.

Corella (K. ienutrostris). Kar-a-al, a white cockatoo, presumably refers to this

species as Mar clearly belongs to K. galerita—an interesting locality record.

[Galah (K. roseicapilla) has only recently reached the South-Hast}],

ABORIGINES OF TRE SOUTH-EAST OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 483

Mir-an, ‘‘the cockatoo parrot with fish-coloured feathers,’”’ This is evidently the

Gang-Gang Cockatoo (Callecephalon fimbriatum), an interésting early

locality record. ’

Crimson Rosella (Platycereus elegans), 3 to 5 eges.

Eastern Rosella (P. eximius). 5 to 6 eggs.

Kal-nigal, koo-a-da, parrots. Probably the above two species,

Kookaburra (Dacelo gigas), Koo-art-ung, a langhing jackass. 8 to 4 eggs,

Welcome Swallow (Hirumdo neozena). Natives at Cape Buffon, Mr. D. Sebulz’s

relatives informed him, would spend hours patiently snaring swallows for

food. This method of snaring birds with long stick and string’ noose at its

end has been described earlier in this paper. The swallow referred to was

the Welcome Swallow, which may frequent seaside cliffs and probably often

nested on the sheltered walls before human habitations supplied more satis-

factory nesting places,

Scarlet Robin (Petrvica multicolor), Tat-kana, a robin redhreast. Too small

to be worth eating,

Noisy Miner (Myzantha melanocephala). Once common, now rare, 3 to 4 eggs.

Little Wattle Bird (Anthochaera chrysoptera). Common. 3 eri,

Red Wattle Bird (A. carwnowlata). Now rare, 2 eggs.

Spiny-cheeked Honeyeater (Acanthagenys rufogularis). Common. 2 to 3 eggs.

Australian Raven (Corvus coroncides). Wa, 4 to 5 eggs.

Little Crow (C. bennetti), 8 to 5 eggs.

Black-winged Currawong (Strepera melanoptera), Kil-en, a black magpie. Rare,

3 eggs,

Grey Butcher Bird (Cracticus torquatus), Common, Woi-ong, the Whistling

day. 4 eggs,

White-backed Magpie (Gymnorhina leuconota), Toal, the magpie. 4 to 5 eges,

REPTILEs,

The Tortoise is said to be numerous in the waters near Rendelzham, The

species has recently been identified, and proves to be the Long-necked Tortoise

(Chelodina longicallis), whose weight is said to reach 9 pounds 4 ounces, A

apecimen, or specimens, of the Saw-toothed Tortoise (Emydura latisternus) was

reported by A. Zeitz as oceurring before 1891 in the Mt. Gambier Lakes. The

Long-necked. Tortoise, though it was distasteful as food to Europeans, was defi-

nitely eaten by the natives on the Murray and so presumably by those in the

South-Hast,

Mrs, Smith gives the words Kar-im and Ngoon-ap as names evidently of

different kinds of lizards which, as they possessed a name, were probably used for

food.

The following list of lizards and snakes whieh probably occur in the South-

Hast were large enough to serve ag sources of food and so undoubtedly would

have been used by the natives, At Blackfellows’ Caves one of us tried the flesh

of a Tiger Snake, but found, very little on it, There is a small amount of flesh

on each side of the backbone. The tail probably contains a considerable amount

of meat, but unfortunately was not sampled, The lengths given are mostly from

Waite’s Handbook of the Reptiles of South Australia. The lengths and weights

of the two Tiger Snakes and the Sleeping Lizard were obtained during our recent

trip to the South-Hast. Information does not seem available as ta whether the

common goana was found in the South-East, and, if so, whether it was abundant.

The Carpet Snake (Python spilotes) certainly did not occur-

484 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Trea Dragon (Amphibolurus muricatus). 307 mm. (1 ft.)

Jew Lizard (A. barbatus), 5380 mm. (1 ft. 83 in.),

Lace Lizard or Common Goana (Varanus varius). Probably oceurred. 2,100

mm. (6 ft. 104 in.),

White’s Skink (Egernia whitti). 355 mm. (1 ft. 2 in.).

Sleeping Lizard (Trachysawrus rugosus). 330 mm. (13 in.), W., 14 Ib,

Blue-Tongue (Tiliqua scineoides). 585 mm, (1 ft. 11 in.),

Southern Blue-Tongne (7. wigrolutea), 395 mm, (1 ft. 34 in.).

Brown Snake (Demansia tewtiis). 1,830 mm, (6 ft.).

Black Snake (Pseudechis porphyriacus). 1,980 mm. (6 ft. 6 in.),

Copper-head (Denisonia superba). 1,676 mm, (5 ft. 6 in,).

Tiger Snake (Notechis scutatus). 1,830 mm, (6 ft.). One killed near C. Banks,

4 ft. 6in, long, weighed just under 14 lb.; another 3 ft, long, 14 Ib.

FisH.

Mr. P, Jackway, an expert fisherman at Blackfellows’ Caves, supplied in answer

to our inquiries the following information as to what fish could be speared by

the natives on the reefs or in shallow water, or could be caught in nets or otherwise

from the shore, The lengths and weights given are his and are probably only ap-

proximate, but they indicate whether the fish concerned was likely to supply a good

deal of food. One of the most common of the fishes probably was the eel, which

doubtless could be secured in considerable numbers when they were making for

the sea after the first heavy rains.

Fishes that could be speared from. the Reefs, ete. :

Sharks—Noon-kolar, a shark,

Gummy (Mustelus antarcticus), Li. 2 to 34 ft.

Blue Pointer or Snapper (Isurus glaucus), L. to 15 ft.

Big Ground Shark (very easy to get) (species 7), L. 10 to 18 ft.

Carpet Shark (Orectolobus) (very easy to get), L. 4 to 9 ft,

Skates and Rays, Mr, Jackway recognized two kinds of Skate, one black and

shiny, the other grey, and three kinds of Sting-ray, black, brown and grey,

one to the length of 14 ft. with eyes 2 feet apart!

Skate (Raja australis).

Sting-ray (Dasybatis brevicaudatus), Marma, sting-ray.

Fresh water (Long-finned) Eel (Anguilla reinhardii), L. 15 in, to 3 ft. 3 im. to

3 ft. Gin. These now come down the drainage creeks after the first heavy rains

and doubtless in the early days passed down to the sea-outlet of Lake Bonney

and other natural outlets to the sea.

Conger Eel (Conger wilsoni), a very big one weighed 37 |b,

Rock Cod (Physiculus barbatus), W. + to 2 tb.

Slimy Cod (species 7). W. 4 to 2 Ib.

Butterfish (Sciaena antarctica), W. 2 to rarely 12 1b-

Flounder (Rhombosolea flesoides), W. to 2 Ib.

Caught in nets if used on the shore:

Garfish (Hyporhamphus intermedius), W. to 1} lb. (rarely).

Kok-ber, the mullet (Mugil argenteus), W, + to 2 1b.

Pike (Snook) (Sphyraena novae-hollandue), W. 1 to 5 lb,

Whiting (Sillaginodes punctatus), W. 4 to 24 Ib.

Tommy Rough (Arripis georgianus), W. + Ib,

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA +85

Salmon Trout (Arripis trutta), W. 4 1b.

Jack Salmon (Arrigis trutte), Wo 1 to 8 Ib.

Snapper (Pagrosomus auratus), W.4 to 17 1b., av. 8 to 9 1b,

The fresh-water fish, excepting the eels, are mostly small, Some evidently

formed an important article of diet at certain times. Thus G, French Angas near

Rivoli Bay on May 2, 1844 (p. 155), came on some swamps where ‘‘the natives

had built weirs of mud, like a dam wall, extending across from side to side, for

the purpose of taking very small mucilaginous fiehes that abound in the water

when these swainps are flooded’’. Mr. H. M. Hale first thought that these muci-

laginous fishes were probably lampreys. This seems unlikely as the records of

when lampreys have been taken in fresh-water streams in South Australia do not

include the month of May. Later (p. 174) near Lake Frome, Angas’s party came

upon a camp of the natives, where on ‘‘one fire were frying a quantity of yery

small mucilaginous fishes, which the natives catch in weirs upon the swamps and

in the shallow waters of Lake Frome’’,

Fishes, Mr, D, Schulz’s notes state, were sometimes caught in the fresh-

water swamps by building mud banks to form ‘‘traps’’ into which the fish were

driven. This has also been mentioned by Angas,

The Rev. J. H, Tenison Woods in Geological. Observations in South Austrakia

1862 (p. 50) mentions emall fish called ‘‘Lap-lap,’’ never more than 2 inches

long that. the natives seem to be fond of.

Tn order to ascertain to what species the small mucilaginous fishes might

belong, Mr, D. Schulz, of Rendlesham, kindly collected examples of the fresh-

water fishes from the drain at, Narrow Neck, near Rendlesham, and these com-

prised the following species. The weights of the examples are given.

Cherax destructor Clark (17 grms. and 11 grms.).

Pseudaphritis urvillid (190 girms.).

Gadapsis marmoratus (45 grms,).

Galaxias attenuatus (12 grms.),

Nannoperca australis (1 grm,),

CRUSTACEANS.

The large Salt-water Crayfish (Jasus lalandti) can be obtained in great

abundance under the ledges of rocks on the reefs of this coastline, It must haye

formed an important and easily procurable source of food, The ease with which

the exoskeleton can disintegrate may explain why none of these was ever noticed

on the old camp sites. Mrs, Smith gives the names Kell-r and Ngum-ato for the

Salt-water Crayfish. The lengths aud weights of some of the Salt-water Crayfish

obtained during our stay were as follows: 84 in. (9 oz.), 10 im. (1 Jb.) 18 in,

(7 1b.) ; we were informed that one had been obtained which weighed 9 lb.

The Yabbie or Fresh-water Crayfish (Parachueraps bicarinatus) was known

as Konkro, according to Mrs. Smith. A specimen taken in the Tiorrens gave a

live weight of 14-7 gris. and waa 80 mm. (more than 3 in.) from tip of snout

to tip of tail,

A large crab collected during our stay proved to be Plagusia chaleus which

oceurs on all the exposed coasts of South Australia and is known to be palatable

as food. The Sand Crab (Ovalipes bipustulatus) and the big Reef Crab (Ozius

truncatus) prabably occur. The big Blue Crab (Portunus pelagicns) has not

been recorded. The Shrimps (Leander serenus and L. intermedius) would be

found in pools amongst rocks,

436 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Insects.

The Red Gum Ghost Moth (Trictena argentata). According to an article

in Wild Life (Vol, 6, No, 3, p. 90, 1944), natives used both the grubs and the

adult moths of this inseet, The moths at night were attracted by the light and

fell into the fire and there were partly roasted. G. French Angas in describing! the

natives of South Australia (p, 83) says that ‘they are especially fond of the cster-

pillar of a large species of moth; which, like the Cossus of the Romans, is regarded

as ai delicacy: it is a fleshy grub, of a cream colowr, about three or four in. long,

and is found in the decaying wood of the Hucalyptus. The natives are very expert

in discovering the retreats of these Insects, and draw them out by inserting into

their holes a thin twig, at the end of which a wooden hook is attached; this instru-

ment is worn behind the ear of the men, and is called pileyah, or pirri™’.

The Banksia Longicorn (Mnemopulis edulis). The fat cream larva of this

brown longicorn beetle found in the wood of Banksia marginata was.a favourite

food of the blacks, according to an article in Wild Lafe, Vol. 6, No, 1, 1944, p. 6,

Both of these trees graw in the Sauth-Hast, the Banksia over the whole of

the distriet of the Buandik Tribe, but. the Red Gums in the flat country of the

eastern part of the range of the tribe.

Aquatic Beetles. G, French Angas notes that at a native campfire near

Lake Frome the natives had been roasting aquatic beetles which he says, ‘‘here

formed an article of food amongst these miserable ereatures’’,

Begs of ants. Mrs, Smith says that Purter was the name given to a white

ant’s egg (really larva). The tse of 4 native name for this white ant larva sug-

geste that it was eaten.

The native stingless bee does not occur in this region, so honeycomb was not.

available,

The Sugar-lerp Insect, Spendylaspis encalyptr. The sweet waxy secretion of

this.insect belonging to the Psyllidae was collected and eaten by the natives prob-

ably wherever it oceirred, The Manna Gum, Hucolyptus viminalis, derives its

vernacular name from its being a host of the Sugar-lerp inseet, Both this eucalypt

and the insect occur in the Sonth-Hast,

Mou.usca (Shell-Fish).

On the camp sites near the coast of Cape Buffon and from Cape Banks to

nine miles south-east the shells of Turbo undulatus Solander are yery abindant,

As it is now nearly a hundred years since aboriginals are likely to have used these

for food, it is clear that the shells that are now ta be found may represent the

accumulations over a period of many years at one particular level. Moreover, as

drifting sand may bury the shells, superimposed layers may have existed and then

the shells of the different ages may have been brought together later when the

sand blew away. However, at any one midden, the shells seemed uniformly

weathered in appearance. These shells have portion of the outer lip broken sway

te such an extent as might have exposed the retracted operculum after the shell

had been cooked im hot ashes. Many shells have a large window knocked in the

largest whorl. Some shélls are practically quite intact, and shell fragmenta alsa

exist. Mr, B. C. Cotton is of the opinion that the large windows are such as

might occur if the shells had been dropped on a hard surface or alternatively hit. by

a stone, He suggests that the natives in extracting a shell-fish for food would

probably break the shell into fragments and pick the cooked. fish ont of these,

Tr seems quite likely that some of the fine stone points collected in abundance on

these camp sites may have been used by the natives to extract she cooked shellfish

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 487

either after breaking the rim or by making the window. [The Turbo shells in

some places preponderatingly shawed the window and in other places the breaking

of the outer ip. Both may coexist, The shells seem now not to be present in

great numbers on the reefs, though livitig specimens can probably be easily

secured. It seems doubtful whether they conld have formed an important item

in the food supply of the natives if the shells were no more abundant in their day

than now. It bas been suggested that the natives feeding upon these may have

led to a great depletion in their numbers which has persisted to the present day.

Next. to the Turbos, probably the most abundant shells were on common

true Limpet Cellana tramoserica Sowerby and the coarsely-ribbed limpet-like:

Patelloids alticostata Angas, both of which shells are still common on the rocks,

while on some camp sites near long sandy shorelines, bivalves were prominent,

especially Plebidonaw deltoides. A few shells were found of Fasciolarta australasia

Perry with large windows on the convexity. A few shells were also noticed of

Neothais textiliosa Lamarck without windows having been made in them,

The little black Nenta melanotragus Smith was found occasionally in heaps,

sometimes with marke of fre, the shells being mostly broken in two. Only iwo

or three Oyster shells Osfvea senvata Lamarck (— 0. angasi) were found. There

were a, few small mussel shells (Bruchyodontes erosus Lamarck). Near Black-

fellows’ Caves 4 few nacreous common sand cockles Katelysia scalarine Lamarek

were found. These were under a layer of more sandy soil in which were embedded

a few fresh-water shells (Bulhinus?), This layer was several feet thick, the upper

surface forming the platform which was on a level with the kitehen middens con-

taining the Turbos.

Near Cape Banks particularly, 2 number of large mutton-fish shells were

found amongst the Turbos. Thess belong to two species, Schismotes laevigata

Donovan (= H. albicans Quoy and Gaimard), a smooth-surfaced shell up to § in.

in length by 6 in, and with an animal weight of 8 oz., and Notohaliotis canicopera

Peron, with raised bars on the outside and up to 5 in. in length by 4 in, and an

estimated weight of the contained animal of 4 oz,

These Mutton-fish shells were mostly intact, and presumably from their

numbers the living animals were collected for food. Unless taken by surprise,

the mutton-fish shell adheres with remarkable tenacity to its attachment and

would require a ereat force to remove it. If taken unawares, it can be prised

off by a snitable implement of blade-like form. Stones of the required thinness

and shape to do this would be difficult to find and would probably break. Ordinary

sticks would be unsuitable and not strong enough. An implement like a digging

stick of bard wood with a bevelled end hardened in the fire might be successfal—

by analogy with the Mulga (Acacia aneura) digging sticks of the interior, the

wood of an acacia such as the Blackwood (Acacia melanoxylon) or the Golden

Wattle (Acacia pycnantha) or perhaps Acdeia decurrens might have been strong

enough for the purpose.

G, French Angas states (p. 162) that. Haljotis shelle were used for carrying

water—presiimahly this would be the smooth-shelled species, as the ather speries

has natural orifices in the shell. He saw quantities of limpets and these large

Hatotis shells in 1844 around native wells near Rivoli Bay.

Tt. was noted that on camp sites near the top end of Lake Bonney, which is

near a long stretch of sandy coastline, shell remains were almost exclusively bi-

valves, especially Plebidonaz deltoides (including some extremely large examples),

with an absence of gastropod remains which are so wumerons om sites near the

rocky parts of the coastline, These bivalves are also found at the Beyilaqua’s Ford

site.

As Mrs. Smith gives a native name, kol-ong-kel, for the octopus, probably

tephalopods such as octopi and squids were eaten when they were secured,

488 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Ecuinopermata (Sea Eggs).

It is possible that Sea Eggs contributed occasionally to the diet. of the natives.

The relatively small species Amblypneustes pallidus Lamarck seems frequently

washed ashore—its diameter is about one to one and a half inches. Mr. B. C.

Cotton considers that A. grandis Clark, which is larger, may also occur there.

Heliocidaris armigera Agassiz also probably occurs in the South-Hast. It

approximates to the European edible urchin, and Mr. Cotton informs me is

eaten in great numbers by Pacific gulls.

I am indebted to Mr. B. C. Cotton for the following list of Mollusca and

Echinodermata that are likely to have been available as sources of food in the

South-East of South Australia.

PELECYPODA:

Any large bivalves.

Pinna dolabrata Lamarck—Razor Fish.

Ostrea sinuata Lamarck—Port Lincoln Oyster.

Hyridella australis Lamarck—Fresh water mussel.

Notovola alba Tate—Scollop.

Equichlamys bifrons Lamarek—Common Scollop.

Mytilus planulatus Lamarck—Large ‘‘Port Melbourne’’ Mussel (not plenti-

ful in South Australia).

Modiolus albicostus Lamarck—Common Mussel.

Modiolus areolatus Gould—Common Hairy Mussel.

Brachyodontes erosus Lamarck—Common Ribbed Mussel.

Laternula recta Reeve—Soft Clam.

Eucrassatella verconis Iredale—Giant Cockle (used also as scraper and

chopper).

Cardium racketti Donovan—Heart Cockle.

Katelysia scalarina Lamarck—Sand Cockle.

Katelysia peroni Lamarck—Mud Cockle.

Plebidonax deltoides Lamarck—Goolwa Cockle.

Mactra pura Deshayes—White Cockle.

Mactra australis Lamarck—Southern Cockle.

Mactra rufescens Lamarck—Rufous Cockle.

Gastropopa. Wa-port, Mutton Fish, Shell-fish.

Marinauris emmae Reeve—Mutton Fish.

Schismotes laevigata. Donovan—Mutton Fish.

Notohaliotis improbula Iredale—Mutton Fish.

Notohaliotis conicopora Peron—Mutton Fish.

Exohaliotis cyclobates Peron—Mutton Fish.

Cellana tramoserica Sowerby—Common Limpet.

Subninella undulatus Solander—Common Warrener.

Ninella torquatus Gmelin—Large Warrener.

Nerita melanotragus Smith—Black Crow.

Notopala hanleyi Frauenfeld—Freshwater Snail.

Uber conicum Lamarck Sand Snail.

Neothais textiliosa Lamareck—Dog Whelk.

Austrosipho grandis Gray—Large Whelk.

Fasciolaria australasia Perry—Common Whelk.

ABORIGINES OF THESSOUTH-EasT oF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 489

HCHINODERMATA ;

Adelcidaris tubaria Lamarck—Rough Spined Urchin,

Amblypmoustes pallidus Lamarck—Pale Urchin.

Amblypneustes ovum Lamarck—Small Urchin,

Heliocidaris armigera Agassiz—Common Large Urchin (very like edible

European in size and shape)-

Tue VecerAs.e Foops of THE AsBoricInEs.

The extensive drainage system and subsequent pastoral and agricn/tural

activities haye markedly affected the indigenous vegetation; but even present-day

observation reveals various sources of possible food supplies which the aboriginal

no doubt utilized. These species are, of course, now restricted more to the scarcely

used range and coastal strips of the country.

The following list comprises food plnats recorded as being present during

our recent abservations together with reference to their use in the literature, It

will be seen that the foods of vegetable origin are few in number and, with some

exceptions, not abundant. The only really abundant vegetable foods were the pig-

face fruits, muntries, native ‘‘currants’’, and the roots of the bulrugh,

Feuits: Mistletoe berries were probably all edible. Three species were noted,

namely Loranthus pendulus, growing on Stringy-bark (Hucalyptus obliqua) on

the ranges; DL. preissu, growing on Blackwood (Acacta mélanoxylon) ; and Phrygi-

lanthus euoalyptifolius growing on Striugy-bark, Blackwood and Natiye Cherry

(Hxocarpus cupressiformis), The fleshy pedicels of the fruits of the Native Cherry

are themselves edible but so amall ag to seem scarcely worth eating, The trees are

not now very abundant. This is presumably the ‘‘tar-ang, a cherry” of Mrs. Smith,

Pig-face, the ‘‘ Hottentot Fig’’ of G. F, Angas, a Mesembryanthemum (Car.

pobrotus aequilaterus)—keeng-a, pigface (a plant)—probably is the native fig

referred to by Mrs. James Smith (p. 43) when she notes that in 1846 a young

man from MacFarlane’s Station, Mount MeIntyre, walking to Guichen Bay was

helped by 4 native who, ‘‘guided him to the natives’ track, which was easier walk.

ing than through the scrub’’, and ‘‘gathered native figs for him when the damper

was finished’’,

Nitre-bush (Nitraria. schobert) sometimes called native plum. Black records

this species far the South-East but we did not come across it. Its fruits are edible

and as G, French Angas says (p. 56), referring to it on the Lower Murray, ‘'‘it

has a flavour partaking at once of salt, acid, and sugar’’,

Muntries (Kunzgea pomifera). Munter, a kind of native apple growing on

the sea-coast. These grow near the coast on sandy soil, the branches being pros-

trate; they sometimes cover several aquare yards of ground. The small fruits

are abundant and have an apple-like taste and texture. Mr. Schultz says the

fruits are ripe during February, March and April. G. French Angas (p. 65)

mentions that the natives of the Cooroug disperse themselves over the sand-hills

in search of the ‘‘monterries’’, returning im the evening, with their baskets filled,

to the samp. This shows that the source of food supply was abundant while it

lasted.

Native ‘‘Ourrants’’ (Leucopogen parviflorus). Neoor-le, the white currant

bush. These bushes are abundant on the coastal sand-hills of the Woakwines and

the Belt from February to the end of April. They have abundant small, white,

currant-like fruits and must have supplied quite a considerable amount of food

when available, though there seems no reference to them in Literaturs,

490 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

_ Fruits of Astroloma humifusum, a prostrate Epserid, sometimes called

**Native Cranberry’’ were doubtless eaten.

Kangaroo Apple (Solanum aviculare). Me-a-kec, the kangaroo apple bush.

Baron von Mueller according to Bentham (Flora Australiensis, IV, p. 447), stated

that the berry is ovoid, yellow and inedible but that 9. vescwm (Bentham puta it

under 8. aviculare) has edible globular greenish berries, Bentham says that in

New Zealand 9, avievlare has yellaw ovoid edible berries. There seems to be

some doubt as to whether this species which is abundant was eaten in the South-

met) though a native name for it issuggestive. It fruits from January to the end

of May.

Bittersweet (8, wigrum). This species is considered an indigenous one and

possibly its small fruits were eaten.

Native Elder (Sambucus gaudichaudiana). The berries ate edible, Bil-

lordiera cymosa, According to the editor of Wild Life (Vol. 7, No. 8, Aug., 1945,

p. 226) the fruits of B. scandens are caten by small boys when not too ripe and

dry—taste not unpleasant, with an acid tang not unmindful of apples, The simi-

lar fruits of B. cymosa may therefore have been eaten, Possibly these are the

ngurp of Mrs, Smith—native apples that grow on the coast,

Rubus parvifolius. We found the small fruits of the Native Raspberry so

dry as not te be worth eating.

Serps: Mrs, Smith refers ta Candaart seed. We have been unable to ascer-

tain what this was uuless it was an Acaeia seed. Acacia longifolia var, Sophorae

is very abundant on the coastal sand-bills and as far inland as the Belt. Danbt-

less its seeds were collected, ground and eaten and perhaps those of Golden Wattle

(A, pyenantha). Nal-a-wort, the broad-leaved Wattle, probably refers to the

latter species rather than the former,

Gum; The Golden Wattle and other Acacias provided an abundance of

slightly sweet gum. Mrs, James Smith mentions ‘‘a basket full of wattle gum’’.

Roors ano Tusers; The Bulrush (Typha angustifolia) —mir-nat, a bulrush

—is abundant in watery sitnations and the roots were gathered, G. French Angas

refers to ita use on the lower Murray (pp. 64 and 59) and near Lake Alexandrina

(p. 59) where he noticed a piccaninny on its mother’s hack chewing the favourite

bulrnush root, 4 large net of which was suspended from its mother’s shoulders,

Tt was tooked, he says, upon a heap of limestone with wood laid over the top

and then fire applied. Roots were placed ou the stones, another layer of hot stones

put over them and wet grass used to create steam and then a mound of sand formed

over the oven. A bulrush root was estimated by Miss J. Cleland to contain 20 per

cent, of starch,

Tubers of Trigiochm procera. This plant is common in water, has long strap-

like leaves and edible swollen roots,

Rhizomes of the Bracken Fern (Pteridium aquilinum). These are roasted

and eaten in some parts of Australia and probably were so by the Buandik, as is

suggested. by its having 4 native name ‘‘maa-aa, the fern root’’, This native word

appears in the name of Glen’s Station “‘ Mayurra’’* and the district Hundred near

Millicent.

Tubers of Scirpus maritinius, This sedge haa edible tubers on its roots. The

species doubtless occurs in the South-Hast, though we did not eome upon examples

of it. The hard tubers of this plant from, Hneounter Bay were estimated by Miss

J, Cleland to contain 25 per tent, of starch,

2'The vocabulary in Mra. Smith’s book gives ‘‘Maayera—Mr. Glen's station (literally,

forn straw)?’ Unpublished manuscripty of the late Duncan Stewart contain the following;

‘“Mua-yera—Werny land’? and ‘'Mayura = Meayera; fern strawa’’,

ABORIGINES OF THE SauTH-East OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 49]

Tuberous roots of Oxalis cornicwlatus. This small native sorrel has swollen

roots which ure edible, G@. FW. Angas (I, p. 85) im his general account of the

natives of South Australia states that the women ‘‘dig various roots, particularly

those of the sorrel (Oxelis), and smaller species of Xantharuea (Xanthorrhgeu),

or grass tree; for which purpose they ose a stout pointed stick, about. five feet

long, called a ‘katta"”,

Leaves: The bases of the leaves of the Sword-rush (Lepidosperma giadia-

tune) and of the Graas-tree (Xonthorrhuea australis) were chewed, perhaps after

cooking, Ifa form of Sonchus vsper found in swampy country in the South-East

is an indigenous species, as it may be, doubtless its leaves were eaten.

Native Stinging Nettle (Urtica incisa). This is common in the swamps and

G. French Angas (I, p. 54) records that it was eaten on the Lower Murray in

times of gcareity, being baked between hot stones. It may also have been eaten in

the South-East.

Honey rrom Fiowers: G. French Angas [(p. 149) in 1844, near Lacepede

Bay noted ‘heaps of the melliferous cones of the bankeia lying round the deserted

wurlies of the natives and stated that the natives steeped the cones in water which

extracted the honey and provided a sweet beverage. Honey could also be obtained

from the flowers of the Grass-tree (Xanthorrhoea australis).

Large grabs in trees (as mentioned under ‘‘ Insect Poods’'), The Red Gum

(Eucalyptus restrata)—tart-pen-a, the red gum—and the native honey suckle

(Barksia maryinata)—wroit, the honeysuckle—were both infested with large

white grubs which the natives ate. The Sugar-lerp insect producing ‘‘manna"’

on Lucalyptus viminalis is mentioned under ‘‘ Insect Foods'’,

Other native names for plants given by Mrs. Smith comprise: Boo-tho, grass.

Bo, an eatable root. Mar-o-ngrie and Moor-na, edible roots, Boon-er-doir, 4

mallge-waod spear (probably from Bucalyptus diversifolia). We-re-o-dir, a tea-

tree spear (probably from the swamp tea-trec, Leptospermum pubescens). Boo-

in-kool, a reed necklace. Karra, the fern-leaved wattle (Acacia decurrens).

Mooth-a, the blackwood tree (A. melanoxylon). Koora, the tea-tree (Melaleuca or

Leptospermum). Kirp, the boxwood (probably Burseria spinosa). Ngir, sheoak,

easuarina (Casuarina stricta). M’raa, the stringy-bark tree (Hucalyplus obliqua

and perhaps the rather similar H. baxteri), Negir-aa-da, the white gum-tree (pre-

sumably B. leucoxylomw). Kel-la-or, lamoewoord (presumably a tree from which

speare were made, but the species cannot be suggested unless it is H. diwersifolia,

mentioned above), Mal-a, a swamp weed (identification not possible), Ngurp.

native apples that grow on the coast (as munter has already been identified as

Kunzea pomifera and we know of uo other apple-lke fruit on the coast, except

possibly that of Billardiora cymosa), we are at a loss to lnow to what. this name

applies unless it is an alternative name for mnnter, one or other of these names

having been dropped for some time on aceount of the death of someone who bore

such & name,

Baron yon Mueller (Brough Smyth, [, p. 212) has supplied a list of vegetable

substances commonly eaten by the natives of Victoria, As many of these occur

also in South Australia, and the Sonth-Kast is adjacent to Victoria, the following

mostly additional sourees of vegetable foods available in this State may he in-

ferred : The tubers of numerous terrestrial orchids; the roots of various Liligceaous

plants, eg., Tkysanotus patersonit R. By., 7. duberosus BR. Br., Burchardia wia-

bellate KR. Br, Anguillarwa dioica R, Br., Caesin wittala BR, Br, and Bulbine hidbesa

(R. Br.) Haw; the tuberous roots of Geranium pilosum Forst., of the sedge Seir-

pus martinis L, and of the bulrash Typha angustifolia L,; the young shoota.

hages of the leaves and young flower-stalk and spike of the grass-tree Yanthorrhaca

australis (and probably X. semiplana KR, Br.) ; leaves of Nasturtium terrestre

492 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

(Leyss,) DC. (which grows in the swamps of the Murray), and of several species

of Cardamine and Lepidinwm, for cress; the mucilaginous seeds of the native flax

Linum. marginale A. Cunn, ; leaves of the cloyer-sorrel Oxalis cornioulata L.; the

gum of Acacia decurrens Willd, var. mollis Lindl. as well as of the Golden Wattle;

the berries of the Native Elder Sembycus gaudichaudiona DC. (recorded in South

Australia from the Glenelg River to Beachport) ; ihe sweet flowers of several spe-

cies of Lomondra (Xerotes) ; and the large sclerctium of Polyporus mylittae dug

out of the ground and known as Native Bread.

Deraices Notes on THE VEGETATION OF THE Camp SITE AREAS

INVESTIGATED.

Cape Burvon Srre—The coastal sqand-dunes. are probably little altered in

spite of the laying out of Grey-town at Cape Buffon which never materialized. To-

day there is an abundanea of hushes of Acacia longifolia (yielding seeds for

grinding) and of Leuicopogon parviflorus (with edible white fruits) with in shel-

tered places large-fruited Eucalyptus loucorylon and Black Tea-tree (Melaleuca

pubescens). Spinifex hirsutus, as then, runs over the shifting sand and helps to

bind it. On the banks overlooking the sendy bay the native Sonchus megaloce-

phalus spreads ont its roots and may bave furnished edible leaves. Sea-rocket

(Cakile maritima), now on the strand, Mr, J, M. Black considers an introduced

plant. The spreading and rooting prostrate muntries (Hunzem pomitfera), not

anly help to bind the sand but produce here unusually large edible fruits with a

atrong apple flavour. There are various other maritime shrubs such as Olearia

azularis and Scaevola calendulecea and the growth im general is one of deuse

shrubby vegetation immediately behind the beach.

Lars Fromr Sire. In spite of periodie bush-fires and recently the drying

effects of the cutting of drains, the vegetation between the coastal dunes and the

Woakwines is probably little changed. The sandy sites are, in places where still

stable, covered with a thick growth of Black Tea-tree (Melaleuca pubescens) up

which often climbed Tetragonia tnplecicoma or Muehlenbechia. adpressa and

thare were occasional plants of Rhagodia haccate and other wndershrubs and quite

often large plants of Kangaroo Apple (Solanum. aviculare) with edible (1) fruits.

The low-lyihg land now drained is at present and probably was then covered

with colonies of sedges (Clodium juncewm and Cladiwm glomeratwm), of the

cutting grasses Gahma psittacorun: (near deeper water) and G, trifida, of rushes

(Jencus maritimus var, australiensts), of bulvushes (Typha) and of Swamp Tea-

tree (Leptospermum pubescens) near water. In the water grew in places T'rigio-

chin procera with long strap-like leaves and edible roots. Tn summer when the

swamps were partly dry a close sward was (and is) composed of Selliera radicans,

Hoalorrhagis brownit, Aydroestyle (2 species) and other prostrate or minute

plants. Beside permanent water, the soft ewamp Tea-tree Lepfospermum pubes-

cens is still to be found and probably was much more extensive before the draining.

The site inspected in this area consists of low sandhills ,about 16 feet high and

drifting, with many shell-strewn camp sites expoeed (A), surrounded at a level

just above that of the surrounding swampy plain by a dense belt of serub (B)

a hundred yards or less in extent, which passes af once into the open flat ground

(C), swampy always in winter and even now though drained showing patches of

water (L. Frome) m summer.

A, The yegetation on the sandhills where drift has not disturbed it consists of

extensive bushes of Acdcta longifolia (with abundant seeds tending ta remain

attached in the pods), Leweopagon parviflorns (Native Currant, small white

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST oF SoUTH AUSTRALIA 493

edible fruits much eaten by birds aid mammals), Acacia pijanantha (Golden

Wattle), Melaleuca pubescens (Black Tea-Tree), and Olearia agillarts,

Fairly numerous undershrubs were the prostrate Acaena Sanguis-orbae, the

pea Nwainsone lessertufolka and the tussocky sedges Scirpus nodosus and

Lepudosperma gladiatum, Other occasional small trees, shrubs, undershrubs

and herbs were: Grasses (Poa and Danthonia), Dianella, Casuarina siricta,

Rhagodia baccata, Samolus repens, Erythraca centaurium, Sebaca ovata, the

ereeping arid rooting Selliera radicans, Solanum aviculare, Evrachtites prenan-

thoides, Senacra lautus, Helichrysum ferrugineum and H. cinerewm. Intro-

duced planta were; Marram Grass (planted), Red Pimpernel, Sonchus olera-

ceus (Sow-Thistie), 8. asper (perhaps native), and Hypachoeris (Cat’s-ear).

The plants producing possible food for man consist of ; Acacia longifolia

and perhaps A. pycnantha—seeds for grinding. Solanum amorlare and

Leucopegon perviforus—fruits. The bases of the leaves of Lepidesperma

gladictum.

The carmine-coloured berries of Rhagodia baccata, staining the fingers

pinkish-red, a plant abundant near the seashore as at OC. Buffon on Rivoli Bay,

may have been the plant that was used hy (he native girls further north to

eolour theit cheeks red as mentioned by G. F. Angas,

B. The belt of dense sernb, This isso dense that one can make one’s way through

it only with considerable difficulty. In places the moving sand forms an

almost yertical wall some 8 or 10 feet high from which one can look down

on the dense matt of shrubs. The principal shrubs and small trees are:

Swamp Leptospermum (0, pubescens), Black Tea-tree (Melaleuca pubes-

cens), Solanum. avieulare, the trailing Muehlenbechia adpressw, Tetragonia

imnlexicoma (a trailer, sometimes hanging im festoons from the trees) and

Melaleuca squarrasa. In addition, the following were scattered through this

helt: The creeping Selliera radicans in open spaces, Gahnia trifda (Cutting-

Grass), Rhagodi baccata, Urtica incisa (Native Nettle), Rumex (introduced

Dock), the parasitic creeper Cassyltha pubescens (fruits eaten), the climbing

Comesperma. volubitle, Adriana Klotzschti, Hibbertia billardiert, Dpilobium,

Apum australe, Hydrocotyle hirta? (forming a matt on swampy ground),

Menthe pulegium (introduced), Red Pimpernel (introduced), Samolus

repens, Solanum nigrum (Bittersweet, fruits perhaps eaten), Verbuscum vir-

gatum (introduced), Helichrysum ferrugyneum, Cassinia apectabilis, Hyps-

choeris radicata (introduced), Black Thistle (Cirsium lancecletum), Sonchus

asper (the form with long marrow leaves, perhaps a nativye—Angas men-

tious finding Sow-Thistles here in 1844) with edible, not bitter leaves.

C. The flat swampy land now mostly drained. In places round the edge wes

a matt of small umbellifer, Hydrocotyle tripartite, with divided leaves, H.

plebéja and Sellera vadicans. Large patches of vegetation were formed

of Cladium juncewnr,

Amongst the lowly mati plants were scattered Holorrhagis brownii, Samo-

lus repens, Lobelia anceps, Triglochin striata, Epilobium glabellum and the grass

Agrostis avenacea. There were large elumps of the Cutting Grass Gohnia trifida

and a good deal of the tall rush Juncus marttimus var, australiensis. As one

approached the bare patches where water lay in winter, a sedge (Claudiu glomera-

tuo), eighteen inches or sc high, oceupied the surface to the exclusion o: almost

all else, though coarse tufts of the introduced New Zealand Peseue were quite com-

mon and Bulrushes (Typha angusttfolia) formed colonies and between these

occasional plants of Apium australe, of the grass Polypogon monspeliensis, of the

introduced Cat’s-ear (Hypochoeris radicata), of a Samphire, of the grass Szuro-

494 Recokbs oF THE S.A. MUSEUM

bolus virgimicus, of a small Scirpus and of the Billy-button (Cotula coronopifolia}

were noted.

In swampy land elsewhere, as at the Narvaw Neck, Triglockin procera was noted,

a swampy plant with edible roots, and where water was more permanent the big

Cutting Grass (Gehma psitincorunt).

Of the above marsh plants, the only ones that are likely to have provided 4

food supply are the Bulrush whose roots are said to have been eaten and Triglo-

ohin. procera which furnished edible roots. It is possible that the Native Celery

(Apiwm australe) may haye been used.

Tae Beir Site, The site, once nearly surrounded by swamps, at least) in

winter, consists of hillocks of nearly white sand about 15 feet high running into

each other to form a sandy ridge, and weathering to expose lumps and miniature

‘ranges’? (a few yards long and a foot or so high) of travertine limestone on top

of the dune rock. The sandy hillocks are now covered with abundant bracken

(Pteridium aquilinum), blady grass (Imperata cylindrica var.) being interspersed

in places, Rising from this are occasional shrubs or small trees of Banksia mar-

ginate, Golden Wattle (Acacia pycnantha), Blackwood (A. melanoxylon) and

here and there Sheoaks (Casuarina stricta), Myoporwm imsulare (Juniper-bush)

and Bursaria, Amongst the bracken Carpobrotus cequilaterus (Pig-face),

Swainsona lessertiifolia, the sedge Scirpus nodesus, Ereckthites quadridentata and

4eaena Somowis-orboe are undershrubs, Taller shrubs are Solanwm awiculare,

Acacia lorytfolia, Dodonaea viscosa, Lewcopogon parviflorus and Lanthorrhoea

australis, The latter protects the surface soil for a while so that it remains on

pedestals as it were in the denuding zone. Other herbs and undershrubs are

Oxalis corniculata, Senceio lautus, Hrechthites quadridentata, Danthonia sp.

(Wallaby Grass), Themeda australis (Kangaroo Grass), Agrostis avenacea

(Blown Grase), Junious pallidus (Pale Rush), Dianella, Rumex brownit, Cyno-

glossum australe and Solanum mgrian.

Introduced species consist of : Lagurus ovatus, Briza minor, Box-thorn, Rumex

Acetosalla, Red Pimpernel, Verbascum virgatum, Inula graveolens (Stinkwort),

Cirsium lanceolatum: (Black Thistle), Sonchus asper (Prickly Sow-Thistle) and

Hypovhoeris (Cat’s-ear).

A quarter-mile to the east of the site, the trees become denser and taller with

many tall Golden Wattles, and Banksias and some large Blackwoods as well as

Stringy-bark (Hue. baxter’), Here there is a dense undergrowth of Bracken.

Other plants found here are Lomandra longifolia, Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Ken-

nedya prostrata, Hibbertia sericea and Olearia axillaris.

The following are possible food-plants: Xanthorrhoea and Banksia—honey

from flowers. Carpobrotus (Mesembrianthemum) aequilaterus, Leucopogom

parisfiorns, Solanum avticulare and §.wgrum—truits. Acacia longifolia and per-

haps A. pyonantha—seeds for grinding, Oxalis cormioulata—rosts. Xantherr-

koea—bases of leaves. Banksia—harbours edible grubs. Golden Wattle—gum-

Woarwine Range Srres. Srres, Wx. 9,10, 11, 12,13. The Woakwine Range

in the neighbourhood of Rendlesbam is poorly covered with vegetation which con-

sists of scattered Black Tea-trees (Melaleuca pubescens) with occasional She-

oaks, Xanthorrhoeas, and shrubs of Acacia longifolia, A. pycnantha, the Kanga-

roo Apple (Selenum arvioulare) and Native Box (Bursarta spinosa). North of

Beachport, a mallee (Eucalyptus diversifolia) grows extensively.

Woaxwrne Stations Sire (Wx. 8). This site in the inland side of the Woak-

wine Range presented a bave appearance with areas of drifting sand exposing ald

cainp sites and only scattered Black Tea-trees (Melalewee pubescens) with ocea-

sional Sheoaks (Casuarina strictu), a few Encalypts in patches, and odd Grass-

trees (Xantharrhova australis), Wattles (Acacia longifola and A. pycnantha),

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 495

Blackwoods (Acacia melanoxylon), Kangaroo Apples (Solanum aviculare), and

Native Box (Byrsaria spinosu), Somect the roots of the Black Tea-trees, exposed

by the sand-drift, ran out horizontally for 25 feet at least. A few smaller plants

were noted such as some Bracken (Ptertidinm aqutlinum), Brechthites prenan-

thoides, Senecio luutus, Acoena Singuis-orbae (a burr), Goodta lotifelia (one

pant), an introduced Mignonette (Reseda luieola) and the introduced Red Pim-

pernel,

Respy Cerse Sirps (RC.1,2and 3). The Reedy Creek Range, as seen near

Furner, presents a still more fertile or perhaps mature and certainly older eon-

dition of ths consolidated dunes, In places it appears as open serub with Pink

Guns (Pucalyptus fascicalosa), Stringy-barks, Acaciag and other shrubs, and in

other parts as more open country with two dwart species of Casuarina (C, palu-

dosa aud C, mwellerzana), low Hakeas, Isopegon. cerotophyllis, Darwinia méoro-

petale and heath-like plants.

Anza Berwren tHE WoaKWINE Rance anp THE Mr, Burr-My. Momapap-

Reepy Crerk Ranek System. The fiat country between the Woakwines and the

Reedy Creek Range-Mt. Graham—Mt. Muirhead (the Millicent and Hather-

leigh flats) has long been drained and its vegetation profoundly altered. Early

desoriptions of it show that in winter much was under water and that in sommer

it became in parts at least dry. The vegetation originally probably resembled

that at present round Lake Frome on the west of the Woakwines. Tussocks of

the Cutting Grass Gahmia trifida were sure to be abundant, the larger Cutting

Grass (G, psittacorwm) with nearly black rather drooping flowering branches,

broad serrated leaves aud reddish nuts being confined to place where the water

was more permanent, Hers also would grow the silky Tea-tree (Leptospermum

pubescens), Bulrushes and Triglochin procera. Sedges (Cladium, Lepidosperma

and Chorizandra), and Rushes (Juncus maritimus var. oustraliensis and J. palle

dus) formed colonies often very extensive, and low mat-like plants, as detailed

previously, must have covered the ground in places when the waters receded.

VHGETATION IN THE Care Bangs-Buackrettows Caves Arma. With the

axtensive draining of the low-lying swampy portions of this area aud the clear.

ing of the drained land and of the adjacent ridges, the appearance of the country

has heen profounly altered since Kuropean oseupation. Near Cape Banks, how-

ever, and close to the south end of Lake Bonney and again close to Blackfellows

Caves some patches of very dense scrub still remain, through which meander

shallow watercourses not yet effectively drained, The undergrowth is xo dese

that it is difficult to make one’s way through it, unless along a cleared track, In

this vegetation, the Red Mite (Yrombiculxm samboni Womersley) is now abun-

dant and readily attaches itself to amyone lingering amongst the thick) under-

growth. Introduced rabbits feed round the edges and many of these haye mites in

their ears, xn area to which they seem to make, The rabbit has evidently heew re-

sponsible for a great increase in this pest. It is likely that during the native oocu-

pation they were much less numerous, as marsupial and rodent hosts were pro-

bably far fewer than the rabbits are now.

The trees in this dense scrub consist chiefly of Stringy-bark (Hucalyptus ob-

lique) with Blackwood (Acacu melanorylon) and occasional Native Cherries

(Execarpus cupresstformis) sand Swamp Gum (Hucalyptus ovata) and shrubs

such as Silky Tea-tree (Leptospermum pubescens), Black Tea-tree (Melalewse

pubescens), Melalewea squarrosa and smaller shrubs and undergrowth, In the

swampy patches, the fern Blechnum capense may be found with Cutting Grass

(Gahnia trifida) and a tall slender form of the grass Agrostis evenaceg. On the

limestone rocks round the edge Grevillea iWicifalia trails over the ground and the

undershrubs Lasiopetalum and Pomdderris may be found

496 REcorDs OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The swamps that remain undrained have a vegetation similar to that de-

scribed for the Rivoli Bay area, with sedges a dominant factor. Round the sea

side of the south end of Lake Bonney the sedge (Cladinm glomeralum) is in almost

apure stand. Gahmia trifide is common, the very similar Cladiwum filum occurring

m tussocks on the drying drained parts. An interesting find some miles south of

Blackfellows Caves was an abundance of the Natrve Centaury (Erythraea aus-

tralis) in the moist ground round the edge of a swamp.

Miscettaneous BotrantcaL Norss,

Opramine Firp. ‘‘..,, If the natives by chance let their fire go out, they

ean readily get a light ont of the grass-tree by procuring two pieces of it, placing

one horizontally on the ground and meerting in a notch made in it the end of the

other and then twirling the latter rapidly between the palms of the hands. In

a short time the sticks will ignite, showing that it is still as capable of setting the

bush in a blaze as on the day of Mar” (legendary being). Mrs. Smith, p. 21.

Fommntations ror Spramvs. ‘‘ Hot, fomentations are very beneficial to them.

They are applied to sprains in this way: The patient heats a smooth stone, lays

a lot of herbs on it, and then lays the sore part of his limbs on the hot herbs. , , .

I have often seen women who were ill with rheumatism completely enveloped in

leaves. In any case when danger is anticipated, a fire is kindled in the middle of

their clod wurla, all kinds of green leaves are heaped on top sufficient to hear the

patient, sticks are laid across for him to lie on, a bottle of water is poured on the

fire. and the patient ig laid on this rude construction to have a good steaming.

Care is taken that be does not catch cold; and this operation generally succeeds

in curing him.’’ Mrs, Smith, p. 11.

Avunerve Gums Usen ey Natives. Lower Murray, Barbs of spears were

fixed an by resin from the pine that grows on sandy hills near the river, or by

grass-tree gum and sand, of which they forma kind of glue. G. F. Angas, Savage

Life and. Scenes in Australia ete, I, p, 93, 2nd Edition. The native pine (Calls

tris) does not grow in this area,

Puants as Torems. Mrs. Smith (p, x) records the following plants as beng

totems: Honeysuckle, blackwood, stringy-bark, tea-tree scrub, ‘‘Boorte moorna’’

(edible root), sheaoak.

Sorr Busunmsd ror BABIES TO BE WRAPPED IN on.To Limon, ‘A fine soft hush,

called ‘dinge’ was gathered in bandsful and placed round the fire in « circle to

dry. This served as baby clothes. A finer kind was gathered for a pillow, when

the baby conld sit on its mother’s back in. a. mat made of ‘nangroo’, a large, broad

grass (probably Spinifex hirsulus) which grows ou the sandy beach.’? Mrs. Smith,

p Sieerine on A Busty Samoa. ‘For purpose of safety at night whilst

taking rest he would make bis bed on the top of a bushy sheoak tree, This feat was

exhibited to me; and so cleverly was it done, that to the eye of a casual observer

it would not be discernible,’’ Mrs. Smith, p. 58.

Summary or Aporicinar Foops.

From the foregoing detailed account of possible food sources, the following

main points may be surimarized as being the most important:

Animal flesh. Kangaroo, Wallaby, Wombat, Opossum, Bandicoots.

Birds, Emu, Native Turkey, Native Companion, Black Swans, Ducks, Moor-

hens. and Water-hens.

Liggs of all the above.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 497

Fish. Small mucilaginous freshwater fish.

Crustaceans. Sea Crayfish.

Shellfish. Turbos, Limpets.

Fruits. Pig-face, muntries, native currants, kangaroo apple.

Seeds. From various acacias.

Gum. From the golden wattle and other acacias.

Roots, Bulrush.

Honey. From Banksia and Grass-tree flowers by infusion in water.

List of plants noted in the Millicent, Mt. Graham, Furner, Rendlesham, Rivoli

Bay South area (R.), C. Banks area (B.), and Port MacDonnell area (MacD,).8

The authors of the various species will be found in Black’s Flora of South Aus-

tralia, ,

If a species occurs in all three localities, no letters are appended. A star * in-

dicates an introduced species,

FInicaLrs: Pteridiwm aquilinum, Bracken; Blechnwm capense (B.).

LyooropIALes: Selaginella Preissiana (MacD.).

TYPHACEAE: Typha angustifolia, Bulrush,

POTAMOGETONACEAE: Zostera sp. (B.) ; Cymodocea antarctica (B.) ; Lepilaena Preissii (MacD.) ;

Posidonia australis (broad leaves) (B); Potamogeton tricarinatus (MacD.); P. ap. (MacD.).

SCHEUCHZERIACEAE: Triglochin striata; T, procera (R., MacD.).

GRAMINEAE: Imperata cylindrica var. major Ge MacD.) ; Hemiarthria compressa, Mat Grass

(R., B.); Themeda australis, Kangaroo Grass; Zoisia Matrella, flat near L. Frome (B.);

“Paspalum dilatatum (R.) ; “Stenotaphrum secundatum, Buffalo Grass (R., MacD.); Spini-

fex hirsutus, coast; Stipa teretifolia (R., C. Buffon, B.) ; St. semibarbata (B.); St. elatior

1(B.); *Oryzopsis miliacea, Rice Grass; Sporobolus virginicus (R., B.); Polypogon mon-

speliensis; Agrostis Billardiert (B., MacD.) and var. jilifolia (R., near Rendelsham) ;

A, avenacea (R., B.); *Ammophila arenaria, Marram Grass; *Lagurus ovatus, Hare’s-tail

Grass; “Aira caryophyllea, Silvery Hair-grass (B., MacD.); *Avena sp. (MacD.); *Holous

lanatus, Yorkshire Fog (B., MacD.); Danthonia sp. (R., MacD.); Phragmites vulgaris.

Common Reed; *Cynosurus echinatus, Rough Dog’s-tail (B.) ; “Koeleria phleoides (MacD.) ;

*Briza minor, Lesser Quaking-grass (R., MacD.); *Dactylis glomerata, Cock’s-foot Grass

(R., MacD.); Distichlis spicata (MacD.); Poa poaeformis, coast; *Poa annua, Annual

Meadow-grass (R.. MacD.); *Festuca elatior? (R.); *Vulpia bromoides, Squirrel-tail

Fescue (MacD.) ; *Scleropoa rigida; *Bromus catharcticus, Prairie Grass (R.); *B. rigidus,

Great Brome (MacD,) ; *B. mollis or hordeaceus (MacD.) ; *Cynodon dactylon, Couch Grass

(R., MacD.) ; *Loliwm perenne, Rye-grass (R.); *L. subulatum (MacD.); Lepturus incur-

vatus (MacD.) ; *Hordeum murinum, Barley-grass (R., MacD.).

CYPERACEAE: Schoenus apogon (MacD.) ; 8. tesquorwm (MaceD.) ; S. fluitans (MacD.) ; 8. Tepperi

apparently not in flower (R.); S. nitens (R., B.); 8. carset (MacD.); Scirpus fluitans,

forma approaching 8, productus (MacD,); 8. nodosus; 8. cernuus; 8. inumdatus (R., B.) ;

8. americanus (B., MacD.) ; Eleocharis acuta (B., MaeD.) ; Lepidosperma gladiatum, Sword

Rush; L. laterale; L. semiteres (B.); L. carphoides (R.); Cladium Mariscus (C. procerwm

8. T. Blake) (B., MacD.); C. jilwm (B.); C. artioulatum (MacD.); C. glomeratum (B.,

L. Bonney); C. Huttoni (R., near Rendlesham) ; CO. lawum (MacD., near Ewen’s Ponds) ;

C. juncewm (B., MacD.) ; Gahnia trifida, Cutting-grass; G. psittacorum (R., MacD.—8-mile

Oreek) ; Chorizandra enodis (R.); Carex appressa (MacD.); C. breviculmis (MacD.);

C. Gunniana (MacD.).

ARACEAE: *Zantedeschia aethiopica, Arum Lily (MacD.).

RESTIONACEAE: Leptocarpus ? (R., B.) ; Leptocarpus Brownit (MacD.).

8 This list of plants comprises those noted during our two visits and on a previous one to

Port: MacDonnell in October-November, 1941. On this list is based our assessment of the vege-

table sources of food. It cannot be considered as complete, especially as many ephemerals must

have escaped notice through not being in flower. But, except perhaps for the bulbs of orchids,

the omissions cannot have contributed to the food supply. Such a list can be serutinized by others

who may wish to check our survey. It is unlikely that any species of importance from a food

point of view has disappeared from this area. The list serves also as a locality record for the

species enumerated.

J.B. CLELAND.

49% RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

OSNWTROLEPIDACEAE ; Ceéntralepis. poluguna (B,, MacD.).

JucacEan; Jimous capitatus (MacD.); J. bufonius (R., MasD.); J. caespitictus % (Bj;

¥ id % (MacD.); J, maritinis yor, auetraliensis; JL pallidus; J. pauoiflorus (Bi,

acD,).

LingacrAn; Dianella revoluta; Reya wmbellata (H,, MacD,) ; Lomandra dura (B,) ; L, longifotia;

Thysenotus Patersonii (MacD.); Th, dichotomus (R.); Bulbine semidarbata (MacD.) ;

Dichopogon jimbriatus (MacD.); Xanthorrhoea australis (R., B.).

ORoHIDACKAR: Mivrotis unifolia (MacD.) ; Hrioohilus oucullatus (B.) ; Caladéenia cammea (MacD,).

CasmarivAcian: Casuarina etricta, Bhe-oak; 0. Muelleriana (B,); 0, paludosa (R.)-

URTICACEAE: Parietaria debits (B., MacD.); Urtica urene (B., MacD.); 0. insisa.

Prorescean; Isopogon oeratophyllue (R.) ; Hakea nodosa (MacD.) ; #, rostrata (B,) ; A, rugosa

(B.); Banksia marginata (R., B.); Grevillee iicifolia (B-).

SANTALACEAE: Hedcarpus eupressiformis, Native Cherry.

Lopanreacman: Loranthus Preissit on Acacia melanowwlon, (H,); L. pendulus on Bucalytus

obliqua (R., B,) ; Phrygilanthus eucalyptifoltus ou B. cbliqua, A, melanoeylon and Haocarpua

cupressifaynuis (R,

POLYGONACEAE: "Ruwmet pulcher (R.); B- Brownti; *B_conglomeratus By) ; *8, cvispus (MacD,) ;

R. bidens (MacD.); *B. Acetosetla; *Palygonwm avioulare (R., B.); P- serrulatum (K.,

MacD.) ; Muehlenbeckia adpressa,

Unaworopidcnan; Rhayodia baccata; *Chenopodinm murale; Ch. pumilio 9 (B.); Ch. albuan

(B.); Oh. ambiguum (By Bj Atriplaa cimerewn f acD.); Threlhkeldia diffusa (B,);

Salioornia australis, Samphire (R., B.); 8, Blachiana (B,),

AmaranrTacean: Trichiniwm macrocephalum (E.—near Furner, B.).

AIZOACEAE: ah sas aequilatéerus, Pigface; Tetragonia wmplexicoma (drupe red, 8 mm.

diameter).

OarvorHyLLacnan: Saging apetala (MacD.); *Cerastiwm glomeratwm, Miuse-ear Chickyeed

(MacD.); “Steilaria media, Chickweed (B., MacD,) ; *Minwartia tenwifolia, Slender-leaved

Sendwort (MaeD.); *Spergularia rubra (MacD,) + 8. marginata ¥ (B,); *Silene vulgaris,

Bladder Campion (B., MacD.); *8, conica (MacD.); *8. nocturna (MacD.); *8. galitoa,

French Catsh-fly (MacD.).

RuxuncunAgnag: Clematis microphullea; BRenunowlus rivularis (B., MacD.); BR. lappaceus

(MacD, Point Douglaa) ; B. parviflorus (B., MacD.) ; “RB, nigicatus (MacD.),

LatmAdkAg: Cassytha globella, False Dodder (R., B.); 0. pubsseens (R., MacD.).

PapayrAcean: "“Papaver hybridiwm, Rough Poppy (MacD.); “Fumaria muralie (MacD.)-

Caverrerdr; Cardamine Nirsuta. yar, reniformis (MacD.); “Nasturtium officinale, Water Cress

(B,, MacD.) 5 *Sisymbrium officinale, Hedge Mustard (MacD.); *Braasica adpressa (H.) ;

*Dinlotacie tenuifolia (R.); *D. muralig (B., MacD.) ; "Alyssum maritimum, Sweet Alysaum

(Rohe) ; Lepidinm hyesonifativm (B.) ; Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Shepherd ’s Purse (MacD.);

*Coronopus didymus (R., Mac.) ; *Cakile maritima,

Rrsmpacuar: *Reseda lutecta (R.).

Droseraonan: Drosera pygmaea (MacD.); D, aurieuleta (MaeD.); D, peltata (MacD.).

Crassunacman; Oravgula Sieberiana (MacD,) ; CL reewrna.

PrrrosPoraApuaE: Bursaria spinosa, Native Bos; Bilardisra cymosa (B,, MacD.).

RosacnAm: Rubua parvifolius, Native Heepberry (B., MacD.) ; “Rosa rubiginega, Sweat-Briar

(MacD.); Potentilla anserina, Silver-weed (R,); Acaena ovina (MacD.); A. sanguisorbae.

LEGuMINosAn- 4vacia armate (MacD.); A. myrtifolia (B, MacD,); 4. pyonantha, Golden

Wattle; 4. melanontlon, Blackwood; 4. vertieillata (Bi, MacD.); 4, longifolia var.

sophoraes A. deourrens var, mollis, Black Wattle; Daiesia ulicina (B., MacD.) 5 Pulienaea

stricta (MacD.); P. graveolens (B.); Bosstaea prostrata (B.); Goodta latifolia (R.)}

*Oler europaeus, Furze (MacD.); “Cytisus prolifer, Tree Luceen (B,); *2rifolimm pro-

cumbena, Hop Clover (MacD,); +2, filifolium (MacD.); *T. tomentoswm, Woolly Clover (B.,

Mac.) ; #7. reoupinatum (MacD,) ; "1, repens, White Clover “2, subterraneum (MacD.) j

*T, soabrum (MacD.) } *Melilotus indica, King Isinnd Melilot; *Afedicago lupulina, Black

Medic; *M. tioulata, Toathed Medic (MacD.}; Lotus australis (R., B.); Swainsone

leasertiifolia; 8. Behriana (MacD.); “Fisia sativa, Common Vetch (MacD.); Kennedya

prostrata, Searlet Runner.

GeranticnAn; Geranium piloowm (B.) and var. australe (B., MacD,); *G, molle (B, MacD,) ;

*Prodiwm cicutartum (B., MaeD.); Pelargonium australe (BE, B.) and var. erodioides

(MacD,).

OsaupaAcear: Oxalie cornioulate.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTR-East OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 499

LINACEAE: Linum marginale (MacD.),

ZVGOPHYLLACHAR; Zygophyllum ap. (B.).

RUTACEAE: Correa rubra (all) and vat. glbra (MaeD,, Hwen’s Ponda).

PoLyGALAcEAE: Comssperma volubile; O, polygaloides (B.).

EUPHORBIACEAE: Adriana Klotsachit (R., B.); *Euphorbia peplis (BK., MacD.); Beyoria

Lesohenaulth yar. latifolia (R,, Riyoli Bay, MacD.),

STAOKHOUSIACEAR: Stackhousia spathulata (R., MacD.).

SAPInDACcEAR! Dodonaea viscosa (RL).

REAMNACEAE; Pomaderris racemosa (B,).

MALVACEAE; *Lavatera arboren, Tree Mallow (B, MacD,.); *Malva nicasensia; “Modiola

oarobiniana (R., Mt, Burr).

STEROULIACEAE: Lastopetalum discolor (MaeD,); L, Schulzenii (B., MacD.) ; Thomasia petalo-

palya (R., B.).

DILLENIACEAR; Hibbertia serived (RK. MacbD.); H, Billardiert tR.).

GuTTIFERAD; Hypericwm graminewm (MacD.).

Viouacnan: Viola hederacea (B., MacD.),

THYMELARACEAR: Pimelea glauca (R., MaeD.); P. ligustrina (MacD.—in denge growth in

swampy ground nasr Hwen’s Ponds) ; P, serpyllifolia,

LYTHRACEAE: Lythrwm Wyasoptfolia (MacD.).

Myvaracean: Leptospermum scoparium; £, pubescens, Silky Tea-tree; Kunzea pomifera (8,

Melaleuca gibhooa (R., near Purnor, MacD.); M. aquarrosa; M, halmaturerwn (RB.

M. pubescens, Bisck Tea-trea; M, ‘fasoteulifiara (R.); Hucalypius Huberiana (8B,

B. obliqua, Btringy-bark; H. Bactert, Brown Stringy-bark (R.); 2, rostrata, Red Gum (R.

Z, ovata, White Swamp Gum; 2, leuconylon (Ray MacD.) and approaching var. macrocarpa

(MaeD,) ; Darwinia micropetala (R., scrub, near Furner, heath N. of Rendlegham),

Of8noreERAcKAE: Hpilobium jfunceum (B,); H, glabellum; EB. pallidifiorwm (MacD.),

HALORRBAGIDACEAR; Halorrhagis tetragyna (B., MacD.); H. Browni; Myriophyllwn elatinoides

(MacD.); M. Muelleri (MacD.).

UMBELLIFERAE; Oentella asiatica 7 (MaeD.); Hydrocotyle vulgaris (Mt, Gambier); H. plebeja

(R,, B.); #. tripartita (B., B.); Talaeopsis qustralica (Bs Eryngium vesiowosum §

(MacD,.); Dauous glochidiatus, Native Carrot (MacD_); *Contum maoulatum, Henilock

(Mt. Gambier) ; Sium latifolium var. univittatum (MacD,) ; Apiwin australe, Sea Celery;

*Foentoulum. vulgare, Fennel (R.).

Eeackmaouat: Astroloma humifuswm, Native Cranberry; 4, conostephioides, Flame Heath (B.) ;

Levoopogon parvijlorus; Aerotriche serrulata (B,, MacD.); A. cordata (B,); Epactis

impreaea (R.); Sprengelia incurnata (MacD.),

PRIMULACEAR; "Anagallis arvensis, Scarlet Pimpernel; *.4,. femina, Blue Pimpernel (MaeD.};

Samolus repens,

LOGANIAGBAE: Logania ovata (MacD.),

GantiAnaotan: Sebaéa ovata (R., MacD.); 8, albidifiora (MacD.); Bruthrea australis (B.) 5

“#8. Centawrum, Common Centaury (R., B.) ; Gentiana diemensis (MacD., on edge of swamp

at Hwen’s Ponds near Riddoch Bay, probably the site whoro Tate collected it in 1882 and

apparently not collected since) ; Pillarsia ewaltata,

ABOCYNACEAE: Alywia busifolia (R.); “Finea major, Greater Periwinkle (MacD.).

AscuerravAgnan: Aselepiag physocarpa (R., noar Naxrow Neck, Rendlestam) .

OONVOLVULACEAR: Convolvulus erubescens; Dichondra reponse (B,, B,); Wilsonia Backhouset

(B. 9, MacD.) ; Cuseuta fasmanica (MacD., on lowly plants near swampy ground).

Borraginacean; Cynoglossum suaveolens (MacD.); 0. australe; Myasotia australis (MacD.) ;

*Lithospermum arvense, Corn Gromwell (MacD.).

LABIATAE: Ajuga australis (MacD.); “Mentha Pulegium, Ponnyroyal (R., B.); *Marrubium

vulgara, Horehound; *Salvia Verbenaeea, Wild Bage (R., B.).

SovaANAGKAB; Solanam nigrum, Biack Night shade (R., B.); &. avieulare, Kangaroo Apple;

*Lyoiwm ferocissimum, African Boxthorn.

ScROPHULARACHAR: “Verbasewm virgatum; *F. Thapsus, Great Mullein (B,, flowera whitish,

near Rendlesham in Woakwine Range); Mazus pumilio (B., MacD.); Veronica gracitis

(MaeD.) ; “7. Anagaillis, Water Speedwell (R,, Swamp near Mt. Graham) ; Euphrasia collina

(MacD., in swamp at Ewen’s Ponds); *Bartschia latifolia, also albino plants (MneD.)-

rey we

500 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEus

LuyvripvLaricnar: Utricularia dichotomo (MaeD., Point Douglas),

Myvororacean; Myoporwm insulare (K., B,)-

PLANTAGINACEAE: Plantago varia (MacD.) ; “P. lanceolata, Ribgrass (R., MacD.); *P, Corono-

pus, Buck’s-horn Plaintain (MacD.); *P, major, Greater Plaintain (MacD.),

Ruaracwss: Aaperula scorpariat (MacD.); *Sherardia arvensis (MacD.); Galtwm ciliare

(MacD,); G. australe (B.) 5 "G. murale (MacD.),

OsrxIrontAcHaRn: Sambucus Gaudichaudiana, White Hider (B., MacD.),

CAMPANULACEAE: Wahlenbergia multioaulis (B.); W. quadrifida (MacD.); Lobelia anceps;

Pratia pedunculata (MacD.).

Goopentacwan: Selliera radicans; Scaevola calendilacea (K., Rivoli Bay); 8. aemula (B,);

8. pallida (B,).

ComposiTsg: Lagenophora stipitata (MacD.); Braohycome graminea (B-); Olearia ponnasa

(MacD,); O. aillaris; GO. ramulosa; O, glandulosa iB); Cotula filifatia (MaeD,) ;

C. coronopifolia (B,, MacD.); @. australig (MacD.); 0. reptans; Centipeda sp. (B.) 5

Erechthites prenanthoides; EB, pioridioides (MacD,); 8, quadridentatu (R., B.);5 Senécio

lautua; 8. adoratne (MacD.); *8. vulgaris, Common Groundsel (Mt, Gambier); *Orypto-

stemma calendulaceum, Capo Dandelion; Gnaphalium lueo-album (R., B.); G. japoniewm

(MaeD,) 5 Cassinia spectabilis (R., very abundant im a young pine plantation at Mt, Burr

sawmills looking when in flower like dead young pines); Helichryswm leucopsidium CR) 5

B_apioulatum (B.) 5H. ferruginewm (BR. &., to 0 tree 18 feet high); 8, cimerewm (B., near

Rivoli Bay); Podosperma angustifolium (R., MacD.); Leptorhynchus lenuifolivs (B.,

Reedy Creek Range near Futner); L. squamatus (MacD.) 5 Rutidosis muitiflorus (MacD.) ;

*Inula graveclens, Stinkwort (R.); Calocephalus Brownii; “Cirsiwin: lanaeolatiom, Spear

Thistle; *Carduwus tewuiflorus, Sleader Thistle (MacD,); *Silybum Marianum, Milk Thistle

(MaeD.) 5. *Centaurea melitensis, Maltcno Cockspur (MacD.) ; *C, Calcitrupa, Star Thistle

(8.); Mieroseris scapigsra (MacD.); “Hypochoeris radiata, Rooted Oat's-ear; *H. glabra

(MacD.); “Larazacuwm officinale, Dandelion; *Sonehus oleraceus, Sow-Thistle; *S. asper ?

var,, Prickly Sow-Thistle; 8. megalocarpus (K., Rivoli Bay., B.); "Orepis virens (Mt,

Gambier).

The following additional native species of plants were noted during the expedi-

tion to the South-East in Pebrnary, 1946:

LORANTHACEAE; Loranthus miraculosus var, Melalewoue on Melaleuca pubescens, road to Nora

Creina Bay, fruita edible.

CHEMOPODIAGHAR; Hnchylaena tomentosa, Ruby Saltbush, Robe, fruits faw and small but edible,

AMARANTACEAR: Hemichroa pentandra, shores of L, St, Clair.

DIULENIACEAE: Hibbertia. stricta, C, Buffon.

FRANEENIACHAL; Frankenia pauctjlora, Robe.

OomPosiras: Vittandinia triloba; Senecia orarius, Beyilaqua Ford near Rendlesham.

GeneERaL SUMMARY,

This paper deals with studies of the relics of aboriginal occupation in the

coastal areas of County Grey, the Lower South-East of South Australia,

The topography of the area and the ahorigines who formerly cecupied it are

briefly discussed.

Detailed notes and locations of thirty-four camp sites are recorded.

Littoral sites appear to have been temporary camping places, used when

gathering and consuming gea foods. Those sites.on the ranges and ridges a. few

miles Inland seem likely to have been the more permanent camps.

Notes and lists are included describing the likely foodstuffs of the aborigines

—ecompiled from a study of data gathered on native vegetation and camp food

debris, and from reports on the animal and bird hfe in the days. of early white

settlement,

From the apparent scarcity of edible and nutritions native fruits, seeds, and

other vegetable material, and. from reports of aboriginal food habits, it seems

likely that vegetable foods formed only a minor part of his diet, his main subsis-

tanes being on animal and bird flesh and sea foods.

ABORIGINES OF THE SOUTH-EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 501

Fresh water supplies were always abundant in. this region, But it ia pro-

bable that the swampy conditions of vast areas im winter time might also have

been such an inconvenience as to be a definite limiting factor to population

increase, in spite of the ample water and the animal and bird life which otherwise

might have made the region geographically favourable for human occupation,

But camping sites occur on the somewhat narrow ridges and ranges—on coastal

aitey only for the warmer periods. Thus, dicing protracted wiiter seasons—yith

wide, water-covered, inter-ridge valleys—living and hunting areas were restricted,

Oeeurrence of favourable ‘‘strategic’’ hunting places would only aceelerate the

slaughter of game. Nomadie hunting and food gathering therefore wust have

been definitely limited,

An account is given of the gollection of 2,755 stone implements gathered on

the camp areas, Half of this total consists of microlithie forms. Of these latter,

Woakwine, Bondi and Buandik Points constitute the majority, Frequeney and

distribution of microliths reveal features of interest.

Practically all the implements were made from flint, vast deposits of which

material oceur on the beaches of the Hundred of Kongorang, while other, but less

abundant, supplies occur further along the coast to the north-west.

Some notes are included on the geology of the region and on the material

alterations of the Hint implement material. These subjects have a close bearing

on the problem of the antiqnity of human occupation, The relative ages of the

recent sand-dunes and the consolidated stranded dunes inland raise important

guestions on which depends the age of any aboriginal relics found in or on these

dunes, Report is made of burnt stones—similar to native hearth stones—having

been fotind embedded in dune limestone at several sites.

The paper forms a progressive report on work which, it: is hoped, can be con-

tinued,

We are much indebted to the Board of the Sonth Australian Museum for in-

terest and assistance in this field work.

Our thanks are due also ta the following for valued assistanee in Various

ways which ensured the success of the work; Messrs, D, Schulz and 8S. Smith, of

Rendelsham; Mr. C. Willshire, of Millicent, who provided considerable transport

facilities; Mr. aud Mrs. R, N. Campbell, of Mt. Gambier; Mv. and Mrs. P, Jack-

way, of Blackfellows Caves; Mr. A. D. Smith, Deputy Surveyor-Geneval; Mr.

H. V. V. Noone, Sir Douglas Mawson, Mr. H. M. Hale, Director, and Mr, B. C.

Cotton and Mr. H, Cooper, also of the S.A. Museum staff.

We are indebted te Miss Gwen D. Walsh for making the special sketches of

¢amp sites and stone implements.

REFERENCES CITED

Campbell, T, D, and Noone, H. V. V. (1948): ‘Some aboriginal cap sitea in tha Woakwine

Range tegion of the Soutt-Fast of South Auatralia.?? Bee, 8. dustr. Mus, vii, pp 371-386.

Campbell, T. D. (1934 and 1939); '* Notes on the aborigines of the Seuth-Hash of Bouth Aua-

tralia.’’ Trans. Roy, Soe, 8. Austy., lis, pp. 22-33 and 65 (1), pp. 37-85.

Angas, G. P, (1847) ; Savage life and scenes in Auatralia and New Zentond. London, pp, 117-180,

Ward, B. (1869): The South-Fostern District of South dustralin, Adelaide,

Proud, C. (1881) + South astern Distriet of South Australia in 1880. Adelaide,

Campbell, T. D. and Noone, H, VV, (1943) + ‘South Australian micralithic stone implements.’’

Reo. &. Austr. Mus., vii, pp. 281-307,

Miteholl, §. R, (1943): ‘Geology aud Ethnology of the Kougoroug Hille, South Australia,?*

Fiok Nai, tx), 1944, 59-63,

Staplaten, P. de 8. (1944): "' Rifaee stone implements rom south-oastern South Australia,’’

Ree. 8. Austr. Mus,, viii, pp. 281-237.

Smith, Mre. James (1880): The Booandik Trike of South Austratian-aborigines, Adelaide.

Bo notes supplied by Mr, D. Sohbola of Rendelsham, His informants were an old uncle

(recently daceased), Me, H, A, Stewart aud Mr, S, Smith, both of Rendelsham, The late Mr.

H. A. Stewart and Mr, Sinith’s father were contemporaries of the late Duncan Stewart, All of

these persona, including Mr. Schulz, are relutives of the late Mrs. James Smith,

502 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Explanation of Plate vii.

Fig. 1. Portion of the Belt Site.

Fig. 2. Lake Frome, Site 1.

Fig.3. Hearth remnants,

Fig. 4. Near Blackfellows’ Caves.

Rec. S.A, Museum Vou. VILL, Plate VII

A KEY TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES

(CYPRAEIDAE)

By W. R. STEADMAN AND BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST,

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

In the following paper descriptions of Subfamilies are given and keys to both

subfamilies and genera. Notes and descriptions of new species and genera are also

added under the respective subfamilies, while illustrations of new species and a

number holotypes and animals previously described from Fiji are reproduced.

Pseudocypraea adamsonii Sowerby we regard as belonging to the Triviidae or to a

separate family so that it is not included here. In the lists the genotypes of the various

genera are given. The names of species and subspecies are followed by the Author’s

name and date, after which is added the type locality and then the distribution. The

latter is abbreviated by using a system of figures for the Provinces and letters for the

Regions. Where an asterisk is placed after a locality, it indicates that we here

designate that locality as type locality. The Provinces and Regions agree generally

with those accepted by Schilder and Schilder, 1939, with minor alterations, and are

here listed.

A KEY ro rue CLASSIFICATION or THs COWRIES

(CYPRAEIDAE)

By W. R. STEADMAN anv BERNARD C. COTTON, Concuotosisr, SourH AUSTRALIAN

Museum.

Plates viii-xiii

INTRODUCTION.

In the following paper descriptions of Subfamilies are given and keys to both

subfamilies and genera. Notes and descriptions of new species and genera are

also added under the respective subfamilies, while illustrations of new species

and a number holotypes and animals previously deseribed from Fiji are repro-

duced. Pseudocypraea adamsonii Sowerby we regard as belonging to the Triviidae

or to a separate family so that it is not included here. In the lists the genotypes

of the various genera are given. The names of species and subspecies are followed

by the Author’s name and date, after which is added the type locality and then the

distribution. The latter is abbreviated by using a system of figures for the Pro-

vinces and letters for the Regions. Where an asterisk is placed after a locality,

it indicates that we here designate that locality as type locality. The Provinces

and Regions agree generally with those accepted by Schilder and Schilder, 1939,

with minor alterations, and are here listed.

Province. Region,

1. West American (a) Californian, (b) Mexican, (¢) Galapagos.

2, East American (a) Bermudian, (b) Caribbean, (e) Brazilian.

3. Eurafrican (a) Southern Atlantic, (b) Guinean, (¢) Canarian, (d) Algerian,

(a) European,

4, Indian (a) Erythraean, (b) Persian, (¢) Cape of Good Hope, (d) African,

(e) Lemurian, (f) Indian.

5. Central

Indopacific (a) Sumatran, (b) Molucean, (c) Java Sea, (d) Sulu Sea,

(e) Japanese, (f) Dampierian, (g) Flindersian.

6, Pacific (a) Solanderian, (b) Peronian, (c) Melanesian, (d@) Samoan,

(e) Oceanic, (f) Micronesian, (g) Polynesian, (h) Hawaiian.

SUBFAMILIES,

Although subfamilies of the Cypraeidae have been recognized and used by

recent authorities, the definition of them has been somewhat vague. We here

describe and key the accepted subfamilies, carefully basing the descriptions on

typical genera and using the salient features in the key.

504 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

KEY TO SUBFAMILIES.

a. Globular and beaked .. ae ns us an wns = .. Pustulartinae

aa. Not globular or beaked.

b. Pustulose or granulose .. a ae ran oo ws .. Staphylacinae

bb. Smooth.

ec, Deeply umbilicata .. 7 os ta ra 24 .. Ombiliinae

ec. Not deeply umbilicate.

d, Teeth weak and incomplete .. oe as ve .. Gotlinae

dd, Teeth normally developed,

e. Outer lip characteristically produced posteriorly .. Cypraeovulinae

ee. Outer lip normal.

f. Malleated .. Sh Ab e ini ie ,- Austrocypracinae

ff. Not malleated.

g. Shell cylindrical,

h. Teeth fine ‘t as wt v's .. Talpariinae

hh. Teeth coarse ., . 4 af .. Erroneinae

gg. Shell pyriform or ovate.

i. Pyriform .. > a Adustiinae

ii. Ovate or elongate ovate.

j. Elongate ovate i an .. Nariinae

ji. Ovate.

k, Base spreading,

1. Hump backed a .. Mauritiinae

ll. Not hump backed... -. HErosartinae

kk, Base not spreading a .. Oypraecinae

Subfamily PusruLartinaz.

Twenty millimetres in length or less; globular ; extremities beaked ; irregularly

spotted or unicoloured ; smooth or granulose; teeth very fine, not produced across

the base; margin not calloused ; weakly umbilicate; base rounded, not spreading.

Schilder, 1938, 125 places a number of genera, including the type of this

subfamily, under Nariinae, but it is a heterogenous group of which Pustwaria is

a quite distinct type. Genera are: Pustwaria Swainson, 1840, Cypraea cicercula

Linné, 1758 — Epona H. & A. Adams, 1854, same genotype, Propustularia

Schilder, 1927, Cypraea surinamensis Perry, 1811. Annepona Iredale, 1935, Pus-

tularia mariae Schilder, 1927 = Cypraea annulata Gray, 1828, nom. nud, Ipsa

Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea childreni Gray, 1825.

KEY TO GENERA OF PUSTULARIINAE,

a. Prominently beaked.

b. Pustulose .. As oe ae t4 it a6 ye .. Pustularia

bb. Smooth a pa wt ao a3 af ke Propustularia

aa. Moderately beaked, smooth or vermiculate,

ec. Smooth as re na ea ae or a -. Annepona

ec. Vermiculately striate all over “4 MS “ 4 .. Ipsa

Subfamily StapHYLAEINAE.

Thirty millimetres in length or less; elongate ovate; extremities produced;

regularly spotted ; granulose; teeth strong, more or less produced across the base ;

margin not calloused ; not umbilicate; base rounded, not spreading. Genera are:

Staphylaea Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea staphylaea Linné, 1758. Purperosa Ire-

dale, 1935, Purperosa facifer Iredale, 1935. Nuclearia Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraca

nucleus Linné, 1758. Eustaphylaea gen. nov., Cypraea semiplota Mighels, 1845.

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 505

Genus HusraPHYLABA nov,

Genotype, Cypraea semtplota Mighels, 1845.

Shell elongate ovate, light brown with numerous minute white spots; base

tumid, white, aperture yellowish, narrow; extremities produced; teeth moderately

strong, somewhat produced actoss the base; margin not calloused but slightly

vidged on the outer side, Length 9-21 mm,; width 6-11 mm,

KEY TO GENERA OF STAPHYLAEINAE.

a. Weakly of obsoletely granulose,

b. Weakly granuloze.

c. Teeth right across the base ,. 5 ‘y ¥ os .- Staphylaca

ec, Teeth not right seross the base =. , ne ve A .. Purperosa

bb. Obsoletely granulose a ve te o ta se .. Bustaphylaea

aa. Strongly granulose. . “s rv; i me oe .- -» MNuctearia

Subfamily Umpiniar.

One hundred millimetres in length or less; elongate ovate; extremities pro-

duced; irregularly spotted or unicoloured; smooth; teeth weak, not produced

across the base; margin uot ealloused; deeply umbilicate; base rounded, not

spreading. Umbtlia Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea hesitata Iredale, 1916.

The Tertiary Rhynchocypraea, Palliocypraea, and Gigantocypraea belong

here with the recent cold water Umbilia, They are sufficiently closely related to

the typical Cypraeaidae to be regarded as a subfamily only,

Subfamily Zorinag.

Seventy-five millimetres in length or less; elongate ovate; spire elongate;

extremities produced ; irregularly spotted; smooth; teeth weak and incomplete;

margin not ealloused ; not umbilicate; base rounded, not spreading. The develop-

ment of the teeth range from the practically edentulous Bernaya to the partly

developed teeth of Zotla and the complete, though weak set of Siphocypraea,

Genera are: Zoila Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea friend Gray, 1831. Bernaya

Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea media Deshayes, 1831, Siphooypraca Heilprin, 1887,

Cypraea mus Linné, 1758, This subfamily and the next, Cypracovulinae, are re-

presented only in Africa and Southern Australia, each forming a peculiar and

restricted subfamily of ancient lineage,

Zoila episema Iredale, 1939, holotype Cape Naturaliste, S.W.A., is in the

South Australian Museum D. 3980. It was evidently purchased by Mrs. Kenyon

from, someone for £20 as the type of thatchert Cox. However, that type was sent

to England by Cox according to Sowerby.

Cypraea marginata Gaskoin, 1848, is a juvenile thersites, the latter name

having page priority.

KEY TO GENERA OF ZO/LINAE.

a. Practically edentulous a% te .- =" 7 Le -. Bernaya

aa. Weakly developad teeth,

b. Series of teeth incomplete +. 1 oe 34 + .. Zoila

bb. Series of teeth complete .. be 6 4 te oe .. Siphocypraea

506 REcoRDS oF THE S.A. MusEuM

Subfamily CyprarovuLinaE.

Forty-five millimetres in length or less; pyriform; extremities well produced,

especially the outer lip posteriorly in a characteristic curve; typically umbilicate;

spotted, blotched or unicoloured; typically spirally irregularly striate but usually

smooth; margin calloused; base rounded; teeth coarse or fine, produced across

the base or obsolete. Genera are: Cypraeovula Gray, 1824, Cypraea capensis Gray,

1828. Luponia Gray, 18382 — Gaskeima Roberts, 1870, Cypraca algoensis Gray,

1825, Notovypraea Schilder, 1927, Cypraea piperita Gray, 1825. Gutliacypraca

Tredale, 1935, Cypraea pulicaria Reeve, 1846, Thelainovwm Iredale, 1931, Thelzi-

novum mollert Iredale, 1931, The Southern Australian gencra of small cowries

obviously belong here, and have nothing to do with Austrocypraeinae. Like

Zoilinae, the teeth are here typically weakly developed. For the pure cream or

white species, which is so distinct from other Notocypraca, we have used the name

subcarned Beddome, 1896, which oceurs in Tasmania and South-Eastern South

Australia, We have beautiful pure white specimens taken alive by Mrs. L. A.

Elliott at Port Maedonnel, South Australia,

KEY TO GENERA OF CYPRAEOVULINAE.

a, Spirally irregularly etriate .. - 7 -3 os - -- Cypracovula

aa. Smooth. ‘'

b, Umbilicate ~ “' aA Le <- wn - -- Luponia

bb. ‘Not umbilicate,

c, Spire not elevated.

d, Foseula moderately concave -. " at ba .. Notocypraea

dd, Fossula deeply concave et bu .- ar .. Guttacypraca

ce. Spire alevated ... Thelwinovum

GUTTACYPRABA EUCLIA sp. nov.

Shell small, smooth, greyish-white, narrowly pyriform, extremities slightly

produced ; slightly umbilicate, whole of spire visible ; outer margin white, narrowly

calloused, forming a narrow ridge; base rounded, not valloused; teeth very fine

and short, Length 24 mm., width 13 mm. (holotype), Range 12-24 mm,, and

9-13 mm,

Loc. Western Australia, ninety miles west of Eucla, 100 fathoms (holotype)

also 40 miles west of Euela, 116 fathoms,

Remarks. Holotype. D. 11634, South Australian Museum, From a series of

this species before us we can readily separate pulicaria, a cream to light-pink,

brown. spotted species from shallow water.

;

GUTYACYPRABA PULICARIA Reeve, 1846,

Although the shell is commoner in South-Western Australia, two or three

specimens from Spencer Gulf and Gulf St, Vincent, South Australia, dredged

in shallow water, are before us, as well as a couple of specimens in the Kenyon

collection possibly from Victoria,

Subfamily AusrrocyPRAEINAE,

Thirty-five millimetres in length or less; pyriform; extremities produced,

apire typically visible; unicoloured, obscurely spirally banded; malleated; teeth

fine, not produced across the base; margin not calloused; not umbilicate; base

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIPICATION OF THE COWRIES 507

rounded, not spreading. Genera are: Austrocypraca Cossman, 1903, Cypraea

contusa MeCoy, 1877 = Prolyncina, Schilder, 1927, Cypraea reever Sowerby, 1833,

Although there are eight Tertiary fossil species of this genus, there is only one

living species, reevei, confined to South-Western and South Australia, and it is

taken alive in both shallow and deeper waters down to 100 fathoms,

Subfamily Ta.pariinaE.

One hundred and twenty millimetres in length or less; cylindrical, depressed ;

extremities slightly produced; not umbilicate; spotted, speckled, or ringed;

smooth; teeth fine, not produced across the base; margin not calloused; base

slightly flattened, not spreading, Genera are Talparia Troschel, 18638, Cypraea

talpa Tainné, 1758. Basilitrona Iredale, 1980, Cypraea isabella Linné, 1758,

Arestorides Iredale, 1930, Cypraea argus Linné, 1758. Luria Jousseaume, 1884,

Cypraea lurida Linné, 1758. Chelycypraea Schilder, 1927, Cypraca testudinaria

Linné, 1758. Macrocypraea Schilder, 1930, Cypraea zebra Linné, 1758 = Cypraca

exanthema Linné, 1767 = Hrythraea Morch, 1877, not Sowerby, 1839.

The relationship of Macrocypraea zebra is with argus in shape and apertural

features.

BASMITRONA ISABELLA LEMURIANA subsp. nov.

This name is introduced for the geographical subspecies of tsabella from Mada-

gasear, the type locality, and the Lemurian Region. The shell is more gubovate,

extremities attenuated rather gradually instead of abruptly coustricted, sides

more callous, hind top of inner lip less distinctly constricted and never bent to

the left; the extremities practically plain orange, without. brown or even blackish

spots, The Schilders, 1939, recorded this subspecies as typical isabella, but isabella

eomes from Amboina—-the Schildes ramphw introduced by them for the Malayan

species is 4 direct synonomy for the typical isabella.

KEY TO GENERA OF TALPARIINAE.

a, Banded,

b. Base dark brown. .. ve ‘a ba ve - aan -- Taipa

bb. Base not dark brown.

ce. Extremities dotted or coloured,

d. Teeth fing, extremities orange He _. Basilitrona

dd, Teeth coarser, extremities with two dark apota ate .- Luria

aa. Spotted, speckled or ringed.

@, Apeckled and blotched -3 an te 3 .. Chelyouprara

ee, Not epeckled.

. Ringed .. ate ‘ i ve 4 .. Arestorides

ff, Spotted .. a An ee 2 7 .. Macraocypraca

Subfamily Erronernas.

Fifty millimetres in length or less; elongate eylindrical; extremities mode-

rately produced; slightly umbilicate; dorsally blotched, regularly speckled or

obscurely banded; smooth; teeth coarse or fine, not prodiiced across the base;

margin weakly, moderately, or strongly calloused; base typically rounded, not

spreading. Genera are: Hrronea Troschel, 1863, Cypraca errones Linné, 1758.

Bistolida Cossmann, 1920, Cypraea stolida Linné, 1758. Derstolida Iredale,

1980, Derstolida fluctuams Iredale, 1930, Talostolida Tredale, 1980, Cypraea teres

Gmelin, 1791. Palangerosa Iredale, 1930, Cypraea cylindrica Born, 1780. Ova-

508 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusEUM

tipsa Iredale, 1931, Cypraea chinensis Gmelin, 1791, Ipserronea Iredale, 1935,

- Ipserronea problematioa Iredale, 1935, Blasicrwra Iredale, 1930, Cypraea rhimo-

eeros Souverbie, 1865. Cypraea ‘‘latior’’ Melvill, 1888, is a mutation which is

liable to occur 1m any of the teres complex.

ERRONEA ERRONES BARTLETTI sp. nov.

Shell medium to small ; cylindrical ; extremities moderately produced ; slightly

umbilicate; regularly speckled with brown on a greenish-grey background and

obscurely marked with three darker zonal bands ; base pink, margins pinkish brown,

interstices of teeth orange-red, teeth diminished, columella teeth becoming obsolete,

short and more prominent across the shallow fossula, Length 40 mm,, width

22 mm, (holotype), Range 23-40 mm,, and 15-22 mm,

Loc. Rossell Island, New Guinea.

Remarks. We have examined only the holotype and one other specimen in

the Bartlett collection and also one in the Steadman collection. The specimens

were collected by the Rey. H. K. Bartlett, L,.Th, ;

KEY TO GENERA OF ERRONEINAE.

a, Dorsal blotches not sharply defined,

b. Margins not spotted.

6, Cylindrical ., rs - _ .- ~' he, .. Erronea

ec, Hlongate cylindrical .. i we v8 “¢ er -. Palangerosa

bh, Margins spotted.

d. Teeth coarsa =5 et te te ‘¥ fe -- Ovatipsa

dd, Teeth fine.

e, Margin narrow.

f. Spiral bands obscure , - ao -8 pe .. TDalostolida

ff. Spiral bands defined ,. ole 4 ne .. Ipserronsa

eé, Margm high ma e. “4 ta oe .. Blasicrura

aa, Dorsal blotched sharply defined ,, ve sae + Pas -. Bistolida

Subfamily Apustinag.

Fifty millimetres in length or less; inflated, pyriform ; extremities produced ;

typically slightly umbilicate; unicoloured, banded or spotted; smooth; teeth

medium to coarse, not produced across the base; margin not calloused; base

rounded, not spreading. Genera are: Adusia Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraca onyx

Linné, 1758, Palmadusta Iredale, 1930, Cypraea clandestina Linné, 1758. Gratia-

dusta Iredale, 1930, Cypraea pyriformis Gray, 1825. Solvadusta Iredale, 1935,

Gratiadusta vaticina Iredale, 1930, Notadusta. Sebilder, 1935, Cypraea vic-

toriana Schilder, 1935, Zonaria Jousseanme, 1884, Cypraea zonaria Gmelin, 1791,

Albacypraea gen. nov., Cypraea eburnea Barnes, 1828, Cribraria Jousseaume,

1884 = Ocellaria Weinkauff, 1881, not Ramond, 1801, Cypraca cribraria Linné,

1758. Nivigena Iredale, 1930, Nivigena melwardi Tredale, 1930. Neobernaya

Schilder 1927, Cypraea spadicea Swainson, 1823. Schilderia Tomlin, 1930,

Cypraea achatidea Sowerby, 1837.

Genus ALBACYPRAEA nov.

Genotype: Cypraca eburnea Barnes, 1828.

Shell medium size, inflated, pyriform, pure white; extremities produced, very

slightly umbilieate; teeth coarse and short, margin not calloused but slightly

ridged and crenulate on the outer margin and at both ends of the inner margin;

base rounded, not spreading. Length 27-50 mm,, width 17-30 mm.

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 509

KEY TO GENERA OF ADUSTINAE.

a. Rotund.

b, Unicoloured,

ce Brown ws 0, 8 ne ete ae oe .. Adusta

ce, White te sla ot re te an te .. Albaocupraea

bb. Not unicoloured.

d, Blotehed, speckled or say i

e. Rostrate .. “7 iS: +. rw .. Notadusta

ee, Not rostrate,

f. Blotehed and speckled.

g. Large dorsal bloteh .. ee + vs .. Neobernaya

gg. Small blotch and sphek ise.

h.. Base rounded i be “< a .. Solvadusta

bh, Basa lesa rounded . bs oe ai -- Gratiadusta

f. Banded va ’ a “ ‘4 oe ., Palmadusta

an. Less rotund,

i, Ocellate . - i 2 Le i .. Oribraria

i, Not ocellate,

j. White be 7 at -+ .. Nwvigena

jj- Coloured.

k, Margins spotted ,. +e -. Zonaria

kk. Margins not spotted ia .. Schilderia

Subfamily Narinae.

Twenty millimetres in length or less; ovate, depressed; extremities not or

slightly produced ; not or slightly umbilicate; speckled, banded, blotched; smooth ;

teeth fine to medium, not produced across the base; margin not calloused; base

flattened but not spreading.

Genera are: Naria Broderip, 1837, Cypraea wrorata Gray, 1828. Hvenaria

Tredale, 1930, Cypraea asellus Linné, 1758, Melicerona Iredale, 1930, Cypraea

listert Gray, 1828 = Cypraea melwilli Hidalgo, 1906, Paulonaria Tredale, 1980,

Cypraea beck Gaskoin, 1836. Two genera belonging to this subfamily were

introduced by Iredale, 1939, and listed in the Zoological Record 1939, 76 as

Cupinota “‘gen, nov,’’ (non, descr.) and ‘‘Opponaria’”’ “‘ gen. nov.’’ (non. deser.).

These are synonyms of Paulonaria Iredale 1980, diagnosed in our Key.

KEY TO GENERA OF NARIINAE.

a, Narrow, subeylindrical, depressed -. Naria

aa. Wider, ylindrical ovate, Hepreania: Dotted, banded or ‘spotted,

Dotted . ‘ ‘ . .. Paulonaria

bb, Banded or spotted. |

«. Banded ae L- a. wt -¥ -- Bvenaria

ec, Spotted and banded . 's s =. aes r -. Melicerona

Subfamily Mauririinae.

One hundred millimetres in length or less ; ovate to subeylindrical ; extremities

not produced ; not umbilicate; spotted or with arabic like markings or mozaic pat-

terned; smooth; teeth coarse to medium, not produced across the base; margin

calloused; base flattened or spreading. Genera are: Mauritia Troschel, 1863,

Cypraca mauritiana Linné, 1758 = Maurina Jousseaume, 1884 — Mauxiena

Jousseaume, 1884, Vrona Jonsseaume, 1884, Cypraea stercoraria Linné, 1758,

Arabica Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea arabica Linné, 1758. For the Indian Ocean

subspecies we use argiolus Bolten, 1798, designating Mauritius as the type locality.

Bolten briefly but. aptly described the species as ‘‘Der Kleine Argus.”’

Cypraea retifera Menke, 1829, isa nomen nudum, but vone Steadman and Cot-

ton 1948 is available for the Polynesian subspecies,

510 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

KEY TO GENERA OF MAURITIINAE,

a. Base well spreading . “r - v6 v6 ae ve 1, Mauritia

aa. Base weir atid spreading,

b. Spotted . " ta xe a4 #2 is . Trona

bb. Reticulate . 26 = 24 25 - $4 a: .. Arabica

Subfamily Erosariae,

Forty millimetres in length or less; pyriform to ovate; extremities slightly

or not produced ; not umbilicate; typically marginally blotched, spotted or peri-

pherally ringed or obscurely banded; smooth or tuberculose; teeth coarse, not

produced across the base; margin calloused ; base fattened and spreading. Genera

are: Hrosarial Troschel, 1863, Cypraed erosa Linndé, 1758; Ravitrona Tredale, 1980,

Cypraea capuiserpentis Linné, 1758. Pseudozonaria ‘Schilder, 1927, Cypraea

arebicula Lamarek, 1810. Monetaria Troschel, 1863, Cypraca moneta Linné, 1758

= Aricia Broderip, 1837, Cypraea moneta Linné, 17 58 = mercatoria Melvill, 1888.

Ornamentaria Schilder, "1936, Cypraea annulus Linné, 1758, The holotype of

Cypraea kawilan Kenyon D, 3781 is in the South Australian Museum, It has been

considered a variety of helvola, but it is Hawaiian subspecies of erosa,

KEY TO GENERA OF EROSARIINAE,

a, Spotted colour pattern.

b. Extremities slightly produced .. xs ve as as .. Brosaria

bb, Extremities not produced,

«. Unicoloured brown margin .. Li ra a4 i .. Ravitrona

ec. Spotted margin 3% J. i a6 a. = -- Psewlozgonaria

aa. Not spotted pattern,

ad. Not peripherally ringed with orange . 7 le -. Monetaria

dd. Peripherally ringed with orange : " va +» Ornamentaria

Subfamily CypRazINag.

One hundred millimetres in length or less; ovate, inflated; extremities

slightly produced; not umbilicate; spotted, banded map-like pattern or uni-

coloured; smooth; teeth course, not produced across the base; margin not cal-

loused.; base rounded. Genera are: Cypraca Linné, 1758 = Porcellana Mumphrey,

1797 (not Jousseaume, 1884) — Tigris Troschel, 1868 = Vulgusella Jousseaume,

1884, Cypraea tigris Linné, 1758, Pantherinaria Sacco, 1894, Cypraea pantherina

Solander, 1786. Leparicypraea L[redale, 1930, Cypraea mappa Linné, 1758,

Lyneina Troschel, 1863, Cypraea vanelli Linné, 1758 = Cypraea lynz Linné, 1758.

Callistocy praca. Schilder, 1927, Cypraea aurantium Gmelin, 1791. Mystaponda

Tredale, 1930, Cypraea vitellus Linné, 1758, Ponda Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea

achatina, Perry, 1811 = ventriculus Lamarck, 1810. For Cypraca leucodon

Broderip, 1828, we designate South Africa as type locality.

KEY TO GENERA OF CYPRAEINAE.

a. Spotted.

b, Margin not lined,

e. Teath without red interstices.

4d. Spota large pat 4 + ou ‘= — -- Cypraea

dd. Spots amall =< ine os a ioe .- Pantherinaria

co, Taeth with red interstices ve te a «4 i< +- Lyncina

bb. Margin lined 2 t is 7 te ve A ..» Mystanponda

aa, Pattern not spotted.

e. Pattern map-like ,, we ; A a .. Leporteypraea

ee. Pattarn not map-like.

f. Wnieoloured orange, margin not Tied ms .. Callistocypraea

, Not unicoloured; margin lined " om -- Ponda

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES $il

Subfamily PusruLarrinae.

Pustularia Swainson, 1840, Cypraca cicercula Linné, 1758.

eicercula cicercula Linné, 1758, Amboina, 4f, 5e,e, 6e,

cleercula jennisont Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Fiji, 6d, (pl. 8, fig, 1-3),

cicercula lienardi Jousseaumne, 1874. Mauritius, 4a, @,

bistrinotata bistrinotata Schilder and Schilder, 1937.. ‘Bismarek Archipelago.

4f. 5a, e,

bistrinotata mediocris Schilder and Schilder, 1938. N. Melanesia. 6e, f, 5e.

bistrinotata sublaevis Schilder and Sehilder, 1938. E, Polynesia. Ge, d, h.

globulus globulus Linné, 1758. Amboina, 6c, 5e,

= margarita Dillwyn, 1917. Amboina,

= trcornis Jousscaume, 1874. Mauritius,

= affinis Gmelin, 1791.

globulus sphaeridium Schilder and Schilder, 1938. Central Melanesia,

d, @.

globulus brevirostris Schilder and Schilder, 19388. Seychelles. 4e.

globulus vulawula Steadman and Cotton, 1948, Fiji, 6a, b, e.

Propustularia Schilder, 1927, Cypraea surinamensis Perry, 1811.

surinamensis Perry, 1811. Surinam. 2b.

= bicallosa Gray, 1831.

Annepona. Iredale, 1935, Pustularia mariae Schilder, 1927.

mariae Schilder, 1927. Pacific Ocean, 6d, eh, 5d.

= annulata Gray, 1828 nom. nud, Pacifie Ocean,

theeva Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Fiji. 6d, g. (pl. 9, fig, 7-9).

= margarita Gray, 1828, Annaa Island, Not margarita Dillwyn, 1817,

Ipsa Jousseaume, 1884 Cypraea childrent Gray, 1825.

childreni childreni Gray, 1825, Pacific. 6a, e, d, e, f, h.

children lemurica Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Indian Ocean. 4e, f,

Subfamily SrapHyLarINag.

Staphylaea Jousseaume, 1884, Cyprwea staphylaca Linné, 1758.

staphylaen staphylaea Linné, 1758, Mauritins. 4a, b, ¢, d, e, f.

= laevigata Dautzenberg, 1932,

staphylaea consobrina Garrett, 1879, Central Pacific. 6a, b, ¢, d, e, f, 2, h.

descripta descripta Iredale, 1935. Capricort Group, 6a,

descripta mukulau Steadman and Cotton, 1948, Fiji, 6d.

Purperosa Iredale, 1935. Purperosa facifer Iredale, 1935.

factfer facifer Iredale, 1935. Queensland, Ga, b.

facifer monstrans Iredale, 1935, Capricorn Group. 6a.

facifer ryvaya Steadman ‘and Cotton, 1943. Fiji. 6d.

limacina limacina Lamarck, 1810. Amboina (%), 5a, b, ¢, d, e.

limacina interstincta Wood, 1828, Mauritius (?). 4d, e, f

Lustaphylaea Steadman and Cotton gen, nov. Cypraea semiplota Mighels, 1845.

semiplota Mighels, 1845, Hawaii, 6h.

= spadix Mighels, 1845.

= polita Roberts, 1868,

= annae Roberts, 1869,

512 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Nuclearia Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea nucleus Linné, 1758.

nucleus nucleus Linné, 1758. Amboina, 4f. 5a, b,c, d,e, £. 6a.

nucleus sturanyt Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Red Sea, 4a.

nucleus madagascariensis Gmelin, 1791. Madagascar. 4d, e.

nucleus gemmosa Perry, 1811, Fiji, 6c, d, e, g.

granulata Pease, 1862. Hawaii. 6h.

= madagascariensis Sowerby, 1823.

= honolulwensis Melvill, 1888.

Subfamily Umsrcirae.

Umbilia Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea wmbilicata Sowerby, 1825.

hesitata hesitata Iredale, 1916. Tasmania, 6b, 5g.

= wumbilicata Sowerby, 1825. Not Dillwyn, 1823.

hesitata beddomei Schilder, 1930, Port Stephens. 6b.

hesitata howellé Iredale 1931, Bass Straits, 90-150 fathoms. 6b.

hesitata armeniaca Verco, 1912, Eighty miles west of Eucla, 100 fathoms, 5g.

Subfamily Zo1ninak.

Bernaya Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraca media Deshayes, 1831 (fossil).

teuleret Cazenavette, 1846. Mocha, Arabia, 4a, b, ¢, d,

= leucostoma Gaskoin, 1843. Not Gmelin, 1790,

= hidalgoi Shaw, 1909.

fultoni Sowerby, 1903, Natal, 4e,

Zoila Tousseaume, 1884. Cypraca friendti Gray, 1831.

friendié friendii Gray, 1831. Swan River. 5g (Western).

= scottit Broderip, 1832.

friendu vercoi Schilder, 1930, Esperance. 5g (Western),

thersites thersites Gaskoin, 1848, South Australia. 5g. (Hastern).

= marginata Gaskoin, 1848,

thersites contraria Verco, 1912, Western Australia. 70-100 fathoms. 5g

(Central).

thersites venusta Sowerby, 1847. North-Western Australia, 5f.

= thatcheri Cox, 1869.

= bakeri Gatliff, 1916.

= brunnea Cox, 1889. Not Hidalgo,

thersites episema Iredale, 1939, South-Western Australia. 5g.

decipiens Smith, 1880. North-Western Australia, 5f.

Siphocyproea Heilprin, 1887. Cypraeca mus Linné, 1758.

mus Linné, 1758. Mediterranean. 2b, 3e, d, e.

= bicornis Sowerby, 1870.

Subfamily CypRAEOVULINAE.

Cypraecovula Gray, 1824. Cypraea capensis Gray, 1828.

capensis Gray, 1828. South Africa, 4c.

amphithales Melvill, 1888. South Africa, 4e,

Lupoma Gray, 1832. Cypraea algoensis Gray, 1825.

= Gaskoinia Roberts, 1870,

algoensis Gray, 1825. South Africa, 4e,

edentula Gray, 1825. South Africa. 4e.

= alfredensis Schilder, 1929,

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 513

fuscorubra Shaw, 1909. South Africa. 4c,

= similis Gray, 1831. Not Gmelin, 1791.

= castanea Higgins, 1868. Not Bolten, 1791.

angustata Ginelin, 1791. South Africa. 4e.

= fuscodentata Gray, 1825.

= coronata Schilder, 1930.

Notocypraea Schilder, 1927. Cypraea piperita Gray, 1825,

piperita Gray, 1825. South Australia. 5g, 6b.

dissecta Iredale,,1931. New South Wales. 6b.

bicolor Gaskoin, 1849. Tasmania. 5g. 6b,

mayi Beddome, 1898. Tasmania, 5g, 6b.

declivis declivis Sowerby, 1870, Tasmania, 5g, 6b,

decliais occidentalis Iredale, 1935. Geoeraphe Bay, Western Australia. 5f.

subcarnea Beddome, 1896. Tasmania. 5g. 6b.

= albata Beddome, 1897,

emblema Iredale, 1931, Bass Strait, 70-90 fathoms. 6b.

vercoms Cotton and Godtrey, 1932, South Australia, 5g, 6b,

Gutlacypraea Iredale, 1935, Cypraea pulicaria Reeve, 1846.

pulicaria Reeve, 1846, Western Australia, 5g,

euclia sp, nov, Western Australia, 100 fathoms, 40 miles west of Eucla, 5g,

(pl. 11, fig. 4-6).

Thelainovum Iredale, 1931, Thelaxinowwn molleri Iredale, 1937.

molleré Tredale, 1981, Twofold Bay, New South Wales, 45 fathoms. 6b,

Subfamily AusTRocyPRAEINAE,

Austrocypraea Cossman, 1903. Cypraea contusa McCoy, 1877 (fossil),

= Prolyneina Schilder, 1927, Cypraea reevet Sowerby, 1832,

reevet Sowerby, 1832. Western Australia. Sz.

Subfamily TALPARLINAE.

Talparia Troschel, 1863. Cypraea talpa Linné, 1758.

talpa talpa Linné, 1758. Amboina. 4. a, ¢ . 6a, @, dy

talpa saturata Dautzenberg, 1903. Samoa, 6c, d, e, f, g. (ol. 12, fig. 13).

talpa impenialis Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Madagasear, 4a, ‘d, e e,

exusta Sowerby, 1832. Gulf of Aden. 4a.

Basilttrona Tredale, 1930, Cypraea isabella Linné, 1758.

isabella isabella Linné, 1758. Amboina, 5a, b, e, d, e, f. Ga, b, ¢.

= isabella rumphw Schilder and Schilder, 1939. South Malaysia.

isabella atriceps Schilder and Schilder, 1989. Hast Polynesia. 6g, h,

isabella lekalekana Ladd, 1934, Tertiary Fossil, Suva.

tsabella cavia Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva, 64d, «, £.

isabella lemuriana sp. nov. Madagascar. 4a, b, d, e, £.

controversa controversa Gray, 1824. Hawaii, 6f, h,

controversa mexicana Stearns, 18938. Mexico. 2b.

pulchra Gray, 1824. Red Sea, 4a, b.

Luria Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea lurida Linné, 1758,

lurida luride Linné, 1758. Mediterranean, 3d, e.

Tlurida minima Tnnker, 1853. Cape Verde Is, 3b, ec,

lurida oceanica Schilder, 1930, Ascension Is. 3a.

5l¢ REcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

cinerea. Gmelin, 1791. Caribbean Sea. 2a, b, ec.

= sordida Lamarck, 1810.

= fragilodes Hidalgo, 1906.

Chelycypraea Schilder, 1930. Cypruca testudinaria Linné, 1758.

testudinaria testudinaria Linné, 1758, Amboina. 5h, e.

testudinaria testudinosa Perry, 1811. Samoa. 6c, d,e, f, g. (pl. 12, fig. 6).

testudimaria ingens Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Mauritius, 4d, e, £.

Arestorides Iredale, 1930. Cypraea argus Linné, 1758,

urgus argus Linné, 1758. Amboina. 4¢. 5a, b,e,f. 6a.

= urgus contrasiriata Perry, 1811, Wast Indies.

argus ventricosa Gray, 1824, Fiji. 6c, d,e, f, g. (pl. 12, fig. 3).

= concatenata Dautzenberg, 1903.

Macrocypraea Schilder, 1930. Cypraea zebra Linné, 1758,

zebra zebra Linné, 1758, West Indies, 2a, b.

= exanthema Linné, 1767,

zebra dissimilis Schilder, 1924. South-Hast Brazil, 2c.

cervus cervus Linné, 1771. Florida. 2a, b,

= cervina Lamarck, 1822,

cervus peilei Schilder, 1932. Bermuda Island (Pleistocene).

cervinetta Kiener, 1848. Gulf of Panama. 1a, b.

Subfamily ErronerNae.

Erronea Troschel, 1863. Cypraea errones Linné, 1758,

errones errones Linné, 1758. Amboina. 5b,

ovum Gmelin, 1791.

ernenta Gmelin, 1791,

olivacea Lamarek, 1810,

errones palawensis Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Palan Island. 5d, ¢.

errones chrysostoma Schilder, 1927. Solomon Islands. 6a, ¢.

= sophiad Brazier, 1875,

errones teramachti Kuroda, 1938, Kui, Japan. 5e,

errones bartletti sp.nov, Rossell Island, New Guinea. 6e. (pl. 11, fig. 1-8).

nimiserrans nimiserrans Iredale, 1935. Queensland. 6a, b. 5f,

nimiserrans kalave Steadman and Cotton,.1943. Suva, 6d, (pl.13, fig. 7-9).

mnuserrans vivilt Steadman and Cotton, 1948. Suva. 6d. (pl. 9, fig. 4-6).

nimiserrams coerulescens Schriter, 1804. Solomon Islands. 6e, ¢, g.

nimiserrans coxt Brazier, 1872. Dupuch’s Island. North-West Australia, 5£,

nimiserrans bimacylata Gray, 1824, Andaman Tslands, 4a, e, f,

= chrysophaea Melvill, 1888,

magerrones magerrones Tredale, 1939, Keppel Bay, Queensland, 6a, ¢.

magerrones proba, Iredale, 1939, North-West Australia. 5f,

Palangerosa Iredale, 1930, Cypraea cylindrica Born, 1780,

cylindrica cylindrica Born, 1780, Amboina. 45a, b, ¢, d, e,

= syubcylindrica Sowerby, 1870.

cylindrica lenella Tredale, 1939. Michaelmas Cay, 6a, c.

cylindrica sista Tredale, 1939, North-Western Australia, 5f,

cylindrica wangga Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva. 6d, e.

cylindrica sowerbyana Schilder, 1932, Ceylon, 4f,

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 515

Ovatipsa Iredale, 1931. Cypraca chinensis Gmelin, 1791,

chinensis chinensis Gmelin, 1791. China, 5b, d, e.

= eruenta Dillwyn, 1817,

= crenata Bolten, 1798.

= morbillosa Bolten, 1798,

chinensis variolaria Lamarck. Amboina, 4e, f, d. 5a, b, e.

= violacea Rous, 1905.

= tortirostris Sowerby, 1906.

chinensis sydneyensis Schilder, 1939, Sydney. 6a, b, e, d.

coloba coloba Melvill, 1888. Gulf of Aden. 4a, b.

coloba greegort Ford, 1893. India. 4f,

caurica caurica Linné, 1758, Amboina. 5b, e, d, e.

= punctulata Gmelin, 1791,

caurica longior Tredale, 1935. Queensland. 6a.

caurica thema Iredale, 1939. New Caledonia. 6c, d.

= obscura Schilder, 1939, not obscura Gaskoin,

caurica blaesa Iredale, 1939. North-Western Australia. 5f,

cauricu dracaena Born, 1778. India, 4h, d, e, f.

= corrosa Gronow, 1781.

= derosa Gmelin, 1791,

= cairnsiana Melvill Standen, 1904.

caurica quinguefasciata Roding, 1798, Red Sea, 4a.

caurica elongata Perry, 1811. South-East Afriea, 4e, d, e.

= oblongata Melvill, 1888.

Talostolida Tredale, 1930, Cypraea teres Gmelin, 1791,

teres teres Gmelin, 1791, Amboina. 5b.

= tabescens Dillwyn, 1817,

= latior Melvill, 1888.

teres subfasciata Link, 1807. Mauritius, 44, e.

= alveolus Tapperone, 1882.

teres pentella Iredale, 1939. Lady Blliot Island, 6a,

teres pellucens Melyill, 1888. North Pacific. 5e, 6f,

subteres subteres Weinkauff, 1880, Sonth-East Polynesia. 6g.

= teres Sowerby, 1832.

subteres hermannt Iredale, 1939, Lady Elliot Island. 6a,

subteres vava Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, 6d.

goodallii gaodallii Sowerby, 1832, Lord Hoods Island. 6g,

goodallii fuscomaculata Pease, 1865, Apaiang Island, 6e.

= adelinae Roberts, 1885.

= dautzenbergi Hidalgo, 1907,

rashleighana rashleighana Melvill, 1888, Loyalty Island, 6e,

rashleighana eunota Taylor, 1916. Hawaii. 6h.

Ipserronea Tredale, 1935, Ipserronea problematica Tredale, 1935,

problematica Tredale, 1935, Lindeman Island, 6a.

Blasicrura Tredale, 1930. Cypraea rhinoceros Souverbie, 1865.

rhinoceros rhinoceros Souverbie, 1865. New Caledonia, 6a.

rhinoceros vivia Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva. 6d.

rhinoceros interrupta Gray, Ceylon, 4f.

trvineanae Cox, 1890. Cape Naturaliste. 5g.

quadrimaculata quadrimaculata Gray, 1824. Amboina. 5b.

= pallidula Gaskoin, 1848,

quadrimaculata thielei Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Lindeman Island. 5a, ¢.

516 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

quadrimaculata garretti Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Fiji. 66, d.

coxeni Cox, 1873. Solomon Islands. 6c,

Bistolida Cossman, 1920. Cypraéa stohda Linné, 1758.

= Derstolida Iredale, 1980. Derstolida fluctuans Iredale, 1930,

= Stolida Jousseaume, 1884, not Lesson, 1831.

stolida stolida Linné, 1758. Ceylon. 4f.

stolida thakau Steadman and Cotton, 1948, Suva, 6d. (pl, 10, fig. 1-3).

stolida crossei Marie, 1869. New Caledonia, 6¢,

stolida diauges Melvill, 1888, Natal. 4e.

stolida brewmdentata Sowerby, 1870. Borneo, 5d,

= moniontha Melvill, 1888.

stohda erythracensis Sowerby, 1837, Red Sea, 4a.

fluctuans fluctuans Tredale, 1935. Lindeman Island. 6a,

fluctuans deceptor Iredale, 1925. Torres Strait, 6a.

Subfamily ApusTINAE,

Adusta Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea onyx Linné, 1758,

onyx onyx Linné, 1758. Amboina*. 5h, ¢, d, e.

onyx mélanesiad Schilder and Schilder, 1937, New Britain. 6¢

onyx nymphae Jay, 1850, Mauritius. 4e.

= carnicolor Morch, 1852,

onyx succincta Linné, 1758. Ceylon*. 4f.

= wmbilicata Dillwyn, 1823.

onyx persica Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Persian Gulf. Fao, 4b.

onyx adusta Lamarck, 1880. Zanzibar*. 4d.

Palmadusta Iredale, 1930, Cypraea clandestina Linné, 1758,

clandestina clandestina Linné, 1767. Ceylon, 4a, b, e, f.

clandestina passerina Melvill, 1888, South Hast Africa 4d, e.

clandestina moniliaris Lamarck, 1810. South Malaysia, 5b, c, d,

clandestina candida Pease, 1865. Central Pacific, 6d, g.

clandestina whitleyt Tredale, 1939, Michaelmas Cay. 5f, 6b.

clandestina extrema Iredale, 1939. Shell harbour, New South Wales. 6a, b.

clandestina artuffeli Jousseaume, 1876. Japan. 5e,

saulae saulae Gaskoin, 1843. Philippine Islands. 5¢, e.

saulae nugata Iredale, 1985, Lindeman Island. 6a.

contaminata contaminata Sowerby, 1832, Amboina. 5b, c, d,e. 6c.

contaminata distans Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Natal, 4d, e.

lutea lutea Grunov, 1781. Ceylon, 4,

= commizta Wood, 1828.

lutea. humphreysti Gray, 1825, Amboina. 5a, b,¢, d, e, 6a, b,

= mvea Wood, 1828.

lutea yaloka Steadman and, Cotton, 1943, Suva, Fiji, 6d,

lutea bizonata Iredale, 1935, Nickol Bay, North-West Australia. 5f.

giezac ztezac Linné, 1758. Amboina. 5h, e, d, e.

= wittata Deshayes, 1831,

ziczac undata Lamarck, 1810, Ceylon, 4f. 5a.

ziczac misaélla Perry, 1811, Bast Africa*. 4d,

ziezae signata Iredale, 1939, Clarence River, New South Wales. 6a, b.

ziczac diluculum Reeve, 1845. Natal. 4c, d

= undata Lamarck, 1822,

ziezac virginalis Schilder and Schilder, 1989. Seychelles. 4e.

= buttoni Oldroyd, 1916,

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 517

Gratiadusta Tredale, 1930. Cypruca pyriformis Gray, 1825.

pyriformis pyriformis Gray, 1825. Ceylon. 4f. 5a, f. Ga,

pyriformis smithi Bowerby, 1881. North West Australia. 5f,

kaisert Kenyon, 1897. Lagrange Bay, 5f, 6a.

walkert walkeri Sowerby, 1832. Persian Gulf. 4h, Ga,

= amabilis Jousseaume, 1881.

walkert continens Iredale, 1935, Lindeman Island. 6a.

walkert comptoni Gray, 1847, Pt, Essington, North Australia, 5f.

walker bregeriana Crosse, 1868, New Caledonia. 6c.

walkert merista Iredale, 1939. Whitsunday Group, Queensland, 6a.

walkert surabajensis Schilder, 1937. Surabaya. 5b, e, d,

nanthodon Sowerby, 1882, Keppel Bay, Queensland*. 6a, b.

oredenburgi Schilder, 1927. Nusa Kambangan, South-West Java, 5e, b,

pallida pallida Gray, 1824. Bombay. 4h, f.

pallida insulicola Schilder and Schilder, 1989. Batavia. db, e, d, &

pulchella pulchella Swainson, 1823. China. 5d, e.

pulchella novaebritanniae Schilder and Schilder, 1937. New Britain. Ge.

pulchella vayssiéret Schilder and Sehilder, 1939, Gulf of Aden. 4a.

pulchella pericalles Melvill and Standen, 1904. Gulf of Oman. 4b.

hungerfordi Sowerby, 1888. Japan. 5e,

== Iniensis Roberts, 1913.

langfordt Kuroda, 1938. Okinosima, Tosa, Japan. Se.

barclayt Reeve, 1857, Mauritius, 4e,

hiraset Roberts, 1930. Japan. 5e.,

Solvadusta Iredale, 1935. Gratiadusta vaticina Iredale, 1930,

subviridis vaticing Iredale 1930. Sydney Harbour. 6a, b.

subviridis subviridas Reeve 18385. North Queensland. 5f. 6a,

= dorsalis Schilder and Sehilder, 1938,

subviridis kesata Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva. 6d.

subviridis anceyt Vayssiere, 1905. New Caledonia. 6c.

subviridis jensostergaardt Ingvar, 1939, Koror Island, Palau Group, Caro-

line Islands, 5d, 6f.

Notadusta Schilder, 1985. Notodusta victoriana Schilder, 1935 (fossil).

marting martini Schepman, 1907. N.W., Celebes, 5b, d.

martini superstes Schilder, 1930, New Hebrides, 6c,

Albacypraeo Cotton and Steadman gen. nov. Cypraea eburnea Barnes, 1828,

eburned eburnea Barnes, 1828, Fiji. 6d. (pl. 12, fig. 11; pl.. 13, fig. 10-19).

eburnea mora Iredale, 1989. New Caledonia. 5d. 6a, ec.

Neobernaya Schilder, 1927, Cypraew spadicea Swainson, 1823,

spadicea Swainson, 1823. California. 1a.

Cribraria Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraca cribraria Linné, 1758.

cribraria eribraria Linné, 1758. Ceylon. 4.

pi stereede neem Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Nadroga, Fiji, 6c, d. (pl, 11,

g. 7-9).

oii Sa zadela Iredale, 1989. Hamilton Island, Whitsunday Group, Queens-

land. 6a, c.

oribraria fallac Smith, 1881, West Australia, 5f, g,

cribraria exmouthensis Melvill, 1888. West Australia, Exmouth Gulf. 6f.

eribraria comma Perry, 1811. 8.H. Afvica, 40, d, e.

crtbellum Gaskoin, 1849, Mauritius, 4e.

esontropia Duclos, 1833. Mauritius. 4e.

= translucida Melvill, 1888.

518 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

catholicorum Schilder and Schilder, 1938. Melanesia. Ge,

= fischeri Schilder, 1933.

gaskoint Reeve, 1846. Sandwich Islands, 6h.

= peasei Sowerby, 1870.

= fischeri Vayssiere, 1910,

cuminga cumingtt Sowerby, 1832. Tahiti. 6d.

= compta Pease, 1860,

cumingii cleopatra Schilder and Schilder, 1938. South-East Polynesia. 6g.

Nivigena Iredale, 1930, Nivigena melwardi Iredale, 1930.

melwardi Iredale, 1930. North-West Islet, Capricorn Group, 6a,

Zonuria Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea zonaria Gmelin, 1791,

zonaria Gmelin, 1791. Guinea. 3b,

= zonaia Lamarck, 1810.

gambiensis Shaw, 1909. Cape Verd. 3b, c,

= nebulosa Kiener, 1843.

picta Gray, 1824. Cape Verd. 3b, e.

= atava Rochebrune, 1884.

annetiae annettae Dall, 1909, Gulf of California, 1a, b,

= sowerbyi Kiener, 1845.

annettae aequinoctialis Schilder, 1933, North Peru, Ile.

sanguinolenta Gmelin, 1791. Cape Verd. 3b, e.

petitiana Crosse, 1872. Cape Verd. 3b, c.

pyrum pyrum Gmelin, 1791, South Europe. 38e

= cinnamomaea Olivi, 1792.

= rufa Lamarck, 1810,

pyrum senegalensis Schilder, 1928, Cape Verd. 3b, ¢.

pyrum angolensis Odhner, 1923. 8. Angola. 3a, b.

pyrum insularum Schilder, 1928. North-West Africa. 3c.

pyrum maculosa Gmelin, 1791. North Coast of Africa, 3d.

Schilderia Tomlin, 1930. Cypraea achatidea Sowerby, 1837.

achatidea achatidea Sowerby, 1837. Sicily. 3e.

= grayi Kiener, 1843

= physis Deshayes, 1844.

achatidea oranica Crosse, 1896. Oran, 3d.

achatidea inopinata Schilder, 1930. West Africa, 3c,

achatidea longinqua Schilder and Schilder, 1939. S. Angola. 8b,

Subfamily Nartinag,

Naria Broderip, 1837. Cypraea irrorata Gray, 1828.

trrorata Gray, 1828. Polynesia. 6d, e, f, g.

Paulonaria Iredale, 1930, Cypraca beckii Gaskoin, 1836.

= Opponaria Iredale, 1939.

= Cupinota Iredale, 1939.

beckn Gaskoin, 1836. Philippine Islands. 5d, 6a, ¢, e, f.

dillwym Schilder, 1932. E. Polynesia. 6g.

macandreut Sowerby, 1870. Red Sea. 4a.

= thomasi Crosse, 1865,

microdon microdon Gray, 1828. Philippine Islands. 5d, 6a, e.

= katha Iredale, 1939.

= microdon Sowerby, 1832.

= fimbriata Garrett, 1879, Not Gmelin, 1791,

= minoridens Melvill, 1901.

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 519

microdon granum Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Fiji. 6d, e,

microcodon chrysalis Kiener, 1848, Mauritius. 4e.

waikikvnsis Schilder and Schilder, 1933. Waikiki. 6h.

serrulfera Schilder and Schilder, 1938. Huahine Island. 6g.

fimbriata fimbriata Gmelin, 1791. Mauritius. 4e.

fimbriata durbanensis Schilder aud Schilder, 1989, Durban, 4c, d,

jimbriata marmorata Schriter, 1804, Bast Malaysia, 5b, ¢,d,e. 6a, hb, e.

fimbriata wnifasciata Miehels, 1845, Polynesia, 6g,

fimbriata suvaensis Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva. 6d,e. (pl. 9, fig. 1-3),

jimbriata blandita Tredale, 1939, Port Jackson, 6h,

macula macula Angas, 1867. Port Jackson. 6b.

= trescens Sowerby, 1870.

= interpunctata Henn, 1896.

macula hammondae Iredale, 1939, Clarence River, 6b,

macula cholmondeleyi Melvill, 1888. Australia. 6a,

macula hilda Iredale, 1939, Sharks Bay. 5f,

gracilis gracilis Gaskoin, 1848. Central Malaysia, 5a, ec, £.

gracilis notata Gill, 1858, Red Sea. 4a, b,

subcoerulea Schilder and Schilder, 1981.

gracilis japonica Schilder, 1931, Japan, 5e.

Bvenaria Iredale, 1930. Cypraea asellus Linné, 1758,

asellus asellus Linné, 1758, Amboina, 4e, f. 5a, b, e, d.

= vespacea Melvill, 1905,

asellus bitaeniata Geret, 1903. Queensland. 6a, b-

= latefasciata Schilder, 1930.

asélus kawakawa Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva. fid, ¢, g.

punciata punctata Linné, 1758. Mauritius, 4a, d, e, f,

= stercusmuscartum Lamarck, 1810.

punctata atomaria Gmelin, 1791. Amboina, 5a, b, e, d, e.

punctata iredalet Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Lindeman Ts. 6a, b. c.

punctata persticta Iredale, 1989, Michaelmas Cay, Queensland, 6a.

punctata trizonata Sowerby, 1870. E. Polynesia. Gd, g.

punctata carula Iredale, 1939, Yirrkala, Arnhem Land, Gulf of Carpentaria.

5£

ursellus ursellus Gmelin, 1791. Madagascar. 4d,

= hieneri Hidalgo, 1906.

= hirwndo Sowerby, 1837.

= owen Sowerby, 1837. Mauritius.

= menkeana Deshayes, 1863,

= modesta Sowerby, 1870,

= vasta Schilder and Schilder, 1939. South Africa.

ursellus depriestert Schilder, 1933, §. Malaysia. 5a, b, ¢, d.

urseéllus schnerderi Schilder and Schilder, 1939. New Britain. 6c.

epilee ae Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, Fiji. 6d, ¢, (pl. 8,

g. 46).

ursellus marcia Iredale, 1939, New South Wales. 6a, b.

reductesiqnata Schilder, 1924, Seychelles. 4e.

hirundo hirundo Linné, 1758. Ceylon. 4f.

hirundo neglecta Sowerby, 1837, Central Malaysia. 5a, b, ¢, d.

hirundo rouxit Aneey, 1882. Melanesia 6c.

aprtiense korolevu Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Koroleyu, Fiji. 6d, g. (pl. 8,

g. T-9).

hirundo cameront Iredale, 1939, North Australia, 5f, Ga,b.

520 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

hirundo peropima Iredale, 1939, North West Islet. 6a.

hirwndo franeisca Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Seychelles, 4e,

coffea coffer Sowerby, 1870. Borneo. 5d.

coffea ameeba Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Aitape, New Guinea. 6c.

coffea endela Iredale, 1939. Michaelmas Cay, Queensland. 6a,

Melicerona Iredale, 1930. Cypraea listeri Gray, 1824,

felina felina Gmelin, 1791, South Africa, 4d, e,

felina listeri Gray, 1824, Maldive. 4f.

= ursellus Kiener, 1843.

felina melowli Widalgo, 1906. Amboina, 5a, b, ¢, d.

felina velesia Iredale, 1939. Clarence River, New South Wales. 6a, b.

felina vatu Steadman and Cotton, 1948. Suva, Fiji. 6d, g.

felina pauciguttata Hirase, 1934, Japan. 45e,

felina fabula Kiener, 1843, South-Hast Arabia, 4a, b,

lentiginosa Gray, 1825. Ceylon, 4b, £.

Subfamily Mavuririnae.

Mauritia Troschel, 1863. Cypraea mauritiana Linné, 1758,

mauritiana mauritiana Linné, 1758. Mauritius. 44, e, f,

mauritiana regina Gmelin, 1791, West Malaysia, 5a, b, ¢, d, £,

mauritiana calzequina Melvill and Standen, 1899. Central Pacific, 6a, ¢, d, eg

(pl. 12, fig. 12).

Trona Jousseaume, 1884, Cypraea stercoraria Linné, 1758.

stercoraria Linné, 1758. Gulf of Guinea, 3b,

= conspurcata Gmelin, 1791,

= rattus Lamarck, 1810.

Arabica Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea arabica Linné, 1758.

arabica arabica Linné, 1758, Straits of Sunda, 5a, b, ec,

= intermedia Gray, 1824,

arabica asiatiea Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Formosa. 5d, e.

arabiow westralis Iredale, 1935, Western Australia, 5f. 6a,

arabica dilacerata Schilder and Schilder, Bay of Bengal, 4f.

arabica imamis Schilder and Schilder. Madagascar. 4e.

arabica histrio Gmelin, 1791. Friendly Islands, 6¢,d,e, @. (pl, 12, fig. 1),

= arlequina Moreh, 1852,

= reticulata Martyn, 1784. (not binomial).

=maculifera Schilder, 1932,

eglantina eglantina Duclos, 1833, (‘‘California’’, error) Polynesia 6g,

eglantina momokiti Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva, Fip. Ge, d, «.

egluntina coutwriert Vayasiére, 1905. Philippine Islands. 5b, e, d.

eglantina perconfusa Iredale, 1935, Western Australia. 5f. Ga,

eglantina grayana Schilder, 1930, Red Sea, 4h, e, f,

eglantina niger Roberts, 1885. New Caledonia.

seurra scurra Gmelin, 1791, Amboina. 3a,b,c,d,f. Ga,

= indica Gmelin, 1791.

= amarata Moreh, 1852,

seurra argiolus Bolten, 1798. Mauritius. 4e, f.

= indica Sowerby, 1836.

scurra antelia Tredale, 1939. Lady Elliot Island, Queonsland. 6a,

scurra vono Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva, Fiji, 6e, d.

= retifera Menke, 1829. Nom nud, 1829.

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES 521

depressa depressa Gray, 1824, Central Pacific, 5f. 6a,¢,d,e,f,g, (pl. 12,

fig, 5

g. 5),

= intermedia Redfield, 1847,

= gille’ Jousseaume, 1893.

depressa dispersa Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Indian Ocean, 4a, f.

Subfamily ErosartNak.

Erosaria Troschel, 1863. Cypraca erosa Linné, 1758.

erosa erosa Linné, 1758. Mauritius. 4e, f.

= similis Gmelin, 1791.

= subalba Smith, 1912,

= miliaris Gmelin, 1791.

erosa phagedaina Melvill, 1888, Central Malaysia. 5a, b, ¢, d, e, f, g, h.

erosa chlorizans Melyill, 1888, Central Melanesia, 6c, d, e, f. (pl. 13,

fig. 1-3).

= lactescens Dautzenberg-Bouge, 1933.

erosa kauilamt Kenyon, 1900, Hawaii, 6h.

erosa purissima Vredenburg, 1919. Queensland. 6a, b.

nebrites nebrites Melvill, 1888. Red Sea, 4a, b,

nebrites ceylontca Schilder and Schilder, 1939. India. 44.

nebrites mozambicama Sehilder and Schilder, 1939. South-Rast, Africa. 4d.

océllata Linné, 1758, Ceylon, 4a, b, e, f,

marginalis marginalis Dillwyn, 1817. South-East Afriea. 4c, d.

= listert Gray, 1825,

marginalis pseudocellata Schilder and Schilder, 1939, Sonth-Bast Arabia. 4a,

anocellata inocellata Gray, 1825. Japan. Se.

inocellata diversa Kenyon, 1902. Sharks Bay, 5f.

inocellata metavona Iredale, 1985, Queensland, Ga, b.

inocellata differens Schilder, 1927, Central Malaysia. 5a, b, ¢, d.

= brevis Smith, 1913, preoeeupied,

= éffossa Schilder, 1937.

lamarckit lamarchit Gray, 1825. South-Hast Africa, 44d, e,

lamarckti redimita Melvill, 1888. Gulf of Bengal, 4e, f,

guttata Gmelin, 1791. Central Melanesia. 6c.

= brocktoni Iredale, 1930.

turdus turdus Lamarck, 1810. Southern Red Sea. 4a,

= ovata Perry, 1811.

= distinguenda Schilder, 1927,

furdus pardalina Dunker, 1852. Gulf of Suez, 4a,

= pyriformis Sowerby, 1870.

turdus zanzibarica Sullioti, 1911. South East Africa, 4d.

turdus winckwortht Iredale, 1939, Gulf of Oman, 4h.

Ravitrona Iredale, 1980, Cypraea caputserpentis Linné, 1758.

caputserpentis caputserpentis Linné, 1758. Mauritius, 4d, e, £.

caputserpentis reticulum Gmelin, 1791. South-West Malaysia, 5a, b, e.

caputserpentis mikado Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Japan. 5e.

capulserpentis henyonae Schilder and Schilder, 1919. Western Australia. 5f.

caputserpentis caputanguis Philippi, 1849, Sandwich Islands. 6h.

= caputophidit Schilder, 1927,

copuion ponits argentata Dautzenberg-Bouge, 1933. Central Pacific. 6a, b, ¢,

,& &

= caputcolubri Kenyon, 1898. ,

522 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

caputdraconis Melvill, 1888, Paster Island. 6¢.

labrolineata labrolineatu: Gaskoin, 1848. East Malaysia. 5b, ¢, d, 4.

= } flaweola Linné, 1758. Unidentifiable.

labrolineata helenae Roberts, 1869. New Caledonia, Ge.

labrolineata nashi Iredale, 1931. New South Wales. 6b.

labrolineata maccullochi, Iredale, 1939. Queensland. 6a,

labrolineata nasese, Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Snva, Fiji. 6d. (pl. 10,

fir, 4-6),

tomlini tomlint Schilder, 1930, South Melanesia, 6a, b, ¢.

tomlina prodiga Iredale, 1939. Neweastle, New South Wales. 6b.

cernica cernica Sowerby, 1870. South-East. Lemuria, 4e.

cermica percomis Iredale, 1931. New South Wales. 6h.

citrina. Gray, 1825, Natal. 4e, d,

gangranosa gangranosa Dillwyn, 1817, South Malaysia. 4h, ec, d.

gangranosa reentstt Dunker, 1852. Maldive Islands. 4a, d, e, f.

boivinit Kiener, 1843, Central Malaysia. 4b, ¢, d, e.

= awmoend Schilder, 1927,

albuginosa albuginosa Gray, 1825. North-West Mexico. 1a, b.

albuginosa nariaeformis Schilder, 1930. Galapagos. lc.

spurce spurca Linné, 1758, Mediterranean, 34d, e,

= lunata Fischer, 1807.

spurca acicularis Gmelin, 1791. Caribbean Sea. 2a, b.

spurca santaehelenae Schilder, 1930. Ascension. 3a.

spurea atlanticd Monterosato, 1897, Guinea, 3b, ¢,

= verdensium Melvill, 1888.

helvola helvola Linné, 1758. Maldivels. 4f. 5a, b, e, d, e.

helvola citrinicolor Iredale, 1935, North-West Australia, 5f,

helvola callista Shaw, 1909, Polynesia, 6a, ¢, d, e, f, 2.

= agassizi Ladd, 1934.

helvola hawanensis Melvill, 1888. Hawaii. 6h.

= ostergaardi Dall, 1921.

helvola mascarena Melvill, 1888. North Madagascar. 4e-

= chalcedonia Perry, 1811.

helvola argella Melvill, 1888. Hast Afriea. 4d.

helvola meridionalts Schilder and Sehilder, 1939. Natal. 4c,

poraria porara Linné, 1758. Amboina. 4e, f. 5a, b, ce, d, 6.

poraria scarabaeus Bory, 1827, Central Pacific. 6e, d.

poraria theoreta Tredale, 1939, New South Wales, 6a, b, ¢.

wilhelmina Kenyon, 1897, Western Australia. 5f

Poeudozonaria Schilder, 1927, Cypraea arabicula. Lamarck, 1810,

arabicula Lamarck, 1810. Gulf of Panama. 1a, b.

= gemmula Weinkauff, 1881.

robertsi Hidalgo, 1806. Gulf of Panama. 1a, b.

= punctulata Gray, 1824,

nigropunctata Gray, 1828. Galapagos. 1c.

= irina Wiener, 1843,

Monetaria Troschel, 1863, Cypraea moneta Linné, 1758,

= Aricia Broderip, 1837.

moneta moneta Linné, 1758, Maldive Islands, 4f, 5a, f.

moneta. rhomboides Schilder and Schilder, 1933. East Malaysia. 5b, «, d, e.

monéta barthelemyt Bernardi, 1861, New Caledonia, fe,

= tuberculosa Quoy and Gaimard, 1834,

moneta endua Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, Fiji, 6d,

STEADMAN AND COTTON—CLASSIFICATION OF THE COWRIES §23

moneta monetoidés Iredale, 1939. Samoa, 6d,

= moncta erua Steadman and Cotton, 1943,

moneta etolu Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, Fiji. 6d. (pl. 13, fig. 4-6).

moneta mercatorium Rochebrune, 1884. Samoa. 6d.

= ethnographica Rochebrune, 1884.

moneta harrist Iredale, 1939, Luma, 6d.

moneta isomeres Iredale, 1939. Queensland. 6a.

moneta icterina Lamarck, 1810. Hast Africa. 44d, e.

= gibbosa Schroter, 1804,

Ornamentaria Schilder and Schilder, 1936. Cypraca annulus Linné, 1758,

annulus annulus Linné, 1758. Amboina, 5a, b, ¢, d, e,

= harmandiana Rochebrune, 1884.

annulus noumeensis Marie, 1869. New Caledonia. 6a, b, ¢, d, ¢, f, g, h.

= sosokoama Ladd, 1934,

annulus dranga Tredale, 1939, Samoa, 6d.

annulus scutellum Schilder and Schilder, 1937. Northern Lemuria. 4e, f. 5f,

anntlus camelorum Rochebrune, 1884. Madagascar. 4d, e.

obvelata Lamarck, 1810. New Caledonia, 6c, d, g, h.

= perrieri Rochebrune, 1884.

Subfamily CyprakInae.

Cyupraea Linné, 1758. Cypraea tigris Linné, 1758.

tigris tigris Linné, 1758. Madagascar. 4d,e,f. 5a, b,c, d, e, f.

= pardalis Shaw, 1795.

= lyncichroa Melvill, 1888,

nares es Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, Fiji. 6a, ¢, d, e, f, g, hb. (pl, 12,

g. 2),

tigris amboolee Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva, Fiji, 6d. (pl. 12, fig. 15).

Pantherinaria Sacco, 1890. Cypraca pantherina Solander, 1786,

pantherina Solander, 1786, Red Sea. 4a.

= vinosa Gmelin, 1791.

= obtusa Perry, 1811.

= tigrina Lamarck, 1822.

= catulus Schilder, 1924.

Lyncina Troschel, 1863. Cypraea lyna Linné, 1758.

lynx lynz Linné, 1758. Madagascar, 4d,e,f, 5a, b, c,d, e, f.

= vanelld Linné, 1758.

= michaelis Melvill, 1905,

lynx caledonica Crosse, 1869. New Caledonia. 6a, b, «.

lyne pacifica Steadman and Cotton, 1943. Suva, Fiji, 6d, e,g, bh. (pl. 12,

fig. 9).

lynx williamsi Melvill, 1888. Red Sea. 4a, b.

Mystaponda Iredale, 1930, Cypraea vitellus Linné, 1758.

vitellus vitellus Linné, 1758. Sunda, Asia, 5a, b, ¢, d, e, £.

= distorta Cox, 1889, preoccupied.

ere porisenae Schilder and Schilder, 1939. Fiji. 6c, d,e,f,g,h, (pl. 12,

g.7).

vitellus dama Perry, 1811. East Africa, 44d, e, f.

= vitellus sarcodes Melville, 1888.

vitellus orcina Iredale, 1931. Sydney Harbour. 6a, b.

camelopardalis Perry, 1811, Red Sea, 4a,

= melanostoma Sowerby, 1825.

524 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusSEUM

mvosa Broderip, 1827. Mauritius. 4e, f,

= dama Gray, 1828,

broderipiit Sowerby, 1832. Madagascar. 4d, e.

leucodon Broderip, 1828. §. Africa. 4c.

Leporicypraca Iredale, 19380, Cypraea mappa Linné, 1758.

mappa mappa, Linné, 1758. Amboina. 5a, b, e, d, e, f. 6a, e.

= geographica Schilder and Schilder, 1933.

mappa viridis Kenyon, 1902. 6c.

mappa me Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Suva, Fiji, 6d,e,g9. (pl. 12,

ge. 10).

mappa alga Perry, 1811. Mauritius (‘‘Cape of Good Hope"’, error). 4a, a, £.

= rosea Gray, 1824.

= subsignata Melvill, 1888.

valentia Perry, 1811, Amboina, 5b,

= princeps Gray, 1824.

Callistocypraea Schilder, 1927, Cypraee aurantium Gmelin, 1791,

aurantium quruntium Gmelin, 1791. Loyalty Islands. 6e, e, f,

aurantium turanga Steadman and Cotton, 1943, Nadroga, Fiji. 6d, g.

(pl. 12, fig. 4).

Ponda Jousseaume, 1884. Cypraea ventriculus Lamarck, 1810,

ventriculus ventriculus Lamarck, 1810. Annaa Island. 6g, h.

= achatina Perry, 1811.

ventriculus topee Steadman and Cotton, 1948, Kadavu, Fiji, 6e, d, e.

(pl. 12, fig. 8).

carneola carneola Linné, 1758, Amboina. 5b, ec, d, e.

carneala propingua Garret, 1879. Paumota Islands. 6e, d,e,f,g,h. (pl. 12,

fig. 14).

= leviathan Schilder and Schilder, 1937,

carneola thepalea Iredale, 1939. New South Wales. 6a, b.

carneola sowerbyt Anton, 1839, Mauritius. 4e, f. 5a, f.

= loebbeckeana Weinkauff, 1881,

carneola crassa Gmelin, 1791. Red Sea. 4a.

suleidentata Gray, 1824. Hawaii. 6h.

schilderorum Tredale, 1939. Annaa Island, 44d, e, g, h

=arenosa Gray, 1824. Not Dillwyn, 1823.

tessellata Swainson, 1822. Hawaii. 6h.

SUMMARY. -

The Cypraeidae may be arranged into thirteen subfamilies, and sixty-one

genera. The species numbering about one hundred and seventy are mostly readily

formed into a complex of subspecies inhabiting definite geographical regions,

Tt is hoped that this work will stabilize the nomenclature and solve some

problems associated with the family Cypraeidae.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Tredale (1935, June): Aust, Zool., 8, pt. 2, pp. 96-135, pl. 8, 9.

Schilder and Schilder (1939, March) : Proc. Mat, Soc. Lond., 23, pt. 4, pp. 119-231,

Tredale (1939, December): Aust, Zool, 9, pt. 3, pp. 297-323, pl, 27-2 9.

Steadman and Cotton (1943, November) : Rec, 8. Aust. Mus.; 7, No. 4, pp. 309-336,

Steadman and Cetton (1942, December): 5. dust. Nat., 22, No. 2 2, pp, 15-18,

achatidea

achatina

acicularis ..

adamsonii

adelinae =.

Adusta.. ,.

adusta .. ..

nequinoctialis

affinig .. ..

agassizi

Albacypraea

albata .. 2.

albuginosa ..

alfedensis

alga

algoensis

alveolus

amabilis ..

amarata

amboolee

amoeba oo

amoena tb

amphithales

anceyi ..

angolensis ,

anguatata.

annae

Annepona.

annettae .,

annulata

annulus s

antelia. Lay

Arabica

arabica

arabicula .,

arenosa uy

Arestoridos

argella

argentata .,

argiolus :

argup .. ..

Ari¢ia .. .,

arlequina ..

armeniaca ,,

artuffeli ba

asellus Va

asiatica 2

atava

atlantica

atomaria.

atviceps

aurantium =~

Austrocypraea

bakeri ..

barelayi =

barthelemyi

bartletti

INDEX ro GENERA anp SPECIES

Page

508, 518

510, 524

++ 522

re 503

.. $15

508, 516

-. 516

». 518

511

». 522

508, 517

» 513

522

-» §12

«624

506, 512

», 616

517

520

523

-. 520

» 822

-. §12

517

.« $18

o. =6§13

jo, BEL

504, 511

.. $518

504, 511

510, 523

-- 620

509, 520

510, 522

.. 524

507, 514

«» 522

-» 521

509, 520

507, 514

510, 522

520

.. 513

510, 624

507, 513

.. 522

508, 514

Basilitrona ..

beckii .,

beddomei

Bernaya..

bicallosa =, .

bieolor ..

bicornis as

bimaculata .-

Bistolida

bistrinotata

bitaeniata .,

bizonata..

Blaaicrura

boivinji

blagsa 2. ,,

blandita,

bregeriana , -

brevidentata

brevirostria , .

brevig

brocktoni

brodaripii

brunnea,

button ot

cairnsiana

caledonica ..

callista

Callistocypraea is

calxequina

camelopardis

camélorum ..

cameroni

candida

capensis

caputanguis

eaputeolubri

caputdraconis

eaputophidii

caputserpentis

carneola

earnicolor

earula ..

caatanea, ae

catholicorum

catulus

eayia

caurica

cernica

eeryina .. ..

cervinetta

cervus ., .,

eeylonica

chaleedonia. ..

Chelycypraea,

childreni ,.

chinensis

ehlorizana

Page

507, 513

509, 518

.. 612

505, 512

-» 511

613

512

. 6814

507, 516

ve SILI

.. 619

.. 516

508, 515

i. «522

515

519

«+ 617

1) §6616

.. Si

521

os 621

rc 824

. 6Bl2

516

515

523

.. 522

510, 524

.. 520

1. 523

-. 523

519

.. 516

506, 512

_. 521

.» 521

Le 828

~» §21

510, 521

1. 524

. 516

.. 819

518

523

513

515

je » HAY

514

.. 614

.. 521

ae 529

507, 514

504, 511

508, 515

521

cholmondelayi

chrysalis ,,

chrysophaea

chrysostoma

eicoreula

cinerea, -

cinnamomaca

citrina 4

citrinicolor ..

elandestina ..

cleopatra.

eoerulescens

eoffea .. 4.

eoloba ..

comma., ,,

commixta ..

compta re

comptonii

concatenata

consobrina ..

conspureata

contaminata

continens

contraria = ,,

contrastriata

eontrayerda

contusa

coronata wh

eorrosa ay

couturieri _.

coxemi -. _.

Coxl 4, ,,

crassa +4

crenata 4

eribellum

Cribraria

eribraria

crossei

eruenta

cumingii ..

Qupinota .,

cylindrica .

Cypraea

Oypraeovula

“

dama .. .,

dautzenbergi

deceptor

decipiens

declivis

depressa

depriesteri

derosa,

Derstolida

deseripta,

diauges

differens

dilacerata

509, 518

507, 514

.. 522

506, 512

523, 524

.. B15

. 516

1. B12

513

521

519

615

507, 516

..) 51

516

521

520

526

dillwyni 44 as

dilueulom .. -.

dispersa 4, «

dissecta Ae 34

dissimilis ter ay

distans nS

distinguenda

distorta

diversa vel +e

dorsalis oko oat

dracaena

dranga ve we

durbanensis o4

eburnea, Ve 6

edentula .. v4

effosa “7

eglantinn .. 4,

elongata .. ..

emblema .. «+

endela., wy ba

eudus .. ve wy

episema ee

Epona +9 ts

PYOBM 2. 1k we

Frosaria-- ee

Errones -, 507,

errones -. 507,

@TMS, «Js ite eo

erythreeensis .-

Erythrasa .- --

egontropig .. ..

ethnographica ..

etolu .; 24 us

euelia ., +. +

euncta, oe 6

Eustaphylaea 504,

Fivenaria 4) -+

exanthema . .

exmouthensis

exusta .- + 4

axtrama re

fabula +. ++ +6

faeifer.. 1. 4

fallax _.

felina .. \-

fimbriata-.

fischeri um

fiaveola bs bf

fluctuans we

fragiliodes .. +,

francisea r

friendii ae

fultoni., -. --

fuseodentata ve

fuscomaculata

fuacorubra ..

gambiensig .. ..

gangranosa .. ..

garretti

gaskoini _.

Gaskoinia.

gemmosa

gemmula«. yy

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Page

.. 518

.. 516

-. bai

.. 513

. 514

B16

~. 521

1. 593

«+ «B21

. BAT

.. B15

1. 683

519

508, 517

.. B12

geographica +>

gibbose.

Gigantocypraca ote

gillei .. -.

globulus =,

goodallii ..

gracilis ve gt

granulate

granum =

Gratiadusta

grayana ., 4.

grayl 1s vk

greegori..

Guttacypraca

guttata +t

hammondae

harmandiana .

harrisi -. 1.

hawaiiensis .. ..

helenae “3

helvola

hermanni ..

hesitata a : :

hidalgoi

hilda 3

hirundo 3

histrio -. ,.

honoluluensis

howelli

humphreysii

bungerfordi n

jeterina an

imanis ., \

imperialis .,

indica .. _.

ingens ,,

jnocellata .. : t

inopinata

insularum

insuliesla .. _.

intermedia .. ,

interpunctata

interzupta . .

interstineta,

Ipwa,

Tprerronsa _.

iredalei

irescens

ivinng .. 4.

irrorata

irvineanae

isabella

isomeres _

japonica

jennisoni

kaiperi ,

kalavo .. 4.

katha .. .. i

kauilani

kawakawa

jensostergaardi ..

Page

.. 584

.. 528

508, 515

Page

kenyonae 1... , 521

kesata .. moet + enly

kieneri e se aw ~S9

kiiensig. . > by rol?

koroleyvu,, ' 519

labrolinsata vo ew )«=628

lactescons 2. oat B22

laevigata .. .- .. 511

lamarckii se ogy) BBL

langfordi ., .- «., S17

latefasciata +. oo 519

latior .. 608,515

lekalekana -- 513

lemuriana -. 507,513

lemurica, ’ =612,

lentiginosa .. .. .. 520

lenela ., +, +, -. Slt

Leporieypraea .. 510, 524:

leucodon +. $10,524

leucostoma .. .» .- 512

leviathan .. 524

lisnardi 24 -, S11

himacina .. .. «.. G11

listeri ., 509, 520, 521

loebheckeana » 2. 524

Jongingua -. -, .. SIS’

Jonpior,, 4, 5, y+ 6516

lunata ., 4. «1 .. 882

Luponia o)oay) 6-806, 518

Luria .. .. .. 507,513

lurida , ., 507,518

lutea .. ‘ . 516

Iyneiehroa, s+ ee 6238

Lyncina 510, 623

lynx ,. .- 510, 528

macandrewi.. . .. 618

macula re ave a «619

maculifera .- 520

maceullochi - ., 522

Macrocypraea .. 507,514

maculosa is 1% 616

madagascariensis .. §12

magerrones.. .. ». 614

mappa... .. 510, 524

mara .. .. «BT

mareia .. 519

margarita 511

marginalis .. .. .. 621

marginata, .- 605,512

mariaa.. .. 504, 511

marmorata -. . . 519

martini - 508, 517

mascarena ,, - . 622

Mauring . , . 509

Mauritia 509, 520

mauritiana ., 509,520

Mauxiena . 609

mayi 4. 1 . 13

media .- _ ., 605, 512

mediocris .. + $11

melanesiae . . . 516

melanostona, .. 528

Melicsrona , 509, 620

melvalli .. 4. 09,520

STEADMAN AND COTTON—INDEX

melwardi

menkeana

mereatoria ..

mercatorium

meridionalis

meriate

metavona

mexicana...

michaelis ..

microdon ..

mikado ., 4,

miliaris

minima, A

minoridens ..

‘misella, ‘

modesta s

moller1 4

momokiti ..

moneta

Monetaria

monetoides — ,

moniliaris

mouiontha

mousivang ..

morbillosa

mozam)icana

mus .. .,

Mystaponda

Naria .. ...

nariaeformis

nasese .. ,.

nashi ,. .,

nebrites

nebulosa.

neglects,

Neobernaya

niger .,

nigropunetata

nimisserans .

nives .. 4.

Nivigena ..

nivyosa ..

northi .. .,

Notadusta

notata .. ,.

Notocypraea

noumeanais

510,

novaabritanniae ..

Nuclearia

nucleus +1

nugata.. —.

nukulaw ed

nymphae

oblongata

obseura. “4

obtusa ..

obvelata,

occidentalis

oceanica

Occlloria

ocellata, =

olivacea 5%

onyx

Page

508, 518

-, 519

510

-, 523

«. 522

oy ABT

-. $21

-. 6183

-. 623

-, 518

-. 521

521

513

-. 51s

-- 516

-- 619

506, 513

.. 520

522,523

510, 522

523

516

.. §11

-» BS

». O21

506, 512

910, 628

509, 518

. B99

522

523

Bal

518

1. 519

508, 517

| 590

§22

f04, 518

504) 512

» 511

-» 616

.. B15

516

-. 528

.. 693

3 B18

513

.. 508

.. B21

.. B14

508, 516

Opponaria

oranica ne

oreina ..

Ornamentaria

ostergaardi .,

ovate «ooo,

Ovatipsa.

ovum ., 4.

owenii .. .,

pacifica or

Palangerosa

palauensis ..

pallida -

palliduls

Palliosypraea,

Palmaduata . .

pantherina .,

Pantherinaria

pardalina

pardalis

passerina

pauciguttata.

Pouwlonaria ..

peasei .. ,,

peilei ..

pellucena

pentalla

percomis

perconfusa,

pericalles

peropima,

perrieri

persica .,

poersticta.

petitiana

Sse nea be

physis .. ..

picta .. ,.

piperita ie

polita

polynesiae

Ponda . -

poraris mn

Poreellana .,

prineeps

proba .. ..

problematica

prodigs

Prolyncina .,

ropingua ..

ropustularia

pseudocellata

Psendocypraca

Pseudozonaria

pulehalla .,

pulchra oh

pulicaria ss, -

punctata

punetulata ..

purissima . -

Purperosa ,.

Pustularia ..

pyriformis ..

pyrum ..

Cr ee ee er

see Hee

‘

‘?

508, 517, 521

Page

509, 518

-. 518

+. 523

510, 523

+. §22

-. 621

507, 515

-. 414

-. 519

.. 528

507, 514

. B14

517

515

.. 505

508, 516

510, 523

521

_. 523

-, 516

. 520

509, 518

.. 518

-. Bld

.. 515

+. BIB

522

520

.. 517

520

523

= BIG

1 519

518

621

518

.. 518

506, 513

.. 611

517

504, 511

518

quadrimaculata

TO GENERA AND SPECIES

quinquefaaciata .,

rashleighana

rattus .. 2.

Rayitrona .,

redimita

reductesignata

reéntali oj

reevei ..

regina...

reticulata , .

reticulum

retifera

rewa 2. wk

rhinoeeros

Thomboides ,,

Bhynehocypraea ..

Tobertai

rosea... ,,

TOUXI 4. 4s

rufa ot

rumphii at =

rivaya

sanctaehelenae

sanguinolenta

Barcodes

saturate

Baulag 2. 24

scarabgeug ..

schneideri

Schilderia

schilderorum

seottli ., .4

BCUITa .. ,.

scutellum ..

semiplota.

senegalensis

serrulifera ..

signata oe

similis .. .,

Siphonypraca

sista =|, ’

smithi ..

sophiae

sordida -_"

Solvadusta. . .

sosokoana ..

sowerbyana

sowerbyi «.

spadicea

spadix . :

aphaeridium

spurea ,. ,,

Staphylaea .,

ataphylaea ..

sterecoraria .,

stercusmusearium

Stolida.

stolida .. -..

sturanyi ss.

subalba

subearnea

anbeoernla

527

Page

515, 516

.. O16

.. BIS

.. 620

510, 521

.. 51

. 819

.. B22

607, 518

520

1. B81

509, 520

_. 524

508, 515

522

505

1) 58

e584

.. 519

\. 518

613

511

++ 522

-- 518

+» 523

518, 524

508, 517

oy “Hild

-. «BI

4" 082

504, 511

509, 520

. 51g

216

507, 516

.. 512

1, 521

506, 513

.. 619

528

subeylindrica

subfasciata

sublaevis

subsignata ..

subteres

subviridis

suecincta

sulcidentata

superstes

surabajensis

surinamensis

suvaensis

sydneyensis ..

tabescens

Talostolida H ,

talpa ..

Talparia

teramachii

teres ..

tessellata

testudinaria

testudinosa -.

teulerei

thakau ..

thateheri

theeva ..

Thelxinovum ;

thema ..

theoreta

thepalea

thersites

thielei

thomasi

tiprina, . .

Tigris ..

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tigris

tomlini

topee

tortirostris 3

translucida ..

tricornis

trizonata

Trona ..

tuberculosa .

turanga

furdus ..

Umbilia

umbilicata ( :

undata ..

unifasciata

ursellus

valentia

vanelli

yariolaria

vasta

vaticina

vatu

vava

vayssierei

velesia .

ventricosa.

ventriculus ..

venusta

vercoi

verconis

verdensium ..

vespacea

victoriana

vinosa ..

Page

510, 523

~. 522

524

515

517

511

.». 619

509, 520

+» 522

524

521

505, 512

512, 516

516

. B19

519, 520

.. 524

510, 523

.. 515

.. 519

508, 517

.. 520

515

517

520

.. 514

510, 524

.. BIg

512

513

522

.. 519

508, 517

1. 623

Page

violacea os 2, «- eee

virginalis .. .. .. 516

viridis we ae ee «BOE

vitellus ce ee ee 528

vitiensis fade oan HO

vittata.. .. .. .. 616

vivia .. «. we we 815

WiVIT Gin ne oo. ey (4

volai .. 4. 4.) 0. «6528

vono .. .. .. 509,520

vredenburgi -» «. 517

vulavula de wed Pld,

Vulgusella .. .. .. 610

waikikiensis .... .. 519

walkeri oe Gate See ELE

wangga ee ae ee «6514

westralis .. .. .. 520

whitleyi «2 at ae 816

wilhelmina .. .. .. 522

williamsi .. .. ., 6523

winckworthi fn tog 828

xanthodon .. .. .. 517

yaloka .. .. .. .. 516

gadela .. .. .. «- S517

zanzibariea .. .. .. 521

zebra .. .. .. 607,514

giczag .. «. we «6516

Zoila .. .. -. 605,512

Zonaria - .- 508,518

zonaria . «+ 508,518

zonata a3) tee et OLS

530

Hig, 1-3.

Fig, 4-6.

Fig. 7-9.

Tig. 1-3.

Fig. 4-6.

Fig, 7-9,

Fig, 1-3,

Fig. 4-6.

Fig, 7-9.

Fig. 1-3.

Fig. 6,

Fig, 7-9.

Fig. 1,

Fig. 2,

Fig. 3.

ce OUR to

. Mauritia mauritiana calxequina Melvill and

. Talparia talpa saturata Dautzenberg, >< 0°83. Nadroga, Fiji.

. Cypraca tigris amboolee Steadman and Cotton,

REcorDs oF THE S.A, Museum

EXPLANATION OF PLATES,

Plate viii.

Pustularia ciceroula jennisoni Steadman and Cotton. Holotype, x 2°8. Taveuni,

Fiji,

Bvenario. wrsellus vitiensi¢ Steadman and Cotton. Holotype, X 3:5. Suva, Fiji,

Hvenaria hirundo Korolev Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. x 3-6, Koroleva, Fiji,

Plate ix,

ree minoridens swvaensis Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. 4-7, Suva,

Drvonéa nimisserans vivili Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. X 2:7, Buva. Fiji.

Pustularia murgarita theeva Steadman and Cotton, Holotype. % 3-6. Nadroga, Fiji,

Plate =.

Bistolida stolida thakau Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. * 2°2. Suva, Fiji.

Ravitrona labrolineata nasese Steadman and Cotton. Holotype, % 3'7. Buva, Fiji.

Pulmadusta lutea yaloka Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. 2:3, Nadroga, Fiji.

Plate xi.

Erronea errones bartletti ep. nov. Holotype. X 1:3, Rossell Island, New Guinea,

Guttacypraea euslia sp, nov. Holotype. ™% 2-2. Eucla, W.A,., 100 fathoms,

Cribraria cribraria northi Steadman and Cotton. Holotype, x 2. Nadroga, Fiji.

Plate xii,

Arabica arabica histrio Gmelin, X 0-4, Suva, Fiji.

Cypraca tigris volai Steadman. and Cotton. Holotype. x 0:3, Suva, Fiji.

Areslorides argus ventricosa Gray, % 0+3, Nadroga, Fiji,

Callistocypraca aurantivm turanga Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. x 0°3. Nadroga,

Fiji.

. Arabica depressa Gray, X 0*3. Macuata, Fiji,

. Chelyoypraca testudinaria testudinosa Perry. 0-3. Nadroga, Fiji.

. Mystaponda vitellus polynesiae Schilder and Sehilder, X Or4, Nadvoga, Fiji.

Ponda ventrioulus topee Steadman and Cotton. Holotype, x 0°5. Kadavu, Fiji.

Lynoine lynx pacifiea Steadman and Cotton. Holotype. “0-3. Suva, Fiji,

Leporicypraca mappa rewa Steadman and Cotton, Holotype. 0-4, Suva, Digi.

Albacypraca eburnea Barnes. 0-3. Tavua, Fiji

Standen. % 03. Nadzoga, Fiji.

Ponda carnéola propingua Garrett. > 0°3, Suva, Fiji.

Holotype, %0°3. Nairai, Fiji,

Plate xii.

Erosaria erosa: ohlorizans Melyill, dorsal view of shell, 0-7.

Erosayia erosa. ohlorizans Melvill, dorsal view of animal and shell. x 0'7,

Brosaria erosa chlorizana Melvill, Ventral view of shell, ™ 0-7.

Monetaria moncta etolu Steadman and. Cotton, Dorsal view of shell, * 1-2.

Monotaria moneta etolu Steadman and Cotton, Dorsal view of shell and animal. x 1:2.

Monetaria moneta elolu Steadman and Cotton, Ventral view of shell. X 1:2,

Erronea nimisserans kalavo Steadman and Cotton. Dorsal view of shell. X_1.

Breonea nimisserans kalavu Steadman and Cotton. Dorsal view of animal and shell.

x1.

Rrronea nimiaserans kalavo Steadman and Cotton, Ventral view of shell. x 1,

Albacypraea eburnea Barnes. Lateral yiew of animal and shell, 0-9.

. Albacypraea eburnea Barnos. Dorsal view of shell. > 0:9.

Albacypraea eburnea Barnes. Ventral view of shell. * 09.

. Albacypraca eburnca Barnes, Dorsal view of animal and shell. x 0°9.

Rec. S.A. MusEUM VoL. VIII, PLATE VIII

GWEN PD. WALSH

Rec. S.A. MusEUM Vou. VIII, Plater IX

GWEN D0. WALSH

Vor, VIII, PLATE X

Rec. 85.A. MUSEUM

GWEN D. WALSH

Rec. §.A. MUSEUM VoL. VIII, PLATE XI

CWEN D. WALSH

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM VoL. VIII, PLATE XII

— Teer EEE

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM Voc. VIII, PLATE XIII

RECORDS

OF THE

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Vol. VIIE. No. 4

Published by The Museum Board, and edited by the Museum Director

(Herbert M. Hale)

AbELAIDE, DECEMBER 10, 1947

PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET

THE PIGMY SPERM WHALE (KOGIA BREVICEPS,

BLAINVILLE) ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COASTS

By HERBERT M. HALE, DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

It is now possible to list three localities at which the Pigmy, or Short-headed Sperm

Whale (Kogia breviceps) has been taken in South Australia.

The first record of the species on the coast of this State is furnished by Wood Jones

(1925, p. 279) who notes a lower jaw secured at Encounter Bay about 1885.

Tue PIGMY SPERM WHALE (KOGIA BREVICEPS,

Biainvitte) on SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COASTS

By HERBERT M, HALE, Direcror, Sovrn Ausrrauian Museum.

Plates xiv—xviii and Text Fig. 1-17,

Tr is now possible to list three localities at which the Pigmy, or Short-headed,

Sperm Whale (Kogia breviceps) has been taken in South Australia,

The first record of the species on the coast of this State is furnished by

Wood Jones (1925, p, 279) who notes a lower jaw seenred at Eneounter Bay

about 1885.

The Pigmy Sperm Whale was not noticed again m South Australia until

April 25, 1987, when a mature female was stranded alive at Port Victoria, in

Spencer Gulf, At the same time a smaller example, which was seen to be

accompanying the adult prior to her misfortune, was observed swimming close

inshore, and later on the same date this individual—which proved to be a young

female—also was cast up on to the beach, Thanks to the efforts of Mr. H. B.A.

Edwardes, of Port Victoria, both specimens were secured, carried over some clits

and transported to the South Australian Museum, where measurements were made

and casts and skeletons prepared. The calf was evidently still suckling at the time,

for the mammary glands were active in the mother; the uterns of the last-named

contained a foetus about 20 em, in length, A brief record of this occurrence was

made by the writer (1939, p. 7) and some furtlier details of the three specimens

are given herein.

Thirdly, in August, 1944, Miss N, M, Follett furnished a description and a

drawing of a ‘‘large fish 7 to 8 feet in length’? whieb had come ashore in the

vicinity of Sleaford Bay, near Port Lincoln. Miss Follett’s excellent account

showed it to be a Kogia. Recovery of this material proved even more difficult

than in the case of the Port Victoria examples and necessitated a journey of

sixteen miles over a rough track and then the crossing of a mile or so of high

sandhills. Finally, a month after the stranding, the skull and some other bones

were collected for the Museum.

Tt should be noted that the plaster casts of the Port Victoria female and calf

now exhibited in the South Australian Museum are of one side only and are

not necessarily accurate in regard to measurements, as the contour does not oeeur

along a truly sagittal section, Furthermore, the peetoral limbs were removed

532 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

by the preparators before moulding thus resulting in slight distortion in their

region.

I am indebted to Miss Gwen D. Walsh for preparation of most of the drawings

and photographs illustrating this paper.

NOTES ON EXTERIOR OF ADULTS AND CALF.

The colour of both cow and calf from Port Victoria was jet black above and

on the sides, fading into the white of the underside from back of the mouth to a

little posterior to the anus. Miss Follett describes the Sleaford Bay example as

blackish brown above and reddish below but this difference in colouration may

have been due to post-mortem changes.

Fig. 1-2. Dorsal fins of adult female and calf from Port Victoria (14 nat. size).

Scale drawings of the cow and calf from Port Victoria are reproduced on

Plate xiv. In size this adult female approaches the largest of the five definitely

breeding females previously recorded (Allen, 1941, pp. 24-25).

The body is less than four times as long as greatest depth. The snout is deep

and blunt, and in front of the mandible it curves forwards and upwards for a short

Fig. 3-4. Pectoral limbs of adult female and calf from Port Victoria (4 nat. size).

distance then suddenly rises steeply, with little forward inclination, to a rounded

dorsal ‘‘point.’’

The faleate dorsal fin (text fig. 1) is about three and one half times as long

as high and is placed just behind the middle of the length. The pectoral limb

is two and three-fourths times as long as deep (text fig. 3).

HALE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 533

In the female calf from Port Victoria the body is relatively plumper than in

the adult, being less than four times as long as deep; the origin of the dorsal fin

is slightly further behind the middle of the length. This fin is faleate (text fig, 2

and is three times as long as wide while the pectoral limb (text fig. 4) is a little

shorter in proportion to its width than in the adult and is also shorter in relation

to the total length of the animal. The snout as seen from the side exhibits quite

considerable difference in shape, curving upwards and forwards from the distal end

of the mandible much more obliquely than in the mother (see pl. xiv).

It is generally considered that the speeimens of Kogia so far secured in both

northern and southern hemispheres represent only one species; from the litera-

ture there is little or no evidence for the separation of two or more forms on

external or skeletal characters,

There are few good illustvations of the exterior of Kogia, Accordine to most

published descriptions, but not always to the illustrations, the origin of the dorsal

fin geeurs at, or a little posterior to, the middle of the total length of the animal

An exception may be the New South Wales example recorded by Krefft (1865,

p. 708, fig. 1) in which the total length is given as 10 ft. 8 in., the distance before

dorsal fin as 5 ft. 3 in.; Krefft's figure, however, shows the fin as arising well hehind

the middle of the length.

Allen (1941, pp, 28-29) notes that in a large male from Massachnsetts the

dorsal fin was low and narrow while in an adult female from Virginia it was nearly

twice the size. In Allen's female the height of this fin was distinctly more than

one-half of its basal length and at least one-fifteenth of the total length of the

animal; the aforementioned author remarks that future observations may show

whether or uot this is a normal sexual difference. The female from Madras figured

by Owen (1866, pl. x-xi) similarly has a high dorsal, and this applies also to the

example from Ceylon illustrated by Pearson (1920, pl. i; sex not given).

Of southern examples the data previously published refer to unsexed

material, Oliver (1922, p. 567, pl. ii, fig. 3) illustrates an example from Wanganui,

New Zealand, with the dorsal fin very little smaller than in the aforementioned

northern females; he notes that at least eleven specimens of Kogia ‘‘have been

cast ashore in New Zealand during the past 40 years.’’ The last-named author says

of another New Zealand example, ‘‘Dorsal fin small, faleate.’’ In the New South

Wales specinien deseribed by Wall (1851) it seems to haye been much as in the

Port Victoria female, while the poor illustration of Krefft (1865, fie. 1) shows this

fin as low and rounded.

As noted above, in both the adult female and female calf from Port Vietoria

the height of the dorsal fin is, at most, one-third of the length of the fin; further,

the height is equal to only about one-thirtieth of the total length of the animal,

534 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Thus it would seem from available evidence that the fin is subject to considerable

individual variation; on the other hand more adequate information regarding

this and other features may show that geographic races or subspecies exist.

NOTES ON EXTERIOR OF FOETUS.

The Port Victoria foetus is a male. The most striking general features as

compared with the adult are the shape of the relatively large head and the anterior

position of the nostril (text fig.5). From the vertex to the front of the snout the

Fig, 5. Male foetus from Port Victoria; whole animal from the side, and anterior and

ventral views of head (2% nat. size),

head slopes downwards very much more abruptly than in the more advanced

foetus recorded by Allen (1941, fig. 1) and is more like the large foetus (1,097 mm.)

described by Schulte and Smith (1918, p. 7, fig. 1). The crescentic nostril lies

for the greater part to the left of the mid-line and is directed upwards to the left

(text fig. 5) ; its lowest point is barely above the level of the upper edge of the eyes.

The last-named are slightly asymmetrical as regards position, the left eye being

1 mm. closer to the front of the snout than the right. Jn advanee of, and imme-

diately below each eye is an obliqne row of six minute, backwardly curved

vibrissae, each of which projects from a pit; the second and third hairs of the

HALE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 535

left side are placed closely together but the rest, including all of those on the

right are evenly spaced. Schulte and Smith (1918, p. 11) state that, in the foetas

examined by them, ‘‘ our hairs, arranged in an oblique line, were present in front

of the eye,’’ and state further that the intervals suggest a fifth in the middle

of the series. Allen (1941, p. 28) found im his foetus, ‘‘four short, tapering

bristles placed in an oblique row in front of each eve.’’ The last-named author

describes five well-marked grooves on the throat but in the specimen now recorded

the skin in this area is perfectly smooth, possibly due to its earlier stage (text fig. 5,

lower right).

‘SON

ph Th \\ \

Fig. 6-9. Male foetus from Port Victoria; 6-8, dorsal, pectoral and caudal tins (X 114) ;

9, tracing of X-ray of head and thorax to show. position of skull, ete. (34 nat. size).

The body of this small foetus is a little more than four times as long as deep.

The dorsal fin is not faleate but is triangular and low, being considerably less than

three times as long as high (text fig. 6); if is placed distinctly posterior to the

middle of the length. The pectoral limb is not quite two and one-half times longer

than deep; the digits are visible through the thin exterior tissues but an X-ray

photograph discloses no ossification of phalanges, etc. (text fig. 7).

The caudal fin (text fig. 6) has not yet developed backwardly flaring flukes,

the posterior margin of the fin being convex; the lateral edges are almost straight

and a small median posterior notch is present.

A photograph of the foetus secured immediately after removal from the

uterus accompanied the writer’s original brief record of the Port Victoria material

(Hale, 1989, p. 7).

The measurements given herein for it are taken from the formalized specimen ;

its total length before preservation was slightly greater, viz. 203-2 mm. It should

be added that the measurement from tip of snout to anus is 132 mm.

536 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

External measurements of Kegia breviceps, Port Victoria, South Australia,

Adult Juvenile 2 Foetus.

mm, pereent. mm, percent, mm. percent,

Total length to notch of tail flukes 2,897 100 1,71 100 193 100

Greatest depth of body 660 22-8 470 27°5 47 24-4

Tip of snout to vertical level of

anterior corner of eye 337 11-6 229 13-4 24 12-4

Tip of mandible to vertical level of

anterior corner of eye 229 7-9 140 8-2 10 5-2

Tip of snout to vertical level of

anterior edge of dorsal fin 1,499 51-7 915 53:5 103 43.4

Tip of mandible to axilla 610 S11 380 22-2 40) 20°7

Tip of mandible to anterior point of

genital slit 1,019 66-2 —_ _ 78 4004

Width of flukes 700 24-2 410 24-() 34 17-6

Height of dorsal fin 91 3-1 63 3°7 4-5 2-3

Length of base of dorsal fin 422 11-1 185 108 12+5 6-5

Length of pectoral fin along

uuterior edge 397 13:7 216 12-6 28 14.5

Greatest width of pectoral limb 144 a0) 84 4-9 115 6-0

Length of gape 150 5°2 77 4:5 8°5 4-4

Length of eye a1 1-1 22 1:3 4+0 2-1

Depth of eye 17 0-6 14 Og — _

THE SKELETON.

Adult female, Port Victoria, 'The skull (pl. xv, fig. 1-5) is almost one-seventh

of the total length of the whole animal (see Schulte, 1917, p. 366). Fusion of the

sutures is much more advanced than in the Sleaford Bay example described below.

The rostrum from tip to anterior wall of left nostril is decidedly more than

half of the total length of skull. The supraoccipital, as seen from the side, is

concave and the condyle is prominent. The frontal is not distinetly marked off

from the occipital complex. The lateral surface of the left maxilla is deep, two-

thirds as deep again as the right, The maxillo-malar suture on the left side has a

V-shaped downward projection at about first fourth of length of malar, where

the suture sweeps abruptly upward; at the rear the suture curves downwards and

thus the malar, measured along this suture, is longer than deep. The maxillo-malar

suture of the right side is in the form of one very wide VY. the caudal two-thirds

being almost horizontal.

The mid-facial erest overhangs the fossa of the left maxilla strongly in its

rostral half. The right premaxilla reaches the summit of the crest at the vertex

where both it and the left maxilla ave swollen and equally elevated, with the suture

between almost obliterated. The prefrontal is truneate in front and forms a high

thin erest between the nares; this ethmoidal part of the crest fades out just before

the anterior end of the sagittal crest formed by left maxilla and right premaxilla.

The maxillae below the anterior parts of the transverse erest are thicker than

in the younger Sleaford Bay example; the greatest width across the maxillae to

HALE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 537

the maxillo-malar sutures is one and two-fifths times the distance between the

vertex and the level of the antorbital processes. The antorbital fissures are corres-

pondingly more oblique than in the Sleaford Bay skull; they are slit-like and

almost closed excepting at the fundus.

The palatal surface is moderately convex; a relatively considerable portion

(65 mm.) of the premaxilla appears between maxilla and vomer on right side and a

sinaller part (50 mm.) of the left premaxilla is visible, On each maxilla an

alveolar groove extends back from tip for a distance of 12 em. or so, neither of the

furrows nearly reaching to level of antorbital tubercles; the right sulcus is a partly

closed irregular fissure ; the left is deeper and is crossed not far from tip of rostrum

by an oblique bridge. No teeth were discovered.

The width between the postorbital process is greater than elsewhere.

O i ) PE ON

Fig, 10-11, Tooth from Port Victoria female calf and from Sleaford Bay example (approx.

nat. size). Fig, 12-13. Tongue bones of adult female and calf from Port Victoria (14 nat. size).

Fig, 14. Basihyal of Sleaford Bay example (14 nat. size).

The tip of the mandible on one side and some of the teeth are damaged.

The teeth are smooth, subequal in size, are evenly curved and apparently numbered

thirteen in each ramus.

In the tongue bones (text fig. 12) the basihyal is not subeireular as in the

example illustrated by Benham (1902, p. 58, pl. iii) but is hexagonal; the antero-

lateral and postero-lateral margins are concave; the anterior articular face is

irregular and the posterior edge is barely notched near the mid-line; the bone,

measured across the lateral angles, is one-fourth as wide again as long, The

thyrohyals are suboval, longer than wide. The stylohyals are curved, slightly

twisted bones; the articular face at the proximal end of each is broadly oval in

538 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum

shape while the distal facet is narrowly oval an, because of the aforementioned

twist, its long axis is almost at right angles to that of the proximal end,

The seven cervical vertebrae (pl. xviii, fig. 1-3) are aukylosed into a single

unit, the height of which (106 mn.) is approximately three-fourths the greatest

width (atlas, 42mm.) There isa lateral foramen on each side between atlas and

axis; posterior and a little below each of these is a larger single foramen, the

opening extending apparently between the axis and seventh cervical, Seen from

the side the eombiued neural avehes present an unbroken dorsal outline, rising

steeply and abruptly elevated at the rear to form a short vonnded spine,

There are thirteen (horacie vertebrae. The first (pl. xviii, fie. +) is free from

the cervicals, but tts anterior parts are quite closely applied to the posterior face

of the neck vertebrae, The neural arch of the first thoracic is not complete, there

being a dorsal gap of about mm.; it is triangular rather than snboval, as it is in

the other examples now examined (see pl. xviii, fig. 4) and the nenital eanal is

only one-fourth as wide againas deep. In contormity with the asvinmetry of the

posterior ribs, as mentioned below, ou the twelfth thoracic the tubereular facet

on the right transverse process is 20 min, in length and that of the left 80 mim.

the last thoracic has a small articular face on the thickened outer edge of the left

transverse process but there is no such facet ou the right side,

As in five of the other specimens which have been recorded (Allen 1941, p. 32)

there ave nine lumbar vertebrae,

The candals number twenty-six, making a total of fifty-five vertebrae, only one

less than counted by Allen for the adult female from Virginia (Allen, loc. cit.).

The metapophyses disappear alter the fourth eandal, while the neural canal

becomes an open groove on the simimit of the thirteenth and disappears after the

eighteenth caudal, There are fourteen pairs of chevrons, the menibers of all but

one pair being united,

There are thirteen vibs on the left side but only twelve on the right; the anterior

seven pairs have both tuberele and head, Td will be noted from the table of

measurements that ihe twelfth paiv are markedly asymmetrical aid that the right

member of this pair, like the thirteenth rib of the left side, is abruptly shorter than

the preceding rib. These last ribs are considerably shorter than the corresponding

ones in the calf, but.are mueh stouter.

The sterniou (text fix, 15) consists of the usual three sectinus. The manubrium

has broad, wing-ike lateral expansions in the anterior half, where it is a little

wider than its eveatest lenyth ; in the posterior half the lateral margins are concave

and converge towards the truncate hinder face which, like the anterior margin, is

shallowly incised medianly. The second segment is less than two-thirds as long as

the manubrium, is two-thirds as long again as wide, has concave lateral margins,

HALE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SouTH AUSTRALIA 539

is slightly wider at anterior end than it is posteriorly and is medianly incised at

front and back. The third segment is irregular posteriorly, with concave sides and

has a medianly incised front margin; it is a little less than half as long as the

mannbrium, and is half as long again as its greatest width, which occurs near

hinder end. The two component parts of each piece are completely ankylosed,

but on the first and second segments there are interrupted median grooves.

Tu this specimen, and also in the ealf, pelvie bones were specially searched

for but none was located.

Female calf, Port Vietoria. The skull (pl. xvi, fig. 1-5) is a little more than

one-seyenth of {he total length of the animal (14°6'% compared with 14:2% for the

mother). The rositmu from tp to anterior wall of left wostril is much shorter

than in the two achits desevibed hereim, being less than two-fifths as long as total

length of skull. The supracecipital in lateral view is slightly convex; actually

aloug midline it is flat. The condyle projeets prominently and the foramen is

relatively larger than in the adult skulls, The frontal extends to the vertex as a

thin strip between the oeeipital and the maxilla, The lateral surfaces of the

maxillae are not deep. The malar is broadly triangular, distinctly longer than

deep. On both sides the maxillo-malar suture dips at middle of its length in the

form of a wide V. he prefrontal (ethmoicd) is damaged bat appears to have

formed a erest continuous with the rest of the sagittal crest, which strongly over-

hangs the fossa of the left maxilla. The maxillae below the anterior parts of the

tranaverse erest are only moderately thickened; the greatest width across the

maxillae to the maxillo-malar sutures is one and one-fifth times the distance between

the vertex am] the level of the antorbital processes. The antorbital fissures are

almost closed except at the fundus; the fissure of the right side is much more

oblique than the other,

The palatal surface is markedly convex. On cach side a portion of the pre-

maxilla is visible at the tip, between vomer and maxilla. On each maxilla au

open alveolar groove runs back from tip for a short distance (45 mm.) and is

continued a further 15 mm. or so as a canal completely bridged by bone except

for a tiny foramen on the right side, There is no trace of sockets or of teeth.

The width hetween the postorbital processes is equal to that between the

zygomatic processes of the squamogsal.

The tip of the left ramus of the mandible is missing; the right ramus has

thirteen teeth subequal im size aiid differing from those of the adults now recorded

in having the tips slightly hooked (text fig. 10).

The tongue bones (test fig. 13) like most of the rest of the skeleton are soft,

yery light and ‘‘ehalky,’’ and are easily abraded. The basihyal is very irregularly

sexangular and is half as wide again as long, The thyrohyals are snbeireular ;

540 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

the stylohyals are much as described for the adult except that the articular facets

on the widened proximal ends are relatively narrower.

The ventral element of the atlas and the rest of the cervical vertebrae are

fused together into one solid mass (pl. xviii, fig. 5-7). The dorso-lateral part of

the atlas is quite free (pl. xviii, fig. 8) but none of the remaining cervicals is

marked off dorsally or dorso-laterally. The height of the eervicals (85 mm.) is

slightly less than the greatest width (88 mm.), the latter being that of the free

juv| ¢

F 5 i

. or

Fig. 15-16. Sterna of adult female and calt

from Port Victoria. Fig. 17. Sternum of Sleaford

Bay example (14 nat. size).

portion of the atlas. On the right side of the ankylosed mass there is a large

foramen, partially divided by an incomplete bony bar; on the right side two distinct

foramina occur posterior to the axis, the hinder one being twice as deep as the

other. The median dorsal spine at the rear of the cervical complex is low and

rounded. In front of it the mid-line of the mass and of the atlas is sharply ridged,

not rounded as in the adult,

The thoracic vertebrae are thirteen in number. The neural arch of the first

is complete and the eanal is about one-fourth as wide again as deep; on either side,

ventrally, a small portion of the centrum is fused with the last cervical (pl. xviii,

fig. 6-7). The epiphyses are trapped in the narrow space between cervicals and

first thoracie¢ but are quite free.

There are ten lumbar vertebrae and twenty-three caudals, making a total

HALE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 541

of fifty-three vertebrae; the posterior caudals, however, are so small and fragile

that it is possible that two or three have disappeared during maceration. In only

one of the thirteen chevrons are the members of a pair not united. The meta-

pophyses disappear after the third ecandal, while the neural canal becomes an

open groove on the twelfth caudal and is evanescent on the fourteenth, The ribs

are thirteen on each side, the anterior eight pairs have a double articulation, and

the ribs further differ from those of the mother in being less asymmetrical

posteriorly (see measurements),

Length of ribs of Kogia breviceps, Port Victoria, South

Australia; the measurements were taken in a straight

line from head to free end,

Adult 9 Juvenile

Right. Left, Right. Left.

mm, mm, mnt. mn,

1 290 290 120 125

2 410 410 200 200

3 480 485 230 230

4 500 510 240 240

A 495 500 240 240

6 480 485 235 230

7 470 470 230 230

8 445 445 220 220

9 415 420 200 205

10 380 380 190 190

11 360 365 180 180

12 108 340 165 170

13 _ 80 145 140

Relative to the total body length the sternum (text fig. 16) is considerably

shorter than in the adult. The manubrium, though less expanded in anterior

half, is proportionately shorter, and is nearly one-fourth as wide again as long;

the two halves are incompletely fused in posterior two-thirds of length, and are

separated by a fissure in anterior third. The second segment is one-third as long

again as wide; its two parts are firmly fused, with a faint median groove. The

third segment is composed of two separate pieces, oue ol which was damaged in

stranding.

Adult, Sleaford Bay. The skull is illustrated on pl. xvu, fig. 1-5. The

rostrum as measured from the tip to anterior wall of left nostril is slightly less

than one-half of the total length of the skull. In lateral view the supraoccipital

is markedly concave and the condyle projects quite considerably. The frontal

extends as a thin strip between the occipital complex and the maxilla. The lateral

surface of the last-named is not very deep (particularly that of the right side)

and that of the malar is broadly triangular in shape (one-third as long again as

deep). The maxillo-malar suture on both sides is sinuate and sub-horizontal

except for a wide downwardly directed V in anterior half.

The sagittal crest between nostrils and vertex moderately overhangs the fossa

542 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

of tho left maxilla in its rostral half; the right premaxilla reaches the siunmit of

the erest at some little distance before the vertex, at which it is elevated, although

only very slightly, above the left maxilla, The prefvontal is trumeate anteriorly

but does not extend as far forward in the canalicwlate vomer as it does iv the

Port Vietoria female; between the nares it forms a thin erest which is continuoens

with the rest of the mid-cranial crest but the latter rises abruptly at a vight angle

just posterior to the level of the nostrils. The area wilhin the transyerse maxillary

crest is approximately as wide as long; the greatest width across the maxillac

to the maxillo-malar sutures is very little greater than ihe distance between vertex

and level of antorbital processes, The autorbital notches are narrow and oblique.

The palatal surface is rather stvongly convex and on cach side a small portion

of jhe premaxilla (length about 25 mm.) is wedged between maxilla anil yomer.

On the right side a deep and continuous alveolar groove extends back from the

front of maxilla tor a distance of 108 mm. On the lett side the maxillary groove

is longer (126 mm.) and reaches almost to level of antorbital tubercles; it is

interrupted, in advance of middle of length by a short hony bridge, Apart from

this last there are no indications ol alveolar sockets and so Leeth were present.

The width between the postorbital processes is barely greater than that

between the zygomatic processes of the sqttumosal, As shown by the measurements

and photograph (pl. xvii, fig, 5) the oecipital foramen is rather narrow.

In the mandible (pl. xvii, fig. 6-7) the dental sulcus is lateral at the tip but

slowly rises 10 the rear, its extreme posterior Limit being dorsal in position. ‘The

groove in the left rami is divided into fourteen sockets, each containing a tooth;

in the right ramus there are thirteen pits. The anterior eight or nine of the

sockets ave separated by complete though exceedingly fragile bridves of boue, hut

the divisions between the posterior ones are much lower, ‘The terminal portion of

the suleus takes the form of a short #roove, intieh narrower aid shallower than

the preceding sockets, The teeth ave amooth, subequal in length and are evenly

curved (lext fig, 11).

In the tongue bones the basihyal (text fig, 14) 1s as lone as wide and, as in the

Port Victoria adult, is markedly hexagonal, It differs, however, in haying the

posterior edge thin and concave from side to side while at the much narrower

front the two articular facets are nol confluent, the anterolateral margins ave

concave and the postero-lateral attachment areas are very rugose, The thyrohyals

are suboval.

Asin the adult female noted above the cervieals (pi. xviii, fig. 9-11) are fused

into one solid mass; there is litle mdication of the component bones dorso-laterally

or dorsally. Tt differs in that the dorsal outline, as seen from tlie side, is coneave

intead of slightly convex anterior to the vertex, the dorsum is rather sharply

ridged medianly and there is a lamellate expansion at the rear of the summit,

HaLe—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 543

representing apparently the neural spines of the posterior cervicals. The height

of the mass, about 115 mm., is subequal to the greatest width (atlas, 118 mm.).

The foramina are as in the female referred to,

The neural avch of the first thoracie vertebra is complete; it is very different

in shape from that of the adult female described, the neural canal being two-thirds

as wide again as deep (pl. xviii, ef. fig. 4 and 12) and differs also in that the

ephiphyses are quite free.

The first sternebra (text fig. 17) is broadly expanded at the front (where

it is nearly one-third as wide again as long) and tapers to a broad stem; its

auterior margin is sinuate, with a small median incision and there is only trace

of a groove , on posterior half, indicating the fusion of the two component, parts.

The second seginent of the sternum also consists of 4 single piece with a very feeble

median gutter; it is four-fifths as long as the first and is widest anteriorly, where

it is little more than half as broad as lone, being thus considerably more elongate

than in either of the other specimens recorded, In the third sternebra the two

bones are completely separated.

Skull measurements of Wogie breviceps from South Australia.

Sleaford Port Vietoria. Port Victoria.

Bay. Adult ? Juvenile 3

mm. percent, mm, percent. mm, — percent.

Total length 351 100 410 101) 250 100

Height to vertex 223 63-5 245 59-8 150 60-0

Width between postorbitial processes 310 88-3 360 a7°8 210 84-0

Hinder edge of oevipital condyles to

posterior wall of left naris 42 40+5 150 SAG 124 49-6

Height of supraoecipital from upper

margin of foramen magnum to

top of occipital crest 100 28-5 115 28-1 80 32°0

Width of supraoceipital at nar-

roweat part between posterior

margins of temporal fossae 200 57 +0 214. 52-2 156 62-0

Length of rostrum from tip to

anterior wall of left naris 172 49-0 227 554 93 37-2

Tip of rostrum to anterior margin

of palatines 136 38-8 170 41-5 76 30+4

Width of rostrum between

antorbital processes 185 2-7 220 53-7 127 50-8

Greatest length of pterygoids 170 43-4 188 499 fT 38-8

Leigth of left naris 43 12-8 47 115 a3 13+2

Width of left naris 30 8-6 33 8-0 23 9-2

Height of foramen magnum 46 13-1 42 10-2 2 16-8

Wiulth of foramen miagnim 32 9-1 41 1-0 o4e5 13-8

Height of occipital condyles 67 19+1 O+ 14-6 AS 93-2

Width of oeeipital condyles 77 21-9 90 22-0 64 25-6

Length of mandible (mid-line be-

tween tip and level of back of

condyles) 298 4°9 360 878 — —

Length of left ramus of mandible

(eondylu to snterior end of

symphysis) 320 91+2 S80 92-7 — —

Depth of left ramus at coronoid 86 245 100 24-4 — —_

Length of symphysis 70 19-9 80 19-5 48 19-2

Length of alyeolar portion 133 a7+9 140 84-2 83 33-2

544 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Foetus, Port Vietoria, Some details of the skeleton have been gleaned from

an X-ray photograph, The skull is 41 mm. in greatest length; thus it is more than

one-fifth of the total length of the animal, relatively much larger than in either

the adult or ealf. Its downward inclination (sce text fig. 9) is more marked than

in the adult as figured by Owen (1866, pl. xi, fig. 2). No trace of jugals can he seen,

One ossification is visible in the cervicals, immediately behind the skull and

only eleven pairs of ribs are apparent. Posterior to this twenty-six ossification

centres can be made out along the spinal column.

ENCOUNTER BAY RECORD!

Wood Jones (1925, p. 279) stated that in South Australia Kogia ‘‘is

represented by a lower jaw obtained ....at Encounter Bay. In this lower jaw the

teeth number thirteen on each side.’’ The mandible referred to by Wood Jones

has not been located with certainty in the mammalian collections of the South

Australian Museum, which, at the time of the abovementioned note were being

investigated by him. Apart from the examples described above, however, the only

Kogia material in this Institution consists of a lower jaw without data and this

has fourteen teeth in each ramus, the proximal one being considerably smaller

than the preceding tooth,

FOOD.

The stomach of the adult female from Port Victoria contained only frag-

mentary remains of prawns, which appear to belong to the genera Peneus and

Hymenodora. In the stomach of the ealf which, as noted above, was apparently

still suekling, there were remains of numerous small Cephalopods, beaks, funnels

and corneas ; the Musenm Conchologist, Mr. B. C. Cotton, identifies these as belong-

ing to a common South Australian squid, Sepioteuthis australis.

PARASITES.

No external parasites were present but the sides of the Port Victoria cow bore

about sixty circular and semicircular healed sears, apparently the result of previous

attachment of barnacles. The ealf exhibited a dozen or so of similar, but in general

smaller, scars.

Internal parasites of the adult comprised three species of Nematoda, described

as new by T. Harvey Johnston and Patricia Mawson (Anisakts kogiae, Porrocaecum

kagiae and Crassicauda magna) as well as eneysted larvae of a Cestode, Phyllobo-

thrium delphini (Bose)—see Johnston and Mawson, 1959, The calf contained

only Anisahis kogiae.

HAaLE—PIGMY SPERM WHALE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA 545

MATERIAL OF KOGIA BREVICEPS LN S0UTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Lower jaw and teeth, ? Encounter Bay, South Australia. Reg. No. M. 5,606.

Adult female. Half cast and complete skeleton, Port Victoria, South Australia.

H. &. A. Edwardes, April 25,1957, Reg. No. M. 5,009,

Female calf. ITalf east and eomplete skeleton, Port Vietoria, South Australia.

H. FE. A. Edwardes, April 25, 1937. Reg. No. M. 5,010.

Male foetus. Whole animal in formalin, Port Victoria, South Australia.

H. ff, A. Edwardes, April 25, 19387. Reg. No. M. 5,011.

Skull, cervieals, first and second thoracics, sternum and first rib of unsexed

example, Sleaford Bay, South Australia. Miss Nancy Follett, Angust-September,

1944. Reg. No. M, 5,197.

REFERENCES CITED,

Allen, Glover M, (1941): ‘*Pygmy Sperm Whale in the Atlantic.’’ Zool. Series,

Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Chicago, xxvii, pp. 17-36, fig. 1-4.

Benham: W. P, (1902): ‘‘Notes on the Osteology of the Short-nosed Sperm

Whale.’’ Proce. Zool. Soe., Loudon (1), pp. 54-62, pl, ii-iv-

Hale, Herbert M. (1939) ;*‘ Rare Whales in South Australia.*’ S. Aust, Naturalist,

xix (4), pp. 5-8, 3 text fig,

Jobnston, T, Harvey, and Mawson, Patricia M. (1939): ‘Parasites of the Pigmy

Sperm Whale.”’ Rec, S. Aust. Mus., vi (3), pp. 264-274, fig. 1-16.

Krefft, Gerard (1865) : ‘‘ Notice of a New Species of Sperm Whale Belonging to

the Genus Huphyseles of Macleay.’? Proc, Zool. Sac., London, pp. 708-715,

fie, 1-6.

Oliver, W. Rh. B. (1922): ‘A Review of the Cetacea of the New Zealand Seas.’'

Proe. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 4357-585, pl. i-iv.

Owen, R. (1866): ‘*On Some Indian Cetacea Colleeted by Walter Elliot, Esq."’

Trans. Zool. Soc., Loudon, vi (1), pp. 17-47, pl. tii—xiv.

Pearson, Joseph (1920): ‘‘A Note on Kogia brevicaps.’’ Spolia Zeylanie,

Colombo, xi, pp. 303-305, pl. i-iv.

Schulte, H. von W. (1917) :‘‘The Skull of Kogia breviceps Blainy.’’? Bull. Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist., xxxvii, pp. 361-404, pl, xxv—xlin.

Schulte, TW. von W., and Smith, M. de Forest (1918) : ‘The External Characters,

Skeletal Museles and Peripheral Nerves of Kogia breviceps (Blainville).’’

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., xxviii, pp. 7-72, fig. 1-21.

Wall, William §. (1851) : ‘‘Tlistory and Description of the Skeleton of a New

Sperm Whale Lately Set Up in the Australian Musenm Together with Some

Account of a New Genus of Sperm Whales called Luphysetes.” Sydney,

pp. 1-68, pl. i-ii-

Wood Jones, F. (1925) :‘‘The Mammals of South Australia,’’ part iii, Handbook

of the Flora and Fauna of S. Aust. Govmt. Printer, Adelaide.

546 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES,

Plate xiv.

Seale drawings of Kogia breviceps, adult female and ealf, stranded at Port Victoria, South

Australia.

Plate xv.

Photographs of skull of Kogia breviceps, adult female, stranded at Port Victoria, South

Australia,

Plate xvi.

Photographs of skull of Mogia breviceps, female calf, stranded at Port Victoria, South

Australia,

Plate xvii.

Photographs of skull and mandible of Kogia breviceps stranded at Sleaford Bay, South Australia,

Plate xviii.

Photographs of cervical vertebrae, ete., of Kogia breviceps, from Port Victoria and Sleaford Bay,

South Australia.

Vili, Phare

Vor

S.A. MUSE

pope

OA he

HLL

p(t

mony

Rec, S.A. MUSEUM Vou. VIII, PLATE XV

viceps, adult female from Port Victoria; fig. 1-5, dorsal, ventral, lateral, anterior

Kogia br

and posterior views of skull (approx. Yj nat. size),

Rec. S.A, MUSEUM Vor. VIII, PLATE XVI

Kogia breviceps, female calf from Port Vietorin; fig. 1-5, dorsal, ventral, lateral, carferioy

and posterior views of skull (ayyprox, by nat, size).

Rec, S,A. MUSEUM Vor. VIET, PLATE NVIT

Noga breviccps, adult from Sleaford Bays fig. 105, dorsal, ventral, tater, anterior said

posterior views of skull; fig. 6-7, rami of miundible -the teeth removed from right rams

. tal

(ipprox, Wy nat, size).

Rhee, S.A, Muskum Vou. VITI, Plate XVITT

Wogia breviceps. Wig. 1-3. Anterior, posterior and lateral views of cervical vertebrae

of Port Vietoria adult female; fig. 4, first thoracie vertebra of same example. Fig. 5-7. Anterior,

posterior did lateral views of cervieats, with aftiehed first thoraeie, of Port Vietoria female enlt;

fig. 8, free dorsal part of axis of samo oxample. Mies G-LL. Anterior, posterior and lateral

views of ceryvicals of Sleaford Biry examples fig, 12, first thoracic of same (all approx. #4 nat. size).

SOME AVIAN AND FISH NEMATODES, CHIEFLY FROM

TAILEM BEND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND PATRICIA M. MAWSON, UNIVERSITY OF

ADELAIDE

Summary

Unless otherwise indicated, the nematodes recorded in this paper were collected by

the senior author from material obtained in the swamps at Tailem Bend, Murray

River, South Australia, during the past nine years. We are indebted to the kindness of

Messrs. G. G., F. and B. Jaensch and Mr. L. Ellis, of Tailem Bend, for their help in

securing the hosts; and to the Commonwealth Research Grant to the University of

Adelaide for financial assistance. Types of the new species have been deposited in the

South Australian Museum.

SOME AVIAN anp FISH NEMATODES, cuier_y From

TAILEM BEND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON anv PATRICIA M. MAWSON, Universiry or ADELAIDE,

Fig. 1-7.

Unuess otherwise indicated, the nematodes recorded in this paper were collected

by the senior author from material obtained in the swamps at Tailem Bend,

Murray River, South Australia, during the past nine years. We are indebted to

the kindness of Messrs. G. G., F. and B. Jaenseh and Mr. L. Ellis, of Tailem Bend,

for their help in securing the hosts; and to the Commonwealth Research Graut

to the University of Adelaide for financial assistance. Types of the new species

have been deposited in the South Australian Museum.

HOST-PARASITE LIST.

BIRDS,

CuHENOPIs ATRATA Lath.: Amidostomum eygni Wehr.

Mrcrocarso MELANOLEUCUS Vieill.: Contracaecum sp.

PHALACROCORAX CARBO Linn,: Contracaecum spiculigerum Rud.

PELECANUS CONSPICILLATUS Temm.: Contracaecum sp.

Larus NOVAEMOLLANDIAE Stephens: Capillaria laricola (Wassilkowa).

CHLIDONIAS LEUCOPARFIA Temm.: Contracaecum sp.

Noroproyx NOVAEHOLLANDIAE Lath.: Contracaccum sp.

Popicrers RUFICOLLIS Stephens (var. NOVAEHOLLANDIAE): Streptocara recta

(Linst.).

Biziura LOBATA Shaw: Amidostomum biziuiae n. sp,

Bupypruva minor Forst. : Contracaccum eudyptulae J, and M. (Kangaroo Island).

GyYMNORHINA HYPOLEUCA Gould; Capillaria gymnorhinae n. sp. (Adelaide).

FISH.

CRATEROCEPHALUS FLUVIATIUIS MeCulloch: Eustrongylides gadopsis J. and M.

PLECTROPLITES AMBIGUUS Rich: Contracaecum sp., larvae; Ascarophis murrayensis

n. sp.; Goezia fluviatilis J. and M.; Spinitectus plectroplites J. and M. (syn.

S. percalates J. and M.) ; Capillaria plectroplites J. and M.

PERCALATES COLONORUM Gunther: Spinitectus plectroplites J. and M.; Goezia

flmmiatilis J. and M., larvae.

548 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

McCuLLocHELLA MACQUARIENSIS C. and V.: Goezia fluviatilis J. and M., larvae;

Contracaecum sp., larvae.

THERAPON (BIDYANA) BIDYANA Mitchell: Contracaecwm sp. larvae.

PHILYPNODON GRANDICEPS Krefft: Contracaecum sp., larvae; HEustrongylides

gadopsis J. and M., larvae (record omitted from our previous host list,

J. and M., 1944, 60).

TANDANUS TANDANUS Mitchell: Capillaria tandani J. and M.; Goezia fluviatilis

J.and M.; Procamallanus sp.; Contracaecum sp., larvae.

PSEUDAPHRITIS URVILLII C. and V.: Ascarophis sp., larvae; Eustrongylides gadopsis

J. and M., larvae; Procamallanus murrayensis, J. and M.

NANNOPERCA AUSTRALIS Gunther : Ascarophis sp., larvae ; Contracaecum sp., larvae.

GALAXIAS oLIDUS Gunth.*: Contracaecum sp., larvae; Eustrongylides gadopsis

J. and M., Coorong.

NEMATALOSA EREBI Gunther: Contracaecum sp. larvae.

Mvucrocorrus caLwayt McCull. and Waite: Contracaecum sp., larvae.

RETROPINNA SEMONI Weber: Hustrongylides sp. (probably EH. gadopsis), larvae.

Saumo Fario Linn.* : Hustronglylides gadopsis J. and M., larvae, from Cooma and

Bombala, New South Wales, and from Canterbury Province, New Zealand.

*Material from host species indicated in this report by an asterisk was collected

in localities other than the Tailem Bend region.

EUSTRONGYLIDES GADOPSIS Johnston and Mawson.

Larval worms of this species (of which we regard our EF. galaxias as a synonym)

were recovered from Pseudaphritis wrvillii, Craterocephalus fluviatilis, Galaxias

olidus and Philypnodon grandiceps. Very young larvae of Hustrongylides sp.,

probably EH. gadopsis, were found in Retropinna semont. We remarked previously

(J. and M., 1944, 64) that this larval parasite was almost certainly the young stage

of EL. phalacrocoracis, occasionally found in the wall of the stomach of local

cormorants.

We have identified the larva from material taken from the brown trout, Salmo

fario, forwarded to us for identification from Cooma and Bombala, New South

Wales, and from Canterbury Province, New Zealand.

CAPILLARIA GYMNORHINAE Ni. sp.

(Fig. 1.)

Two female Capillariids were taken from the magpie, Gymnorhina hypoleuca,

from the Adelaide district. They measure 12-12-5 mm. in length; the breadth at

the head is 15-6, at the base of the oesophagus 80-90, and at the widest part of

JOHNSTON AND MAWSON—AVIAN AND FISH NEMATODES 549

the body, 132». Bacillary bands are absent. The ratio of the lengths of the

oesophageal and intestinal parts of the body is 1:3-7. The vulva lies just behind

the oesophagus, The eggs (fig. 1) are thin-shelled, and measure 50p by 2p,

The worms do not agree with C. pomatostemi J. and M., 1945 (differing in the

size of the eggs and in the ratio of the body parts); nor with C. graucalina

J. and M., 1941 (differing in ege size); nor with C, grallinae J, and M., 1945

(which differs in the ratio of the body parts).

CAPILLARIA LARICOLA (Wassilkowa),

(Fig. 2.)

One female Capillariid worm was taken from a gull, Larus novachollandiae.

Tts measurements fall within the limits given by Freitas and Lent (1935) in their

breadth at the head 14y, at the base of the oesophagus 76u, and at the widest part

99 (which is rather narrower than has been stated for the species). The eggs are

60p by 30p,, and are smooth-shelled, without prominent polar plugs. Bacillary

bands are present.

CAPILLARIA TANDANT Johnston and Mawson 1940.

(Fig. 4.)

This species was originally described from four females from the eatfish,

Tandanus tandanus, In the present collection a male worm is present, It is

3-3 mm. long. The posterior end of the oesophagus is indistinct, so that the

ratio of the anterior to the posterior part of the body is uncertain, The breadth

at the head is 10z, and at the widest part of the worm, 54u, The stout spicule is

225, long. The spicule sheath, partly everted and obscuring the bisa, is markedly

annulate. A fieure of the wrinkled egg shell is given (fig. 3).

CAPILLARIA PLECTROPLITES J. and M. 1940,

(Fig. 3.)

From Plectroplites ambiguus. The species was originally deseribed from

females from this host species, and male worms from Perealutes colonorum were

also referred to C, plectroplites, In the present collection are males and females,

the males agreeing with those described from P. colonorum. The spicule sheath is

not spinous. Two bacillary bands are present, each consisting of two rows of

sparsely scattered papillae.

550 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

AMIDOSTOMUM CYGNI Wehr 193838.

(Fig. 5.)

A single male worm was taken from the black swan, Chenopis atrata. The

extreme posterior end is apparently damaged but the characters of the spicules and

of the anterior end indicate that the parasite belongs to the genus Amidostomum.

The total length is 6-8 mm., and that of the oseophagus, :744 mm. The

excretory pore is 171p from the anterior end. The buccal capsule is stout-walled,

its internal diameter 21, and its depth 12; it contains three teeth, one larger

than the other two. The spicules, each of which is complex and terminates in two

unequal prongs, are 1538p long. The canoe-shaped gubernaculum is 72 long.

The bursa is absent, presumably having been torn off at its base.

Fig. 1. Capillaria gymnorhinae, egg. Fig. 2. Capillaria laricola, egg. Fig. 3. Capillaria

plectroplites, egg. Fig. 4. Capillaria tandani, egg. Fig, 5. Amidostomum cygni, head.

Fig. 6. Amidostomum biziwrae, head, Fig. 7-8. Ascarophis murrayensis: 7, anterior end;

8, posterior end of male. Fig. 1-4, drawn to the same seale; fig. 5 and 6 to same scale.

The specimen agrees with A. anseris (Zeder) R. and H. 1909, A. spatuluwm

Baylis 1932, and A. cygnt Wehr in having three teeth. Its spicules and guber-

naculum are much shorter than those of the first two of these species. The worm

differs from A. anseris also in the size of the teeth relative to that of the buccal

capsule, and from A. spatulum in the absence of any ‘‘epaulette’’ structures.

Tt is arather shorter worm than A. cygmi, but the proportions of the various parts

are similar. In the absence of a bursa it is impossible to verify the identification

completely, but we suggest that our specimen belongs to A. cygnt.

JOHNSTON AND MAWSON~—AVIAN AND FISH NEMATODES 551

AMIDISTOMUM BIZ1URAE n, sp,

(Fig. 6.)

A single female worm referable to the genus Amidoslomum was taken from

the musk duck, Biziura lobata, Its measurements and characters were not found

to correspond with those of any known species of the genus, and a brief description

is now given,

The total length is 7-9 mm., that of the oesophagus is indeterminable. The

buceal capsule is thin-walled, about 11p wide, 7» deep, and contains one large

tooth, Its upper edge appears to be prolonged into six small digitiform projections.

The vulva is 1-7 mm, from the posterior end. The eges are 65-T5p by 37m.

Though the material on which the deseription is based is so scanty, the status

of a new species is suggested for it, as being convenient for future reference,

CONTRACAECUM SPICULIGERUM (Rud.).

This common nematode, already reported as occurring in the stomach of

various Australian cormorants, is now recorded from Phalacracorax carbo from

Tailem Bend, where the bird is not ofteu seen. The parasite was mentioned

previously from this host species in New South Wales by Johnston (1912, 75)

as Ascaris sp.

CONTRACAECUM EUDYPTULAE J, and M.

This parasite has been taken from a penguin, Hudyptula minor, from

Kangaroo Island.

CoNTRACAECUM spp.

Nematodes belonging to the same genus have been obtained from a number

of birds and fish. In some cases the material was recognisable and has already

been recorded, but in many cases the wornis were too young or too poorly preserved

for satisfactory identification aud are here listed as Contracaecum sp. The bird

hosts were Pelecanus conspicillutus, Micvrocarbo melanoleucus, Chlidonias leuco-

pareia, Nolophoyx novachollandiae and Egretla alba,

Very young worms were found sparingly in the mesentery and omentum

adjacent to the stomach and upper intestine of the following fish: Plectroplites

anbiguus, Therapon bidyana, Philypnodon grandiceps, Tandanus ltandanus,

Galaxias olidus, MeCullochella macquariensis, Nannoperca australis, Nematalosa

erebi and Mugilogobius galway? These small transparent worms are probably

the larva of C. spiculigerum from cormorants and C. bancrofti from pelicans.

552 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Gonzra FLUVIATILIS J. and M. 1940.

This short, thick, maggot-like nematode was deseribed originally (J. and M.

1940, 342) from Plectroplites, MceCullochella and Percalates; and lavyal stages

were recorded from Nannoperca and Tandanus from Tailem Bend and from

Mogurnda adspersa from the Burnett River, Queensland, We have identified the

species from Plectroplites ambiguus from the Thompson River at Longreach,

Western Queensland; and in a dead specimen of the same species of fish from

Murray Bridge we found that the liver was extensively burrowed hy adults of the

parasite,

Larval stages have now been collected from the omentum of Perculates

colonorum and McCullochella macquariensis, from both of whieh fish adults

had previously been collected. Very small larvae are to be found in Yandanus

tandanus occupying spherieal, or somewhat flattened and lenticular, pedunen-

lated cysts, measuring about +35 mm. in diameter and each containing a larva

about *8 mm, in length.

SPINITECTUS PLECTROPLITES J, and M, 1940.

Syn. 8. percalates J, and M. 1940.

From Pleelroplites ambiguus. The species was described originally from

females only ; but males have now been collected from the type host, and have been

found to agree in length and in the features of the posterior end, as well as other

characters, with those of 8. percalates, The latter species was (lifferentiated

from 8. plectroplites by the length of the vestibule in relation to the position of

the first ring of spines and to the width of the head. Among the large numbers of

specimens now available for study, all trom Plectroplites ambiguus, are female

and male worms with the type of head deseribed as §. plectroplites; others with

that described as belonging to 8. percalates; as well as others with more or less

intermediate characters. Tt is therefore suggested that the differences may be

due to the state of contraction of the worm, or that the character may be variable

within the species. In all other vespects the worms are sinilar. 8. percalales

thus falls as a synonym of 8, plectroplites.

ASCAROPIITS MURRAYENSIS Nl. sp.

(Fig. 7-8.)

From the callop, Plectroplites ambiquus.

Female, 8-1-5-4 mm. long; vestibule 90-93, long; anterior narrower part.

of oesophagus -18--19 mm. long, posterior part -4--8. Nerve ring at ‘1 mm.

and exeretory pore at ‘13 mm, from head end respectively. Vulva at about

middle of body, Eggs, 28% 19p,

JOHNSTON AND MAWSON—AVIAN AND Fish NEMATODES 553

Male, 2:8-5 mm, in length; vestibule +1 mm. long; anterior part of

vesophagus +14 muu., posterior part +6 mm, long; exeretory pore +17 ym, behind

head. Spicules, 50 and 100p long, Candal alae somewhat narrow for the genus,

supporting four pairs of preoral and five pairs of postanal papillae. The ventral

surface around the cloaca is beset with small euticular tubercles.

Larval worms, often encysted, and of a type veferred to in a previous

paper (J, and M. 1941, 260) under Acuaria (s.1.) sp., larvae, as having been

recovered from two birds and from Relropinna semoni, are now recorded from

various hosts, namely Nunnoperca australis, Pseudaphritis urvillii, and Pleetro-

plites ambiguus. These worms are also very like certain larvae from fish from

subantaretic waters recorded in B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. Reports (J. and M. 1945).

Without infection experiments, it is probably impossible to tell which are the

larvae of Ascarophis sp. or Spinttectus spp. from fish, and which of them belong to

Acuariids living as adults in birds. Most of the known Acuariid life histories

however involve an arthropod intermediate host, so it is probable that larvae

found in fish will grow to the adult stage in the same host.

STREPTOCARA RECTA (Linst).

Streptocara recta (Linst) is again recorded from Podiceps ruficollis novae-

hollandiae. The measurements of the single female in this collection are as

follows: body length 5:2 mm.; length of vestibule 27; length of anterior part

of oesophagus -25 mm., of posterior part 1-2 mm.; vulva 2mm, from posterior end

of body; eggs 85p by 18.

LITERATURE.

Freitas, J, F., and Lent, H. J. (1935) : ‘*Capillaviinae de animaes de sangue frio,”’

Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, xxx, 241-284.

Johnston, T. H. (1912) : ‘Notes on some Entozoa.’* Prov. Roy. Soc., Queensland,

xxiv, 63-91.

Johnston, T. H., and Mawson, P. M, (1940); ‘‘Some Nematodes Parasitic in

Australian Freshwater Fish.’’ Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., lxiv, 340-952,

Johnston, T. H., and Mawson, P, M. (1941): *'Some Nematode Parasites of

Australian Birds.’ Proc. Linn. Soc., NSW, xvi, 250-256,

Johnston, 'T. H., and Mawson, P. M. (1944) ; “Remarks on some Parasitic Nema-

todes from Australia and New Zealand.”” Trans. Roy. Soe., 8, Aust., ieviti

(1), 60-66.

Johnston, T. H., and Mawson, P. M, (1945): ‘‘Capillariid Nematodes from South

Australian Fish and Birds.’ Trans. Roy, Soc, 8. Auest., bxix (2), 243-248.

Johnston, ‘I’. T., and Mawson, P. M. (1945) : ‘‘Purasitic Nematodes.’? B.A.NZ.

Antarct. Res, Exp., B, v (2), 73-160.

AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, NO. 6

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND S. J. EDMONDS, UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE

Summary

The earlier papers in this series have been published in the Transactions of the Royal

Society of South Australia (1929-1947). For assistance in regard to material we are

indebted to the late Dr. T. L. Bancroft, of Eidsvold, Queensland; and to Professor J.

B. Cleland, of the University of Adelaide.

The three species dealt with have been taken from birds. One, from Alectura lathami,

is described as new; one, from Charadrius cucullatus, is attributed to a Japanese

species; and the third, from a gull, Larus novaehollandiae, is assigned to a species

previously known from South America.

Type material has been deposited in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA, No. 6

By T, HARVEY JOHNSTON anp §, J. EDMONDS, University or ADELAIDE,

Fig. 1-30.

TE earlier papers in this series have been published in the Transactions of the

Royal Society of South Australia (1929-1947). For assistance in regard to

material we are indebted to the late Dr. T. L. Bancroft, of Eidsvold, Queensland ;

and to Professor J. B, Cleland, of the University of Adelaide.

The three species dealt with have been taken from birds. One, from Alectura

lathami, is deseribed as new; one, from Charadrius cucullatus, is attributed to a

Japanese species; and the third, from a gull, Larus novaehollan (liae, is assigned

to a species previously known from South America.

Type material has been deposited in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

FYLIcoLLis SPHAEROCEPHALUS (Bremser 1819) Travassos 1926,

Fig, 1-10.

Specimens of this echinorhynch were obtained from the intestine of the

sea-gull, Larus novichollandie at Henley Beach, South Australia, The collection

consists of a few mature and a large number of nearly mature worms, Al] the

measurements given below, except where otherwise stated, were made on specimens

preserved in formalin and cleared in methyl salicylate.

The worms are long and cylindrical with a constriction towards the anterior

end. The length of the males ranges from 10-21 mm, (average 17 mm.), and that

of the females from 9-22 mm. (average 18°5 min.). The maximum width of the

male is from 1:1 to 2-2 mm. (average 1-7 mm.), and that of the female 0:9 to

2-3 mm. (average 1:9 mm.). The proboscis is spherical to oblate in shape and

when collected was firmly embedded in the intestinal wall of the host. Its diameter

in the widest part ranges from 0-7 to 1-9 mm. The proboscis is armed with

19-21 longitudinal rows, each of 7-8 hooks, all of which are firmly attached

by rooting processes. The arrangement and size of the hooks are shown in fig. 1-4.

The proboseis is attached to the body by a tong slender, retractile stalk or neck

which measures up to 30 mm, long. The receptaculum is double-walled, is from

3-2 to 6-7 mm. long, and in the case of the male is connected with the testes. In

most specimens minute spines ave found on the anterior portion of the body. The

iwo lemnisci measure from 2:0 to 4°8 mm. in length.

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

556

JOHNSTON AND EpMONDS—AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 557

Male System, Two ovoid testes, 08 to 1-8 mm. in length and 0°5 to 0-9 mim.

in width, ave situated in the anterior half of the worm. Six long tubular cement

glands whieh are pressed closely together, arise near the posterior testis in most

cases, The two cement duets are swollen basally to form two cement reservoirs.

he vas deferens is distended at its posterior part to form a seminal vesicle, There

is a well developed penis. Suefftigen’s pouch is club-shaped and the bursa bears

a number of rays,

Female System. The structure and arrangement of the female reproduetive

systems are shown in fig, 6,9, The uterus proper is long, being usually about half

the body length. Ripe eggs, measured im 70 p.c. alcohol, ave 62-66, by 30-37p,

and are without polar prolongations.

Systematic Position, Our specimens agree closely in most details with the

account of F, sphacrocephalus (Bremser) published by Trayassos (1926, 91) but

there isa difference regarding the number and arrangement of the proboscis hooks,

Bremser reported that there were 26-28 longitudinal rows, each with 10-14 hooks.

Marval (1905, 322) mentioned 26-28 rows, each with 12-14 hooks, Travassos

(1926) stated that there were 23 rows, each with 10 hooks. Meyer (1932, 76)

published a sunimarized account of the species. Our specimens possess 19-21 longi-

tudinal rows, each with 7-8 hooks but in spite of this difference, we have decided

to assign them to I’, sphaerocephalus which is known from Larus dominicanus and

some other birds from South America, A variation in the number and arrange-

ment of the proboscis hooks has been indicated by Perry (1942) in her account of

F. altmani which has 25-20 (28) rows each with 9-12 (11) hooks.

Empopius ALECTURAE Nn, sp.

Fig. 11-24,

A number of parasites of this species were collected by the late Dr. T. L.

Bancroft from the intestine of Alectura lathami from Hidsvold, Burnett River,

Queensland. All the specimens are long aud flattened or eylindrical, and show

well-marked psendo-segmentation. The smallest specimen is 11 mm. long,

0-58 wm, wide, and white in colour. Most of the adult forms are pale yellow

Vig. 1-10, Filicollis sphacrocephatus, 1, portion of proboscis; 2, arrangement of proboseis

hooks; 3. proboseis of young male; 4. three posterior proboscis howks from a large male;

5, male specimen; 6. posterior portion of female; 7- T.S, male showing 6 cement glands;

8. T.S. male in region of cement reservoir; 9. genital complex of female; 1, mature egg.

References to letlering: b. hursa; hr. brain; bw. body wall; cg. cement gland; er. cement

reservoir; 1. lemnisci; In, Iacunar system; Im. longitudinal musele; Ip, lateral uterine pouch;

m. muscle fibres; p- proboscis; ps. proboscis sheath; rm. retractoy muscle; so. swimming ovaries ;

Sp, Saefftigen’s pouch; sph. sphinctor; t. testi¢; u. uterus; ub, uterine boll; vd, vas deferens;

va, yesieula seminalis.

558 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

was

“7

lic 18 16

Fig. 11-21, Empodius alecturae. 11, (2) auterior region, (b) mid-region, (¢) posterior

region of female, all drawn to same seale; 12, proboscis; 13. anterior hooks from adult (rows

1 and 2) ; 14, anterior hooks from adult (row 8) ; 15. anterior hooks from adult (row 5); 16. hooks

from posterior part of proboscis; 17. anterior part of male; 18. posterior region of male;

19. posterior region of female; 20. young male; 21 egg. (Fig. 13-16 to same scale.)

JOHNSTON AND EDMONDS—AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 359

or straw coloured, The largest male is 170 mm. long and 1-0 mm, wide in the

broadest part; it consists of about 200 ‘‘segments,’’ while most of the females are

about 230 mm, long and 1-4 mm. wide near the middle of the worm where the

breadih is greatest. The colleetion also contains two very large females, each of

abort 280 segments, one measuring 65 em, long and 3:9 mm. wide and the other

68 em. long and 3-6 mm. wide. The specimens are probably the longest of all known

echinorhynchs,

The proboscis is cylindrical and small when compared with the size of the

worm, Its maximum dimensios are: wale, length 0:52 mm., breadth 0-31 mm.;

and female, length 0-74 mm., breadth 0-42 mm, It is armed with numerous hooks

which fall into two groups, The anterior third of the proboscis is beset. with

12 spiral rows of 5 hooks each and the posterior two-thirds with 12 spiral rows

of 14-16 smaller hooks which are spiniform and less regularly placed near the neck

recion. Most of the hooks hear rooting processes, the shape of which we have not

heen able to determine satisfactorily. Tn the case of ihe anterior hooks it seems

to be a three-pronged process (fig. 13 and 14), All the hooks arise from a slight

swelling of the epidermis (fig. 15 and 16), The body of both sexes is smooth.

The region of the animal immediately behind the proboscis is slightly swollen

and contains the receptaculim and lemnisei. The pseudo-segmentation in this

region in both sexes and in the posterior portion of the male is not very well marked

externally, The proboseis receptaculum consists of two parts, an anterior portion

Which arises at the junction of the two groups of proboscis hooks and which is very

thin ventrally (fig. 17), and a posterior sac-like portion with a single thicl

continuous wall (fig, 24). Mhisele fibres pass from. within the proboscis to enter

the hody cavity of the pavasite at the junction of these two parts of the

receptaculum. A similar type of proboscis sheath has been deseribed by Meyer

(1982, 181) in the ease of Empodius otidiy (Mieseher). An oval brain is situated

ventrally in the anterior portion of the proboscis. The lemnisci are much larger

than the receptacnlum, The lacunar system is well developed and consists of one

long channel from which arise transversely, smaller eirvular collecting vessels.

Male System. Two elongate elliptical testes of approximately equal size are

situated well towatds the posterior part of the worm and their maximum dimensions

are: length 2-5 mm., and breadth 0°65 mm-_ Hight elliptical cement glands,

although closely pressed together, appear to be arranged in four pairs. There are

two narrow cement ducts and a pyriform Saefftigen's pouch, The male opening

is terminal.

Female System. The female complex is small m comparison with the size

of the animal. Its structure is shown in fig. 19, The typical uterine bell of an

echinorhynch seems to be either collapsed or lacking in most of our female

specimens. A structure of very thin tissue which possibly acts as a uterine bell,

560 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

LL ef

Jewitt

SPS

aan)

y fe, hy

~—S aD =.

“a2

mwa DRY |

sy PD —S

ales

Fig. 22-24, Empodius alecturae, 22, T.S. anterior region of proboscis; 23. T.S. proboscis

through brain; 24. T.S. anterior part of body.

Fig. 25-30, Prosthorhynchus charadrii. 25. young female; 26. young male; 27. proboscis

(partly invaginated) ; 28. proboscis hooks; 29. female complex; 30, immature egg.

JOHNSTON AND EDMONDS—AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCEPHALA 561

can be made out in a few of the worms. Two well developed lateral uterine

pouches, in most eases containing eggs, come off laterally from the anterior end

of the female eomplex and project towards the anterior end of the worm. The

uterus is short and stout, its maximuin dimensions being, length 0-92 mm. and

breadth 0-45 mm. The female aperture is ferminal. Ripe eggs are from 88 to 95p

long and from 40 to 48, wide and are without polar prolongations (fig. 21).

Systematic Position. This parasite is considered to be a riew species of the

genus Hmpodius, family Gigantorhynchidae. It shows many resemblances to

E. taeniatus (von Linstow 1901), but differs from the latter in length, in the

number and arrangement of the proboscis hooks, and in the size of the egg.

ProstHORHYNCGHUS CHARADRT Yamaguti 1939.

Fig. 25-30.

A number of male and females of an echinorhyneh, which we consider to be

juvenile specimens of the above species, were found in the intestine of the bird,

Charadrius cucullalus, collected by Prof. -. B. Cleland at Waitpinga, South

Australia, The animals are small and cylindrical and the larger females in most

eases are curved ventrally towards the posterior extremity. The body of both

sexes is devoid of spines. The length of the males ranges from 1:5 to $°2 mm,, and

the maximum width 0°50 to 0-66 mm, The length of the females ranges from

28 to 5-4 mm, and the width from 0°58 to 0-80 mm., alll these measurements

being made on specimens cleared in methyl salicylate. The proboscis, which is

invaginated in all our specimens, is cylindrical and is borne at a slight angle

to the rest of the body. Tts maximum width ranges from 0-14 to 0-19 mm, and

when fully everted, would be about 0-4 to 0-8 mm. long. The proboscis is armed

with 17 longitudinal rows each of about 17 hooks, all of which, exeept the posterior

three, have strong rooting processes. Their shape and size is shown in fig. 28.

There is a short neck without hooks. The proboscis sheath is cylindrical and

measures from 0-6 to 1+2 mm. in length and from 0-15 to 0:21 mm. in width,

The sheath is double-walled and an elliptical brain is situated near its middle.

There are two slender lemnisei which in most cases extend as far as the posterior

end of the proboscis sheath.

Male System. Two elliptical testes are sitmated in the mid-region of the worm.

They lie close together and are of approximately equal size, their length ranging

from 0-16 to 0-25 mm. and their width from 0-12 ¢0 0:17 mm. There are six Jong

slender cement glands which are pressed together. Two of the glands reach as far

forward as the anterior testes. Saefftigen’s pouch is pyriform; there is a bursal

cap; and the male aperture is terminal.

562 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

Female Complex. The shape and structure of the female apparatus are

indicated in fig. 29. There is a well developed uterine bell, up to 0-36 mm. in

length; a thin uterus, 0-5 mm. long; and a single-bulbed vaginal sphincter

0-15 mm. long. All our specimens are young, and though most of them contain

swimming ovaries, none has ripe eggs. The youngest worms show that the

ovarian balls arise near the base of the proboscis. The largest swimming ovary

measured 0-19 X 0-12 mm., and the largest 934 334. The posterior end of

many females is slightly invaginated, the vaginal sphincter connecting with the

anterior end of the invagination.

Systematic Position. We consider our specimens to be juveniles of Prosthor-

hynchus charadrii Yamaguti (1934, 334). The size of the proboscis, the number

and arrangement of its hooks, and the general organization resemble those of the

Japanese species which was collected from Charadrius dubius curonicus Gmelin.

There is, however, a slight difference regarding some of the hooks, In Yamaguti’s

specimens all hooks except the posterior four in each row have rooting processes,

whereas in ours all hooks except the posterior three in each row possess them.

Yamaguti reported that the vaginal sphincter consisted of a double bulb, whereas

in our material the structure is single-bulbed, but this condition may be due to

immaturity.

LITERATURE.

Marval, L. (1905) : ‘‘ Monographie des Acanthocephales d’oiseaux.’’? Rev. Suisse

Zool., xiii, 195-389.

Meyer, A. (1932): Acanthocephala. In Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des

Tierreichs, Bd. iv, 2 Abt., 2 Buch.

Perry, M. L. (1942) : ‘A new species of the Acanthocephalan genus, Filicollis.”’

Jour. Parasit., xxviii, 385-7.

Travassos, L. (1926) : ‘‘Contribuicoes para o conhecimento da fauna helmintho-

logiea brasileira.’? Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, xix (1), 31-125,

Yamaguti, 8. (1939): “Studies of the Helminth Fauna of Japan, Part 29.

Acanthocephala IT.’’?) Jap. Jour. Zool., viii (3), 3817-351,

LARVAL TREMATODES FROM AUSTRALIAN

FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS, PART XI

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON AND ANNE C. BECKWITH, UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE

Summary

Earlier papers in this series have been published in the Transactions of the Royal

Society of South Australia, 1937-1945. The present contribution deals with the

morphology of the cercaria and metacercarcia, obtained experimentally, of two

Strigeate trematodes, as yet unrecognized as adults. The cercariae were obtained from

gastropods living in the swamps of the lower Murray River, South Australia. These

are: (1) Cercaria lesson n. sp., from Planorbis isingi Cotton, Limnaca lessoni

Deshayes, and Simlimnea subaquatilis Tate; the metacercarial stage occurring in

freshwater leeches, Glossiphonia spp.; the adult being probably an Apatemon. (2)

Cercaria ameriannae n. sp. from Amerianna pectorosa Conrad; the metacercaria

occuring in tadpoles of Limnodynastes sp. (experimental) and, precociously, in

Amerianna pectorosa; the unrecognized adult being a Diplostome, perhaps a

Tylodelphys.

LARVAL TREMATODES rrom AUSTRALIAN

FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS, Parr XI

By T. HARVEY JOHNSTON anp ANNE C, BECKWITH, University oF AvEvaive,

Fig, 1-16.

Barwirr papers in this series have been published in the Transactions of the Royal

Sociely of South. Australia, 1937-1945, The present contribution deals with the

morphology of the cercaria and metacercarcia, obtained experimentally, of two

Strigeate trematodes, as yet untecognized as adults. The cercariae were obtained

from gastropods living in the swamps of the lower Murray River, South Anstralia.

These are; (1) Cercaria lessoni n. sp., from Planorbis isingi Cotton, Lininaea

lessoni Deshayes, and Simlimnea subaquatilis Tate; the metacerearial stage

oceurring in freshwater leeches, Glossiphonia spp.; the adult being probably an

Apatemon. (2) Cercaria ameriannae n. sp. from Amerianna pectorosa Conrad;

the metacerearia occuring in tadpoles of Linnodynastes sp. (experimental) and,

precociously, in Amerianna pectorosa; the unrecognized adult being a Diplostome,

perhaps a Tylodelphys.

We desire to acknowledge our indebtedness to Messrs. G. G., F,, B., and

D. Jaensch of Tailem Bend, L. Ellis of Murray Bridge, and W. MeAnaney

of Lake Alexandrina, for assisting us in obtaining the moJlusean material; and

to the Commonwealth Research Grant to the University of Adelaide for financial

support, Type material has been deposited in the South Australian Museum.

CrercartA (FURCOCERCARIA) LESSONI n. sp.

(Fig. 1-11.)

A small fureocerearia, Cercariu lessoni, has been obtained on a number of

occasions from three different species of gastropods, Planorbis isingt, Limnaea

lessoni, and Simlinnea subaquatilis. Eighteen collections of P. isingt from the

River Murray swamps at Tailem Bend, were made between April, 1937, and

February, 1941; the snail was not found again until December, 1945, when it

veappeared in large numbers. Further collections of that species were made in

January, Mareh and May, 1946, making a total of 3,854 specimens of P. isingi

collected on all occasions, of which 49 showed infection with C. lessoni, ie. a

1-2 p.c, infection. The rate of infection in Limnaea lessont, as shown by our

figures, is a little higher; out of 3,736 snails collected on 43 separate excursions

between December, 1937, and May, 1948, 112 specimens gave off C. lessoni, i.e, a

564 ReEcornS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

2-9 p.o. infection. Two of these collections were made at Swan Reach, the cerearia

being obtained on both occasions. 8, subaqualilis has been found by us in ihe

River Murray swamps only twice: viz. onee at Lake Alexandrina, when one out

of 208 snails was infected; and once at Tailem Bend, when one out of 46 snails

was infected,

The detailed studies have been made entirely with cercariae from P. tsingi;

the larvae from the other hosts were identified later as C'_ lessoni by mieroseopical

examination and measurement.

The cereariae are emitted mainly during the morning, few appearing in the

afternoon; the length of life is short, for all are dead within twenty-four hours

of emission. The cercariae are actively swimming more than half the time;

when resting they are suspended in the water with the fureae spread at an angle

of 180°. When few cercariac are present—as in the infectious of P, isingi, a very

small snail—they tend to collect at the bottom of the tube, i,e. the darkest part;

in this they resemble C. pseucdoburli Rankin, which is said (Rankin 1939, 88) to

be negatively phototropic, However, infections of ZL. lessoni, a much larger snail,

are usually so heavy that a whole test-tube of water may be rendered opaque by

the numbers of cereariae emitted within a few hours. ‘The larvae swim with

characteristic fureocerarial movement, tail-first, and, if the tube is shaken,

vertically upwards. On one occasion two eercariae were observed attached to

each other and swimming actively; one was eaught on the spines of the other's

everted ventral sucker.

For measurement cereariae were fixed by the addition of an equal quantity of

boiling 10 p.c. formalin to the water in whieh they were swimming. Measurements

were made with an ocular micrometer, in a water mount, using coverslip pressure

only sufficient to keep the cereariae in one plane without distortion. The ayerazes

of measurements of ten cercariae, with the range of measurements in brackets,

given in micra, are as follows: body length 110 (82-151) ; body breadth at widest

part 31 (27-45) ; length of tail stem 90 (75-104) ; breadth of tail stem at widest

part 25 (21-28) ; furea, length 101 (86-113) ; furca, breadth at widest part 19

(18-21) ; length of anterior organ 23 (19-27); breadth of anterior organ 18

(16-19); length of ventral sucker 18 (16-19); breadth of ventral sucker 15

(12-18).

In life, the shape of the body varies greatly with the state of contraction,

being sometimes squat and nearly round, and at other times greatly elongate

(fig. 5). There are no special oral spines. There is a cap of about eight rows of

fine spines over the anterior organ, followed by about a dozen irregular rows of

smaller spines, the last at the level of the oesophagus (fig. 1). The rest of the

body is spineless except for a narrow band of irregularly scattered smal] spines

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 565

vound the posterior end of the body. No such band is recorded for the related

C. burti Miller, nov for C. helvetica XXXI, in which cercariae the spination is

otherwise similar. The ventral sucker is beset with two or three concentric rings

of spines alternately arranged and too numerous to count accurately. The opening

of the ventral sucker is small and round and leads into a wider bowl-like cavily

around the base of which the spines are situated. When the ventral sucker is

greatly protruded, the spines are everted through the small aperture and in this

condition are at right angles to the body of the cerearia.

The anterior sueker is strongly protrusible; the mouth opening may be

inverted deeply into it, or pushed forward when the anterior organ is protruded.

The straight narrow prepbarynus leads into a well developed pharyngeal bulb.

The rest of the digestive tract is difficult to see. Just anterior to the ventral sucker

the narrow oesophagus hifureates into fwo short deeply constricted caeca, the

last lobes of which appoar to be completely separated from the rest of the mtestine,

This condition resembles that described by Sewell (1922, 277) for C. indica XXII,

by Miller (1926, 43) for C, burti, and by Wesenberg-Lund (1994, 114) for

C. longiremis, The ends of the caeea, which scarcely extend beyond the posterior

border of the ventral sucker, stain with intra-vitam neutral red, but not with

intra-vitam Nile blue sulphate.

Dorsal to the caeca on either side lie four small granular penetration cells

(fig, 1) one belrind the other, the first antero-lateval to, the last postero-lateral

to the ventral sucker, The cells stain deeply with Nile blue sulphate, lightly with

neutral red in strong solution, and are unstained in Orange G solution, The

cells are eranular with large, clear, non-staining nuclei. The proximal part of

each duct is granular, the rest clear; they pass forward to penetrate the anterior

organ laterally and open on either side of the mouth, The gland-cells are diffieult

to see in living specimens except when deeply stained; in this respect they are

apparently similar to those of C. helvetica XXNT whieh Dubois (1929, 94)

deserihed as ‘‘peu distinctes,’’ In preserved specimens the gland-cells stained

with neither acid alum carmine nor Delafield’s haematoxylin. Antero-lateral to

the ventral sucker on each side is a clear rotindish refractory body (fig. 1), which

did not staim with any stain used. These bodies are apparently “‘unpigmented

eyespots,”? such as those deseribed for C. pserdoburti by Rankin (1989, 89) and

for C. ranae by Cort and Brackett (1938, 264).

A thiek band of nerve fibres staming with intra-vital Nile blue sulphate hes

dorsal to the oesophagus just behind the pharyngeal bulb (fig. 1). The genital

primordinm is a niass of cells staining deeply with avid alum ecarmine and

Delafiecld’s haematoxylin; it lies between the ventral sucker and the bladder (fig. 1),

The tail is longifureate, with a border of fine, short spines along each side of

566 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

025mm

Fig. 1-6, Cercaria lessoni. 1, glandular, nervous, digestive and reproductive systems, and

spination; 2. exeretory system; 3. tail; 4. sporocyst; 5. showing different shapes assumed

according to the state of contraction; 6. two variations in the excretory commissures, Outlines

of fig. 1-5 drawn with camera lucida; fig. 6 drawn freehand,

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 567

the fureae (fig. 8). There are five or six irregular pairs of large clear cells,

variable in shape, within the tail-stem, These ‘‘caudal bodies” are anchored to the

sides of the tail-stem by fine strands of tissue, and are also attached to the central

excretory canal of the tail. Numerous small stalked cells line the sides of the

tail-stem, their bodies projecting inwards and moving freely. Longitudinal and

transverse muscle fibres are well-developed.

The body of the bladder (fig. 2) is rounded, with a bulge on either side from

which the main collecting tube passes forward to the level of the posterior border

of the yentval sucker. Here ittakes a sharp bend posteriad, continuing for a short

distance as a greatly convoluted tube which receives two secondary tubules, one

from the anterior part of the body, draining one pair of flame-cells, the other

from the posterior part of the body, draining two pairs of flame-cells in the body

aud a single flame-cell in the anterior extremity of the tail-stem, the formula

being 2{(2) + (24+ 2-+ (1))] =14.

Where the main exeretory tube bends posteriad, it receives two transverse

commissures, one anterior to, the other posterior to, the ventral sucker. The

extent to which these commissnres are developed varies considerably in different

specimens. The commissures arise as a pair of branches growing out from the

main excretory duct on either side, at the point where this duct turus posteriad.

The posterior brauch from each sidle grows towards the mid-lme; the anterior

pass forward by the side of the ventral sueker before growing inward to meet.

In any one cerearia, both pairs of commissural outgrowths, or one only (either

the anterior ov the posterior), or neither, may meet and fuse, the point of fusion

being as 4 rule the point of origin of a short, blindly-ending vessel. Thus four

stages of fusion have been observed, and in cases where fusion has not ocenrred,

the degree of development of the commissures is very variable (fig, 6).

Posterior to the bladder is an island of Cort, ancl from this the excretory canal

of the tail passes posteriad along the tail-stem, branching at the origin of the

furene into two tubes, cach of which opens by a pore to the exterior halfway along

the anterior border of the furea.

SPOROCYST.

Upon dissection of a host Planorbis, the liver was found to be almost ecom-

pletely replaced by narrow, elongate, colourless sporocysts with rounded ends

(fig, 4). The length of the longest sporoeyst dissected out entire was 3 mm.

(preseryed in formalin), ie. they are relatively small. No birthpore was

observed; cercariae and germ-balls are scattered without order along the length

of the parasite, The wall of the sporocys( is studded with cells which stain with

haematoxylin; the enticle is yellowish and faintly wrinkled. Living sporoeysts

are capable of slight movement.

568 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM

Sporoeysts taken from the liver of ZL, lessond infeeted with C. lesson were

similar, but were present in far greater numbers as the latter snail is many times

larger than P. isingi, and is subject to very heavy infestations with this parasite.

METACERCARTA,

Attempts have been made to infeet with C, lessoni, the fish Gambusia affinis

and Carassius auratus; tadpoles (Limnodynastes sp. aud Hyla peront) ; molluses

(Amerianna spp., Limnaca lessoni, Planorbis isingt); the yabby (Cherar des-

tructor); and mosquito Jarvae. None of these attempts was suecessful, On

two separate occasions, about six weeks apart, two leeches (Glossiphonia sp.)

were both exposed to fairly heavy infections; seven weeks after the second

exposure the leeches were dissected. Poth eontained a large number of thick-

walled cysts, of two sizes, embedded in the tissues of the body wall. As the

leeches used had been taken from the River Murray, and had thus been exposed

to the possibility of natural infection, the results of the experimental infeetion

are open to question; but the occurrence of the eysts in two sizes, corresponding

with the two infections, and the large number recovered, indicate that they were

the result of experimental infection. The same sort of eysts were recovered from

a similar leech exposed to infection with verearia from the other host, Limnaca

lessoni.

The cysts (fig. 8) are thick-walled and slightly egg-shaped. The measurements

(in micra) of a cyst of the smaller size, are as tollows: length of cyst, 299; breadth

of cyst, 246; length of cavity of cyst, 205; breadth of cavity, 180, Measurements

of a cyst of the larger size are; length of eyst, 893; breadth, 328; length of cavity,

278; breadth 246.

The thickness of the cyst wall made the exeystment of the living metacercaria

unfeasible by ordinary mechanieal methods; so a solution of pepsin in 0-4 p.c.

hydrochloric acid, warmed slightly, was used to dissolve the cyst wall and liberate

the metacercaria, Although this ensured that undamaged metacercariae were

obtained, none remained alive Jong enough to faeihtate stidy of the exeretory

system, so that only the grosser features were seen (fig. 7). Purther study was

made using preserved specimens, stained with neutral red and examined in

a serum mount, or stained with Delafield’s haematoxylin and examined in methyl

salicylate mounts.

The metacerearia is a Tetracotyle, fairly active in life, especially when

warmed slightly, as in the process of dissolving the cyst. In a cyst under cover-

slip, most of the anatomical features of the larva ean be seen, although the pro-

portions of the body cannot be determined (fig. 10). In an exeysted metacerearia

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 569

(fig. 7 and 9), the bipartite nature of the body is obvious, the posterior part

containing the genital primordia being much smaller than the anterior contain-

ing the organs of adhesion. These comprise two lateral suctorial cups (fig. 7),

Fig. 7-11, Cercaria lessoni. 7. metacercaria freed from cyst, ventral view; 8. cyst;

f. metacerearia, lateral yiew; 10. metacerearia within cyst, ventral view (inner wall only of eyst

shown); 11. a number of Apatemon cereariae arranged in series according to the disposition of

the gland-eells—a, Cerearia of Apatemon gracilis (after Szidat) ; b, C, ripont (after Brackett) ;

ec, C. pseudoburti: (after Rankin); 4, C. burti (after Miller); e, C. helvetica XXXI (after

Dubois) ; £, C. pygocytophora (after Brown) ; g, C. leasoni.

and two large suctorial lips enclosed in a ventral pocket. The anterior and

ventral suckers are well-developed. .A pharynx was not seen, but in figures

of the closely similar Tetracotyle of Apatemon gracilis, described by Szidat

(1931, 143-4), a very faint pharynx is indicated.

570 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

RELATIONSHIPS,

Cercaria lessont 1s a longifureate, distome, pharyngeal cercaria whose nearest

relative is C. helvetica XXXI (Dubois, 1929) from Limnaca and Planorbis, The

measurements of the latter (body length, 120-140; tail-stem, 135-150; furea

length, 160-180) show it to be a Little larger; but i is characteristic of this type of

cerearia is to be ‘‘very contractile’? (Dubois 1929, 95), as the range of measure-

ments of C. lessont indicate, so that this difference is probably of little importance,

especially as Dubois’ method of fixing cerearia may have been different from

ours, The shape and proportions of the body are closely similar; the excretory

systems are identical, except that, in C. Jessoni, the commisgures are not always

completely developed, and that the flame-eclls in the eaudal stem are placed

higher than those of Dubois’ cerearia. The nature of the intestinal caeca jis

apparently the same in both; those of (. /essoni were execedingly diffienlt to see,

and Dubois was unable to follow those of CL helvetica XNAT to their termination.

The most conspicuous difference is in the gland cells; in Dubois’ cereavia they are

disposed in two longitudinal series, each of four cells, posterior to the ventral

sucker, aud are sometvhat larger than those of C. lessuni; while im ‘the latter,

the two longitudinal series have heeome pushed forward and le on either side of

the ventral sucker. The gland cells of both have the same character, however,

heing very indistinct, The only other differences are: firstly, that nmpigmented

eyes are not recorded for Dubois’ cercaria, but these are in any ease not

conspicuous features; secondly, that no mention is made of ininute scattered

spines around the posterior part of the body, as in C. lessoni; and finally, that

no island of Cort 1s indicated, but this again is a very inconspicuous feature.

Another cerearia, (. pygocytophara Brown (1931), from Plamorhis, is very

closely allied to C. helvetion XX XI, and to C, lesson. The flame-eell formula is

the same, and spinatiou, caudal excretory system, body size and shape are all

practically identical with those of the other two cercariae. The glands, eight

in number, are arranged like those of C. helvetica NNXI, Apart from the latter

difference, the only other distinctions between C. pygecylophorau and C. lesson,

ave the presence of hair-like structures on the tail-stem of the former, and the

nature of its exeretory commissures. The latter are apparently rather less

completely developed even than those of (. lessoni; no trace of a posterior com-

missure is shown, while (he branches of the anterior have not met in the cercarial

stage,

But for the presenee of the commissure anterior to the yentral sucker,

C. lesson resembles closcly another group of eevearia, which includes the cerearia

of Apatenon gracilis (from Bithynia). €. burti Miller (from Linnea and

Planorbis), and C. pseudoburti Rankin (from Limnaea), These have only one

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES S7\

commissure behind the ventral sucker, but have an exeretory formula identical

with that of C, lessowi, The size, shape, proportions aud spination are similar.

All haye four pairs of penetration glands, lit these are behind the ventral

sucker, arranged either in two horizontal rows, as in the cetcaria of Apatemon

gracilis, or in hwo groups of four, as in the others, Long, fine hair-like processes,

like those of C. pygocytophora, ave shown on the sides of the tail-stem of the

eercaria of A. gracilis, but no such processes were observed on C. lessoni. Byes

are not recorded for C. burti. C. pseudoburti is very similar to C. lesson, but in

the former, the lack of anterior commissure, the absence of spines at the posterior

end of the body, as well as the disposition of the vland-cells, serve to distinguish

it from our cerearia.

To this group might be added €. ripani Brackett, 1939 (from Stagnicola)

which agrees with the descriptions of the others, except that the glands, arranged

like those of C. burli and C. pseudoburh, in two groups behind the ventral sucker,

are given as only six in number. If these glands are of the same indistinet

nature ag those of C. helvelica XX NT and (. lessoni, the diffiealty encountered in

distinguishing the precise number world be e¢onsiderable,

A tiumber of other cereariae appear to have some affinities with @. lessoni,

though not so closely related as the six mentioned above. The cerearia of

Apharyngostrigea pipientis Olivier (1940), from Plonorbula, has eyespots and

four pairs of gland-cells rather like those of our Jarva; it alsa has two excretory

commissures, though their relation to the rest of the excretory system is different.

The exeretory system formula is 2[ (2+ 2) -+ (2-2 +4 (2))] —20, ie, it

shows development of a greater complexity with the same pattern as that of

C. lessont and its closest relatives. thr this connection it is interesting to note

that the flame-cells in the tail of the eerearia of A, pipientis ave in the same

position as those of the other group, and that the iwo flame-cells of each side are

very closely connected, as though their division is very rerent. The size of the

eerearia is of the same order, but it is very obviously distinguished from (. lessont

by the peculiar nature of its tail, as well as by minor features sich as spination.

The cerearia of Apharyngostriged- this Azim 1935 (from Planorbis, Physopsis

and Pyrgophysa) is less similar to C. lessont in some respects than the cerearia

of A. pimentis. The shape and size of the body are of the same order, and the

spination probably similar, thongh the hair-like processes on the tail are a

distinetion, and no pharynx is shown in .Avzim's figure. There appear to be, not

four, but three pairs of gland cells arranged as in the cerearia of A. piptentis.

The fureal exeretory tubes open at the tips of the furcae, unlike those of C. lessont

and the related forms; the excretory system, so far as eau he determined from the

diagram, possesses no comuussures; and though the flamne-cells are fourteen in

572 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

number, with two single flame-cells in (he tail stem, the formula is different from

that of C, lesson?. The metacerearia of both these forms is found in tadpoles.

C. dohema Cort and Brackett (hosts, Slagnicolu and Limnaca) resembles

our cerearia in size, spination, presence of eyespots and a posterior excretory

commissure, and in the excretory tubes of the tail, which open half-way along

the furcae; but the exeretory system though of the same fundamental pattern,

is less complex, its formula being 2[2-+ (2-+ (1))]; there are only six glands

lying behind the ventral suckev; the digestive system is greatly reduced.

C, angelae Johnston and Simpson 1944 (from Ameridun), has somewhat similar

spination, fwo groups of four gland-cells, in tandem, an excretory commissure

behind the ventral sucker, and a single pair of flame-cells high in the tail stem ; but

the grouping of the flame-cells in the body is different, and the fureal exeretory

tubes open at the tips. The excretory system of C. bulbocanda Miller (from

Planorbis) appears to be identical with that of C, lessont, but the nature of the

tail and digestive system excludes it from immediate relationship. C, hirsuta

Miller and C. granula Miller (both from Planorbis) exhibit some features in

common with our cerearia, including exeretory systems of similar but not identical

formulae; but both forms possess a greatly reduced digestive system, and a very

large number of small glands behind the ventral sucker.

C, furcicauda Faust, C. robusticauda Faust, and the cerearia of Neodiplo-

stomum lucidum (La Rue and Bosioa) have each a single flame-cell pair bigh in

the tail, and excretory pores halfway along the fureae, but in none of these

three is the arrangement. of the flame-cells exactly similar to that of C. lessont,

while the absence of a posterior commissure, and the number and arrangement

of the gland-eells, indicate that, though some relationship is possible, it is mot

close,

C. gracillima Faust (from Physa aud Limaaen), (. bdelloeystes Lutz (from

Planorbis) and C, longiremis Wesenberg-Lund (from Valvala) may be related

species, but (he descriptions are adequate to verify this. C. bdellocystis is said

to encyst in leeches and develop into Apetemon bdellocystis (in pigeons,

experimentally).

Furcoeerearia T Petersen (from Limnaea aud Physa) has two groups of

threo gland-cells, and an excretory commissinre posterior to the veutral sucker;

the body proportions, spination and contractility ave similar to C. lesson, but

the excretory system as indicated in the diagram shows a number of (differences.

C. secobii Faust (from Liniiaea and Physa) bas four pairs of gland-cells in

taudem but, though the excretory system is uot known, the large size of the tail

makes close relationship with @. lessont improbable.

(!. ranae Cort and Brackett has eyespots aud a commissure inore or less

behind the ventral sucker, but is distinguished from our cerearia hy the gland-

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 573

cells, spination, aud the flame-cell formula. C. obscurudena Brackett has only

a sinele pair of flame-cells high in the tail-stem, but the rest of the excretory

system and gland-cells exclude it from close relationship.

C. indica. I Sewell (from Indoplanorbis) possesses spination and a caudal

exeretory system like that of C’. lesseni, but the body excretory system differs some-

what, there is io posterior commissure, and there are only two pairs of gland-

cells. before the ventral sucker, Concerning C. indica XXL, Sewell mentioned the

curious nature of the intestinal caeca, a feature characteristic of (. lessont; it is,

however, the only feature they haye in common, for C. indica X XT bas four flame-

eells, well-spaced out, in the caudal trunk—a characteristie of Cotylurus and

Diplostome cereariae, and very different from the condition in C. lessont and its

closest, allies.

DISCUSSION.

Lt is apparent that the affinities of C. lessoni sre mainly with the six cerearia.

first mentioned, ie. C, helvetica XV NI, C. pygocytophora, the cercaria of

Apalemon gracilis, C, burti, C. pseudoburli, and perhaps C, ripen, In 19388,

Willey and Rabinowitz (1938) proved C. burti to be the larva of Apatemon

globiceps, the metacercaria being a Tetracotyle occurring in leeches. The meta-

cercariae of C. helvetica XX XT, C. pseudoburti, C. pyyocylophara and C. riponi

have not been ceseribed, though it is known that C, psewdoburli does not encyst in

nymphs of mayflies and dragonflies, zammarids, tadpoles, fish or mice. Dubois, in

discussing the genus Apatemon (1938, 96) mentioned C. helvetica XX XI as an

Apatemon larva distinct from that of A, gracilis, whose cercaria was at that time

known, and whose tetracotyle had been deseribed from leeches by Szidat (1929;

1981), Lutz’s Dicranocercaria bdellocystis (1984) appears to be a further example

of an Apatemon cerearia encysting in leeches. Although no other complete life

eycles have been established for the genus Apetemun, two other Apatemon meta-

cercaria have been described from fish—the tetracotyle of Apatemon fuligulae by

Yamagiuti, encysting in Siluridae, and the tetracotyle of A. pelluctdus, encysting

in Mogqurnda.

The cercariae listed above, together with (. lessoni, form a particularly well-

defined group of seven ¢ercariae (if C. ¢¢pont is included) so elosely allied that

their differences are unlikely to be more than inter-specifie, As a group, these

“ Apalemon cercaria’’ are characterized by certain features which distinguish

them clearly from cercariae of related yvenera, such as those of Cotylurus and

Diplostomum. The Apatemon cercariae are extremely sinall and very active.

The body is characteristically pear-shaped, but may assume a variety of forms

because of the remarkable contractility of the body; both Miller (1926, 41) and

Dubois (1929, 95) comment on the great extensibility of the forms they deseribe.

574 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The spination is sparse, mainly confined to the anterior part of the body, The

pharyngeate alimentary canal ends in caeca which are short, faint and may be

lobed. The penetration glands are eight in number, except in the doubtful

C'. riponi; these glands are usually behind the ventral sucker. The variations

in their arrangement constitute an important means of species identification.

When arranged in order according to the disposition of their gland-ceells, the

cercariae form a fairly definite series, from the cerearia of Apatemon gracilis,

with glands in two horizontal rows, through @, psewloburti and C. burli, with

glands more longitudinally disposed in elusters, to C. helvetien XXXL, C. pygo-

cytophora and (. lessoni, in which the glands have become drawn out into two

longitudinal rows (fig. 10).

Perhaps another characteristic of the Apatemon cervariae is the presence

of unpigmented eyespots, though they are not described in all. The tail is always

longifurcate; the tail-stem, body and fureae are of much the same length in each

cercaria. The flame-cell formula is 2/2 + (2-4.2-+ (1))]=14. The presence

of only two flame-cells in the tail-stem, instead of four, as is usual in Cotylurus

and Diplostome cercariae, and their position immediately behind the junction of

hody aud tail is an invariable feature, Sewell (1922, 267) in discussing C. indica I,

sole member of his Pahila group, considers that the presence of a single flaine-eell

pair in the tail-stem is probably a group character rather than a specific difference,

a view which this set of cercariae tends to support; but the feature also

characterizes another group, Miller's Zlvge group of ocellate eereariae, whieh are

not otherwise closely related, as well as various other cercariae, mentioned above,

which are not closely allied to the Apatemon cereariae. This character is hence

merely indicative and not diagnostic until considered with the other special

features. Likewise, the position of the excretory pores of the tail, half-way along

the furcae, is typical not only of the Apatemon cercariae, but also of many

Cotylurus and Diplostomum cercariae.

The early development of parts of the reserye excretory system is a further

characteristic of the Apateman eereariae. This allies them to the Colylurus group,

in contrast with the Diplostome cereariae, In the former, the commissure usually

developed is that anterior to the ventral sucker; in the Apufemon group, four

of the seven cereariae possess one commissure, posterior to the ventral sucker,

while the other three (C_ helvetica NX NT, C, pyyocytophora and C, lessoni) display

variability in the extent to which the commissures are developed. C. helvetica

XXAT, the most precocious, has two fully developed cammissures; C. pygocyto-

phora shows least development, with only an anterior commissure, incompletely

developed; while in C. lessoni growth and fusion of the two commissures takes place

toa variable extent in cercarial life, Precocious development of the reserve systent

bas been observed in a number of cercariae, c.g. . sunguanensis Miller, in whieh

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 575

blind tubes arise from the commissure. Olivier (1940, 463), in mentioning the

well-developed commissures in the eercaria of Apharyngostrigea pipientis, points

out that “‘the presence or absence of transverse commissures in cerearia simply

indicates differences in the rate of development of their respective excretory

systems.’’ The differences in rate of development are, however, group charac-

teristics and are useful diagnostically; and Dubois (1944, 81) states that the

diverse genera of Cotylurini and Strigeini represent forms more highly evolved

than the Diplostomini, since in the former, the anastomosing processes have

already appeared in the cerearia, while in the latter, they are only developed in

the metacercaria.

Finally, Apalemon cereariae are limited in their host range to species of

Limnaea, Planarbis and Stagnicola, except for the eerearia of A. gracilis, whose

host is Bithynia; and the metacerearia is a Tetracotyle which forms a thick-walled,

slightly oval eyst.

We may point ont that a species of Apatemon, A. intermedius (S. J. Johnston)

Dubois, has been deseribed from the black swan, Chenopis trata, which is a

common bird on the Murray swamps.

Cercarta (FURCOCERCARIA) AMERIANNAB Nn. sp.

(Fig, 12-18.)

A new cerearia, C. ameriannae has been obtained on two occasions only, in

both eases from Amerianna pectorosa collected from the Murray swanips at

Tailem Bend. It was found in one of 166 Amerianna spp. collected in October,

1944, and in one of 400 in December, 1946, It is evidently a rare larva in that

locality since it has not been observed on any other oceasion during our ten-year

survey of the molluscan parasites of the region.

The cereariae are emitted mainly during early morning. They are not

particularly active, spending most of the time suspended in the water with the

furcae spread at about 180°, They swim in characteristic furcocerearial fashion.

The length of life was not determined,

The averages in micra, of ten measurements, based on specimens fixed as

indicated earlier, followed by the range in brackets, are as follows: length of

body, 209 (180-229); breadth of body at widest part, 40 (30-49); length

of tail-stem, 259 (229-295); breadth of tail-stem at widest part, 34 (32-41);

length of furea, 243 (131-287); breadth of furea at widest part, 20 (16-82);

length of anterior organ, 45 (37-59); breadth of anterior organ, 29 (27-32);

length of ventral sucker, 22 (21-27) ; breadth of ventral sucker, 22 (19-27),

In life, the body when greatly contracted (as in specimen drawn in fig. 12),

TAvtatoy guat?

. *

avt

ap ty bee

‘

,evarreee

men

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

0-05 mm

olmn

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 577

is striated transversely by wriukles, but these disappear when the body is

extended, as in fig. 123.

In front of the mouth are about thirteen fine spines, arranged alternately in

two vows (fig. 12), There is a small circumoral spineless area, followed by a

wide collar of 9-10 rows of spines, covering the anterior organ, Behind this the

body is entirely covered with spines, arranged in rows over the anterior half of

the body, and irregularly seattered more posteriorly. The ventral sueker ig beset

with about seventy long slender spines arranged in two concentric rings. There

is a single row of fine spines along each side of the fureae,

The mouth opening (fig. 13) may be pushed forward or withdrawn deep into

ihe anterior ovgan. Behind the latter is a short prepharynx followed by a stout

museular pharynx, which is succeeded hy a narrow oesophagus, The latter

bifurcates to form the two very long intestinal caeea. These are more than half

as long as the whole body ; the longer anterior portion is narrow, but in the region

of the ventral sucker they widen suddenly mto two pouches which extend back

to the anterior border of the bladder, he wide part of the caeca stains faintly

with intra-vitam neutral red,

Immediately in front of the rather small ventral sucker, and ventral to the

caeca, lie four large prominent penetration gland-cells, the cytoplasm of whieh

stains with neutral red used intra-vitam. The highly characteristic arrangement

of these is showu in fig. 18, The ducts of the four cells travel forwards, a pair on

either side, and enter the anterior organ, the point of entry being marked by a

constriction in their diameter. The duets open beside the mouth.

Dorsal to the oesophagus, belind the pharyix, lies a transverse band of

hervyous tissue. The genital primordium consists of a small, more or less triangular

mass of cells, situated between the ends of the caeca and the bladder.

The longifureate tail is very large relative to the body (fig. 14) ; both tail-stem

and fureae are longer than the body, The tail-stem is very museular ; it contains

no caudal bodies.

The bladder is broad and slightly lobed ati cach lateral extremity. Each

lobe receives a main collecting duct which passes forward, without coiling, to the

level of the anterior border of the ventral sucker, where it receives two secondary

tubules, an anterior, draining two pairs of flame-cells (fig. 12), and a posterior,

draining a single flanie-cell and one pair in the body, and a further pair, well

Vig. 12-18, Cercaria ameriannae, 12, spination and excretory system of body; 13, glandular,

nervous, digestive and reproductive organs; 14. general proportions of cercaria, and excretory

system of twil; 15. part of a sporocyst; 16. metsecerearia, uncompressed; 17, anatomy of

metacercaria; 18. section through dorsal body wall of tadpolo showing metacereariae in situ

in the notochord. Outlines of all figures were drawn with a camera lucida.

dy = developing vertebra of tadpole; m = metacercaria; n = uotochord; ns = notochordal

sheath,

578 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

spaced out, in the tail-stem (fig. 14). The flame-cell formula is thus

2((2+ 2) + (14+2-+ (2))]=18. The posterior tubule is also furnished with

two patches of cilia, just after its origin from the main duct. From the posterior

border of the bladder the central exeretory canal of the tail arises; it forms an

island of Cort at the junction of body and tail-stem, and then passes down the

tail-stem to divide at the origin of the fureae into two ducts. The opening of

these, as far as could be determined from preserved material, probably oceurs half-

way along the furcae (fig, 14).

Sporocyst.

The single host snail of this parasite lived in the laboratory for nearly three

months. Upon death it was dissected; most of the liver had been replaced by

masses of tangled, whitish sporocysts. he first attempt to disengage one of these

liberated an immense number of actively moving diplostomula, and every sporoeyst

was packed with them (fig, 15), but no cercariae were seen, althongh the latter were

being emitted only twelve days earlier. The sporoeyst itself consisted of nothing

more than a delicate tubular skin around the diplostomula. A long sporoeyst

measured 5 mm.; but most of them were shorter.

Precovious development of diplostomula within the parent sporoeyst has

been recorded for various species, including C. meladena Johnston and Angel

(1942), observed in this laboratory. In the report on this observation, an account

was given of other observations of this phenomennon, which is apparently confined

to the Diplostomes, and also a discussion of the possible causes of such pre-

eocious development.

METACERCARIA,

The fish, Gambusia affinis, resists experimental infection with Cercaria

ameriannae. Tadpoles of Limnodynastes sp., probably L, dorsalis, are however

highly susceptible to infection. Two of these were placed in contact with large

numbers of ceveariae. On the following day both tadpoles were dead, and micro-

seopical examination showed numerous tail-less cereariae moving through the

tissues. Lighter infections employed subsequently enabled diplostomula of eon-

siderable size to be raised, They do not secrete a eyst wall, and for some time

after penetration are to be found wandering in the tissues. Eventually they

penetrate the notochord, and develop within it in numbers. Sections show that,

where they penetrate, the notochord becomes hollowed out. Usnally a group of

about half-a-dozen are found together.

The diplostomula are very active when alive, and are very extensihle—there

may bea difference of 824 between the length when extended and the length when

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 579

contracted. The averages of measurements of six preserved metacerearia, given

in niera, with the range in brackets, are as follows: length of body, 377 (819-410) ;

breadth of body at widest part, 221 (205-237); length of anterior organ, 36

(30-37) ; breadth of anterior organ, 34 (80-36) ; length of pharynx, 29 (28-30) ;

breadth of pharynx, 25 (23-27) ; length of holdfast, 79 (63-95) ; breadth of hold-

fast( 81 (66-90). The ventral sucker was not measured as if was very indistinet

in most specimens, The six specimens measured were taken from a tadpole

infected ten mouths previously.

When the diplostomulum is uncompressed (fig. 16), it may be seen that the

body is composed of two portions, a large leat-like anterior part, and a small

posterior region, The anterior part is slightly concave ventrally and is furnished

with a well-developed boldfast, beset ventrally with minnte spines (fig. 17).

The posterior part contains the bladder and genital primordinm.

The anterior part has wrown considerably more than has the acetabulum,

which is situated immediately in front of the holdfast organ, The pharynx is stout

and muscular, leading to a short oesophagus, followed by a pair of long slender

caeea, extending to the posterior part of the body; the buleing ends, which

characterized the cereavial stave, have not persisted,

The bladder is composed of two lone horn-like branches, and has a single

excretory pore on its posterior border. Prom each branch of the bladder a a stout

collecting duct passes forwards on each side. Just in front of the level of the

ventral sucker each duct receives a short colleeting tuhe into which open, firstly,

a posterior tubule, passing back to the level of the bladder and receiving numerous

lateral capillaries; and secondly. an anterior tubule also draining numbers of

capillary tubes; this anterior tubule passes forwards to the level of the pharynx

Where it bends mesiad and fuses with its fellow from the opposite side. From

the point of fusion a central vessel passes posteriad, receiving many side-branches,

Tu front of the ventral sucker if is joined by a commissure which passes from the

branching end of one main colleeting duet to the other, The ecentral vessel

continues posteriad to the region of the holdfast, where it ends in branches,

The flame-cells have increased considerably iu number; a complete study

was impracticable but the position of a nuniber is indicated on the diagram.

Numerous refringent exeretory graniles ave present throughout the body, con-

neeted with the newly developed capillary channels of the excretory system.

RELATIONSHIPS.

C. ameriannae is a Strigeid Jarva of the longifureate, pharyngeal, distome

type. Since if possesses no excretory commissnre, il is at once distinguished from

the Apharyngostrigea, Apaleman, aud Catylurus eereariae; the ouly notable point

580 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of similarity between C. ameriannae and most of the last-named group is the

possession of four pre-acetabular gland-cells, and two pairs of flame-cells in the

tail, This last characteristic distinguishes C. ameriannae at once from such

cercariae as C. indica I Sewell, €, furcicuuda Faust, and C. Neodiplastomi-lucidr

(La Rue and Bosma), whieh, though possessing four gland-cells, have only two

flame-eells in the tail, near the junetion of the body.

Our cerearia is rather more closely allied to a number of cereariae which,

besides possessing four Gland-cells, have several other significant features in

common with C. ameriannae. C, chrysenterica Miller, from Limnaea megasoma,

is among these. The body of this cerearia is very slightly larger, but the propor-

tions are similar, As in C. ameriannae, the eacca are distended posterior to the

ventral sucker, The spination on both is similar. The genital primordium of

each is wedge-shaped. The excretory systems differ in one point, for, though

there are fourteen flame-eells in the body and four in the tail in each, the

formala for C. chrysenterica is 2{(8-- 1) + (2+ 2+ (2))] =18, instead of

2[(2-+ 2) + (2+1-+ (2))] =18 as in () ameriawnae. Other differences are

in the caudal bodies: (. ameriannae has none, whereas (. chrysenterica has several

small irregular ones; and in the gland-cells which, though ventral to the caeea,

four in number, and of similar size to those in C!, wneriannae, ave post-acetabular

in position. They ave, however, arranged in a grouping rather similar to that of

the gland-eclls in our cerearia, The second intermediate host of C. ehrysenterica

is unknown.

C. sudanensis No. 5 (Archibald and Marshall), from Bulinus, may be even

more closely allied to C. ameriannae, Lt is unfortunate that its excretory system

has not been described, for in all other respeets, and most particularly with regard

to the shape of the caeca, it resembles (. ameriannae very strongly, as far as can

be determined from the description and figure. The major difference is that the

two median gland-eells are situated slightly anterior to the two lateral cells, This

arrangement is seen again in C. letifera (fnuhrmann), from Limnaea; but in this

cercaria, the ecaeca are shorter and dilate less abruptly than in

C. amariannae, there is one fewer flanie-vell on each side (the formula is

2[(2-+ 2) + (2+ (2))] =16), and there are well-developed eaudal bodies.

C. tenuis Miller has four pre-acctabular gland cells with the same arrangement,

but the caeea are shorter and are not dilated, and the flame-cell formula is

21 (2) + (24-14 (2))] =14

C. Diplostami-spathacet (Rudolphi) (=C. helvetica XX XI Dubois),

C. Diplostomi-flenicaudi Cort and Brooks, and C. Diplostomi-murrayensis Johuston

and Cleland, all from species of Limnava, are related to C. ameriannag. The

important differences in these ecereariae are firstly, that in all three the glands,

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 581

though ventral to the caeca and exhibiting a tendeney to be arranged as In

C. ameriannae are posteriot to the ventral sucker; secondly, that there is one

fewer flame-cell on each posterior collecting tubule, the formula being either

2[(2+1) + (241+ (2))] =16, or 2[(2 +1) + (14+ 2+ (2))] = 16; and

thirdly, that caudal bodies are present in the tail-stem. In none do the caeca

suddenly distend.

C. yegena Cort and Brackett, from Stagnicola, is very similar structurally

to the last three, though shehtly smaller; like them it has four eland-cells behind

the ventral sucker, caudal bodies, and ihe same exeretory formula. C. marite-

burgensis Porter from Linnaéa, is another form closely related to C. yogena,

possessing the same excretory formula, and differing mainly in certain details

of spination and proportions of the tail.

C. micradena Cort and Brackett (from Stagnicola), the larva of Diplostomum

micradenum, with its metacervaria in tadpoles, and C. tetradena Johnston and

Beekwith (1945), from Plotiopsis, are both smaller than C. ameriannae, but

resemble it closely in a number of points; |hey differ m the shape of the cacea, the

arrangement of the gland-cells, and in the possession of one more flame-cell on

each posterior tubule. In C. micradena also the gland-cells are very sinall.

C. macradena Cort and Brackett, from Stagnicola, which has the same excretory

formula as C, micradena, is of a size similar to that of C. wmeriannae, but the

spines are nowhere arranged in definite transverse rows, the gland-cells are much

larger tha those of C. ameriannae and are situated differently, and the four

flame-vells in the tail are situated close to the junction of tail and body.

C. longifurca Cort and Brooks, from Limndteu, and (. mereianae Cort and

Brooks, from Planorbis, each with two small pairs of gland-cells, differ markedly

In spination, size (both are much smaller than @. ameriannae), shape of the caeca,

and proportions of the tail, and in the possession of cither one (C. longifurca) or

three (€. marecianae) more flame-cells ou each side,

Cercaria Alariae-mustelae Bosma, from Planorbula, has two pairs of gland-

cells, latera-posterior to the acetabulum ; bnt the ecrcaria is so very much smaller.

and differs in so many other respeets from C. mnerannde that no close relationship

seems possible. Cercaria F’ Harper, closely resembling the above, is also debarred

from near relationship with C. ameriannae. The eerearia of Slrigca tarda

Steenstrup has four pre-aeetabular gland-cells, but the excretory formula is

2] (1+ 14-1) + (2+ (2))] = 14, and it is said to develop into a tetracotyle

within the primary host, Limnaca.

Henee, it ts clear that while the systematic position of C. ameriannae cannot be

fully established, its affinities are with the Diplostomes. Some Diplostomes. in

whieh the fore and hind-bhody ave seareely differentiated externally have been

582 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

assigned to T'ylodelphys whose type is 7’. clavatwm (Nordm.). The larva of the

latter is also known as 7. rachidis. Another species is T. exeavata (Rud.),

recorded from Ciconiidae and rarely from Ardeidae and Podicipididae, the meta-

cercaria being 7’, rachiaeum which occurs in the vertebral eanal of frogs, Rana spp,

in Europe, while the cerearia oceurs in Plunorbts. In the cerearia ot T. excavata

the four gland-cells are arranged in front of the ventral sucker, as in C. ameriannae.

In the later stages pseudosuckers are present but are weakly developed, The

structures have not been recognized in our metacercaria, In another T'ylodelphys,

T. clavata, from Ardea and Circus, the metacere¢aria occurs in the vitreous humour

of the eye of European freshwater fishes.

SuMMARY.

Furcocercaria lessoni, a new species of Strigeid larva from Limnaea and

Planorbis, from the River Murray, is a pharyngeal, distome, longifurcate cercaria,

with four pairs of glands and two excretory commissures. The metacerearia is a

Tetracotyle encysting in freshwater leeches, and the adult is probably a species of

Apatemon.

C. ameriannae, a distome, longifureate, pharyngeal cercaria from Amérianna

pectorosa, is characterized by the possession of four pre-acetabular gland-cells

and of an exeretory system comprising 18 flame-cells and lacking commissures.

The cercaria penetrates tadpoles and develops into an eneysted metacerearia of

the Diplostomulum. type. The adult is probably Diplostome.

ADDENDUM.

Since this paper went to press, one by Olivier (Tr. Amer. Mier. Soc., 61, 1942,

168-179) has come to our notice. In it is deseribed C. elodes which resembles

C. ameriannae more closely than does any olher known to us, the only significant

difference being that the four penetration gland-cells lie posterior to the ventral

sucker in C. elodes, and the anterior to that organ in C, ameriannae. In hoth

species the metacercaria develops in the notochord of tadpoles into a diplos-

tomulum, It seems certain, therefore, that the two larvae are very closely related

and may represent young stages of two different species of the same genus,

JOHNSTON AND BECKWITH—LARVAL TREMATODES 583

LITERATURE,

Archibald, R. G., and Marshall, A, (1932) : Parasitol., xxiv, 344-349.

Azim, M. A, (1932): Z. f. Parasitenk,, v, 432-436,

Azim, M. A. (1985): Z, f, Parasitentk., vii, 608-14.

Bosma, N. J. (1934) : Z'rans. Amer. Mier, Soc., liti, 116-153.

Brackett, 8. (1939) : Jowr. Parastt., xxv, 263-268.

Brown, F. J. (1931) : Parasttol., xxiii, 96-98.

Cort, W, W., and Brackett, 8, (1987) : Jour. Purasit., xxiii (3), 265-280,

Cort, W. W., and Brackett, 8. (1938) : Jowr. Parasit., xxiv (3), 263-271,

Cort, W. W., and Brackett, S. (1938) : Trans. Amer, Mier, Soe., vii, 274-281.

Cort, W. W., and Brooks, 8. T, (1928): Trans. Amer. Mier. Soe., xlyii, 179-221.

Dubois, G. (1929): Bull. Soc, Newchat. Sei. Nat., lili, 1-177.

Dubois, G. (1938) : Monogr. Strigeida. Mem, Soc. Neuchat. Set. Nat., vi, 535 pp,

Dubois, G. (1944) : Bull. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat., lxix, 103 pp.

Faust, E. C, (1918) : Illinois Biol. Monogr., iv, 80-82.

Faust, E. C. (1919) : Biol. Bull,, xxxvi (5), 828-838,

Faust, E. C. (1921) : Jour. Parasit., viii, 12,

Harper W. F. (1931) : Parasitol, xxiii, 312-321.

Johnston, T. H., and Angel, L. M. (1942): Trans, Roy. Soc., 8. Austr., xvi (1),

50-59,

Johnston, T, H., and Beckwith, A. C. (1945): Trans, Roy, Soc., 8, Austr.,

Ixix (2), 229-233.

Johnston, T. H., and Cleland, EB, R. (1938): Trans, Roy. Soe., 8. Austr., xii (1),

127-131.

Johnston, T. H., and Simpson, E. R. (1944) : Trans. Roy. Soe., 8. Austr., lxviii (1),

130-182.

Lutz, A, (1934) : Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz., xxvii, 349-376,

Miller, H. M. (1926) : Zlhnois Biol. Monogr., x (3), 1-112.

Miller, H. M. (1927) : Parasitol., xix, 61-85.

Olivier, L, (1940) : Jour. Parasit., xxvi, 447-478.

Porter, A, (1938): South Afr. Inst. Med. Res., viii (42), 410-414,

Rankin, J. S. (19389) : Jour. Parasit., xxv, 87-91.

Sewell, R. B.S. (1922) : Ind. Jour. Med. Res., x (suppl.), 370 pp,

Szidat, L, (1924) : Zool, Ang., [xi, 249-66.

Szidat, L. (1929) : Zool. Anz., Ixxxvi, 133-149.

Szidat, L. (1931) : 4. f. Parasitenk., iii, 161-172.

Wesenberg-Lund, C. (1934): Denk. Kgl. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Naturv.

Math, Afd. ix (8), 223 pp.

Willey, C. H., and Rabinowitz, Z. (1938): Jour. Parasit., xxiv Suppl., Dec.,

30-81.

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES OF CRANE-FLIES FROM

NEW GUINEA IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

(DIPTERA; TIPULIDAE)

By Dr. CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS,

AMHERST, MASSACHUSETTS

Summary

I am much indebted to the Director and Trustees of the South Australian Museum for

the opportunity to study a collection of Tipulidae made in the Torricelli Mountains in

North-east New Guinea. This small but interesting series of flies has added several

new species to those known from the island, the types being preserved in the South

Australian Museum. The collection was made by the distinguished collector and

explorer, Miss Lucy Evelyn Cheesman, whose paper, “The Border Mountains and

Torricelli Range of Northern New Guinea,” Geographical Journal, 1941, p. 170, ff,

should be consulted.

UNDESCRIBED SPECIES or CRANE-FLIES rrom NEW

GUINEA tv tHe SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

(DipTerA; TiPuLIpAE)

By Dr, CHARLES P, ALEXANDER, Universrry or Massacnusetts,

AMHERST, MassacHust'rrs,

1 am much indebted to the Director and Trustees of the South Australian Museum

for the opportunity to study a collection of Tipulidae made in the Torricelli

Mountains in North-east New Guinea. This small but interesting series of flies

has added several new species 10 those known from the island, the types being

preserved in the South Australian Museum, The collection was made by the

distinguished collector and explorer, Miss Lucy Evelyn Cheesman, whose paper,

“The Border Mountains and Torricelli Range of Northern New Guinea,”’

Geographical Journal, 1941, p. 170, ff, should be consulted.

Subfamily Trreu.inag,

Pritogyna Westwood, 1835.

PriLoGyNA CIHEESMAN A S/p. Nov.

General coloration of mesonotum and pleura dark brown, the postnotum

more yellowed; antennae (female) with seven simply branched segments, the

longest braneh approximately one-half the length of the sesment; wings light

brown, the costal border darker; vague yellow areas beyond areulus, over origin

of Rs, along the cord and in the base of cell Re; vein Ry, entering Ru. some

distanee before the fork of the latter, so vein Ry .-+3 is subequal to vein Ry ;

veins Ry 45 and Ay 42 extensively fused,

9 Length, about 13 mm.; wing, 12-3 mm.; antenna, about 2 mm,

Frontal prolongation of head dark fulvous brown; nasus lacking; palpi

blaek, Antennae (female) 13-seginented, short; proximal four or five segments

obscure yellow, the succeeding segments and all branches black ; flagellar sezments

two to eight, inclusive, with a single short branch, longest on segments three to

five, on outer segments becoming progressively shorter, that of segment eight a

mere tuberele; longest branch approximately one-half the sezment or a trifle

more; outer three segments simple, nine and ten relatively short, subeqnal, the

terminal one nearly twice as long, slender, Head above dark fulvous, somewhat

darker on central portion; anterior vertex between eyes high and compressed.

586 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Pronotum brown, Mesonotal praescutum largely destroyed by insect pests,

the posterior third dark brown, somewhat inore pollinose on the interspaces but

not distinetly striped; scutum and seutellum dark brown or brownish black;

mediotergite paling to obscure yellow, pleuvotergite with the anapleurotergite

brown, the katapleurotergite paler. Pleura ehietly dari brown, including the

dorsopleural membrane, Talteres wiformly dark brown. Legs with the coxae

and trochanters brown; femora brown, restrictedly yellow at base; the apex

somewhat more intensely blackened ; tibiae and trasi brown to dark brown. Wings

with the ground colour light brown, very vagnely patterned with obscure yellow

markings, especitlly near the wing base beyond the areulus; at origin of As; along

cord extending from vein F yirtually 10 {he posterior border at Cu, more distinet

over the anterior cord; a small spot in base of cell Ry; prearcular eld and cells C

and Se to the region of the stigma darker brown, the colour thence continued as a

slightly paler darkening to the wing tip; veins brown, not brightened in the

yellowed areas. Venation: Sey atrophied; Ses entering & just beyond one-third

the leneth of Ry +3; Rs very lone, about two and one-half times Ry +43 free tip of

Scy distinctly preserved but pale; #2) entering Rs,» some distance before fork,

so J? is subequal in length to Ry 4943; inner ond of cell Ry pointed; Ry 45

extensively fused with JZ, 42, as in the genus, the fusion subequal to the basal

section of My 4.0, the second section of the latter a little shorter; m from two to

four times the basal section of vein Mo and a little shorter than the basal section

of My; m-cu on My shortly beyond origin; vein 2rd A straight.

First abdominal tergite brownish black; tergites two to four, inclusive,

brownish fulyons, the posicrior margin broadly, the lateral borders more narrowly

blackencd; outer lergites more nuiformly darkened; first sternite dark brown,

the second fulvous; sneeeeding sternites more brownish fulvous, with dark

margins; ouler sternites more uniformly blackened, Ovipositor with the valves

elongate, nearly straight, yellowish horn colour.

Holotype, @, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman ),

T take unusual pleasure in naming this fly for the collector, Miss Lucy

Evelyu Cheesman, who has anlded so materially to our knowledve of the insect

farma of many of the Pacifie Islands. The present, fly is quite distinet from the

two species hitherto made known, including the genotype, Ptilogyna ramacornis

(Walker), widespread’ and eonunon in eastern Australia, and the smaller

P. minima Alexander, still known only from Melville Island, off the coast of

Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory of Australia. The new insect differs

conspicuously from the genotype in coloration and in the slrurture of the antennae,

the flagellar segments bearing a sinele short branch in the female sex instead of

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 587

two uneqnal branches as in ramicornis, IT have no information on the antennae

of the female sex of P, minima which differs in all respects of coloration from

the present fly.

Undoubtedly the antennae of the male of this new species will be found to

conform to the striking flabellate type found in Ptilagyna Westwood and

Phacelodocera Enderlein, which will probably have to be considered as represent-

ing subgenera, with Plilogyna the oldest name. In conjunetion with the fact that

the antennae of the female of this new species are simply peetinate whereas in

ramicornis they are lipectinate, it may be stated that such a difference is

undoubtedly of specific value only. Tn allied groups, sueh as Plusiomyia Skuse,

of Australia aud New Caledonia, aud Ozodicera Macquart, of tropical America,

the degree of branching of the antennae in both sexes varies within surprisingly

wide limits and the structure of this organ cannot be used safely in the definition

of generic or subgenerie groups.

The present record is the first for any of the primitive Tipulinae having

branched antennae in the Pupuan Subregion. Attention should be called to the

recent discovery of two striking new species of Phacelodocera in the island of

New Caledonia.

Crenacroscenis Enderlein, 1912.

CTEN ACROSCELIS PERCONTRACTUS Sp. Noy.

Size relatively small (wing about 25 mm.) ; disk of praeseutum with four

brownish grey stripes, the lateral borders and interspaces dark brown; flagellar

segments with the lower face slightly produced; verticle tuberele low, with a

dark brown spot; femora yellow, the tips blackened; wings brownish yellow,

restrictedly patterned with darker; cell 2, strongly constricted before midlength.

& Wing, 24-5 mm.; antenna, about 3-2 mm,

¢ Length, about 29 inm.; wing, 26°5 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head cinnamon brown above, somewhat darker

on sides; nasus long and conspicuous; palpi brown, the incisures restrietedly pale;

terminal segment short, black. Antennae with scape brownish yellow, pedicel

yellow, flagellum brown; flagellar segments with the lower face slightly produced,

somewhat more so in the type. Head above light brown behind, more brownish

yellow in front, the low vertical tubercle with a dark brown spot; anterior vertex

nearly three times as wide as the diameter of scape.

Pronotum brown above, paler on sides. Mesonotum discoloured, its pattern

deseribable in general terms only; disk of praeseu(um with four brownish grey

stripes, the lateral pair elearer grey; borders of all stripes and the interspaces

588 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

darker brown; humeral region of praescutum restrictedly yellow; each scutal

lobe with two grey areas, the remainder dark brown; seutellum brownish grey,

with a central brown line; mediotergite buffy grey; the narrow posterior border

and a capillary median line darker. Pleura with the dorsopleural region buffy

yellow, below which is a brown longitudinal stripe extending from the cervical

region backward, becoming obsolete at the pteropleurite; ventral pleurites grey

(type) or more yellowed (allotype), the sternopleurite patterned with darker,

especially in the type. Tlalteres dark brown, the base of stem narrowly yellow. Legs

with the coxae yellowish grey, patterned with brown, very distinetly so in the type,

nearly obsolete in the alloty;pe: femora yellow, the tips broadly blackened ; tibiae

and tarsi yellow, the latter darker at tips. Wings relatively narrow, the ground

colour brownish yellow, restrictedly patterned with darker, ineluding cells @ and

Se and the outer radial field in cells Seo, Ry and Rg; stigma and a conspicuous

seam over m—ci and distal section of vein Cu darker brown; obliterative streak

on auterior cord restricted in area; veins brown, more yellowed in the obliterative

field, Venation: Cell Ry strongly constricted before midlength, at the narrowest

point a little more than one-third as wide as it is across the sibbasal portion;

m—cv at near one-third the length of Mg 44.

Abdominal tergites dark veddish brown, with indications of still darker

brown median and sublateral stripes, the lateral borders narrowly dark brown;

sternites dark brownish grey.

Holotype, @, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman). Allotopotype, a broken 2,

Superficially the present fly is most like Ctenacroscelis umbrinus

(Wiedeman), differing ecouspicuously in the structure of the antennae, details of

colovation, and the unusually constricted eell Ry of the wings.

CTENACROSCELIS ILLEX sp. Nov,

Size large (wing, male, 36 mm.) ; mesonotal praescutum with three dark

grey stripes that are bordered by brown; pleura yellow, variegated by brown

areas; femora brownish yellow, the tips dark brown, preceded by a clearer yellow

ring; wings Jong and narrow, restrictedly patterned with brown; male

hypopygium with the tergal lobes short, ucarly trumeste, the median area with

a broad furrow ; inner dististyle long and slender, the outer half a long blade that

terminates in a deeurved beak,

é@ Length, about 28 mm.; wing, 36 mw.; antenna, about 3-9 mm,

Frontal prolongation of head a little shorter than the remainder, light brown;

nusus elongate; basal three palpal segments brown, paler at the ineisures, the

terminal segment dark brown. Antennae with the flagellar segments almost.

cylindrical, not or scarcely produced. Head above dark fulyous brown, still

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 589

darker medially; vertical tubercle low, with two impressed longitudinal lines

that divide the tubercle into three parts.

Pronotum brown. Mesonotal praescutum with three dark grey stripes that

are more or less distinetly bordered by brown, the intermediate pair barely

divided by a narrow darker grey area; posterior interspaees buffy grey, the

lateral borders aud anterior interspaces broadly dark brown; suture pale yellow,

especially on the seutal side; each seutal Jobe with two dark grey areas that are

vaguely bordered by brown, the posterior portion of scutum infuseated ; seutellum

and mediotergite very pale yellow, the latter more pruinose ou posterior half,

the eaudal border dark brown, with indications of # eapillary brown median yitta

extending cephalad almost to the anterior border; pleurotergite light grey,

Pleura light yellow or yellowish grey, Variegated by brown areas, especially large

aud distinel on the propleara, dorsal anepisternum and yentral sternopleurite ;

dorsoplenral membrane yellow, its borders and especially the anterior end more

infuseated, Flalteres with stem iufuseated, its base yellowed, the knob vaguely

brightened, Legs with the coxae yellowish grey, the fore pair more patterned

with brown; trochanters yellow; femora brownish yellow, the tips conspicuously

dark brown, preceded by a slightly narrower clearer yellow ring; tibiae aud

tarsi orange; claws with a low obtuse knob shortly before midlength, Wings

long and relatively narrow, with a strong brown tinge, restrictedly patterned

with darker brown, especially in the prearcular field, at arelus, along posterior

cord, in stigmal region, and at end of vein 2nd A; narrower and less conspicuous

seams over outer end of cell 1st My and adjoining veins; veins brown, Venation:

Rs about equal in length to second seetion of vein My»; m-ew at midlength of

vein Ms. 4; petiole of cell My about two-thirds m.

Abdomen with tergites dark reddish brown, with a darker brows sublateral

stripe; lateral borders narrowly grey; posterior margins of segments yery

narrowly darkened; narrow basal ‘ings move glabrous and shiny; basal sternites

yellow, the intermediate ones chiefly concealed; subterminal segments extensively

more darkened; hypopygium yariegated brown aud obseure yellow. Male

hypopygium witl the lateral lobes short, nearly truncate, ihe broad median area

depressed and not provided with the abundaut short setue that cover most of the

remainder of tergite. Outer dististyle broadly flattened, trnmeated at apex, the

entire surface with very abundant delicate setulae but with very few seattered

pale setac. Trier dististyle long and slender, the basal third more dilated and

provided with setae, those of the lower expanded portion longer and more

conspicuous; at near midlength the style is constricted, thence dilated into a

blade that narrows gradually to the slightly deeurved beak.

Holotype, ¢, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1989

(Cheesman).

590 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The most similar species is Ctenacroscelis conspicabilis (Skuse) which differs

in the coloration and iu the structure of the antennae and male hypopygium.

Treuna Linnaeus, 1758.

Treuna (PAPUATIPULA) OBEDIENS sp. nov.

General cvloration of mesonotal pravseutum buffy grey with four cleaver grey

Stripes that are narrowly bordered by brown; antennae short, flagellar segments

conspicuonsly Mieoloured, yellow, with darkened bases; femora brownish yellow,

the tips more infuseated ; wings brownish grey, cells C aud Se light brown, the

stigma darker brown; w-—cw close to midlengih of My 43 male hypopygium with

the outer dististyle narrowed outwardly, tipped with several spines, with a

larger spinous point on ventral surface hack from apex.

¢ Length, about 16-17 mm.; wing, 15-16-3 mm. ; antenna, about 3-3-1 mm.

¢ Length, about 21-22 mm.; wing, 16-17 miu,

Frontal prolongation of head light brown or brownish yellow; uasus distinct;

palpi with the first segment light brown, tlie remainder dark brown, the incisures

pale; terminal segment more reddened apically. Antennae short; basal three

segments yellow, the remainder bicoloured, dark brown basally, the outer portion

yellow, the amount of the latter colour becoming less on the outer segments;

verticils long and conspicuous; basal swellings seareely developed. Head above

buffy, patterned with brown on the posterior vertex, including a central marking

and more extensive postocular areas; vertical tuberele low aud simple.

Pronotum light brown, narrowly darkened medially and more extensively

on sides, Mesonotal praescutum buffy grey, with four clearer prey stripes that

are narrowly bordered by brown, the lateral pair more extensively suffused;

posterior sclevites of uotum yellow, the scutal Jobes patterned with brownish grey

areas that are more or less bordered hy brown, Pleura lighi grey, patterned with

darker, most conspicuously so on the ventral sternopleurite. Halteres with stem

yellowish brown, clear basally, the knobs more darkened. Legs with the coxae

brownish grey; trochanters whitish yellow; femora brownish yellow, the tips

more infuseated ; remainder of legs light brown; claws (male) elongate, bidentate,

with two teeth, basal and medial in position. Wings brownish grey, cells C and Sc

light brown ; stigma long and narrow, darker brown; a very narrow dark marginal

seaming in outer radial field; anterior cord narrowly bordered by brown; veins

brown, Venation ; #y.» entirely atrophied; vein Ry straight, in alignment with

Fy 43, the latter nearly twice Rs; m—cw close to midlength of Ms. 4, about as long

as fis; cell 2nd. A relatively wide.

Basal abdominal tergite grey; remainder of abdomen chiefly brown or

reddish brown ; the sternites somewhat, paler, especially in male. Male hypopygium

with the tergite prodneed into two blackened lobes, the surface with microseopice

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 591

blackened spines, Outer dististyle a long lobe, narrowed to the apex that bears

several spinous points, one lower surface before apex with a stronger spine,

Inner clististyle with the main body a flattened blade, narrowed to the obtuse beak,

the subapical beak darkened and similarly obtuse; at base of inner dististyle

with a flattened lobe that narrows to a slightly eu'ved blackened point, the surface

back from tip with dense ereet setulae. Aedeagns blackened, vonspicuous.

Ovipositor with cerei slender, straight or with the tips slightly decurved.

Holotype, ¢, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, Jannary, 1939

(Cheesman). Allotopotype, 9. Paratopotypes,1¢,2 9 ¢.

This fly is most similar to Zipula (Pupualipula) divergens de Meijere and

T. (P.) meijercand Alexander (dentala de Meijere, preoccupied), both of south-

western New Guinea. It differs in the details of coloration of the thorax and

appendages and in the strueture of the male hypopygium, especially the styli.

TmuLA (PAPUATIPULA) SURCULARTIA Sp. Nov.

Antennae with flagellar segments bicoloured, brownish black basally, the

stems yellow; wings ereyish yellow, the prearcular and costal fields strongly

yellowish fulvous; outer dististyle relatively narrow, terminating in a blackened

point; at base of inner style with a short, stout blackened lobe.

8 Length, about 15 mm.; wing, 17 mut; antenna, about 3 mm,

Frontal prolongation of head relatively long, somewhat shorter than the

remainder, yellow above, the sides and the nasus a little darker; palpi with the

basal segments brownish yellow, the third one darker, terminal segment. chiefly

black. Antennae with basal three segments yellow, succeeding segments

bicoloured, their basal portions brownish black, the remainder yellow, the amount

of dark increasing slightly on the outer segments but the bicolouwrous nature

persisting to the reduced terminal segment; basal enlargements poorly indicated ;

longest verticils a little less than the segments. Ilead brownish grey, paler in

front, with a narrow brown vitta extendimg from between the antennal bases to the

occiput; vertical tubercle low. ,

Pronotum pale yellow. Mesonotal praescujum and seutum concealed in

monnting; sentellum anid postnotum greyish ftestaccous. Pleura and plenro-

tergite more whitened, without pattern, Haltercs elongate, stem pale brown,

knob. a little more darkened. Legs with the coxae whitened; trochauters pale

yellow; all legs detached and glued to the specimen; basal portions almost

uniformly brownish yellow, the tarsal segments somewhat darker. Wings greyish

yellow, the prearcular and costal fields even more yellowed. Venation: Ps short,

about two-thirds m-cw; Ry4. entirely atrophied; #, longer than Rois; inner

end of cell 1st Ms pointed; m—cw at near two-thirds the length of M44; petiole

of coll My longer than m; cell 2nd A relatively narrow,

592 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Basal abdominal tergites testaceous brown, darker laterally, on the fourth and

sueceeding segments becoming darker brown, the posterior borders narrowly

pale; basal sternites more uniformly yellow, wilh paler posterior borders;

subterminal three segments more unifermly dark brown, with pale borders;

hypopygium chiefly yellow. Male hypopygium with the caudal margin of the

ninth tergite having a relatively narrow U-shaped noteh, the lateral lobes

densely margined with microscopic blackened spicnlose points, those immediately

back of this border sparse but lareer and stronger, merging behind with the more

normal setae. Outer dististyle relatively narrow, arouated, terminating in a short

blackened spinous point, Inner dististyle with the beak relatively stout, very

slightly decurved, the lower beak more blackened, the margin nucroseopically

erenulated; at base of style with a short stout blackened lobe that extends laterad

into an acute point.

Holotype, ¢, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman),

This fly differs from Tipula (Papuclipula) divergens de Meijere and 7, (P.)

meijereana Alexander, especially in the structure of the male hypopygium.

TrunA (INDOTIPULA) SERRITERGATA Sp. nov.

Allied to vilis; general coloration of praeseutum obseure orange, the four

olive-yellow stripes barely distinguishable; flagellar segments binodose; wings

yellowish, the cells beyond cord more infuscated, cell Se brown; cell 2nd A very

narrow; male hypopyginm with the npper margin of the tergal blades micro-

seopically toothed ; outer dististyle weakly bilobed ; inner dististyle with the outer

basal lobe stout, at apex with a shallow emargiuation to appear Wilobulate.

g Length, about 15 mm.; wing, 17 mm,; antenna, about 3-3 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head brownish yellow; nasus very long and slender ;

palpi brownish yellow, the terminal segment passing into brown, Aritennae with

the seape and pedicel obseuve yellow ; flagellum black; flagellar segments strongly

binodose, as common in various species of the group, the outer enlargement beeom-

ing more triangular and conspicuous on the outer segments; verticils very long.

Head above brownish grey, paler behind; a capillary more blackish median stripe ;

posterior orbits beneath light grey,

Pronotum brown, Mesonotal praescutum with the ground obscure orange

or brownish orange, the four stripes barely distinguishable against the ground,

slightly more olive yellow; setae of the praescutal interspaces very delicate, pale;

seutum olive-yellow; posterior sclerites of notum more orange yellow, the para-

seutella and pleurotergite more infuseated; sentellum with very vague indications

of a paler central line. Pleura chiefly yellow, the propleura and anepisternum

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 593

restrietedly patterned with daker. Tualteres dark brown, the base of stem

restrivtedly yellow. Legs with the coxae testaceous brown; trochanters yellow ;

femora yellowish brown, the tips very gradually passing into darker; tibiae light

brown; tarsi brownish black ; last tarsal segment at base of lower surface with a

peneil of setae; claws (male) bidentate; spur-formula 0—O—1, Wings with a

yellowish ground, more infuscated beyond cord; preareular field and cell C move

yellowed, cell Se infuscated; stizma and adjoining cells more strongly darkened ;

veins brown, Venation: Rs and m—cu subequal; Hy >» strongly preserved, cell

R» small; petiole of cell Mz shorter than m; cell 1st My narrow, pentagonal, the

proximal end produced basad ; cell 2nd A very narrow.

Basal abdominal tergites reddish brown, on about the third and succeeding

segments dark brown, the caudal margins vaguely brightened; sternites orange-

yellow, the outermost segments and hypopygium more infuseated. Ovipositor

with verci long and slender, very slightly decurved, the narrowly obtuse tips pale.

Male hypopygium with the tergite and sternite fused, the basistyle completely

ent off by asuture. Region of tergite produced into two blackened blades or lobes ;

viewed from above, these separated by a broad U-shaped or quadrate notch, the

surface of mesal face with a fringe of coarse reddish setae: viewed from the side

the blades appear much deeper, the inner margin microscopically toothed, the

ventral outer angle produced into a sharp tooth, the ventral cephalic portion a

rounded lobe or knob. Region of ninth sternite produced yentrad into a small

fingerlike lobe. Quter dististyle conspicuously expanded outwardly, unequally

bilobed at apex, the shorter inner lobe with stouter and more dense black setae.

Inner dististyle with the beak relatively slender, the lower beak a rounded black

knob; outer basal lobe a stout pale lobe that is shallowly emarginate at tip to

form two blutitly obtuse lobes. Gonapoplyses appearing as very broadly flattened

plates, the tips obtuse, subtending the very sleuder aedeagus; the latter, just

before apex on either side, produced into a small point to produce a crosslike

appearance.

Holotype, é, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, Jammary, 1999

(Cheesinan), Allotopotype, ¢.

Tipula (Indotipula) serritergata is allied to varions other Oriental species

of the subgenus that centre about T. U1.) vilis Walker, differing most evidently

in the structure of the male hypopygium, particularly the tergite and inner

dististyle,

ScamMBoNEURA Osten Sacken, 1882.

ScAMBONEURA NIGROPORSALIS sp. nov.

Mesonotum polished black, the posinotum chiefly yellow; pleura yellow;

antennae (male) elongate; head yellow, posterior vertex with a delicate reddish

brown vitta; wings whitish hyaline, cell Se pale brown; stigma dark brown;

594 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

anterior cord strangly bowed; basal abdominal tergites patterned with yellow,

blic-black and opaque black; outer abdominal segments dull orange to chestnut

brown.

@ Length, about 12-5-15 mm.; wing, 12-12-5 mm.; antenna, about 6-5 mm,

® Length, about 15-16 mm.; wing, 13 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head clear light yellow; nasus yellow, the tip

darkened, with long black setae; palpi yellow, the outer third or fourth of the

terminal segment infuseated. Antennae (male) clongate, as shown by the

measurements; scape dark brown, pedieel abseure brownish yellow; flagellum

black, the apices of the more proximal segments more or less brightened, in cases

rather distinctly so; flagellar segments clongate-subeylindrieal, the basal enlarge-

ments very small; verticils less than one-third the length of the segments. Head

light yellow; posterior vertex with a delicate reddish lhvown vitta, narrowed to a

point on the low vertical tubercle, becoming more diffuse bebind; no oceipital

brand.

Pronotum infnseated, the seutum very narrowly more brightened behind.

Mesonotal praescutim and seutum almost uniformly shiny black, with vague

bluish reflections; seutellum somewliat more brownish black or dark brown;

median region of scutum vaguely brightened; mediotergite clear light yellow,

restrictedly darkened behind; plenrotergite yery light yellow, the posterior

portion weakly infusvated, Pleura light yellow, the dorsal anepisternum and

posterior portion of dorsoplenral membrane vaguely more infuseated, Halteres

brownish black, the extveme base of stem. brightened. Tiegs with the eoxae and

trochanters light yellow, the fore coxae, in eases, a trifle more darkened; femora

obscure brownish yellow, tibiae darker, tarsi passing into brownish black or black;

elaws (male) toothed and with sparse but very conspicuous setae. Wings whitish

hyaline, cell Se pale brown; stigma and adjacent region dark brown but very

small anc correspondingly inconspicuous; veins black, those in the prearenlar

field brown, Venation: Anterior cord very strongly bowed, in degree about as in

subfaceta; veins at outer end of stigma very atrophied and crowded, with no

trace of a basal spur of Ry ,o; vein Fy lying close to the margin, nartawing the

cell; outer medial forks deep,

Abdominal tergites handsomely patterned; basal segment blackened, obseure

yellow on sides; second segment orange on basal half, polished blue-black on

posterior ring, the posterior portion of both the yellow and blackened portions

narrowly bordered by opaque velvety black, on the former microscopically

impressed; on tergites three to five the pattern is similar, with the amount of

yellow becoming reduced; lateral borders of tergite five, as well as segments

six to eight, light ebestnut brown to dull orange, the base of tergite six extensively

blackened ; sternites and hypopyginm light chestnut brown to dull orange. Male

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 595

hypopyzium with the posterior border of tergite convexly rounded, on either side

of the midline below the border with a flattened lobe; on ventral margin back

from this lobe with a coarsely toothed blackened plate and a few microseopie

blackened peglike or conical setae. Outer dististyle broad basally, narrowed at

apex into a slender lobe. Inner dististyle with the beak and outer portion

heavily blackened, the former slender, Apex of gonapophysis much expanded

into a triangular blade. Appendage of ninth sternite a subquadrate setiferous

cushion,

Holotype, ¢, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman). Allotopotype, 2. Paratopotypes, 6 4 ¢-

Although the genus Scamboneura had been recorded from New Quinea, no

species had been deseribed. The present fly is very different from the other

Australasian species, especially in venation, being closest to Scamhoneura sub-

faceta Alexander, of northern Celebes, but differing in all details of coloration.

Subfamily Limontnar,

Tribe Lechriini,

Lecura Skuse, 1890,

LECIRIA ALIIDIPES sp, nov.

Size large (wing, female, over 10 mm.); general coloration of mesonotum

yellow, variegated with black, most intensely so on the cephalic portion of the

praeseutum; thoracic pleura yellow, striped longitudinally with black; femora

dark brown, tibiae and tarsi whitened ; wings yellowed, the costal border narrowly

dark brown; wing margin and veins narrowly bordered by paler brown; cell

ist M. very long and narrow, with m—cu just beyond midlength; basal sections

of veins M; 45 and Ws3..4 longer than the stem of vein M.

? Length, about 9 mm.; wing, 10°3 mm

Rostrum dark brown; palpi black, Antennae with the scape yellow, pedicel

and flagellum black; flagellar segments cylindrical, the extreme incisures pale;

verticils shorter than the segments. Head uniformnly dark coloured.

Pronoatum blackened in front, the posterior portion abrupt light yellow.

Mesonolum yellow, the eephalic third of the praescutum intensely and econ-

spicnously blackened, the colour continued laterad as a narrow line oyer the

humeri and on to the dorsopleural region; seutal lobes less intensely darkened ;

mediotergite chiefly blackened, the sides and a capillary median line more yellowed ;

pleurotergite more extensively yellow. Pleura yellow, conspicuously variegated

with brownish black, including a spot below the wing root; a narrow stripe

596 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

extending from the ceryical region backward across the ventral anepisternum

and dorsal sternopleurite; a broader stripe on ventral sternopleurite. ILalteres

yellow, knob slightly darkened, the tip obsenre yellow. Legs with the coxae and

trochanters obscure yellow; femora uniformly dark brown; tibiae abruptly

whitened, a little more obscured beyond the base; basal three tarsal sezments

similarly whitened, the terminal two segments abruptly blackened. Wings with

the ground colour yellow, the costal border narrowly dark brown, involving

cells C and Se, with the elongate stigma, the latter restricted to eell C; wing

margin and most of the veins narrowly bordered by paler brown, scarcely affecting

the general pattern; prearcular field yellow; veins dark brown. YVenation: rm

nearly its own length before the fork of Rs; cell 7st Me of unusual length, subequal

to vein Ms, beyond it; basal sections of veins My,2 and Mz. 4 almost equal in

length of the latter slightly shorter, both longer than the stem of vein I; m—cu

about opposite »m, placed just beyond midlength of cell 1st MW»; basal seetion of

My 4-4 a little longer than the second section; m lounger than the basal section of

vein M3; vein 2nd A straight, the cell relatively narrow, anterior arculus lacking ;

posterior arculus joining M at aright angle.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the lateral portions yellow; sternites yellow,

variegated laterally and posteriorly with dark brown. Ovipositor with the valves

horn-yellow, darker basally ; cerei slender, very gently npeurved.

Holotype, ?, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman).

Lechria albidipes is readily told from all other described species by the large

size, pattern of the body, legs and wings, and especially by the venation, as the

unusually long eell 1st My. Among such species it is possibly nearest L. leucopeza

de Meijere, of Jaya, but the resemblance is not close. This is the first record of

either the genus or tribe in New Guinea,

Tribe Limoniini

Limonta Meigen, 1803.

Limonta (LIBNOTES) ELISSA sp. nov.

Allied to eboracensis; mesonotal praescntum chiefly covered by three con-

fluent dark brown stripes, the posterior selerites of notum dark, more or less

pruinose, especially the postnotum; head grey; legs brown; wings pale brownish

yellow, conspicuously crossbanded with pale brown, including a broad complete

band at cord; cell 7st My small, about as long as Rs; abdomen reddish brown; male

hypopygium with the rostral spines four, blunt at tips,

$ Length, about 9 mm.; wing, 10°5 mm.

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 597

Rostrum reddish brown ; palpi black, Artennae wilh seape and pedicel black,

the former sparsely pruinose; flagellum broken, Head grey, the posterior vertex

a trifle infusealed; anterior vertex reduced to a narrow line.

Pronotum brown. Mesonotal praeseutum chielly covered by three confluent

dark brown stripes, the humeral and lateral portions greyish pruinose; posterior

sclerites of notum dark brown, more or less pruinose, especially the mediotereite ;

pleurotergite heavily pruinose. Proplewra, basal half of fore coxac, and most

of mesepisternum dark browu, the mesepimeron and metapleuva in part pale.

Halteres with stem brownish yellow, knobs broken. Legs with the coxae reddish

brown, sparsely pruinose, the fore pair darker; irechanters obseure yellow;

remainder of legs brown, the femoral bases vest rietedly obseure yellow,

Wings with the ground pale brownish yellow, ¢onspicuously banded with pale

brown, including a broad complete band at cord, its outer margin virtually

straight, the ner margin slightly convex ; wing-tip somewhat paler brown; basal

cells even less evidently clouded; more distinet but smaller pale brown areas in

cell Se before the origin of Rs, at origin of As, and over Ra and adjoining ves;

veins yellow, darker in the patterned areas. Venation: Se, ending nearly

opposite fork of My 42, Sco near its lip; Rs straight, oblique; free tip of Ses and

Fz in transverse alignment ; outer radial and medial veins all yenerally parallel

to one another and all only moderately decurved; cell 1st Ms small, about as long

as Rs; m and basal section of Ms in virtual transverse alignment; mex beyond

midlength of cell fst My anal veins convergent at bases.

Abdomeu reddish brown, the hypopygium somewhat more yellowed. Male

hypopygium with the candal margin of tergile virtually convex, with a small

median notch. Paired setae of tuberele of ventral dististyle very long; rostral

spines apparently four, blint at tips.

Holotype, 3, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1959

(Cheesman).

The present fly is most similar to Limonia (Libnotes) eboracensis Alexander,

of New Britain, differing especially in the body and wing coloration, and in the

venation. By Edwards’ key to the then knowu species of Libnotes (1928), the

species runs, more or less, directly to L. (L,) aurantiaca (Dolesehall) and allies,

disagreeing in all details of coloration.

Subgenus Dapanoprera Osten Sacken, 1881,

Ten species of these striking crane-flics had previousy been characterized,

all but. one having been deseribed from Diuteh New Guinea, and from certain of

the islands to the westward m Wallacea, including Mysol (Misool) and Burn

(Boeroe). The single remaining species is the distinet Limoniw (Dapanaptera)

598 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

richmondiana (Skuse), known from Queensland and northern New South Wales.

No species had been recorded previously from New Guinea eastward of the longi-

tude of Hollandia (Etumboldt Bay), so the oeeurrence of four species in north-

east New Guinea, as herewith recorded, is somewhat noteworthy,

Kertész and all later writers have credited the subgenus Dapanoptera to

Westwood, 1881, but it is now evident that this is incorrect and that the group

was first defined by Osten Sacken, It appears that about 1880 Westwood

submitted a specimen of this subgenus to Osten Sacken for his opinion and the

latter’s notes and diseussion for forthcoming definition of the new group were

gubmitied to Westwood, who incorporated them in his 1881 paper, but clearly

credited the subgenus to Osten Sacken. The latter’s own firs( definition of

Dapanoptera did not appear until 1887 (Berlin. Entomol, Zeitsehr., 31: 179).

A KEY TO THE PAPUAN SPECIES OF DAPANOPTERA.

1. Wings brown at base and apex, with a complete yellow band at near mid-

length .. ah 4 a : xt Pr: - Hn . 2

Wings without a central yellow band that completely erosses the disk .. 6

2, Wing apex broadly dark brown or black so the white stigmal spot is at near

midlength of the darkening .. ae - 4 . ast ei . 8

Wing apex nore narrowly darkened so the white stigmal spot is at or close

to its innerimargin.. = =: a's ot ar Ly es

8, Thorax grey, the praeseutum before the suture with two dull black longitu-

dinal stripes; halteres white; femora chiefly yellow, the tips darkened, (New

Guinea Thimboldt Bay, north-cast New Guinea. )

meijercane Alexander (pulehra de Meijere, preoce.)

Thorax dark reddish brown to almost black; halteres with stem black, knob

pale yellow; legs entirely black, (New Guinea; Humboldt Bay.)

carolinw Edwards

4. Abdomen with base and apex blackened, the intermediate segments yellow,

(New Guinea: Manokwari.) .. a be. nn latifascia (Walker)

Abdomen black, without yellow pattern = .. n. a. a —+y -O

Halteres entirely black; basal dark band of wing broad. (Mysol; New

Guinea: Manokwati) .. i. ; ~ ate auroatra (Walker)

Halteres with whitened knobs; basal dark band of wing narrower (apical

wing band slightly invading cell 1st Ma; m-cw at midlength of cell 1st My).

(South-west New Guinea: Noord River.) .. fascipennis (de Meijere)

Wings with white spots additional to the sigmal one; supernumerary ¢ross-

vein far beyond the outer end of cell 2st My, only about twice its length from

the apieal border : +; .. oa ro . be be OU?

Winys with only the white stigmal spot; supernumerary eross-vein close to

the outer end of cell 1sf Mo, usually only about its own length beyond sa

cell ti “ an 1° a1 a An vie ve

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 599

7, Posterior wing border conspicuously sintious or emarginate; disk with several

white spots. (New Guinea: Manokwari.) .. plenipennis (Walker)

Posterior wing border even and normal; a single white supplementary spot;

this located at the supernumerary cross-vein. (New Guinea: South-west.)

versteegi (de Meijere)

8. Thorax dull blaek, the pleura with a yellowish white spol beneath the

halteres; abdomen black, segments two and three yellow; wings blackish

brown, with several small darker spots; basal half of wing posteriorly,

including cells 1st A, 2nd A and the outer portions of M and Cu with an

extensive brownish yellow area that reaches vein M in front, bordered by a

very irregular dusky line; halteres with brown stem and yellow knob.

(Buru; New Guinea: Dutch New Guinea, north-castward to the Torricelli

Mountains,) .. sf ue perdecora (Walker) (lorentzi de Meijere)

Thorax reddish brown or reddish yellow, unpatterned; abdomen uniformly

darkened f.. ws wa 2A se -4 rte ie te" 8

9, Thorax almost uniformly dark reddish brown, the abdomen dark brown or

hrownish black; stigmal white spot not bordered by brown; stem of halteres

infuscated. (North-east New Guinea.) -. Va tovricelliana sp. Nov.

Thorax and abdomen dull reddish yellow to light yellow; stigmal white spot

narrowly bordered by brown; stem of halteres pale, at least on basal half 10

10. Thorax and abdomen dull reddish yellow ; wings opaque, dull whitish yellow,

tinged with brown; stigmal white spot narrowly bordered hy brown; vein C

on apical half brown, posterior margin of wimg with a weaker darkened

border; halteres yellowish white. (South-west New Guinea: Noord River.)

cundidala candidala Alexander (pallida de Meijere, preoce.)

Thorax and abdomen light yellow; wings fulvous yellow, the outer half a

little move infuseated ; stigmal white spot encireled by dark brown; balteres

with stem yellow, darkened outwardly, the kuob again light yellow. (North-

east New Guinea, ) ele “a is .. candidate opulenta subsp, nov,

Limonta (DAPANOPTERA) MutuuREANA Alexander.

Torricelli Mountains, January, 1959 (Cheesman).

LimontA (DAPANOPTERA) PeRDECORA (Walker).

Torricelli Mountains, January, 1939 (Cheesman).

Limonia (DaAPANOPTERA) TORRICELLIANA SP. HOY.

General coloration of thorax dark reddish brown; antennal scape and pedicel

brown, basal flagellar segments obscure brownish yellow; anterior veriex (male)

a little wider than the diameter of scape; halteres with stem infuscated; knob

yellow; femora yellow, the tips more infuseated; wings with a strong yellowish

brown suffusion, the base narrowly more blackened; cells Cy and the Anal cells

somewhat clearer yellow than the remainder of ground; white stigmal spot not

600 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

margined with darker; no dark spots on wing; Rs about three times the basal

section of Rg. ; vein 2nd A almost evenly convex; abdomen brownish black,

é Length, about 7-8 mm.; wing, 10-5-12 nna,

Rostrum and palpi black, Antennae with scape and pedicel brown; basal

flagellar segments obscure brownish yellow, the outer four or five a little more

infuseated; basal segments oval, (he otter ones subeylindrical; longest verticils

unilaterally arranged, subequal in length to the sezments, Head in front light

silvery, behind brownish black with a more sparse grey pruinosity ; central portion

of posterior yertex with an eloigale more blackish spot; anterior vertex (male) a

little wider than the diameter of svape.

Thorax almost uniformly dark reddish brown, variegated with slightly more

yellowed areas, including the pronotal seutellam, region of the suture, central

portion of scuftum behind and much of the seutelham; dorsopleural membrane

brownish black. Talteres with stem infuseated, knob yellow. Legs with the

coxae and trochanters concolourous with the pleura; femora yellow, becoming

more infnseated on the outer third, most intensely so at the tips; tibiae and tarsi

brown; elaws (male) with a major outer spine and abont four smaller teeth

nearer base. Wines with a strong yellowish brown suffusion, the base, to just

beyond the level of areiwlus, more blackened; just beyond this dark area in cells

eu, Ist A and 2nd A the membrane more yellowed, merging gradually with the

ground, not. demarked by clear-cut infuseations as in perdecora; white stigmal

spot conspicnous, virtnally obliterating the included veins, not margined with

darker; no dark spots ou wings; veins reddish brown, darker in the bagal

infuscated band; membrane adjoining the veins very narrowly and insensibly

brightened. Venation: ?s arculated, about three times the basal section of Ry +55

cell tat My elongate, a little longer than the distal seetion of vein My; super-

numerary erossyein its own length beyond the fork of Mf; Anal veins gradually

diverging, 2nd A almost evenly convex,

Abdomen, including hypopyginum, dark hrown or brownish black, the posterior

borders of the more proximal segments a little more reddened.

Holotype, 2, Torricelli Momitains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman). Paratopotype, 2. i) poor vondilion; Alexander Collection.

T wold regard this species as being most hearly allied to Limenia (Dapanap-

tera) perdecora (Walker), from whieh it differs conspicuously in the coloration

of the hody and wings, The latter are not completely crossbanded with yellow,

as is the ease in the various species that centre about awmeatra (Walker),

LIMONTA (DAPANOPTERA) CANDITATA OPULEN'TA subsp, noy.

General coloration of thorax and abdomen light yellow, the praescutnm and

scutal lobes with slightly more fulvous yellow areas; antennae with the flagellar

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 601

segments brown, vaguely paler at their bases; anterior vertex reduced to a narrow

strip; halteres yellow, the stem dark brown at outer end; femora yellow, the tips

narrowly dark brown; wings with a strong fulvous yellow ground, the outer half

a trifle more infuscated; a yery restricted brown pattern, including a complete

border to the white stigmal spot; Rs elongate, exceeding four times the basal

section of Fy ,.5; cells 7st My longer than any of the veins beyond it; abdomer

fulvous yellow, the bypopygium dark brown,

4 Length, about 12 wm.; wing, 16°5 mm.

Rostrum and palpi black, the former a trifle longer than the scape. Antennae

with scape brownish black; pedicel dark brown; flagellar segments brown, their

bases narrowly and vaguely paler; segments cylindrical or nearly so, longer than

the verticils; terminal segmeut strongly narrowed on apieal third. Head dark

grey, the occipital region restrictedly obscure yellow; eyes large, reducme the

anterior vertex to a narrow strip, the latter a trifle elevated, the posterior vertex

immediately behind with a narrow groove,

Pronotum dark oratige in front, paling to yellow behind. Thorax almost

uniformly light yellow, the four praescutal stripes and the areas on the seutal

lobes a trifle more fulvons yellow, ouly slighty differentiated from the ground.

Halteres relatively long, stem yellow, darkened outwardly, just before the light

yellow knob becoming dark brown. Jegs with the ecoxae and troehanters light

yellow; femora brownish yellow, somewhat clearer yellow at base, the tips

narrowly dark brown; tibiae and tarsi dark brown to brownish black; claws

(male) with six or seven small denticles basad of the outer spine. Wings with

a strong fulyous yellow ground, the outer half a little more infuscaled than the

yellow proximal portion; a very restricted datker brown pattern, melading

the preareulay field, a snuall postareular area, anil spots al origin of As and fork

of Sc; white stizmal spot small but conspicuous, encircled by dark brown; wing

margin from shortly before apex back to cell 2nd A narrowly margined with

brown, narrower and more intense near apex, more diffuse behind; no other

darkenings on wing disk beyond the level of vein Mo, exeepting very vague clouds

over m and the supernumerary crossvein; veins yellow, inconspicuous against the

rround, not darkened in the spots at Hs and Sc; in the whitened stigmal area the

veins very pale and searcely visible. Venation, As clongate, exceeding four times

the basal section of Ryo, 3 supernumerary crossvein about its own length beyond

m; cell Ist Ms elongate, longer than any of the veins heyond it and more than

one-half longer than the distal section of vein M7; basal section. of M73 a little less

than twice m; m—ew about one and one-half times its own length beyond the fork

of M or just beyond one-third the length of the lower face of cell 7sf Ma; vein

2nd_A slightly extended.

602 RECORDS OF THE §,A, MUSEUM

Abdominal tergites fulvous yellow, sternites clearer yellow; hypopyginm,

including the ninth tergite, dark brown.

Holotype, 2, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman).

The present fly is considered as being a race of Limonia (Dupanoplera)

candidata Alexander (pallida de Meijere, preocenpied), deseribed from the Noord

River (Loretitz River) district of south-western New Guinea.

Tribe Hexatomini

Limnoputta Maequart, 1884.

PapuaPHILA subgen. nov.

Characters generally as in Limnopiila, that is, with cell R3 of wings present

and deep, cell 1, present; anterior areulus preserved. Antennae 13-seamented.

Wings with m—cu near the inner end of cell {st My or a short distance beyond the

fork of M; vein 2nd A unusually short, somewhat as in J'richacera but not as

strongly curved. Ovipositor with cerei very long and slender.

Type of subgenus: Limnophila séleclissima (Walker), Mysol.

Other included species are Limnophila apicalis de Meijere, of south-western

New Guinea; Z, contingens (Walker), of north-western New Guinea; L. euchroma

(Walker), of Gilolo (Halmahera), and L. terminalis (Walker), of north-western

New Guinea. All of the species deseribed by Walker were taken by Alfred Russel

Wallace.

In 1921, the late Dr. Fred. W. Edwards, of the British Museum, wrote me that

the various Walker species above listed differed from all other deseribed species of

Limnophila and that he intended to propose for them a new generie group, This

was never done and it seems advisable to erect the group at this time. 1 am giving

it subgeneri¢ ranking, with the realization that the accession of more materials

may well result in elevating it to generic status. Undoubtedly, the group will be

found to be a very characteristic one in the Papuan subregion,

Concerning the subgenotype, selectissima, the following supplementary notes

on the type were sent to me by Edwards. Venation: F's ending in cell Ro, that is,

cell Rg sessile; Ry at midlength of anterior branch of Rs, that is, veins Ry.3 and

Ry subequal; 2) 42 one and one-half times vein Is alone; m-eu a little beyond

the base of the short cell 7st Ma.

Tt may be noted that both van der Wulp and Kertész place Limnobia trisignata

Walker in the genus Limnophila, but from the rather satisfactory description it

seems certain that this is a Limenia and probably a member of the subgenns

Libnotes. Unfortunately, I have no notes hy Edwards on this species nor did he

inclade it as being a Libnotes in his discussion of the Oriental-Anstralasian species

of this group (Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus., 1928: 74-80).

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 603

Limnopmiua (PAPUAPHILA) FUSCOABDOMINALIS 8p, Nov.

General coloration of thorax light yellow, restrictedly patterned with reddish

brown, including three poorly indicated praescutal stripes ; pseodosutural foyeae

large and conspicuous; legs brown, excepting the obseure yellow femoral bases ;

wings suffused with brown; Ry +344 about one-half as long as the basal section of

R;, in direct longitudinal alignment with F's; abdominal tergites obscure yellowish

brown, patterned with darker brown, especially the outer seginents; ovipositor

with very long slender valves.

2? Length, about 7-5 mm.; wing, 8 mm.

Rostrum and palpi brownish black. Antennae 13-segmented, scape and

pedicel light brown, flagellum dark brown to brownish black; flagellar segments

subeylindriecal, a little dilated at near midlength; verlicils long and conspicuous,

the longest a little exceeding the segments in length. Head black, sparsely

pruinose.

Pronotum obscure yellow, with a brown median line; both the seutum and

the seutellum relatively large and massive. Mesouotum light yellow, restrictedly

patterned with reddish brown, including three poorly indicated praesettal

stripes, the central one narrower and more deeply coloured im front; pseudo-

sutural foyeae browuish black, large aud conspicuous; tuberculate pits apparently

lacking; centres of seutal lobes more or less darkened ; median region of sentum

and seutellum with brown areas; mediotergite alinost uniformly yellow, vaguely

patterned with darker near the middle of anterior portion, Plenra and plenro-

tergite chiefly obscure yellow, Halteres with stem yellowish brown, knob darker

brown. Legs with the eoxae brown; trochanters more brownish yellow ; femora

obseure yellow basally, the remainder of legs passing into brown; tibial spurs

distinct. Wings with a brownish switasion, the base and the stigma vaguely to

searcely darker; veins brown, Beyond cord all outer radial branches wilh

abundant short trichia; MW, and My with fewer trichia. Venatiou; Sey ending

nearly opposite the fork of Rug 44, Sez a litile removed from iis tip, nearly

opposite the fork of Rs; Rs in longitudinal aligninent with Hy, ,4, the latter

only about one-half as long as the more arcnated basal section of Rs; ; cell Jy from

about one and one-half to nearly twice ils petiole; m—cu subequal to the distal

section of Cay, only a short distance beyond the fork of M; vein 2nd A short,

gently curved to the margin; anterior areulus preserved.

Abdominal tergites obseure yellowish brown, variegated with darker brown,

more extensively so on the basal and apical tergites, the intermediate ones some-

what more brightened; sternites more uniformly yellow, the lateral borders

narrowly infuscated; pleural membrane, terminal segment and genital shield

dark brown, Ovipositor with the cerci orange-yellow, of unusual length and

604 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

slenderness, about eqnal in length to the combined four tergites preceding the

genital shield.

Holotype, ?, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman),

The nearest relative of the present fly seems to be Limnophila (Papuaphila)

agicalis de Meijere, which differs especially in the coloration of the body and legs.

EverHantomy1a Osten Sacken, 1859,

ELEPHANTOMYIA (ELEPHANTOMYODES) HYALIBASIS Sp. noy.

Thorax almost uniformly obscure brownish yellow, the mesonotum with short

but abundant erect setae ; rostrum long, exceeding oue-half the length of the wing;

anterior vertex very narrow; wings with a strong brownish tinge, the costal

border narrowly dark brown, the colour continued distad nearly to the wing tip;

cell M in preareular field clear hyaline, contrasting with the darkened costa;

abdomen more or less bicoloured. black, with broad obseure yellow basal rings,

only the eighth segment uniformly darkened ; hypopygium yellow.

¢ Length, excluding rostrum, about 6 mm.; wing, 7*5 mm,; rostrum, about

4°5 mm.

Rostrum black, exceeding one-half the leneth of wing. Antennae black

throughout; verticils very long. Head dark grey; anterior vertex very narrow,

only about as wide as two rows of ommatidia, the eyes correspondingly large.

Thorax almost uniformly obseure brownish yellow; mesonotal praeseutum

and seutum with numerous but short, erect bristly setae, with somewhat fewer of

these on posterior half of mediotergite. Pleura testaeeous yellow, the anterior

pleura more darkened. Halteres with stem pale brown, knob brownish black. Legs

with all coxae brownish yellow; trochanters yellow; a single detached leg is affixed

to the tab and may not belong to this specimen, as the setae are differently arranged

than in other members of the subgenus; in this leg the tibiae and tarsi are uniformly

blackened. Wings with a strong brownish tinge, the costal border, including cells

Cand Se, as far distad as the termination of vein R5 dark brown; very narrow to

scarcely evident dark seams at origin of Ms, Ry 344 and over the remainder of

cord ; cell M in preareular field clear hyaline, constrasting conspicuously with the

darkened costal portion; veins brown. Venation: Rs relatively long, exceeding

in length cell 2st M», square at origin; vein Re 49.4 perpendicular at origin, bent

at virtually a right angle, thence nearly parallel to vein Fy .2, the portion of the

cell above it uniformly darkened; cell 7s? My large, rectangular, subequal to or

a little longer than the distal section of vein My +2; m-cw nearly its own length

beyond the fork of M and nearly as loug as the distal section of vein Cu; cell

2nd A narrow, more widened before midlength.

ALEXANDER—CRANE-FLIES FROM NEW GUINEA 605

Abdomen more or less bicoloured, the first sezment pale, the succeeding ones

black, with broad basal rings of obscure yellow, only the eighth segment uniformly

darkened ; hypopygium brownish yellow,

Holotype, ¢, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman ).

Among the deseribed regional species, the present fly agrees most nearly with

Elephantomyia (Elephantamyodes) tayloriana Alexander, of New Britain,

despite the blaek hody coloration and distinetive wing pattern of the latter. The

hyaline droplet before the arculus is noteworthy.

Tribe Eriopterini.

TRENTEPOMLIA Bigot, 1854,

TRENTEPOHLIA (MONGOMA) PRANSULIS sp. Nov.

General coloration dark brown; levs dark brown, with more than the distal

fourth of at least the middle tibiae snowy white and moderately enlarged; tarsi

white, the proximal third of the basitarsi infuscated; wings whitish subhyaline;

Rg4.4 long, subequal to Ry ; m—cu before the fork of IW,

é Length, about 6 mm-.; wing, 7 mm.

Rostrum pale brown; palpi blaek. Aiitennae dark brown throughout;

flagellar segments long-eylindrical, with numerous normal setae but without

specially modified verticils. Mead dark grey ; anterior vertex reduced to a narrow

strip,

Pronotum brown. Mesonotum chiefly dark brown, the humeral region of

praescutum and lateral portions of the seutal lobes obscure yellow. Pleura

brownish yellow. IJfalteres short, infuseated, the base of stem narrowly yellow.

Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow, the fore coxae somewhat darker;

femora and tibiae dark brown, the genna uot brightened; a single complete

(middle) leg remains; distal fommth of more of tibiae snowy white, dilated,

approximately twiee as thiek as the central portion of the selerite, the vestiture

snowy white; tarsi white, with nearly the proximal third of the basitarsi

infuseated. Wings whitish subhyaline, the extreme tip vaguely infuseated ; stigmal

darkening very restricted, lying between veins Se and #; veins brown. Venation-:

Ry 4.2, Ry and Rg +4 all subequal; cell Ry relatively short, vein Ry smuonus; cell

ist M2 somewhat shorter than vein My; m—cu a short distance before the fork

of M; fusion of veins (Cu, and 1st A relatively extensive, more than one-half m-cv.

Abdominal tergites dark brown, the lateral borders narrowly yellow; sternites

bicoloured, brownish grey, the posterior wiargins broadly yellow; hypopygium

brown,

Holotype, 2, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman).

606 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The present species is evidently allied to Trentepohlia (Mongoma) austra-

liensis (Skuse), of north-eastern Australia, and to 7’. (M.) subpennata Alexander,

of the Papuan subregion. The former has the tips of the femora and the bases

of the tibiae extensively snowy white; the latter differs in the venation, as the

length of vein R344 and in the even more strongly dilated apices of the middle

tibiae.

TRENTEPOHLIA (ANCHIMONGOMA) ANGUSTICINCTA sp. nov.

General coloration of mesonotal praescutum, scutal lobes and pleura dark

brown, the scutellum abruptly yellow; antennae black throughout; tibiae white,

with a narrow black ring before midlength, on the posterior tibiae only a little

more than one-half as wide as the white base; wings whitish hyaline, unpatterned ;

cell R; a little exceeding its petiole.

9 Length, about 7-5 mm.; wing, about 7 mm.

Rostrum light brown; palpi black. Antennae black: flagellar segments

cylindrical, with verticils that are subequal to or a trifle longer than the segments.

Head above dark grey ; anterior vertex reduced to a linear strip.

Pronotum concealed. Mesonotal praeseutum and scutal lobes dark brown,

contrasting with the yellow central portion of the seutum and the scutellum;

postnotum weakly infuscated, sparsely pruinose. Pleura dark brown, sparsely

pruinose, the posterior pleurites paler. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob

infuscated. Legs with the coxae more or less infuscated, the bases restrictedly

brightened; trochanters obscure yellow; femora dark brown, the bases narrowly

white; tibiae white, with a relatively narrow black ring before midlength,

broader on the middle legs where it is subequal to the white base, narrower on

the posterior tibiae, where it is only a little more than one-half the white base

(fore legs broken) ; remainder of legs white, the terminal two tarsal segments

weakly darkened. Wings whitish hyaline, unpatterned, veins brown. Venation:

As in the subgenus; 224344 about two and one-half times Re, the latter a little

longer than Ry+.; cell Rs a little exceeding its petiole; m—cwu at fork of M; veins

Cu, and ist A narrowly separated at margin, the distance about one-half the

basal section of vein My+..

Abdomen filled with eggs and evidently discoloured; dark brown, sparsely

pruinose ; ovipositor with the genital shield and valves reddish horn colour.

Holotype, @, Torricelli Mountains, altitude 200-1,000 feet, January, 1939

(Cheesman).

The present fly is closest to the Oriental Trentepohlia (Anchimongoma)

apoicola Alexander (niveitpes Edwards, preocc.) which differs chiefly in the darker

wings and, especially, in the great increase in black colour on the tibiae.

THE HEAVY WOODEN SHIELD OF MISIMA, PAPUA

By H. K. BARTLETT

Summary

The island of Misima (St. Aignan) stands a little apart from the other islands of the

Calvados Chain in the Louisade Archipelago, south-eastern Papua. Its coral cliffs rise

abruptly from the sea. Mount Oiatau (oia=mountain, tau=man) rises to about 3,400

feet on the narrow western end. Just off-shore charts record sea depths of 900

fathoms. The mountain range traverses the island, dwindling to a series of lesser

peaks on the eastern end, where gold-bearing reefs have been located.

Misima today carries a population of about 2,800 people of Papuo-Melanesian stock,

all of whom live in coastal villages. However, stories have been handed down of days

when densely populated villages were numerous inland, as well as on the coast. Prior

to the appearance of the white man, constant raiding and intervillage fighting appears

to have been the order of the day.

Tur HEAVY WOODEN SHIELD or MISIMA, PAPUA

By H, K, BARTLETT.

Fig. 1-2.

Tan island of Misima (St, Aignan) stands a little apart from the other islands of

the Calvados Chain in the Louisiade Archipelago, south-eastern Papua, Its coral

cliffs rise abruptly from the sea. Mount Oiatau (oia—mountain, tau=man)

rises to about 3,400 feet on the narrow western end. Just off-shore charts record

sea depths of 900 fathoms. he mountain range traverses the island, dwindling

to a series of lesser peaks on the eastern end, where gold-bearing reefs have been

located.

Misima to-day carries a population of about 2,800 people of Papuo-

Melanesian stock, all of whom live in coastal villages. However, stories have been

handed down of days when densely populated villages were numerous inland,

as well as on the coast. Prior to the appearance of the white man, constant raiding

and intervillage fighting appears to have been the order of the day.

During this warfare the most characteristic weapon in use, besides spears

and stones, was a heavy wooden shield, borne by an otherwise unarmed shield-

bearer, who preceded files of spearmen when engaged in combat.

In July, 1941, shortly after an old and damaged shield had been first noticed

in Baloma yillage, four of these heavy wooden shields were obtained from the

natives of Awaibi village. A sixth and the best example seen, was buried with

Togu, an old man of Lapipai village who died shortly afterwards. The shields are

rare and, although careful inquiries were made, the one buried with Togu was

stated to be the last one remaining on the island. All others had been buried with

their former owners or destroyed.

The shields examined and those obtained were of relatively uniform size,

approximately 20 inches by 36 inches, and about 1} inches thick at the centre;

subrectangular, with the sides parallel and the ends rather evenly rounded. Two

of them weigh 12 lb, each. The timber commonly used was taken from the heavy

plank-like buttress roots of a type of fig tree. The broken shield first seen at

Baloma village was, however, made from a yery light wood.

An old native informant, Tomiarati by name, related how, in the days before

white occupation of the island, he had been a shield-hearer for the natives of

Lapipai village; he gave a demonstration of his skill in handling the heavy piece

of wood. The shield, which was slightly convex to add to its efficiency in deflecting

608 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

spears, was supported on the arm by fresh loops of cane which were wound

through the two lines of rectangular holes. When about to be used numerous

small shells (Caput serpentis, Arabica and other small cowries), together with

rattle pods and pandanus leaves, were suspended from the small holes appearing

Fig, 1. Method of hold-

ing heavy wooden shield

(drawn from a photo-

graph).

along each lateral edge. The object of these decorations was to assist in making

as much noise as possible and thereby to create an impression in the minds of the

enemy that a large party of warriors were approaching. Since the shield was

difficult to handle in jungle country, a shield-bearer was unable to carry any

other weapon. <A raiding party which could spare four or five men to act as

shield-bearers must be strong in numbers. Tomiarati said that a really expert '

shield-bearer was one who could so use his rattles as to create the impression that

BARTLETT—HEAVY WOODEN SHIELD OF MISIMA 609

the noise was ecatsed by more than one bearer. Going in front of the spearmen,

his task was to ward off spears and stones flung by the enemy. In combat the

shield-bearer was very active, making many Joaps into the air to deflvet flying

missiles, In so doing he drew up his legs, so that af no time was any part of his

body visible to the enemy,

On Misima the name given to the heavy fighting shield is ‘‘ivan,’’ Panaeati

folk call it ‘“‘ligovan.’’ Both these names were said to describe the shield as

“upright,’? Other Misima words for ‘shield’? are ‘'ebwein’’ and ‘‘libweiu,’? but

it was not possible to learn whether or not these names applied formerly to some

other type of shield.

A carved design appears along one lateral margin of each shield, The

designs of all figure birds and snakes, No totemie significance was claimed

for the designs, which were in éach case described as ‘‘lo siba wana nuata,’’ that is,

“skilled man his thoughts.’? Tt is possible that the designs are actually of

totemie origin, although their significance may have been forgotten by a generation

that has lost a great deal of the old culture.

The principal and strongest. totemic group on Misima was known as Tawaraian.,

They claimed as their bird the frigate (lawat), and as their reptile, the iguana

(eumakara), Other totemie gronps each laid claim to a bird and to a fish, but

knew nothing of any reptile totem, although there was a hazy recollection of some

kind of a plant fotem,

A shield very similar to these Misima ones is in the National Museum,

Melbourne, from Ware (Teste Island), about 100 miles to the west of Misima.

Tn shape and design it is similar to Misima ones, but it is mach smaller. Tt may

be of significance that the language of Ware has a closer relationship with that

of Misima than any other Louisiade Archipelago dialect,

Maegillivray (Voyage of ‘‘TI.M.S. Rattlesnake,’’ 1852, Vol. I, p. 272)

describes a war dance carried out by a niai at Brumer Island: ‘'In one hand he

held a large wooden shield, nearly three feet im length and rather more than one

in width, and in the other a formidable-looking weapon two feet in length—a por-

tion of the snout of a saw fish with long sbarp teeth projecting on each side.

Placing himself in a crouching attitude, and holding his weapon in a position to

strike, he advanced rapidly in a succession of short bounds, striking the inner side

of the shield with his left knee at each jerk, causing the large cowries hung round

his waist and ankles to rattle violently.’’ Macgillivray does not mention rattles

attached to the shield.

Ratzel (Hislary of Mankind, Butler’s Translation. Vol. I, p. 285, 1896)

figures from Teste Island a shicld which shows elaborate shell decorations, He

states that in ‘‘eastern New Guinea and the island to the east, specimens occur

of great size, weighing up to twenty-two pounds and beautifully decorated,’’

610 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

William Powell (Wandering in a Wild Country, 1883) describing a visit to

Heath Island says (p. 18) “*. . . we bought a good many implements of war,

tomahawks, spears, clubs and shields.’’ (p. 15) ‘‘The shields are black with white

markings on them. They are about three feet long and two feet broad, slightly

curved at the sides; these are hung on the outrigger of the canoe to form a bulwark

when fighting.’’ In Possession Bay, Hayter Island, about 300 canoes crowded

around Powell’s vessel, while two war canoes cruised on the outer circle, These

war canoes were ‘‘very long, holding about thirty men each, the outriggers hung

with shields and bundles of spears.”’ (p. 17.)

aA E ee ELTON tt

Ce ne EG

CPD

aarti LU

Fig. 2. Patterns from four heavy wooden shields,

Powell gives a figure of a shield from Hayter Island (p, 17) which, says

Haddon (Decorative Art of British New Guinea, p. 215) ‘does not give me the

impression of being a faithful representation."’

The form of shield found between Hast Cape and Astrolabe Bay is similar

to those from Misima. Comrie (Journal of the Anthropological Institute of

Great Britain, vi, 1877, pl. 1, fie, 9) shows an example with one lateral margin

decorated with shell dises strung on three lines of cord. The dimensions are given

as 33 inches by 14 inches. The carved design is entirely different, but the shape

is close to those of Misima.

BARTLETT—HEAVY WOODEN SHIELD OF MISIMA 611

Mr. N, B. Tindale (Ethnologist of South Australian Museum) has made

the following comments: ‘‘Edge-Partington (Album of the native weapons... of

the natives of the Pacific Islands, i, 1890, pl. 283, fig. 4) illustrates a specimen

of this Misima type of shield, labelled only as from ‘New Guinea.’ It measures

19 inches by 34 inches and its markings, so far as can be determined, were similar

to those of the shields described herein. It is referred to ag a ‘heavy canoe shield

of wood, painted black and decorated with carving and pigments.’ A manuseri pt

note in the South Australian Museum copy of this work, by the late Sir Edward

Stirling, indicates that similar shields were known from ‘Teste Island and in use

at the southern end of the Peninsula. ’’

‘Although it is clear from details given of the method of use on Misima

that these shields were employed as ‘upright’ land combat weapons, the carved

design on one lateral margin helps to confirm other descriptions of them, inelud-

ing Edge-Partington’s, as canoe shields. In such ease they may well have been

employed with the decorated margin upwards. The usual presence of two

seemingly vestigial medium projections or lugs on the face of several of the shields

may be connected with some such former use. It will be noted that on one of two

shields available for inspection at Adelaide, these projections are absent. The

design on this shield, however, is less finished than on others, and may represent

a later example,’’

A NEW RACE OF TISIPHONE ABEONA DONOVAN

(LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B. SC., ETHNOLOGIST, S. A. MUSEUM

Summary

The Satyrid Tisiphone abeona Don. 1805 illustrates more than most Australian

butterflies the interesting phenomenon of the formation of a whole series of

geographical races within the limits of a continental area. Waterhouse (1922, 1923,

1928) demonstrated by genetic studies and by hybridization experiments, that several

forms of this butterfly, once thought to belong to more than one species, were all

races of a single polytypic species. Each of the races is geographically isolated from

the next by a wide or narrow zone of country outside the oekomene of the species.

Such isolating areas are notable either for the unsuitability of the climate, the absence

of native sword grasses (Gahnia psittacorum, G. aspera and G. microstachya), the

characteristic foodplants of the butterfly, or for unsuitable climate combined with lack

of foodplants.

A NEW RACE or TISIPHONE ABEONA DONOVAN

(LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA) rrom SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B, TINDALF, B.8c,, ErxHno.oaist, S.A. Museum.

Plate xix,

THE Satyrid Tisiphone abeona Don. 1805 illustrates more than most Australian

butterflies the interesting phenomenon of ihe formation of a whole series of

geographical races within the limits of a continental area. Waterhouse (1922,

1923, 1928) demonstrated by yvenetie studies and by hybridization experiments,

that several forms of this butterfly, once thought to belong to more than one

species, were all races of a single polytypic species. Each of the races is

geographically isolated from the next by a wide or narrow zone of country outside

the vekomene of the species. Such isolating areas are notable either for the

unsuitability of the climate, the absence of native sword grasses (Gahnia

psittacorwm, G. aspera and @, microstachya), the characteristic foodplants of the

butterfly, or for unsuitable climate combined with lack of foodplants.

Hitherto known races are:

Tisiphone abeona rawnsleyi Miskin, 1876. South Queensland at Maroochy,

Mooloolah and Caloundra,

Tisiphone abeona morrisi Waterhouse, 1914. North-eastern New South Wales

between the Macleay and Tweed Rivers.

Tisiphone abeona reyalis Waterhouse, 1928. New South Wales, at Barrington

Tops and the Dorrigo Platean at elevations up to 4,000 feet.

Tisiphone abeona joanna (Butler, 1866). New South Wales, within a radins of

approximately 15 miles of Port Maeqnaric,

Tisiphone abeona aurelia Waterhouse, 1915. New South Wales, between Port

Stephens and Camden Haven.

Tisiphone abeanm abeant (Donovan, 1805). New South Wales coastal districts

at Neweastle, Ourimbah, Sydney and Tawarra; also in the Blue Mountains,

Tistphone abeona albifascia. Waterhouse, 1904. South-eastern New South Wales

from Narooma to Wilson Promontory, and eastern Victoria at Ferntree Gully,

Wandin, Healesville, Mt. Macedon and Lorne,

There is one other Tisiphone, T. helena Ollitf, 1888, which lives in the Cairns

district of north Queensland at altitudes about 1,200 feet, on Mt. Bellenden-Ker,

and at Herberton and Karunda, 1. helena, although generally listed as a separate

species, seems to belong to the polytypie T. abeona.

614 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

The races of 7. abeonw differ fvom each other in various degrees, a gradient

between the forms being such as to bear a rather direct velatiouship with the

widths of the gaps between their respective areas of distribution. T. a. helena

being separated by nearly 600 miles from its ueighbour, 7’. a. rawnsleyi, is also

one of the most distinetive of the fomns. 7. a. rawnsleyi and T. a. morrisi also are

different in appearance and are very stable forms, oceupying separate areas.

T. a. rawnsley? is melanic, T. ad. morrisi the most albinic of the races. South of

the area veenpied by 7. w, morrisi is 7’. a joanna, This is most unstable as to

wing pattern, no two examples being taken which are exactly alike. Waterhouse

has shown the great probability that 7. @. joanna arose asa natural hybrid during

recolonization of the Port Macquarie district by elements of two formerly

separated subspecies, 7. a. morrisi and 7, a, aurelia. Ie suyported his deduetions

by a series of hybridization experiments, and in the Fy-generation of morrisi x

aurclia erosses, reprodueed the highly variable complex of forms typieal of the

natural 7’, joanna population.

Three southern races, 7. a, aurelia, T. a, abeona and VT, a. albifascia, are

rather similar as to markings; their areas of distribution are close together and the

transition from one race to the next is less clear ent than in more northern races,

In the extreme south-east of the continent 7. a albifascia oceurs, chiefly along

the eoast from Narooma to Wilson Promontory and extending westwards in

pockets of favourable country as far as Mt, Macedon, Ferntree Gully and Lorne.

The race is two-brooded, with a spring brood emerging in November and early

December and an autumn one doring February and March.

During a recent holiday visit to the south-east of South Australia it was of

some interest to find a new race of Trsiphone abeona, allied te both 7’. a. albifascta

and 7’. a. abeona, flying in a relatively restricted area of abont two square miles

within the limits of the volcanic« crater lake basin, known as Lake Edward, This

locality is over 200 miles west of the previously known western limit for the

species, at Lorne, Victoria. Further collecting revealed the presence of the same

form at Dartmoor on the Glenelg River, just over the border in western Victoria,

but still leaving a belt. of country over 175 miles in width in which apparently it

does not occur, Since this paper was prepared Dr. A. V. Southcott has given me

a specimen from the Grampians,

A formal deseription of the new race is as follows:

TISIPIOND ABEONA ANTONI subsp, nov.

Male. Wings above black; forewings with two blue-pupilled black eyespots

each with a tiny white central dot; a broad orange band across midwing and 4

narrower one near apex; the latter is distinctly wider and cream coloured near

TINDALE—TISIPHONE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 615

the costal margin; hindwings with a large eyespot near hinder angle, this is

ringed with dull orange brown and black; traces of an eyespot near apex; wings

below with markings arranged as above; forewings with midwing band orange in

lower half, cream-toned in cell; band near apex cream-coloured, traces of two

white lines parallel to outer margin; hind wing black with two large eyespots,

each ringed with orange brown, that near apex with traces of a small second one

below it; a broad cream-coloured band across midwing and two narrower ones

near outer margin. Expanse 66 mm.

Female. Generally larger, wings more ample, markings similar but paler ;

midwing band of forewing tends to a cream-tone in cell; the hind wing above bears

traces of a dusky cream band across the wing in the position of the broad white

fascia beneath. Expanse 75 mm.

Loc. South Australia: Lake Edward (Holotype a male, and allotype female

numbered I 18,951 in South Australian Museum), caught 3rd—4th January, 1947,

by N. B. and A. J. Tindale. Victoria: Dartmoor, 10th January, 1947, N. B.

Tindale. Mackenzie Creek, Grampians, 26th December, 1931, A. V. Southcott.

4 Males, 3 females.

The type and allotype of 7’. a. antoni are deposited in the South Australian

Museum, together with three paratypes; one paratype each has been passed to the

Australian Museum, Sydney, and the National Museum, Melbourne.

At Lake Edward the butterflies were rather rare and fast flying, frequenting

the clumps of giant Gahnia grass which grow on the somewhat treacherous

surface of peat bog fringing the lake on its southern side and western shores.

Two days assiduous collecting yielded only four specimens, although many times

that number were seen. The season of emergence was evidently well advanced

and most examples seen were ragged or had suffered from symmetrical wing

injuries, apparently as a result of the attacks of birds.

At Dartmoor, on 10th January, 1947, the butterflies were found, flying

about clumps of giant Gahnia growing among teatree (Melaleuca) about the

sources of several springs which originate in the base of the Ostrea bed (of prob-

able Pleistocene age), and flow down by small lateral valleys to the main stream

of the Glenelg River. The season for the species was well advanced and most

of the examples were ragged. A half-day’s collecting yielded only two specimens.

This race, in keeping with its greater apparent isolation, seems to differ a

little more from 7’. a. abeona and T. a. albifascia than those two races differ from

each other. This is, perhaps, to be expected, since the ranges of the latter tend

now to a slight overlap in the vicinity of Narooma. Recent gene exchange may

have occurred between the two forms along the meeting ground, as has clearly

happened in the case of the race 7’. a. joanna.

616 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

A eonspicuous difference between 7’. a, antoni and T. a. abeona in the male

is seen in the cream colour of the costal portion of the subapical spot ; 7’. a. albifascra

shows this toa degree. In the female the cream colour of that part of the median

band lying within the cell is highly distinctive, The median white band of the

hindwing beneath, in both sexes, is as conspicuous as in 7’. a. albifascia and the

inner of the two submarginal ones is even more developed. The orange-brown

eolour of the eyespots tends to be like 7. a. awrelia; the brown-ringed spots in both

sexes ave velatively smaller than in 7’, a, albifascia and more like those of

T. wa. abeona. The size difference is particularly noticeable in the case of the

subapical spot of the hindwing beneath,

THEORETICAL DISCUSSION,

Some pertinent deductions are possible from a study of the distribution of

the races of Tisiphone, significant because they point up, firstly the influences of

changing climate, and secondly the operation of the age and area effect, whereby

the most primitive and distinctive form of this polytypie species complex, namely,

T. a. helena occurs on the isolated northern periphery of the area of distribution

while the least distinctive races and latest developed ones occur near the foens

abont southern New South Wales. Tt is evident that the distribution of Tisiphone

is controlled by relatively critical moisture and temperature limits. [ts tolerances

are such that while ijt lives near sea leyel on Wilson Promontory near the

southern limit of its distribution, as one goes north it finds its climatie equivalent

at some elevation, on mountains. Thns if oecars on Barrington Tops in New

South Wales, and still further north only on the plateau of the Atherton Tableland,

where it can find a temperature range and humidity suitable for it, only at eleva-

tions above 1,000 feet,

he distribution of the species is one which seems likely to have been

susceptible to alteration by changes of climate, such as everywhere have

characterized the Pleistocene and Recent Periods, Periods of inereasing cold in

Southern Australia would have tended to drive the species north, away from areas

of extreme cold. It does not ovcit in Tasmania now, although present conditions

would probably favour its living there were it to become established, Since

Tasmania is postulated to be in a stage of recovery from a period of extreme cold

(glaciation of Wiirm ITI), it would appear possible that Tisiphone was once

driven out and has not yet had time to recolonize an area where its foodplant

exists at the present tine,

The imniediate past history of Australia has apparently been one of increas-

ing warmth. In the more southern parts this change first took the form of an

amelioration of a cold wet climate which may now be passing over into a drier

TINDALE—TISIPHONE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 617

and less favourable phase. Asa result of this progressive change, Tisiphone abeona

was first able to colonize a broad area from eastern Victoria to South Australia,

and then with the onset of a decline in these favourable conditions, the southern

colony of Tistphone became divided. This division took place a sufficiently long

time ago to have permitted the development of recognizable differences of apparent

subspecifie status. In view of the relatively brief period likely to be involved

(only portion of time between Wiirm III and the present at a maximum), it is

suggested that 7. a. abeona may be a relatively unstable or rapidly mutating form,

as well as one very sensitive to climatie changes.

The South East of this State, wet and humid though it seems by South

Australian standards, might have been considered generally too inhospitable a

locality for a member of such a sensitive genus as T%siphone, The area within the

crater or subsidence area about Lake Edward appears to constitute a relict niche

which has preserved traces of a ‘‘wet’’ flora and fauna once more widely spread

in the South East. The very presence of this butterfly is an argument in support

of an immediately prior period of high humidity rather than a drier one. In fact,

if dry conditions had been present, it is likely the species would have become

extinet. The race also oceurs on the Glenelg River at Dartmoor, where similar

conditions of moisture and relatively high humidity occur in pockets within the

meandering valley.

REFERENCES CITED.

Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G. (1914) : Butterflies of Australia, Sydney.

Waterhouse, G. A. (1922) : Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., Sydney, 47, pp. 9-17, pl. i-iii.

Waterhouse, G. A. (1923) : Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., Sydney, 48, pp. 13-16, pl. i-il.

618

Tisiphone

TLisiphone

Tisiphone

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Plate xix.

abeona abeona Donovan, male, Sydney, September, upper side.

abeona abeona Donovan, male, Sydney, September, under side.

abeona abeona Donovan, female, Waverley, October, upper side.

abeona abeona Donovan, female, Waverley, October, under side.

abeona antoni Tindale, holotype male, Lake Edward, January, upper side.

abeona antoni Tindale, holotype male, Lake Edward, January, under side.

abeona antont Tindale, allotype female, Lake Edward, January, upper side,

abeona antoni Tindale, allotype female, Lake Edward, January, under side.

abeona albifascia Waterhouse, male, Emerald, November, upper side.

abeona albifascia Waterhouse, male, Emerald, November, under side.

abeona albifascia Watcrhouse, female, Emerald, November, upper side.

abeona albifascia Waterhouse, female, Emerald, November, under side.

kee. S.A. MuskUM Vou, VIP, PLATE AIX

SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE TIME

IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B. TINDALE, B. SC., ETHNOLOGIST, S. A. MUSEUM

“The only sound approach to a study [of the early tools of man] is through

those natural sciences which are concerned with the chronology of the Pleistocene.”

Movius (1944).

Summary

This paper brings together new evidence for, and recent work on, the subdivision of

Pleistocene time, as it applies to South Australia. It is intended as a preliminary to a

study of the advent of man on this continent; only geological information is made use

of in establishing the subdivisions.

Using index fossils Haug (1911) defined the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary, with

some precision, as that indicated by the appearance of the mammalian genera Elephas,

Equus and Bos, the so-called Villafranchian fauna. Determined at first only for

Europe this dividing line is coming to be accepted by other workers as applying

equally well to Asia. However, such a correlation cannot be transferred directly to the

Australian Region, which lies outside areas which were accessible to the migrations

of the later mammals.

SUBDIVISION or PLEISTOCENE TIME

in SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By NORMAN B, TINDALE, B.Sc., Erunonocist, S.A. Museum

Fie. 1.

“The only sound approach to a study [of the early toals af man] is through

those natural sciences which are concerned with the chronology of lhe Pleistocene,”

Movius (1944),

INTRODUCTION.

'n1s paper brings together new evidence for, and recent work on, the subdivision

of Pleistocene time, as it applies to South Australia, It is intended as a preliminary

to a study of the advent of man on this continent; only geological information is

made use of in establishing the subdivisions.

Using index fossils Haug (1911) defined the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary,

with some precision, as that indicated by the appearance of the mammalian genera

Elephas, Equus and Bos, the so-called Villafranchian fauna, Determined at first

only for Europe this dividing line is coming to be accepted by other workers as

applying equally well to Asia, However, such a correlation cannot be transferred

directly to the Australian Region, which lies outside areas which were accessible to

(he migrations of the later mammals.

Arrival of a Villafranchian fauna in southern Asia was linked directly

with a deterioration of climate, marking the onset of the Early (Giinz) Glacial

Period. Further, from the Caucasus to Eastern Asia an angular unconformity

is encountered, according to de Terra (1940), forming an abrupt structural

break in the Cainozoic sequenee. This break was marked by widespread diastrophic

events which in turn led to new cyclic processes of erosion and peneplanation of

the first order of magnitude.

Such diastrophic happenings may have been world-wide. They recall the

Kosciusko plateau building movements of eastern Australia, which at one time

were thought to be dated chiefly within the Pleistocene itself. Later opinions,

commencing probably with Hills (1934) have tended to place the Kosciusko

phase further back, cither at the beginning of the Pleistocene or earlier.

A limited correlation between events in Asia and Australia might be sought

by linking the late Pliocene diastrophism of the one with the plateau building of

620 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

the other, as a starting point for a subdivision of the Australian Pleistocene based

on faunal changes. Even were this association clearly established, faunal studies

do not present any very detailed or workable scheme.

Subdivision of the period by the use of index fossils has not been successful

principally owing to the relatively short time intervals involved.

Students of Mollusea, for example, tend to minimize the changes obseryable

between varions Cainozoi¢ shell faunas, and ascribe them rather to local ecological

differences than to truc faunal breaks. This is not to say that limited correlations

may not be possible through the use of evidence based on relatively plastie fresh.

water forms such as Paludina. Better results seems to have been achieved by

using snites of species, occupying specific ecological niches, as climatic and geo-

morphie indicators.

A key to the subdivision of the Pleistocene in Australia seems available in

the series of apparently custatie shorelines, preserved on the virtually stable low

level karst plateau of the South East of South Australia, his vast, horizontally

bedded limestone region was the almost insensibly sloping floor of a Tertiary sea

which bit deeply into the eastern part of South Australia. Old shorelines laid

down ou this shelf and preserved in limestoue, are found as much as 40 miles

inland from the present shore. They run in almost unbroken array between the

present Murray River and the Glenelg TRiver, a lateral distanee of well over

200 miles, Some of them can be traced for even greater distances along the

southern coast of Australia,

The enstatic nature of this series of ancicnt shorelines was only relatively

recently recognized, by Tindale (1933), who made direet correlations with

Pleistocene marine interglacial terraces Observed hy Cooke (1930), on the stable

foreshore of the south-eastern coast of the United States,

New evidence has accumulated and additional survey data on terrace heights

has become available, The principal conclusions arrived at in 1933 now appear

to have been endorsed by work in other paris of the world. The present author

has been able to live in some of the classical localities for eustatic terraces on the

south-east coast of the United States and to compare the types of evidence available

in the two areas. his paper continues the diseussion in the light of these

additional facts and outlines a tentative local time scale for the Pleistocene.

SUMMARY OF RECENT WORK.

Among the many papers published since 1935 on the subject of eustatic

terraces, are several having a direct bearing on the present problem,

Ward (1941) gave an E-W section of the South Hast of South Australia

from Robe to the Hundred of Comaum. Readings of terrace heights derived

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 621

from this section reduced to datum (Low Water Onter Spring Tides, Port

Adelaide) are:

Naracoorte .- om ot bs fe be Not. shown

Cave .. ts 4-3 os ne ite an 175 feet (54 metres)

Baker -. Pat = .. He ie a4 150 feet (45 metres)

East Avenue . abs bs im i - 122 fect (38 metres)

West Avenue ,. z3 i, - by ay 90 feet (28 metres)

Reedy .. 3* at a ly ate 7 83 feet (26 metres)

Dairy .. a 04 5s i ae 43 29 feet (9 metres)

Woakwine 4, je i on ts ie 21 feet (6-5 metres)

Present Coast (inland side of) cs - +3 4 feet (1 metre)

The heights of these terraces in general cheek with those given by Tindale

1933, save Cave Range, which is shown as 175 fect, as against the earlier estimate

of 200 feet, Baker Range was regarded by Tindale as the earliest phase of his

East Avenue Terrace, while Dairy Range is a portion of his Woakwine complex.

Ward examined the possibility of these terraces being eustatie terraces, but

following earlier expressed views reiterated that they weve the results of inter-

mittent epeirogenie movements of uplift on a regional seale. One or more

terraces were considered to be fault lines developed in Post-Tertiary times, and

“due to the relief of the epeirogenie stresses developed in the general uplift of

the region.’’ Diffieulty was seen in reconciling the apparently orderly sllecess1on.

of terraces with the relative lengths of past interglacial periods. ‘' Should proof

be forthcoming that the oldest ridge lies farthest inland, and that each StIeGessive

ridge is younger than that more remote from the sea, it would appear that the

hypothesis of purely eustatie control under glacial influence must be abandoned.’

Tu the light of other work these objections may be less valid, since they are

common to other eustatic shorelines on stable foreshores.

Edwards (1941) after studying the north-west coast of Tasmania came to

the conclusion that its submergent and emergent features were die largely to

successive custatie rises and falls of sea level during the Glacial and Post-Glacial

periods. No one stage of either high or low sea level was maintamed sufficiently

long to allow the coastline to mature so that it is made up of youthful features of

submergence combined with youthful features of emergence, Kast of Devonport

the shore features due to submergence tended to dominate, evidence that this part

of Tasmania was well sheltered from marine erosion except during interglacial

highs. West of Stanley the shore features, due to emergence, were the more

prominent.

Edwards gave records of high terraces at many places along the north coast

622 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

of Tasmania. At Jacob Boat Harbour, for example, there are two high shore

platforms, one at 10-15 feet (3-4-5 metres) above sea level, the other at 40-50 feet

(11-15 metres), backed by a basalt-capped scarp representing the old eliff line,

Two sea caves on opposite faces of Rocky Cape are cut into cliffs of white

quartzite. Aboriginal kitchen mididen deposits cover their Hoors, in one case to a

depth of 10 feet (3 metres) and in the other to 20 feet (6 metres); the Dases of

the caves are at 50 feet (15 metres) above sea level and their ceilings are up to

30 feet (9 metres) higher,

Edwards considered that remnaits of three shorelines can be found all along

the north-west coast, one at 5-15 feet (1-5-4-5 metres) above sea level, another

at 40-50 feet (11-15 metres) above it; also traces of a third at about 100 feet

(approximately 31 metres). He observed the probable existence of a submerged

shoreline between —120 feet and —150 feet (-87 to -45 metres), and indications

of another still older prebasaltic submerged strandline.

Tu view of the evidence afforded ly the sea eayes al Rocky Cape it is possible

that Edwards should have placed his 40-50 feet strandline at a minimum of

about 50-60 feet (15-18 metres) above sea level. Also, since similar methods were

used to estimate the height of the lower terrace, it should perhaps be read as at

15-25 feet. (4-5-6 metres) rather than 5-15 leet above sea level. The evidence for

his terrace at about 100 feet (31 metres) may receive support from the early work

of Johnston (1888) who recorded raised beaches at about 100 feet above sea level

on Chappell Island in Bass Strait,

Summarized Edwards’ conclusions were:

Giinz Glacial “8 oe °4 Pre-basalie submerged strandline

Mindel Glacial nd Hy -. Forth Valley formed

Mindel/Riss Interglacial |, a! 100 to 150 foot terrace

Riss Glacial .. 7 wt 25 ~120 to -150 feet submerged terrace

Riss/Wiirm Interglacial .. rs 40-50 feet terrace

Wiirm Glacial “sy Ys ts no reference made

Post-Glacial . , 7 vie le o-15 feet terrace

Lewis (1945) in posthumously published notes edited by D, BE. Thomas,

summed up over a decade of work on glaciation in Tasmania. Ile regarded the

beginning of Pleistocene time in Tasmania as prior to the onset of glacial conditions.

He identified as pre-glacial a ‘‘Launceston Stage’? with two relatively con-

temporary floras featuring Nothofagus and Eucalypins respectively, indicating

either relatively mild damp or even warm conditions as then prevailing in

Tasmania, Immediately following the Launceston Stage came a lowering of sea

level, of the order of 350 feet (108 metres), leaving a terrace which he claimed to

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 623

have observed at the same elevation throughout Tasmania. This, his Malanna

Glacial Stage, was the first low water phase of the Pleistocene, there being, accord-

ing to hint, no evidence of any pre-Malannau low water phase. Roughly, contem-

poraneously flooding of the low lands occurred all round the coastline of Tasmania.

Both the emergence and the flooding were seemingly expressions of eustatic

variations of sea level; the emergence began with his first glacial (Malannan)

and the fooding during a subsequent interglacial (the Millbrook Rise), Lewis

identified as of Malannan date a trough in the River Derwent estuary which

extends to 150 feet (—45 metres) below present sea level, giving au indication of a

possible minimum condition of the lowering of sea level during his Malannan times.

He found little or no evidence of differential movement such as could be assigned

to a post-glacial (i.e. Post-Malannan) isostatie recovery from ice loading (as

postulated by David, 1924), but implied some movement was due to tectonic

activity on a veyional seale. During his Millbrook Stage river fravels were

deposited to an average height of 150 feet (45 metres) above present sea level.

Subsequent to the Millbrook phase, which is specifically maintained as

embracing the ‘longest of the Tasmanian interglacial periods,’’ Lewis placed a

younger, and lesser, Yolande glaciation wloch, he concluded, appeared m two

distinet phases, separated by an interglacial interval. Associated with the Yolande

glacials was a shoreline identified as approximately 60-80 feet (—18 to 25 metres)

below present sea level. Following the Yolande ylacials came an interglacial

phase characterized by the 15 feet (4:5 metres) raised beaches first recorded by

Darwin (1876) at Ralph Bay. Lewis states that the Ralph Bay terrace is a

vniversal feature of Tasmania, extendiug impartially iu elif! faces exposed to

heavy seas and in estuaries where waves never occur, Following the Ralph Bay

interglacial came the Margaret Glacial, less extensive than either Yolande or

Malannan glacials and affecting only mountain arcas, down to 2,200 feet in

western Tasmania and to 3,700 feet in the east.

Associated with Margaret Glacial times was a low water phase which

permitted present day streams to cut channels down to 15-21 feet (4:5 to

-6-5 metres) below present sea level, exposing sections of Ralph Bay Stage

terraces, Other than this evidence there was little conelusive data to show that

Margaret glaciers were not retreat features of the greater Yolande glaciations,

Lewis decided, on the general appearances of freshness, that Margaret glaciers

existed at a period far closer to the present day than the time interval between

Yolande ice and the Margaret ice,

Lewis did not make any suggestions for direct correlation with glaciations

elsewhere.

Zener (1935, 1942, 1945) in a series of papers culminating in a monographie

624 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

study of Pleistocene time, issued by the Ray Society, concluded that eustatic

interglacial terraces were world-wide phenomena. He indicated relatively close

agreement between the heights of principal terraces observed on stable foreshores

in places so far removed as North America, North Africa, the Italo-French

Riviera, the Sunda Tslands and South Australia, He adopted as type names for

the main interglacial terraces, those first determined in the Mediterranean area

by Depéret (1906, 1918), Tentative correlations given by him as between his

type terraces and the South Australian ones of Tindale were as follows:

Type names for

interglacial terraces Average heights Sth. Aust, interglacial Observed heights

(Zeuner) (metres). terraces (Tindale), (metres).

Sicilian 100 Naracoorte 1

(80) (75)

Milazzian 60 Cave 60

(45)

Tyrrhenian 32 Hast Avenue 27*

Main Monastirian 18 West Avenue } 19-5

Reedy

Late Monastirian 75 ‘Woakwine 7:5

Present 0 Recent 0

* 27 metres as quoted by Zeuner, but 45 metres in the original paper; the latter height

was revised by Crocker and Cotton (see below) to 32-34 metres,

On the evidence of submarine terraces and the data deduced from the benches

of the lower courses of several European rivers Zeuner (1945) came to the

conclusion thai phases of low sea level, characteristic of glacial periods, separated

more than one, and probably all, of the above interglacial high terraces.

The astronomical theories of Milankoviteh (1930, 1938) on the fluctuations of

solar radiation due to perturbations of the earth’s orbit, as reapplied by Zeuner,

gave him an explanation for the remarkable alfernations of glacial and inter-

glacial climate characteristic of the Pleistocene,

Spitaler (1939) obtained some different results for the variations of solar

radiation, after some earlier calculations of his had been disputed by Milankoviteh

(1938 (2), p. 639). Zeuner named several mathematicians who supported the

Milankovitch calculations and using this data attempted an absolute chronology

for the Pleistocene period, Whether Zeuner’s absolute chronology will, in detail,

stand test is not certain; the principal outlines seem consistent with conclusions

of several independent fields of geological study,

Allowing for differences in detail it would appear now to be tolerably certain

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 625

that during Pleistocene time periodic lowering of the earth’s temperature, through

reductions of the amount of solar radiation received, brought about four major

glaciations. During these glacial phases large iceeaps simultaneously formed at

both poles of the earth. Water withdrawn from the oceans as ice was accumulated

in the caps. Sea level dropped and low marine terraces, at present lying below

sea level, were formed, Between each of these ice ages, each with its glacial

“low tide,’’ there was a rise in temperature, aud following a period of retardation

caused by the absorption of heat in the ice melt (a factor whose time value is not

yet fully established) ice caps shrank, releasing water to the ocean; a rise in

sea level resulted in an interglacial ‘high tide’? Subject to custatic modifications

of sea level introduced by the sum total of world tectonic activity, and local

deformations, the water rage in accordance with the degree of melting to form

an interglacial high terrace. Evidence is that presetrt sea level is at some immediate

position hetween such a glacial low and an interglacial high terrace phase.

Presumptively there is a present trend towards the last-named phase.

Zenner (1946) has published a further work on geochronology and its bearing

on the development of man, This book had not come to hand in time for use in the

preparation of this paper,

Keble (1946) and Keble and Maepherson (1946), in stndies of specific

terraces at Maribyrnong, and in Port Phillip Bay, stammarized recent work in

Victoria on the subject of marine terraces, with a bibliography. In the course of

disenssion Keble (1946, fig. 15) gave a correlation in which were included the two

latest high terraces of Sonth Australia, and two late glacial stages in Tasmania.

Tlis table, developed in the absence of Zenmer’s work, emphasizes the growing

strength of evidence upon which the main outline of Pleistocene sequences is

beginning to be based, Tis identifications depart principally from those of Zeuner

in the placing of the Woakwine terrace as Wtirm 2/5 Tnterelacial, rather than as

Riss-Wiitm Interglacial.

rocker and B, CG. Cotton (1946) studied raised beaches in the Lower South

Fast of South Australia, determining useful faunal associations for several

terraces, They observed the identity of suites of terrace shell species with living

faunas at other places. They seemed to regard this relationship as of primary

significance iv determining the age of the terraces. On the possibly weak basis of

eolour preservation of some shell fossils, the raised beach deposits were cousidered

as of Recent and not Pleistocene ave, Their terraces were successive still stands

of relatively brief duration on an unstable rising shore. Explanations in terms

of tectonic warpings, rather than normal sea- and lake-shore processes, were used

in detailing the development of lacustrine successions connected with present and

immediate past shores.

626 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

The time seale of Crocker and Cottou is of little interest; it has not taken

into consideration the data of Lewis, Zeuner and other workers, Post-Pleistocene

tectonic movements in the South East, on the scale necessary to produce the effects

claimed, would seem to require more direet proof than is offered, Fall to the

norih, seen in stream channels of Hast Avenue Range, was interpreted as evidence

for tilting of this terrace.

With newly-available survey data, Crocker and Cotton were able ta make

altitude estimations for several of the earlier terraces. A new reading of

105-110 Feet (32-34 metres) for the East. Avenue terrace seems to eliminate one

of the major Giserepancies between the Zeuner and Tindale terrace heizhts.

Zeuner, 1945. Crocker and Cotton, 1946. Tindale, 1933.

Sicilian (260)-825 feet, Naracoorte Range, 220-250 feet, Naracoorte

Terrace, 250 feet.

Milazzian, 205 feet, Cave Range, 180-190 feet. Cave, 200 feet.

Tyrrhenian, 104 feet. { Baker Range, 140-145 feet, {Hast Avenue,

(East Avenue Range, 105-110 feet.{ 150 feet.

West Avenue Range, 85-90 feet, West Avenue,

Main Monastirian, 60 feet. 90 feet.

| Reecdly Creek Range, 70-75 feet, Reedy, 65 feet.

Late Monastirian, 25 feet, Woakwine Range, 20-25 feet. Woakwine, 25 feet,

Since Crocker and Cotton worked without consideration of the work of Lewis

and of Zeuner their figures may be held to furnish useful confirmatory data for the

identification of terrace levels, Only for the Naracoorte terrace is there now any

considerable difference between South Australian and the general evidenee for

Pleistocene eustatie shorelines on stable foreshores, For this difference an

explanation in terms of Late Pliocene-Karly Recent epeirogenie movement may

be valid, but the discrepancies are so relatively minor and the available survey data

so little organized that the apparent differences may be resolved upon further

study. The Naracoorte shoreline, marking probably the edge of a vast. late

Pliocene peneplaned land surface, has so far as it has been examined, revealed a

shoreline of complexity sufficient to warrant separate and detailed study,

Beasley (1947) in the course of a field study of the ocenrrences of black sand

seams in South Queensland, is one of the latest Australian writers to discuss

eustatic terraces. Between Southport and the New South Wales border the land-

ward margin of the coastal plain marks his ‘' Post-glacial’’ terrace, It lies on the

25 feet (7-5) metres contour line, as shown on the Commonwealth One Mile

Military Map, at a distance inland of approximately five miles. It agrees thus

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 627

with the Woakwine terrace of South Australia in situation and elevation. Over

a thousand bores and excavation made in search of black sand have yielded detail

for observations on the present shoreline. Using the evidence afforded by the

normal concentration of these heavy sands by storm waves, in the berm at a

height of six to eight feet above ‘‘mean sea level,’’ Beasley deduces the following

sequence :

Wiinn yvlacial (Sea level at 200 feet below present sea level, )

Post-Pleistocene terrace 25 feet above present sea level.

Mid-Reeent Rapid emergence to 10 feet above sea level,

Present Slow emergence to present sea level.

The original paper should be consulted for details. hese are useful in

helping to interpret the detailed history of Post-glacial shorelines and they seem

to agvee stibstantially with features reported elsewhere, as, for example, those

at Fulham in South Australia (Tindale, 1987), where, superimposed on two

gencrations of old red sandhills, there are lacustrine features dated in Recent time,

The 25 feet terrace is shown by Beasley as Post-Pleistocene, rather than

either pre-Wiirm glacial in accord with Zenner (1945) or Wiirm 2/3 Interglacial

as according to Keble (1946). If either of the latter datings has merit, it may be

that the Beasley 10 foot terrace is the Post-Glacial one. Tere have been eoncen-

trated the black sands gleaned by wave activity during the Post-Glacial rise of

sea Jevel from the —200 feet level, This may well explain the reported absence or

dispersal of such sands from the earlier 25 fect (7-5 metre) terrace.

L. A. Cotton (1947), whose Clarke Memorial address has become available

since this paper was in draft, surveys the distribution of terrace levels between

—600 feet and +600 feet in both stable aud unstable areas surronnding the

Pacifie Ocean, The nitmbers of terraces appear to increase with instability. Some

terraces are of wide lateral extent; these are eustatic; it being unlikely that land

movements of the same vertical range could extend over very large areas. Such

epeirogeni¢ movements as have been proved are usually accompanied by warping.

Despite nncertainties introduced by inaccurate methods of measuring heights in

areas not yet eritically surveyed, there is marked correspondence in the heights of

enstalic terraces.

Tlis summary draws attention to the great available amount of local evidence

for terrace formations and, although not directly expressed, his survey points wp

the importance of further field work in tracing the lateral extensions of the various

observed terraces.

628 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

PRESENT SHORELINE OF THE SOUTH EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Study of the ‘Recent or ‘‘ Present’* coastal dunes at many places. between the

Glenely and the Murray Rivers yields a wealth of data on the state of maturity

of the ptegent shore and indications of the complex local histories of cutting and

filling which haye culminated in the present shoreline, Ward (1941, p. 10) has

indicated the difference in shore patterns between the Coorong dunes and those

south of Cape Jaffa.

Johnson (1919, 1938) and von Engeln (1942) have shown that on a shallow

coast a drop in sea level brings into play a well-marked series of events and

commences a eycle Of marine erosion whose normal sequences are well marked.

As the sea falls the shoreline moves seaward and a foreland or strand plain 1s

developed at land’s edge. Because of the shallow water on such a strand plain

the larger erogiye waves will break a great distanec off-shore and as formation of

detritus begins, a submarine bar will appear. At this stage a small notch will

mavk the landward margin of the strand plain. Eventually the submarine bar

will rise above sea level and become a permanent shore bar, comparable with the

coastal dunes of the present Coorong, Detritus is added to this off-shore bar; it

grows and may at first extend seaward for some distance, dependant on the

initial slope of the emergent land surface. Between Kingston and White Hut the

dunes are growing in this manner, Behind the bar forms a swamp lagoon,

comparable with the Coorong Lagoon and with lakes such as Bonney, George,

Eliza. These swamp lagoons will have varied physiographic and faunal histories

depending on their access to rivers, their salinity and their possession or lack of

outlet to the sea. Gradually they will fill with swamp deposits, as, for example, at

Beyilaqua Ford and the Causeway. During the filling processes transverse bars

may form in the lagoon and divide an originally continuous lagoon into several

smaller ones, a8 at Lakes Eliza, St. Clair and Bonney, This stage of development

is brought to a close by deepening of the foreshore by wave erosion, as at Cape

Martin. The foreshore is then attacked and its deposits thrown further and

further on to the shore, as on the Coorong near Barker Knoll and at Lake Bonusy

where wind-blown dune sands transported from the coast are encroaching on the

lagoon. In places the dunes may be breached, at first only temporarily, as perhaps

indicated by an intercalated marine phase at Lake Bonney, and then permanently,

as. at Beachport and Robe. Eventually the shore deposits may moye so far

inJand as to overwhelm the swamp lands and lagoons behind the original bar.

At this stage or before, the seaward margin of the sand-buried lagoonal deposits,

projecting from beneath the mantle of dune deposits, may come under direct attack

by the sea, as at the South Australian-Victorian border, and at Blackfellow Caves.

With progressive erosion a final stage will appear in which the swamp lands are

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 629

eliminated and the latest dunes may pile up ou the original shoreline, as perhaps

is happening in the vicinity of the mouth of the Glenelg River. At this stage

the eoast has been brought to grade, and the foreshore will be a relatively deep one.

Factors intiuencing the rate of development of the various sections of the

coast of the South Kast inelude the following:

(a) Initial slope of the land and of the continental shelf,

(b) The induration of the sediments subjected to marine erosion,

(ec) Aspect of the coast and its orientation to directions from which major

currents and slorm waves arrive.

(d) Set of coast-wise currents and drying winds determining the resting

places of those parts of the products of erosion which are not transported away to

deep water.

(e) Rivers, estuaries and their deposits,

All these factors are of importance. As has already been explained, the

width of the continental shelf to 100 fathoms varies within wide limits: about

15 miles off Carpenter Rocks, 20 miles off Glenelg River, 25 miles off Rivoli Bay

and between 80 and 100 miles off the mid-point of the Coorong,

In general, the stave of maturity reached by the present shoreline of the

South East depends on the slope of the continental shelf. Where, as near the

Glenelg River, off Blackfellow Caves and at Beachport, it is relatively steep, the

shores are in stages of early maturity. Fronting the shallower coastal waters of

the Coorong the fore dunes have yet scarcely more than begun to eneroael upon

the lagoons and shore development is in a move immature stage.

The types of land surface subjected to wave attack in the Sonth Bast inelude

granitic domes, dolomite beds, hard limestones, soft shelly limestones, silts, sands

and flint boulder beds. The flint boulders, derived by erosion from Miocene

sediments, form veritable breakwaters on some shores, and may affect materially

the rate of erosion. At some places small outcrops of granite have withstood the

greatest efforts at levelling made by the sea, although usually on strand plains,

present and Pleistocene, they are all but planed off level with the strand itself.

Good examples ocenr at Brown Cattle Creek and Papajara, both in the Hundred

of Duffield, and at Lantjin Swamp, Wundred of Landseer.

At the northern end of Lake Bonney there is a typical transverse bar

eomposed of lakeshell detritus, which has eut off a sexment of a former larver lake,

extending to the north, Immediately to the rear of this beach isa slightly older

one with marine and estuarine shells showing that at some recent period

Lake Bonney had greater access to the sea than at present.

Eyidenee at Beachport, where breaching of the Recent dunes by the sea has

630 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

exposed sections of the earliest consolidated dunes so far known of the ‘*Present'’

series, indicates a relatively complex late history.

When these dunes, as exposed at Glen Point and Cape Martin, were being

developed an open beach shell fauna prevailed, This comprised dominant (hione

and some Brachyodontes erosus, indicating presence of estuarine conditions, ‘True

rock shells such as Turbo wndulatus were votable for their absence, It is probable

that sea level was a few feet higher than at present, These dunes grew seaward and

became indurated by caleareous consolidation beneath a red soil horizon, With the

dynamic alterations brought about by slow maturing of the shore, perhaps com-

plicated by minor eustatie fluctuations of sea level (such as are estimated to have

occurred throughout Post-zlacial times), these dunes ave now being subjected to

active erosion by the sea; they stand up as cliffs 20 feet high, fronting Cape

Martin and Penguin Island. Commencement of this stage and consequent exposire

of indurated dune rocks is indivated by the appearance of a mixed sand- and

rock-shell fauna dominated by 7'urbo undulatus, The ‘*Present'’ shoreline is,

therefore, a composite one with traces of an older, probably Post-glacial phase, only

a few feet above present sea level, as well as the present-day dunes.

WOAKWINE TERRACE,

The 25 feet (7-5 metre) Woakwine Terrace has been traced in the field con-

tinuously from east of the Glenelg River to Lake Alexandrina on the Murray River,

a distance of 250 miles. [ts usual position is about three miles inland from the

present coastline and its shore deposits and dunes extend inland in more than one

line to widths of from three to five miles. Two series are conspicuous, with traces

of a third between them. Inland trom Robe the {wo main series of dunes forming

part of the Woakwine Terrace are particularly well defined. Locally they are

known. respectively as the Woakwine and Dairy Ranges. Interdune lagoons

forming Lake Hawdon and Woakwine, and Tea Tree Swamp separate the two

ranges, The inland Dairy Range dunes in general are lower and more mature

ihan the seaward Woakwine Range. They have a greater overburden of residual

quartz sand, derived apparently by release and accnmuiation of quartz grains

after leaching away of the surface of the limestone dunes. In places the interdune

swamps between the two suites of dunes have been partly filled in with wind-blown

quartz sand derived from the progressive decomposilion of range uplands. The

shoreline forming the front of the Woakwine Terrace is defined by a continuous

consolidated dune ‘‘range’? which varies from 200 to 100 feet in height, usually

rising boldly from a beach which stands at approximately 25 feet (7:5 mictres)

above L.W.O.8.T., Port Adelaide. Behind it is an older intermediate dune series,

unnamed, against which it abuts,

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 631

Between the Victorian border and Kingston, and again near the Murray

River, many survey datum points made in connection with the drainage of the

South East are available. At Glenelg River, vertical sections through the Woak-

wine Terrace rest on a planed-off Tertiary limestone pavement, approximately

12 feet (3-5 metres) above river level on the front of the dunes and 20 feet

(6 metres) on the inner side. Also a stranded meander is cut in Tertiary Polyzoal

limestone with a floor 12 feet (3-5 metres) above river level, furnishing useful

local evidence for the terrace. From all these indications the elevation of the

strand plain upon which the Woakwine Range deposits were laid down can be

closely determined as 25 feet( 7:5 metres). The innermost Dairy dunes rest on

approximately the same level as the Woakwine dunes, as demonstrated by the fact

that the inland margin of the Dairy Range lies below 29 feet (9 metres). This is

the general level of Biscuit Flat, as determined from many available survey points

in the Hundreds of Bray and Bowaka (range, 26+9-32:2 feet).

Sixty miles north in the Hundreds of Duffield and Landseer, to the west of

Ten Mile Point (Taratap Station), the surveyed heights show a similar range

from 26-5-32-0 feet for the local equivalent of the inner margin of the Dairy

Range phase of the Woakwine. Inland from Kingston the Woakwine terrace is

not covered by dunes. Limestone beds with Phasianella and Equichlamys bifrons

at Section 448, Hundred of Lacepede, at an altitude of 15 feet (4-5 metres) are

evidence that, as in the present Lacepede Bay, a weed-fronted shore existed here

on the 25 foot terrace during Woakwine times.

The front of the Woakwine Range has been traced and seen to be continuous

from the Hundred of Lacepede to Salt Creek. At the latter place, Salt Creek,

which is the continuation of Reedy Creek, cuts across the Woakwine terrace dunes.

It seemingly maintained its channel throughout the period of building-up of the

Woakwine shore dunes and since the post-Woakwine drop in sea level has partly

entrenched itself therein, Details of the physiographic development of this and

other stream beds is given under separate heading. North beyond Salt Creek the

front of the Woakwine terrace is continuous to Lake Albert. It has been traced

on the ground and in part also from the air. A stream mouth may have existed

at McGrath Flat. At Lake Albert the details are open to more than one interpreta-

tion. The most likely overall explanation is that the latest Woakwine Terrace

shore deposits form the seaward shore of Lake Albert and these dunes continue

rather directly north-west towards Hindmarsh Island. The earlier phases of the

same terrace seem to be represented by the landward shore of Lake Albert and

form the peninsula running down to Narrung Point and Pt. MeLeay. Lake Albert

has its own 25 foot (7-5 metre), lake terrace, as well as a present-day shore

terrace. A similar high terrace appears in Lake Alexandrina. This is evident in

632 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

aerial photographs taken by the present writer in 1936, It seems the Murray has

changed its lower channel more than once, An old stream bed appears to flow

through Narrung channel to Lake Albert aud thence to the late Woakwine sea.

This channel may have been abandoned during the latest phase of Woakwine time,

Much of it is preserved near Campbell Park, between Warringee Point and

Seetion 276, Hundred of Maleolm.

Elsewhere in South Australia wherever a search is made in suitable situations,

traces of the 25 foot (7-5 metre) terrace can be found with relative ease. Tindale

(1987, fig, 11) noted what appears to he the same terrace forming the older red

sandbills of Fulham in the Gulf of St, Vineent and this terrace is evident at

other places in the gulf, including Port Wakefield, Crocker (1946) describes a

raised shoreline at Point Brown at 16 feet (5 metres) above sea level which is

possibly the same, although it is more probable that it is the Post-Glacial terrace,

since he considers it was laid down when sea level was about 10-12 feet higher than

at present. During a coastal ear journey in 1938-1939 from north of Cairns in

Queensland yia New South Wales, Victoria and South Australia to the eastern

part of Western Australia, also to Esperance and parts of the coast between

Kine George Sound and Moore River, sufficient evidence was met with to indicate

that a terrace at approximately 25 feet is a general characteristic of at least

one-half of the shoreline of the Australian continent.

REEDY TERRACE.

The dune range which marks the seaward front of the Reedy Terrace has

been traced almost continuously, in the field, from east of the Glenelg River in

Vietoria to north of Brown Cattle Creek in County Cardwell, a distanee of about

150 miles.

In the Hundred of Symon the front of the range is 12 miles from the present.

sea shore; £urther north in the Hundred of Landseer the distance is about six miles.

The landward edge of the strand plain fronting this terrace can be identified

at many places, between the Iundreds of Mt. Muirhead and Landseer, over a

distance of about 75 miles, and its altitude determined rather accurately from

drainage survey points, as 45 feet (range, 44-5-16-7 feet). This strand plain

gives evidence of having been a relatively mature wave-cut terrace from three ta

four miles wide, rising with remarkably even grade from the inland side of the

later-formed Woakwine terrace dunes.

The sea floor deposit strewn surtace of this strand plain is so Jevel that when

travelling upon its open surface, the distance melts into a wide mirage with the

Woakwine and Reedy Creek duje ranges rising up on each side of it like hills.

North of Comung the front of the terrace is so pronouneed a feature that its

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 633

position and trend has determined roads and survey layout of the country for a

north-south distance of over 100 miles; only to the south where more extensive

solution of limestone dunes has taken place has quartz sand drift been a determin-

ing factor in causing roads, ete, to be placed a little away from the actual front of

the ferrace. The exaet correspondence of terrace height over such distances

probably precludes the terrace being due to any epeirogeniec moyement of uplift,

Reedy Terrace, between the Hundred of Kennion and the Hundred of Mur-

rabinna, over a distance of 50 miles, is ent obliquely by the Reedy Creek stream

bed, the coast-side Gunes beiug known as the Reedy Creek Range, the inJand dimes

as the West Ayeune Range. North of the Hyiudred ot Murrabinna ithe two

“ranges ’’ become one, being separated only by minor interdune swamps represent-

ing former drainage channels. The inland side of West Avene Range preserves,

in solid limestone covered by a veneer of quartz sand, many features characteristic

of the Bevilaqua Ford area behind the “ Present.’ dunes near Rivoli Bay. At such

places as Avenue Plains, Mt, Scott and Smith Swamp it is diffieull {o realize that

one is not near the oeean, The height on the Reedy Terrace at which were laid

down the earliest dunes forming West Avenue Range, can be determined as

greater than 70 feet, but probably no higher than 90 feet,

Since the front of Reedy Creck Range is a relatively mature wave-cut noteh,

the actual terrace height is greater than the 45 feet registered by the floor of its

foreshore. To assist in determining the height of the actual terrace the following

data is available. 11 will be observed that the floor of Reedy Creck in the Hundred

of Murrabinna, just before it breaks through the Reedy Creck Range at Blackford,

varies Irom 58-61 feet. This may determine that the principal series of Reedy

dunes were laid down at a height of approximately 64 fect (19°5 metres) above

present sea level (L.W.0.8.T., Port Adelaide),

Present difficulties in acenrately determing the height of Reedy Terrace are

die to the physiographie evolution which has gone on since the ferrace was formed

and to lack of accurate survey height data, excepting for old stream beds, on the

inland side of West Avenue Range, These channels, which come together in

County Cardwell to pass through the Reedy Creek Range as Brown Cattle Creck,

are mature streams and have lowered their beds below the former heizht of the

jerrace, so that, for example, between Avenue Plains Station and the southern

boundary of County Cardwell (a distance of 40 miles) there is now a regular fall

from the 78 to the 59 foot mark (6 inches per mile). At Mt. Bruce the floor of

Aveniie Creck is at 89 feet, while a few miles further south, Reedy Creel at

Kennion, stands at 94 feet as it flows through West Avenue Ranve in a channel now

choked with its own debris.

Formerly Reedy Creek flowed into the sea near Iatherleigh; there is in that

634 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

vicinity evidence suggesting its diversion northward during late Reedy Terrace

times. The presence of lacustrine and estuarine deposits near Hatherleigh con-

nected with its former channels has, over a distance of about 25 miles, introduced

eomplexities in the physiography deserving of special study,

According to a very tentative interpretation, the front of Reedy Terrace

ean be linked with Tatherleigh and Millieent Ranges and also forms the old

sea shore evident at Tantanoola (elevation, approximately 80 feet). According

to this view, Millicent North stands on a line of dunes between two swamp areas.

This line of dunes is a transverse beach ridge developed at the northern end of

Wyrie swamp at a time when it formed part of the lagoon behind the Woakwine

Terrace dunes. The altitudes of the sirand plain of Wyrie swamp, 5) feet

(17 metres), and of Mt. Muirhead Flat, behind this terrace front (60 feet), may be

held to support this interpretation. Further south, evidence of what is apparently

the earliest phase of Reedy Terrace is found on the plain near the foot of Mt. Burr

Range. At Section 225, Hundred of Hindmarsh, it is a marine terrace, eut in

Miocene limestone and strewn with tabular flint boulders and marine shells

tm silm at an elevation of 80 feet (25 metres). This height was estimated by

R. A. Keble and the present writer, using aneroid readings tied to a draimage

survey datum of 62 feet at Suuggery., ‘The same marine floor appears near the foot

of Tantanoola Cave searp on the inland side of dunes, Also identified with an

early stage in the formation of this terrace, at an altitude of 90 feet (28 metres),

read by aneroid and tied to the railway survey datum at Tantanoola Station,

835 feet (26 metres) is a flint boulder beach dn situ, covered by dunes, the sands of

which rise to heights up to 115 feet ina belt about a mile in width, The seaward face

of the terrace is a broad plain 80 feet (25 metres) above sea level, which crops

rather suddenly down, west of Suugegery, to the level of Wyvie Swamp at 55 feet

(17 metres),

An interpretation contrary ta the above, unpublished, regards Millicent,

Range, in the vicinity of Millicent, as the inland margin of the Woakwine Terrace,

with the rest of which 1t links up by way of the uplands of Millicent. North.

Acceptance of this view would seemingly inean that the earliest Woakwine Terrace

floor and dines were locally elevated approximately 30 feet. Sinee the front of

tle Woakwine Range stands here at the same height (25 feet) as elsewhere, this

uplitt must have been completed and its effects on the local shoreline largely

removed before the end of Woakwine Terrace time. This suggested local disturb-

ance, if it be real, does nol appear to have affeeted general terrace velationships in

the Mt. Sehank areas ancl elsewhere to the south as Taras the Glenelg River.

Attempts have been made to trace Reedy Terrace northward to the Murray

River, Beyond County Cardwell a terrace ocenrs and has been observed inland

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 635

from Salt Creek, behind McGrath Flat, and inland from Meningie. At these

places it appears to stand in the same general relationship to the Woakwine

Terrace, as does the Reedy Range Further south; survey data as to altitude is not

available. What scems to be the same terrace has been identified again between

Wellington and Tailem Bend on the River Murray, where accurate height data

MURRAY CLIFFS

AT SECTION 174 HUNDRED OF

BURDETT =:

2) CONSOLIDATED

“DUNE SAND

— Marina bed with Shell fragmenta

DISCONFORHITY: Basal grit and Miccene

boulders,

Aboriginal Dango

LACUSTRINE BEDS site dvhyis

with NOTOPALAQ anlergenanl Red ~ CONSOLIDATED

SAND

DISCONFORMITY: Gazal grit and pebbles (Old vocks)

MIOCENE

LIMESTONE ;

it nance Een

ee or rire Gas)

raid

Fig. J. Murroy Cliffs at Section 174, Hundred of Burdott,

is available. A measured section of beds at Section 174, Hnmdred of Burdett

(fig. 1) provides a useful starting point for discussion. From this series of beds

asubfossil shell, Notopala wanjakalda of the family Viviparidae, was described by

B. C. Cotton (1935). This shell is a peculiarly ribbed forni related to Paludina

and is thought to be one characteristic of Pleistocene lacustrine beds. Sunilar

ribbed Viwipara have been found by Fnehs (1936) in the Pleistocene of Lake

Edward, Uganda. The heights of the freshwater beds from which the shells came,

having been incorrectly stated in the original description, the bed was suiveyed

down to local river level by P. 8. Ilossfeld, T, 1. Campbell, F. Fenner, B.C. Cotton

and the writer in February, 1936; the results are shown in the present section.

In the figure the heights above 58 feet were determined by aneroid readings and,

therefore, may be less acenrate than in (he measured part of the section,

The section shows a lacustrine bed associated with the present Murray

Valley, at a general height of 50 feet (15 metres) above local river level. The

636 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

thickness of the lacustrine bed is just. under 10 feet (3 metres). Prior to the

locking of the Murray mouth the river locally was subject to a slight tidal flow.

Its normal height at Murray Bridge has been estimated as approximately 5 to 7

feet above sea level. The lacustrine bed, therefore, very clearly corresponds with

the general height of the latest phase of Reedy Terrace, 65 feet (19-5 metres),

as determined over 100 miles to the south. Lf this correlation can be accepted,

some further data may be considered to support it. When traced downstream

from Murray Bridge a terrace can be followed at the general height of the

Burdett 50 feet (15 metre) terrace, It runs out into the air on the plateau at

Tailem Bend (elevation by railway survey, 60 feet (18 metres) at Tailem Bend.

This plateau can be interpreted as the strand plain with associated shoreface

deposits of the Reedy Terrace. Between Tailem Bend and Burdett, the Murray

has eut through false-bedded dune deposits composed of consolidated sands which

are of Post-Pliocene age and whieh appear to represent shore dunes of a marine

terrace behind which the Notopala lagoon may have been formed.

In March, 1933, with C. Fenner the present writer examined the left bani:

of the Murray at Section 339, Tlundred of Seymour, one mile downstream from

Tailem Bend.

Section 339, Hunprep or Seymour.

Elevation above river. Description cf hed, Tdentifieation.

55-60 feet Kunkar with superficial soil on top of

plateau

48-55 feet Olay

40-48 feet Littoral bed (D) Pleistocene

35-40 feet Littoral Marine to Estuarine (C) Werrikooian

10-35 feet Green and mottled clay

6-10 feet Arenaceous limestones with marine Miocene

shells (B)

0-6 feet: Limestone with marine shells (A) Miocene

Specimens from four of the principal beds were submitted to the late Frederick

Chapman whose identifications were:

Bed ‘‘A.’’ Pale cream-coloured foraminiferal limestone, rather friable. Tnelnded

are fragments of cherty material of a grey colour including foraminifera and

polyzoa. Washings contain foraminifera (Tertularia gibbosa, Cassidulina

subglabosa, Gultalina communis, Anomalina ammonoides), ostracoda,

Cytherella lata and echinoid spines,

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 637

Bed ‘'B,’’ Fine-grained, cream-coloured limestone, moderately friable, with a

few glauconite grains, siliceous and calcareous sponge spicules and brachio-

poda (Magellama ef. isolita), Washings contain foraminifera (Anomalina

ammonoides, Cibicides mundulus).

Bed ‘‘C."’ Cream to pale-ochreous-coloured lbuestone containing littoral marine

shells (Macrocallista sp., Turritella sp. and Chione striatissma). Matrix

resembles a consolidated shore sand and dune rock.

Bed “D.’’ Mottled eream-coloured travertine or freshwater limestone, having a

breceiated structure. A fractured surface shows apparent negative casts of

vegetable cells, also traces of casts and moulds of ? fresh-water molhisean

shells.

‘The more or less recent aspect of the fossils in ‘*C,’* especially in the

occurrence of Chione striatissma, point to a Werrikooian (Upper Phocene)

age. ‘'D’’ is nndoubtedly of Pleistocene age, as it agrees in structure and

organie contents with similar deposits in the distriet.”’

This determination suggests that the shore deposits characterizing the vicinity

of Tailem Bend, on the postulated Reedy Terrace may be Pleistocene in age.

Half a mile wpstream, at Section 340, Tundred of Seymour, the clilf displays

a section of sediments within the Murray Valley itself with marine beds of

Miocene age planed off at a level of 20 feet (6 metres) above the water, covered by

astuarine deposits and clay, There is a kunkar horizon at 33 feet (10 mueti'es )

followed by clay beds to 47 feet (14 metres) above whieh, to the local level of the

bank at 50 feet (15 metres) is soft and hard kunkar, and a thin layer of sandy

aoil. Allowing for local river level, the discontormity at 20 feet (6 metres) seems

to belong to the Woakwine Terrace which followed Reedy Terrace,

EAST AVENUL TERRACE.

The Bast Avenue Terrace comprises a large series of dunes and swales of

which the later ones fall together as East Avenue Range, while earlier ones are

grouped as Baker Range.

The Kast Avenue Range series is usually three to five miles wide while

Baker Range dunes vary in width from about seven to ten miles.

The double series of dunes identified as the shore deposits of this terrace form

a belt ten to fourteen miles wide; far greater than on any other terrace. It may

imply a relatively Jong period during which dune deposits were being built up

on the terrace. This may be a significant pointer when correlation with terraces

elsewhere is under consideration,

The front of the terrace lies between fifteen and thirty miles inland from the

present coastline. It has been traced in the field continuously from just north

of the northern boundary of the Hundred of Landscer to a point eight miles south

638 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM

of Crower, a distance of 60 miles. In this distance it maintains a remarkable

uniform appearance, rising rather gently from the shore platform. The shore

platform itself gives evidence of having been a relatively immature one when the

sea retired at the onset of post-Hast Avenue emergence. There are traces of what

may have been an abandoned bar on the foreshore. or a lagoon shore. This locally,

is called a ‘' mid-bank,’'

Originally the general level of East Avenue Terrace was estimated to be

150 feet (46) metres above sea level, this level being based ou the estimated altitude

of the strandline upon which the Baker Range deposits were laid down. Newly

available survey data first quoted by Croeker and Colton (1946) suggested to

them that a lower altitiide near 105-110 feet (32-34 metres) might be a more

hkely mean figure, This would briug about very close correlation with Zeuner's

results. Vast changes evideutly live taken place since the Kast Avenue Terrace

was formed. In some places quantities of quartz sand have been left on the

surface by the leaching away of the lime content of the upper layers of the dunes,

At times this quartz saud has been transported by wind, and has in places modified

the original configuration and simplicity of the terrain, During perivds when

sea level was low, stream beds which eross the terrace excayated their channels,

causing other modifications. One such stream, passing down through Tatiara

Point, Avenue Range Station, aud thence north to Wimpinnierit, drew its waters

from country inland beyond the terrace. This stream at first flowed west, but was

diverted in a northerly direction by the growing dane series. Llowever, it kept

its mouth open and passed through the latest shore deposits of the terrace, west

of Wimpinmerit, in the Hundred of Peacock. From here onwards the stream is

known as Brown Cattle Creek. he bed of this stream between the Tatiara Point

antl its place of embouchure on to Hast Avenue foreshore near Wimpinmerit

drops from 91 feet (28 mefres) above sea leyel down to 63 feet (19 metres) ina

distance of 35 niles (9 inehes per mile),

At the crossing of the Kingston-Naracoorie railway over the present Bakers

Range excavated drain, the level of the plateau is 109 feet (34 metres), he lowest

reading between Baker and Ayenue Range near the northern boundary of the

Hundred of Fox is 108 feet (33 metres). Away from major watercourses, as in

the north-western area of the IInndred of Short a low reading lies at 119 feet

(37 metres), while at the south-western corner of the Hundved of Joyee the lowest

readings also are at 119 feet. he south-western corner of the Tlundred of

Lochaber lies at 113 feet (85 metres), With exceptions the available drainage

survey data yields information chiefly about mature drainage lines and must,

therefore, be interpreted with caution. On the evidence, the Crocker and B, C,

Cotton estimate of 105-110 feet (32-84 metres) for the terrace is prabably as close

as can be ascertained at present; but. the earliest dunes of the series at the inland

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 639

side of Baker Range may have been deposited at a somewhat higher level, not

exceeding 140 feet and probably lower than that figure.

Between Crower and the vicinity of Tanlanoola the East Avenue Terrate has

not been traced in the field. From maps and survey data it appears to ecoutinue its

north-south trend until it strikes the Mt. Burr Range. Tr the north-west of the

Hundred of Riddoch evidently it is eut through by the waters of both the Reedy

and Avenue Creeks, here flowing relatively close together, although their

immediately lower courses draw widely apart.

At Mr. Burr Range this year, R. A. Keble and the writer ran two sections, and

observed marine platforms, cut in Miocene polyzoal limestone, and strewn with

flint boulders, at several elevations, indicating ou the seaward front of this range,

the presence of more than one terrace earlier than that identified as Reedy Terrace

itself, The data obtained is of sufficient interest to warrant further field work,

aud it may then be separately published, Suffice to say, that at the Collapsed Cave

(Section 123, Hundred of Tindmarsh) shore deposits, including a flint boulder

beach, were cneountered between the limits of 120 and 140 feet (37-43 metres)

above sea level (as measured by aneroid froma drainage survey datum of 62 feet at.

Snuggery). This may represent the local expression of Bast Avenue Terrace.

Higher up on the range at the north-east eorner of Seetion 272, was a marine

terrace at 148 feet (44 metres) also cut in Miocene polyzoal limestone, on which

were water-laid shore deposits, in situ, up to 30 feet (9 metres) in thickness.

These contained a typical reef shell association which ineluded Turbo undulatus,

Brachyodontes erosus and Nerita, This could represent the Baker Ranye phase

of the Cave Terrace, but may be older.

In the Murray Valley positive identification of the Hast Avenue Terrace has

not been made. It may be significant that as shown in fig. 1, at Seetion 174,

Hundred of Burdett, there is a disconformity at 105 feet (32 metres) above local

river level, with a basal bed containing boulders of Miocene limestone, over-laid

by a thin marine hed with shell fragments (not identifiable). This was followed

by a thick dune sand series. These may represent the East Avenue Terrace. The

close correspondence of the altitude with that suggested for East Avenue Terrace

in the South Kast is worthy of note.

CAVE TERRACE.

Cave Terrace in the South East is a relatively narrow belt of shore deposits

one to two miles in width, placed usually ouly one or two miles inland from the

landward side of the earliest East Avenue Terrace deposits,

The limestone dunes of this series have been worn down to relative stumps by

erosion and are much consolidated by redeposition of lime. Extensive and complex

640 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

cave formations are characteristie and haye given rise to the name in the type area

south of the Naracoorte-Kingston railway line, Field work on this terrace has

been confined chiefly to the vicinity of Stewart Range Railway Station where the

dunes rest on a platform whose height is at 160 feet (49 metres) of above. This

is the altitude of the present low divide between Mosquito aud Naracoorte Creeks

on the plain immediately inland from the Cave Range. The area has evidently

been subjeet to some reduction through limestone solution and stream action.

The drainage of these streams for {he most part escapes subterrancously, although

there is evidence of a river channel formerly passing through Cave Range to the

north of Carey Swamp; the floor of this swamp is at 137 feet (42 metres).

Tn the Hundred of Monbulla, further south, better survey data is available

and in the absence of all but local stream courses a possibly better idea of the

altitude of the terraee van he obtained. The general level of the plain immediately

inland from the range varies from 175 to 200 feet (4-63 metres),

From these indigations, only the general conclusion can be reached that Cave

Terrace les between 160 feet (49 metres) as a minimum and 200 feet (62 metres)

asamaximum. Croeker and B.C. Cotton (1946) read the evidence as indicating

180-190 feet (55-58 metres) for the height of the terrace, whereas the seetion

given by Ward (1941) seems to imply 175 feet (54 metres). It is evident that

further survey data is desirable. On the basis of the few drainage levels available

there seems to be some indication that this terrace may be locally, or otherwise,

tilted down. towards the north (10 the order of 35 feet in as many miles), bit the

evidence indicative of stream action, and erosion by eryptoreie drainage, is so

clearly indicated aud so similar to that seen, to a lesser degree, in later terraces,

it suggests the necessity of caution in accepting such a view without further study

in the field.

Sonth of the Hundred of Monbulla the foreshore line of Cave Terrace veers

to the west and appears to pass towards the front of the Mt, Burr range, as has

been indicated by Crocker and B. C, Cotton (1946),

During a recent visit to Tantanoola, R. A. Keble and the writer fonnd the

altitude of the floor of the marine caye at Up and Down Rocks (Tindale, 1933),

With its Pleistocene mammal fauna, ineluding a giant kangaroo (Mucropys

raochus) and seals (Aretocephalus), at 195 feet (60 metres) by aneroid readings.

This is a higher altitude estimate than was inade previously. Tt could tie iu with

Cave Terrace.

No definite evidence for Cave Terrace is us yet indicated in the Murray

Valley. <A likely place to search would be in the vicinity of Mannum or to the east

of that town where the river makes several abrupt changes in course. The Marmon

Jabuk Range in the Ninety Mile Desert could be the trace of this or another of the

early terraces of the series.

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 641

NARACOORTE TERRACE.

Naracoorte Terrace is a prominent physiographie feature of the Sontl East,

rising ont of a strand plain indistinguishable from the ones nearer to the present

coast.

The front of the terrace has been traced in detail from the vicinity of Julia

Till, east of Penola, for just over 65 miles to beyond Padthaway, The present

writer knows it in the field for the greater part of this distance, ie. trom the

Tiundred of Comaum to the vicinity of Morambro Creek. The terrace height is very

approximately 250 feet (78 metres). This is the general altitude of the lowest

parts of the country immediately to the east of the dune range itself, but these may

have been redueed by solution and karst draimage.

Naracoorte terrace deposits consist of a dune series nmderlain by Miocene

and Baleombian (Pliocene) beds which have been attacked laterally by the sea.

The dune ridges appear to extend inland from two to five miles; their inner

limit is known to the writer only in the immediate vicinity of Naracoorte,

Naracoorte foreshore was mature and the strand plain snggests that during

the sojourn there of the sea it had been brought to grade, so that there was

relatively deep water off-shore and the sea was attacking the mainland itself.

The strand plain fronting Navacoorte Terrace rises from a general level

somewhere between 160 and 200 feet (49-61 metres) on the inland side of the

Cave Terrace to a strand-line at an altitude near 215-220 feet (66-68 metres).

This elevation is roughly indicated by the yeneral oceurreuce of levels of tmterdune

swamps near the front of the range at many places between Cenola and Naraeoorte,

This was the latest level of the terrace; at an earlier stage it may have been higher.

Several streams pass through the Naracoorte Range. Movambro, Naracoorte

and Mosquito Creeks each snecessfully maintained an open channel through the

shore deposits of Naracoorte Terrace. They are consequent streams and in

flowing off the old Upper Pliocene peneplain, in their upper courses, have cut

down into Pliovene and Miocene beds.

The extension of Naracoorte Terrace northward through the Ninety Mile

Desert is not yet traced, Marmon Jabuk Range may be its eontinnation ; however,

on available evidence this range equally might be the equivalent either of the

Cave or the East Avenue Terrace. Field work and altitude data are required.

In the Murray Valley, Mindale (1933, fig. 5) gave a section at Fromm

Landing, Hundred of Ridley, showing a Post-Pliocene thick (30 feet) arenaceous

dune-limestone, with marine shells, at an elevation of 200 feet (61 metres) by

aneroid readings, above local river level. This would approximate to a terrace

height between 210-250 feet (65-78 metres) above present sea level and so could

be the local equivalent of the front. of the Naracoorte Terrace,

642 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

RIVER SYSTEMS OF THE SOUTH EAST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA,

As indicated by Tindale (1933) the predominantly underground drainage of

this low level karst area has been an inrportant factor in the preservation of the

relatively youthful appearance of the dunce ranges which serve as couvenient

markers for the eustatic marine terraces, River drainage systems were always

present and able to maintain a limited regime. Their flow was perhaps only great

when subterranean capacity was overloaded and during the readjustment periods

after changes of sea level had occurred. The courses of the streams when traced on

the map reveal several interesting details:

(a) The streams were antecedent to the formation of (he dune ranges.

(b) Their headwaters are mature streams of the old Pliocene peneplaned

land surfaee vast of Naracoorte,

(e) During times when the terrace dunes were forming the stream mouths

were often diverted along the eoast by the formation of off-shore and river mouth

bars,

(d) Normal trend of movement when diverted was northward.

(e) Traces of drowned valleys of several streams can be detected running

across the ancient Murray Gulf shelf to the continental margin. When more

detailed bathymetric contour maps are available study of these valleys may yield

important altitude data on submerged terraces,

The principal streams of the area under consideration, other than the Glenelg

and Murray Rivers, are the Reedy, Brown Cattle and Avenue Creeks, There are

smaller ones south of Millicent with outlets to Lake Bonney. These streams are

fed partly by excess of underground water and flow above ground chiefly during

the wet winter season.

For present purpose it is convenient ta trace the history of several of these

streams during Mast Avenue and Reedy Terrace times and then to tie their

courses in with streams further inland and those nearer the present seashore,

During the early part of Reedy Terrace lime, Reedy Creeek flowed into the

sea. at a joint just east of Matherleigh. Tts waters passed across the continental

shelf off Cape Buffon. Shortly afterwards this mouth began to be barred and its

flow diverted, step-by-step northwards behind developing fore dunes of Reedy

Terrace.

Tt is possible that this northward trend of movement of stream channels 1s

characteristic of periods of building up of foreshore deposits in the South East,

Re that as it may, Reedy Creek month at the end of Reedy Terrace time came to he

at Blackford, after a step-by-step northerly migration of 50 miles. When this is

understood Tt is lear that Reedy Creek Range and West Avenue Range are

parts of a single dune series cut obliquely by the stream bed, Zeuner (1945) was

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 643

correct in interpreting them as representing a single terrace unit, although he did

so on entirely different grounds.

During the retreat phase of the sea which followed Reedy Terrace times, the

stream appears to have flowed out across what is now the sea floor of Lacepede Bay

in a valley which conveniently may be known as Lacepede channel.

Still later, soon after the beginning of the earliest of the Woakwine Terrace

dune formations, Reedy Creek was cut off from direct access to the sea at

Blackford and once more began to be diverted, step-by-step northwards behind

the developing Woakwine shore dunes. For a period it seems to have maintained

a channel open to the sea west of Taratap Station at about the northern end of

Seetion 11, Hundred of Duffield. Diversion again became effective and the stream

mouth shifted to near Coolatoo where it became joined with Brown Cattle Creek.

Its mouth was maintained there for what may have been a long period of time.

The stream bed seemingly can be traced out to sea as Coolatoo channel. Yet again

diversion began and by the end of the complex events of Woakwine times its

mouth came to be at Salt Creek, 40 miles north of its position at the end of Reedy

Terrace times,

Brown Cattle Creek, prior to late Woakwine times, had been an independent

stream. It had, throughout Reedy Terrace time maintained a channel through

the early and late dunes of the terrace at the northern end of the Hundreds of

Duffield and Landseer, locally cutting its bed down to porphyritie granite bedrock

on the northern boundary of Duffield, It drew its head waters from the Naracoorte

area.

Following the end of Woakwine Terrace times, the combined waters of Reedy

and Brown Cattle stream beds apparently flowed out towards a low level seashore

by a channel indicated off-shore between Salt Creek and Chinaman Well. This

Chinaman Channel can be traced out on the continental shelf for at least 60 miles.

The temporary stabilizations of Reedy Creek mouths at Hatherleigh,

Blackford, Taratap and Coolatoo, ete., furnishes probable indications of the inter-

polation of a temporary low sea level phase at each of these times.

Tt seems clear that the step-by-step northward diversion of Reedy Creek

cannot be regarded as due to small intermittent tectonic tilting movements, but

was initiated by the trend of local shore currents. The reality of this has been

demonstrated by the experiences of the engineers of the South Eastern Drainage

Board. In recent years in their endeavours to maintain the mouth of the present

drainage channel of Lake Bonney, they have met with diversionary activities by

shore currents, with this difference that at present the shore currents off Lake

Bonney South are diverting the mouth southwards. Similarly, the present Murray

mouth is moving southward.

It is of some interest to note that the traces of submarine channels on the floor

644 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuseuM

of the continental shelf seem to indicate by their directions, that the systematic

diversions of stream channels may have been continued far out on to the shelf

during periods of lowered sea level,

During the whole period while Reedy Creck mouth was moving northward

40 miles between the Tlundred of Kennion (inland from ITlatherleigh) and

Blackford, Brown Cattle Creek seems to have maintained its mouth in a relatively

fixed position, Its meanderin® channel through the ‘‘range’’? shows a rather

mature valley with a terrace which runs ont into the air on the foreshore of

Reedy Terrace. Deepening of the channel in Post-Reedy times has. been limited

by the granitic stveam bottom over which it flows,

Data on the headwaters of Reedy and Brown Cattle Creeks is not yet fully

marshalled. Traeed inland these two waterways between them seem to have

links with most of the streams coming off the old land surface to the east.

However, the greater part of the drainage west of Naracoorte and Penola is now

subterraneously established and it is difficult to be sure of some of the former

connections.

West of Naracoorte several streams flow out into lagoons and lakes. In

understanding the formation of these lakes (e.g, Lake Roy, Bool Lagoon and

Carey Swamp) an important factor which must not be overlooked is that of the

level of the water table. This is always the base level of the cycle of karst drainage

development, Thus during periods of low sea level there was an activation of the

underground drainage proeesses and at the same time an increase of relief, In

periods of rising sea level, the dramage basins became drowned and appeared as

lakes. On the general thesis of a Post-glacial rise of sea level the latest, bistory of

these drainage basins is one of lake Formation and growth concurrently with the

Tise In watertable,

EVIDENCE FOR SUBMERGED TERRACES OFF THE COAST OF THE

SOUTH EAST OF SOUTIT AUSTRALIA.

Admiralty chart, No, 1,014, Cape Jervis to Rivoli Bay, shows the continental

shelf of the South East of South Australia with bathymetric data only sufficient

to hint at locations and numbers of possible submerged terraces upon its slope.

It seems clear that such low level terraces have existed, for there are indications

that at different times during the history of Reedy Creek it has oceupied different

river channels extending across the continental shelf, for example, south of Cape

Buffon out from Lacepede Bay, out from Coalatoo and ont from Chinaman Well.

Since the approximate times at which each of these different channels was in use can

be determined, evidence of the limits to which each successive channel ean be

traced on the continental shelf might be expected to indicate the order of suecession

of low level terraces,

TINDALE—SUEDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 645

The generalized contours which can be drawn on the present charts, unfor-

fortunately are insufficient to give more than a few clues. The position also is

complicated by the faet that Coolatoo channel was probably occupied by the Brown

Cattle stream bed on more than one oceasion before it and its captured tributary,

Reedy Creek, became diverted to Salt Creek and thence out towards Chinaman

Channel,

Channel, Mouth. Period of utilization Some terrace traces

by Reedy Creek. on continental shelf,

Buffon Hatherleigh Pre-Reedy Terrace Low -—170 feet

Lacepede Blackford Post-Reedy Terrace Low -—120, -170 feet

? Lacepede Taratap Interval within Woak-

wine Terrace

Coolatoo Coolatoo Interval of Woakwine -60, —120, -170, -200

Terrace feet,

Chinaman Salt Creek Post-Woakwine Low +120, —170, —200 feet

From the above tentative indications the Post-EKast Avenue Terrace could have

been at about 170 feet (—50 metres) and a Post-Woakwine low may have been at

about —200 feet (-60 metres). More detailed bathymetric data is needed before

the situation can be clarified.

There are low-terrace deposits within the active zone of beach erosion off the

present shore, Flat slabs of limestone are washed ashore on the present beach of

the Coorong. One such slab of muddy limestone collected near Barker Knoll

contained a shell fauna in which the dominant is a small species of Venerugns,

either not now living or rare off the shore,

SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE TIME IN SOUTIT AUSTRALIA,

In the previous paragraphs data has been brought together to enable an

attempt to be made at subdividing the Pleistocene.

This data together with that of Lewis (1945) and Keble (1946) permits an

attempt to consider the Tasmanian Pleistoceue glaciations in relation to the inter-

glacial terraces of South Australia, and thus to prepare a preliminary correlation

of the South Australian Pleistocene,

Likely starting points for such a correlation appear to be either an identifiea-

tion between the Millbrook Rise Stage of Lewis (1945), and the Milazzian inter-

glacial, of Zeuner (1945), or a correlation between the ‘longest interglacial of

Tasmania!’ (Pre-Yolande), the Tyrrhenian (or Great) Interglacial, and Kast,

Avenue Terrace, greatest of the strand series in South Australia.

Millbrook sediments fill the lower troughs of Malanna placial valleys to a

height of 150 feet (45 metres) above present sea level. Were Tasmania an,

646 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

entirely stable land mass in Pleistocene time this heiglit would be sufficiently close

to that of the Milazzian Terrace to give a significant correlation, Lewis claims an

active tectonic rise of the Tasmanian land niass as well as foundering of the

adjacent coasts, during his Millbrook Rise, Le does stress the general horizontality

of both the ‘‘pre-glacial"’ terrace of his Launceston Stage, and of the Millbrook

Rise, thus giving slight support for a possibility that the Millbrook Rise Terrace

was substantially of eustatic rather than tectonic origin. Identification of the

Malanna glacial as pre-Milazzian and, therefore, probably to be correlated with

the Early (Giinz) glaciation might be attractive, particularly since Lewis seems

positive that the Malannan glacial low terrace was the first such low sea level

episode evident in Tasmania. However, this identification at onee introduces

difficulties which are largely resolved only when the second possible correlation

outlined above is examined.

Between the beginning of the Millbrook Stage and the onset of the first phase

of the double Yolande glacial, Lewis placed the “‘longest of the Tasmanian inter-

glacial periods,’’ This at once suggests a link with the Tyrrhenian, by far the

longest and @reatest of the interglacials of the Mediterranean area and elsewhere.

If this datum were accepted it would at once tie in with the Kast Avenue Inter-

glacial of South Australia, which may have been of great duration, as indicated

by the extensive series of littoral sediments, in alternate dune aud swale up to

fourteen miles wile, constituting the largest series of such sediments left stranded

on any interglacial terrace of the South Hast of South Australia,

According to this identification the Malanna Glacial might scem to correlate

with the Mindel (Antepenultimate) glacial stage rather than with the Giinz

(Barly) glacial, unless as is possible, Mindel was only a relatively weak stage in

Tasmania, In the latter ease, traces could either have been masked by erosion

and later ¢laciations, or might merely await identification,

Tt will be noticed that the suggested height of 150 feet (45 metres) for the

Millbrook Stage terrace would match about as well with the Tyrrhenian (105 feet)

as it world with the Milazzian terrace (195 feet). Teetonie movements suggested

by Lewis could be utilized to explain the difference unless there was in faet an

earlier phase of the Tyrrhenian nearer the 150 feet mark, as seems to be implied by

the existence of the Baker phase of East Avenue Terrace in South Australia

Accepting for the moment the 1dentification :

Tyrrhenian—Millbrook Stage—Last Avenue Terrace; later glacial stages

appear to fall rather readily into place.

Thus:

Yolande 1=Riss (Penultimate Glaciation, Phase I).

Yolande 2=Riss (Penullimate Glaciation, Phase IT),

Margarel—Wiirm (Last Glaciation, Phases I-IIT).

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 647

At first sight the Ralph Bay Stage beaches (of Lewis) by their universality

appear to correlate well with the Late Monastirian—Woakwine Terrace of South

Australia, but leave unaccounted for the Main Monastirian, average height 60 feet

(18 metres), unless it is of this terrace Lewis (1945 p, 50) is speaking when he

says, ‘'Ralph’s Bay Stage raised beaches are often 30 feet high, but exposures are

not sufficiently frequent to determine the maximum thickness.’’ Here, evidence

for north-west Tasmania, furnished by Edwards (1941), may resolve the difficulty,

in that be identifies a 40-50 foot (12-15 metre) terrace with Keble (1946) has

equated with Riss-Witirm Interglacial—Main Monastirian of Zeuner (1945). The

Terrace height as stated is lower by two metres than the average for the Main

Monastirian, but this may be partly accounted for by differences in method of

estimating sea level, Lewis apparently used bigh tide wark rather than either

L.W.O.8.1., or mean sea level. In Tasmania the tidal difference is of the order of

4 feet (1+2 metres).

Rocky Cape Cave (antea p. 622) provides confirmatory evidence to suggest

that it isthe Main Mowastirian terrace wich is to be found in north-west Tasmania

by indivating marine erosion at minimum heights of 50-60 feet (15-18 metres)

above present sea level,

The principal problem in the correlation of the latest portion of the Pleistocene

is in the position to be assigued to the Late Monastirian (25 feet.) terrace. Zenner

(1945, p. 250, fig. 76) placed this terrace between his Penultimate and Late

Glacials, i.e. as Riss/Wiirm Laterglacial. Earlier he had placed if as Wiirm 2/8

Interglacial. Argument for the earlier dating, ou face value, is convineing. Iow-

ever, it is necessary for bim to depart from the implications of his“ Altitude/time”’

hypothesis (o achieve the earlier placing, which may create more problems than

it solves. The South Australian evidence as to Lhe detailed history of the Woak-

wine interglacial terrace may be a help in the unravelling of the complexities of

this problem, which assumes great signifieance because of the implications it has

for the interpretation of an important period in the expansion of man’s oekomene,

Keble (1946) arrived at a late dating for this terrace, and in personal correspon-

dence T. T. Paterson also intimates his leaning towards a late dating for

Monastirian IT.

The indieations now available that the Post-glacial terrace at 10 feet (3 metres)

is probably distinct from the Woakwine Terrace, 25 feet (7+5 metres), and ts

represented by an early series of dunes within the complex of ‘Present’? dunes

is an advance whose implications for the archaeology of the Australian aboriginal

will be considered elsewhere.

An outline of the subdivision of Pleistocene time is set out in the accompanying

table :

648

RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

SUBDIVISION OF

Chronology

(after

Zeuner)

825,000

590,000

550,000

500,000

476,000

435,000

425,000

250,000

235,000

188,000

150,000

125,000

115,000

72,000

65,000

23,000

Equivalent

amen eee Altitude. Southern Altitude.

Hemisphere) Hiemoieplista

P . Stages.

SICILIAN 260 to 325 ft. NARACOORTE Approx, 250 ft,

Preglacial (80 to 100 metres) Preglacial (78 metres)

GUNZ (Early) Glacial

Phase I

Phase II

MILAZZIAN 195 ft. CAVE 160 to 200 ft.

Interglacial (60 metres) Interglacial (49 to 62 metres)

MINDEL |. MALANNA

(Antepenultimate ) Glacial

Glacial

Phase I

___ Phase IL

TYRRHENIAN 105 ft. EAST AVENUE | 105 to 110 ft.

Interglacial (32 metres) Interglacial (32 to 34 metres)

(Great or Long Inter-

glacial)

RISS (Penultimate)

Glacial

Phase I

Phase IL

MONASTIRIAN T

Interglacial

(Main Monastirian )

Coldphase

(not named)

(MONASTIRIAN IL

Position according to

Zeuner 1945.)

WURM (Last)

Glacial

Phase I (Wiirm 1)

Wiirm 1/2 Interglacial

Phase IT (Wiirm 2)

Wiirm 2/3

Tuterglacial

(Monastirian IT

alternative position)

Phase ILL (Wirm 3)

POST GLACIAL

PRESENT

YOLANDE Glacial

Phase I

(—200 metres) Phase II

60 ft. REEDY

(18 metres) Interglacial

MARGARET

Glacial

—325 ft.

(-100 metres)

WOAKWINE

Interglacial I

2230 ft. MARGARET

(7-70 metres) Glacial

25 ft. WOAKWINE

(7-5 metres)

Interglacial IT

MARGARET

Glacial

65 ft.

(19-5 metres)

39 ft.

(9 metres)

SARLY RECENT

PRESENT

10 ft,

(3 metres)

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE

THE PLEISTOCENE.

South Australian

Stages.

NARACOORTE

Terrace

Altitude.

Tasmanian

(Lewis and Edwards)

CAVE Terrace

649

Altitude.

Prebasaltie low

Terrace (Edwards)

WAST AVENUE

Terrace

Baker Range Stage

Hast Avenue Stage

Under 150 ft.

(45 metres)

105 to 110 ft.

(32 to 34 metres)

Launceston Stage

(Nothofagus and Eucalyptus

mild phase)

MALANNA Ice

Forth Valley formed

(Edwards)

Milibrook Rise Stage

(Longest interglacial of

Lewis)

(Mindel /Riss interglacial of

Edwards)

(7? West Avenue Range

Stage)

(? Hatherleigh Phase)

REEDY Terrace

Blackford Phase

Taratap Phase

WOAKWINE

Terrace

Dairy Range Stage

Coolatoo Phase

70 vo 90 ft.

(22 to 28 metres)

65 ft.

(19-5 metres)

YOLANDE Ice

Yolande Phase T

Interglacial interval

Yolande Phase IT

Rocky Cape Phase

29 ft.

(9 metres)

Woakwine Range 25 ft

Stage (7-5 metres)

Early Recent Stage 5 to 10 ft.

Present Shore Stage

(1:5 to 3 metres)

MARGARET Tee

(? Ralph Bay terrace, part)

Below —150 ft.

(-45 metres)

150 ft.

(45 metres)

100 ft.

(31 metres)

-120 to -150 ft.

(-37 to 45 metres)

50 to 60 ft.

(15 to 18 metres)

19 ft.

(6 metres)

Post Glacial Terrace

(Edwards)

Present Shore Stage

5 to 15 ft,

(1:5 to 4-5 metres)

i cr ER rt ST

650 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

Much of the data in this paper has been gathered on some fourteen visits to

the South East and the Murray Basin between 1930 and 1947, with a total duration

of approximately 150 days in the field. With Taratap Station as lis usual base

the various South Hastern terraces were examined by the author as far to the

north-east as Jip Jip Rocks, and south to beyond the Glenelg River, different

parts of the country being transversed on foot, in the saddle, by buggy, by car and

by sand climbing tractor. For assistance and transport the writer is indebted

in particular to Messrs. Tapfield, of Taratap, and especially to the late W. F,

Taptield, who from lifelong experience in the area, assisted in tracing the terraces

and watercourses in the field and provided background data of immeasureable

value,

For company in the field trips and for inspiration which comes from diseus-

sions he is indebted to the following; T. D. Campbell, D, A. Casey, I, Condon,

B. C. Cotton, C. Fenner, F. Fenner, U, K. Fry, H, M. Iale, P, 8. Hossfield,

R. A. Keble, the late A. N. Lewis, A. Meston and 8. Mitchell The author is

indebted also to various landowners, among them Messrs. A. Kelly, C. J. D. Smith,

W.and M. Tapfield, and G. Barnett for guidance and direction in the pursuance of

his field studies.

In February, 1936, Dr, 8. M, L, Dunstone piloted a plane in a pre-dawn flight

so that the author could examine and photograph specific dune terraces by the

oblique light of the rising sun, this flight being made possible by the interest of

Sir E, T, Barr Smith in the project. Advertiser Newspapers Ltd, shortly after-

wards, provided another plane and cameras to enable further critical areas to be

observed and photographed from the air by Darian Smith and the author.

Some of the critical areas on the north-west coast. of Tasmania, including

Rocky Cape Cave, were visited in March, 1936, in company with Messrs..J. Pearson

and A. L. Meston, furnishing a general background for interpretations made in

this paper.

In 1936, and again in 1944-1945, visits were made to areas in coastal

Maryland, Virginia, and to North Carolina to gain comparative data on the

terraces of the south-eastern United States.

REFERENCES CITED.

Beasley, A. W. (1947) : Aust. Journ. Science, Sydney, 9, pp, 208-210.

Chapman, F. (1928) : Ree. Geol. Survey Victoria, Melbourne, 5, pp. 1-195,

Sci., Perth, pp. 28-30,

TINDALE—SUBDIVISION OF PLEISTOCENE 651

Cooke, C. W, (1930) ; Correlation of coastal terraces. Journ, Geol., Chieago, 35,

pp. 557-589.

Cotton, B. GC. (1935); Victorian Naturalist, Melbourne, 52, p. 96 (reference to

Natopala wanjakalda) -

Cotton, B, C. (1935) : Recent Australian Viviparidae and a fossil species, Records

South Australian Mus., Adelaide, 5, pp. 339-344. (Deseription of Nolopala

wanjakalde) -

Cotton, L. A. (1947) : Pulse of the Pacific, Journ. and Proc. Roy. Soc, New South

Wales, Syduey, &0, 1946, pp. 41-76 (Bibliography ).

Crocker, R. L. and Cotton, B. C, (1946) : Trans. Roy, Soc. S, Aust., 70, pp. 64-82.

Crocker, R. L. (1946) ; Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Aust., 70, pp. 108-109.

Darwin, C, (1876) : Geological Observations, 2nd ed., p. 158.

David, T. W. EB. (1924): Pleistocene glaciation near Strahan, Tasmania. Rept,

Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 17, pp, 91-103 (Bibliography ).

Depéret, C. (1906) - Les anciennes lignes de rivage de la cote francaise de la

Méditerranee. Bull. Soc. Geol. France, Paris, (4) 6, pp. 207-230.

Depéret, C. (1918): Essai de coordination chronologique générale des temps

quaternaires, C.J?. Acad. Sci., Paris, 167, pp. 418-422.

de Terra, H, (1940): Geologie dating of human evolution in Asia, Scientific

Monthly, Toledo, 41, pp. 112-124,

Edwards, A. B. (1941): The north-west coast of Tasmania. Proc. Roy. Sac,

Victoria, 53, pp. 233-267,

Fuehs (1936); Journ. Linn, Soc. London, 40, pp. 93-105 (reference to ribbed

Vivipara in Pleistocene beds of Lake Edward, Uganda).

Haug, BE, (1911) : Tratté de Géologie, Paris, 2, No. 3.

Hills, E. 8. (1934) : Proc, Ray. Soc. Victoria, Melbourne, 47, p. 166.

Hills, E, 8. (1939) : Proce. Roy. Soc. Victoria. Melbourne, 51, pp. 112-139.

Howehin, W. (1924): The recent extinetion of certain marine animals of the

southern coast of Australia, together with other facts that are suggestive of a

change in climate. Rept. Australian Assoc. Adv. Sci, Wellington, 16,

pp. 94-101.

Johnson, D. (1938): Shore processes and shoreline development, New York,

4th printing, pp. 1-584, 73 pls. (1st edition, 1919)

Johnston, R. M. (1888) : Geology of Tasmania.

Keble, R. A. (1946): Mem. Nat. Mus. Victoria, Melbourne, 14, pp, 69-122

(Bibliography).

Keble, R. A. and Macpherson, J. H, (1946) : Mem. Nat. Mus. Victoria, Melbourne,

14, pp. 52-68 (Bibliography).

Lewis, A. N. (1934): A correlation of the Tasmanian Pleistocene glacial epochs

aud deposits. Pap, and. Proc. Roy. Sac. Tasmania, Hobart, 1983, pp. 67-76.

652 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Lewis, A. N. (1935): Correlation of the Tasmanian Pleistocene raised beaches

and river terraces in unglaciated areas, Pap, and Proc, Roy, Soc. Tasmania,

Hobart, 1934, pp. 75-86.

Lewis, A. N. (1945): Pleistocene glaciation in Tasmania. Pap, and Proc. Roy.

Soc. Tasmania, Hobart, 1944, pp, 41-56,

Milankoviteh, M. (1930) ; Mathematisehe Klimalehre und astronomische Theorie

der Klimaschwankungen. Handbk. Klimatol., Berlin, 1 (A), 176 pp.

Milankoyitch, M. (1938): Neue Ergebnisse der astronomischen Theorie der

Klimaschwankungen. Bull, Acad. R. Serbe Sei. math. nat. Belgrade, (A) 4,

41 pp.

Milankovitch, M, (19388) (2): Astronomisehe Mittel zur Erforsechung der

erdgeschichtlichen Klimate. Handb. Geophys., Berlin, 9, pp. 593-698.

Movius, H. L. (1944) : Early man and Pleistocene stratigraphy in Southern and

Hastern Asia. Papers of Peabody Mus, Amer. Archaeol. Ethnol. Harvard

Uniw., Cambridge, 19 (3), pp, 1-125,

Paterson, T, T, (1941): On a world correlation of the Pleistocene. Trans, Roy.

Soe, Edinburgh, 60 (2), pp. 878-425.

Richards, H. C. and Will, D, (1942): Gt. Barrier Reef Commitice Rept., 5,

pp. 1-111,

Smith, T. H. aud Iredale, T. (1924); Evidence of a negative movement of the

strand-line of 400 feet in New South Wales. Journ. and Proe. Rey. Soe.

N.SLW., Sydney, 68, 1924, pp. 157-168.

Tindale, N. B. (1983): Tantanoola caves, South East of South Australia: geo-

logical and physiographie notes. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., Adelaide, 57,

pp, 180-142,

Tindale, N. B, (1987): Records of South Australian Mus. Adelaide, 6 (1),

pp. 89-60, (Post-glacial strand at Fulham, p, 52.)

Tindale, N. B. (1941) ; Aust. Journ. Set, Sydney, 3 (6), pp. 144-147.

Umbegrove, J. H. F. (1930) ; Amount of maximal lowering of the sea level in the

Pleistocene. Proc. 4th Pacifie Sei. Congress, Java, 1929, 2, pp. 105-1123.

vor Hngeln, O. D. (1942) : Geomorphology. New York,

Ward, L. K. (1941); Underground water of the south-eastern part of South

Australia. Geol. Survey of 8S. Aust., Adelaide. Bulletin No, 19-

Zenner, F, E. (1935): Pleistocene chronology of Central Europe. Geol. Mug.,

London, 72, pp. 350-376,

Zeuner, #, BE. (1938) : Chronology of the Pleistocene sea levels. Ayn. May, Nat.

Hist., London, (11) 1, pp. 8389-405,

Zenner, F, B. (1945) ; Pleistocene Period. Ray Society, London, 130, pp. 1-322

(Bibliography).

Zeuner, F. E, (1946): Dating the past: an introduction to geochronology.

London. pp. 1-385 (Bibliography).

SOME TERTIARY FOSSIL MOLLUSCS

FROM THE

ADELAIDEAN STAGE (PLIOCENE) OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, CONCHOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

Summary

While working out the macrofauna of numerous water bores sunk in the Adelaide

Plains by the Mines Department, for agricultural purposes and to provide water for

pumping into the mains, a number of interesting molluscs were discovered. A few of

these are described here; also some Abattoirs bore specimens selected by Sir Joseph

Verco and myself from material donated to the South Australian Museum by H. S.

Pratt in 1925. The latter specimens bear the inclusive registration number P. 173. A

few also are described from the Salisbury Bore, 330 feet, from samples in the Tate

Museum at the University of Adelaide.

SOME TERTIARY FOSSIL MOLLUSCS

FROM THE

ADELAIDEAN STAGE (PLIOCENE) or SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By BERNARD C. COTTON, Concrotocist, Sour AusrratiAN Museum,

Plates xx—xxli.

INTRODUCTION.

Wuitez working out the macrofauna of numerous water bores sunk in the Adelaide

Plains by the Mines Department, for agricultural purposes and to provide water

for pumping into the mains, a number of interesting molluses were discovered,

A few of these are described here; also some Abattoirs bore specimens selected by

Sir Joseph Vereo and myself from material donated to the South Australian

Museum by H. §, Pratt in 1925, The latter specimens bear the inclusive

registration number P, 173, A few also ave described from the Salisbury Bore,

330 feet, from samples in the Tate Museum at the University of Adelaide.

Recent examination of material from the uppermost oyster beds at Mannum,

Swan Reach and some other places along the River Murray cliffs, proves a similar

suite of fossils to be present, with the dominant QOstrea arenicola and also

O, sturtiana. These uppermost beds of the Murray Cliffs are probably exposures

of the Adelaidean stage. From deep building excavations in the central ity area,

samples of the Adelaidean stage have been obtained. A rich bed of this deposit

was found in the seepage well at the base of the Bank of New South Wales, King

William Street, excavations at about 50 feet. A sample from there was found in

the Mines Department. It contains the following typical Adelaidean fossils:

Mimachlamys antiaustralis, Equichlamys consobrinus, Equichlamys subbifrons,

Spondylus spondyloides, Ostrea wrenicola, Veletucela subradians, Neodiastoma

provist.

Samples from the samie and other localities are in the South Australian

Museum, Apparently this is a similar bed to that mentioned by Tate, 1883, in

the Kent Town Bore ‘‘Series a’’ in which he records ‘‘oysters and pectens’’ as

dominant. Incidentally, Zyuichlamys consobrinus and B. subbifrans both of Tate

1885, seem to be synonymous, Z, consobrinus having priority, Z. subbrifrons being

probably a juvenile. This Adelaidean deposit of fossils forms the principal porous

bed in which the water of the aquifer is contained under the Adelaide Plains.

654 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

THE UPPERMOST BEDS OF TIE MURRAY.

Species found in the bores and also recorded by Tate from his ‘‘ Oyster banks

of the Upper Murravian”’ are listed here. Those originally reeorded from this bed

in the Murray cliffs have the word (type) following the corrected name.

Barbatia crustata Tate (type). Antigona dictua Tate (type).

Pinetada crassicardia Tate. t=Antigona pernitidu Hooper Wooda

Ostrea arenicola Tate. Callanaitis paucirugata Tate.

?=Ostrea sturtiana Tate (type). I==Callanaitis murrayand Tate,

Cardita compla Tate. (type).

Venericardia pecten Tate, Notocorbula ephamitle Tate.

Epicodakia affinis Tate (type). Venerupis pauperting Tate.

Numella suborbicularis Tate (type). Plebidonux depressw Tate (type).

Cariareus sericca Tate. Myadora teniulivata Tate,

Placamen subroboratum Tate. Marginella propinqua Tate.

To this list I can now add the following species also found in the uppermost

beds of the Murray Cliffs. Many more species may be added when time and

opportunity permit a palaeontological survey of the Murray Cliffs to be made

aud when a deeper study of the Tate Museum, South Australian Museum and

Mines Department collections is undertaken.

Neotrigonia truasp. nov, Recorded as Trigonia acuticostula MeCoy,

EHucrassatella cf. camura Pritehard, Recorded as Crassalella ablonga Tenison

Woods.

Divalucina entypoma sp. nov. Recorded as Divaricella quadrisulcata d’Orbigny.

Zemysia solitaria Hooper Woods, ?'—Diplodonta subquadrata Tate.

Cleidothacrus adelaidensis sp, nov,

Monia tatei Chapman and Singleton. Recorded as Placunomia tone Gray,

Mimachlamys antiaustralis Tate.

Tucetona crama sp. nov. Recorded as Pectunculus convexus Tate.

THE UPPERMOST BEDS AT ALDINGA, HALLET COVE, EDITHBURGH,

STANSBURY AND THE METROPOLITAN AREA.

The following species found in the bores have been recorded from Aldinga

(A), Hallet Cove (H), Metropolitan Area ‘‘Oyster and pecten beds’’ (M),

Edithburgh (FE), Stansbury (8), Oyster beds, Government House Quarry (G).

Equichlamys consobrinus Tate. A. (type) II.

=Equichlamys subbifrons Tate. G. (type).

I=Kquichlamys palmipes Tate, H, (type) A.

CoOTTON—SOME TERTIARY FOSSIL MOLLUSCS

Mimachlamys antiaustralis Tate. M. (type) A., E., 8.

Spondylus spondyloides Tate. A. (type) H., M.

Amusium lucens Tate. A. (type).

Ostrea arenicola Tate. A. (type).

Atrina semicostata Tate. M. (type) A.

Brachyodontes submenkeana Tate. H. (type) A.

Venericardia trigonalis Tate. A. (type).

Epicodakia araea Tate. A. (type).

Epicodakia nuciformis Tate. A. (type).

Epicodakia fabuloides Tate. <A. (type).

Wallucina simulans Tate, <A. (type).

Kellia planiusculum Tate. A. (type).

[Tellina lata Quoy and Gaimard, Recent Indo-Pacific] A.

Anapella variabilis Tate. A. (type).

Myadora corrugata Tate. G.

[Panopaea orbita Hutton, New Zealand] A.

Lithodomus brevis Tate. H. (type).

Emozamia anceps Tate. A. (type).

Cymatiella sexcostata Tate. A. (type).

Cominella subfilicea Tate. A. (type) H.

Cominella clelandi Tate. H. (type).

Baryspira orycta Tate. A. (type).

Zemitrella mitrellaeformis Tate. A. (type).

Pervicacia crassa Tate. A. (type).

PELECYPODA.

Pronucuta HEpuey.

Pronucula Hedley 1902, Mem. Aust. Mus., 4, 290.

655

The Tertiary species P. morundiana and P. fenestralis Tate, belong to this

genus judging from the development of the concentric and radial sculpture and

the crenulated internal margin of the shell. An examination of the teeth and

chondrophore should confirm this.

Eunucuwa Iredale.

Eunucula Iredale 1931, Rec. Aust. Mus., 18, No. 4, 202.

Genotype : Nucula obliqua Lamarck 1819, Recent, Southern Tasmania.

Recent: 8.A., Vict., N.S.W., Q., W.A. Beach to 100 fathoms.

Fossil: Australia; Miocene. Pliocene. Pleistocene.

656 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM

Remarks: The Recent European genotype of Nucula, N. nucleus Linne,

differs from recent and fossil Australian Eunucula whieh the author of the genus

poiited out has a ‘notably oblique chondrophore; above which the teeth become

much smaller and the angle of opposition of the two rows of teeth is searcely

marked ; further, the edge of the European shell is strongly denticulate, whereas

ours is smooth.’’ A complex group of Recent, shallow and deep water species

belonging to this genus have been described, the localities ranging from New

Guinea to Queensland, Victoria, South Australia and Tasmania, Many have

heen lumped under the familiar name N. obliqua Lamarck, a Southern Tasmanian

living species.

ARCA NEGATA sp. Noy,

Plate xx, fies. 11, 12.

Shell trapeziform, rounded in front, obliquely truncated posteriorly ; hinge

lines straight; umbones anterior, distant, acute; ventral margin with an almost

median byssal gape; a sharp ridge runs from the umbo to the posterior ventral

angle; anterior to the angle the sculpture consists of close fine radial ribs abruptly

changing to less numerous wider radial ribs on the larger anterior portion.

Height 11 mm., length 24 mm, (holotype).

Loc.: Bore 64, 385-395 feet, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: This species, which may grow to twice the size of the holotype,

somewhat resembiles the Recent Arca navicularis Bruguiere 1792 from Amboina,

related to Arca subnavicularis Iredale 1939 from North Australia. The Pliocene

fossil here deseribed as A. negata is nearest to A. pseudonavicularis Tate 1886

from the Adelaide Bore, Janjukian, but is differently sculptured. The new species

is a true Arca aceording to Opinion 189 of the International Commission on Zoo-

logical Nomenclature which decided, ‘‘ Under suspension of the rules:

(1) To set aside all type designations of Arca Linnaeus 1758, Syst. Nat,

(Ed. 10) 1, 698 (Class Peleeypoda, Order Filibranehia), made prior to

the date of this opimion ;

and (ii) To designate Area noae Linnaeus 1758, Syst. Nat. (Ed. 10) 1, 693, as

the type of Arca Linnaeus 1758.”?

The genus Nawicula Blainville 1825, introduced for the same genotype, has

thus become a direct synonym, as does Byssvarca Swainson 1833, Arca Gray 1847,

Cibola Moerch 1853, Daphne Poli 1791 (not Mueller 1776) and Daphnoderma

Poli 1795.

Six Recent Australian species are deseribed from Northern Australia.

CoTTON—SOME TERTIARY Fossit MoOLtuscs 657

Specimens recorded from the Adelaidean as A, crustata Tate 1886, described from

the ‘‘Oyster Beds of the River Murray Cliffs at. the North-west Bend’’ may be a

smaller species related to A. negata.

BaRBATIA EPITHECA sp. nov.

Plate xx, figs. 14, 17.

Shell irregularly subquadrangular, rather inflated, inequilateral; anterior

end rounded; posterior side longer than the anterior, obliquely truncate and

sharply rounded; ventral margin with a slight median sinuation; surface of

valves sculptured with very fine and numerous radials crossed by almost equally

developed concentrics; umbones moderately prominent, ligamental area narrow;

height 12 mm., length 23 mm.

Loc,: Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: This species is related to the Recent B. pistachia Lamarck 1819

from King Island, Bass Strait (type) which is found living in southern Australia.

Barbatia limatella Tate 1886, another allied species, was deseribed from “‘ Sandy

Clays at Blanche Point, Aldinga Bay, and argillaceous glauconitic sands, Adelaide

Bore."’ Tate’s figured type is from ‘‘ Adelaide’’ or Adelaide Bore, Janjukian, and

is different from the Adelaidean species in shape and colour.

AGAR COMA 8p, NOY.

Plate xx, figs, 25, 26,

Shell subquadrangular, hinge line straight, umbones close, but slightly

prominent; sculpture of concentric lamellae frilled radial, flattened ribs; ventral

marvin gently medially sinuate; anterior margin rounded, posterior angled and

obliquely truncate; an obtusely angled ridge runs from the umbo to the posterior

ventral angle. Height 10 mm., length 23 mm.

Loe.: Weymouth’s Bore, 345-350 feet, Adelaidean,

Remarks: Related to Barbatia celleporacea Tate 1886 from Schnapper Point,

Victoria (type), but differs in shape and sculpture, beine also like the Recent

A, laminata Angas 1865 from Gulf St, Vineent, S.A,

Other Recent species belonging to that genus are A. divaricata Sowerby (geno-

type), from Annaa Island, A. reticulate Gmelin—A. domingensis Larmarck,

West Indian, A. plicuta Dillwyn, Red Sea, A. dubia Baird, New Caledonia,

A. digma Tredale, Lord Howe Island, A. iota Iredale, Low Island, Queensland,

A, bolanica Hedley 1916, Port Jackson, A. kerma Iredale, Kermadec Island.

658 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

CUCULLAEA PRAELONGA SINGLETON,

Cucullaea corioensis praclonga Singleton 1932. Proc. Roy Soc., Vie., N.S. 44 (2),

308, pl. 26, fig. 20a, b.

The holotype is from Forsyth’s, Grange Burn, near Hamilton, Victoria,

Lower Pliocene, Kalimnan. Specimens are common in the Adelaidean, and appear

to be this species, rather than C. corioensis, Singleton 1932 remarked that C_ prae-

longa may grow to over 100 mm. in length, I have seen fragments of the

Adelaidean shell suggesting even larger specimens than this, Cucullaea corioensis

MeCoy 1876 from Bird Rock Cliffs, near Spring Creek, Torquay, Janjukian, does

not appear to survive beyond the Baleombian. Cucullaea adelaidensis Tate 1886

is still another species decribed from the Glauconitic Sands, Adelaide Bore,

Aldinga,

Famity GLYCYMERIDAE.

Chapman and Smgleton 1925, Proc. Roy, Soe. Vict., 18-60, pl. 1-4, revised

the Tertiary Fossil Glycymeris. There are some thirty Reeent and twenty

Cainozoie species which may now be placed in their proper genera. The genotype

of Glycymeris Da Costa 1778 is the Reeeut Arca glycymeris Linne, from the

coasts of Britain and it is a large, almost smooth but transversely and longitudinally

finely striate species ornamented with angular red spots. There is also a Glycymeris

Schumacher 1817, a synonym of Saxicava. Pectunculus Lamarek 1799, used by

continental authors of the past, is mavailable for this family, there being a pre-

vious Pectunculus Da Costa 1778 related to Dosinia. Australian Tertiary fossils

may be grouped as follows:

Veletuceta Iredale 1931. Genotype Glycymeris flammeus Reeve.

striatularis (Lamarck) 1819, Recent W.A. (type) Kalimnan, Werrikooian.

subradians (Tate) 1902. Hallett Cove, Adelaidean.

hallt (Pritchard) 1908. Grange Burn, Kalimnan.

mistio (Finlay) 1927. Not intermedea Broderip 1832.

intermedia (Pritchard) 1908, Muddy Creek, Upper Beds, Kalimnan.

paucicostata. (Pritchard) 1908. Jemmy Point, Kalimnan.

pseudaustralis (Singleton) 1941, Glenelg River, Werrikooian,

Tucetilla Iredale 1939, Genotype Glycymeris capricornea Hedley.

eainozoica (Tenison Woods) 1887, Table Cape, Janjukian.

maudensis (Chapman and Singleton) 1925. Maude, Lower Beds, Janjukian.

rota sp. nov. Abattoirs Bore, Adelaidean,

CoTTON—SOME TERTIARY FossIL MOLLuscs 659

Tucetona Tredale 1981. Genotype, Pectunculus flabellatus Tenison Woods.

flabellatus (Tenison Woods) 1878; Recent, N.E. Tas. (type) Werrikooian.

convera (Tate) 1886. Muddy Creek, pper Beds, Kalimnan.

cramasp. nov. Abattoirs Bore, Adelaidean,

subtrigonalis (Tate) 1886; Morgan, Janjukian,

decurrens (Chapman and Singleton) 1925. Grange Burn, Kalimnan.

Melaxinaea Iredale 1931, Genotype Melazinaea labyrintha Iredale.

plamiuscula (Chapman and Singleton) 1925, Glenelg River, Werrikooian.

Grandaxinaead Iredale 1981, Genotype Glycymeris magnificans Lredale,

macecoyt (Johnston) 1800, Table Cape, Janjukian.

ormthoptera (Chapman and Singleton) 1925. Torquay, Janjukian.

gunyoungensis (Chapman and Singleton) 1925, Grice Creek, Baleombian,

lenticularis (Tate) 1886. Adelaide Bore, Janjukian . ,

grant? (Singleton) 1932. Muddy Creek, Lower Beds, Baleombian.

Glycymeris australis var. gigantea Chapman 1915, from Vivonne Bay,

Kanvaroo Island, Werrikooian, belongs to the fanuly Lucinidae as pomted out by

Singleton, 1941,

TUCETILLA MAYT sp. nov.

Plate xx, figs. 18, 19.

Shell suborbiecular, a little ovate and slightly produeed at the posterior end;

sculpture of fine anc numerous radial riblets split as the shell grows into grouped

secondary still finer threadlets; umbones subcentral, hinge teeth delicate, about

tenon each side. Height 18 mm,, diameter 20 muni,

Loe.: S.A. Beachport 100 fathoms (holotype), also 200 fathoms, Tas,, Cape

Pillav 100 fathoms, 40 fathoms.

Remarks: According to May, 1928, Mlust. Index Tas. Shells, pl. 2, tig. 7, this

apecies figured under the name Glycymerts lenuicastatus Reeve, from Cape Pillar,

100 fathoms, grows larger, but, May’s specimens in the South Australian Museum

are little larger than the South Australian shells, May gave the depth for

Tasmanian shells as ‘‘40-100 fathonis, not tineommon.’’ The present series is

more ovate and has finer sculpture than the North Queensland Glycymeris

tenuicostatus Reeve 1643. The hinge teeth are less well developed than in either

Reeve’s species or in the fossil species described below,

TUCETILLA ROTA sp, NOV,

Plate xx, figs. 3, 4.

Shell suborbiewlar, rather small, somewhat ventricose; sculpture of fine and

numerous riblets and between each pair of major riblets secondary still finer

660 RECORDS OF THE $,A, MUSEUM

threadlets occur, increasing in number as the shell grows; umbones subeentral,

hinge teeth fine, about twelve on either side. Height 19 mm., diameter 20 mm,

Loc.; Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

The species is related to 7’, may? rather than to 7. tenuicostata Reeve, but it

is rounder and more delicately sculptured than the Tasmanian species.

TUCHTONA CRAMA Sp. Nov.

Plate xx, figs. 1, 2.

Shell solid, orbieular, slightly transverse, inequilateral ; wnbones approximate ;

radially ribbed; radial ribs narrow interspaces deeply furrowed; squamose

concentric ornament; ribs numbering twenty-two rather flattened, inner margin

of valves strongly crenate; cardinal teeth, about eight on each side. Height

30 mm., length 32 mm.

Loc, : Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks ; This species has been recorded from the Adelaidean as Glycymerts

converus Tate 1886, Muddy Creek, Upper Beds Kalimnan (type), Chapman and

Singleton 1925 under Glycymeris convera Tate, write: ‘‘Shells from the upper

beds of the Adelaide Tertiary Basin as also in the Abattoirs and other bares, show

a certain amount of variation from the Muddy Creek, topotypes, the South

Australian examples being in general more depressed and with distinctly flattened

ribs. The concentric ornament is also more developed as a series of undulose

growth lines which cross the quadrately depressed ribs.’’

Two Recent South Australian species 7. flabellatus and T. broadfoolae

resemble the present species which has a tendency to the deep radial interstitial

furrows of 7’. broadfootae, but it is a much smaller and flatter shell,

PIncTADA CRASSICARDIA (Tate).

Meleagrina crassicurdia ate 1886. Trans. Roy. Soc., 5. Aust., 8, 121, pl. 9,

fies. 9, 10.

Large fragments of this species are common in tle Adelaidean. The Recent:

Pinctada carchariariwm Jameson 1901 from Sharks Bay is closely allied and is

abundant as a raised beach subfossil at Murat Bay, South Australia. Six Recent

species inhabit Northern Australia.

CTENAMUSIUM ATKINSONI (Johnston).

Amusium atkinsoni Johnston 1880, Proe. Roy. Soe, Tas. 29.

The holotype was deseribed from Table Cape and il is distinet from eitteli

Hutton 1873 ‘‘Upper Eocene,’ Poyerty Bay, New Zealand, and the Recent

COTTON—SOME TERTIARY Fosstn MOLLuScS 661

thetidis Hedley 1902, Specimens were picked out of the Salisbury Bore, 330 feet.

Shells of the palacaretic genera Propeamusium Gregorio 1884, Parvamussium and

Variamussium are different from the Australian species such as atkinsont which

belong to Clenumusium Iredale 1929 and there are two Recent species, the geno-

type C. thetidis Hedley of Eastern and Southern Australia and the deeper water

(. culacon Tredale 1929, of N.S.W,

OSTREA ARENICOLA Tate,

Ostrea arenicola Tate 1885. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust., $, 97, pl. 10, fig. 6.

The species was described from the Upper Aldinga series of Aldinga

(Adelaidean) and is the common oyster and dominaut shell of the Adelaide

Bores, being plentiful in the aquifer. It is closely related to the Reeent Port

Lincoln Oyster Ostrea sinuata (—angast) and to the Upper Pliocene, Werrikooian

Ostrea sinuata glenelgensis Singleton 1941. This species is displayed in the Tate

Museum at the University of Adelaide from the Abattoirs Bore as ‘Ostrea sp.?’

Like most species of Ostrea, it is variable and the ‘extreme variety’’ of O. arenicalu

mentioned by Tate from the “Upper Murravian"’ at the North-west Bend is

probably the same species. It seems quite likely that O. sturtiana Tate from

“the upper part of the River Murray Cliffs, from Overland Corner to beyond

Blanchetown,’’ is merely a senile form of O. arenicola, as its hinge development

suggests. The narrow shape may be due to erowded vonditions. The Recent

QO. sinuata when growing in clusters frequently becomes elongate and develops

a longer igamental area. Further study would be required to confirm this, but

if the theory is correct, O. sturtiana has priority.

Lorua HyoTIDOIDEA (Tate),

Ostrea hyotidoidea Tate 1899. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Aust., 23, 268,

Tate first identified this fossil species as Ostrea hyotis Linne, which is a

Recent tropical shell from the Indian Ocean and north Anstralia. He later

renamed the fossil from the Murray River Cliffs, O. hyotidoidea Tate 1899. Both

this and the Recent shell belong to the peculiar ‘‘ Coxcomb’' oysters classed under

the genus Lepha. The fossil has been recorded from the Adelaidean, but so far

T have not seen it in the bores examined.

NEOTRIGONIA TRUA Sp. nov,

Plate xx, fig. 5-6.

Shell trigonal, compressed ribs, twenty eight, narrow set with close, fine

lamellae ; anterior margin convex, dorsal at first slightly convex, then concave and

662 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

later forming an abrupt angle with the convex ventral margin; hinge teeth

striations about six on each of the two teeth. The shell is grey in the Adelaidean

fossils with a silver-coloured nacre preserved within, Height 25 mm. diameter

26 mm.

Loc.: Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: This species is related to the Recent N. bednalli Verco, but it is

smaller and has finer lamellae on the radial ribs. It is less like deulicostata

McCoy 1886 from Beaumaris—(Mordialloc) type locality of the ‘‘Chelten-

hamian.’”? Eotrigonia with its discrepant ornament of the Mesozoic species is

represented by the genotype Hotrigonia semiundulata Jenkins in the Miocene

beneath the Adelaidean of the Adelaide Plains,

CUNA APOREMA sp, nov.

Plate xx, fig. 7-8.

Shell rather thick, subtrigonal, sides slightly convex, umbonal angle rather

less than a right angle; prodissoconch minute and indistinct; cardinal and lateral

teeth well developed; ventral border widely rounded, smooth, not crennlated or

denticulated within or without, no radial sculpture, but there are coarse con-

centric, irregular incremental imbrications interspersed with microscopic incre-

mental striae, Height 5 mm., diameter 4-25 mm.

Loc. : Bore 41, 405-407 feet, holotype, Adclaidean.

Remarks: This species is plentiful in the Adelaidean, The living species

Cuna solida Cotton 1931. is somewhat similar in shape, but in no other respect,

while the general features, smooth ventral margin and concentric sculpture recall

the minute Cuna cessens Vereo 1908, Of the Tertiary species, Cuna polita Tate

1887, from Mnddy Creek, Lower Beds, is somewhat similar in shape, but

(!, aporema differs in its coarser sculpture and larger size.

BvorRAgsATeELLA CAMURA (Pritchard),

Plate xx, figs. 15, 16.

Crassatellites camurus Pritchard 1903. Proe. Roy. Soe. Vict., 15 (2), 96, pl. 14,

figs. 5, 9.

The shell found commonly in the Adelaidean is note quite like the Kalimnan

species or the Miocene oblonga Tenison Woods 1876 from Table Cape. A specimen

from the Abattoirs Bore is figured here. Height 45 mm,, diameter 70 mm. It will

be further studied when a more extensive series is available.

COTTON—SOME TERTIARY Fossi, MOLLUscs 663

CarpiTa compra (Tate).

Mytilicardia compta Tate 1886. Trans. Roy, Soe. 8. Aust., 8, 149, pl. 12, fig. 2.

An Adelaidean fossil has been listed from the Abattoirs Bore as Cardita

preissi Menke 1843, which is a Recent shell from Western Australia, the name

heing a direct synonym of Cardilu incrassuta Sowerby 1825. Vereo 1912 records

il from Geraldton and Iredale 1914 from Montebello Island. The Adelaidean

shell seems more nearly related to Cardita compla Tate, from Muddy Creek,

Victoria,

EPIcopaKIA SALEBROSA (Hooper Woods).

Codakia salebrosa Hooper Woods 1931, Trans. Roy, Soe. 8. Aust., 55, 149, pl. 8,

figs. 4, 5.

Specimens of this species are found in the Salisbury Bore 330 feet Adelaidean.

The genus belongs to the family Lucinidae of which Lucina Lamarck 1799 has

for the genotype Lucina edentula Linne from Jamaica. Codakia Seopoli 1777,

genotype C. orbicularis Linne from West Africa was once used for the large

Acstralian shells, now classed under Pexocodakia, genotype Lucina rugifera

Reeve 1850 from New South Wales. The fossil species is related to E'picodakia

gunnamatta from New South Wales and belongs to the same genus.

MintrHoiw8a HORA nom. nov.

Dosinia grandis Hooper Woods 1931. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust,, 55, 148, pl. 7,

figs, 5, 6.

This name, given to a species described from the Ahattoirs Bore, is preoeeupied

by Dosinia grandis Nelson 1870, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sei., 2, 201, from the Tertiary

of Peru, The new name Milthoidea hora is introduced here for this large charac-

teristic species of the Lucinidae.

DIvALUCINA ENTYPOMA Sp. nov.

Plate xx, figs. 9, 10.

Orbienlar, subinflated, moderately thick, with devaricate sculpture; the

circular outline is truncate posteriorly and the umbones are at the angle and

middle of the two dorsal margins which form an obtuse angle. Height 20 mm.,

diameter 20 mm.

Loe.: Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: The name Divaricella quadrisculata d’Orbigny 1847, Recent, West

Columbia, was introduced into Australian Tertiary Molluscan nomenclature by

664 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

Tate 1886, but the fossil species is closely related to the South Australian Recent

species cumingi Adams and Angas 1867, the genotype of Divalucina Tredale 1936,

though differing in the fineness of the seulpture. Divuwrirella. von Martens 1880,

applied to a small Mauritius shell, D. angulifera, related to Divaricella occidua

Cotton and Godfrey 1938 from Western and South Australia, has fine seulpture

and notable lateral teeth not present in Dinalucina. The specimen figured by Tate

1885, Trans. Roy Soc. S. Aust., pl. 12, fig 3, under the name Lucina dentata Wood

from North West Bend, Oyster Beds, River Murray, is probably D, entypoma,

as Tate incorrectly applied this name and L. eburna, Recent West Columbia to

the fossil described here. Still another name used, but inapplicable, 1s Lucina

divaricata Linne, originally desevibed as Tellina divaricata Linne from the

Mediterranean, but later figured by Reeve as Lucina divaricala Linne from “West

Indies, Cape York, North Australia; Jukes.’’ L, divaricata ts the type of the

genus Lucinella Monterasato 1883 and dentata Wood is regarded as a synonym,

The genus is readily separated from Divaricella or Divalucina by the characteristic

strongly dentate posterior edge. Lueinella divaricaty is included in a recent list

of British Marine Mollusea as Divarivella divarteata inne, but the British

authority, R. Winckworth, puts ‘‘Quaerenda*’ before the name and refers to

Forbes and Hanley’s ‘‘A History of British Mollusea and their Shells’? and to

Jeffrey's ‘‘ British Conchology,’’ for the record.

CLEIOTHAERUS ADELAIDENSIS 8p. NOV.

Plate xx, figs. 28, 24.

Shell rather solid, inequivalve, inequilateral; right valve deep and aeutely

keeled; attached by the anterior side which in the holotype is coneave and bears

the impression of the distinctive sculpture of Proxichione cognata ; umbo anterior,

subspiral; dorsal and posterior margin conyex ; anterior margin almost straight ;

sculpture of dense lamellae striae; interior nacreous ; hinge vesilifer submmnbonal,

shallow; adduetor scars slightly unequal. Height 53 mim., diameter 55 mm.

Loc.: K. R. Weymouth’s Bore, 450 feet, holotype, Adelaidean, Mines depart-

ment material.

Remarks: The species is closely related to the Recent Cleidothaerus albidus

Lamarek 1819 originally described from Tasmania and common in Southern

Australia. The fossil species is thinner, has smaller adduetor mussel impressions

and less developed hinge features, The holotype is a right valve and I have not

yet seen a left valve.

A related species was described as Chamostrea crassa Tate 1884 from Table

Cape, Tasmania, Janjukian, Tate 1886 meitions a specimen from Muddy Creek,

COTTON—SOME TERTIARY FossiL MOLLUuUscsS 665

Victoria, under the name Chamosirea albida Lamarck, Recent, Tasmania (type),

the Southern Australian living species,

MYADORA ALEA sp. nov.

Plate xx, figs, 20, 21, 22,

Shell ovate, solid, anterior rounded, posterior truncate; right valye convex,

overlapping the left all round ; concentrically sculptured with about thirty slightly

irregular ribs about half the width of the interspaces; a ridge runs from the umbo

to the postero-ventral margin, becoming less marked towards the margin; left

valve flat, less strongly sculptured and smaller. Height 15 mm.; diameter 19 mm.

Loe, : Salisbury Bore, 330 feet, holotype, Adelaidean, Tate Museum,

Remarks: Somewhat like the Recent M. pervalida Cotton 1931 from South

Australia, but less strongly sculptured, fewer concentric ribs and less tapered

posteriorly and smaller. Myadora ovata Reeve from the Philippines is differently

sculptured.

GASTROPODA.

SOPHISMALEPAS ACRA sp. Nov.

Plate xx, figs. 4, 5.

Shell thin, alongate-ovate, depressed ; sides a little convex converging towards

the anterior end, so giving the shell a tapered effect; anterior sharply rounded,

posterior more widely rounded; orifice almost central, large, one-quarter the

length of the shell, narrowly oval; sculpture of numerous fine radials, threads

crossed by slightly weaker concentric threads with occasional spiral accremental

lamellae; interior smooth, margin of shell fattened, internal margin of orifice

having a narrow calloused border. Height 3 mm., diameter 14 mm. and 9 mm.

Loe. : Salisbury Bore, 330 feet, holotype, Adelaidean, Tate Museum.

Remarks: This is a more delicate shell than the Recent 8. nigrita Sowerby

1834, described from South Tasmania, and it is quite different in shape.

TUGALIA NOTA sp. nov,

Plate xxi, figs, 11, 12,

Shell elongate ovate, elevated; protoconch sharp, at the posterior third; base

arched, margin of shell crenulated within; front extremity sinuate, sculpture of

numerous, fine radial riblets crossed by equally developed concentric riblets, the

whole giving a close and regular fenestrate pattern ; interior smooth with a groove

666 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

corresponding with the sinus running from the anterior margin to the apex.

Height 5 mm., diameters 19 mm. and 11 mm,

Loc.: Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean,

Remarks: This species is quite distinet from the Recent 7. cicatricosa Adams

1851 originally described from South Australia. The fossil is an elevated shell

without the cicatrix at the top and more like the large 1’. parmaphoidea Quoy aud

Garmand 1824, Recent, N.S.W. The only other Tugalia described from the

Adelaidean is 7. infortwnatum Ludbrook, a minute species.

GEENA INCOLA sp. noy.

Plate xxi, figs. 13, 14,

Shell elongate, subspiral ear-shaped, rather narrow, depressed ; smooth except

for accremental growth striae and numerous microscopical spirals; spire flattened,

nearly hidden; aperture very large; columella margin concave, simple, a little

reflected ; outer lip convex, simple and thin. Height 3 mm., diameters 10 mm.

and 16 mm.

Loe.: Salisbury Bore, 330 feet, holotype, Adelaidean, Tate Museum,

Remarks: Smaller and differently shaped from either the Recent G. auricula

Lamarek 1816 of Sonthern Australia or @. impertusa Burrows 1815=G. strigasa

Adams 1851 of New South Wales or @ wgra Quoy and Gainard 1834, of

Queensland,

NINA ADELAIDENSIS Ap. Noy,

Plate xxi, figs. 17, 18.

Shell rather delicate, pyramidal; high and acutely conical; deeply umbili-

cated ; whorls sharply angled; the angle set with coniparatively produced, sharp,

hollow spines; below the spinose angie of the body-whorl is a prominent nodulose

spiral rib; the remaining sculpture consists of a few spaces, narrow, finely

nodulose spirals; aperture round, columella simple. Height 16 mm,, diameter

12 mm., diameter including last spine on body-whorl 15 mm.

Loe.: Salisbury Bore, 350 fect, holotype Adelaidean, Tate Museum.

Remarks: This remarkable species may belong to the monotypic genus Nijia

Gray 1850, the genotype of which is the V. cwmingi Philippi from the Philippines

and also taken in Queensland, ‘‘Caloundra’’ aecording to specimens in the South

Australian Museum and also in Western Australia, The Tertiary fossil here

described is a more delicate shell with a taller spire and wide umbilicus.

COTTON—SOME TERTIARY Fossitt. Mo_iutcs 667

LATIAXIS DISSITUS sp, NOV,

Plate xxi, figs, 9, 10.

Shell trigonal, spive depressed below the upper part of the body whorl; body

whorl rather shavply roundly angulate at the top, the angle forming an obtuse

keel set with a single row of large nodules increasing in size with the growth of

the shell; sculpture of an unusual pattern of close wrinkled spirals; aperture

rather small, narrowly ovate; canal long, narrow; umbilicus wide and deep, the

outer niargin weakly imbricate ; whorls close, but in the unique specimen the body

whorl near the aperture begins to show the first stage of separation from the spire

whorls, ITcight 45 mm., diameter 389 mm,

Loc.: Ahatioirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: The specimen, which is not (nite adult, would probably measure

say, 00 to 60 mm., in height when fully grown. Compared with the Recent

Japanese genotype L. mawae, the present species is heavier, less strongly con-

strueted in the middle, while the sculpture is peculiar and the spire of different

formation, It bears a resemblance to some larger species of Coralliophila.

NOTOTEREBRA gen. nov.

CGenolype: Terebra albida Gray 18384. Recent, Victoria.

Shell ivory white, seldom brownish white, sometime with a row of small round

snbsutural brown spots; shell rather wide, whorls flat, suture subimpressed, with

a depressed subsutural band searcely visible in the earlier whorls, but becoming

very marked in the later ones; whorls smooth, except for sinuous, oblique

aceremental striae which are sometimes, gathered into groups so as to form

obsolete, very flat, low angular riblets, most valid just below the suture ; protoconch

of one-and-a-half whorls, slightly swollen, smooth and round.

Recent; Victoria, South Australia, Tasmania.

Fossil : Pliocene and Miocene of Australia.

Remarks; Species belonging to this genus are the Tertiary fossils, 7. simplex

Tenison Waods and I. angulosa Tate. The former is said to retain a suggestion

of the colour spots sometimes seen in Recent specimens of 7, albida.

UMBILIA CERA sp. nov.

Plate xxi, figs. 1, 2, 3.

Shell of small size for the genus, ovate; dorsum elevated ; highest near to the

posterior end, then convex to the anterior end; spire sunken into an umbilicus ;

anterior and posterior canal comparatively short, each slightly turned to the left;

668 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

aperture rather wide, well turned to the left posteriorly; outer lip broad with

twenty-six teeth; columella side of aperture with twenty-two well-developed

teeth. Ileight 55 mm., diameter 37 mm. and 27 mm.

Loc, : Abattoirs Bore, 320-410 feet, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: The species is somewhat like the recent U. beddomei but quite

distinet in the apertural features and in shape. The nearest fossil relative is

probably U. tatei Cossmau or U. amygdalina Tate 1890, from a ‘‘ Well sinking in

the Murray Desert,'’ ‘'Cheltenhamian,’’ The present species is shorter, wider

and higher and has more strongly developed teeth.

NovrocypRarA BRYMA sp. nov.

Plate xxi, figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell small, smooth and polished, pyriform; anterior extremity a little

produced; aperture narrow, columella teeth fine, numerous short, not prodieed

across the base; outer lip produced posteriorly in a characteristic curve, teeth fine,

short, numerous; not wubilieate, spire not elevated, fossula moderately concave,

Tleight 21 mm,, diameter 13 mm. aud 12 mm,

Lov. : Abattoivs Bore 320-410 feet, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: The Recent N, piperita is the nearest described species. The

present species is smaller, with wider spaced teeth and slightly more produced.

UBER SUBJUGUM sp. Noy,

Plate xxi, figs. 15, 16.

Shell large, thick, smooth, spire small, only slightly visible above the body

whorl; aperture semicircular; columella callus thiek and spreading, filling the

posterior part of the aperture; widely and thickly spreading oyer the body whorl,

almost covering the umbilicus; microscopic sculpture of spirals and normal growth

striae. Height 30 inm., diameter 27 mm.

Loc. : Abattoirs Bore, holotype, Adelaidean.

Remarks: This species was recorded by Tate 1893 as Natica gibbosa Hutton

from a ‘‘locality not actually known, but reported as a‘ well-sinking in the Murray

Desert.’ ’?

Marwick, 1924, writes that ‘'The disposition of the apertural callus is not the

same as in the New Zealand species for it is much wider over the umbilicus than

on the parietal wall, where it is relatively narrow.’’ The length of the spire is

rather variable in Adelaidean specimens. The correct name for the New Zealand

species is Uber huttont (von Thering) 1907, the type being from Broken River,

Trelissick Basin. Polinices gibbosus Hutton 1915 is a synonym.

CoTrTron—SoOME TERTIARY Fossit MOLLUuUSCcS 669

CALLITRIPHORA gen, Nov,

Genotype: Triforis wilkinsom Tenison Woods 1879.

Shell elongate, pyramidal, turretted, thick, small, polished, with twelve

sloping convex whorls, girdled with four lines of granules ; suture slightly canalicu-

late; protoconch three whorls; smooth and rounded; aperture quadrate, base

flattened, with one groove and radiately striate ; canal short.

Distribution: Miocene Pliocene,

Remarks : The holotype specimen of C. wilkinsoni comes from Muddy Creek

(Lower Bed). The shell is more turretted than Recent Australian species and

the protoconeh is unique in having three smooth whorls. The fossil occurs in the

Adelaidean.

CoTronia HANNAFORDI (McCoy).

Voluta hannafordi McCoy. Prod. Pal, Viet., Dee. 1, 28, pl. 6, fig. 1.

This species originally described from the Lower Beds of Muddy Creek, was

found in the Miocene below the Adelaidean in some bores. Other species belong-

ing to the genus are the Tertiary C. validicostata Tate= C. alticosiula Tate,

t. stephensi Johnson and C, heptagonalis Tate. Recent species are C. dannevigt

Vereo (genotype) and (. nodiplicata Cox. <A closely-allied volute is the Recent

Mamillana mamilla Gray or False Melon Shell. These remarks are made here

because the genus Livonia, strictly confined to a West Atlantic area, has been used

jn connection with some of those Australian shells, with which it has relation

whatever. Livonia Gray 1858, is a synonym of Aurina H. and A- Adams 1893,

having the same genotype Voluta dubia Broderip 128, a species of doubtful

standing. Maxwell Smith 1942, designated wring dohrni dohrni Sowerby of

Florida, as genotype. Other synonyms of Aurina are Maculopeplum Dall 1906,

and Volutifusus Conrad 1862, none of which have any similarity with the

Australian Recent and Tertiary species which belong to Cottonia.

NotovotutTa TATEANA (Johnston).

Volula tateana Johnston 1879. Proc. Roy. Soe. Tas,, 37,

This Table Cape fossil, or one related to it, oceurs in the Adelaidean in the

Salisbury Bore 330 feet, and the Abattoirs Bore. The species belongs to

Notovolutu Cotton 1946, genotype Voluta kreuslerae Angas, and other Recent

species belonging to the genus are veronts Cotton, perplicata Hedley, Tertiary

fossil species are U. cathedralis Tate, U. pagodvides Tate and tabulata Tate,

670 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xx,

Fig. 1. Tucetona crama sp. noy., exterior X 1-2.

Fig. 2. Tueetona crama ap. nov., interior X 1:2,

Fig, 3, Zueetilla rota sp. nov., exterior X 1+4.

Tucetilla rota sp, nov., interior * 1+4,

Neotrigonia trua sp. noy., exterior X 1°28,

Pa)

Pron Fs

Fig Neotrigonia trua sp, noy., interior X 1-2,

Fig Cuna aporema sp, nov., exterior X 6+3,

Cuna aporema sp, uoy., interior X 63.

Divalucina entypoma sp. noy,, exterior X 1-7,

Divalucina entypoma sp. nov., imterior X 1-7,

Fig. 11, Arca negata sp. noy., dorsum * 1-2,

Arca negata sp, noy,, interior X 1-2.

Arca negata sp. nov., exterior X 1-2.

Barbatia epitheea sp. nov., interior * 1:7,

Fig. 15, Kucrassatella camura Pritehard. exterior & 0-4.

Fig. 16, Euerassatela camura Pritehard, interior * 0-4.

d Barbatia epitheca sp. nov., exterior X 1-7,

Tucetilla mayi sp. noy., exterior * 1-4.

Fig. 19, Tueetilla mayi sp, nov., interior X 1-4,

Fig, 20. Myadora alea sp. nov., left valve X 1-7.

Fig. 21. Myadora alea sp. noy,, right valve interior, holotype X 1-7.

Vig, 22. Myadora alea sp. nov., right valve, exterior, holotype X 1-7.

Cleidothacrus adelaidensis sp. nov., exterior X 0-4.

Cleidothaernus adelaidensis sp, noy., interior * 0-4.

Vig. 25, Acar coma sp. noy., exterior * 1:2.

Fig. 26. Acar coma sp, nov. interior X 1-2,

5 05 F

Span

Ieee,

Sale be wie

5 5 0

apie aeal

mses

by bay

9 7S

bo bo

top

Plate xxi.

Fig. 1. Umbilia cera sp. nov,, dorsum X 0-9.

ig. 2, Umbilia cera sp, noy., ventrum & 0-9.

Vig. 3. Umbilia cera sp. nov., lateral view X 0-9,

Fig. 4, Sophismalepas acra sp, nov., dorsum & 2-5,

Fig, 5. Sephismalepas acra sp. noy., ventrum X 2-2.

Fig. 6, Notoeypraca eryma sp. uov., dorsum * 1:4,

Fig. 7. Notocypraea erima sp. nov., ventrum & 1-4.

Fig. 8 Notocypraea eryma sp. nov., lateral view X 1-4.

Hig. 9. Latiavis dissitus sp. nov., ventrum & 0-9.

Fig. 10. Latiaxis dissitus sp. nov., dorsum & 0:9.

Vig. 11. Tugalia nota sp. noy., dorsum & 1-8,

Big. 12. Tugalia nota sp. nov., ventrum *& 1-8,

Fig. 13. Gena incola sp, noy., dorsum X 3-2.

Fig. 14. Gena incola sp. nov., ventrum X 38-2.

Fig. 15. Uber subjubun sp. nov. dorsum X 0+9,

Fig.16. Uber subjugum sp. noy., yentrum * 0-9.

Fig.17. Nina adelaidensis sp. noy., ventrum X 1-8,

Pig. 18, Nina adelaidensis sp. nov., dorsum < 1-8.

Plaie xxii.

Fig. 1, Sample of Adelaidean Pliocene material from 50 fect beneath the surface in the Bank of

New South Wales Building excavations,

Fig. 2. Another view of the Adelaidean material shown above.

VIII, PLATE XN

VoL.

S.A, MusEUM

kc.

GWEN D. WALSH

Rec. S.A. MUSEUM Vou. VIII, Plrarme XXI

GWEN. WaLea

Kec. S.A. MUSEU Vou. VII, PLATE XNIT

THE VALIDITY OF GALAXIAS KAYI RAMSAY AND OGILBY

By G. STOKELL, CANTERBURY, NEW ZEALAND

Summary

In 1886 Ramsay and Ogilby described a species of Galaxias from Fifth Creek, South

Australia, under the name of kayi, but when Regan revised the Galaxtidae in 1905 he

identified this fish with olidus which Gunther (1866, p. 209) based on a single

specimen, the locality being given as ? Queensland. Several points of disagreement

between the descriptions of G. olidus and G. kayi seemed to lay this identification

open to question, and certain circumstances noted in the course of an investigation of

the New Zealand Galaxias suggested the possibility of G. olidus being a New Zealand

species. In order to clarify the position the writer applied to Dr. Ethelwynn Trewavas

of the British Museum who very kindly made an X-ray examination of the type for

the purpose of determining the number of vertebrae.

Tur VALIDITY or GALAXIAS KAYI Ramsay And OGILBY

By G. STOKELL, Cawreruuay, New ZEALAND,

In 1886 Ramsay and Ogilby described a species of Galacias tram Filth Creek,

South Australia, under the name of Kayi, but when Regan revised the Galaxiidae

in 1905 he identified this fish with olidus which Gunther (1866, p. 209) based

on a single specimen, the locality being given as 7 Queensland. Several points

af disagreement between the deseriptions of (@. olidus and G, kayi seemed to lay

this identification open to question, and certain cireumstances noted in the course

of an investigation of the New Zealand Galaxias suggested the possibility of

G, olidus being a New Zealand species. In order to elarify the position the writer

applied to Dr, Ethelwynn Trewavas of the British Museum who very kindly mace

an X-ray examination of the type fov the purpose of determining the number of

vertebrae, The result shows that the (ype of @. olidus is a deformed specimen with

the vertebrae fused in several places. Evidence of about 50 vertebrae ean be

discerned, but no reliance can be placed on the count as it has been found in

deformities of this nature oceurring in known species that several vertebrae may

he eutirely unaccounted for. Dr. Trewavas states that the type is incomplete

aud that in the jar with it there is a headless specimen in which, however, the

vertebral column is intact, This specimen has 57 vertebrae, An examination

of the X-ray photographs (which are deposited in the South Australian Museum)

does not enable the present writer to determine if these two specimens are

specifically identical, but reveals nothing inconsistent with their being so, If

their specific unity is assumed, it is necessary to separate G. olidus and the form

deseribed by Ramsay and Ogilby on aveount of the number of vevtebrac, Three

specimens of this South Australian form whieh were made available through the

kindness of Mr, FH. M. Male, Director of the South Australian Museum, have 51,

51, and 52 vertebrae (without hypural). Ramsay and Ogilby record 53 in the

original deseription, A range from 51 (the minimum in @. kay!) to 57 (the number

in the headless specimen) js greater than has heen observed in any Galaxias and

cannot be accepted as occurring in a single species. On the other hand, if the

tape of (@, olidus is regarded as distinct from the headless specimen associated with

it, the sole representative of this species is a single, deformed and incomplete

specimen of uncertain locality with which 1° is impossble to identify any fish.

It is therefore necessary to reinstate the name G. kayi for the South Australian

fish, as it appears to be the first to have been regularly applied. Other species

veeorded from the locality are G. schomburgkii Peters (1868), G. rostratus

Klmizinger (1872) and @. nigothoruk Lueas (1892), the original descriptions of

672 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MusEUM

whith are not available. Regan’s account of these species is poor and suggests that

he had uo personal acquaintance with them, but the length of the peetoral fin of

G, schomburgkti, which he records as extending more than half of the distance to

the ventral, seems sufficient 1o separate this species from the present form, in

which the vatio is -41--42, In G, rostratus the anal fin is said to originate a Liltle

behind the origin of {he dorsal, while in G. hayi the anal origin is beneath the

8th-10th dorsal ray. The species @. negothoruh needs no consideration as it post-

dates G. kayi, An enquity into the validity of these species js desirable but would

require to be earried out in the loeality concerned. There are indications that at

least some of them are based on single specimens,

The status of G. ofidus depends on what view is taken of the headless specimen

associated with the deformed type, Tf the headless specimen is aveepted as

practically a co-type it may be possible to identify the species with some existing

form, but otherwise the name olidus must be regarded as invalid. The solution

of this problent may be assisted by access to the X-ray photographs of the two

specimens.

A description of the present specimens of kayi is given below.

GALAXIAS KAyr Ramsay and Ogilby.

Galaxias kayi Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, v.1 (2), 1886, p. 6.

Galaxias olidus Regan, Proc. Zool. Soe., i, 1905, p. 381. B. 7-7. D. iii-iv, 7-9.

A, iv—vi, 8-10, V.. 7-7. Vertebrae (without hypural 51-52).

Jaws about equal, without or with slightly developed lateral canines, entop-

tergoidal teeth strong, 7 on each bone, gill rakers short, 8-10 on lower limb of

anterior gill areb, pyloric caeea short but definite. Maxillary seareely extending

to middle of eye, head 5+07—4- 28 in standard length, dorsal inserted at. *68=-"73 of

standard length, least depth of tail +55--58 of the distance from rear of dorsal to

base of caudal, caudal emareinate with tips of lobes rounded. Pectoral extending

-41—-42 of the distance from its axil to the ventral, ventral inserted at -31-+54

of the standard length, extending -51]—-53 of the distance from its root to the

anal, anal originating beneath 8th-10th dorsal ray (all counted), branched rays

of anal subdivided into 4. Maximum total length observed 79 mm,

LITERATURE CITED,

Gunther, A. (1866) ; Cat. Fish., British Musenm, xi,

Ramsay Hh. P.. and Oviluy J.D. (1886): **Deseriptions of some new Australian

Wishes,’ Prac, Linn, Sac., NWS, Wales, L, p. 6.

Regan, (.'T. (1905) = “A Revision of the Fishes of the Family Galaxiidae.’’ Prac.

Zool, Soc., London, ii, pp. 85-112.

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

INDEX To

abeona, Tisiphone

Acar aa oe “a 9

Acoutiophorus “4 .

sera, Sophismalepas .. oe

Acrocalanus

aculeata, Sehizotrema ..

adelaideusis, Cleidothwerus

aduiaidensis, Ninu

adelaidicum, Microtrombidium

aoqualis, Mierotrombidium

affine, Microtrombidium te

albidipes, Lechria ar f

ulea, Myadora ., af 3.

alecturie, Empodius .-

Allodiastylis

ambigna, Gynodiastylis

umeriannae, Cerearia

ampli, Gynodiastylis a

Anclhimongoma .. -+

ungusticineta, Anchimongoma

ungusticineta, Trentepohlia

nutennata, Sheardia — .,

aatoni, Tisiphone

aporema, Cuna .. 4

Area,

aronicola, Ostren

areolata, Dicoides ss it

Artotrogus ae 7

aspera, Campylaspis -. :

aspera, Cyclaspis

asper, Nannastacus

atkinsoni, Ctenamusium

attenuata, Gynodiastylis

attenuata, Oithona ws

australienus, Cosmoehthonius

australis, Cyelaspis .. of

australis, Hemicyclops

wastralis, Myzopontius

australis, Pagdcny anys:

Australomyzon , .

Barbatia , x4 ry

barbatus, Pteropontius a7

barbatus, Tortanus

bardonense, Echinothrombium

hisetosum, Foliotrombidium

biziurae, ‘Amidastomum

bovis, Cyelaspis me

Brachychthonius o> a

Bradypontius .. in os

breviceps, Kogia ‘ we

brovidactyla, Dicoides . .

brevipes, Gynodiastytis

Brunella ‘ x

GENERA anp SPECIES

Page

614

1. GST

» 20

665

.. 168

664

666

‘| B18

316

318

595

1) 665

, 5a7

428

387

575

376

606

G06

eet eEve

.. 3858

614

662

656

Calanopia a

Calipus 5. -+

Callitriphora —..

ealmani, Cyelaspis ie ¥

enmelus, Nannastueus ..

Camerotrombidinm

Campylaspis —.. 39

gamura, Euerassatella . .

cana, Cumella

esa, Cyelaspis ..

exnber raense, Hiotrombidium

canter, Dapanoptera

canditata, Limonia

Capillaria

eaprella, Oyck uspis

Cardita :

¢arduum, Camerotrombidinoi

carinirostris, Gynodiastylis

eandata, Labidoeera

vera, Ummbilia

charadrii, Prosthorhynehus “

cheesmanae, Ptilogyna

elarki, Cyelaspis .

elavatus, Nannastacus ..

Cleidothaerus ve

eollinum, Camerotrombidium a

coma, ‘Acar 4: “5 7

compta, Cardita

coneava, Gynodiastylis

coneinna, Cyelaspis

cordatus, Microtrombidium

cornutus, Pseudodiaptomus

Cosmochthouius .

Cottonia .. :

eottoni, Oyclaspis

crama, Tucetona. re

crassieardia, Pinctada ..

erctata, Cyclaspis

Cryptopontius .. ob

Ctenaeroscelis 4

Ctenamusium

Cuecullaea

Cumella ..

Cuna

Oyclaspis :

cygni, Amidostomum

eynus, Holiotrombidium

Dapanoptera..

dentipile, Holeotrombidium

Dieoides .. :

dilatata, Gynodiastylis

discoides, Diseopontius ze

Discopontius

dissitus, Latiaxis

674+

distinctum, Camerotrombidium

Divalucina + ae a's

Dromedthrom bia ae as

Dysgenopsyllus .. rs ae

echidninum, Echinothrombium

echinata, Campylaspis bie +4

echinata, Gynodiastylis

Eehinothrombium

Elephantomyia te .-

Llephuntomyodes o re

clissa, Libnotes .. te ot:

Glissa, Limonia .. ms i

ontypoma, Divalucina .. re

Epicodakia e. :

epitheca, Barbatia.. .,

eryma, Notoeypraca a0

Euerassatella ., “. Pe

Manuela +8 ve

endyptulac, Contracaecum ‘

evansi, Foliotrombidium

flutti, Dieoides ..

fluvintilis, Goezia 4 DAT, O

Koliotrombidium sw

fulgida, Cyvlaspis 1

fulgidum, Spathulathrombium

? furcipile, Mierotrombidium

fuscoalidominalis, Limnophila

fuscoalidominalis, Papuaphila

fusiforme, Platytrombidium

gadopsis, Eustrongylides -*

Galaxias ae ¢,° on

Gena. ix : as ax

gibba, Cy elaspis rr vs

Gladioferens.. 7 4

globosa, Cyelaspis rs

gzoodenoughensis, Mierotrombidium

gracilis, Acrocalanus ‘

granulosa, Cyclaspis

tynmorhinae, Capillaria a

Gynodinstylis % ly

hannafordi, Cottonia .. os,

hana, Oithona .. . os

heaslipi, Fliotrobidium

Homicyelops ra ve :

Hietrombidium . . .

hirsutum, Microtrombidium

hirtipes, Allodiastylis |. he

hispida, Cumella - .

Wolotrombidium es 2s

hora, Milthoidea oe

? horridus, Brachyehthonius te

hyalibasis, Mlephantomyia

hyalibasis, Elephantomyodes .,

hyotidoidea, Lopha

illex, Ctenacroseelis

incola, Gena a8 Ye

inconstans, Nannastacus oe

Indotipula at ae 4x

rere ee

RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM

inermis, Bradypoutius ., =

inermis, Gladioferens ..

inflatus, Nannastacus ,.

jJabanicum, Microtrombidium

johnstoni, Allodiastylis

johnstoni, Naunastacus on

karvicnsis, Microtrombidium -.

kayi, Galuxias

kohilsi, Foliotrombidium xe

kohlsi, Pedotrombidium “a

Kogia = -- ‘

koordanumn, Hiotrombidium

Labidocora ‘ .s

lamingtonensis, Echinothrombium

Laminothrombium : -

laricola, Capillaria re ws

lasiodactyla, Zimmeriana.

lata, Gynodiastylis »% oa

Latiaxis .. e. 7

latidaetyla, Campylaspis

latifureatns, Artotrogus

latus, Cryptopontius

latus, Seottocheres

Leehria .. 4

lessoni, Cercaria

levis, Cyclaspis ..

oe ae

Libnotes .. 2 += va

lima, Nannastacus o oo

Limnophila ts we “a

Limonia .- es

longipes, Cryptopontius, os

longipilus, Brachychthonius .

longirostris, Zimmeriana. .

Lopha .. as ae

Ineida, Cyelaspis | Me -

luziurae, Amidostomian

maculatum, Microtrombidium

margarita, Gynodiastylis r4

mawsongae, Jyelaspis | .. ‘

maximum, Spathulathrombium

mayi, Tueetila .. a

mer je reat, Dapanoptera

meijereuna, Limoniu ..

Melo re we .:

Microtrombidiun an a.

Milthoidea be

milfonis, Melo ..

minor, Campylaspis ..

mijobergi, Cyelaspis .. .

Mongoma ot a un

Moustrilla a4 a

munda, Cyélaspis

munroi, Cumella

murrayensis, Aseqraphis

murrayensis, Procamallanns ;.

mutabilis, Gynodiastylis a

Myadora a

77) ylori ionse, Mie rotrombidiam

INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES

mylorionse, Spthulathvombium

myrmicum, Laminothrombiumn

Myzopontius a4 Q

Nannastacus .. te os

niasutus, Nanhastaeus ..

negata, Area, - 9 6

Neotrigonia +

newmani, Microtrombtdium

nigrodorsalis, Seambonenra

Nina iv a

nitida, Cyelaspis +.

nota, Tygalia.. ‘ os

Notocypraca o.

Nototerebra se: ate

Notovoluta 26

nova-guinea, Seissuraln: alaps

ohediens, Papnutipula ..

obadiens, Tipula “4 +:

Oithona -. ’ rr

opulenta, Dapanoptera

opulenta, Limonin oy

opulentum, Camerotrombidium

ornata, Gynodiastylis .. act

ornatum, Foliotrombidium

Ostrea o.

ovatus, Bradypontius

papuimum, Microtrombidium

Papuaphiln “}

Papuatipula —.,

parallelus, Brachyehthoning

Jaranthessius —.,

paranum, Platytrombidium

Paurocope a3 "V Pad

Pedotrombidium

perculates, Spiniteetus

pereontractus, Clonacroseclis

perdeeora, Dapinoptera

perdecora, Limonia =...

? perpusillus, Brae hyehthonius

Pierovuma,

Pinetada :

pinguia, Cyelaspis

Platytrombidium

plectroplites, Cnpillari in ph

pleetroplites, Spinitectus

plumatus, Cosmocht honius

poee Hota, Pieroeuma ..

polita, Gynodiastylis .. re

praclonga, Cucullaca }

pracsuiis, Mongoma., wt

praesulis, Trentepohlia Sw

pritehardi, Platytrombidinm ..

Proeampylaspis 18

Pronueula e+

pr opinquus, Paranthesstus

proximus, Cryptopontins

pruinosa, Cyelaspis ae

Psendanthessius “"s se

Pseudoeyelops

Page

S07

+» «342

.) 145

- 148

656

661

318

693

.. O66

,» 109

2» = 865

:, 668

-. 667

-» 669

226

590

600

a31

w. 404

os B43

.. = 66I

. (87

.. «Bl4

.. «G02

.. 590

oe =6-220

~ sol

et)

i. 849

547

587

599

219

660

104

.. 851

Hl7, 449

ft7, 552

209

178

asd

658

fllS

605

B51

ws 214

.. 655

-. 136

se 54

Psenilodiaptomus a 0

Pterapontius .. és “%

Prhilogyns M oe ‘3

pura, Byeligyis ie ‘ id

pustulosa, Campy laspis ata

quadrieristata, Gynodiastylis

queenslandiae, Dromeothrombium

queenslandiag, Spathulithrombinn

queenslandiea, Scissurnluclaps

rsum, Camerotrombidium — .,

reetn, Streptocara ‘

reevosbyensis, Dysge nopsyllus

rohensis, Camerotrombliditan

robusta, Gynodiastylis

rechfordi, Gynodiastylis

roseida, Campylaspis “s

rescida, Gynodiastylis . - a

rota, Tucetilla

rupta, Campylaspis

sabulosa, Cyclaspis

sslebrosa, Epicodakia -.

salina, Brunella ..

8 aphirella ae i

pales Moleotrombidinm it

Scamboneura :

Schizotrema,

Scissuralaclaps

Seottocheres

sceurigerum, Holeotrombidinm

serratipes, Bradypontins

serritergatu, Indotipula ++

sorriterguta, Tipala

Sheardia .

shoardi, Cyel uapis :

sheardi, Nannastacus -,

simile, Camerotrombidium

similis, Campylaspis .. i

similis, Cryptopontius :

simula, Cyelaspis a: Pn

Soplismyulepas

sordida, Procampylaspis on

southeotti, Spathnlathrombinm

Spathulathrombium

spacies, Asearophis

apecies, Conttaeyeenm DAT

species, Progamallanis

sphacrocephalus, Filicollis

spiculigerum, Contracaeenm .

spinicauda, Zimmerinna 2

strigilis, Cyelaspis - a

strumosi, Gynodiastylis

mubintlitus, Nannastaeus

subjugum, Uber

snbtilis, Gynodiustylis

surenlarin, Papuatipula

surenlaria, Tipula An

fanduni, Capillaria

tuteana, Notovoluta 4

tenuis, Psoudanthessius *

675

Page

585

106

207

s 4128

o. S70

2. ODS

228

.. 834

547, aad

rh, Be

.» 8b4

369

364

“9 BGS

.. 896

548, 551

676 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM

tenuipes, Allodiastylis

thetidis, Campylaspis ..

thompsoni, Calanopia ..

thompsoni, es ak ee are ..

Tipula .. Pa as

Tisiphone ok > oe

torricelliana, Dapanoptera ce a

torricelliana, Limonia * 5a

Tortanus ++ re ele

tortanus, Tortanus rar od 7

Trentepohlia a

tribulis, Cyelaspis o>

triplieata, Campylaspis

tropica, Saphirella oa

trua, Neotrigonia a

truncatifrons, Gynodiastylis elk

tubbi, Hiotrombidium

Tucetilla

Tucetona

Page

435

212

183

590

613

599

605

114

201

661

383

345

659

660

Tugalia .. nt

tumida, Gynodiastylis +

turgidula, Cumella

typicus, Astralomyzon

Uber :

Umbilia ..

uniplicata, Campylaspis |

unisuleata, Campylaspis

usitata, Cyelaspis

vaginatum, Camerotrombidium

wellingtonense, Microtrombidium

willungae, Eehinothrombium

wyandrae, Camerotrombidium

zealandicus, Acontiophorus

zelandicum, Microtrombidium

Zimmeriana